Troubleshooting Guide for Automotive Fuel and Emissions Systems

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
1.1 SYSTEM COVERAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

1.2 SIX-STEP TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
2.0 IDENTIFICATION OF SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
3.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTIONAL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
3.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

3.2 FUNCTIONAL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
3.2.1 FUEL CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
3.2.2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
3.2.3 OTHER CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
3.2.4 PCM OPERATING MODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
3.2.5 NON-MONITORED CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
3.2.6 SKIS OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
3.2.7 SKIM ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
3.2.8 SKIS OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
3.2.9 PROGRAMMING THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . .16
3.2.10 PROGRAMMING THE SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE . . . . .16
3.2.11 PROGRAMMING THE IGNITION KEYS TO THE SENTRY KEY
IMMOBILIZER MODULE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
3.3 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
3.3.1 HARD CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
3.3.2 INTERMITTENT CODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
3.3.3 STARTS SINCE SET COUNTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
3.3.4 DISTANCE SINCE MI SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
3.4 USING THE DRBIIIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
3.5 DRBIIIT ERROR MESSAGES AND BLANK SCREEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
3.5.1 DRBIIIT DOES NOT POWER UP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
3.5.2 DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
4.0 DISCLAIMERS, SAFETY, WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
4.1 DISCLAIMERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

4.2 SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
4.2.1 TECHNICIAN SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
4.2.2 VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR TESTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
4.2.3 SERVICING SUB ASSEMBLIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
4.2.4 DRBIIIT SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
4.3 WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
4.3.1 ROAD TEST WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
4.3.2 VEHICLE DAMAGE CAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
5.0 REQUIRED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
6.0 GLOSSARY OF TERMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
7.0 DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - NGC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - SBEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) - NGC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - SBEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
*PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0106-BAROMETRIC PRESSURE OUT OF RANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
P0107-MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
P0108-MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
P0111-INTAKE AIR TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
P0117-ECT SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
P0118-ECT SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
P0121-TPS VOLTAGE DOES NOT AGREE WITH MAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
P0125-CLOSED LOOP TEMP NOT REACHED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
P0131-1/1 O2 SENSOR SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
P0137-1/2 O2 SENSOR SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
P0132-1/1 O2 SENSOR SHORTED TO VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
P0138-1/2 O2 SENSOR SHORTED TO VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
P0133-1/1 O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
P0139-1/2 O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
P0134-1/1 O2 SENSOR STAYS AT CENTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
P0140-1/2 O2 SENSOR STAYS AT CENTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
P0135-1/1 O2 SENSOR HEATER FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
P0141-1/2 O2 SENSOR HEATER FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
P0171-1/1 FUEL SYSTEM LEAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
P0172-1/1 FUEL SYSTEM RICH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
P0201-INJECTOR #1 CONTROL CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS-FIRE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
P0301-CYLINDER #1 MISFIRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
P0320-NO CRANK REFERENCE SIGNAL AT PCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
P0340-NO CAM SIGNAL AT PCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
P0351-IGNITION COIL #1 PRIMARY CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
P0401 - EGR SYSTEM FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
P0403 - EGR SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
P0420-1/1 CATALYTIC CONVERTER EFFICIENCY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
P0441-EVAP PURGE FLOW MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
P0442-EVAP LEAK MONITOR .040 LEAK DETECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
P0455-EVAP LEAK MONITOR LARGE LEAK DETECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
P0456 - EVAP LEAK MONITOR .020 LEAK DETECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
P0443-EVAP PURGE SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
ii
P0460-FUEL LEVEL UNIT NO CHANGE OVER MILES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
P0462-FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT VOLTS TOO LOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
P0463-FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT VOLTS TOO HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
P0500-NO VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL (3SP AUTO AND MANUAL
TRANSMISSIONS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
P0500-NO VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL (4SP AUTO TRANS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
P0508 - IAC MOTOR SENSE CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
P0509 - IAC MOTOR SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
P0600-PCM FAILURE SPI COMMUNICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
P0601-PCM INTERNAL CONTROLLER FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
P0622-GENERATOR FIELD NOT SWITCHING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
P0645-A/C CLUTCH RELAY CKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
P0700-EATX CONTROLLER DTC PRESENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
P0703-BRAKE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
P1192-INLET AIR TEMP SENSOR VOLTAGE LOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146
P1193-INLET AIR TEMP SENSOR VOLTAGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
P1195-1/1 O2 SENSOR SLOW DURING CATALYST MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
P1281-ENGINE IS COLD TOO LONG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
P1282-FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
P1294-TARGET IDLE NOT REACHED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
P1297-NO CHANGE IN MAP FROM START TO RUN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
P1299-VACUUM LEAK FOUND (IAC FULLY SEATED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
P1388-AUTO SHUTDOWN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
P1389-NO ASD RELAY OUTPUT VOLTAGE AT PCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
P1391-INTERMITTENT LOSS OF CMP OR CKP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
P1398-MIS-FIRE ADAPTIVE NUMERATOR AT LIMIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
P1478-BATTERY TEMP SENSOR VOLTS OUT OF LIMIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
P1486-EVAP LEAK MONITOR PINCHED HOSE FOUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176
P1491-RAD FAN CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
P1494-LEAK DETECT PUMP SW OR MECHANICAL FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
P1495-LEAK DETECTION PUMP SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184
P1496-5 VOLT SUPPLY, OUTPUT TOO LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
P1594-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE TOO HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190
P1595-SPEED CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192
P1683-SPD CTRL PWR RELAY; OR S/C 12V DRIVER CKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192
P1598-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTS TOO HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197
P1599-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTS TOO LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
P1682-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE TOO LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
P1685-WRONG OR INVALID KEY MSG RECEIVED FROM SKIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206
P1686-NO SKIM BUS MESSAGE RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
P1695-NO CCD/J1850 MESSAGE FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . .210
P1696-PCM FAILURE EEPROM WRITE DENIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
P1697-PCM FAILURE SRI MILE NOT STORED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
P1698-NO BUS MESSAGE FROM TRANS CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
P1899-P/N SWITCH STUCK IN PARK OR IN GEAR (4SP AUTO TRNAS) . . . . . . . .216
*CHECKING PCM POWER AND GROUND CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
*CHECKING RADIATOR FAN RELAY OUTPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
*CHECKING THE A/C RELAY OUTPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
INTERMITTENT CONDITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
P0016-CRANKSHAFT/CAMSHAFT TIMING MISALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
P0031-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
iii
P0037-O2 SENSOR 1/2 HEATER CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
P0032-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
P0038-O2 SENSOR 1/2 HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
P0068-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION - HIGH
FLOW/VACUUM LEAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232
P0070-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
P0071-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
P0072-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242
P0073-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244
P0106-MAP SENSOR PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246
P0107-MAP SENSOR LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250
P0108-MAP SENSOR HIGH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253
P0110-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR STUCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256
P0111-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256
P0112-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
P0113-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261
P0116-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE PERFORMANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263
P0117-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266
P0118-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
P0121-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270
P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .276
P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279
P0125-INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMP FOR CLOSED-LOOP FUEL CONTROL . .282
P0128-THERMOSTAT RATIONALITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284
P0129-BAROMETRIC PRESSURE OUT-OF-RANGE LOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289
P0131-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292
P0137-O2 SENSOR 1/2 VOLTAGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292
P0132-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295
P0138-O2 SENSOR 1/2 VOLTAGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295
P0133-O2 SENSOR 1/1 SLOW RESPONSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298
P0139-O2 SENSOR 1/2 SLOW RESPONSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298
P0135-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300
P0141-O2 SENSOR 1/2 HEATER PERFROMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300
P0171-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 LEAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303
P0172-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 RICH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308
P0201-FUEL INJECTOR #1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312
P0202-FUEL INJECTOR #2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312
P0203-FUEL INJECTOR #3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312
P0204-FUEL INJECTOR #4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312
P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
P0301-CYLINDER #1 MISFIRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
P0315-NO CRANK SENSOR LEARNED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323
P0325-KNOCK SENSOR #1 CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325
P0335-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328
P0339-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333
P0340-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337
P0344-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342
P0351-IGNITION COIL #1 CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346
P0352-IGNITION COIL #2 CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346
P0420-CATALYTIC 1/1 EFFICIENCY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .348
iv
P0432-CATALYTIC 2/1 EFFICIENCY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .348
P0440-GENERAL EVAP SYSTEM FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350
P0441-EVAP PURGE SYSTEM PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355
P0442-EVAP SYSTEM MEDIUM LEAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357
P0455-EVAP SYSTEM LARGE LEAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357
P0443-EVAP PURGE SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362
P0452-NVLD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365
P0453-NVLD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .368
P0456-EVAP SYSTEM SMALL LEAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370
P0461-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372
P0462-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374
P0463-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374
P0480-LOW SPEED FAN CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375
P0498-NVLD CANISTER VENT VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . .379
P0499-NVLD CANISTER VENT VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . .380
P0501-VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE (AUTO TRANS) . . . . . . . . .382
P0501-VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE (MANUAL TRANS) . . . . . .383
P0506-IDLE SPEED LOW PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .385
P0507-IDLE SPEED HIGH PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .385
P0519-IDLE SPEED PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .385
P0508-IAC VALVE SENSE CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387
P0509-IAC VALVE SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390
P0513-INVALID SKIM KEY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392
P0516-BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394
P0517-BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396
P0522 PRESSURE SENSOR LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398
P0532-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399
P0533-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402
P0551-POWER STEERING SWITCH PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405
P0562-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407
P0563-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410
P0579-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412
P0580-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415
P0581-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 HIGH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417
P0582-SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419
P0586-SPEED CONTROL VENT SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421
P0594-SPEED CONTROL SERVO POWER CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .423
P0600-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426
P0601-INTERNAL MEMORY CHECKSUM INVALID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426
P0622-GENERATOR FIELD CONTROL CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427
P0627-FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429
P0630-VIN NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432
P0632-ODOMETER NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433
P0633-SKIM KEY NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .434
P0645-A/C CLUTCH RELAY CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435
P0685-ASD RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .438
P0688-ASD RELAY SENSE CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441
P0700-TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM/READ TRANSMISSION DTCS
ON THE DRBIIIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .444
P0703-BRAKE SWITCH #2 CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .445
P0833-CLUTCH RELEASED SWITCH CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .448
P0850-PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .450
P1602-PCM NOT PROGRAMMED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .451
v
P1603-PCM INTERNAL DUAL-PORT RAM COMMUNICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .452
P1604-PCM INTERNAL DUAL-PORT RAM READ/WRITE INTEGRITY FAILURE . . .452
P1607-PCM INTERNAL SHUTDOWN TIMER RATIONALITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .452
P1681-NO FUEL LEVEL BUS MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .453
P1686-NO SKIM BUS MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .455
P1687-NO CLUSTER BUS MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .457
P1696-EEPROM MEMORY WRITE DENIED/INVALID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .458
P1697-EMR (SRI) MILEAGE NOT STORED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .458
P1698-NO TRANSMISSION BUS MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .460
P2302-IGNITION COIL #1 SECONDARY CIRCUIT-INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION . . .462
P2305-IGNITION COIL #2 SECONDARY CIRCUIT-INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION . . .462
P2503-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .464
*CHECKING PCM POWER AND GROUND CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .467
*CHECKING THE A/C RELAY OUTPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .468
SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER

ANTENNA FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470
COP FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470
EEPROM FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470
INTERNAL FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470
RAM FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470
SERIAL LINK INTERNAL FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470
STACK OVERFLOW FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470
PCM STATUS FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .472
SERIAL LINK EXTERNAL FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .472
ROLLING CODE FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .474
VIN MISMATCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .474
TRANSPONDER COMMUNICATION FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .476
TRANSPONDER CYCLIC REDUNDANCY CHECK (CRC) FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . .476
TRANSPONDER ID MISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .476
TRANSPONDER RESPONSE MISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .476
STARTING
*CHECKING FUEL DELIVERY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .479
*CHECKING FUEL PRESSURE LEAK DOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .482
*CHECKING HARD START (FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .483
*ENGINE CRANKS DOES NOT START . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .485
*NO CRANK CONDITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .490
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM WITH A NO START CONDITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .493
*START AND STALL CONDITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .494
VERIFICATION TESTS
VERIFICATION TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .497
8.0 COMPONENT LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .509
8.1 CONTROL MODULES AND FUSE & RELAY CENTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .509

8.2 CONTROLS AND SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .509
8.3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .511
8.4 SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .512
8.5 FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .514
8.6 SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
vi
9.0 CONNECTOR PINOUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .517
A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .517

A/C PRESSURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .517
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (EXCEPT BASE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .517
BODY CONTROL MODULE C3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .518
BRAKE LAMP SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .519
BRAKE TRANSMISSION SHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID (EATX). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .519
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (GAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .519
CLUTCH PEDAL INTERLOCK SWITCH (MTX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .519
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (GAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .520
DATA LINK CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .520
EGR SOLENOID (3.3L/3.8L EXPORT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .520
ENGINE COOLANT TEMP SENSOR (GAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .520
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (GAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .521
EVAP/PURGE SOLENOID (GAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .521
FUEL INJECTOR NO. 1 (2.4L/3.3L/3.8L). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .521
FUEL INJECTOR NO. 5 (3.3L/3.8L). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .522
FUEL INJECTOR NO. 6 (3.3L/3.8L). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .522
FUEL PUMP MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .522
GENERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523
GENERATOR (GENERATOR SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523
IDLE AIR CONTROL MOTOR (GAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523
IGNITION COIL (2.4L). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523
IGNITION COIL (3.3L/3.8L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .524
INLET AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .524
FUSES (IPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .526
FUEL PUMP RELAY (GAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .526
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .527
KNOCK SENSOR (3.3L/3.8L ABS EXCEPT EXPORT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531
LEAK DETECTION PUMP (3.3L/3.8L EXCEPT EXPORT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531
LEFT SPEED CONTROL SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR (GAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531
NATURAL VACUUM LEAK DETECTION ASSEMBLY (2.4L EXCEPT EXPORT) . . . .532
OXYGEN SENSOR 1/1 UPSTREAM (GAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .532
OXYGEN SENSOR 1/2 DOWNSTREAM (GAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .532
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 (NGC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .533
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 (SBEC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .534
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C4 (NGC) (EATX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .538
RIGHT SPEED CONTROL SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .538
vii
SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .539
SPEED CONTROL SERVO (GAS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .539
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR (GAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .539
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR (EATX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .539
10.0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .541
10.1 2003 RS 2.4L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .541

10.2 2003 RS 3.3L/3.8L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .543
11.0 CHARTS AND GRAPHS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .545
viii
GENERAL INFORMATION
IMPORTANT An * placed before the symptom description indi-
cates a customer complaint.
New for the 2003 RS equipped with the 2.4L is When repairs are required, refer to the appropri-
a combined Powertrain Control Module and ate service information for the proper removal and
Transmission Control Module in a single repair procedure.
control module. This new module is the Next Diagnostic procedures change every year. New
Generation Controller (NGC) for diagnostic systems may be added; carryover sys-
DaimlerChrysler and will be referred to as the tems may be enhanced. READ THIS DIAGNOSTIC
Powertrain Control Module (PCM). INFORMATION BEFORE TRYING TO DIAG-
New Diagnostics procedures and New DTC NOSE A VEHICLE CODE. It is recommended that
numbers are some of the changes you will you review the entire diagnostic information to
become familiar with all new and changed diagnos-
see which reflect the new combined module
tic procedures.
technology. The PCM will have four color If you have any comments or recommendations
coded connectors C1 through C4, (C1-BLK, after reviewing the diagnostic information, please
C2-ORANGE, C3-WHITE, C4-GREEN), each fill out the form at the back of the book and mail it
PCM connector will have 38 pins each. Two back to us.
new tools are introduced to help in
diagnosing and repairing the new PCM 1.1 SYSTEM COVERAGE
terminals and harness connectors. The Miller
#3638 terminal removal pick is introduced, This diagnostic procedures manual covers the
you must use the Miller #3638 tool to release 2003 RS vehicle equipped with the following en-
the connector terminals or harness and gines and powertrain control modules:
connector damage will occur. Also, the Miller 2.4L (NGC)
#8815 Pinout Box is introduced, you must 3.3L/3.8L (SBEC)
use the Miller #8815 tool to probe the PCM
terminals or terminal damage will occur. 1.2 SIX-STEP TROUBLESHOOTING
There is also a new Verification test and PROCEDURE
module replacement procedure for the new
PCM. Diagnosis of the powertrain control module
(PCM) is done in six basic steps:
verification of complaint
1.0 INTRODUCTION verification of any related symptoms
The procedures contained in this manual include symptom analysis

specifications, instructions, and graphics needed to problem isolation
diagnose the PCM Powertrain System. The diag- repair of isolated problem
nostics in this manual are based on the failure
verification of proper operation
condition or symptom being present at time of
diagnosis.
Please follow the recommendations below when 2.0 IDENTIFICATION OF
choosing your diagnostic path.
SYSTEM
1. First make sure the DRBIIIt is communicating
with the appropriate modules; ie., if the DRBIIIt The Powertrain Control Module (PCM) monitors
displays a No Response condition, you must and controls:
diagnose this first before proceeding. Fuel System
2. Read DTCs (diagnostic trouble codes) with the Idle Air Control System
DRBIIIt.
Ignition System
3. If no DTCs are present, identify the customer
Charging System
complaint.
Speed Control System
4. Once the DTC or customer complaint is identi-
fied, locate the matching test in the Table of Cooling system
Contents and begin to diagnose the symptom.
All component location views are in Section 8.0.
All connector pinouts are in Section 9.0. All system
schematics are in Section 10.0.
1
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND ble code criteria are met, a trouble code will be
stored in the PCM memory.
FUNCTIONAL OPERATION
The On Board Diagnostics have evolved to the
second Generation of Diagnostics referred to as
3.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OBDII/Euro Stage III OBD. These OBDII/Euro
Stage III OBD Diagnostics control the functions
These Sequential Fuel Injection (SFI) engine sys- necessary to meet the requirements of California
tems have the latest in technical advances. The OBDII, Federal OBD regulation and European reg-
OBDII/Euro Stage III OBD diagnostics incorpo- ulation. These requirements specify the inclusion of
rated with the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) a Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) located on the
are intended to assist the field technician in repair- instrument panel. The purpose of the MIL is to
ing vehicle problems by the quickest means. inform the vehicle operator in the event of a mal-
function of any emission system or component.
3.2 FUNCTIONAL OPERATION MIL Lamp Strategy
I/M Readiness OK to test = Key On Engine OFF
MIL Lamp will remain on until the vehicle is
3.2.1 FUEL CONTROL started or Ignition is turned off.
The PCM controls the air/fuel ratio of the engine I/M not ready for testing = Key On Engine OFF
by varying fuel injector on time. Mass air flow is MIL Lamp on solid for (15) seconds then MIL
calculated using the speed density method using Lamp will flash on/off for (5) seconds then it will
enigne speed, manifold absolute pressure, and air remain on until the vehicle is started or the Ignition
temperature change. is turned off.
Different fuel calculation strategies are used de-
pending on the operational state of the engine.
During crank mode, a longer pulse width fuel pulse
is delivered followed by fuel pulses determined by a
crank time strategy. Cold engine operation is deter-
mined via an open loop strategy until the O2
sensors have reached operating temperature. At
this point, the strategy enters a closed loop mode
where fuel requirements are based upon the state of
the O2 sensors, engine speed, MAP, throttle posi-
tion, air temperature, battery voltage, and coolant
temperature.
3.2.2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS

The PCM has been programmed to monitor many
different circuits of the fuel injection system. This
monitoring is called on-board diagnosis.
Certain criteria, or arming conditions, must be
met for a trouble code to be entered into the PCM
memory. The criteria may be a range of: engine rpm,
engine temperature, and/or input voltage to the
PCM. If a problem is sensed with a monitored
circuit, and all of the criteria or arming conditions
are met, then a trouble code will be stored in the
PCM.
It is possible that a trouble code for a monitored
circuit may not be entered into the PCM memory
even though a malfunction has occurred. This may
happen because one of the trouble code criteria have
not been met.
The PCM compares input signal voltages from
each input device with specifications (the estab-
lished high and low limits of the range) that are
programmed into it for that device. If the input
voltage is not within specifications and other trou-
2
GENERAL INFORMATION
OBD II/EURO STAGE III OBD MONITOR INFORMATION
Comprehensive Major Monitors Major Monitors

Components Non Fuel Control Fuel Control
Monitor & Non Misfire & Misfire
Run constantly Run Once Per Trip Run Constantly
Includes All Engine Hardware Monitors Entire Emission Monitors Entire System
- Sensors, Switches, System
Solenoids, etc.
One Trip Faults - Turns On Two Trip Faults - Turns On Two Trip Faults - Turns On
The MIL and Sets DTC After The MIL and Sets DTC After The MIL and Sets DTC After
One Failure Two Consecutive Failures Two Consecutive Failures
Priority 3 Priority 1 or 3 Priority 2 or 4
All Checked For Continuity Done Stop Testing = Yes

Fuel Control Monitor
Open Monitors Fuel Control
Short To Ground Oxygen Sensor Heater System For:
Short To Voltage Oxygen Sensor Response
Fuel System Lean
Inputs Checked For Fuel System Rich
Rationality Catalytic Converter
Efficiency Except EWMA Requires 3 Consecutive
Outputs Checked For - up to 6 tests per trip Fuel System Good Trips To
Functionality and a one trip fault Extinguish The MIL
EGR System
Misfire Monitor
Evaporative Emission Monitors For Engine Misfire
System at:
1000 RPM Counter
(Type B)
**200 RPM Counter
(Type A)
Requires 3 Consecutive Requires 3 Consecutive Requires 3 Consecutive

Global/Alternate Good Trips Global Good Trips Misfire Good Trips
to Extinguish the MIL* to Extinguish the MIL* To Extinguish the MIL
*40 Warm Up Cycles are required to erase **Type A misfire is a two

DTCs after the MIL has been extinguished. trip failure. The MIL will
illuminate and blink at
the first failure.
3
GENERAL INFORMATION
OBDII Monitor Run Process For additional information, refer to the Chrysler
2.0L/2.4L NGC Vehicles Corporation Technical Training Workbook titled
The following procedure has been established to On Board Diagnostics: OBDII/EOBD, part num-
assist Technicians in the field with enabling and ber 81-699-01050.
running OBDII Monitors. The order listed in the The most efficient order to run the monitors has
following procedure is intended to allow the techni- been outlined below, including suggestions to aid
cian to effectively complete each monitor and to set the process.
the CARB Readiness Status in the least time pos-
sible. A. NATURAL VACUUM LEAK DETECTION WITH
**NOTE** PURGE MONITOR
A. Once the monitor run process has begun, do This monitor requires a cool down cycle, usually
not turn off the ignition. By turning the igni- an overnight soak for at least 8 hours without the
tion key off, monitor enabling conditions will engine running. The ambient temperature must
be lost. NVLD Monitor runs after key off. decrease overnight parking the vehicle outside is
B. By performing a Battery Disconnect, or Se- advised. To run this test the fuel level must be
lecting Erase DTCs, the CARB Readiness and between 15-85% full. For the monitor run condi-
all additional OBDII information will be tions select the EVAP MON PRE-TEST in the
cleared. DRB IIIt, OBD II Monitors Menu. The Purge mon-
itor will run if the small leak test reports a pass.
Monitor Preliminary Checks: Criteria for NVLD monitor.
1. Plug a DRBIIIt into the vehicles DLC. 1. Engine off time greater than @ one hour
2. Turn the ignition, KEY ONENGINE OFF. 2. Fuel Level between 15% and 85%
Watch for MIL lamp illumination during the 3. Start Up ECT and IAT within 10C (18F).
bulb check. MIL lamp must have illuminated, if
not, repair MIL lamp. 4. Vehicle started and run until Purge Monitor
reports a result.
3. On the DRB IIIt Select #1 DRB III Standalone.
4. Select #1 1998-2002 Diagnostics NOTE: If the vehicle does not report a result
5. Select #1 Engine and the conditions where correct. It may take
6. Select #2 DTCs and Related Functions up to two weeks to fail the small leak monitor.
DO NOT use this test to attempt to determine
7. Select #1 Read DTCs
*Verify that No Emissions Related DTCs are
a fault. Use the appropriate service
Present. information procedure for finding a small
*If an Emissions DTC is Present, the OBD II leak. If there are no faults and the conditions
Monitors may not run and the CARB Readiness are correct this test will run and report a
will not update. pass. Note the Small leak test can find leaks
*The Emissions related DTC, will need to be less than 10 thousands of an inch. If a small
repaired, then cleared. By clearing DTCs, the leak is present it takes approximately one
OBD Monitors will need to be run and completed week of normal driving to report a failure.
to set the CARB Readiness Status.
8. Return to Engine Select Function Menu and B. CATALYST/O2 MONITOR
Select #9, OBD II Monitors. With NGC, Catalyst and O2 Monitor information
9. Select #3 CARB Readiness Status. are acquired and processed at the same time. Most
vehicles will need to be driven at highway speed
Do all the CARB Readiness Status Locations read (<50 mph) for a few minutes. Some trucks run the
YES? monitor at idle in drive. If the vehicle is equipped
*YES, then all monitors have been completed and with a manual transmission, using 4th gear may
this vehicle is ready to be I/M or Emission Tested. assist in meeting the monitor running criteria. For
*NO, then the following procedure needs to be the monitor run conditions, select the BANK 1 CAT
followed to run/complete all available monitors. MON PRE-TEST in the DRB IIIt, OBD II Monitors
**NOTE** Menu.
A. Only the monitors, which are not YES in the
CARB Readiness Status, need to be completed. C. EGR MONITOR
B. Specific criteria need to be met for each monitor. The EGR monitor now runs in a closed throttle
Each monitor has a Pre-Test screen to assist in decel or at idle on a warm vehicle. However, it is
running the monitor. necessary to maintain the TPS, Map and RPM
ranges to allow the monitor to complete itself. For
4
GENERAL INFORMATION
the monitor run conditions, select the EGR PRE- *YES, then all monitors have been completed and
TEST in the DRB IIIt, OBD II Monitors Menu. this vehicle is ready to be I/M or Emission Tested.
*NO, then the following procedure needs to be
D. 02 SENSOR HEATER MONITOR followed to run/complete all available monitors.
This monitor is now continuously running once
**NOTE**
the heaters are energized. Pass information will be
A. Only the monitors, which are not YES in the
processed at power down. For the monitor run
CARB Readiness Status, need to be completed.
conditions, select the O2S HEATER MON PRE-
B. Specific criteria need to be met for each monitor.
TEST in the DRB IIIt, OBD II Monitors Menu.
Each monitor has a Pre-Test screen to assist in
running the monitor. For additional informa-
OBDII Monitor Run Process
tion, refer to the Chrysler Corporation Technical
3.3L/3.8L SBEC Vehicles Training Workbook titled On Board Diagnostics,
The following procedure has been established to part number 81-699-97094.
assist Technicians in the field with enabling and
running OBDII Monitors. The order listed in the The most efficient order to run the monitors has
following procedure is intended to allow the techni- been outlined below, including suggestions to aid
cian to effectively complete each monitor and to set the process.
the CARB Readiness Status in the least time pos-
sible. 2. EVAPORATIVE LEAK DETECTION MONITOR
(IF THE VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH A LDP
**NOTE**
SYSTEM)
A. Once the monitor run process has begun, do
This monitor requires a cold start, usually an
not turn off the ignition. By turning the igni-
overnight soak or parked for at least 8 hours with-
tion key off, monitor enabling conditions will
out the engine running. The engine coolant must be
be lost. Only the 02 Heater Monitor runs after
within 10 degrees of ambient/battery temperature,
key off.
and the sensed Ambient (outside) Temperature
B. By performing a Battery Disconnect, or Se-
must be between approximately 40F and 90F. For
lecting Erase DTCs, the CARB Readiness and
the monitor run conditions select the EVAP LDP
all additional OBD information will be
MON PRE-TEST in the DRB III, OBD II Monitors
cleared.
Menu.
Monitor Preliminary Checks:
1. Catalyst Monitor
1. Plug a DRBIII into the vehicles DLC. The vehicle will need to be driven at highway
2. Turn the ignition, KEY ONENGINE OFF. speed for a few minutes. If the vehicle is equipped
Watch for MIL lamp illumination during the with a manual transmission, using 4th gear may
bulb check. MIL lamp must have illuminated, if assist in meeting the monitor running criteria. For
not, repair MIL lamp. the monitor run conditions, select the EWMA CAT
3. On the DRB III Select #1 DRB III Standalone. MON PRE-TEST in the DRB III, OBD II Monitors
Menu.
4. Select #1 1998-2002 Diagnostics
5. Select #1 Engine 2. EGR Monitor
The EGR monitor enable conditions are basic.
6. Select #2 DTCs and Related Functions
However, it is necessary to maintain the TPS, Map
7. Select #1 Read DTCs and RPM ranges to allow the monitor to complete
*Verify that No Emissions Related DTCs are itself. For the monitor run conditions, select the
Present. EGR PRE-TEST in the DRB III, OBD II Monitors
*If an Emissions DTC is Present, the OBD II Menu.
Monitors may not run and the CARB Readiness
will not update. 3. O2 Sensor Monitor
*The Emissions related DTC, will need to be The vehicle will need to be driven for a period of
repaired, then cleared. By clearing DTCs, the time and brought to a stop for a short period of time
OBD Monitors will need to be run and completed with the Automatic Transmission left in Drive. The
to set the CARB Readiness Status. O2S Monitor will not run in Park or Neutral on an
Automatic Transmission equipped vehicle. For the
8. Return to Engine Select Function Menu and
monitor run conditions, select the O2S MON PRE-
Select #9, OBD II Monitors.
TEST in the DRB III, OBD II Monitors Menu.
9. Select #3 CARB Readiness Status.
4. Purge Monitor
Do all the CARB Readiness Status Locations read All the Purge Free (PF) cells must update on the
YES? ADAPTIVE MEMORY screen before the Purge
5
GENERAL INFORMATION
Flow Monitor will run. For the monitor run condi- Energizing the vacuum solenoid applies vacuum to
tions, select the PURGE FLOW MON PRE-TEST in the servo to increase throttle position. Operation of
the DRB III, OBD II Monitors Menu. The Purge the vent solenoid slowly releases the vacuum allow-
Flow Monitor will not run in Park or Neutral on an ing throttle position to decrease. A special vacuum
Automatic Transmission equipped vehicle. The dump solenoid allows immediate release of the
Purge Flow Monitor will attempt to run every throttle during speed control operation.
other throttle closure. If all of the parameters are Speed control may be cancelled by braking, driver
met and it still does not run, with your foot firmly input using the speed control switches, shifting into
on the Service Brake, slightly (1/4) open the Throt- neutral, excessive engine speed (wheels spinning),
tle and quickly close the Throttle. This will allow or turning the ignition off.
the Purge Free update to happen, and then the
Purge Flow Monitor will Run. NOTE: If two speed control switches are
selected simultaneously, the PCM will detect
5. O2 Sensor Heater Monitor
an illegal switch operation and turn the speed
Make sure the Open Throtle Time on the O2
Heater Pre-Test Screen has been exceeded, if not,
control off.
more driving will be necessary to enable this Mon-
itor. This is an ignition key OFF monitor. Do this
NATURAL VACUUM LEAK DETECTION (NVLD)
monitor only after all other monitors have been IF EQUIPPED
completed. It will be necessary to turn the ignition The Natural Vacuum Leak Detection (NVLD)
key back on after the DRB III goes to No Response, system is the next generation evaporative leak
which indicates that the O2 Heater Monitor has detection system that will first be used on vehicles
completed and the PCM has gone to sleep (shut off) equipped with the Powertrain Control Module
(approximately 3 minutes). Turn the Ignition Key (PCM) or Next Generation Controller (NGC) start-
back ON to see if the CARB Readiness is YES. For ing in 2002 M.Y. This new system replaces the leak
the monitor run conditions, select the O2S detection pump as the method of evaporative sys-
HEATER MON PRE-TEST in the DRB III, OBD II tem leak detection. The current CARB requirement
Monitors Menu. is to detect a leak equivalent to a 0.0209 (0.5 mm)
hole. This system has the capability to detect holes
3.2.3 OTHER CONTROLS of this size very dependably.
The basic leak detection theory employed with
NVLD is the 9Gas Law9. This is to say that the
CHARGING SYSTEM (NGC) pressure in a sealed vessel will change if the tem-
The charging system is turned on when the
perature of the gas in the vessel changes. The vessel
engine is started. The Generator field is control by
will only see this effect if it is indeed sealed. Even
the PCM using a 12-volt high-side driver and a body
small leaks will allow the pressure in the vessel to
ground circuit. The Generator output voltage is
come to equilibrium with the ambient pressure.
determined by the PCM. When more system voltage
In addition to the detection of very small leaks,
is needed, the PCM will applies a longer duty cycle
this system has the capability of detecting medium
using the 12-volt high-side drive and shortens duty
as well as large evaporative system leaks.
cycle or none at all when less voltage is needed.
THE NVLD UTILIZES THE GAS LAW
O2 SENSOR (NGC)
The O2 system with ignition on and engine off
PRINCIPLES
has a normalized O2 voltage of around 5 volts as A vent valve seals the canister vent during engine
displayed on the DRBIII or measured with a high off conditions. If the vapor system has a leak of less
impedance voltmeter. As the O2 sensor starts gen- than the failure threshold, the evaporative system
erating a signal the voltage will move towards 2.5 will be pulled into a vacuum, either due to the cool
volts. The voltage will typically vary between 2.5 down from operating temperature or diurnal ambi-
volts and 3.5 volts on a normal running engine. The ent temperature cycling. The diurnal effect is con-
goal voltage is also typically between 2.5 and 3.5 sidered one of the primary contributors to the leak
volts. This implies that the 0-volt through 1-volt determination by this diagnostic. When the vacuum
range that you are used to is still valid, only it is in the system exceeds about 19 H2O (0.25 KPA), a
shifted up by a 2.5 volt offset. This 2.5 volt supply is vacuum switch closes. The switch closure sends a
being delivered through the sensor return line. signal to the PCM. The PCM, via appropriate logic
strategies (described below), utilizes the switch
SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM signal, or lack thereof, to make a determination of
The PCM controls vehicle speed by operation of whether a leak is present.
the speed control servo vacuum and vent solenoids.
6
GENERAL INFORMATION
THE NVLD DEVICE AND HOW IT FUNCTIONS closure is detected, it will log the event and time
The NVLD Assembly is designed with a normally from key-off, and then power down. This informa-
open vacuum switch, a normally closed solenoid, tion will be processed at the next key cycle.
and a seal, which is actuated by both the solenoid
and a diaphragm. The NVLD is located on the NVLD LEAK DETECTION
atmospheric vent side of the canister.
Small Leak Test (Passive)
The normally open vacuum switch will close with
If, after a specified delay after key off (perhaps 5
about 19 H2O (0.25 KPA) vacuum in the evaporative
minutes), the switch closes or is closed, the test will
system. The diaphragm actuates the switch. This is
be pass, indicating that there is no leak. The PCM
above the opening point of the fuel inlet check valve
records the switch closure. The NVLD circuit in the
in the fill tube so cap off leaks can be detected.
PCM will shut down for the remainder of that
Submerged fill systems must have recirculation
particular engine off (soak) period. When the engine
lines that do not have the in-line normally closed
is started, the switch closure is recorded as a 9Pass,9
check valve that protects the system from failed
and the timers that are recording accumulated time
nozzle liquid ingestion, in order to detect cap off
are reset.
conditions.
This diagnostic test can take at least a week to
The normally closed valve in the NVLD is in-
mature a leak fault. A week has been chosen for this
tended to maintain the seal on the evaporative
because the vehicle will have been exposed to the
system during the engine off condition. If vacuum in
largest possible drive scenarios before a decision is
the evaporative system exceeds 39 to 69 H2O (0.75 to
made (most vehicles should see both daily work and
1.5 KPA), the valve will be pulled off the seat,
weekend driving cycles). This also satisfies CARBs
opening the seal. This will protect the system from
stated goal of getting 3 MIL illuminations within a
excessive vacuum as well as allowing sufficient
month for 0.0209 (0.5 mm) leak detection diagnostic.
purge flow in the event that the solenoid was to
The diagnostics will log engine run time and
become inoperative. The solenoid actuates the valve
engine off time to determine when a week has
to unseal the canister vent while the engine is
elapsed. There is a limit on the total amount of run
running. It also will be used to close the vent during
time that is applied to the one-week timer. There is
the medium and large leak tests and during the
also a limit on the total soak time that will be
purge flow check. This solenoid requires initial 1.5
allowed to be applied to the one-week timer. There
amps of current to pull the valve open but after 100
will be a limit on the amount of accrued run time
ms. will be duty cycled down to an average of about
during one specific drive that can be applied to the
150 mA for the remainder of the drive cycle.
one-week timer.
Another feature in the NVLD Assembly is a
The enabling criteria to run this monitor are:
diaphragm that will open the seal with pressure in
the evaporative system. The seal will be opened at Fuel level less than 85%
about 0.59 H2O (0.12 KPA) pressure to permit the Ambient temperature greater than 40 F (4.4 C)
venting of vapors during refueling. An added bene-
fit to this is that it will also allow the tank to Rationality Tests
9breathe9 during increasing temperatures, thus lim- 1. The rationality check of the switch, solenoid and
iting the pressure in the tank to this low level. This seal will be performed as follows:
is beneficial because the induced vacuum during a At key-on, the NVLD solenoid will be energized to
subsequent declining temperature will achieve the vent any vacuum that may be trapped in the
switch closed (pass threshold) sooner than if the evaporative system from the previous soak. This
tank had to decay from a built up pressure. should result in an open switch condition.
The NVLD Assembly itself has 3 wires: Switch
The solenoid will be de-energized (to seal the
sense, solenoid driver and ground. It also includes a
system) at the point where purge begins. The
resistor to protect the switch from a short to battery
system / NVLD component rationality passes for
or a short to ground. The PCM utilizes a high-side
that drive cycle if the switch closes after purge
driver to energize and duty-cycle the solenoid.
begins.
THE PCMS ROLE IN NVLD DIAGNOSIS: The solenoid is then re-energized for the remain-
The integral part of the diagnostic system that der of the drive cycle.
makes engine-off leak detection possible is a special If the switch events are not seen in a certain
circuit in the PCM controller. After the vehicle is period of time, the rationality check will have
turned off, a special part of the controller stays alive failed (2 trip rule).
and monitors for an NVLD switch closure. This
circuit within the PCM is very specific in its func-
tion and consumes very little power. If a switch
7
GENERAL INFORMATION
2. Purge Flow: The intrusive Medium and Large leak are con-
The above rationality check is considered suffi- ducted as follows:
cient to confirm purge solenoid function and con- De-energize the NVLD solenoid to seal the can-
formance with the purge flow test requirement. The ister vent.
Purge Flow Monitor is passed based on switch
Activate purge shortly after closed loop. Pull the
activity when purge is turned on or based on a rich
tank vacuum past the vacuum switch point (19
fuel control shift when purge is turned on.
H2O vacuum) of the NVLD for a specific time
Medium and Large Leak Test (Intrusive) while tracking the standard purge flow rate.
Turn purge off and determine how long it takes to
NOTE: This intrusive test will only be run if decay the tank vacuum and reopen the switch.
the Small Leak (passive) test fails, or is Determine the leak size from the time it took to
inconclusive (the switch does not close) reopen the switch. Note: Fuel level is an impor-
Enabling Conditions: tant determining factor.
40 F to 90 F If the switch does not close, a more aggressive
Engine temperature at startup within 10 F of purge flow will be applied to determine if it is a
the ambient temperature very large leak, missing fuel cap, problem with
the NVLD device, purge flow problem, etc...
Fuel level less than 85%
FIGURE 1
8
GENERAL INFORMATION
FIGURE 2
9
GENERAL INFORMATION
LEAK DETECTION PUMP SYSTEM IF Leak Detection Pump (LDP) Components:
EQUIPPED The main purpose of the LDP is to pressurize the
The evaporative emission system is designed to fuel system for leak checking. It closes the EVAP
prevent the escape of fuel vapors from the fuel system vent to atmospheric pressure so the system
system. Leaks in the system, even small ones, can can be pressurized for leak testing. The diaphragm
allow fuel vapors to escape into the atmosphere. is powered by engine vacuum. It pumps air into the
Government regulations require onboard testing to EVAP system to develop a pressure of about 7.59
make sure that the evaporative (EVAP) system is H2O (14) psi. A reed switch in the LDP allows the
functioning properly. The leak detection system PCM to monitor the position of the LDP diaphragm.
tests for EVAP system leaks and blockage. It also The PCM uses the reed switch input to monitor how
performs self-diagnostics. During self-diagnostics, fast the LDP is pumping air into the EVAP system.
the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) first checks This allows detection of leaks and blockage.
the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) for electrical and The LDP assembly consists of several parts (Fig-
mechanical faults. If the first checks pass, the PCM ure 2). The solenoid is controlled by the PCM, and it
then uses the LDP to seal the vent valve and pump connects the upper pump cavity to either engine
air into the system to pressurize it. If a leak is vacuum or atmospheric pressure. A vent valve
present, the PCM will continue pumping the LDP to closes the EVAP system to atmosphere, sealing the
replace the air that leaks out. The PCM determines system during leak testing. The pump section of the
the size of the leak based on how fast/long it must LDP consists of a diaphragm that moves up and
pump the LDP as it tries to maintain pressure in down to bring air in through the air filter and inlet
the system. check valve, and pump it out through an outlet
check valve into the EVAP system.
EVAP LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS The diaphragm is pulled up by engine vacuum,
(FIGURE 1) and pushed down by spring pressure, as the LDP
Service Port: Used with special tools like the solenoid turns on and off. The LDP also has a
Miller Evaporative Emissions Leak Detector magnetic reed switch to signal diaphragm position
(EELD) to test for leaks in the system. to the PCM. When the diaphragm is down, the
EVAP Purge Solenoid: The PCM uses the switch is closed, which sends a 12 V (system volt-
EVAP purge solenoid to control purging of excess age) signal to the PCM. When the diaphragm is up,
fuel vapors stored in the EVAP canister. It remains the switch is open, and there is no voltage sent to
closed during leak testing to prevent loss of pres- the PCM. This allows the PCM to monitor LDP
sure. pumping action as it turns the LDP solenoid on and
EVAP Canister: The EVAP canister stores fuel off.
vapors from the fuel tank for purging.
EVAP Purge Orifice: Limits purge volume.
EVAP System Air Filter: Provides air to the
LDP for pressurizing the system. It filters out dirt
while allowing a vent to atmosphere for the EVAP
system.
FIGURE 2
LDP AT REST (NOT POWERED)

When the LDP is at rest (no electrical/vacuum)
the diaphragm is allowed to drop down if the
internal (EVAP system) pressure is not greater than
the return spring. The LDP solenoid blocks the
FIGURE 1
engine vacuum port and opens the atmospheric
10
GENERAL INFORMATION
pressure port connected through the EVAP system DIAPHRAGM DOWNWARD MOVEMENT
air filter. The vent valve is held open by the dia- Based on reed switch input, the PCM de-
phragm. This allows the canister to see atmospheric energizes the LDP solenoid, causing it to block the
pressure (Figure 3). vacuum port, and open the atmospheric port. This
connects the upper pump cavity to atmosphere
through the EVAP air filter. The spring is now able
to push the diaphragm down. The downward move-
ment of the diaphragm closes the inlet check valve
and opens the outlet check valve pumping air into
the evaporative system. The LDP reed switch turns
from open to closed, allowing the PCM to monitor
LDP pumping (diaphragm up/down) activity (Fig-
ure 5). During the pumping mode, the diaphragm
will not move down far enough to open the vent
valve.
The pumping cycle is repeated as the solenoid is
turned on and off. When the evaporative system
begins to pressurize, the pressure on the bottom of
the diaphragm will begin to oppose the spring
pressure, slowing the pumping action. The PCM
watches the time from when the solenoid is de-
FIGURE 3 energized, until the diaphragm drops down far
enough for the reed switch to change from open to
DIAPHRAGM UPWARD MOVEMENT closed. If the reed switch changes too quickly, a leak
When the PCM energizes the LDP solenoid, the may be indicated. The longer it takes the reed
solenoid blocks the atmospheric port leading switch to change state, the tighter the evaporative
through the EVAP air filter and at the same time system is sealed. If the system pressurizes too
opens the engine vacuum port to the pump cavity quickly, a restriction somewhere in the EVAP sys-
above the diaphragm. The diaphragm moves up- tem may be indicated.
ward when the vacuum above the diaphragm ex-
ceeds spring force. This upward movement closes
the vent valve. It also causes low pressure below the
diaphragm, unseating the inlet check valve and
allowing air in from the EVAP air filter. When the
diaphragm completes its upward movement, the
LDP reed switch turns from closed to open (Figure
4).
FIGURE 5
PUMPING ACTION
During portions of this test, the PCM uses the
reed switch to monitor diaphragm movement. The
solenoid is only turned on by the PCM after the reed
switch changes from open to closed, indicating that
the diaphragm has moved down. At other times
FIGURE 4 during the test, the PCM will rapidly cycle the LDP
solenoid on and off to quickly pressurize the system.
During rapid cycling, the diaphragm will not move
enough to change the reed switch state. In the state
11
GENERAL INFORMATION
of rapid cycling, the PCM will use a fixed time LDP Pressure Switch Faults
interval to cycle the solenoid. EGR Solenoid Electrical Faults
If the system does not pass the EVAP Leak
All Injector Faults
Detection Test, the following DTCs may be set:
Baro Out Of Range
P0442 - EVAP LEAK MONITOR 0.0409 LEAK
DETECTED Vehicle Speed Faults
P0455 - EVAP LEAK MONITOR LARGE LEAK LDP Solenoid Circuit
DETECTED
FIGURE 6 SECTION 1
P0456 - EVAP LEAK MONITOR 0.0209 LEAK
When the ignition key is turned to ON, the LDP
DETECTED
diaphragm should be in the down position and the
P1486 - EVAP LEAK MON PINCHED HOSE LDP reed switch should be closed. If the EVAP
FOUND system has residual pressure, the LDP diaphragm
P1494 - LEAK DETECTION PUMP SW OR may be up. This could result in the LDP reed switch
MECH FAULT being open when the key is turned to ON and a
P1495 - LEAK DETECTION PUMP SOLENOID P1494 fault could be set because the PCM is expect-
CIRCUIT ing the reed switch to be closed.
After the key is turned ON, the PCM immedi-
ENABLING CONDITIONS TO RUN EVAP LEAK ately tests the LDP solenoid circuit for electrical
DETECTION TEST faults. If a fault is detected, DTC P1495 will set, the
MIL will illuminate, and the remaining EVAP Leak
1. Cold start: with ambient temperature (obtained Detection Test is canceled.
from modeling the inlet air temperature sensor
on passenger vehicles and the battery tempera-
ture sensor on Jeep & truck vehicles) between
4C (40F) and 32C (90F) for 0.040 leak. Be-
tween 4C (40F) and 29C (85F) for 0.020 leak.
2. Engine coolant temperature within: -12 to -8C
(10 to 18F) of battery/ambient.
3. Battery voltage between 10 and 15 volts.
NOTE: If battery voltage drops below 10 volts

for more than 5 seconds during engine
cranking, the EVAP Leak Detection Test will
not run.
4. Low fuel warning light off (fuel level must be
between 15% and 85%).
5. MAP sensor reading 22 in Hg or above (This is
the manifold absolute pressure, not vacuum). FIGURE 6
6. No engine stall during test.
NOTE: If battery temperature is not within
NOTE: The following values are approximate range, or if the engine coolant temperature is
and vehicle specific. Use the values seen in not within a specified range of the battery
pre test/monitor test screen on the DRBIIIT. temperature, the PCM will not run tests for
See TSB 25-02-98 for more detail. DTC P1494, P1486, P0442, P0455 and P0441.
A DTC will not set if a one-trip fault is set or if the These temperature calibrations may be
MIL is illuminated for any of the following: different between models.
Purge Solenoid
All engine Controller Self Test Faults
FIGURE 6 SECTION 2
If DTC P1495 is not set, the PCM will check for
All Cam and/or Crank Sensor Faults DTC P1494. If the LDP reed switch was closed
MAP Sensor Faults when the key was turned to ON, the PCM ener-
Ambient/Battery Temperature Sensor Electrical gizes the LDP solenoid for up to 8 seconds and
Faults monitors the LDP switch. As the LDP diaphragm is
pulled up by engine vacuum, the LDP reed switch
All Coolant Sensor Faults
should change from closed to open. If it does not, the
All TPS Faults
12
GENERAL INFORMATION
PCM sets a temporary fault (P1494) in memory, and FIGURE 6 SECTION 5
waits until the next time the Enabling Conditions Next, the PCM performs one or more test cycles
are met to run the test again. If this is again by monitoring the time required for the LDP reed
detected, P1494 is stored and the MIL is illumi- switch to close (diaphragm to drop) after the LDP
nated. If the problem is not detected during the next solenoid is turned off.
enabling cycle, the temporary fault will be cleared. If the switch does not close, or closes after a long
However, if the PCM detects the reed switch open delay, it means that the system does not have any
when the key is turned to ON, the PCM must significant leakage and the EVAP Leak Detection
determine if this condition is due to residual pres- Test is complete.
sure in the EVAP system, or an actual fault. The However, if the LDP reed switch closes quickly,
PCM stores information in memory on EVAP sys- there may be a leak or the fuel level may be low
tem purging from previous engine run or drive enough that the LDP must pump more to finish
cycles. pressurizing the EVAP system. In this case, the
If little or no purging took place, residual pres- PCM will rapidly pump the LDP again to build
sure could be holding the LDP diaphragm up, pressure in the EVAP system, and follow that by
causing the LDP switch to be open. Since this is not monitoring the time needed for several LDP test
a malfunction, the PCM cancels the EVAP Leak cycles. This process of rapid pumping followed by
Detection Test without setting the temporary fault. several LDP test cycles may repeat several times
If there was sufficient purging during the previ- before the PCM judges that a leak is present.
ous cycle to eliminate EVAP system pressure, the When leaks are present, the LDP test cycle time
PCM judges that this is a malfunction and sets a will be inversely proportional to the size of the leak.
temporary fault in memory. The next time that the The larger the leak, the shorter the test cycle time.
Enabling Conditions are met, the test will run The smaller the leak, the longer the test cycle time.
again. If the fault is again detected, the MIL will DTCs may be set when a leak as small as 0.5 mm
illuminate and DTC 1494 will be stored. If the fault (0.0209) diameter is present.
is not detected, the temporary fault will be cleared. If the system detects a leak, a temporary fault
will be stored in PCM memory. The time it takes to
FIGURE 6 SECTION 3 detect a .020, .040, or Large leak is based on
If no fault has been detected so far, the PCM calibrations that vary from model to model. The
begins testing for possible blockage in the EVAP important point to remember is if a leak is again
system between the LDP and the fuel tank. This is detected on the next EVAP Leak Detection Test, the
done by monitoring the time required for the LDP to MIL will illuminate and a DTC will be stored based
pump air into the EVAP system during two to three on the size of leak detected. If no leak is detected
pump cycles. If no blockage is present, the LDP during the next test, the temporary fault will be
diaphragm is able to quickly pump air out of the cleared.
LDP each time the PCM turns off the LDP solenoid.
If a blockage is present, the PCM detects that the DIAGNOSTIC TIPS
LDP takes longer to complete each pump cycle. If During diagnosis, you can compare the LDP so-
the pump cycles take longer than expected (approx- lenoid activity with the monitor sequence in Figure
imately 6 to 10 seconds) the PCM will suspect a 6. If the PCM detects a problem that could set a
blockage. On the next drive when Enabling Condi- DTC, the testing is halted and LDP solenoid activ-
tions are met, the test will run again. If blockage is ity will stop. As each section of the test begins, it
again detected, P1486 is stored, and the MIL is indicates that the previous section passed success-
illuminated. fully. By watching to see which tests complete, you
can see if any conditions are present that the PCM
FIGURE 6 SECTION 4 considers abnormal.
After the LDP blockage tests are completed, the For example, if the LDP solenoid is energized for
PCM then tests for EVAP system leakage. First, the the test cycles to test for blockage (P1486), it means
PCM commands the LDP to rapidly pump for 20 to that the LDP has already passed its test for P1494.
50 seconds (depending on fuel level) to build pres- Then, if the PCM detects a possible blockage, it will
sure in the EVAP system. This evaluates the system set a temporary fault without turning on the MIL
to see if it can be sufficiently pressurized. This and continue the leak portion of the test. However,
evaluation (rapid pump cycling) may occur several the PCM will assume that the system is already
times prior to leak checking. The LDP reed switch pressurized and skip the rapid pump cycles.
does not close and open during rapid pumping Always diagnose leaks, if possible, before discon-
because the diaphragm does not travel through its necting connections. Disconnecting connections
full range during this part of the test. may mask a leak condition.
13
GENERAL INFORMATION
Keep in mind that if the purge solenoid seat is modes of operation that determine how the PCM
leaking, it could go undetected since the leak would responds to the various input signals.
end up in the intake manifold. Disconnect the purge There are two types of engine control operation:
solenoid at the manifold when leak checking. In open loop and closed loop.
addition, a pinched hose fault (P1486) could set if In open loop operation, the PCM receives input
the purge solenoid does not purge the fuel system signals and responds according to preset program-
properly (blocked seat). The purge solenoid must ming. Inputs from the heated oxygen sensors are
vent the fuel system prior to the LDP system test. If not monitored.
the purge solenoid cannot properly vent the system In closed loop operation, the PCM monitors the
the LDP cannot properly complete the test for inputs from the heated oxygen sensors. This input
P1486 and this fault can set due to pressure being indicates to the PCM whether or not the calculated
in the EVAP system during the test sequence. injector pulse width results in the ideal air-fuel
Multiple actuations of the DRBIIIt Leak Detec- ratio of 14.7 parts air to 1 part fuel. By monitoring
tion Pump (LDP) Monitor Test can hide a 0.020 leak the exhaust oxygen content through the oxygen
because of excess vapor generation. Additionally, sensor, the PCM can fine tune injector pulse width.
any source for additional vapor generation can hide Fine tuning injector pulse width allows the PCM to
a small leak in the EVAP system. Excess vapor achieve the lowest emission levels while maintain-
generation can delay the fall of the LDP diaphragm ing optimum fuel economy.
thus hiding the small leak. An example of this The engine start-up (crank), engine warm-up,
condition could be bringing a cold vehicle into a and wide open throttle modes are open loop modes.
warm shop for testing or high ambient tempera- Under most operating conditions, closed loop modes
tures. occur with the engine at operating temperature.
Fully plugged and partially plugged underhood
vacuum lines have been known to set MIL condi- 3.2.5 NON-MONITORED CIRCUITS
tions. P1494 and P0456 can be set for this reason. The PCM does not monitor the following circuits,
Always, thoroughly, check plumbing for pinches or systems, and conditions even though they could
blockage before condemning components. have malfunctions that result in driveability prob-
lems. A diagnostic code may not be displayed for the
TEST EQUIPMENT following conditions. However, problems with these
The Evaporative Emission Leak Detector (EELD) systems may cause a diagnostic code to be displayed
Miller Special Tool 8404 is capable of visually de- for other systems. For example, a fuel pressure
tecting leaks in the evaporative system and will problem will not register a diagnostic code directly,
take the place of the ultrasonic leak detector 6917A. but could cause a rich or lean condition. This could
The EELD utilizes shop air and a smoke generator cause an oxygen sensor, fuel system, or misfire
to visually detect leaks down to 0.020 or smaller. monitor trouble code to be stored in the PCM.
The food grade oil used to make the smoke includes Engine Timing The PCM cannot detect an
an UV trace dye that will leave telltale signs of the incorrectly indexed timing chain, camshaft
leak under a black light. This is helpful when sprocket, or crankshaft sprocket. The PCM also
components have to be removed to determine the cannot detect an incorrectly indexed distributor.(*)
exact leak location. For detailed test instructions, Fuel Pressure Fuel pressure is controlled by
follow the operators manual packaged with the the fuel pressure regulator. The PCM cannot detect
EELD. a clogged fuel pump inlet filter, clogged in-line filter,
or a pinched fuel supply.(*)
IMPORTANT Fuel Injectors The PCM cannot detect if a fuel
Be sure that the PCM has the latest software injector is clogged, the pintle is sticking, or the
update. Reprogram as indicated by any applicable wrong injectors are installed.(*)
Technical Service Bulletin. After LDP repairs are Fuel Requirements Poor quality gasoline can
completed, verify the repair by running the cause problems such as hard starting, stalling, and
DRBIIIt Leak Detection Pump (LDP) Monitor Test stumble. Use of methanol-gasoline blends may re-
as described in Technical Service Bulletin 18-12-99. sult in starting and driveability problems. See indi-
vidual symptoms and their definitions in Section
3.2.4 PCM OPERATING MODES 6.0 (Glossary of Terms).
As input signals to the PCM change, the PCM PCM Grounds The PCM cannot detect a poor
adjusts its response to output devices. For example, system ground. However, a diagnostic trouble code
the PCM must calculate a different injector pulse may be stored in the PCM as a result of this
width and ignition timing for idle than it does for condition.
wide open throttle. There are several different
14
GENERAL INFORMATION
Throttle Body Air Flow The PCM cannot SKIS. The secret key is stored in the SKIM, PCM
detect a clogged or restricted air cleaner inlet or and all ignition key transponders.
filter element.(*) Challenge - This is a random number that is
Exhaust System The PCM cannot detect a generated by the SKIM at each ignition key cycle.
plugged, restricted, or leaking exhaust system.(*) The secret key and challenge are the two vari-
Cylinder Compression The PCM cannot de- ables used in the algorithm that produces the
tect uneven, low, or high engine cylinder compres- encrypted response message. The transponder uses
sion.(*) the crypto algorithm to receive, decode and respond
Excessive Oil Consumption Although the to the message sent by the SKIM. After responding
PCM monitors the exhaust stream oxygen content to the coded message, the transponder sends a
through the oxygen sensor when the system is in a transponder I.D. message to the SKIM. The SKIM
closed loop, it cannot determine excessive oil con- compares the transponder I.D. to the available valid
sumption. key codes in the SKIM memory (8 key maximum at
any one time). After validating the key ignition the
NOTE: Any of these conditions could result SKIM sends a PCI Bus message called a Seed
in a rich or lean condition causing an oxygen Request to the engine controller then waits for a
sensor TROUBLE CODE to be stored in the PCM response. If the PCM does not respond, the
PCM, or the vehicle may exhibit one or more SKIM will send the seed request again. After three
of the driveability symptoms listed in the failed attempts the SKIM will stop sending the seed
Table of Contents. request and store a trouble code. If the PCM sends
a seed response, the SKIM sends a valid/invalid key
3.2.6 SKIS OVERVIEW message to the PCM. This is an encrypted message
that is generated using the following:
The Sentry Key Immobilizer System (SKIS) is VIN - Vehicle Identification Number
designed to prevent unauthorized vehicle opera- Seed - This is a random number that is generated
tion. The system consists of a Sentry Key Immobi- by the PCM at each ignition key cycle.
lizer Module (SKIM), ignition key(s) equipped with The VIN and seed are the two variables used in
a transponder chip and PCM. When the ignition the rolling code algorithm that encrypts the valid/
switch is turned on, the SKIM interrogates the invalid key message. The PCM uses the rolling code
ignition key. If the ignition key is Valid or Invalid, algorithm to receive, decode and respond to the
the SKIM sends a PCI Bus message to the PCM valid/invalid key message sent by the SKIM. After
indicating ignition key status. Upon receiving this sending the valid/invalid key message the SKIM
message the PCM will terminate engine operation, waits 3.5 seconds for a PCM status message from
or allow the engine to continue to operate. the PCM. If the PCM does not respond with a valid
key message to the SKIM, a fault is detected and a
3.2.7 SKIM ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS trouble code is stored.
The SKIM has been programmed to transmit and The SKIS incorporates a VTSS LED located on
monitor many different coded messages as well as the instrument panel upper cover. The LED re-
PCI Bus messages. This monitoring is called On ceives switched ignition voltage and is hardwired to
Board Diagnosis. the body control module. The LED is actuated when
Certain criteria must be met for a diagnostic the SKIM sends a PCI Bus message to the body
trouble code to be entered into the SKIM memory. controller requesting the LED on. The body control-
The criteria may be a range of; Input voltage, PCI ler then provides the ground for the LED. The
Bus message, or coded messages to the SKIM. If all SKIM will request VTSS LED operation for the
of the criteria for monitoring a circuit or function following:
are met and a fault is sensed, a diagnostic trouble bulb checks at ignition on
code will be stored in the SKIM memory.
to alert the vehicle operator to a SKIS mal-
function
3.2.8 SKIS OPERATION
customer key programming mode
When ignition power is supplied to the SKIM, the
SKIM performs an internal self-test. After the self-
For all faults except transponder faults and VTSS
test is completed, the SKIM energizes the antenna
LED remains on steady. In the event of a transpon-
(this activates the transponder chip) and sends a
der fault the LED flashes at a rate of 1 Hz (once per
challenge to the transponder chip. The transponder
second). If a fault is present the LED will remain on
chip responds to the challenge by generating an
or flashing for the complete ignition cycle. If a fault
encrypted response message using the following:
is stored in SKIM memory which prevents the
Secret Key - This is an electronically stored
system from operating properly, the PCM will allow
value (identification number) that is unique to each
15
GENERAL INFORMATION
the engine to start and run (for 2 seconds) up to six 3.2.10 PROGRAMMING THE SENTRY KEY
times. After the sixth attempt, the PCM disables
the starter relay until the fault is corrected. IMMOBILIZER MODULE
3.2.9 PROGRAMMING THE POWERTRAIN NOTE: If the PCM and the SKIM are replaced
at the same time, program the VIN into the
CONTROL MODULE PCM first. All vehicle keys will then need to
Important Note: Before replacing the PCM for a be replaced and programmed to the new
failed driver, control circuit or ground circuit, be SKIM.
sure to check the related component/circuit integ-
rity for failures not detected due to a double fault in 1. Turn the ignition on (transmission in park/
the circuit. Most PCM driver/control circuit failures neutral).
are caused by internal failure to components (i.e. 2. Use the DRBIIIt and select THEFT ALARM,
12-volt pull-ups, drivers and ground sensors). These SKIM then MISCELLANEOUS.
failures are difficult to detect when a double fault 3. Select SKIM MODULE REPLACEMENT (GAS-
has occurred and only one DTC has set. OLINE).
4. Program the vehicle four-digit PIN into the
NOTE: If the PCM and the SKIM are replaced
SKIM.
at the same time, program the VIN into the
PCM first. All vehicle keys will then need to 5. Select COUNTRY CODE and enter the correct
country.
be replaced and programmed to the new
SKIM. NOTE: Be sure to enter the correct country
The SKIS Secret Key is an I.D. code that is code. If the incorrect country code is
unique to each SKIS. This code is programmed and programmed into SKIM, the SKIM must be
stored in the SKIM, engine controller and transpon-
replaced.
der chip (ignition key). When replacing the PCM it
is necessary to program the secret key into the 6. Select UPDATE VIN (the SKIM will learn the
PCM. VIN from the PCM).
7. Press ENTER to transfer the VIN (the PCM will
NOTE: After replacing the PCM, you must send the VIN to the SKIM).
reprogram pinion factor. 8. The DRBIIIt will ask if you want to transfer the
1. Turn the ignition on (transmission in park/ secret key. Select ENTER to transfer secret key
neutral). from the PCM. This will ensure the current
2. Use the DRBIIIt and select THEFT ALARM, vehicle ignition keys will still operate the SKIS
SKIM then MISCELLANEOUS. system.
3. Select PCM REPLACED.
3.2.11 PROGRAMMING THE IGNITION
4. Enter secured access mode by entering the vehi-
cle four-digit PIN. KEYS TO THE SENTRY KEY
NOTE: If three attempts are made to enter
IMMOBILIZER MODULE
the secure access mode using an incorrect 1. Turn the ignition on (transmission in park/
PIN, secured access mode will be locked out neutral).
for one hour. To exit this lockout mode, turn 2. Use the DRBIIIt and select THEFT ALARM,
the ignition to the run position for one hour SKIM, then MISCELLANEOUS.
then enter the correct PIN. (Ensure all 3. Select PROGRAM IGNITION KEYS.
accessories are turned off. Also monitor the 4. Enter secured access mode by entering the vehi-
battery state and connect a battery charger if cle four-digit PIN.
necessary).
5. Press ENTER to transfer the secret key (the NOTE: A maximum of eight keys can be
SKIM will send the secret key to the PCM). learned to each SKIM AT ONE TIME. Once a
key is learned to a SKIM it (the key) cannot be
transferred to another vehicle.
If ignition key programming is unsuccessful, the
DRBIIIt will display one of the following messages:
16
GENERAL INFORMATION
Programming Not Attempted - The DRBIIIt cycles, and the use of the DRBIIIt, refer to the On
attempts to read the programmed key status and Board Diagnostic training booklet #81-699-97094.
there are no keys programmed in the SKIM mem-
ory. 3.3.2 INTERMITTENT CODE
Programming Key Failed - (Possible Used Key A diagnostic trouble code that is not there every
From Wrong Vehicle) - SKIM is unable to program time the PCM checks the circuit is an intermittent
key due to one of the following: DTC. Most intermittent DTCs are caused by wiring
faulty ignition key transponder or connector problems. Defects that come and go
ignition key is programmed to another vehicle. like this are the most difficult to diagnose; they
8 Keys Already Learned, Programming Not must be looked for under specific conditions that
Done - SKIM transponder ID memory is full. cause them. The following checks may assist you in
1. Obtain ignition keys to be programmed from identifying a possible intermittent problem:
customer (8 keys maximum) Visually inspect related wire harness connectors.
2. Using the DRBIIIt, erase all ignition keys by Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded
selecting MISCELLANEOUS and ERASE ALL terminals.
CURRENT IGN. KEYS Visually inspect the related harnesses. Look for
3. Program all ignition keys. chafed, pierced, or partially broken wire.

Learned Key In Ignition - Ignition key tran- Refer to any technical service bulletins that may
sponder ID is currently programmed in SKIM mem- apply.
ory. Use the DRBIIIt data recorder or co-pilot.
3.3 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES 3.3.3 STARTS SINCE SET COUNTER

The start since set counter counts the number of
Each diagnostic trouble code is diagnosed by
times the vehicle has been started since codes were
following a specific testing procedure. The diagnos-
last set, erased, or the battery was disconnected.
tic test procedures contain step-by-step instructions
The reset counter will count up to 255 start counts.
for determining the cause of trouble codes as well as
The number of starts helps determine when the
no trouble code problems. It is not necessary to
trouble code actually happened. This is recorded by
perform all of the tests in this book to diagnose an
the PCM and can be viewed on the DRBIIIt as
individual code.
STARTS since set.
Always begin by reading the diagnostic trouble
When there are no trouble codes stored in mem-
codes using the DRBIIIt.
ory, the DRBIIIt will display NO DTCs Detected
and the reset counter will show STARTS since clear
3.3.1 HARD CODE = XXX.
A diagnostic trouble code that comes back within
one cycle of the ignition key is a hard code. This 3.3.4 DISTANCE SINCE MI SET
means that the defect is there every time the
The Euro Stage III OBD directive requires that
powertrain control module checks that circuit or
the distance traveled by the vehicle while the MI is
function. Procedures in this manual verify if the
activated must be available at any instant through
DTC is a hard code at the beginning of each test.
the serial port on the standard data link connector.
When it is not a hard code, an intermittent test
This feature works as follows:
must be performed.
DTCs that are for OBDII/Euro Stage III OBD 1. If the MI is illuminated due to a fault, the
monitors will not set with just the ignition key on. distance count is updated (i.e. it is counting).
Comparing these to non-emission DTCs, they will 2. If there is a stale MI fault (i.e. the fault is still
seem like an intermittent. These DTCs require a frozen in memory but the MI has been extin-
set of parameters to be performed (The DRBIIIt guished due to 3 good trips), the distance count is
pre-test screens will help with this for MONITOR held (i.e. frozen).
DTCs), this is called a TRIP. All OBDII/Euro Stage 3. If the distance count is being held due to (Item
III OBD DTCs will be set after one or in some cases 2.) and the fault is cleared, the distance is
two trip failures, and the MIL will be turned on. cleared (set to zero).
These DTCs require three successful, no failures,
4. If the distance count is being held due to (Item
TRIPS to extinguish the MIL, followed by 40
2.) and another MI occurs, the distance count is
warm-up cycles to erase the DTC. For further
reset (to) and begins updating anew.
explanation of TRIPS, Pre-test screens, Warm-up
5. If a fault occurs while the MI is already illumi-
nated due to a previous fault (the distance count
17
GENERAL INFORMATION
is updating), then the distance count continues 3.5.2 DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE
to update w/out interruption.
Low temperatures will affect the visibility of the
6. If the MI is flashing due to active misfire and display. Adjust the contrast to compensate for this
there is an active fault (i.e. matured fault for condition
which 3 good trips have not occurred), the dis-
tance count behaves as the MI in ON.
7. If the MI is flashing due to active misfire and
there is no active fault (i.e. the MI is flashing for
a 1 malf.), the distance count behaves as if the
MI is off (because it is not yet a matured fault).
8. The distance count is cleared whenever the fault
is cleared. (Via 40 warm up cycles, or via scan
tool).
3.4 USING THE DRBIIIT

Refer to the DRBIIIt users guide for instructions
and assistance with reading DTCs, erasing DTCs,
and other DRBIIIt functions.
3.5 DRBIIIT ERROR MESSAGES AND

BLANK SCREEN 4.0 DISCLAIMERS, SAFETY,
WARNINGS
Under normal operation, the DRBIIIt will dis-
play one of only two error messages:
User-Requested WARM Boot or User- 4.1 DISCLAIMERS
Requested COLD Boot
If the DRBIIIt should display any other error All information, illustrations, and specifications
message, record the entire display and call the Star contained in this manual are based on the latest
Center for information and assistance. This is a information available at the time of publication.
sample of such an error message display: The right is reserved to make changes at any time
without notice.
ver: 2.14
date: 26 Jul93
file: key_itf.cc 4.2 SAFETY
date: Jul 26 1993
line: 548
err: 0x1 4.2.1 TECHNICIAN SAFETY INFORMATION
User-Requested COLD Boot
WARNING: ENGINES PRODUCE CARBON
Press MORE to switch between this display MONOXIDE THAT IS ODORLESS, CAUSES
and the application screen. SLOWER REACTION TIME, AND CAN LEAD
Press F4 when done noting information.
TO SERIOUS INJURY. WHEN THE ENGINE IS
OPERATING, KEEP SERVICE AREAS WELL
3.5.1 DRBIIIT DOES NOT POWER UP
VENTILATED OR ATTACH THE VEHICLE
If the LEDs do not light or no sound is emitted at EXHAUST SYSTEM TO THE SHOP EXHAUST
start up, check for loose cable connections or a bad
REMOVAL SYSTEM.
cable. Check the vehicle battery voltage (data link
Set the parking brake and block the wheels before
connector cavity 16). A minimum of 11 volts is
testing or repairing the vehicle. It is especially
required to adequately power the DRBIIIt.
important to block the wheels on front-wheel drive
If all connections are proper between theDRBIIIt
vehicles; the parking brake does not hold the drive
and the vehicle or other devices, and the vehicle
wheels.
battery is fully charged, and inoperative DRBIIIt
When servicing a vehicle, always wear eye pro-
may be the result of faulty cable or vehicle wiring.
tection, and remove any metal jewelry such as
watchbands or bracelets that might make an inad-
vertent electrical contact.
18
GENERAL INFORMATION
When diagnosing a powertrain system problem, Voltage between any terminal and ground must
it is important to follow approved procedures where not exceed 500v DC or 500v peak AC.
applicable. These procedures can be found in ser- Use caution when measuring voltage above 25v
vice manual procedures. Following these proce- DC or 25v AC.
dures is very important to the safety of individuals
The circuit being tested must be protected by a
performing diagnostic tests.
10A fuse or circuit breaker.
4.2.2 VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR Use the low current shunt to measure circuits up
to 10A. Use the high current clamp to measure
TESTING circuits exceeding 10A.
Make sure the vehicle being tested has a fully When testing for the presence of voltage or cur-
charged battery. If it does not, false diagnostic codes rent, make sure the meter is functioning cor-
or error messages may occur. rectly. Take a reading of a known voltage or
current before accepting a zero reading.
4.2.3 SERVICING SUB ASSEMBLIES When measuring current, connect the meter in
Some components of the powertrain system are series with the load.
intended to be serviced in assembly only. Attempt- Disconnect the live test lead before disconnecting
ing to remove or repair certain system sub- the common test lead.
components may result in personal injury and/or
When using the meter function, keep the
improper system operation. Only those components
DRBIIIt away from spark plug or coil wires to
with approved repair and installation procedures in
avoid measuring error from outside interference.
the service manual should be serviced.
4.2.4 DRBIIIT SAFETY INFORMATION 4.3 WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS
WARNING: EXCEEDING THE LIMITS OF THE 4.3.1 ROAD TEST WARNINGS

DRBIIIT MULTIMETER IS DANGEROUS. IT
Some complaints will require a test drive as part
CAN EXPOSE YOU TO SERIOUS INJURY.
of the repair verification procedure. The purpose of
CAREFULLY READ AND UNDERSTAND THE the test drive is to try to duplicate the diagnostic
CAUTIONS AND THE SPECIFICATION code or symptom condition.
LIMITS.
Follow the vehicle manufacturers service specifi- CAUTION: Before road testing a vehicle, be
cations at all times. sure that all components are reassembled.
Do not use the DRBIIIt if it has been damaged. During the test drive, do not try to read the
Do not use the test leads if the insulation is DRBIIIT screen while in motion. Do not hang
damaged or if metal is exposed. the DRBIIIT from the rear view mirror or
To avoid electrical shock, do not touch the test operate it yourself. Have an assistant
leads, tips, or the circuit being tested. available to operate the DRBIIIT.
Choose the proper range and function for the
measurement. Do not try voltage or current mea- 4.3.2 VEHICLE DAMAGE CAUTIONS
surements that may exceed the rated capacity. Before disconnecting any control module, make
Do not exceed the limits shown in the table below: sure the ignition is off. Failure to do so could
damage the module.
FUNCTION INPUT LIMIT When testing voltage or continuity at any control
module, use the terminal side (not the wire end) of
Volts 0 - 500 peak volts AC the connector. Do not probe a wire through the
0 - 500 volts DC insulation; this will damage it and eventually cause
Ohms (resistance)* 0 - 1.12 megohms it to fail because of corrosion.
Be careful when performing electrical tests so as
Frequency Measured 0 - 10 kHz
to prevent accidental shorting of terminals. Such
Frequency Generated
mistakes can damage fuses or components. Also, a
Temperature -58 - 1100F second DTC could be set, making diagnosis of the
-50 - 600C original problem more difficult.
* Ohms cannot be measured if voltage is present.
Ohms can be measured only in a non-powered
circuit.
19
GENERAL INFORMATION
5.0 REQUIRED TOOLS AND genera- previously called alternator
EQUIPMENT tor
DRBIIIt (diagnostic read-out box) scan tool hard The engine takes longer than usual
Evaporative System Diagnostic Kit #6917 start to start, even though it is able to
fuel filler adapter #8382 crank normally.
fuel pressure adapter (C-6631) or #6539
fuel pressure kit (C-4799-B) or #5069 hesita- There is a momentary lack of re-
fuel release hose (C-4799-1) tion, sag, sponse when the throttle is opened.
Min Air flow fitting #6714 stumble This can occur at all vehicle speeds.
Pinout Box (Miller #8815) If it is severe enough, the engine
jumper wires may stall.
ohmmeter IAT intake/inlet air temperature sensor
oscilloscope
vacuum gauge IAC idle air control motor
voltmeter
JTEC Combined engine and transmission
12 volt test light minimum 25 ohms resistance
control module
with probe #6801
lack of The engine has less than expected
CAUTION: A 12 volt test light should not be power, power, with little or no increase in
used for the following circuits, damage to the sluggish vehicle speed when the throttle is
powertrain controller will occur. opened.
5 Volt Supply LDP leak detection pump
8 Volt Supply
MAP manifold absolute pressure sensor
J1850 PCI Bus
CCD Bus MIL malfunction indicator lamp
CKP Sensor Signal MTV manifold tuning valve
CMP Sensor Signal
NGC next generation controller
Vehicle Speed Sensor Signal
O2S oxygen sensor
O2 Sensor Signal
PCI programmable communication inter-
face
6.0 GLOSSARY OF TERMS
PCM powertrain control module
ABS anti-lock brake system
PCV positive crankcase ventilation
backfire, fuel ignites in either the intake or
PEP peripheral expansion port
popback the exhaust system
poor fuel There is significantly less fuel mile-
CKP crank position sensor
economy age than other vehicles of the same
CMP camshaft position sensor design ad configuration
cuts out, a steady pulsation or the inability of rough, The engine runs unevenly at idle
misses the engine to maintain a consistent unstable, and causes the engine to shake if it
rpm or er- is severe enough. The engine idle
ratic idle rpm may vary (called hunting). This
DLC data link connector (previously stalling condition may cause stalling if it is
called engine diagnostic connector) severe enough.
detona- a mild to severe ping, especially un- SBEC single board engine controller
tion, der loaded engine conditions
spark SKIM sentry key immobilizer module
knock
SKIS sentry key immobilizer system
ECT engine coolant temperature sensor
start & The engine starts but immediately
EGR exhaust gas recirculation valve and stall dies.
system
20
GENERAL INFORMATION
surge engine rpm fluctuation without cor-
responding change in throttle posi-
tion sensor
TPS throttle position sensor
TRS transmission range sensor
VSS vehicle speed sensor/signal
21
NOTES
22
7.0
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND
PROCEDURES
23
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - NGC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM PCI NO RESPONSE
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer
the question.
With the DRB, enter Body then Body Computer
With the DRB, enter Body then Electro/Mechanical Cluster (MIC).
With the DRB, enter Passive Restraints then Airbag.
Were you able to establish communications with any of the modules?
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to symptom PCI Bus Communication Failure in the Com-
munications category.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1 - NGC.
2 With the DRB read the Powertrain DTCs. This is to ensure power and grounds to the All
PCM are operational.
NOTE: If the DRB will not read PCM DTCs, follow the NO RESPONSE TO
PCM (PCM SCI only) symptom path.
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the
red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
With the DRBIIIt select Pep Module Tools.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Select 12 volt square wave.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Set Probe to x10.
Press F2 again when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
circuit in the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.
Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts?
Yes Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor-
dance with the Service Information.
No Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.

24
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - SBEC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM PCI NO RESPONSE

the question.
With the DRB, enter Body then Body Computer.
With the DRB, enter Anti-Lock Brakes.
Yes Go To 2
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.
25
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - SBEC Continued

2 With the DRB read PCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes. This is to ensure power and All
grounds to the PCM are operational.
PCM (SCI only) symptom path.
NOTE: If the vehicle will not start and the DRBIIIt displays a no response
message, refer to the appropriate symptom in the powertrain diagnostic
procedures.
Disconnect the PCM C2 harness connector.
black test probes.
Install DRBIIIt SuperCard 2 CH8361 into DRBIIIt.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
Connect the Black lead to the PCM ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
circuit in the PCM connector.

26
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) - NGC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK PCM POWERS AND GROUNDS
PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
PCM SCI CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT OPEN

1 Perform the symptom Checking PCM Power and Ground Circuits in the Driveability All
category.
NOTE: With the DRBIIIt in the generic scan tool mode, attempt to commu-
nicate with the PCM.
NOTE: If the DRBIIIt can communicate with the PCM in the generic scan
tool mode, it may not be necessary to perform this step.
Did the vehicle pass this test?
Yes Go To 2
No Repair as necessary.
2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the DRBIIIt from the DLC.
Measure the voltage of the PCM SCI Transmit circuit at the Data Link harness
connector (cav 7).
Is the voltage above 1.0 volt?
Yes Repair the PCM SCI Transmit circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 3

Measure the voltage of the PCM SCI Receive circuit at the Data Link harness
connector (cav 12).
Yes Repair the PCM SCI Receive circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 4
27
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) - NGC Continued

Measure the resistance between the PCM SCI Transmit circuit and the PCM SCI
Receive circuit at the Data Link harness connector (cavs 7 and 12).
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the PCM SCI Transmit and the PCM
SCI Receive circuits.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance between ground and the PCM SCI Transmit circuit at the
Data Link harness connector (cav 7).
Yes Repair the PCM SCI Transmit circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 6

Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the PCM SCI Receive circuit in the Data
Link harness connector (cav 12).
Yes Repair the PCM SCI Receive circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 7

Measure the resistance of the PCM SCI Receive circuit from the Data Link harness
connector (cav 12) to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Yes Go To 8
No Repair the PCM SCI Receive circuit for an open.
28
COMMUNICATION

Measure the resistance of the PCM SCI Transmit circuit from the Data Link harness
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the PCM SCI Transmit circuit for an open.

9 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor-
29
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - SBEC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
SCI CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT OPEN
SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT OPEN

category.
Yes Go To 2

Disconnect the DRB from the DLC.
Measure the resistance between ground and the SCI Transmit (PCM) circuit.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 4

Disconnect the TCM harness connector (if equipped).
NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with a TCM, answer yes to the question.
Yes Repair the SCI Transmit (PCM) circuit for a short to ground.
No Replace the Transmission Control Module in accordance with the
service information.
30
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - SBEC Continued

Measure the voltage of the SCI Transmit (PCM) circuit at the DLC connector.
Yes Repair the SCI Transmit (PCM) circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 5

Measure the voltage of the SCI Receive (PCM) circuit at the DLC connector.
Yes Repair the SCI Receive (PCM) circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance between the SCI Transmit (PCM) circuit and the SCI Receive
(PCM) circuit at the PCM connector.
Yes Repair the short between the SCI Transmit (PCM) and the SCI
Receive (PCM) circuits.
No Go To 7

Measure the resistance between ground and the SCI Receive (PCM) circuit.
Yes Repair the SCI Receive (PCM) circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 8

Measure the resistance of the SCI Receive (PCM) circuit between the PCM C2
connector and the DLC.
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the SCI Receive (PCM) circuit for an open.
31
COMMUNICATION

Measure the resistance of the SCI Transmit (PCM) circuit between the PCM C2
Yes Go To 10
No Repair the SCI Transmit (PCM) circuit for an open.

Repair
32
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT
OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT AT THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC)
PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
MODULE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
MODULE SHORT TO GROUND

1 Note: Determine which modules this vehicle is equipped with before begin- All
ning.
Note: When attempting to communicate with any of the modules on this
vehicle, the DRB will display 1 of 2 different communication errors: a NO
RESPONSE message or a BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN message.
Using the DRB, attempt to communicate with the following control modules:
Airbag Control Module
Body Control Module
MIC (INSTRUMENT CLUSTER)
Was the DRBIIIt able to communicate with one or more Module(s)?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3

Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
Note: Visually inspect the related wire harness connectors. Look for broken,
bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
Note: If the DRB can not communicate with a single module, refer to the
category list for the related symptom.
Were any problems found?
Yes Repair wiring harness/connectors as necessary.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No Test Complete.
33
COMMUNICATION
*PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE Continued

Disconnect the PCM/ECM harness connector. Note: If equipped with NGC follow the
caution below.
Disconnect the DRB from the Data Link Connector (DLC).
Disconnect the negative battery cable.
Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit between the Data Link Connector
(DLC) and the PCM/ECM harness connector.
Yes Go To 4

4 NOTE: Reconnect the PCM/ECM harness connector and the negative bat- All
tery cable.
Measure the voltage of the PCI Bus circuit at the Data Link Connector (DLC).
Is the voltage above 7.0 volts?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6

Using a voltmeter, connect one end to the PCI Bus circuit at the DLC, and the other
end to ground.
Note: When performing the next step turn the ignition off (wait one minute)
before disconnecting any module. When the module is disconnected turn
the ignition on to check for a short to voltage.
While monitoring the voltmeter, disconnect each module the vehicle is equipped with
one at a time.
Is the voltage steadily above 7.0 volts with all the modules disconnected?
Yes Repair the PCI Bus circuit for a short to voltage.

No Replace the module that when disconnected the short to voltage

was eliminated.
34
COMMUNICATION

Using a ohmmeter, connect one end to the PCI Bus circuit at the DLC, and the other
end to ground.
While monitoring the ohmmeter, disconnect each module the vehicle is equipped with
one at a time.
NOTE: Total bus resistance to ground thru all of the modules is typically
between 350 to 1000 ohms. The more modules on the bus, the lower the total
bus resistance will be.
Is the resistance below 150.0 ohms with all the modules disconnected?
Yes Repair the PCI Bus circuit for a short to ground.
No Replace the module that when disconnected the short to ground

was eliminated.
35
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0106-BAROMETRIC PRESSURE OUT OF RANGE
When Monitored and Set Condition:
P0106-BAROMETRIC PRESSURE OUT OF RANGE

When Monitored: With the ignition key on. No Cam or Crank signal within 75 ms. Engine
speed at less than 250 RPM. Battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.
Set Condition: The PCM senses the voltage from the MAP sensor to be less than 2.196
volts but above 0.0392 volts for 300 milliseconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE BELOW 2.2 VOLTS
(F855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
(F855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(F855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
(K1) MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(K1) MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(K1) MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO (K900) SENSOR GROUND
MAP SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE
PCM

1 Turn the ignition on. (Do not start engine) All
With the DRBIIIt, read the MAP Sensor voltage.
Is the voltage below 2.2 volts?
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION symptom in the

Driveability category.

Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the MAP Sensor harness
connector.
Is the voltage between 4.5 to 5.2 volts?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 7
36
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0106-BAROMETRIC PRESSURE OUT OF RANGE Continued

Measure the resistance of the (K1) MAP Sensor Signal circuit between the MAP
Sensor harness connector and the PCM harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the open in the (K1) MAP Sensor Signal circuit.


Measure the resistance of the (K1) MAP Sensor Signal circuit in the MAP Sensor
harness connector to ground.
Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K1) MAP Sensor Signal circuit.
No Go To 5

Disconnect the Map Sensor harness connector.
Disconnect PCM harness connector.
harness connector to (K900) Sensor Ground circuit.
Yes Repair the short to (K900) Sensor Ground in the (K1) MAP Sensor
Signal circuit.
No Go To 6

With the DRBIIIt, monitor the MAP Sensor voltage.
Yes Replace the MAP Sensor.

No Go To 10

connector.
Yes Repair the the short to battery voltage in the (F855) 5-volt Supply
circuit.
No Go To 8
37
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0106-BAROMETRIC PRESSURE OUT OF RANGE Continued

Measure the resistance of the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the MAP Sensor harness
connector to ground.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit.
No Go To 9

Measure the resistance of the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit between the MAP Sensor
harness connector and the PCM harness connector.
Yes Go To 10
No Repair the open in the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit.

10 NOTE: Before Continuing: Disconnect the PCM harness connector and All
check the related wiring terminals for corrosion, damage or terminal push
out. Repair as necessary.
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wire harness and connectors. Pay
particular attention to all Power and Ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
38
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0107-MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO LOW
P0107-MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO LOW

When Monitored: Engine speed between 600 to 3500 RPM. TPS voltage less than 1.2
volts. Battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.
Set Condition: The MAP sensor signal voltage is below 0.0392 volt for 1.7 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE BELOW .04 VOLTS
(K1) MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM

Yes Go To 3
No Go To 2
2 Start the engine. All

Is the voltage below .04 volts?
Yes Go To 3


connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 7
39
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0107-MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO LOW Continued

Sensor harness connector and ground.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance between the (K1) MAP Sensor Signal circuit and the (K900)
Sensor Ground circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to (K900) Sensor Ground circuit in the (K1) MAP
Sensor Signal circuit.
No Go To 6

No Go To 9

Measure the resistance of the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the MAP Sensor harness
No Go To 8

Yes Go To 9

40
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0107-MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO LOW Continued

Repair
41
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0108-MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO HIGH
P0108-MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO HIGH

When Monitored: Engine speed between 600 to 3500 RPM. TP sensor voltage less than
1.2 volts for greater than 1.7 seconds. Battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts
Set Condition: The MAP sensor signal voltage is greater than 4.96 volts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE ABOVE 4.6 VOLTS
(K1) MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (F855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
(K1) MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
(K1) MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

Yes Go To 2


Measure the resistance between the (K1) MAP Sensor Signal circuit and the (F855)
5-volt Supply circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the (K1)
MAP Sensor Signal circuit.
No Go To 3
42
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0108-MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO HIGH Continued

Measure the voltage of the (K1) MAP Sensor Signal circuit in the MAP Sensor
harness connector.
Yes Repair the the short to battery voltage in the (K1) MAP Sensor
Signal circuit.
No Go To 4

Yes Go To 5
No Repair the open in the (K1) MAP Sensor Signal circuit.


Measure the resistance of the (K900) Sensor Ground circuit between the MAP Sensor
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open in the (K900) Sensor ground circuit.

Connect a jumper wire between the (K1) MAP Sensor Signal circuit and the (K900)
Sensor ground circuit.
Is the voltage below 1.0 volt?

No Go To 7
Repair
43
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0111-INTAKE AIR TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE
P0111-INTAKE AIR TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE

When Monitored: With the ignition on. Coolant Temperature greater than 71C (160F)
No Inlet Air Temperature Sensor Faults present
Set Condition: After 5 warm cycles have occurred (coolant increases from great than
4.4C (40F) to a minimum of 71C (160F) and the odometer mileage has increased 196.6
miles and the Inlet Air Temperature has increased less than 3C (5.4F) change in
temperature. Two trip fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GOOD TRIP EQUAL TO ZERO
IAT SENSOR VOLTAGE BELOW 1.0 VOLTS
RESISTANCE IN THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
RESISTANCE IN THE (K21) IAT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT VOLTAGE DROP
PCM

1 NOTE: If DTC P1192 or P1193 have set along with P0111, diagnose P1192 or All
P1193 first before continuing.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs.
Is the Good Trip displayed and equal to zero?
Yes Go To 2


Disconnect the Inlet Air Temperature Sensor harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, read the IAT voltage.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 4
44
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0111-INTAKE AIR TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE Continued

Disconnect the Inlet Air Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Using a jumper wire, jumper across the IAT Sensor harness connector.
Yes Replace the Inlet Air Temperature Sensor.
No Go To 4
4 NOTE: Ensure the voltmeter leads meet the terminals in the connector and All
that there is good terminal to wire connection.
NOTE: Ensure the voltmeter leads are connected for positive polarity
Backprobe (K900) Sensor ground circuit at the IAT Sensor harness connector and
PCM harness connector.
Start the engine.
Allow the engine to idle.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the high resistance in the (K900) Sensor Ground circuit.
Backprobe the (K21) IAT Sensor Signal circuit at the IAT Sensor harness connector
and PCM harness connector.
Start the engine.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the high resistance in the (K21) IAT Sensor Signal circuit.
Repair
45
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0117-ECT SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO LOW
P0117-ECT SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO LOW

When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.
Set Condition: The Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor circuit voltage at the PCM
is less than 0.5 volt for more than 2.6 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ECT SENSOR VOLTAGE BELOW 1.0 VOLTS
ECT SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE
(K2) ECT SENSOR SIGNAL SHORTED TO GROUND
(K2) ECT SENSOR SIGNAL SHORTED TO (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM

With the DRBIIIt, read the ECT voltage.
Yes Go To 2


Disconnect the ECT harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, read ECT voltage.
Yes Replace the ECT Sensor.

No Go To 3

Disconnect the ECT Sensor harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the (K2) ECT Sensor Signal circuit in the ECT Sensor
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K2) ECT Sensor Signal circuit.
No Go To 4
46
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0117-ECT SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO LOW Continued

Measure the resistance between the (K2) ECT Sensor Signal circuit and the (K900)
Sensor Ground circuit in the ECT Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to the (K900) Sensor Ground circuit in the (K2)
ECT Sensor Signal circuit.
No Go To 5
Repair
47
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0118-ECT SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO HIGH
P0118-ECT SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO HIGH

is greater than 4.96 volts for more than 2.6 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ECT SENSOR VOLTAGE ABOVE 4.6 VOLTS
(K2) ECT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
(K2) ECT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

With the DRBIIIt, read the ECT voltage.
Yes Go To 2


Measure the voltage of the (K2) ECT Sensor Signal circuit in the ECT Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Repair the short to battery voltage in the (K2) ECT Sensor Signal
circuit.
No Go To 3
48
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0118-ECT SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO HIGH Continued

Connect a jumper wire between the (K2) ECT Sensor Signal circuit and the (K900)
Sensor ground circuit in the ECT harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, read ECT voltage.

No Go To 4

Measure the resistance of the (K2) ECT Sensor Signal circuit between the ECT
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the open in the (K2) ECT Sensor Signal circuit.


Measure the resistance of the (K900) Sensor Ground circuit between the ECT Sensor
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open in the (K900) Sensor Ground circuit.
Repair
49
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0121-TPS VOLTAGE DOES NOT AGREE WITH MAP
P0121-TPS VOLTAGE DOES NOT AGREE WITH MAP

When Monitored: With the engine running and no MAP Sensor or TP Sensor DTCs set.
Set Condition: When the manifold vacuum is low, the TP sensor signal should be high.
Conversely, when manifold vacuum is high, the TP sensor signal should be low. If the MAP
Sensor and TP Sensor do not respond within 4 seconds as stated above, a DTC will be set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HIGH RESISTANCE IN (F855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
MAP SENSOR
HIGH RESISTANCE IN THE (K1) MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
HIGH RESISTANCE IN (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
TP SENSOR OPERATION
HIGH RESISTANCE IN (F855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
TP SENSOR
HIGH RESISTANCE IN (K22) TP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
(K22) TP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
HIGH RESISTANCE IN THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM
50
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0121-TPS VOLTAGE DOES NOT AGREE WITH MAP Continued

1 NOTE: Diagnose any TP Sensor or MAP Sensor component DTC first before All
continuing.
NOTE: If the P0500 - No Vehicle Speed Signal is set long with this DTC, refer
to the P0500 diagnostics before continuing.
NOTE: The throttle plate and linkage should be free from binding and
carbon build up.
NOTE: Ensure the throttle plate is at the idle position.
Yes Go To 2


Snap the throttle.
Does the MAP Sensor voltage vary from below 2.0 volts at idle to above 3.5 volts at
WOT.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 10

With the DRBIIIt, monitor the TP Sensor voltage while slowly depressing the
throttle pedal from the idle position to the wide open throttle position.
Does voltage start approximately at 0.8 of a volt and go above 3.5 volts with a smooth
voltage chang
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION symptom in the
No Go To 4

Disconnect the TP Sensor harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit from the TP Sensor
harness connector to the PCM harness connector.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the high resistance in the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit.


Measure the resistance of the (K6) 5-volt Supply circuit from the TP Sensor harness
Is the resistance above 100k ohms?
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the short to ground in the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit.

51
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

Measure the resistance of the (K22) TP Sensor Signal circuit from the TP Sensor
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the high resistance in the (K22) TP Sensor Signal circuit.


Measure the resistance of the (K22) TP Sensor Signal circuit from the TP Sensor
Yes Go To 8
No Repair the short to ground in the (K22) TP Sensor Signal circuit.


Measure the resistance of the (K900) Sensor Ground circuit from the TP Sensor
Yes Go To 9
9 Connect a jumper wire between the (K22) TP Sensor Signal circuit and the (K4) All
Sensor Ground circuit .
Does the DRBIIIt display TP voltage from approximately 4.9 volts to below 0.5 of a
volt?
Yes Replace the TP Sensor.

No Go To 16

Measure the resistance of the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit from the MAP Sensor
Yes Go To 11
No Repair the high resistance in the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit.

52
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

Measure the resistance of the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit from the MAP Sensor
Yes Go To 12
No Repair the short to ground in the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit.


Measure the resistance of the (K1) MAP Sensor Signal circuit from the MAP Sensor
Yes Go To 13
No Repair the high resistance in the (K1) MAP Sensor Signal circuit.

Measure the resistance of the (K1) MAP Sensor Signal circuit from the MAP Sensor
Yes Go To 14
No Repair the short to ground in the (K1) MAP Sensor Signal circuit.

Measure the resistance of the (K900) Sensor ground circuit from the MAP Sensor
Yes Go To 15

53
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

Sensor Ground circuit .
Cycle the ignition switch off and then on again.
Does the DRBIIIt display MAP voltage from approximately 4.9 volts to below 0.5
volt?
No Go To 16
Repair
54
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE LOW
P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE LOW

Set Condition: Throttle Position Sensor voltage at the PCM is less than 0.16 volt for 0.7
seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TP SENSOR VOLTAGE BELOW 0.2
(F855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
TP SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE
(K22) TP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(K22) TP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
TCM INTERNALLY SHORTED TP SIGNAL CIRCUIT
PCM

With the DRBIIIt, read the TP Sensor voltage.
Is the voltage below 0.2 of a volt?
Yes Go To 2


connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 7
55
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE LOW Continued

With the DRBIIIt, monitor the TP Sensor voltage.
No Go To 4

Measure the resistance of the (K22) TP Sensor Signal circuit in the TP Sensor
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K22) TP Sensor Signal circuit.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance between the (K22) TP Sensor Signal circuit and the (K900)
Sensor Ground circuit in the TP Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to (K900) Sensor Ground circuit in the (K22)
Throttle Position Sensor Signal circuit.
No Go To 6

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Yes Replace the Transmission Control Module.

No Go To 7

Measure the resistance of the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the TP Sensor harness
No Go To 8
56
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE LOW Continued

connector to (K900) Sensor Ground circuit.
Yes Repair the short to (K900) Sensor Ground circuit in the (F855)
5-volt Supply circuit.
No Go To 9

Measure the resistance of the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit between the TP Sensor
Yes Go To 10

Repair
57
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE HIGH
P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE HIGH

Set Condition: Throttle Position Sensor voltage at the PCM is greater than 4.5 volts for
0.7 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SWEEP
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
(K22) TP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (F855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
(K22) TP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
(K22) TP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

1 NOTE: Ensure the throttle is fully closed and free from binding or carbon All
build up.
Start the engine.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 8

Measure the resistance between the (K22) TP Sensor Signal circuit and the (F855)
5-volt Supply circuit in the TP Sensor harness connector.
Throttle Position Sensor Signal circuit.
No Go To 3
58
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE HIGH Continued

Measure the voltage of the (K22) TP Sensor Signal circuit in the TP Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Repair the short to battery voltage in the (K22) TP Sensor Signal
circuit.
No Go To 4

Connect a jumper wire between the (K22) TP Sensor Signal circuit and the (K900)
Yes Replace the Throttle Position Sensor.

No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the (K22) TP Sensor Signal circuit between the TP Sensor
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open in the (K22) Throttle Position Sensor Signal

circuit.

Measure the resistance of the (K900) Sensor Ground circuit between the TP Sensor
Yes Go To 7

Repair
59
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE HIGH Continued

Slowly open the throttle from the idle position to the wide open throttle position.
Does voltage start at approximately 0.8 of a volt and go above 3.5 volts with a smooth
transition?
Yes Repair as necessary
No Replace the Throttle Position Sensor.

60
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0125-CLOSED LOOP TEMP NOT REACHED
P0125-CLOSED LOOP TEMP NOT REACHED

When Monitored: With battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts, after engine is started.
Set Condition: The engine temperature does not go above 15C (60F). Failure time
depends on start-up coolant temperature and ambient temperature. (i.e. 2 minutes for a
start temp of 10C (50F) or up to 10 mintues for a vehicle with a start-up temp of -28C
(20F). Two trips are required to set this DTC.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOW COOLANT LEVEL
THERMOSTAT OPERATION
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1 NOTE: If a Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) DTC is set along with this All
code, diagnose the ECT DTC first.
NOTE: Inspect the ECT terminals and related PCM terminals. Ensure the
terminals are free from corrosion and damage.
NOTE: The best way to diagnose this DTC is to allow the vehicle to sit
overnight outside in order to have a totally cold soaked engine.
Note: Extremely cold outside ambient temperatures may have caused this
DTC to set.
WARNING: Never open the cooling system when the engine is hot. The
system is under pressure. Extreme burns or scalding may result. Allow the
engine to cool before opening the cooling system.
Check the coolant system to make sure that the coolant is in good condition and at
the proper level.
Is the coolant level and condition OK?
Yes Go To 2
No Inspect the vehicle for a coolant leak and add the necessary
amount of coolant.
61
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0125-CLOSED LOOP TEMP NOT REACHED Continued

2 Note: This test works best if performed on a cold engine (cold soak) All
With the DRBIIIt, read the Eng Coolant Tmp Deg value. If the engine was allowed
to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible value that is
somewhere close to the ambient temperature.
Note: If engine coolant temperature is above 82C (180F), allow the engine
to cool until 65C (150F) is reached.
Start the Engine.
Using the appropriate service information, determine the proper opening tempera-
ture of the thermostat.
Did the thermostat open at the proper temperature?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the thermostat.


With the DRBIIIt, read the Eng Coolant Tmp Deg value. If the engine was allowed
to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible value that is
somewhere close to the ambient temperature.
Start the Engine.
During engine warm-up monitor the Eng Coolant Tmp Deg value. The temp deg
value change should be a smooth transition from start up to normal operating temp
82C (180F) . Also monitor the actual coolant temperature with a thermometer.
NOTE: As the engine warms up to operating temperature, the actual coolant
temperature (thermometer reading) and the Eng Coolant Tmp Deg in the
DRB values should stay relatively close to each other.
Does the actual coolant temperature and the reading on the DRBIIIt remain
relatively the same with a
Yes Test Complete.
No Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor.

62
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom List:
P0131-1/1 O2 SENSOR SHORTED TO GROUND
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be P0131-1/1 O2 SENSOR SHORTED
TO GROUND.

When Monitored: At engine shutdown O2 Heater Diagnostics test. Then at subsequent
cold start. Cold start is defined as engine coolant below 37C (100F), ambient/battery
sensor reading within 6.6C (44F), and engine coolant temperature above 63C (146F) on
the previous key off.
Set Condition: The oxygen sensor signal voltage is below 0.078 volts for 5 seconds after
starting engine.

When Monitored: Engine running for 119 seconds. Coolant temperature above 80C
(176F). Vehicle speed greater than 40 mph. Two trip fault.
Set Condition: The oxygen sensor signal voltage is below 0.078 volts for 61 seconds after
starting engine.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
O2 SENSOR BELOW 0.08 VOLTS
O2 SENSOR OPERATION
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL SHORTED TO HEATER CONTROL/GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM

Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
With the DRBIIIt, read the O2 Sensor voltage.
Is the voltage below 0.08?
Yes Go To 2

63
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0131-1/1 O2 SENSOR SHORTED TO GROUND Continued

2 WARNING: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A All
DIRECT LINE WITH THE FAN. DO NOT PUT YOUR HANDS NEAR THE
PULLEYS, BELTS OR FAN. DO NOT WEAR LOOSE CLOTHING.
Start the engine.
Disconnect the O2 Sensor harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the O2 Sensor voltage.
Is the O2 Sensor voltage above 0.08?
Yes Replace the O2 Sensor

No Go To 3

Measure the resistance between ground and the O2 Sensor Signal circuit in the O2
Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the O2 Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 4

Measure the resistance between the O2 Sensor Signal circuit and the Sensor ground
circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the O2 Sensor Signal circuit for a short to the Sensor
ground circuit.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance between the O2 Sensor Signal circuit and the Heater
control/ground circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the O2 Sensor Signal circuit for a short to the Heater
control/ground circuit.
No Go To 6
Repair
64
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom List:
P0132-1/1 O2 SENSOR SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
The title for the tests will be P0132-1/1 O2 SENSOR SHORTED
TO VOLTAGE.

When Monitored: Engine running for 119 seconds. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.
Coolant temperature above 80C (176F).
Set Condition: The Oxygen Sensor voltage is above 1.21 volts for 2.8 seconds. One trip
fault.

When Monitored: The engine running for 119 seconds. Battery voltage greater than 10.4
volts. Coolant temperature above 80C (176F).
Set Condition: The Oxygen Sensor voltage is above 1.21 volts for 2.8 seconds. Two trip
fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
O2 SENSOR OPERATION
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL OPEN
O2 SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

Yes Go To 2
65
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0132-1/1 O2 SENSOR SHORTED TO VOLTAGE Continued

Start the engine.
Is the O2 Sensor voltage below 1.2 volts?
Yes Replace the O2 Sensor.

No Go To 3

Disconnect the O2 Sensor harness connector
WARNING: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A
Start the engine and allow the engine to idle.
Measure the voltage of the O2 Sensor Signal circuit in the O2 Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Repair the O2 Sensor Signal circuit for a shorted to voltage.
No Go To 4

Measure the resistance of the O2 Sensor Signal circuit between the O2 Sensor
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the O2 Sensor Signal for an open.


Measure the resistance of the O2 Sensor ground circuit from the O2 Sensor harness
connector and the PCM harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the O2 Sensor ground cirucit for an open.

66
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0132-1/1 O2 SENSOR SHORTED TO VOLTAGE Continued

Repair
67
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom List:
P0133-1/1 O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE
The title for the tests will be P0133-1/1 O2 SENSOR SLOW
RESPONSE.

When Monitored: Start and drive vehicle greater than 10 MPH with throttle open for a
minimum 200 seconds. Coolant greater than 70C (158F). EVAP Purge is active. Test
performs in idle drive.
Set Condition: The oxygen sensor signal voltage is switching from below 0.33 volts to
above 0.61 volts and back fewer times than required in 60 seconds. Two trip fault..

When Monitored: Start engine. Allow engine to idle. For 1st part of test, if limits are
exceeded, test passes. If not, 2nd part of test runs. Engine running for grater than 295
seconds. amb/batt temp >44F, Baro >22.139 HG, MAP >13.8 & <21.69 HG, RPM >1400 &
<2500 (4cylinder) RPM > 1120 & <1950(6 cylinder) and vss >22 and < 60 MPH.
Set Condition: The oxygen sensor signal voltage is has not switched below 0.35 volts to
above 0.53 volts in 411 seconds of engine run. Two trip fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EXHAUST LEAK
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT VOLTAGE DROP
O2 SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT VOLTAGE DROP
O2 SENSOR

1 NOTE: Check for contaminates that may have damaged the O2 Sensor: All
contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
Yes Go To 2

68
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0133-1/1 O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE Continued

Inspect the exhaust system for leak between the engine and the O2 sensors.
Are there any exhaust leaks?
Yes Repair or replace the leaking exhaust parts as necessary.

No Go To 3
Perform a voltage drop test by backprobing the O2 Sensor Signal circuit at the O2
Sensor harness connector and at the PCM harness connector.
Start the engine.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the high resistance on the O2 Sensor Signal circuit.

Backprobe between the O2 Sensor ground circuit at the O2 Sensor harness connector
and PCM harness connector.
Start the engine.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the high resistance on the O2 Sensor ground circuit.


Repair
Replace the O2 Sensor
69
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom List:
P0134-1/1 O2 SENSOR STAYS AT CENTER
The title for the tests will be P0134-1/1 O2 SENSOR STAYS AT
CENTER.

When Monitored: Engine running for greater than 121 second. Coolant Temperature
greater than 66C (150.8F). Engine in closed loop fuel control mode.
Set Condition: O2 signal voltage is between .35 volt and .58 volt for a total of 30 seconds
and then O2 signal volt is 1.5 volts for 60 seconds. One trip fault.

When Monitored: Engine running for greater than 121 second. Coolant Temperature
greater than 66C (150.8F). Engine in closed loop fuel control mode. Vehicle Speed greater
than 40 MPH.
Set Condition: O2 signal voltage is between .35 volt and .58 volt for a total of 30 seconds
and then O2 signal volt is 1.5 volts for 60 seconds. Two trip fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
O2 SENSOR OPERATION
O2 SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL OPEN
PCM

Yes Go To 2

70
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0134-1/1 O2 SENSOR STAYS AT CENTER Continued

Connect a test light to battery voltage, probe the O2 Sensor Signal circuit in the O2

No Go To 3

Measure the resistance of the O2 Sensor ground circuit between the O2 Sensor
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the O2 Sensor ground circuit for an open.


Measure the resistance of the O2 Sensor Signal circuit between the O2 Sensor
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the O2 Sensor Signal for an open.
Perform a voltage drop test by back probing between the O2 Sensor ground circuit at
the O2 Sensor harness connector and PCM harness connector.
Start the engine.
Yes Go To 6
71
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0134-1/1 O2 SENSOR STAYS AT CENTER Continued

Perform a voltage drop test by back probing between the O2 Sensor Signal circuit at
the O2 Sensor harness connector and PCM harness connector.
Start the engine.
Yes Go To 7
Repair
72
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0135-1/1 O2 SENSOR HEATER FAILURE

When Monitored: During vehicle shutdown after vehicle had been driven greater than 10
MPH with throttle open for a minimum of 3 minutes. Battery voltage greater than 11.0
volts.
Set Condition: O2 sensor voltage continues to rise (instead of fall) after the diagnostics
has turned the ASD relay back on. Two trip fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
O2 SENSOR HEATER OPERATION
O2 HEATER ELEMENT
O2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
O2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

Is the Good Trip display and equal to zero?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 2

NOTE: Wait a minimum of 8 minutes to allow the O2 Sensor to cool down
before continuing the test. Allow the O2 Sensor voltage to stabilize between
0.4 to 0.6 volts.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the O2 Heater Test.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor O2 Sensor voltage for at least 2 minutes.
Does the voltage stay between 0.4 and 0.6
Yes Go To 3

73
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0135-1/1 O2 SENSOR HEATER FAILURE Continued

3 NOTE: Allow the O2 sensor to cool down to room temperature. All
Measure the resistance across the O2 Sensor Heater element component side.
Is the resistance between 2.0 and 7.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 4
No Replace the O2 Sensor.


Measure the resistance of the O2 Sensor Heater Control circuit between the O2
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the O2 Sensor Heater Control circuit for an open.

Measure the resistance of the O2 Sensor Heater Control circuit in the O2 Sensor
Yes Repair the O2 Sensor Heater Control circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 6

Measure the voltage of the ASD Relay Output circuit in the O2 Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the ASD Relay Output circuit for an open.
Repair
74
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:

When Monitored: During vehicle shutdown after the vehicle has been driven for greater
than 10 miles with the throttle open for a minimum of 3 minutes. Battery voltage greater
than 11.0 volts.
Set Condition: O2 sensor continues to rise, (instead of fall) after the diagnostics has
turned the ASD relay back on. Two trip fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
O2 HEATER ELEMENT
O2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

Is the Good Trip display and equal to zero?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 2

0.4 to 0.6 volts.
Does the voltage stay between 0.4 and 0.6 volts?
Yes Go To 3

75
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0141-1/2 O2 SENSOR HEATER FAILURE Continued

NOTE: O2 Sensor Heater Resistance Specification: 1/1 and 2/1 O2 Sensor 3.0
to 4.0 ohms 2/1 and 2/2 4.0 to 5.0 ohms.
Yes Go To 4


Measure the resistance of the O2 Sensor Heater ground circuit in the O2 Sensor
harness connector.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the O2 Sensor Heater ground circuit for an open.


Measure the voltage of the ASD Relay Output circuit in the O2 Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open in the ASD Relay Output circuit.
Repair
76
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0171-1/1 FUEL SYSTEM LEAN
P0171-1/1 FUEL SYSTEM LEAN

When Monitored: With the engine running in closed loop mode, the ambient/battery
temperature above 20 deg. F and altitude below 8000 ft.
Set Condition: If the PCM multiplies short term compensation by long term adaptive and
a certain percentage is exceeded for two trips, a freeze frame is stored, the MIL illuminates
and a trouble code is stored.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER PLUGGED
FUEL PUMP MODULE
O2 SENSOR
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 0.92 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE
CLOSED
TP SENSOR SWEEP
MAP SENSOR OPERATION
ECT SENSOR OPERATION
ENGINE MECHANICAL PROBLEM
FUEL FILTER/PRESSURE REGULATOR (HIGH)
PCM

Yes Go To 2

77
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0171-1/1 FUEL SYSTEM LEAN Continued

2 Warning: The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine All
off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel
system pressure must be released.
Install a fuel pressure gauge to the fuel rail.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure
gauge.
NOTE: Fuel pressure specification is 400 KPa +/- 34 KPa (58 psi +/- 5 psi).
Choose a conclusion that best matches your fuel pressure reading.
Within Specification
Go To 3
Above Specification
Replace the fuel filter/pressure regulator.
Below Specification
Go To 13
Caution: Stop All Actuations.
3 Turn the ignition on All

Yes Go To 4
No Go To 10

0.4 to 0.6 volts.
Does the voltage stay between 0.4 and 0.6 volts.

No Go To 5

With the DRBIIIt, read TP Sensor voltage.
NOTE: The throttle must be against the stop.
Is the TP Sensor voltage 0.92 or less with the throttle closed?
Yes Go To 6
No Check for a binding throttle condition. If OK, replace the TP

Sensor.
78
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

While monitoring the DRBIIIt, slowly open and close the throttle.
Does the voltage increase and decease smoothly?
Yes Go To 7
No Replace the TP Sensor.


Connect a Vacuum Gauge to a Manifold Vacuum source.
Start the engine.
Note: If engine will not idle, maintain a constant RPM above idle.
With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the MAP Sensor vacuum value.
Is the DRBIIIt reading within 19 of the Vacuum Gauge reading?
Yes Go To 8
No Replace the MAP Sensor.
8 Note: For this test to be valid, the thermostat must be operating correctly. All
Note: This test works best if performed on a cold engine (cold soak)
With the DRBIIIt, read the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor value. If the
engine was allowed to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a
sensible value that is somewhere close to the ambient temperature.
Start the Engine.
During engine warm-up, monitor the Engine Coolant Temperature value. The
temperature value change should be a smooth transition from start up to normal
operating temperature 82C (180F). The value should reach at least 82C (180F).
Did the Engine Coolant Temperature value increase a smooth transition and did it
reach at least 82C
Yes Go To 9
9 Check for any of the following conditions/mechanical problems. All

AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM - must be free from leaks.
ENGINE VACUUM - must be at least 13 inches in neutral
ENGINE VALVE TIMING - must be within specifications
ENGINE COMPRESSION - must be within specifications
ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM - must be free of any restrictions or leaks.
ENGINE PCV SYSTEM - must flow freely
TORQUE CONVERTER STALL SPEED - must be within specifications
POWER BRAKE BOOSTER - no internal vacuum leaks
FUEL - must be free of contamination
FUEL INJECTOR - plugged or restricted injector; control wire not connected to
correct injector
Are there any engine mechanical problems?
Yes Repair as necessary.

No Test Complete.
79
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

Is the O2 Sensor voltage between 0.40 to 0.60 volts?

No Go To 11

Measure the resistance of the O2 Sensor Signal circuit in the PCM harness connector
to ground.
Yes Repair the O2 Sensor Signal for a short to ground.

No Go To 12
Repair

Warning: The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine
Raise vehicle on hoist, and disconnect the fuel pressure line at the fuel pump module.
Install special 5/16 fuel line adapter tool #6539 between disconnected fuel line and
the fuel pump module.
Attach a fuel pressure test gauge to the T fitting on tool #6539.
gauge.
Is the fuel pressure within specification?
Yes Repair or replace fuel supply line as necessary.

No Go To 14
80
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose,fitting or line, the fuel
Remove the Fuel Pump Module and inspect the Fuel Inlet Strainer.
Is the Fuel Inlet Strainer plugged?
Yes Replace the Fuel Pump Inlet Strainer.
No Go To 15
Repair
Replace the Fuel Pump Module.
81
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0172-1/1 FUEL SYSTEM RICH
P0172-1/1 FUEL SYSTEM RICH

temperature above 20 deg. F and altitude below 8000 ft.
the result is below a certain value for two trips, a freeze frame is stored, the MIL
illuminates and a trouble code is stored.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
O2 SENSOR
EVAP PURGE SOLENOID OPERATION
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 0.92 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE
CLOSED
TP SENSOR SWEEP
FUEL FILTER/PRESSURE REGULATOR (HIGH)
PCM

Yes Go To 2
82
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0172-1/1 FUEL SYSTEM RICH Continued

gauge.
Go To 3
Above Specification
3 Turn the ignition on All

Yes Go To 4
No Go To 11

0.4 to 0.6 volts.
Does the voltage stay between 0.4 and 0.6

No Go To 5

Disconnect the hoses at the Evap Purge Solenoid.
Using a hand vacuum pump, apply 10 inches of vacuum to the Evap Purge Solenoid
vacuum source port on the component side.
Did the Evap Purge Solenoid hold vacuum?
Yes Go To 6
No Replace the EVAP Purge Solenoid.
83
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

With the DRBIIIt, read TPS voltage.
NOTE: The throttle must be against the stop.
Is the TPS voltage 0.92 of a volt or less with the throttle closed?
Yes Go To 7
No Check for a binding throttle condition. If OK, replace the TP

Sensor.

Yes Go To 8


Start the engine.
Is the DRB reading within 19 of the Vacuum Gauge reading?
Yes Go To 9
With the DRBIIIt, read the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor value. If the engine
was allowed to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible
value that is somewhere close to the ambient temperature.
Start the Engine.
During engine warm-up, monitor the Engine Coolant Temperature value. The temp
82C (180F). The value should reach at least 82C (180F).
reach at least 82C
Yes Go To 10

84
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM - must be free from restrictions.
correct injector
No Test Complete.

Is the O2 Sensor voltage between 0.4 to 0.6 volts?

No Go To 12

Measure the resistance of the O2 Sensor Signal circuit between the PCM harness
connector and the O2 Sensor harness connector.
Yes Go To 13
No Check for O2 Sensor Signal circuit for an open.

Start the engine.
Measure the voltage of the O2 Sensor Signal circuit in the O2 Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Repair the O2 Sensor Signal for a short to voltage.

No Go To 14
85
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

Repair
86
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom List:
P0201-INJECTOR #1 CONTROL CIRCUIT
The title for the tests will be P0201-INJECTOR #1 CONTROL
CIRCUIT.

When Monitored: With battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts. Auto Shutdown Relay
energized. Engine speed less than 3000 rpm.
Set Condition: No inductive spike is detected after injector turn off.


Set Condition: No inductive is detected after injector turn off.

Set Condition: No inductive spike is detected after injector turn off, and with no other
injectors on.

87
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0201-INJECTOR #1 CONTROL CIRCUIT Continued

POSSIBLE CAUSES
(K342) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
FUEL INJECTOR
FUEL INJECTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
FUEL INJECTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM

1 NOTE: Record the Freeze Frame Information that set along with the DTC. All
Yes Go To 2

Disconnect the Fuel Injector harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Fuel Injector, component side.
Is the resistance between 10 and 16 ohms?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Fuel Injector.


Remove the ASD Relay from the IPM.
Jumper the Fused B+ circuit and the ASD Relay Output circuit in the IPM.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (K342) ASD Relay Output
circuit.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the open in the (K342) ASD Relay Output circuit.
88
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0201-INJECTOR #1 CONTROL CIRCUIT Continued

Measure the resistance of the Fuel Injector driver circuit between the Fuel Injector
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the open in the Fuel Injector driver circuit.


Measure the resistance between ground and the Fuel Injector driver circuit in the
Fuel Injector harness connector.
Is the resistance below 100k ohms?
Yes Repair the open in the Fuel Injector driver circuit.
No Go To 6
Repair
89
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom List:
P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS-FIRE
P0301-CYLINDER #1 MISFIRE
The title for the tests will be P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER
MIS-FIRE.
P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS-FIRE

When Monitored: Any time the engine is running, and the adaptive numerator has been
successfully updated.
Set Condition: When more than a 2% (2.5% LEV) misfire rate is measured during two
trips. Above 3000 RPM 1 trip less than 3000 RPM 2 trip.
trips, or with a 10% to 30% misfire rate during one trip.
90
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS-FIRE Continued
Set Condition: When more than a 2% (2.5 LEV) misfire rate is measured during two trips,
or with a 10% to 30% misfire rate during one trip.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT MISFIRE
VISUAL INSPECTION
IGNITION WIRE
ASD RELAY OUPUT CIRCUIT
IGNITION COIL
COIL CONTROL CIRCUIT
SPARK PLUG
CHECKING FUEL PRESSURE
FUEL PUMP MODULE
CHECKING FUEL LEAK DOWN
FUEL INJECTOR
INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT
PCM
91
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

1 NOTE: Check for any TSBs that apply to a Misfire condition. Review the All
vehicle repair history for any misfire condition repairs that have been
performed.
Read and record the FREEZE FRAME DATA. Select OBD II MONITORS. Read and
record the MIS-FIRE SIMILAR CONDITIONS WINDOW DATA.
With these screens, attempt to duplicate the condition(s) that has set this DTC.
When the vehicle is operating in the SIMILAR CONDITIONS WINDOW, refer to the
WHICH CYLINDER IS MISFIRING screen.
Observe the WHICH CYLINDER IS MISFIRING screen for at least one minute.
Is there a misfire present?
Yes Go To 2
No Test Complete.
2 NOTE: Anything that affects the speed of the crankshaft can cause a misfire All
DTC.
NOTE: When a Misfire is detected for a particular cylinder, the PCM will
shut down that cylinders Injector Control circuit.
- Visually inspect the engine for any of the following conditions.
- Worn serpentine belt
- Binding Engine-Driven accessories: A/C Compressor, P/S Pump, Water pump.
- Misalignment Water pump, P/S Pump and A/C Compressor pulleys
- Corroded PCM power and ground circuits.
- Improper CKP, CMP, MAP, and TP Sensor mounting
- Poor connector/terminal to component connection. i.e., CKP sensor, Fuel Injector,
Ign coil, etc.
- Vacuum leaks
- Restricted Air Induction system or Exhaust system.
Were any of the above conditions present?
No Go To 3

Disconnect the Ignition Coil harness connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the ASD Relay.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (A142) ASD Relay Output
circuit at the Ignition Coil harness connector and Fuel Injector harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the excessive resistance or short to ground in the (A142)

ASD Relay Output circuit.
92
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

Disconnect the Ignition wire from the spark plug.
Disconnect the Fuel Injector harness connector of the cylinder being tested.
NOTE: Before continuing inspect the ignition wire for damage or carbon
tracking. Replace as necessary.
Install a spark tester on the ignition wire.
While cranking the engine observe the spark coming from the spark tester.
NOTE: A crisp blue spark that is able to jump the gap of the spark tester
should be generated.
Is good spark present?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 14

Remove the Spark Plug.
Inspect the Spark Plug for the following conditions.
- Cracks
- Carbon Tracking
- Foreign Material
- Gap size out of specifications
- Loose or broke electrode
NOTE: Lightly tap the bottom of the spark plug on a solid surface. The
electrode in the spark plug should not move.
Were any of the above condition present?
Yes Replace the Spark Plug.
No Go To 6
Start the engine and observe the fuel pressure reading.
Go To 7
Below Specification
Go To 12
Above Specification
93
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

7 NOTE: Before continuing visually and physically inspect the fuel delivery All
system for external leaks or damage. Repair /replace as necessary.
WARNING: The fuel system is under a constant pressure even with the
engine off. Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line,
the fuel system pressure must be released.
Install special tool #6539 (5/169) fuel line adapter.
Install the fuel pressure gauge.
Start the engine and allow the fuel system to reach maximum pressure.
NOTE: Fuel specification is 400 KPa +/- 34 KPa (58 psi +/- 5 psi).
Using special tool #C4390, Hose Clamp Pliers, pinch the rubber fuel line between the
fuel pressure gauge and the engine.
Monitor the fuel pressure gauge for a minimum of 5 minutes.
NOTE: The pressure should not fall below 241 KPa (35 psi)
Does the Upstream gauge fall below the above specification?
Yes Replace the leaking Fuel Injector(s).

No Go To 8
CAUTION: After each Fuel Injector actuation, start the engine to clean the
cylinder of fuel. Failure to do so could cause engine damage.
Connect a Fuel Pressure Gauge to the fuel rail.
Start the engine and allow the fuel pressure to reach maximum pressure.
Using the DRBIIIt, actuate the Fuel Injector for the cylinder that indicated the
misfire.
Monitor the fuel pressure gauge.
Does the fuel pressure gauge indicate a drop in fuel pressure?
Yes Go To 9
No Go To 10

CAM LOBES - must not be worn excessively
CYLINDER LEAKAGE TEST - must be within specifications
VALVE SPRINGS - cannot be weak or broken
No Go To 17
94
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

NOTE: When a Misfire is detected for a particular cylinder, the PCM will
shut down that cylinders Injector Control circuit.
With the DRBIIIt, erase DTCs.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the Injector Control circuit.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Fuel Injector.
Does the test light blink/flicker?
Yes Replace the Fuel Injector.

No Go To 11

Check the Injector Control circuit for an open, short to ground, and short to voltage.
Was a problem found with the Injector Control circuit?
Yes Repair the excessive resistance or short in the Injector Control
circuit.
No Go To 17

Install special tool #6539 (5/169) fuel line adapter fuel pressure gauge between the
fuel supply line and the fuel pump module.
gauge.

No Go To 13

No Test Complete.
95
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

Remove the ignition wire.
Measure the resistance of the ignition wire.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes Go To 15
No Replace the Ignition Wire.


Remove the Fuel Pump Relay or ASD Relay.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the Ignition Coil Control
circuit.
Crank the engine for 5 seconds while observing the test light.
NOTE: The primary resistance of the 4.7L Ignition coil is 0.6 to 0.9 of an ohm
and the resistance of a 5.7L Ignition coil is 0.558 to 0.682 of an ohm at 77F
(25C).
Does the test light brightly blink/flicker?
Yes Replace the Ignition Coil.

No Go To 16

Check the Coil Control circuit for an open, short to ground, and short to voltage.
Was a problem found with the Coil Control circuit?
Yes Repair the Coil Control circuit.

No Go To 17
17 NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for All
corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary.
Repair
96
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0320-NO CRANK REFERENCE SIGNAL AT PCM
P0320-NO CRANK REFERENCE SIGNAL AT PCM

When Monitored: Engine cranking. Battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.
Set Condition: No CKP signal is present during engine cranking, and at least 8 camshaft
position sensor signals have occurred.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CKP SIGNAL
INTERMITTENT CMP SIGNAL
INTERMITTENT WIRING
(K24) CKP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(K24) CKP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(K24) CKP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
(K24) CKP SENSOR SIGNAL SHORTED TO (F888) 8-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
PCM
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

1 Ignition on, engine not running. All
With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Current CKP State while cranking the engine.
Does the DRBIIIt display Current CKP State Present while cranking the engine?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 6
97
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0320-NO CRANK REFERENCE SIGNAL AT PCM Continued

2 NOTE: The following tests may help in identifying a possible intermittent All
condition with the Crank Sensor or its related wire harness.
With the DRBIIIt as a Dual Channel Lab Scope and the Miller special tool #6801,
backprobe the (K24) CKP Signal circuit in the Crank Sensor connector and the PCM
harness connector.
Wiggle the related wire harness and connections.
Monitor the lab scope screen.
Start the engine.
Lightly tap on the Crank Sensor and wiggle the CKP Sensor connector and the
related wire harness.
Observe the lab scope screen.
Look for any erratic pulses generated by the CKP Sensor.
Did the CKP Sensor generate any erratic pulses?
Yes Carefully inspect the wire harness and connections, repair as

necessary, if ok, replace the Crank Position Sensor.
No Go To 3

With the DRBIIIt lab scope probe and the Miller special tool #6801, back probe the
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Signal circuit in the PCM harness connector.
Turn the ignition on. (do not start or crank the engine)
Look for any pulses generated by the CMP Sensor.
Did the CMP Sensor generate any pulses?
Yes Replace the Camshaft Position Sensor.

No Go To 4

With the DRBIIIt lab scope probe and the Miller special tool #6801, backprobe the
CKP Signal circuit in the PCM harness connector.
Start the engine.
Observe the lab scope screen while wiggling the wiring harness and connectors.
Were there any irregularities in the lab scope pattern?
Yes Check the harness connectors carefully. If OK, replace the Crank-
shaft Position Sensor.
No Go To 5
98
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

NOTE: The conditions that set the DTC are not present at this time. The
following list may help in identifying the intermittent condition.
With the engine running at normal operating temperature, monitor the DRBIIIt
parameters related to the DTC while wiggling the wiring harness. Look for param-
eter values to change and/or a DTC to set.
Review the DRBIIIt Freeze Frame information. If possible, try to duplicate the
conditions under which the DTC was set.
Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply.
Visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or
partially broken wires.
Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed
out, or corroded terminals.

No Test Complete.

Disconnect the CKP Sensor harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the (F888) 8-volt Supply circuit at the CKP Sensor harness
connector.
Is the voltage between 7.5 and 9.1 volts?
Yes Go To 7
No Go To 14

Measure the voltage on the (K24) CKP Sensor Signal circuit at the CKP Sensor
harness connector.
Yes Go To 8
No Go To 10

Measure the resistance of the (K900) Sensor ground circuit from the CKP Sensor
Yes Go To 9

99
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

9 NOTE: Inspect the slots on the flywheel for damage. If a problem is found All
repair as necessary.
Repair
Replace the Crankshaft Position Sensor.

Measure the resistance of the (K24) CKP Sensor Signal circuit from the CKP Sensor
Yes Go To 11
No Repair the open in the (K24) CKP Sensor Signal circuit.


Measure the resistance between ground and the (K24) CKP Sensor Signal circuit at
the CKP Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K24) CKP Sensor Signal circuit.
No Go To 12

Measure the voltage of the (K24) CKP Sensor Signal circuit at the CKP Sensor
harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K24) CKP Sensor Signal
circuit.
No Go To 13

Measure the resistance between the (K24) CKP Sensor Signal circuit and the (F888)
8-volt Supply circuit at the CKP Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the short between the (F888) 8-volt Supply circuit and the
(K24) CKP Sensor Signal circuit.
No Go To 17
100
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

Measure the resistance of the (F888) 8-volt Supply circuit from the CKP Sensor
Yes Go To 15


Measure the resistance between ground and the (F888) 8-volt Supply circuit at the
CKP Sensor harness connector.
No Go To 16

Measure the voltage of the (F888) 8-volt Supply circuit at the CKP Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (F888) 8-volt Supply circuit.
No Go To 17
Repair
Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service
Information.
101
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0340-NO CAM SIGNAL AT PCM
P0340-NO CAM SIGNAL AT PCM

When Monitored: Engine cranking/running. Battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.
Set Condition: At least 5 seconds or 2.5 engine revolutions have elapsed with crankshaft
position sensor signals present but no camshaft position sensor signal.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
INTERMITTENT CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
(K44) CMP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(K44) CMP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(K44) CMP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
(K44) CMP SENSOR SIGNAL SHORTED TO (F888) 8-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
PCM
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

1 With the DRBIIIt, read the Current Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor State while All
cranking the engine.
Does the DRBIIIt display Current CMP State Present while cranking the engine.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 4
102
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0340-NO CAM SIGNAL AT PCM Continued

Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor signal circuit in the PCM harness connector.
Look for any pulses generated by the Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor.
Did the CKP Sensor generate any pulses?
Yes Replace the Crankshaft Position Sensor.
No Go To 3

CMP Signal circuit in the PCM harness connector.

Disconnect the CMP Sensor harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the (F888) 8-volt Supply circuit in the CMP Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 12

Measure the voltage of the (K44) CMP Sensor Signal circuit in the CMP Sensor
harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Go To 8
103
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

Measure the resistance of the (K900) Sensor Ground circuit between the CMP Sensor
Yes Go To 7

7 NOTE: Inspect the Camshaft sprocket or Magnet Target for damage per the All
Service Information. If a problem is found repair as necessary.
Repair
Replace the Camshaft Position Sensor.

Measure the resistance of the (K44) CMP Sensor Signal circuit in the CMP Sensor
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K44) CMP Sensor Signal
circuit.
No Go To 9

Measure the resistance of the (K44) CMP Sensor Signal circuit between the CMP
Yes Go To 10
No Repair the open in the (K44) CMP Sensor Signal circuit.

Measure the voltage of the (K44) CMP Sensor Signal circuit in the CMP Sensor
harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K44) CMP Sensor Signal
circuit.
No Go To 11
104
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

Measure the resistance between the (K44) CMP Sensor Signal circuit and the (F888)
8-volt Supply circuit in the CMP Sensor harness connector.
CMP Sensor Signal circuit.
No Go To 15

Measure the resistance of the (F888) 8-volt Supply circuit in the CMP Sensor harness
No Go To 13

Measure the resistance of the (F888) 8-volt Supply circuit between the CMP Sensor
Yes Go To 14

Measure the voltage of the (F888) 8-volt Supply circuit in the CMP Sensor harness
connector.
Is the voltage above 9.1 volts
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (F888) 8-volt Supply circuit.
No Go To 15
Repair
105
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom List:
P0351-IGNITION COIL #1 PRIMARY CIRCUIT
The title for the tests will be P0351-IGNITION COIL #1 PRI-
MARY CIRCUIT.

When Monitored: With battery voltage greater than 8 volts during engine cranking or
greater than 13 volts with engine running. Engine RPM less than 3000. No coil in dwell
during test.
Set Condition: Peak current is not achieved with battery based dwell plus 1.5 msec of
diagnostic offset. It takes less than 3 seconds during cranking or up to 6 seconds while
running to set.

during test.
running to set.

during test.
running to set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IGNITION COIL
CHECKING THE BCM FOR DTC(S)
(K342) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
IGNITION COIL DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
IGNITION COIL DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
106
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0351-IGNITION COIL #1 PRIMARY CIRCUIT Continued
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM

Yes Go To 2
2 NOTE: Ensure the DRB is able to establish communication with the BCM. If All
communication can not be established, refer to the Body Communication
Category and perform the appropriate test.
With the DRBIIIt, check for DTC(s) in the BCM.
Are any Ignition MUX circuit faults present?
Yes Refer to the Body Communication Category and perform the
appropriate symptom(s).
No Go To 3

circuit in the Ignition Coil harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the (K342) ASD Relay Output circuit.

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the Ignition Coil Driver circuit.
Crank the engine for 5 second while observing the test light.

No Go To 5
107
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0351-IGNITION COIL #1 PRIMARY CIRCUIT Continued

Measure the resistance of the Ignition Coil driver circuit between the Ignition Coil
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Ignition Coil driver circuit for an open.


Measure the resistance between ground and the Ignition Coil driver circuit in the
Ignition Coil harness connector.
Yes Repair the Ignition Coil driver circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 7
Repair
108
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0401 - EGR SYSTEM FAILURE
P0401 - EGR SYSTEM FAILURE

When Monitored: With the ignition on and the battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.
Set Condition: Conditions are met, the EGR is turned off and on momentarily. The
oxygen sensor signal is monitor for changes in its output signal during this test. If no
significant change or too much change is seen, a flag is set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EGR SOLENOID VACUUM SUPPLY
EGR VALVE OPERATION (CLOSED)
(F202) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
EGR VALVE OPERATION (OPEN)
(K35) EGR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
(K35) EGR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
EGR SOLENOID (CLOSED)
(K35) EGR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GND
EGR SOLENOID (OPEN)
PCM

Yes Go To 2


Allow the engine to reach operating temperature.
Does the engine run rough or stall at idle?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 6
109
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0401 - EGR SYSTEM FAILURE Continued

3 Disconnect the vacuum hose from the EGR Valve. All
Start the engine and allow it to idle.
Yes Remove the EGR Valve and inspect the valve for an obstruction
that would keep the valve open. If OK, replace the EGR Valve.
No Go To 4

Disconnect the EGR Solenoid harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the (K35) EGR Solenoid Control circuit in the EGR
Solenoid harness connector to ground.
Yes Repair the (K35) EGR Solenoid Control circuirt for a short to
ground.
No Go To 5

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the (K35) EGR Solenoid
Control circuit.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the EGR Solenoid.
Observe the test light.
Does the test light flash on and off?
Yes Replace the EGR Solenoid.

No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor-


Disconnect the EGR Solenoid vacuum supply at the EGR Solenoid.
Connect a vacuum gauge to the EGR Solenoid vacuum supply.
Start the engine.
Observe the vacuum gauge.
Does the vacuum gauge read above 109?
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the EGR Solenoid vacuum supply.

110
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

7 Disconnect the vacuum hose from the EGR Valve. Inspect the vacuum hose for any All
obstructions.
Connect a Vacuum Pump to the EGR Valve.
Start the engine.
Using the Vacuum Pump, apply vacuum to the EGR Valve.
Yes Go To 8
No Remove the EGR Valve and inspect the valve for an obstruction
that would keep the valve form opening. If OK, replace the EGR
Valve.
8 Turn the igntion off. All

Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to ground, probe the (F202) Fused Ignition
Switch Output circuit in the EGR Solenoid harness connector.
Does the 12-volt test light illuminate?
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the (F202) Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an
open.

Measure the voltage of the (K35) EGR Solenoid Control circuit in the EGR Solenoid
connector.
Yes Repair the (K35) EGR Solenoid Control circuit for a short to
voltage.
No Go To 10

Measure the resistance of the (K35) EGR Solenoid Control circuit between the PCM
harness connector and the EGR Solenoid harness connector.
Yes Go To 11
No Repair the (K35) EGR solenoid control circuit for an open.

111
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the (K35) EGR Solenoid
Control circuit in the EGR Solenoid harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the EGR Solenoid.
Observe the test light.
Does the test light flash on and off.
Yes Inspect the EGR Solenoid Back Pressure hose and tube for
obstructions or damage. If OK, replace the EGR Solenoid.
No Go To 12
Repair
112
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0403 - EGR SOLENOID CIRCUIT
P0403 - EGR SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored: Engine running. Battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.
Set Condition: The EGR solenoid control circuit is not in the expected state when
requested to operate by the PCM for 86.4 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EGR SOLENOID
(F202) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
(K35) EGR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
(K35) EGR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(K35) EGR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

Yes Go To 2


Turn all accessories off.
Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to the (F202) Fused Ignition Switch Output
circuit, probe the EGR Solenoid Control circuit.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the EGR solenoid.
Does the 12-volt test light flash on and off?
Yes Inspect the EGR Valve Back Pressure hose and tube for obstruc-
tions or damage. If OK, replace the EGR Solenoid.
No Go To 3
113
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0403 - EGR SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued

Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to ground, probe the (F202) Fused Ignition
Switch Output circuit in the EGR Solenoid harness connector.
Does the 12-volt test light illuminate?
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the open in the (F202) Fused Ignition Switch Output

circuit.

Measure the resistance of the (K35) EGR Solenoid Control circuit to ground.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K35) EGR Solenoid Control
circuit.
No Go To 5

Measure the voltage on the (K35) EGR Solenoid Control circuit in the EGR Solenoid
connector.
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K35) EGR Solenoid Control
circuit.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance of the (K35) EGR Solenoid Control circuit between the PCM
harness connector and the EGR Solenoid harness connector.
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the open in the (K35) EGR Solenoid Control circuit.
Repair
114
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0420-1/1 CATALYTIC CONVERTER EFFICIENCY
P0420-1/1 CATALYTIC CONVERTER EFFICIENCY

When Monitored: After engine warm up to 70C (158F), 180 seconds of open throttle
operation, at a speed greater than 18 mph and less than 55 mph, with the engine at
1200-1700 rpm and MAP vacuum between 15.0 and 21.0 inches of mercury (Hg).
Set Condition: As catalyst efficiency deteriorates, the switch rate of the downstream O2
sensor approaches that of the upstream O2 sensor. If at any point during the test the
switch ratio reaches a predetermined value a counter is incremented by one.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VISUALLY INSPECT CATALYTIC CONVERTER
EXHAUST LEAK
ENGINE MECHANICAL CONDITION
AGING O2 SENSOR
CATALYTIC CONVERTER

1 NOTE: If a O2 Sensor DTC(s) set along with the Catalytic Converter All
Efficiency DTC diagnose the O2 Sensor DTC(s) before continuing.
NOTE: Check for contaminates that may have damaged the O2 Sensor and
Catalytic Converter: contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and cool-
ant, repair necessary.
Yes Go To 2

2 Inspect the Catalytic Converter for the following damage. All

Damage Catalytic Converter, dent and holes.
Severe discoloration caused by overheating the Catalytic Converter.
Catalytic Converter broke internally.
Leaking Catalytic Converter.
Yes Replace the Catalytic Converter. Repair the condition that may
have caused the failure.
No Go To 3
115
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0420-1/1 CATALYTIC CONVERTER EFFICIENCY Continued

Inspect the exhaust for leak between the engine and the O2 sensor.
Inspect the exhaust for leaks between the engine and the appropriate rear O2 Sensor.

No Go To 4
4 Check the exhaust for excessive smoke caused by an internal problem in the engine. All
Is a engine mechanical condition present?
Yes Repair the engine mechanical condition as necessary.

No Go To 5
5 A new rear O2 Sensor along with an aging front O2 Sensor may cause the DTC to set. All
Review the vehicles repair history.
Has the rear O2 Sensor been replace without replacing the front O2 Sensor?
Yes Replace the Front O2 Sensor as necessary.
No Go To 6
6 If there are no possible cause remaining, view repair. All
Repair
Replace the Catalytic Converter.
116
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0441-EVAP PURGE FLOW MONITOR
P0441-EVAP PURGE FLOW MONITOR

When Monitored: With engine temperature greater than 71C (160F), fuel control in
closed loop, engine idling for 200 seconds, no low fuel, MAP less than 23.6 inches mercury
and barometric altitude less than 8,000 feet.
Set Condition: After having passed the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) test, no air flow
through the evaporative system is detected by the evap monitor.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EVAP PURGE SOLENOID LEAKS/STUCK OPEN
EVAP PURGE SOLENOID STUCK CLOSED
EVAP PURGE SOLENOID VACUUM SUPPLY
EVAP PURGE HOSE SOLENOID TO CANISTER
EVAP PURGE HOSE CANISTER TO FUEL TANK
EVAP CANISTER

Is the Good Trip Counter displayed and equal to zero?
Yes Go To 2

2 NOTE: After disconnecting the Evap Purge Solenoid vacuum connections, All
inspect the lines and solenoid for any signs of contamination from the EVAP
Canister. This may indicate a faulty rollover valve. Replace/repair as
necessary.
Disconnect the vacuum hoses at the Evap Purge Solenoid.
Does the Evap Purge Solenoid hold vacuum?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Evap Purge Solenoid.

117
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0441-EVAP PURGE FLOW MONITOR Continued

3 Using a hand vacuum pump, apply 10 inches of vacuum to the Evap Purge Solenoid All
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the EVAP Purge Solenoid .
Does the vacuum drop when the solenoid is actuated?
Yes Go To 4


Carefully inspect the Evap Purge Solenoid vacuum supply hose for proper routing.
Check for a pinched or plugged hose from the throttle body to the Purge Solenoid.
Inspect the vacuum port at the throttle body for any damage or plugging.
Yes Repair the vacuum supply hose/tube as necessary.
No Go To 5
5 Visually inspect the Evap Purge hose from the Evap Purge Solenoid to the Evap All
Canister.
Look for any physical damage such as a pinched, plugged, ripped or dry rotted hose.
Yes Repair or replace hose as necessary.
No Go To 6
6 Visually inspect the Evap Purge hose from between the Evap Canister and the Fuel All
Tank.
Check for any physical damage such as a pinched, plugged, ripped or dry rotted hose.
Yes Repair or replace hose as necessary.

No Go To 7
7 Visually inspect the Evap Canister for the following. All

Check for physical damage or signs of fuel that has entered the canister.
Check for signs of fuel, this may indicate a bad rollover valve.
Yes Repair or Replace as necessary.
No Test Complete.
118
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom List:
P0442-EVAP LEAK MONITOR .040 LEAK DETECTED
P0455-EVAP LEAK MONITOR LARGE LEAK DETECTED
P0456 - EVAP LEAK MONITOR .020 LEAK DETECTED
The title for the tests will be P0442-EVAP LEAK MONITOR
.040 LEAK DETECTED.
P0442-EVAP LEAK MONITOR .040 LEAK DETECTED

When Monitored: Immediately after a cold start, with battery/ambient temperature
between 4C (40F) and 32C (90F) and coolant temperature within -12C (20F) of
battery/ambient.
Set Condition: If there is a leak larger than 0.0409 and smaller than 0.0809 in the
evaporative system.
P0455-EVAP LEAK MONITOR LARGE LEAK DETECTED

battery/ambient.
Set Condition: There is a leak larger than 0.0809 in the evaporative system.
P0456 - EVAP LEAK MONITOR .020 LEAK DETECTED

battery/ambient.
Set Condition: If there is a leak larger than 0.0209 and smaller than 0.0409 in the
evaporative system.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VERIFY EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM LEAK
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LEAK DETECTION
INTERMITTENT LDP MONITOR FAILURE
119
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0442-EVAP LEAK MONITOR .040 LEAK DETECTED Continued

1 NOTE: Since a hot vehicle can conceal a leak, it is best to perform this test All
at room temperature.
NOTE: A loose gas cap could have caused this DTC to set. Make sure gas cap
is tight and in good condition. Ensure the gas cap meets OEM specifications.
Yes Go To 2

2 To continue testing you will need Miller Tool #8404 Evaporative Emission Leak All
Detector (EELD).
WARNING: Keep lit cigarettes, sparks, flames, and other ignition sources
away from the test area to prevent the ignition of explosive gases. Keep the
test area well ventilated.
NOTE: The fuel tank should have between 20% and 80% of fuel tank capacity
to properly test the Evap system.
Connect and apply a continuous vacuum supply (i.e. 209Hg) to the Leak Detection
Pump. A vacuum pump such as an A/C recovery unit works well.
Using the DRBIIIt, select Engine/System Tests and actuate the Leak Detect Pump
Test (Option 3/Hold PSI).
NOTE: The above energizes the LDP solenoid and allows the constant
vacuum source to apply vacuum to the LDP pump diaphragm. This lifts the
diaphragm up and seals the atmospheric canister vent valve at the bottom
of the Leak Detection Pump.
Connect the red power lead of Miller Tool #8404 to the battery positive terminal and
the black ground lead to battery negative terminal.
NOTE: See Charts and Graph support material EELD Calibration Setup for
an example.
Connect shop air to the #8404 EELD.
Set the smoke/air control switch to AIR.
Insert the testers AIR supply tip (clear hose) into the appropriate calibration orifice
on the testers control panel (based on DTC leak size).
Press the remote smoke/air start button.
Position the red flag on the air flow meter so it is aligned with the indicator ball.
When the calibration is complete, release the remote button. The EELD is now
calibrated the flow meter in liters per minute to the size leak indicated by the DTC
set in the PCM.
Install the service port adapter #8404-14 on the vehicles service port.
Connect the Air supply hose from the EELD to the service port.
Press the remote button to activate AIR flow.
NOTE: Larger volume fuel tanks, and/or those with less fuel, may require 4
to 5 minutes to fill.
Compare the flow meter indicator ball reading to the red flag.
ABOVE the red flag indicates a leak present.
BELOW the red flag indicates a sealed system.
Is the indicator ball above the red flag?
Yes Go To 3

120
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

3 NOTE: A thorough visual inspection of the Evap system hoses, tubes, and All
connections may save time in your diagnosis. Look for any physical damage
or signs of wetness at connections. The strong smell of fuel vapors may aid
diagnosis also.
To continue testing, you will need Miller Tool #8404 Evaporative Emissions Leak
Detector (EELD).
Remove the Air supply hose from the service port.
Connect the SMOKE supply tip (black hose) to the service port.
Set the smoke/air control switch to SMOKE.
NOTE: The flow meter indicator ball will not move at this point.
NOTE: Ensure that smoke has filled the EVAP system by continuing to press
the remote smoke/air start button, remove the vehicle fuel cap, and wait for
the smoke to exit. Once smoke is indicated reinstall the fuel cap.
NOTE: For optimal performance, introduce smoke into the system for an
additional 60 seconds; continue introducing smoke at 15 second intervals,
as necessary.
While still holding the remote smoke/air start button, use the white light (#8404-
CLL) to follow the EVAP system path, and look for the source of the leak indicated by
exiting smoke.
If a leak is concealed from view (i.e., top of fuel tank), release the remote smoke/air
start button, and use the ultraviolet (UV) black light #8404-UVL and the yellow
goggles 8404-20 to look for residual traces of dye that is left behind by the smoke.
The exiting smoke deposits a residual fluid that is either bright green or bright
yellow in color when viewed with a UV light.
NOTE: Hoses
Was a leak found?
Yes Repair or replace the leaking component as necessary.
No Go To 4
necessary.
NOTE: Monitor the vacuum gauge for at least 15 seconds.
Does the Evap Purge Solenoid hold vacuum?
Yes Go To 5
121
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

5 At this time, the conditions required to set the DTC are not present. All
NOTE: Use the Freeze Frame Data to help you duplicate the conditions that
set the DTC. Pay particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as,
VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load.
NOTE: A thorough visual inspection of the Evap system hoses, tubes, and
diagnosis also.
NOTE: Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply.
With the DRBIIIt in System Tests, perform the LDP Monitor Test. This will force the
PCM to run the LDP Monitor. If the monitor fails, further diagnosis is required to
find faulty component. If the monitor passes, the condition is not present at this time.
No Test Complete.
122
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0443-EVAP PURGE SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored: The ignition on or engine running. Battery voltage greater than 10
volts.
Set Condition: The PCM will set a trouble code if the actual state of the solenoid does not
match the intended state within 0.5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
(K52) EVAP PURGE SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
(K52) EVAP PURGE SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(K70) EVAP PURGE SOLENOID SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
(K70) EVAP PURGE SOLENOID SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
EVAP PURGE SOLENOID
PCM

Yes Go To 2


Disconnect the Evap Purge Solenoid harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the terminals of the Evap Purge Solenoid.
Yes Go To 3
123
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0443-EVAP PURGE SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued

Disconnect the Powertrain Control Module harness connectors.
Measure the resistance of the (K52) Evap Purge Solenoid Control circuit from the
PCM harness connector to the Evap Purge Solenoid harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the open in the (K52) Evap Purge Solenoid Control circuit.

Measure the resistance of the (K52) Evap Purge Solenoid Control circuit in the Evap
Purge Solenoid harness connector to ground.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K52) Evap Purge Solenoid
Control circuit.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the (K70) Evap Purge Solenoid Sense circuit from the PCM
harness connector to the Evap Purge Solenoid harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open in the (K70) Evap Purge Solenoid Sense circuit.

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K70) Evap Purge Solenoid Sense
circuit at the Evap Purge Solenoid harness connector.
Sense circuit.
No Go To 7
Repair
124
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0460-FUEL LEVEL UNIT NO CHANGE OVER MILES
P0460-FUEL LEVEL UNIT NO CHANGE OVER MILES

When Monitored: TEST #1: With the ignition on, the fuel level is compared to the
previuos key down after a 20 second delay. TEST #2: The PCM monitor the fuel level at
ignition on.
Set Condition: TEST #1: If the PCM does not see a difference in fuel level of greater than
0.1 volt the test will fail. TEST #2: If the PCM does not see a change in the fuel level of
.1765 over a set amount of miles the test will fail. See Charts and Graphs (Fuel Level
Voltage Change Over Miles Chart) for an example.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VISUALLY INSPECT FUEL TANK
(N4) FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(N4) FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(Z201) GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
INTERNAL INSPECTION OF THE FUEL TANK
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

1 NOTE: Diagnose P0462 or P0463 first, if set along with P0460. All
NOTE: Inspect the Fuel Pump Module harness connector for any corrosion
or damage.
Yes Go To 2

2 Visually inspect the Fuel Tank for damage that may restrict the Fuel Sending Unit All
float from moving.
Is the Fuel Tank OK?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Fuel Tank as necessary.

125
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0460-FUEL LEVEL UNIT NO CHANGE OVER MILES Continued

Disconnect the Fuel Pump Module harness connector.
Disconnect the BCM harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the (N4) Fuel Level Sensor Signal circuit between the Fuel
Pump Module harness connector and the BCM harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the open in the (N4) Fuel Level Sensor Signal circuit.

Measure the resistance of the (N4) Fuel Level Sensor Signal circuit in the Fuel Pump
Module harness connector to ground.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (N4) Fuel Level Sensor Signal
circuit.
No Go To 5

Using a 12-volt test light connected to battery voltage, probe the (Z201) Ground
circuit in the Fuel Pump Module harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open in the (Z201) Ground circuit.
6 WARNING: The fuel system is under a constant pressure even with the All
engine off. Before opening the fuel system the fuel pressure must be release.
Relieve the fuel pressure in accordance with the service information.
Remove the Fuel Tank in accordance with the Service Information.
Remove the Fuel Pump Module.
Visually inspect the inside of the Fuel Tank for any obstructions or deformities.
Inspect the Fuel Pump Module Float arm for damage.
Yes Repair or replace as necessary.
No Go To 7
Repair
Replace the Fuel Level Sensor.
126
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom List:
P0462-FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT VOLTS TOO LOW
P0463-FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT VOLTS TOO HIGH
The title for the tests will be P0462-FUEL LEVEL SENDING
UNIT VOLTS TOO LOW.
P0462-FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT VOLTS TOO LOW

When Monitored: Ignition on and battery voltage above 10.4 volts.
Set Condition: The fuel level sensor signal voltage goes below 0.4 volts for more than 90
seconds.
P0463-FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT VOLTS TOO HIGH

Set Condition: The fuel level sensor signal voltage at the PCM goes above 9.9 volts for
more than 90 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

Yes Refer to the Instrument Cluster Category and perform the appro-
priate symptoms.

127
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0500-NO VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL (3SP AUTO AND MANUAL
TRANSMISSIONS)
P0500-NO VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL (3SP AUTO AND MANUAL TRANSMIS-

SIONS)
When Monitored: With the engine running, transmission not in park or neutral, brakes
not applied, and engine rpm greater than 1800.
Set Condition: This code will set if no vehicle speed signal is received from the Vehicle
Speed Sensor for more than 7.2 seconds for 2 consecutive trips.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR OPERATION
(N7) VSS SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(N7) VSS SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

1 Raise the drive wheels off the ground. All
WARNING: BE SURE TO KEEP HANDS AND FEET CLEAR OF ROTATING
WHEELS.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Vehicle Speed Sensor
Place the transmission in any forward gear.
Allow the wheels to rotate.
Does the DRBIIIt display vehicle speed above 0 MPH/Kph?

No Go To 2

Disconnect the Vehicle Speed Sensor harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the (F888) 8-Volt Supply circuit in the VSS harness connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the open in the (F888) 8-Volt Supply circuit.

128
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0500-NO VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL (3SP AUTO AND MANUAL TRANS-

MISSIONS) Continued
Measure the voltage of the (N7) Vehicle Speed Sensor Signal circuit in the VSS
harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the (K900) Sensor Ground circuit between the VSS harness
connector and ground.
Yes Remove and inspect the Pinion Gear. If OK, replace the Vehicle
Speed Sensor.


Measure the resistance of the (N7) VSS Signal circuit between the VSS harness
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open in the (N7) VSS Signal circuit.

Measure the resistance of the (N7) VSS Signal circuit in the VSS harness connector
to ground.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (N7) VSS Signal circuit.
No Go To 7
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair,
Repair
129
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0500-NO VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL (4SP AUTO TRANS)
P0500-NO VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL (4SP AUTO TRANS)

When Monitored: With the engine running, transmission not in park or neutral, brakes
not applied, and engine rpm greater than 1800.
Set Condition: This code will set if no vehicle speed signal is received from the TCM
(transmission control module) for more than 7.2 seconds for 2 consecutive trips.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
(N7) VSS SIGNAL SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
VSS SIGNAL FROM TCM
(N7) VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL SHORTED TO GROUND

1 NOTE: Before continuing this test use the DRB and check Pinion Factor. If All
not correct, reset and retest vehicle.
Yes Go To 2


Measure the voltage of the (N7) VSS Signal circuit in the TCM harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (N7) VSS Signal circuit.
No Go To 3
130
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0500-NO VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL (4SP AUTO TRANS) Continued

Connect a jumper wire to the (N7) VSS Signal circuit in the TCM harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Vehicle Speed Signal display.
Tap the other end of the jumper wire rapidly to ground.
Does the Vehicle Speed Signal display the MPH/kmh above 0?
Yes Go To 4
No Replace the Transmission Comtrol Module in accordance with the

Service Information.

Measure the resistance of the (N7) Vehicle Speed Sensor Signal circuit in the PCM
Yes Repair the (N7) Vehicle Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to
ground.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the (N7) Vehicle Speed Sensor Signal circuit between the
PCM harness connector and the TCM harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the (N7) Vehicle Speed Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 5
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wire harness and connector.
Pay particular attention to all Power and Ground circuits.
If there is no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
131
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0508 - IAC MOTOR SENSE CIRCUIT LOW
P0508 - IAC MOTOR SENSE CIRCUIT LOW

When Monitored: Engine running. The batterty voltage greater than 10 volts.
Set Condition: IAC Valve Sense current is less than 146.33 mA for 500 milli seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IAC MOTOR
IAC MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
IAC MOTOR SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
IAC MOTOR SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
IAC MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

1 NOTE: If the engine will not idle, maintain an engine speed between 800 and All
1500 RPM.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt, read the IAC Current.
Is the IAC Current below 146 mA?
Yes Go To 2

Disconnect the IAC Motor harness connector.
Remove the IAC Motor.
NOTE: Inspect the IAC air passages for restriction and damage to the IAC
valve.
Measure the resistance across the IAC Motor pin terminals (component).
Is the resistance 9.7 +/- 1.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the IAC Motor.

132
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0508 - IAC MOTOR SENSE CIRCUIT LOW Continued

Measure the resistance of the IAC Motor Sense circuit from the PCM harness
connector to the IAC Motor harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the open in the IAC Sense circuit.


Measure the resistance of the IAC Motor Sense in the IAC Motor harness connector
to ground.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the IAC Motor Sense circuit.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the IAC Motor Driver circuit from the PCM harness
connector to the IAC Motor harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open in the IAC Motor Driver circuit.

Measure the resistance of the IAC Motor Driver circuit in the IAC Motor harness
Yes Repair the short to ground in the IAC Motor Driver circuit.
No Go To 7
Repair
133
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0509 - IAC MOTOR SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH
P0509 - IAC MOTOR SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH

When Monitored: Engine running. The batterty voltage greater than 10 volts.
Set Condition: IAC Valve Sense current is greater than 999.9 mA for 500 milli seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IAC MOTOR
IAC MOTOR SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
IAC MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
IAC MOTOR SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IAC MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT
PCM

1500 RPM.
Start the engine.
Is the IAC Current above 999 mA?
Yes Go To 2


With the DRBIIIt, monitor the IAC Current.
Does the DRBIIIt display IAC Current at 0mA?
Yes Replace the IAC Motor.
No Go To 3
134
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0509 - IAC MOTOR SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH Continued

Measure the voltage of the IAC Motor Sense circuit in the IAC Motor harness
connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 of a volt?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the IAC Motor Sense circuit.
No Go To 4

Measure the voltage of the IAC Motor Driver circuit in the IAC Motor harness
connector.
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the IAC Motor Driver circuit.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance across the IAC Motor harness connector.
Yes Repair the shorted to the IAC Motor Driver circuit IAC Motor
Sense circuit.
No Go To 6
Repair
135
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom List:
P0600-PCM FAILURE SPI COMMUNICATIONS
P0601-PCM INTERNAL CONTROLLER FAILURE
The title for the tests will be P0600-PCM FAILURE SPI
COMMUNICATIONS.
P0600-PCM FAILURE SPI COMMUNICATIONS

When Monitored: Ignition key on.
Set Condition: Internal Bus communication failure between processors.
P0601-PCM INTERNAL CONTROLLER FAILURE

When Monitored: Ignition key on.
Set Condition: Internal checksum for software failed, does not match calculated value.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM INTERNAL OR SPI

The Powertrain Control Module is reporting internal errors, view repair to continue.
Repair
136
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0622-GENERATOR FIELD NOT SWITCHING PROPERLY
P0622-GENERATOR FIELD NOT SWITCHING PROPERLY

When Monitored: With the ignition on. Engine running.
Set Condition: When the PCM tries to regulate the generator field with no result during
monitoring.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GENERATOR OPERATION
(K20) GENERATOR FIELD DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(K20) GENERATOR FIELD DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
GENERATOR FIELD COIL OPEN
GENERATOR FIELD COIL SHORTED
PCM

Record all DTCs and the related Freeze Frame data.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, backprobe the (K20) Generator Field
Driver circuit in the back of the Generator.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Generator Field Driver circuit.
Does the test light illuminate brightly and flash?
No Go To 2
2 NOTE: Carefully inspect all Connectors for corrosion or spread Terminals All
before continuing.
Disconnect the Generator Field harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt actuate the Generator Field Driver circuit.
circuit.
Yes Go To 3

137
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0622-GENERATOR FIELD NOT SWITCHING PROPERLY Continued

Measure the resistance of the (K20) Generator Field Driver circuit from PCM
Yes Repair the (K20) Generator Field Driver circuit for a short to
ground.
No Go To 4

Measure the resistance of the (K20) Generator Field Driver circuit from the PCM
harness connector to the Generator Field harness connector.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the (K20) Generator Field Driver circuit for an open.


Measure the resistance across the Generator Field Terminals at the Generator.
Is the resistance above 15.0 ohms?
Yes Replace the Generator.

No Go To 6

Measure the resistance across the Generator Field Terminals at the Generator.

No Go To 7
If there is no more possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
138
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0645-A/C CLUTCH RELAY CKT
P0645-A/C CLUTCH RELAY CKT

When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts. A/C
Switch on.
Set Condition: An open or shorted condition is detected in the A/C clutch relay control
circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
A/C CLUTCH RELAY OPERATION
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE
A/C CLUTCH RELAY
IPM FUSE & RELAY CENTER
(C13) A/C CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL CKT OPEN
(C13) A/C CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
PCM

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the A/C Clutch Relay.
Is the A/C Clutch Relay operating?
No Go To 2

Remove the A/C Clutch Relay from the IPM.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused Ignition Switch
circuit in the IPM.
Does the test light illuminate?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 8
139
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0645-A/C CLUTCH RELAY CKT Continued

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the A/C Clutch Relay Control
circuit in the IPM.
Yes Replace the A/C Clutch Relay.

No Go To 4

Disconnect the Intelligent Power Module C3 harness connector.
circuit in the IPM harness connector.
Yes Replace the IPM Fused & Relay Center.

No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the (C13) A/C Clutch Relay Control circuit between the
Intelligent Power Module C3 harness connector and the PCM harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the (C13) A/C Clutch Relay Control circuit for an open.

Measure the resistance of the (C13) A/C Clutch Relay Control circuit in the
Intelligent Power Module C3 harness connector to ground.
Yes Repair the (C13) A/C Clutch Relay Control circuit for a short to
ground.
No Go To 7
Repair
Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module Module in
accordance with the Service Information.
140
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0645-A/C CLUTCH RELAY CKT Continued

Yes Replace the IPM Fuse & Relay Center.
No Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open.

141
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0700-EATX CONTROLLER DTC PRESENT

1 This is an informational DTC letting you know that a DTC(s) is stored in the All
Transmission Control Module.
Erase this DTC from the PCM after all Transmission DTC(s) have been repaired.
Using the DRBIIIt, read the Transmission Controller DTC and refer to the
Transmission Category and perform the appropriate symptom.
PCM Diagnostic Information complete.
Continue
Test Complete.
142
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P0703-BRAKE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT
P0703-BRAKE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT

When Monitored: TEST #1: Vehicle speed greater than 17 MPH to enable. TEST #2:
Speed must be 0 and brake switch indicates on.
Set Condition: TEST #1: If vehicle speed goes to 0 MPH without brake input. Condition
must be repeated 9 times to set fault. Two trip fault. TEST #2: If vehicle speed go above 17
MPH for more than 6.4 seconds without a change with the brake depressed. Condition
must be repeat 9 times to set fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
BRAKE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BRAKE SWITCH SENSE SHORTED TO GROUND
BRAKE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OPERATION
PCM

1 NOTE: Ensure the Brake Switch is adjusted properly before continuing. All
Yes Go To 2

Disconnect the Brake Lamp Switch harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused B+ circuit in the
Brake Lamp Switch harness connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the Fuse B+ circuit.
143
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0703-BRAKE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued

Remove the ASD Relay from the PDC.
Using a jumper wire, jumper between the Fused B+ circuit and ASD Relay Output
circuit in the PDC.
Measure the voltage of the Brake Switch Sense circuit in the Brake Lamp Switch
harness connector.
Yes Repair the Brake Switch Sense circuit shorted to voltage.
No Go To 4

Measure the resistance of the Brake Switch Sense circuit in the Brake Lamp Switch
Yes Repair the Brake Switch Sense circuit shorted to ground.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the Brake Switch Sense circuit between the Brake Lamp
Switch harness connector and the PCM harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Brake Switch Sense circuit for an open.


Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit in the Brake Lamp Switch harness
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the Ground circuit for an open.


Measure the resistance between the Ground circuit terminal and the Brake Switch
Sense terminal in the Brake Lamp Switch.
Monitor Brake Switch Sense with the DRBIIIt.
Does the resistance change from below 5.0 ohms to open circuit?
Yes Go To 8
No Replace the Brake Lamp Switch.

144
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P0703-BRAKE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued

Repair
145
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1192-INLET AIR TEMP SENSOR VOLTAGE LOW
P1192-INLET AIR TEMP SENSOR VOLTAGE LOW

When Monitored: With the ignition on and battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.
Set Condition: The Inlet Air Temperature (IAT) sensor circuit voltage at the PCM goes
below 0.098 volt for 5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IAT SENSOR VOLTAGE BELOW 1.0 VOLT
IAT SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE
(K21) IAT SENSOR SIGNAL SHORTED TO GROUND
(K21) IAT SENSOR SIGNAL SHORTED TO (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM

Yes Go To 2


Disconnect the IAT harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, read IAT voltage.
Yes Replace the IAT Sensor.

No Go To 3

Disconnect the IAT Sensor harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the (K21) IAT Sensor Signal circuit between the IAT
Sensor harness connector and ground.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K21) IAT Sensor Signal circuit.
No Go To 4
146
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1192-INLET AIR TEMP SENSOR VOLTAGE LOW Continued

Measure the resistance between the (K21) IAT Sensor Signal circuit and the (K900)
Sensor ground circuit in the IAT Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the short between the (K900) Sensor ground circuit and
the (K21) IAT Sensor Signal circuit.
No Go To 5
Repair
147
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1193-INLET AIR TEMP SENSOR VOLTAGE HIGH
P1193-INLET AIR TEMP SENSOR VOLTAGE HIGH

Set Condition: The inlet air temperature (IAT) sensor circuit voltage at the PCM goes
above 4.9 volts for 5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IAT SENSOR VOLTAGE ABOVE 4.6 VOLTS
(K21) IAT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
(K21) IAT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

Yes Go To 2


Measure the voltage of the (K21) IAT Sensor Signal circuit in the IAT Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K21) IAT Sensor Signal circuit.
No Go To 3
148
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1193-INLET AIR TEMP SENSOR VOLTAGE HIGH Continued

Connect a jumper wire between the (K21) IAT Sensor Signal circuit and the (K900)
Sensor Ground circuit in the IAT harness connector.

No Go To 4

Measure the resistance of the (K21) IAT Sensor Signal circuit between the IAT
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the open in the (K21) IAT Sensor Signal circuit.


Measure the resistance of the (K900) Sensor Ground circuit between the IAT Sensor
Yes Go To 6
Repair
149
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1195-1/1 O2 SENSOR SLOW DURING CATALYST MONITOR
P1195-1/1 O2 SENSOR SLOW DURING CATALYST MONITOR

When Monitored: With the engine running, coolant greater than 70C (158F), open
throttle, steady to slightly increasing vehicle speed greater than 18 mph but less than 55
mph, with a light load on the engine, for a period no less than 5 minutes.
Set Condition: The oxygen sensor signal voltage is switching from below 0.39 volt to
above 0.6 volts and back fewer times than required.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EXHAUST LEAK
O2 SENSOR

Yes Go To 2


Inspect the exhaust for leak between the engine and the O2 sensor.
No Go To 3
150
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1195-1/1 O2 SENSOR SLOW DURING CATALYST MONITOR Continued

Back probe the O2 Sensor Signal circuit at the O2 Sensor harness connector and
Start the engine.
Yes Go To 4
Back probe the O2 Sensor ground circuit at the O2 Sensor harness connector and
Start the engine.
Yes Go To 5
Repair
Replace the O2 Sensor.
151
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1281-ENGINE IS COLD TOO LONG
P1281-ENGINE IS COLD TOO LONG

When Monitored: The ignition key on, engine running.
Set Condition: The engine does not warm to 71C (160F) while driving (throttle off idle)
greater than 20 MPH for 27 minutes after start.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
COOLING SYSTEM PROBLEM

1 NOTE: The best way to diagnose this DTC is to allow the vehicle to remain All
outside overnight in order to have a completely cold soaked engine.
NOTE: Extremely cold outside ambient temperatures may cause this DTC to
set.
Verify that the coolant level is correct. If not, repair as necessary
NOTE: Ensure the ECT Sensor is operating correctly.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Engine Coolant Temperature value during the warm
up cycle. Make sure the transition of the temperature change is smooth.
Did the engine temperature reach a minimum of 71C (160F)?
Yes Test Complete.
No Refer to the Service Information for cooling system performance
diagnosis. The most probable cause is a Thermostat problem.
Also, refer to any related TSBs.
152
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1282-FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
P1282-FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT

Set Condition: An open or shorted condition is detected in the fuel pump relay control
circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUEL PUMP RELAY OPERATION
FUEL PUMP RELAY
(K31) FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
(K31) FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(Y135) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Fuel Pump Relay.
Is the Fuel Pump Relay clicking?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Symptom (Diagnos-
tic Procedure).
No Go To 2

Remove the Fuel Pump Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between terminals 1 (85) and 2 (86) of the Fuel Pump Relay.
Is the resistance between 50 and 90 ohms?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Fuel Pump Relay.

153
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1282-FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT Continued

Remove the Fuel Pump Relay from the IPM.
Measure the resistance of the (K31) Fuel Pump Relay Control circuit from the Fuel
Pump Relay connector to the PCM harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the open in the (K31) Fuel Pump Relay Control circuit.

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K31) Fuel Pump Relay Control
circuit.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K31) Fuel Pump Relay Control
circuit.
No Go To 5

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (Y135) Fused Ignition
Switch output circuit in the Fuel Pump Relay connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open in the (Y135) Fused Ignition Switch Output
circuit. Inspect the related fuse and repair as necessary.
Repair
Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service
Information.
154
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1294-TARGET IDLE NOT REACHED
P1294-TARGET IDLE NOT REACHED

When Monitored: With the engine idling and the transmission in drive, if automatic.
There must not be a MAP sensor trouble code or a Throttle Position Sensor trouble code.
Set Condition: The engine idle is not within 200 rpm above or 100 rpm below the target
idle for 40 seconds. One trip fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IAC MOTOR PASSAGES
VACUUM LEAKS
AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM
THROTTLE BODY AND THROTTLE LINKAGE

1 Turn the ignition on. ENGINE - 3.3L V6
With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs. SMPI or ENGINE -
Is the Good Trip displayed and equal to zero? 3.8L V6 SMPI
Yes Go To 2

2 Turn the ignition off. ENGINE - 3.3L V6

Remove the IAC Motor. SMPI or ENGINE -
Inspect the IAC Motor and passages way for any obstructions or damage to motor. 3.8L V6 SMPI
No Go To 3
3 Start the engine. ENGINE - 3.3L V6

Inspect the vehicle for external vacuum leaks. SMPI or ENGINE -
Inspect the engine for internal vacuum leaks. 3.8L V6 SMPI
Were any vacuum leaks found?
Yes Repair the vacuum leak as necessary.
No Go To 4
155
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1294-TARGET IDLE NOT REACHED Continued

4 Inspect the Air Induction System for the following problems. ENGINE - 3.3L V6
Restrictions: Dirty Air Cleaner, Foreign material trapped in the air intake tube, etc. SMPI or ENGINE -
Leaks: Air Intake tube connection, Air Cleaner housing, etc. 3.8L V6 SMPI
No Go To 5
5 Inspect the throttle body plate carbon build up or other restrictions. ENGINE - 3.3L V6
Inspect the throttle linkage for binding and smooth operation. SMPI or ENGINE -
Ensure the throttle plate is resting on the stop at idle. 3.8L V6 SMPI
No Test Complete.
156
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1297-NO CHANGE IN MAP FROM START TO RUN
P1297-NO CHANGE IN MAP FROM START TO RUN

When Monitored: With engine RPM +/- 64 of target idle and the throttle blade at closed
throttle.
Set Condition: Too small of a difference is seen between barometric pressure with ignition
on (engine not running) and manifold vacuum for 8.80 seconds (engine running).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE BELOW 3.19 VOLTS
MAP SENSOR
(K1) MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
MAP SENSOR VACUUM PORT
PCM

1 NOTE: If a MAP high or Low DTC set along with P1297, diagnose the High All
or Low DTC first before continuing.
Yes Go To 2


Remove the MAP Sensor.
Inspect the vacuum port, check for restrictions or any foreign materials.
Were any restrictions found?

No Go To 3
157
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1297-NO CHANGE IN MAP FROM START TO RUN Continued

Yes Go To 4


connector.
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 8

No Go To 6

No Go To 7

Measure the resistance between the (K1) MAP Sensor Signal circuit and the (K900)
Sensor Ground circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to the (K900) Sensor ground circuit in the (K1)
MAP Sensor Signal circuit.
No Go To 10
158
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1297-NO CHANGE IN MAP FROM START TO RUN Continued

Measure the resistance of the (F855) 5-Volt Supply circuit in the MAP Sensor harness
No Go To 9

Yes Go To 10

Repair
159
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1299-VACUUM LEAK FOUND (IAC FULLY SEATED)
P1299-VACUUM LEAK FOUND (IAC FULLY SEATED)

When Monitored: With the engine running.
Set Condition: The MAP sensor signal does not correlate to the TPS signal.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VACUUM LEAK
TP SENSOR FULLY SEATED

1 NOTE: A large vacuum leak is likely the cause of this DTC. All
Inspect the Intake manifold for vacuum leaks.
Inspect the Power Brake Booster for any vacuum leaks.
Inspect the PCV system for proper operation or any vacuum leaks.
Yes Repair vacuum leak as necessary.
No Go To 2
2 NOTE: The throttle must be fully seated and rest on the throttle stop. All
Yes Go To 3


Does voltage start at approximately 0.8 volts and go above 3.5 volts with a smooth
voltage change?
Yes Go To 4

160
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1299-VACUUM LEAK FOUND (IAC FULLY SEATED) Continued

Connect a vacuum gauge to manifold vacuum.
Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
NOTE: If the engine will not idle, maintain a constant RPM above idle.
With the DRBIIIt, read the MAP Sensor vacuum value.
Is the DRB reading within 19 of the vacuum gauge?
DRIVEABILITY category.
No Replace the MAP Sensor

161
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1388-AUTO SHUTDOWN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
P1388-AUTO SHUTDOWN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT

When Monitored: With ignition on. Battery voltage above 10.4 volts.
Set Condition: An open or shorted condition is detected in the ASD relay control circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ASD RELAY OPERATION
FUSED B+ OUTPUT CIRCUIT
ASD RELAY
(K51) ASD RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
(K51) ASD RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
PCM

Is the ASD Relay operating?
No Go To 2
2 NOTE: Inspect the ASD Relay fuse located in the IPM. If the ASD Relay fuse All
is open, repair the cause of the open first before continuing. Inspect the ASD
Relay Output circuit for a short to ground for the cause of the open fuse.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B+ circuit in the IPM.
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the IPM Fuse & Relay Center.

162
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1388-AUTO SHUTDOWN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT Continued

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the ASD Relay Control circuit
in the IPM.
Yes Replace the ASD Relay.

No Go To 4

in the IPM harness connector.

No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the (K51) ASD Relay Control circuit between the Intelli-
gent Power Module C3 harness connector and the PCM harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open in the (K51) ASD Relay Control circuit.


Measure the resistance of the (K51) ASD Relay Control circuit in the Intelligent
Power Module C3 harness connector to ground.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K51) ASD Relay Control circuit.
No Go To 7
Repair
163
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1389-NO ASD RELAY OUTPUT VOLTAGE AT PCM
P1389-NO ASD RELAY OUTPUT VOLTAGE AT PCM

When Monitored: With ignition key on. Battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.
Set Condition: No voltage sensed at the PCM when the ASD relay is energized.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ASD RELAY
ASD RELAY
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
(K342) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN (NO START)
ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN (NO START)
PCM START
PCM START
PCM
PCM

NOTE: Diagnose P1388 - Auto Shutdown Relay Control Circuit first if set
along with this DTC.
With the DRBIIIt, erase the DTC.
Attempt to start the engine. If the engine will not start, crank the engine for at least
15 seconds. It may be necessary to repeat several times.
Does the DTC reset.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 9
164
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1389-NO ASD RELAY OUTPUT VOLTAGE AT PCM Continued

2 Attempt to start the engine. All
Does the engine start.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 5

Disconnect the IPM C4 harness connector
Measure the resistance of the (K342) ASD Output circuit between the IPM harness
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the (K342) ASD Relay Output circuit for an open.
Repair

Install a substitute relay in place of the ASD Relay.
Attempt to start the engine.
Does the DTC reset?
Yes Go To 6
No Replace the ASD Relay.

Yes Go To 7

165
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

Disconnect the IPM C4 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the (K342) ASD Relay Output circuit between the IPM
Yes Go To 8
No Repair the (K342) ASD Relay Output circuit for an open.

8 NOTE: Ensure the IPM C4 harness connector is connected to the IPM. All
Measure the resistance of the ASD Relay Output circuit between the IPM and the
Does the DTC reset.
Yes Go To 10
No Repair as necessary

parameters related to the DTC while wiggling the wiring harness. Check for the
engine stumble, stall or quite running.

No Go To 11
166
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

Yes Go To 12
No Go To 14

Measure the resistance of the ASD Output circuit between the IPM harness
Yes Go To 13
Repair

Does the DTC reset?
Yes Go To 15

Yes Go To 16


Measure the resistance of the ASD Relay Output circuit between the IPM harness
Yes Go To 17

167
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

168
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1391-INTERMITTENT LOSS OF CMP OR CKP
P1391-INTERMITTENT LOSS OF CMP OR CKP

When Monitored: Engine running or cranking.
Set Condition: When the failure counter reaches 20 for 2 consecutive trips.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION
TONE WHEEL/PULSE RING INSPECTION
CHECKING INTERMITTENT CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL WITH LAB
CHECKING INTERMITTENT CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL WITH LAB
CHECKING INTERMITTENT CKP WIRING WITH LAB SCOPE
CHECKING INTERMITTENT CMP WIRING WITH LAB SCOPE

Yes Go To 2
No Go To 10

(K44) CMP Signal circuit in the CMP harness connector.
Start the engine.
Are there any irregular or missing signals?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 6
169
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1391-INTERMITTENT LOSS OF CMP OR CKP Continued

3 Visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or All
Ensure the Crankshaft Position Sensor and the Camshaft Position Sensor are
properly installed and the mounting bolt(s) tight.
Refer to any TSB that may apply.

No Go To 4

Remove the Camshaft Position Sensor.
Inspect the Tone Wheel/Pulse Ring or Cam Magnet Target for damage, foreign
material, or excessive movement.
Yes Repair or replace the Tone Wheel/Pulse Ring as necessary.
No Go To 5

Repair

(K24) CKP Signal circuit in the CKP harness connector.
Start the engine.
Yes Go To 7
No Go To 10
7 Visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or All
properly installed and the mounting bolt(s) are tight.
No Go To 8
170
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

Remove the Crankshaft Position Sensor.
Inspect the Tone Wheel/Flex Plate slots for damage, foreign material, or excessive
movement.
Yes Repair or replace the Tone Wheel/Flex Plate as necessary.
No Go To 9
Repair

(K24) CKP Signal circuit in the PCM harness connector.
Turn the ignition on. (do not start the engine)
Look for any pulses generated by the CKP Sensor.
Yes Replace the Crankshaft Position Sensor.
No Go To 11

(K44) CMP Signal circuit in the PCM harness connector.
Turn the ignition on. (do not start the engine)

No Go To 12
171
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

CKP Signal circuit in the PCM harness connector.
Start the engine.
Yes Check the harness connectors carefully. If OK, replace the Crank-
No Go To 13

CMP Signal circuit in the PCM harness connector.
Start the engine.
Yes Check the harness connectors carefully. If OK, replace the Cam-
No Go To 14


No Test Complete.
172
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1398-MIS-FIRE ADAPTIVE NUMERATOR AT LIMIT
P1398-MIS-FIRE ADAPTIVE NUMERATOR AT LIMIT

When Monitored: Under closed throttle decel with A/C off, ECT above 75, and more than
50 seconds after engine start.
Set Condition: One of the CKP sensor target windows has more than 2.86% variance from
the reference window.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ADAPTIVE NUMERATOR WILL NOT RELEARN

1 Note: Check for any TSBs that may apply to this symptom. All
With the DRBIIIt in the miscellaneous menu, choose Clear PCM battery disconnect
to reset the PCM.
With the DRBIIIt, choose the Misfire Pretest
Road test the vehicle and relearn the adaptive numerator.
The adaptive numerator is learned when the Adaptive Numerator Done Learning
line on the Misfire screen changes to Yes.
Did the adaptive numerator relearn?
No Go To 2
2 Visually inspect the CKP wiring harness. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or All
Visually inspect the CKP wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed
Ensure the Crankshaft Position Sensor properly installed and the mounting bolt(s)
tight.
No Go To 3
173
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1398-MIS-FIRE ADAPTIVE NUMERATOR AT LIMIT Continued

movement.
No Go To 4
Repair
174
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1478-BATTERY TEMP SENSOR VOLTS OUT OF LIMIT
P1478-BATTERY TEMP SENSOR VOLTS OUT OF LIMIT

When Monitored: Ignition on.
Set Condition: The Battery Temperature Sensor, internal to the PCM, goes above 4.9
volts or below 0.1 volt for more than 3.2 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM

1 The PCM has detected a fault with the Battery Temperature Sensor which is internal All
to the Powertrain Control Module.
Review
175
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1486-EVAP LEAK MONITOR PINCHED HOSE FOUND
P1486-EVAP LEAK MONITOR PINCHED HOSE FOUND

battery/ambient.
Set Condition: LDP Switch does not reach at least 3 closures with 10 seconds. LDP must
initial in normal conditions to mature failure.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT LDP MONITOR FAILURE
EVAP CANISTER OBSTRUCTED
PRESSURIZING EVAP EMISSION SYSTEM
OBSTRUCTION IN HOSE/TUBE BETWEEN EVAP CANISTER AND PURGE SOLENOID
LDP PRESSURE HOSE OBSTRUCTED
LEAK DETECTION PUMP

Yes Go To 2
No Go To 6
176
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1486-EVAP LEAK MONITOR PINCHED HOSE FOUND Continued

Detector (EELD).
WARNING: Keep lighted cigarettes, sparks, flames, and other ignition
sources away from the test area to prevent the ignition of explosive gases.
Keep the test area well ventilated.
Disconnect the vacuum supply hose at the Leak Detection Pump.
Connect and apply a continuous vacuum supply (i.e. 209Hg) to the Leak Detection
Pump. A vacuum pump such as an A/C recovery unit works well.
Using the DRBIIIt, select Engine/System Tests and actuate the Leak Detect Pump
Test (Option 3/Hold PSI).
NOTE: The above energizes the LDP solenoid and allows the constant
vacuum source to apply vacuum to the LDP pump diaphragm. This lifts the
diaphragm up and seals the atmospheric canister vent valve at the bottom
of the Leak Detection Pump.
Connect the red power lead of Miller Tool #8404 to the battery positive terminal and
the black ground lead to battery negative terminal.
an example.
Connect shop air to the #8404 EELD.
Position the red flag on the flow meter so it is aligned with the indicator ball.
set in the PCM.
NOTE: Larger volume fuel tanks, and/or those with less fuel, may require 4
to 5 minutes to fill.
The flow meter gauge on the EELD will read zero LPM when the EVAP system is
completely pressurized.
Disconnect the hose at the EVAP Canister that goes to the Fuel Tank.
Did the pressure drop when the hose was disconnected?
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the obstruction in the EVAP system between the EVAP

Canister and the Fuel Tank.
3 Note: All previously disconnected hose(s) reconnected. All

Re-pressurize the EVAP System. Using Miller Tool #8404, hold down the Remote
Smoke/Air Start Button and monitor the gauge.
The flow meter gauge on the EELD reads 0 LPM the EVAP system completely
pressurized.
Disconnect the LDP Pressure hose at the EVAP Canister. The LDP Pressure hose is
the hose that connects the Evap Canister to the Leak Detection Pump.
Yes Go To 4
No Replace the EVAP Canister.

177
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1486-EVAP LEAK MONITOR PINCHED HOSE FOUND Continued

4 Note: All previously disconnected hose(s) reconnected. All
Re-pressurize the EVAP System. On Miller Tool #8404, set the Pressure/Hold switch
to Open and set the Vent switch to Closed. Turn the pump timer On and watch the
gauge.
The flow meter gauge on the EELD reads 0 LPM the EVAP system completely
pressurized.
Disconnect the EVAP hoses at the Purge Solenoid.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair or replace hose/tube as necessary.
5 Disconnect and remove the LDP pressure hose. The LDP pressure hose is the hose All
that connects the EVAP Canister to the Leak Detection Pump.
Inspect the LDP pressure hose for any obstructions or physical damage.
Is the LDP pressure hose free from defects?
Yes Replace the Leak Detection Pump.
No Repair/replace hose as necessary.

Note: Use the Freeze Frame Data to help you duplicate the conditions that
set the DTC. Pay particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as,
VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load.
Note: A thorough visual inspection of the Evap system hoses, tubes, and
diagnosis also.
Note: Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply.
With the DRBIIIt in System Tests, perform the LDP Monitor Test. This will force the
PCM to run the LDP Monitor. If the monitor fails, further diagnosis is required to
find faulty component. If the monitor passes, the condition is not present at this time.

No Test Complete.
178
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1491-RAD FAN CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT
P1491-RAD FAN CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT

Set Condition: An open or shorted circuit is detected in the radiator fan relay control
circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RADIATOR FAN RELAY OPERATION
GROUND CIRCUIT
RADIATOR FAN RELAY
(N173) RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN (IPM)
(K173) RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN (PCM)
(N173) RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (IPM)
(K173) RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND (PCM)
INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE (SHORTED)
INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE (OPEN)
PCM

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Radiator Fan Relay.
Do the fans operate?

No Go To 2

Disconnect the Radiator Fan Relay harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the Ground circuit in the
Radiator Fan Relay harness connector.
Yes Go To 3
179
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1491-RAD FAN CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT Continued

Remove the Radiator Fan Relay from the Radiator Fan Relay connector.
Connect a jumper wire between cavity 3 and cavity 4.
Do the Radiator Fans operate?
Yes Replace the Radiator Fan Relay.
No Go To 4

Measure the resistance of the Radiator Fan Relay Control circuit between the
Radiator Fan Relay harness connector and the PCM harness connector.
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 8

Measure the resistance of the (N173) Radiator Fan Relay Control circuit in the
Radiator Fan Relay harness connector to ground.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (N173) Radiator Fan Relay
Control circuit, between the Radiator Fan Relay harness connec-
tor and the IPM harness connector.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance of the (K173) Radiator Fan Relay Control circuit in the PCM
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K173) Radiator Fan Relay
Control circuit, between PCM harness connector and the IPM
harness connector.
No Go To 7

Disconnect IPM C2 harness connector and IPM C3 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the IPM C2 connector terminal 1of the
IPM.
No Go To 11
180
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1491-RAD FAN CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT Continued

Measure the resistance of the (N173) Radiator Fan Relay Control circuit between the
IPM harness connector and the Radiator Fan Relay harness connector.
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the open in the (N173) Radiator Fan Relay Control circuit,
between the Radiator Fan Relay harness connector and the IPM
harness connector.

Measure the resistance of the (K173) Radiator Fan Relay Control circuit between the
IPM harness connector and the PCM harness connector.
Yes Go To 10
No Repair the open in the (K173) Radiator Fan Relay Control circuit,
between PCM harness connector and the IPM harness connector.

Disconnect IPM C2 harness connector and IPM C3 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the IPM circuit between the IPM C2 connector terminal 1
and the IPM C3 connector terminal 18.
No Go To 11
Repair
181
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1494-LEAK DETECT PUMP SW OR MECHANICAL FAULT
P1494-LEAK DETECT PUMP SW OR MECHANICAL FAULT

battery/ambient.
Set Condition: The state of the switch does not change when the solenoid is energized.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LDP VACUUM SUPPLY
LEAK DETECTION PUMP
(K107) LDP SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(K107) LDP SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

Yes Go To 2


Disconnect the vacuum supply hose at the Leak Detection Pump.
Connect a vacuum gauge to the disconnected vacuum supply hose at the Leak
Detection Pump.
Start the engine and read the vacuum gauge.
Does the vacuum gauge read at least 13 in/Hg?
Yes Go To 3
No Repair leak or obstruction in vacuum hose as necessary.

182
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1494-LEAK DETECT PUMP SW OR MECHANICAL FAULT Continued

Disconnect the Leak Detection Pump harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the Leak Detect Pump Sw state.
While observing the Leak Detect Pump Switch state, connect a jumper wire between
a 12-volt source and the (K107) LDP Switch Sense circuit.
Did the Leak Detect Pump Sw state change when the jumper was connected?

No Go To 4

Measure the resistance of the (K107) LDP Switch Sense circuit in the LDP harness
Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K107) LDP Switch Sense
Circuit.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the (K107) LDP Switch Sense circuit between the LDP
Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open in the (K107) LDP Switch Sense Circuit.

Repair
183
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1495-LEAK DETECTION PUMP SOLENOID CIRCUIT
P1495-LEAK DETECTION PUMP SOLENOID CIRCUIT

between 4.4C (40F). F and 32C (90F). Coolant temperature within -12C (10F) of
battery/ambient.
Set Condition: The state of the solenoid circuit does not match the PCMs desired state.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LEAK DETECTION PUMP
(F202) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT
(K106) LDP SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(K106) LDP SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

Yes Go To 2


Using a 12-volt test light, connect one end to the Fused Ignition Switch Output
circuit and the other end to the LDP Solenoid Control circuit.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Leak Detection Pump.
No Go To 3
184
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1495-LEAK DETECTION PUMP SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (F202) Ignition Switch
Output circuit in the LDP harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the (F202) Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit.


Disconnect the Powertrain Control Module harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the (K106) LDP Solenoid Control circuit in the LDP
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K106) LDP Solenoid Control
circuit.
No Go To 5

Disconnect the Powertrain Control Module harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the (K106) LDP Solenoid Control circuit between the LDP
Solenoid harness connector and the PCM harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the (K106) LDP Solenoid Control circuit for an open.
Repair
185
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1496-5 VOLT SUPPLY, OUTPUT TOO LOW
P1496-5 VOLT SUPPLY, OUTPUT TOO LOW

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: The 5-volt supply to the sensors is below 3.5 volts for 4 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
MAP SENSOR
A/C PRESSURE SENSOR
EGR SOLENOID
(F855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM

With the DRBIIIt, read the DTCs.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 9

Measure the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit at the TP Sensor harness connector.
Is the Voltage below 4.5 Volts?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 8
186
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1496-5 VOLT SUPPLY, OUTPUT TOO LOW Continued

Connect a voltmeter to the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit at the TP Sensor harness
connector.
Monitor the voltage display.
Did the (F855) 5-volt Supply go from below 4.5 volts to above 4.5 volts when MAP
Sensor was disconne

No Go To 4

Connect a voltmeter to the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit at the Throttle Position
Disconnect the A/C Pressure Sensor harness connector.
Did the (F855) 5-volt Supply go from below 4.5 volts to above 4.5 volts when the A/C
sensor was disc
Yes Replace the A/C Pressure Sensor.
No Go To 5

Connect a voltmeter to the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit at the TP Sensor harness
connector.
Did the 5-volt Supply go from below 4.5 volts to above 4.5 volts when the EGR was
disconnected?
Yes Replace the EGR Solenoid.
No Go To 6
187
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

Yes Repair the short to ground in the (F855) 5-Volt Supply Circuit.
No Go To 7
NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for
Repair
8 NOTE: The TP Sensor harness connector must be connected during this All
test.
Measure the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector.
Is the Voltage below 4.5 Volts?

No Go To 9
188
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC


No Test Complete.
189
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1594-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE TOO HIGH
P1594-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE TOO HIGH

When Monitored: The engine running. The engine speed greater than 380 RPM.
Set Condition: Battery voltage is 1 volt greater than desired system voltage.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TARGET VOLTAGE DIFFERS FROM BATTERY VOLTAGE
(K20) GENERATOR FIELD DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
GENERATOR FIELD
PCM

1 Note: Battery must be fully charged. All
Note: Generator Belt tension and condition must be checked before con-
tinuing.
With DRBIIIt, actuate the Generator Field Driver.
With a 12-volt test light connected to ground, backprobe the (K20) Generator Field
Driver circuit in the back of Generator harness connector.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 5
2 With DRBIIIt, stop all actuation. All

With DRBIIIt, read the Target Charging voltage.
Is the Target Charging voltage above 13 volts?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 4

With the DRBIIIt, manually set the engine speed to 1600 RPM.
With DRBIIIt, read both the Battery voltage and the Target Charging voltage.
Compare the Target Charging Voltage to the Battery Voltage reading.
Monitor voltage for 5 minutes, if necessary. Look for a 1.0 volt difference or more.
Was there more than a 1.0 volt difference?
Yes Replace the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the

No Go To 4
190
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1594-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE TOO HIGH Continued


No Test Complete.

Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K20) Generator Field Driver
circuit.
No Go To 6

Measure resistance of the Generator Field Driver terminal pin of the Generator to
ground.
Yes Repair or replace the shorted Generator as necessary.

No Go To 7
Repair
191
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom List:
P1595-SPEED CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUITS
P1683-SPD CTRL PWR RELAY; OR S/C 12V DRIVER CKT
The title for the tests will be P1595-SPEED CONTROL SOLE-
NOID CIRCUITS.
P1595-SPEED CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUITS

When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts. Speed
Control Switched on.
Set Condition: The Powertrain Control Module actuates the vacuum and vent solenoids
but they do not respond.
P1683-SPD CTRL PWR RELAY; OR S/C 12V DRIVER CKT

When Monitored: With the ignition key on. The speed control switched on.
Set Condition: The speed control power supply circuit is either open or shorted to ground.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
S/C SERVO
(V30) S/C BRAKE SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT
(V30) SPEED CONTROL BRAKE SWITCH OUTPUT OPEN
BRAKE LAMP SWITCH
SPEED CONTROL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
PCM (S/C POWER SUPPLY)
SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID
(V36) SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
(V36) SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM (VACUUM SOLENOID)
SPEED CONTROL VENT SOLENOID
(V35) SPEED CONTROL VENT SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
(V35) SPEED CONTROL VENT SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM (VENT SOLENOID)
192
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1595-SPEED CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUITS Continued

Yes Go To 2
No Go To 17

NOTE: In the below step you will need to actuate both S/C solenoids
separately. Note the operation of the each solenoid when actuated.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Speed Control Vacuum Solenoid and note operation.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Speed Control Vent Solenoid and note operation.
Choose the conclusion that best matches the solenoids operation?
Vacuum Solenoid not operating
Go To 3
Vent Solenoid not operating

Go To 7
Both S/C Solenoids not operating
Go To 11
Both S/C Solenoids operating

Go To 16

Disconnect the Speed Control Servo harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Speed Control Vacuum Solenoid.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the (V36) Speed Control
Vacuum Solenoid Control circuit.
Yes Replace the Speed Control Servo.

No Go To 4

Disconnect the S/C Servo harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the (V36) Speed Control Vacuum Solenoid Control circuit
between the PCM harness connector and Speed Control Servo harness connector.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the open in the (V36) Speed Control Vacuum Solenoid

Control circuit.
193
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

Measure the resistance of the (V36) Speed Control Vacuum Solenoid Control circuit
in the PCM harness connector to ground.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (V36) Speed Control Vacuum
Solenoid Control circuit.
No Go To 6
6 If the there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All
Repair

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Speed Control Vent Solenoid.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the (V35) Speed Control Vent
Solenoid Control circuit in the Speed Control Servo harness connector.
No Go To 8

Measure the resistance of the (V35) Speed Control Vent Solenoid Control circuit
between the PCM harness connector and Speed Control Servo harness connector.
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the open in the (V35) Speed Control Vacuum Solenoid
Control circuit.

Measure the resistance of the (V35) Speed Control Vent Solenoid Control circuit in
the PCM harness connector to ground.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (V35) Speed Control Vacuum
No Go To 10
194
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

If the there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the S/C Brake Switch Output
circuit in the S/C Servo harness connector.
No Go To 12

Measure the resistance of the (V30) Speed Control Brake Switch Output circuit
between the Speed Control Servo harness connector and Brake Lamp Switch harness
connector.
Yes Go To 13
No Repair the open in the (V30) Speed Control Brake Switch Output
circuit.
13 Disconnect the Brake Lamp Switch harness connector. All

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Speed Control Power Supply
circuit in the Brake Lamp Switch harness connector.
Yes Replace the Brake Lamp Switch.

No Go To 14

Measure the resistance of the (V32) Speed Control Power Supply circuit between the
PCM harness connector and the Brake Lamp Switch harness connector.
Yes Go To 15
No Repair the open in the Speed Control Supply circuit.
195
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

Repair
16 NOTE: The Vacuum Reservoir and vacuum circuit must be operating All
correctly. Inspect the Vacuum Reservoir and vacuum circuit for any dam-
age or disconnected hoses. Repair and retest as necessary.
Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature. This will allow the
Vacuum Reservoir to build up vacuum.
Turn the engine off (ignition on).
Using the DRBIIIt, actuate the S/C Servo.
Monitor the S/C Servo to throttle operation.
NOTE: The throttle should move until all the vacuum has been released
from the Vacuum Reservoir.
Does the S/C Servo open and close the throttle plate?
Yes Go To 17
No Replace the S/C Servo.

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the ground circuit in the S/C
Servo harness connector.
Yes Go To 18
No Repair the open in the ground circuit.


No Test Complete.
196
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1598-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTS TOO HIGH
P1598-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTS TOO HIGH

When Monitored: Engine running. The A/C relay energized.
Set Condition: The A/C pressure sensor signal at the PCM goes above 4.92 volts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
(C18) A/C PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (F855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
(C18) A/C PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
A/C PRESSURE SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE
(C18) A/C PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

1 NOTE: Ensure the A/C refrigerant System is properly charged per the All
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt, read the A/C Pressure Sensor voltage.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 8

Measure the resistance between the (C18) A/C Pressure Sensor Signal circuit and the
(F855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the A/C Pressure Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the (C18) A/C Pressure Sensor Signal circuit for a short to
the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit.
No Go To 3
197
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1598-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTS TOO HIGH Continued

Measure the voltage on the (C18) A/C Pressure Sensor Signal circuit at the A/C
Pressure Sensor harness connector.
battery voltage.
No Go To 4

Connect a jumper wire between the (C18) A/C Pressure Sensor Signal circuit and the
(F855) Sensor ground circuit.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the A/C Pressure Sensor voltage.

No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the (C18) A/C Pressure Sensor Signal circuit between the
PCM harness connector and the A/C Pressure Sensor harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the (C18) A/C Pressure Sensor Signal circuit for an open.

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K900) Sensor ground circuit at the
A/C Pressure Sensor harness connector.
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the (K900) Sensor ground circuit for an open.

Repair
198
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1598-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTS TOO HIGH Continued

No Test Complete.
199
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1599-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTS TOO LOW
P1599-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTS TOO LOW

When Monitored: Engine running. The A/C relay energized.
Set Condition: The A/C pressure sensor signal voltage at the PCM goes below 0.58 volts
for 2.6 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
(C18) A/C PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(C18) A/C PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIR-
CUIT
PCM (F855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
PCM (C18) A/C PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL

Start the engine.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 10

Measure the voltage of the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the A/C Pressure Sensor
harness connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 7
200
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1599-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTS TOO LOW Continued

No Go To 4

Measure the resistance between ground and the (C18) A/C Pressure Sensor Signal
circuit in the A/C Pressure Sensor harness connector.
ground.
No Go To 5

(K900) Sensor ground circuit in the A/C Pressure Sensor harness connector.
the (K900) Sensor ground circuit.
No Go To 6
Repair

Measure the resistance between ground and the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the
A/C Pressure Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 8
201
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1599-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTS TOO LOW Continued

Measure the resistance of the (F855) 5-Volt Supply circuit between the A/C Pressure
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit for an open.

Repair
10 NOTE: Ensure the A/C refrigerant System is properly charges per the All

No Test Complete.
202
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1682-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE TOO LOW
P1682-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE TOO LOW

When Monitored: With the ignition on. Engine RPM greater than 1152 RPM. With no
other charging system codes set.
Set Condition: The battery sense voltage is 1 volt below the charging goal for 13.47
seconds. The PCM senses the battery voltage turns off the field driver and senses the
battery voltage again. If the voltages are the same, the code is set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
B+ CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
GENERATOR GROUND HIGH RESISTANCE
(K20) GENERATOR FIELD DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
GENERATOR

1 NOTE: Inspect the vehicle for aftermarket accessories that may exceed the All
Generator System output.
NOTE: The battery must be fully charged and be able to pass a load test.
NOTE: The Generator belt tension and condition must be checked before
continuing.
Start the engine.
Allow the idle to stabilize.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Target Charging Voltage.
Is the Target Charging Voltage above 15.1 volts?
Yes Go To 8
No Go To 2

NOTE: Ensure all wires are clear of the engines moving parts.
Measure the voltage between the Generator B+ Terminal and the Battery+ Post.
Start the engine.
Yes Repair the B+ circuit for high resistance between the Generator
and Battery.
No Go To 3
203
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1682-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE TOO LOW Continued

Start the engine.
Warm the engine to operating temperature.
Measure the voltage between the Generator case and Battery ground post.
Yes Repair Generator Case Ground for high resistance between the
Generator Case and Battery ground terminal.
No Go To 4

Turn on all accessories, manually set engine speed to 1600 RPM.
With DRBIIIt, read Target Charging and Charging voltage.
Compare the two readings.
Is there more than a 1.0 volt difference?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 8

harness connector to Generator harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open in the (K20) Generator Field Driver circuit.

6 Disconnect the Generator Field harness connector. All

With the DRBIIIt actuate the Generator Field Driver.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the ASD Relay Output circuit in
the Generator harness connector.
Yes Go To 7

7 If there is no possible causes remaining, view repair. All
Yes Repair or replace the Generator as necessary..

204
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1682-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE TOO LOW Continued


No Test Complete.
205
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1685-WRONG OR INVALID KEY MSG RECEIVED FROM SKIM

Set Condition: The PCM does not receive a Valid Key message from the SKIM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INCORRECT VIN IN PCM
INVALID SKIM KEY NOT PRESENT
NO COMMUNICATION WITH SKIM
NO VIN PROGRAMMED IN THE PCM
PCM
SKIM TROUBLE CODES SET

With the DRBIIIt, read the PCM DTCs. Look for P1685.
Is the Starts Since Set counter for DTC P1685 displayed and equal to 0?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 7
2 With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the SKIM. All

Can the DRBIIIt communicate with the SKIM?
Yes Go To 3
No Refer to symptom BUS +/- SIGNAL OPEN FROM SKIM in the

COMMUNICATION category.
Perform SKIS VERIFICATION.

With the DRBIIIt, check for SKIM DTCs.
Are any DTCs present in the SKIM?
Yes Repair all SKIM DTCs.

No Go To 4

With the DRBIIIt, display the VIN that is programmed in the PCM.
Has a VIN been programmed into the PCM?
Yes Go To 5
No Program the correct VIN into the PCM and retest.

206
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

Continued
Was the correct VIN programmed into the PCM?
Yes Go To 6


Replace and program the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module in accordance with the
With the DRBIIIt, erase all SKIM and PCM DTCs.
NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for
Attempt to start and idle the engine.
With the DRB III, read the PCM DTCs.
Does the DRB III display this code?

No Test Complete.
7 NOTE: This DTC could have been set if the SKIM harness connector was All
disconnected, or if the SKIM was replaced recently.
NOTE: All keys that the customer uses for this vehicle must be tested to
verify they are operating properly.
NOTE: Ensure the customer is not attempting to use a non-SKIM duplicate
key.
Verify the correct VIN is programmed into the PCM and SKIM.
With the next customer key turn the ignition key on and crank the engine to start.
With the DRBIIIt, read the PCM DTCs. Look for P1685
Is the Starts Since Set counter for DTC P1685 displayed and equal to 0?
Yes Replace the Ignition Key.
No Test Complete.
NOTE: If this DTC cannot be reset, it could have been an actual theft
attempt.
207
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1686-NO SKIM BUS MESSAGE RECEIVED
P1686-NO SKIM BUS MESSAGE RECEIVED

Set Condition: The PCM does not receive a Bus message from the SKIM when expected.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SKIM/PCM
LOSS OF SKIM COMMUNICATION
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN FROM PCM TO SKIM

Is the Starts Since Set counter on the DTC screen for P1686 equal to Zero?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 5

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the SKIM.
NOTE: This test will indicate if the Bus is operational from the DLC to the
SKIM.
Was the DRBIIIt able to communicate with the SKIM?
Yes Go To 3


Disconnect the SKIM harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit between the PCM harness connector
and the SKIM harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the PCI Bus circuit between the PCM and the SKIM for an
open.
208
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1686-NO SKIM BUS MESSAGE RECEIVED Continued

Replace the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module in accordance with the Service Infor-
mation.
Display and erase all PCM and SKIM DTCs.
Perform 5 ignition key cycles leaving the ignition key on for 90 seconds per cycle.
With the DRBIIIt, display PCM DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display the same DTC?
Yes Replace and program the PCM in accordance with the Service
Information.
No Test Complete.
5 WARNING: KEEP CLEAR OF THE ENGINES MOVING PARTS. All

With the engine running and at normal operating temperature, monitor the DRBIIIt
Review the DTC When Monitored and Set Conditions. If possible, try to duplicate the

No Test Complete.
209
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1695-NO CCD/J1850 MESSAGE FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE

Set Condition: No BUS messages recieved from the BCM for 20 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
COMMUNICATE WITH BCM
PCM

Cycle the ignition key on and off several times. Leaving the ignition on for at least 20
seconds.
Does the DTC reset?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 4

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the BCM.
Can communication be established with the BCM?
Yes Go To 3
No Refer to the Communication Category and perform the appropri-

ate symptom related to no communication with BCM.

Disconnect the PCM harness connector
NOTE: Inspect the PCI Bus terminal at both the PCM connectors and the
BCM connectors. Check for corrosion, damage or terminal push out.
Measure the resistance of the PCI BUS circuit between the PCM harness connector
and the BCM harness connector.

No Repair the PCI BUS circuit for an open.

210
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC

Continued

No Test Complete.
211
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom List:
P1696-PCM FAILURE EEPROM WRITE DENIED
P1697-PCM FAILURE SRI MILE NOT STORED
The title for the tests will be P1696-PCM FAILURE EEPROM
WRITE DENIED.
P1696-PCM FAILURE EEPROM WRITE DENIED

When Monitored: Ignition key on, Continuous.
Set Condition: An attempt to program/write to the internal EEPROM failed, Also checks
at powerdown.
P1697-PCM FAILURE SRI MILE NOT STORED

When Monitored: Ignition key on, Continuous.
Set Condition: An attempt to program/write to the internal EEPROM failed, Also checks
at powerdown.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRB DISPLAYS WRITE FAILURE
DRB DISPLAYS WRITE REFUSED 2ND TIME
DRB DISPLAYS SRI MILEAGE INVALID
COMPARE SRI MILEAGE WITH ODOMETER

1 With the DRBIIIt, perform the SRI Memory Test. All
Does the DRBIIIt display Write Failure?

No Go To 2

Does the DRBIIIt display Write Refused?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 4
212
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1696-PCM FAILURE EEPROM WRITE DENIED Continued

3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the SRI Memory Test a second time. All
NOTE: Retest the SRI Memory two more times.
Does the DRBIIIt display Write Refused again?

No Test Complete.

Does the DRBIIIt display SRI Mileage Invalid?
Yes Update the mileage and retest the SRI Memory.

No Go To 5
5 Compare the SRI Mileage stored with the Instrument Panel Odometer. All
Is the mileage within the specified range displayed on the DRBIIIt?
Yes Test Complete.

No Update the mileage and retest the SRI Memory.
213
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1698-NO BUS MESSAGE FROM TRANS CONTROL MODULE
P1698-NO BUS MESSAGE FROM TRANS CONTROL MODULE

When Monitored: Equipped with a 4 speed automatic transmission. The ignition on.
Battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.
Set Condition: No bus messages from the TCM for 20 seconds, two trips required.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
COMMUNICATE WITH TCM
PCM

Cycle the ignition key on and off several times. Leaving the ignition on for at least 20
seconds.
Does the DTC reset?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the TCM.
Can communication be established with the TCM?


ate symptom related to no communication with TCM.
214
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1698-NO BUS MESSAGE FROM TRANS CONTROL MODULE Continued


No Test Complete.
215
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
P1899-P/N SWITCH STUCK IN PARK OR IN GEAR (4SP AUTO
TRNAS)
P1899-P/N SWITCH STUCK IN PARK OR IN GEAR (4SP AUTO TRNAS)

When Monitored: Continuously with the transmission in Park, Neutral, or Drive and
NOT in Limp-in mode.
Set Condition: This code will set if the PCM detects an incorrect Park/Neutral switch
state for a given mode of vehicle operation. Two trip fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH
(T41) P/N POSITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(T41) P/N POSITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR

With the DRBIIIt, read PCM DTCs.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 7

With the DRBIIIt, read the Park/Neutral Position Switch input state.
While moving the gear selector through all gear positions (Park to 1 and back to
Park), monitor the DRB display.
Did the DRBIIIt display show P/N and D/R in the correct gear positions?
Yes Go To 7
No Go To 3

Disconnect the Transmission Range Sensor harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the (T41) P/N Position Switch Sense
circuit.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the short to ground in the (T41) P/N Position Switch Sense
circuit.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1..
216
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
P1899-P/N SWITCH STUCK IN PARK OR IN GEAR (4SP AUTO TRNAS)

Continued
Measure the resistance of the (T41) P/N Position Switch Sense circuit.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair theopen in the (T41) P/N Position Switch Sense circuit.


Move the Gear selector through all gear positions, from Park to 1st and back.
While moving the gear selector through each gear, measure the resistance between
ground and the (T41) P/N Position Switch Sense circuit.
Did the resistance change from below 10.0 ohms to above 10.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6
No Replace the Transmission Range Sensor.
Repair
Replace and program the Powertrain Module in accordance with
the Service Information.
NOTE: Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions that set
the DTC. Pay particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS,
MAP, ECT, and Load.
NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for
broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
NOTE: Refer to any technical service bulletins (TSB) that may apply.

No Test Complete.
217
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
*CHECKING PCM POWER AND GROUND CIRCUITS
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
PCM FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT
PCM GROUND CIRCUITS

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the PCM Fused B+ circuit in the
Yes Go To 2
No Repair the Fused B+ circuit.

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the PCM Fused Ignition Switch
Output circuit in the PCM harness connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the Ignition Switch Output circuit

Using a 12-volt test light connected to battery voltage, probe the PCM ground circuits
in the PCM harness connector.
Yes Test Complete.
No Repair the PCM ground circuits.

218
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
*CHECKING RADIATOR FAN RELAY OUTPUT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RADIATOR FAN RELAY OPERATION
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RADIATOR FAN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
RADIATOR FAN ASSEMBLY

Using a jumper wire, momentarily jumper the Fuse B+ circuit and Radiator Fan
Relay Output circuit in the Radiator Fan Relay harness connector.
Are both Fans operating?
Yes The Radiator Fan System operating properly at this time.
No Go To 2

Disconnect the Radiator Fan harness connector.
Measure both Ground circuit in the Radiator Fan Motor harness connectors to
ground.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the open in the Ground circuit(s).

Disconnect both Radiator Fan Motor harness connectors.
Measure the voltage in both Radiator Fan Motor harness connectors.
Is the voltage above 10 volts?
Yes Replace the Radiator Fan Assembly.

No Repair the open in the Radiator Fan Relay Output circuit(s).
219
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
Symptom:
*CHECKING THE A/C RELAY OUTPUT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
A/C CLUTCH
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
A/C CLUTCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT
A/C CLUTCH RELAY

1 NOTE: Ensure that the refrigerant system is properly charged. Refer to the All
appropriate Service Information.
Is the A/C Clutch actuating?
Yes The A/C Clutch System operating properly at this time.
No Go To 2

Disconnect the A/C Clutch harness connector.
Measure the Ground circuit in the A/C Clutch harness connector to ground.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the open in the Ground circuit.

3 Disconnect the A/C Clutch harness connector. All

Measure the voltage of the (C3) A/C Clutch Relay Output circuit in the A/C Clutch
harness connector.
Yes Replace the A/C Clutch.
No Go To 4
220
DRIVEABILITY - SBEC
*CHECKING THE A/C RELAY OUTPUT Continued

Yes Go To 5
No Check for an open A/C Clutch fuse, repair the cause of the open
fuse. If OK, replace the IPM Fuse & Relay Center.

Measure the resistance of the (C3) A/C Clutch Relay Output circuit between the IPM
harness connector and the A/C Clutch harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open in the (C3) A/C Clutch Relay Output circuit.
6 NOTE: Ensure all IPM harness connectors are connected. All

Measure the resistance of the (C3) A/C Clutch Relay Output circuit between the IPM
and the A/C Clutch harness connector.
No Replace the IPM Fused & Relay Center.
221
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
POSSIBLE CAUSES

1 NOTE: The conditions that set the DTC are not present at this time. The All
Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply.
Review the DRB Freeze Frame information. If possible, try to duplicate the
conditions under which the DTC set.
With the engine running at normal operating temperature, monitor the DRB
parameters related to the DTC while wiggling the wire harness. Look for parameter
values to change and/or a DTC to set.
Visually inspect the related wire harness. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched,
partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
CAUTION: NEVER PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
Inspect and clean all PCM, engine, and chassis grounds.
If numerous trouble codes were set, use a wire schematic to help you find any
common ground or supply circuits.
For any Relay DTCs, actuate the Relay with the DRBIIIt and wiggle the related wire
harness to try to interrupt the actuation.
For intermittent Evaporative Emission trouble codes perform a visual and physical
inspection of the related parts including hoses and the Fuel cap.
A co-pilot, data recording, and/or lab scope should be used to help diagnose
intermittent conditions.
Use the DRBIIIt to perform a System Test if one applies to failing component.
Were any problems found during the above inspections?
No Test Complete.
222
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0016-CRANKSHAFT/CAMSHAFT TIMING MISALIGNMENT
P0016-CRANKSHAFT/CAMSHAFT TIMING MISALIGNMENT

When Monitored: Engine cranking and Engine running
Set Condition: Powertrain Control Module detects an error when the camshaft position is
out of phase with the crankshaft position.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECKING INTERMITTENT CMP SIGNAL WITH LAB
CMP WIRE HARNESS INSPECTION
CKP WIRE HARNESS INSPECTION

Start the engine and run until operating temp is reached. (Closed Loop)
If the DTC does not reset it may be necessary to take the vehicle on a test drive.
Does the DTC reset?
Yes Go To 2
223
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0016-CRANKSHAFT/CAMSHAFT TIMING MISALIGNMENT Continued

(K44) CMP Signal circuit at the CMP harness connector.
Start the engine.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 6
3 Visually inspect the related wire harness. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or All
Visually inspect the related wire harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed
Refer to any TSBs that may apply.
No Go To 4

Inspect the Tone Wheel/Pulse Ring for damage, foreign material, or excessive
movement.

No Go To 5
Repair

Start the engine.
Gently tap on the Cam Position Sensor and wiggle the Sensor.
Inspect the Sensor harness connector, PCM harness connector, Sensor connector, and
PCM connector for loose, bent, corroded, or pushed out pins/terminals.
Inspect the related wire harness and the splices in the (K44) CMP circuits.
Did the DTC reset?
Yes Repair the wiring/connector concerns as needed or replace the

Camshaft Position Sensor.
No Go To 7
224
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

(K24) CKP Signal circuit at the CKP harness connector.
Start the engine.
Yes Go To 8
No Go To 11
8 Visually inspect the related wire harness. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or All
No Go To 9

movement.

No Go To 10
Repair
225
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

11 NOTE: The conditions that set this DTC are not present at this time. The All
following test may help in identifying the intermittent condition.
Start the engine.
Gently tap on the Crank Position Sensor and wiggle the CKP Sensor.
Inspect the Sensor harness connector, PCM harness connector, Sensor connector, and
PCM connector for loose, bent, corroded, or pushed out pins/terminals.
Inspect the related wire harness and the splices in the (K24) CKP circuits.
Yes Repair the wiring/connector concerns as needed or replace the

Crankshaft Position Sensor.
No Test Complete.
226
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom List:
P0031-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT LOW
The title for the tests will be P0031-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER
CIRCUIT LOW.

When Monitored: Battery voltage above 10.6 volts, ASD is powered up, and O2 heater is
on.
Set Condition: Desired state does not match Actual state.

on.
Set Condition: Desired state does not match Actual state.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
O2 HEATER ELEMENT
O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT
O2 HEATER CONTROL SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM

Yes Go To 3
No Go To 2
227
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0031-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT LOW Continued

NOTE: Allow the O2 Sensor to cool down before continuing the test. The O2
Sensor voltage should stabilize at 5.0 volts. Raising the hood may help in
reducing under hood temps quicker.
Does the O2 Sensor voltage stay above 4.5 volts?
Yes Go To 3

NOTE: Allow the O2 sensor to cool down to room temperature.
NOTE: Heater Resistance Specification: 1/1 and 2/1 = 3.0 to 4.0 ohms or 1/2
and 2/2 = 4.0 to 5.0 ohms.
Is the O2 Sensor Heater element within specification?
Yes Go To 4

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the O2 Heater Control circuit in
the O2 Sensor harness connector.
Does the test illuminate brightly and flash on and off?
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance between ground and the O2 Heater Control circuit in the O2
Yes Repair the short to ground in the O2 Sensor Heater Control

circuit.
No NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector

terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as
necessary. Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module
in accordance with the Service Information.
228
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom List:
P0032-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH
CIRCUIT HIGH.

off.
Set Condition: Desired state does not equal Actual state.

off.
Set Condition: Desired state does not equal Actual state.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
O2 HEATER ELEMENT
O2 HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
O2 SENSOR
O2 HEATER CONTROL SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

Yes Go To 3
No Go To 2
229
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0032-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH Continued

Sensor voltage should stabilize at 5.0 volts. Raising the hood may help in
reducing under hood temps quicker.
Does the O2 Sensor voltage stay above 4.5 volts?
Yes Go To 3

NOTE: Allow the O2 sensor to cool down to room temperature.
NOTE: Heater Resistance Specification: 1/1 and 2/1 = 3.0 to 4.0 ohms or 1/2
and 2/2 = 4.0 to 5.0 ohms.
Is the O2 Sensor Heater element within specification?
Yes Go To 4

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the O2 Heater Control circuit in
Does the test illuminate brightly and flash on and off?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance between engine ground and the O2 Heater ground circuit in

No Repair the open in the O2 Heater ground circuit.

230
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0032-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH Continued

Measure the voltage on the O2 Heater Control circuit at the O2 Sensor harness
connector.
Does the voltmeter indicate any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the O2 Heater Control circuit.

No Go To 7

Measure the resistance of the O2 Heater Control circuit from the O2 Sensor harness
connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815
Yes NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector

No Repair the open in the O2 Heater Control circuit.
231
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0068-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELA-
TION - HIGH FLOW/VACUUM LEAK
P0068-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION - HIGH

FLOW/VACUUM LEAK
When Monitored: Engine Running, during all drive modes.
Set Condition: If vacuum drops below 1.5 Hg with engine RPM greater than 2000 RPM
at closed throttle.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VACUUM LEAK
HIGH RESISTANCE IN MAP (K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
RESISTANCE TO GROUND IN MAP (K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
MAP SENSOR
HIGH RESISTANCE IN (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT
RESISTANCE TO GROUND IN (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT
HIGH RESISTANCE IN (K4) MAP GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM
TP SENSOR OPERATION
HIGH RESISTANCE IN TP SENSOR (K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
RESISTANCE TO GROUND IN TP SENSOR (K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
TP SENSOR
HIGH RESISTANCE IN (K22) TP SIGNAL CIRCUIT
RESISTANCE TO GROUND IN (K22) TP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
HIGH RESISTANCE IN TP (K4) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM
232
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0068-MANIFOLD PRESSURE/THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION -

HIGH FLOW/VACUUM LEAK Continued
1 NOTE: Diagnose any TP Sensor or MAP Sensor component DTCs before All
continuing.
NOTE: If the P0501 - No Vehicle Speed Signal is set along with this DTC,
refer to the P0501 diagnostics before continuing.
NOTE: The throttle plate and linkage must be free from binding and carbon
build up.
Yes Go To 2

2 NOTE: This code is enabled on engines with a plastic intake manifold and is All
intended to shut down the engine if a large crack occurs.
NOTE: A large vacuum leak is most likely the cause of this DTC.
Inspect the Intake Manifold for leaks and cracks.
Inspect the Power Brake Booster for any vacuum leaks.
Inspect the PCV system for proper operation or any vacuum leaks.
No Go To 3

Snap the throttle.
WOT?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 12

Does the voltage start approximately at 0.8 volts and go above 3.5 volts with a smooth
transition?

No Go To 5
233
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Measure the resistance of the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit from the TP Sensor harness
connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the TP Sensor (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit.


Measure the resistance between ground and the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit at the TP
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit.

Connect a jumper wire between the (K22) TP Signal circuit and the (K4) Sensor
ground circuit .
Does the TP Sensor voltage change from approximately 4.9 volts to below 0.5 of a
volt?
No Go To 8

Measure the resistance of the (K22) TP Signal circuit from the TP Sensor harness
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the (K22) TP Signal circuit.

234
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K22) TP Signal circuit in the TP
Yes Go To 10
No Repair the (K22) TP Sensor Signal circuit.


Measure the resistance of the (K4) Sensor ground circuit from the TP Sensor harness
Yes Go To 11
No Repair the (K4) Sensor Ground circuit.
Repair

Measure the resistance of the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit from the MAP Sensor
harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Yes Go To 13
No Repair the MAP (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit.
235
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit at the
MAP Sensor harness connector.
Yes Go To 14
No Repair the short to ground in the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit.


Sensor ground circuit .
Cycle the ignition switch from off to on.
volt?
No Go To 15

Measure the resistance of the (K1) MAP Signal circuit from the MAP Sensor harness
Yes Go To 16
No Repair the (K1) MAP Signal circuit.


Measure the resistance between ground and the (K1) MAP Signal circuit at the MAP
Yes Go To 17

236
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Yes Go To 18

Repair
237
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom List:
P0070-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR STUCK
P0071-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE
The title for the tests will be P0070-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR
STUCK.
P0070-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR STUCK

When Monitored: Engine Running.
Set Condition: After 4 warm-up cycles, the PCM did not see a 2C (35F) change in the
Ambient Temperature Sensor voltage within 200 miles . Two Trip Fault
P0071-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE

When Monitored: Engine off time is greater than 480 minutes. Ambient temperature is
greater than 4C (39F).
Set Condition: After a calibrated amount of cool down time, the PCM compares the ECT
Sensor, IAT Sensor and the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor values. If the Ambient Air
Temperature Sensor value is not within 10C (53F) of the other two temperartue sensors
an error is detected. Two Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
(K25) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR VOLTAGE BELOW 1.0 VOLT
(K25) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(K25) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(K25) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (K4) SENSOR GROUND
PCM LOW
PCM HIGH
238
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0070-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR STUCK Continued

Yes Go To 2

2 NOTE: Visually inspect both the component and the PCM connectors. Look All
for damage, partially broken wires and backed out or corroded terminals
Disconnect the Ambient Air Temp Sensor harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the (K25) AAT Signal circuit in the Ambient Air Temperature
Yes Repair the short to battery voltage in the (K25) AAT Signal
circuit.
No Go To 3

Disconnect the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor voltage.
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 7

Using a jumper wire, jumper across the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor harness
connector.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Ambient Air Temperature voltage.
Yes Replace the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor.

No Go To 5
239
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Measure the resistance of the (K25) AAT Signal circuit from the Ambient Air
Temperature Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool
#8815.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open in the (K25) AAT Signal circuit.


Measure the resistance of the (K167) Sensor ground circuit from the Ambient Air
#8815.
necessary. Replace and program the Powertrain Contorl Module


Measure the resistance between ground and the (K25) AAT Signal circuit.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K25) AAT Signal circuit.
No Go To 8
240
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Measure the resistance between the (K25) AAT Signal circuit and the (K4) Sensor
ground circuit in the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the Sensor ground shorted to the (K25) AAT Signal circuit.

terminals for corrosion, damage or terminal push out. Repair as
241
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0072-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR LOW
P0072-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR LOW

When Monitored: The ignition key on.
Set Condition: Ambient Temperture Sensor is less than .0392 of a volt at the PCM. One
Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR VOLTAGE BELOW 0.3 VOLTS
AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE
(K25) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(K25) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (K4) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM

Yes Go To 2


With the DRBIIIt, read Ambient Air Temperature Sensor voltage.

No Go To 3

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K25) AAT Signal circuit in the
Ambient Air Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K25) AAT Signal circuit.
No Go To 4
242
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0072-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR LOW Continued

Measure the resistance between the (K25) AAT Signal circuit and the (K4) Sensor
Yes Repair the (K4) Sensor ground shorted to the (K25) AAT Signal
circuit.
No Go To 5
Repair
243
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0073-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR HIGH
P0073-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR HIGH

When Monitored: The ignition key on.
Set Condition: The Ambient Temperature Sensor voltage is greater than 4.94 volts. One
Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR VOLTAGE ABOVE 4.8 VOLTS
(K25) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE
(K25) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

Yes Go To 2


Measure the voltage of the (K25) AAT Signal circuit in the Ambient Air Temperature
Yes Repair the short to battery voltage in the (K25) AAT Signal
circuit.
No Go To 3
244
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0073-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR HIGH Continued

Connect a jumper wire between the (K145) AAT Signal circuit and the (K167) Sensor
With the DRBIIIt, read Ambient Air Temperature Sensor voltage.

No Go To 4

Measure the resistance of the (K25) AAT Signal circuit from the Ambient Air
#8815.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the open in the (K25) AAT Signal circuit.

Measure the resistance of the (K4) Sensor ground circuit from the Ambient Air
#8815.
Yes Go To 6

Repair
245
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0106-MAP SENSOR PERFORMANCE
P0106-MAP SENSOR PERFORMANCE

When Monitored: With engine greater than 64 RPM and the throttle blade at closed
throttle.
Set Condition: Too small of a difference is seen between barometric pressure with ignition
on (engine running) and manifold vacuum for 2.80 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
(K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
(K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (K4) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
MAP (K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
MAP SENSOR VACUUM PORT
MAP SENSOR
PCM (K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
PCM (K1) MAP SENSOR SIGNAL

1 NOTE: If a MAP high or Low DTC set along with P0106, diagnose the High All
or Low DTC first before continuing.
Yes Go To 2


Yes Go To 3
No Go To 11
246
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0106-MAP SENSOR PERFORMANCE Continued

Measure the voltage of the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit in the MAP Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 8

Yes Inspect the MAP sensor and the intake for any restrictions, repair
as necessary. If OK, replace the MAP Sensor.
No Go To 5

Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K1) MAP Signal circuit.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance between the (K1) MAP Signal circuit and the (K4) Sensor
ground circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the (K4) Sensor ground shorted to the (K1) MAP Signal
circuit.
No Go To 7
Repair
247
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit in the
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit.
No Go To 9

Yes Go To 10
No Repair the open in the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit.
Repair

Yes Go To 12

Remove the MAP Sensor.
Inspect the vacuum port, check for restrictions or any foreign materials.
Were any restrictions found?

No Go To 13
248
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Repair
Replace the MAP Sensor.
249
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0107-MAP SENSOR LOW
P0107-MAP SENSOR LOW

When Monitored: Engine speed between 600 to 3500 RPM. TPS voltage less than 1.2
volts. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.
Set Condition: The MAP sensor signal voltage is less than 0.0782 of a volt for 1.7 seconds.
One trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE BELOW .078 VOLTS
(K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (K4) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM (K1) MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT

Is the voltage below .078 of a volt?
Yes Go To 2


connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 7
250
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0107-MAP SENSOR LOW Continued

No Go To 4

No Go To 5

Measure the resistance between the (K1) MAP Signal circuit and the (K4) Sensor
ground circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the (K4) Sensor ground shorted to the (K1) MAP Signal
circuit.
No Go To 6
Repair

Measure the resistance of the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit in the MAP Sensor harness
No Go To 8
251
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0107-MAP SENSOR LOW Continued

Yes Go To 9

Repair
252
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0108-MAP SENSOR HIGH
P0108-MAP SENSOR HIGH

When Monitored: Engine speed between 600 to 3500 RPM. TP sensor voltage less than
1.2 volts for greater than 1.7 seconds. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts
Set Condition: The MAP sensor signal voltage is greater than 4.92 volts. One trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE ABOVE 4.9 VOLTS
(K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
(K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
(K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

Yes Go To 2


Measure the resistance between the (K1) MAP Signal circuit and the (K6) 5 Volt
Supply circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the (K1) MAP Signal circuit for a short to the (K6) 5 Volt
Supply circuit.
No Go To 3
253
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0108-MAP SENSOR HIGH Continued

Measure the voltage of the (K1) MAP Signal circuit in the MAP Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Repair the short to battery voltage in the (K1) MAP Signal circuit.
No Go To 4

No Go To 5

Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open in the (K1) MAP Signal circuit.

Yes Go To 7
254
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0108-MAP SENSOR HIGH Continued

Repair
255
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom List:
P0110-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR STUCK
P0111-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE
The title for the tests will be P0110-INTAKE AIR TEMPERA-
TURE SENSOR STUCK.
P0110-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR STUCK

Set Condition: After 4 warm-up cycles, the PCM did not see a 2C (18F) change in the
IAT Sensor voltage within 200 miles . Two Trip Fault
P0111-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE

Sensor, IAT Sensor and the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor values. If the IAT Sensor
value is not within 2C (18F) of the other two temperature sensors an error is detected.
Two Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
(K21) IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
IAT SENSOR VOLTAGE BELOW 1.0 VOLTS
(K21) IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(K21) IAT SIGNAL SHORTED TO GROUND
(K21) IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (K4) SENSOR GROUND
PCM HIGH
PCM LOW
256
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0110-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR STUCK Continued

Yes Go To 2


NOTE: Visually inspect both the component and the PCM connectors. Look
for damaged, partially broken wires, and backed out or corroded terminals.
Measure the voltage on the (K21) IAT Signal circuit in the IAT Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Repair the short to battery voltage in the (K21) IAT Signal circuit.
No Go To 3

With the DRBIIIt, read the IAT Sensor voltage.
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 7

Using a jumper wire, jumper across the IAT Sensor harness connector.

No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the (K21) IAT Signal circuit from the IAT Sensor harness
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open in the (K21) IAT Signal circuit.

257
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0110-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR STUCK Continued

Measure the resistance of the (K4) Sensor ground circuit from the IAT Sensor

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K21) IAT Signal circuit in the IAT
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K21) IAT Signal circuit.
No Go To 8

Measure the resistance between the (K4) Sensor ground circuit and the (K21) IAT
Sensor Signal circuit at the IAT Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the (K4) Sensor ground circuit shorted to the (K21) IAT
Signal circuit.
258
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0112-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW
P0112-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW

When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.
Set Condition: The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor voltage is less than 0.0784 of a
volt. One trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IAT SENSOR VOLTAGE BELOW 1.0 VOLT
(K21) IAT SIGNAL SHORTED TO GROUND
(K21) IAT SIGNAL SHORTED TO (K4) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM

Yes Go To 2


With the DRBIIIt, read IAT Sensor voltage.

No Go To 3

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K21) IAT Signal circuit at the IAT
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K21) IAT Signal circuit.
No Go To 4
259
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0112-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW Continued

Measure the resistance between the (K21) IAT Sensor Signal circuit and the (K4)
Sensor ground circuit in the IAT Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the (K4) Sensor ground shorted to the (K21) IAT Signal
circuit.
No Go To 5
Repair
260
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0113-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH
P0113-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH

Set Condition: The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor voltage at the PCM is greater
than 4.98 volts. One trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IAT SENSOR VOLTAGE ABOVE 4.6 VOLTS
(K21) IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
(K21) IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

Yes Go To 2


Measure the voltage of the (K21) IAT Signal circuit in the IAT Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Repair the short to battery voltage in the (K21) IAT Signal circuit.
No Go To 3
261
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0113-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH Continued

Connect a jumper wire between the (K21) IAT Signal circuit and the (K4) Sensor
ground circuit in the IAT harness connector.

No Go To 4

Measure the resistance of the (K21) IAT Signal circuit from the IAT Sensor harness
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the open in the (K21) IAT Signal circuit.

Measure the resistance of the (K4) Sensor ground circuit from the IAT Sensor
Yes Go To 6

Repair
262
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0116-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE PERFORMANCE
P0116-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE PERFORMANCE

Sensor, IAT Sensor and the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor values. If the ECT Sensor
value is not within 2C (18F) of the other two temperartue sensors an error is detected.
Two Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
(K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
ECT SENSOR VOLTAGE BELOW 1.0 VOLT
(K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(K2) ECT SIGNAL SHORTED TO (K4) SENSOR GROUND
PCM HIGH
PCM LOW

1 NOTE: Due to the fact that the PCM compares the IAT, AAT and ECT sensor All
to see if they are within a calibrated temp of one another, the use of a block
heater can cause false readings for the PCM. Check with the customer to see
if they use a block heater.
Yes Go To 2
263
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0116-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE PERFORMANCE Continued

NOTE: Visually inspect both the component and the PCM connectors. Look
for damaged, partially broken wires, and backed out or corroded terminals.
Measure the voltage on the (K2) ECT Signal circuit in the ECT Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Repair the short to battery voltage in the (K2) ECT Signal circuit.
No Go To 3

With the DRBIIIt, read the ECT Sensor voltage.
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 7

Using a jumper wire, jumper across the ECT Sensor harness connector.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the (K2) ECT Signal circuit from the ECT Sensor harness
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open in the (K2) ECT Signal circuit.

264
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0116-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE PERFORMANCE Continued

Measure the resistance of the (K4) Sensor ground circuit from the ECT Sensor
harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool # 8815.
7 Disconnect the ECT Sensor harness connector. All

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K2) ECT Signal circuit in the ECT
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K2) ECT Signal circuit.
No Go To 8

Sensor ground circuit at the ECT Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the (K4) Sensor ground shorted to the (K2) ECT Sensor
Signal circuit.
265
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0117-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW
P0117-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW

is less than 0.0782 of a volt. One Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ECT SENSOR VOLTAGE BELOW 1.0 VOLTS
(K2) ECT SIGNAL SHORTED TO GROUND
(K2) ECT SIGNAL SHORTED TO (K4) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM

Yes Go To 2


With the DRBIIIt, read ECT Sensor voltage.

No Go To 3

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K2) ECT Signal circuit in the ECT
Yes Repair the ground shorted to the (K2) ECT Signal circuit.
No Go To 4
266
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0117-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW Continued

Sensor ground circuit in the ECT Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the (K4) Sensor ground shorted to the (K2) ECT Sensor
Signal circuit.
No Go To 5
Repair
267
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0118-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH
P0118-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH

Set Condition: The Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor voltage at the PCM is
greater than 4.98 volts. One trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ECT SENSOR VOLTAGE ABOVE 4.9 VOLTS
(K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
(K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

Yes Go To 2


Measure the voltage of the (K2) ECT Signal circuit in the ECT Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Repair the short to battery voltage in the (K2) ECT Signal circuit.
No Go To 3
268
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0118-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH Continued

Connect a jumper wire between the (K2) ECT Signal circuit and the (K4) Sensor
ground circuit in the ECT harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, read ECT Sensor voltage.

No Go To 4

Measure the resistance of the (K2) ECT Signal circuit from the ECT Sensor harness
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the open in the (K2) ECT Signal circuit.

Measure the resistance of the (K4) Sensor ground circuit from the ECT Sensor
Yes Go To 6

Repair
269
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0121-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE
P0121-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE

When Monitored: With the engine running and no MAP Sensor or TP Sensor DTCs set.
Set Condition: The PCM determines a valid range in which the TP Sensor should be, at
a given RPM/Load. The actual TP Sensor voltage is then compared to this value. If the TP
Sensor voltage does not fall within the expected range within a predetermined time an
error will be detected. One Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HIGH RESISTANCE IN MAP (K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
RESISTANCE TO GROUND IN MAP (K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
MAP SENSOR
HIGH RESISTANCE IN (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT
RESISTANCE TO GROUND IN (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT
HIGH RESISTANCE IN (K4) MAP GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM
TP SENSOR OPERATION
HIGH RESISTANCE IN TP SENSOR (K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
RESISTANCE TO GROUND IN TP SENSOR (K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
TP SENSOR
HIGH RESISTANCE IN (K22) TP SIGNAL CIRCUIT
RESISTANCE TO GROUND IN (K22) TP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
HIGH RESISTANCE IN TP (K4) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM
270
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0121-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE Continued

1 NOTE: Diagnose any TP Sensor or MAP Sensor component DTCs before All
continuing.
NOTE: The throttle plate and linkage must be free from binding and carbon
build up.
Yes Go To 2

Snap the throttle.
WOT?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 11

Does the voltage start approximately at 0.8 volts and go above 3.5 volts with a smooth
transition?
No Go To 4

Yes Go To 5
No Repair the TP Sensor (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit.
271
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit at the TP
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit.


ground circuit .
Does the TP Sensor voltage change from approximately 4.9 volts to below 0.5 of a
volt?

No Go To 7

Measure the resistance of the (K22) TP Signal circuit from the TP Sensor harness
Yes Go To 8
No Repair the (K22) TP Signal circuit.


Measure the resistance between ground and the (K22) TP Signal circuit in the TP
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the (K22) TP Sensor Signal circuit.

272
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Yes Go To 10

Repair

Yes Go To 12
No Repair the MAP (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit.

Yes Go To 13
No Repair the short to ground in the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit.
273
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Sensor ground circuit .
Cycle the ignition switch from off to on.
volt?
No Go To 14

Yes Go To 15


Yes Go To 16


Yes Go To 17
274
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Repair
275
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 LOW
P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 LOW

Set Condition: Throttle Position Sensor voltage at the PCM is less than 0.0978 of a volt.
One Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
(K22) TP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(K22) TP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (K4) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM (K22) TP SENSOR SIGNAL

With the DRBIIIt, read the Throttle Position Sensor voltage.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 10

Measure the voltage of the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit in the TP Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 7
276
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 LOW Continued

No Go To 4

Disconnect the TP harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K22) TP Signal circuit at the TP
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K22) TP Signal circuit.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance between the (K22) TPS Signal circuit and the (K4) Sensor
ground circuit in the TPS harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to (K4) Sensor ground in the (K22) TP Signal
circuit.
No Go To 6
Repair

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit in the TP
No Go To 8
277
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 LOW Continued

Yes Go To 9

Repair

With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Throttle Position Sensor voltage.
transition?

278
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 HIGH
P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 HIGH

Set Condition: Throttle Position Sensor voltage at the PCM is greater than 4.47 volts.
One Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
(K22) TP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
(K22) TP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
(K22) TP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

1 NOTE: Ensure the throttle is fully closed and free from binding or carbon All
build up.
Start the engine.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 8

Measure the resistance between the (K22) TP Signal circuit and the (K6) 5 Volt
Supply circuit in the TP Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit in the (K22) TP
Signal circuit.
No Go To 3
279
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 HIGH Continued

Measure the voltage of the (K22) TP Signal circuit in the TP Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Repair the short to battery voltage in the (K22) TP Signal circuit.
No Go To 4

ground circuit.
No Go To 5

Disconnect the TP harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the (K22) TP Signal circuit from the TP harness connector
to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open in the (K22) TP Signal circuit.

Yes Go To 7
280
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR #1 HIGH Continued

Repair

transition?

281
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0125-INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMP FOR CLOSED-LOOP FUEL
CONTROL
P0125-INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMP FOR CLOSED-LOOP FUEL CONTROL

When Monitored: With battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts, after engine is started.
Set Condition: The engine temperature does not go above 15C (60F). Failure time
depends on start-up coolant temperature and ambient temperature. (i.e. 2 minutes for a
start temp of 10C (50F) or up to 10 minutes for a vehicle with a start-up temp of -28C
(20F). Two Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOW COOLANT LEVEL
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

DTC to set.
the proper level.
Yes Go To 2
amount of coolant.
282
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0125-INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMP FOR CLOSED-LOOP FUEL CON-

TROL Continued
2 NOTE: This test works best if performed on a cold engine (cold soak). All
With the DRBIIIt, read the ECT Deg value. If the engine was allowed to sit overnight
(cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible value that is somewhere close
to the ambient temperature.
Start the Engine.
During engine warm-up, monitor the ECT Deg value. The temp deg value change
should be a smooth transition from start up to normal operating temp 82C (180F)
. Also monitor the actual coolant temperature with a thermometer.
temperature (thermometer reading) and the ECT Deg in the DRB sensor
should stay relatively close to each other.
Yes Go To 3

With the DRBIIIt, read the ECT Sensor temperature value. If the engine was
allowed to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible value
that is somewhere close to the ambient temperature.
Start the Engine.
temperature (thermometer reading) and the ECT Sensor Temperature in
the DRBIIIt sensors should stay relatively close to each other.
Is the thermometer reading relatively close to the DRBIIIt ECT Sensor reading?
Yes Test Complete.

283
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0128-THERMOSTAT RATIONALITY
P0128-THERMOSTAT RATIONALITY
When Monitored: The engine running.
Set Condition: The PCM predicts a coolant temperature value that it will compare to the
actual coolant temperature. If the two coolant temperature values are not within 10C
(50F) of each other an error is detected. Two Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOW COOLANT LEVEL
OTHER POSSIBLE CAUSES
SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
TEMPERATURE SENSOR VOLTAGE BELOW 1.0 VOLT
SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND
PCM LOW
PCM HIGH

1 NOTE: If any ECT, AAT, CMP or CKP sensor DTCs have set along with P0128, All
diagnose them first before continuing.
NOTE: Ensure that Pinion Factor has been programmed correctly into the
PCM.
Yes Go To 2
284
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0128-THERMOSTAT RATIONALITY Continued

DTC to set.
the proper level.
Yes Go To 3
amount of coolant.
3 NOTE: This test works best if performed on a cold engine (cold soak). All
With the DRBIIIt, read the ECT Deg value. If the engine was allowed to sit overnight
(cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible value that is somewhere close
to the ambient temperature.
Start the Engine.
temperature (thermometer reading) and the ECT Deg in the DRB sensor
should stay relatively close to each other.
Yes Go To 4

With the DRBIIIt, read and record the AAT Sensor Temperature value
Using the DRB Temperature Probe #CH7050, measure the ambient air temperature
near the AAT sensor.
Is the AAT Sensor value with -15C (5F) of the temperature probe reading?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 7
285
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

5 WARNING: MAKE SURE THE ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM IS COOL BE- All
FORE REMOVING THE PRESSURE CAP OR ANY HOSE. SEVERE PER-
SONAL INJURY MAY RESULT FROM ESCAPING HOT COOLANT. THE
COOLING SYSTEM IS PRESSURIZED WHEN HOT.
With the DRBIIIt, read and record the ECT Sensor Temperature value
Using the DRB Temperature Probe #CH7050, measure the engine coolant tempera-
ture.
Is the ECT Sensor value with -15C (5F) of the temperature probe reading?
Yes Go To 6
No Go To 7
6 Inspect the Temperature sensors for any physical damage. All

Inspect the engine coolant. Ensure the coolant is at the proper level. Refer to the
Service Information COOLING.
Ensure the Temperature sensors are properly mounted.
Ensure the CMP and CKP sensors are mounted properly. Check the connectors for
any signs of damage.
With the engine running at normal operating temperature, monitor the Temperature
sensor parameters while wiggling the wire harness. Look for parameter values to
change.
Were any problems found during the above inspections?
No Test Complete.
7 NOTE: Visually inspect both the component and the PCM connectors. Look All
for damage, partially broken wires and backed out or corroded terminals
Disconnect the applicable Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the Signal circuit in the applicable Temperature Sensor
harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to battery voltage in the Signal circuit.
No Go To 8
286
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

With the DRBIIIt, read the Temperature Sensor voltage.
Yes Go To 9
No Go To 12

Using a jumper wire, jumper across the Temperature Sensor harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Temperature voltage.
Yes Replace the applicable Temperature Sensor.

No Go To 10

Measure the resistance of the Signal circuit from the Temperature Sensor harness
Yes Go To 11
No Repair the open in the Signal circuit.


Measure the resistance of the Sensor ground circuit from the Ambient Air Temper-
ature Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.

necessary. Replace and program the Powertrain Contorl Module
No Repair the open in the Sensor ground circuit.

287
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Measure the resistance between ground and the Signal circuit in the Temperature
harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the Signal circuit.
No Go To 13

Measure the resistance between the Signal circuit and the Sensor ground circuit in
the Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the Sensor ground shorted to the Signal circuit.

288
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0129-BAROMETRIC PRESSURE OUT-OF-RANGE LOW
P0129-BAROMETRIC PRESSURE OUT-OF-RANGE LOW

When Monitored: With the ignition key on. No Cam or Crank signal within 75 ms. Engine
speed at less than 250 RPM.
Set Condition: The PCM senses the voltage from the MAP sensor to be less than 2.196
volts but above 0.0392 of a volt for 300 milliseconds.One Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IAC SIGNAL CIRCUIT LOW
IAC SIGNAL CIRCUIT HIGH
(K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
(K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM (K1) MAP SIG CIRCUIT

Is the voltage below 2.2 volts.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 11

connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 7
289
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0129-BAROMETRIC PRESSURE OUT-OF-RANGE LOW Continued

No Go To 4

Yes Go To 5
No Repair the open in the (K1) MAP Signal circuit.

No Go To 6
Repair

connector.
Yes Repair the short to battery voltage in the (K6) 5 Volt Supply
circuit.
No Go To 8
290
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0129-BAROMETRIC PRESSURE OUT-OF-RANGE LOW Continued

No Go To 9

Measure the resistance of the 5 Volt Supply circuit from the MAP Sensor harness
Yes Go To 10
Repair

NOTE: If the engine will not idle, maintain an engine speed between 800 and
1500 RPM.
Yes Refer to P0508 - IAC Valve Sense Low

No Go To 12

NOTE: If the engine will not idle, maintain an engine speed between 800 and
1500 RPM.
Yes Refer to P0509 - IAC Valve Sense Circuit High


291
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom List:
P0131-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE LOW
The title for the tests will be P0131-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE
LOW.

When Monitored: Engine Running for less than 30 seconds. O2 Sensor Heater Temper-
ature less than 251C (484F) Battery voltage greater than 10.99 volts.
Set Condition: The oxygen sensor signal voltage is below 2.5196 volts for 3 seconds. One
trip Fault.

When Monitored: Engine Running for less than 30 seconds. O2 Sensor Heater Temper-
ature less than 251C (484F) Battery voltage greater than 10.99 volts.
Set Condition: The oxygen sensor signal voltage is below 2.5196 volts for 3 seconds. One
trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
O2 SENSOR
O2 RETURN CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
O2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
O2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO O2 RETURN CIRCUIT
O2 SIGNAL SHORTED TO HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM RETURN CIRCUIT
PCM SIGNAL CIRCUIT
292
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0131-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE LOW Continued

1 NOTE: If one of the O2 Sensors Signal or Return circuits are shorted to All
ground, the DRBIIIt will display all O2 Sensor voltage readings low. The O2
Sensor that is shorted to ground will display a voltage reading near or at 0
volts.
NOTE: It is important to perform the diagnostics on the O2 Sensor that set
the DTC.
NOTE: After the repairs have been made, verify proper O2 Sensor operation.
If all the O2 Sensor voltage readings have not returned to normal, follow the
diagnostic procedure for the remaining O2 Sensors.
Start the engine.
Yes Go To 2


Is the O2 Sensor voltage above 4.8 volts?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 5

Measure the voltage on the O2 Return circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
Is the voltage at 2.5 volts?
No Go To 4

Measure the resistance between ground and the O2 Return circuit in the O2 Sensor
harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the O2 Return circuit.


293
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0131-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE LOW Continued

Measure the resistance between ground and the O2 Signal circuit in the O2 Sensor
harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the O2 Signal circuit.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance between the O2 Signal circuit and the O2 Return circuit in
Yes Repair the O2 Return circuit shorted to the O2 Signal circuit.
No Go To 7

Measure the resistance between the O2 Signal circuit and the Heater ground circuit
in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the Heater Ground circuit shorted to the O2 Signal circuit.
No Go To 8
Repair
294
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom List:
P0132-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE HIGH
The title for the tests will be P0132-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE
HIGH.

When Monitored: The engine running for 119 seconds. O2 Sensor Heater Temperature is
greater than 496C (925F). Battery voltage greater than 10.99 volts.
Set Condition: The Oxygen Sensor voltage is above 3.9902 volts for 30 seconds. One trip
fault.

When Monitored: The engine running for 119 seconds. O2 Sensor Heater Temperature is
greater than 496C (925F). Battery voltage greater than 10.99 volts.
Set Condition: The Oxygen Sensor voltage is above 3.9902 volts for 30 seconds. One trip
fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
O2 SENSOR ABOVE 3.99 VOLTS
O2 SENSOR
O2 RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
O2 SIGNAL SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
O2 SIGNAL OPEN
PCM RETURN CIRCUIT
PCM SIGNAL CIRCUIT
295
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0132-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE HIGH Continued

voltage, the DRBIIIt will display all O2 Sensor voltage readings high.
the DTC.
Start the engine.
Yes Go To 2


Is the O2 Sensor voltage below 4.8 volts?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 5


No Go To 4

Measure the resistance of the O2 Return circuit from the O2 Sensor harness
in accorance with the Service Information.
No Repair the open in the O2 Return circuit.
296
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0132-O2 SENSOR 1/1 VOLTAGE HIGH Continued

Start the engine and allow the engine to idle.
Measure the voltage on the O2 Signal circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the O2 Signal circuit.

No Go To 6

Measure the resistance of the O2 Signal circuit from the O2 Sensor harness connector
to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the open in the O2 Signal circuit.
Repair
297
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom List:
P0133-O2 SENSOR 1/1 SLOW RESPONSE
The title for the tests will be P0133-O2 SENSOR 1/1 SLOW
RESPONSE.

When Monitored: Start and drive vehicle greater than 20 MPH and less than 55 MPH.
Throttle open for a minimum 120 seconds. Coolant Temp greater than 70C (158F)
Catalytic Converter Temperature greater than 600C (1112F) EVAP Purge active.
Set Condition: The O2 sensor voltage switches only 11 times or less from lean to rich
within 20 second during monitoring. Two Trip Fault.

When Monitored: Start and drive vehicle greater than 20 MPH and less than 55 MPH.
Throttle open for a minimum 120 seconds. Coolant Temp greater than 70C (158F)
Catalytic Converter Temperature greater than 600C (1112F)
Set Condition: The O2 sensor voltage switches properly from lean to rich during
monitoring. Two Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EXHAUST LEAK
O2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
O2 RETURN CIRCUIT
O2 SENSOR
298
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0133-O2 SENSOR 1/1 SLOW RESPONSE Continued

ground or voltage, all the other O2 Sensor voltage readings will be affected.
the DTC.
NOTE: Check for contaminates that may have damaged the O2 Sensor:
Yes Go To 2


Inspect the exhaust system for leaks between the engine and the O2 Sensors.
No Go To 3
3 Turn the ignition off All

Measure the voltage on the O2 Signal circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
Is the voltage approximately 5.0 volts?
Yes Go To 4
No Check the O2 Signal circuit for damage, short to ground, open, or
short to voltage. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain
Control Module in accordance with the Service Information.

Yes Check the O2 Return circuit for damage, short to ground, open, or
short to voltage. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain
Control Module in accordance with the Service Information.
No Go To 5
Repair
Replace the O2 Sensor
299
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom List:
P0135-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER PERFORMANCE
P0141-O2 SENSOR 1/2 HEATER PERFROMANCE
PERFORMANCE.
P0135-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER PERFORMANCE

When Monitored: Engine Running and Heater duty cycle greater than 0%
Set Condition: O2 Heater Temperature does not reach 575C (959F) within 45 second
during monitoring conditions. Two Trip Fault.
P0141-O2 SENSOR 1/2 HEATER PERFROMANCE

When Monitored: Engine Running and Heater duty cycle greater than 0%.
Set Condition: O2 Heater Temperature does not reach 400C (752F) within 45 second
during monitoring conditions. Two Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
O2 HEATER ELEMENT
O2 HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

Is the Good Trip Counter display and equal to zero?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 2
300
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0135-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER PERFORMANCE Continued

voltage should stabilize at 5.0 volts. Raising the hood may help in reducing
under hood temps.
Does the voltage stay above 4.5 volts?
Yes Go To 3

NOTE: O2 Sensor Heater Resistance Specification: 1/1 and 2/1 = 3.0 to 4.0
ohms or 1/2 and 2/2 = 4.0 to 5.0 ohms.
Is the resistance within the specifications?
Yes Go To 4

Measure the resistance between an engine ground and the O2 Heater Ground circuit
in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
Is the resistance below 0.5 of an ohm?
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the open/high resistance in the O2 Heater Ground circuit.

Measure the resistance of the O2 Heater Control circuit from the O2 Sensor harness
Is the resistance below 0.5 of an ohm?
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open/high resistance in the O2 Heater Control circuit.

301
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0135-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER PERFORMANCE Continued

corrosion, damage, terminal push out. Repair as necessary.
Repair
302
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0171-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 LEAN
P0171-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 LEAN

temperature above 20F(-7C) and altitude below 8500 ft.
a certain percentage is exceeded for two trips, a freeze frame is stored, the MIL illuminates
and a trouble code is stored.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUEL PUMP MODULE
O2 SENSOR
O2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
O2 RETURN CIRCUIT
FUEL CONTAMINATION/EXHAUST LEAK

NOTE: Diagnose any Misfire DTC(s) first, if set along with the fuel system
DTC.
Yes Go To 2

303
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0171-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 LEAN Continued

Install a fuel pressure gauge.
gauge.
Go To 3
Below Specification
Go To 12
Start the engine.
Is the voltage switching between 2.5 and 3.4 volts?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 9

under hood temps.

No Go To 5

Yes Go To 6

304
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Start the engine.
Is the DRBIIIt reading within 19 of the Vacuum Gauge reading?
Yes Go To 7

With the DRBIIIt, read the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor value. If the
engine was allowed to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a
sensible value that is somewhere close to the ambient temperature.
Start the Engine.
During engine warm-up, monitor the ECT Sensor value. The temperature value
change should be a smooth transition from start up to normal operating temperature
Did the ECT value increase with a smooth transition and did it reach at least 82C?
Yes Go To 8


AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM - must be free from leaks.
correct injector
No Test Complete.
305
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

The O2 Sensor voltage should read 5.0 volts on the DRBIIIt with the connector
disconnected.
Using a jumper wire, jump across the O2 Sensor harness connector from the O2
Signal circuit to the O2 Return circuit at the O2 Sensor harness connector.
NOTE: The voltage should drop from 5.0 volts to 2.5 volts with the jumper
wire in place.
Did the O2 Sensor volts change from 5.0 volts to 2.5 volts?
No Go To 10

Yes Go To 11
No Check the O2 Signal circuit for a short to ground, open, or short
to voltage. Inspect the O2 Sensor connector and the PCM harness
connector. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control
Module in accordance with the Service Information.

Yes Check the fuel system for contaminates. Also, check the exhaust
system for any leaks.
No Check the O2 Return circuit for a short to ground, open, or short
to voltage. Inspect the O2 Sensor connector and the PCM harness
connector. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control
Module in accordance with the Service Information.
306
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Install special 5/16 fuel line adapter tool #6539 between the disconnected fuel line
and the fuel pump module.
gauge.

No Go To 13

No Go To 14

Repair
307
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0172-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 RICH
P0172-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 RICH

temperature above 20F(-7C) and altitude below 8500 ft.
a purge fuel multiplier and the result is below a certain value for 30 seconds over trips, a
freeze frame is stored, the MIL illuminates and a trouble code is stored.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
O2 SENSOR
O2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
O2 RETURN CIRCUIT
FUEL FILTER/PRESSURE REGULATOR
PCM

Yes Go To 2

308
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0172-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 RICH Continued

gauge.
Go To 3
Above Specification
Start the engine.
Is the voltage switching between 2.5 and 3.4 volts?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 9

under hood temps.
No Go To 5

Disconnect the hoses at the Evap Purge Solenoid.
Did the Evap Purge Solenoid hold vacuum?
Yes Go To 6
No Replace the EVAP Purge Solenoid.

309
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Start the engine.
Is the DRB reading within 19 of the Vacuum Gauge reading?
Yes Go To 7

With the DRBIIIt, read the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor value. If the engine
was allowed to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible
value that is somewhere close to the ambient temperature.
Start the Engine.
During engine warm-up, monitor the Engine Coolant Temperature value. The temp
reach at least 82C
Yes Go To 8

AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM - must be free from restrictions.
correct injector

No Test Complete.
310
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

The O2 Sensor voltage should read 5.0 volts on the DRBIIIt with the connector
disconnected.
Using a jumper wire, jump from the O2 Signal circuit to the O2 Return circuit in the
O2 Sensor harness connector.
NOTE: The voltage should drop from 5.0 volts down to 2.5 volts with the
jumper wire connected.
Did the O2 Sensor voltage drop from 5 volts to 2.5 volts?
No Go To 10

Measure the voltage of the O2 Signal circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
Yes Check the O2 Signal circuit for damage, short to ground, open, or
short to voltage. Inspect the O2 Sensor connector and the PCM
harness connector. If OK, replace the Powertrain Control Module
No Go To 11

No Check the O2 Return circuit for damage, short to ground, open, or

short to voltage. Inspect the O2 Sensor connector and the PCM
harness connector. If OK, replace the Powertrain Control Module
311
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom List:
P0201-FUEL INJECTOR #1
The title for the tests will be P0201-FUEL INJECTOR #1.
When Monitored: With battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Auto Shutdown Relay
Set Condition: No inductive spike is detected after injector turn off. One Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
(F42) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
FUEL INJECTOR
INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM
312
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0201-FUEL INJECTOR #1 Continued

Yes Go To 2


Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, backprobe the (F42) ASD Relay
Output circuit at the Fuel Injector harness connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the open or high resistance in the (F42) ASD Relay Output
circuit.

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, backprobe the Injector Control
circuit.

No Go To 4

Measure the resistance of the Injector Control circuit from the Fuel Injector harness
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the open in the Injector Control circuit.
313
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0201-FUEL INJECTOR #1 Continued

Measure the resistance between ground and the Injector Control circuit at the Fuel
Injector harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the Injector Control circuit.
No Go To 6
Repair
314
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom List:
P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE
The title for the tests will be P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER
MISFIRE.
P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE

When Monitored: Any time the engine is running, and the Target Learning Coefficient
has been successfully updated.
Set Condition: When more than a 1.8% misfire rate is measured during two trips. Above
3000 RPM 1 trip less than 3000 RPM 2 trip.
Set Condition: When more than a 1.8% misfire rate is measured during two trips, or with
a 10% to 30% misfire rate during one trip.
315
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE Continued
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT MISFIRE
VISUAL AND PHYSICAL INSPECTION
IGNITION WIRE
ASD RELAY OUPUT CIRCUIT (COIL)
IGNITION COIL
COIL CONTROL CIRCUIT
SPARK PLUG
FUEL PUMP MODULE
FUEL INJECTOR OPERATION
ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT (INJECTOR)
FUEL INJECTOR
INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT
PCM (IGNITION SYSTEM)
PCM

1 Read and record the FREEZE FRAME DATA. Select OBD II MONITORS. Read and All
record the MIS-FIRE SIMILAR CONDITIONS WINDOW DATA.
With these screens, attempt to duplicate the condition(s) that has set this DTC.
When the vehicle is operating in the SIMILAR CONDITIONS WINDOW, refer to the
WHICH CYLINDER IS MISFIRING screen.
Observe the WHICH CYLINDER IS MISFIRING screen for at least one minute.
Is there a misfire present?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 18
316
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

2 NOTE: Reviewing the vehicle repair history may aid in the repair of the All
misfire condition.
Visually and physically inspect the engine for any of the following conditions.
- Binding Engine-Driven accessories.
- Misaligned water pump, P/S pump and A/C compressor pulleys
- Improper CKP sensor mounting
Ign coil, etc.
- Vacuum leaks
- Restricted Air Induction system
NOTE: Ensure the powers and grounds for the PCM are operating properly.
No Go To 3

Disconnect the Ignition wire from the spark plug.
NOTE: Before continuing, inspect the ignition wire for damage or carbon
tracking. Replace as necessary.
Install a spark tester to the ignition wire.
While cranking the engine, observe the spark coming from the spark tester.
NOTE: A crisp blue spark should be generated that is able to jump the gap
of the spark tester.
Is good spark present?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 14

- Cracks
- Carbon Tracking
- Foreign Material
No Go To 5
317
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Go To 6
Below Specification
Go To 12
Above Specification
Install special 5/16 fuel line adapter tool #6539.
Attach a fuel pressure test gauge to the T fitting on the tool #6539
Using special tool #C4390, Hose Clamp Pliers, slowly clamp off the rubber hose on
the Fuel Pressure adapter between the fuel pressure gauge and the fuel pump
module.
Does the fuel pressure gauge fall below the above specification?
Yes Replace the leaking Injector(s).
No Go To 7
CAUTION: After each actuation of the Fuel Injector, start the engine to clear
the cylinder of fuel. Failure to do so could cause engine damage.
Install a Fuel Pressure Gauge to the fuel rail.
Start the engine and allow the fuel pressure to reach maximum pressure.
Turn the engine off, leaving the ignition on.
Using the DRBIIIt, actuate the Fuel Injector for the cylinder that indicated the
misfire.
Monitor the fuel pressure gauge.
Does the fuel pressure gauge indicate a drop in fuel pressure?
Yes Go To 8
No Go To 9
318
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

No Go To 18

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the ASD Relay Output circuit at
the Fuel Injector harness connector.
Yes Go To 10
No Repair the ASD Relay Output circuit.

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the Injector Control circuit.
No Go To 11

Check the Injector Control circuit.
Was a problem found with the Injector Control circuit?
Yes Repair the Injector Control circuit.

319
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

gauge.
No Go To 13


No NOTE: Before continuing, check the Fuel Pump Module harness

connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out.
Ensure the ground circuit is operating properly. Repair as neces-
sary. Replace the Fuel Pump Module.

Yes Go To 15


Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the ASD Relay Output circuit at
the Ignition Coil harness connector.
Yes Go To 16
No Repair the ASD Relay Output circuit.

320
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the Ignition Coil Control
circuit.
No Go To 17

Check the Coil Control circuit.
Was a problem found with the Coil Control circuit?
Yes Repair the Coil Control circuit.

321
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

18 NOTE: The conditions that set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Review the DRB Freeze Frame information. If possible, try to duplicate the
conditions under which the DTC set.
NOTE: Reviewing the vehicle repair history may aid in the repair of the
misfire condition.
Visually and physically inspect the engine for any of the following conditions.
- Binding Engine-Driven accessories.
- Misaligned water pump, P/S pump and A/C compressor pulleys
- Improper CKP sensor mounting
Ign coil, etc.
- Vacuum leaks
- Restricted Air Induction system
No Test Complete.
322
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0315-NO CRANK SENSOR LEARNED
P0315-NO CRANK SENSOR LEARNED

When Monitored: Under closed throttle decel and A/C off. ECT above 75C (167F).
Engine start time is greater than 50 seconds.
Set Condition: One of the CKP sensor target windows has more than 2.86% variance from
the reference. One Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC VERIFICATION

1 NOTE: Check for any TSBs that may apply to this symptom. All
With the DRBIIIt, clear DTCs, and perform the PCM battery disconnect to reset the
PCM.
Start the engine.
If the MIL has not yet illuminated, test drive the vehicle to try to get the code to reset.
Does the code reset while cranking or during the test drive?
Yes Go To 2
2 Visually inspect the CKP wire harness. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or All
Visually inspect the CKP wire harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out,
or corroded terminals.
Ensure the Crankshaft Position Sensor is properly installed and the mounting bolt
tight.

No Go To 3
323
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0315-NO CRANK SENSOR LEARNED Continued

movement.
No Go To 4
Repair
324
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0325-KNOCK SENSOR #1 CIRCUIT
P0325-KNOCK SENSOR #1 CIRCUIT

When Monitored: With the ignition on and the engine running.
Set Condition: The Knock Sensor circuit voltage falls below a minimum value at idle or
deceleration. The minimum value is from a look-up table internal to the PCM and is based
on engine rpm. DTC also sets if sensor output goes above 5.0 volts. One Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
(K42) KS SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
(K42) KS SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(K42) KS SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(K42) KS SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (K45) KS RETURN CIRCUIT
(K45) KS RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
KNOCK SENSOR

Yes Go To 2


Disconnect the Knock Sensor harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the (K42) KS Signal circuit in the Knock Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K42) KS Signal circuit.
No Go To 3
325
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0325-KNOCK SENSOR #1 CIRCUIT Continued

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K42) KS Signal circuit at the Knock
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K42) KS Signal circuit.
No Go To 4

Measure the resistance of the (K42) KS Signal circuit from the Knock Sensor harness
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the open in the (K42) KS Signal circuit.

Measure the resistance between the (K42) KS Signal circuit and the (K45) KS Return
circuit in the Knock Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the (K42) KS Signal circuit for a short to (K45) KS Return
circuit.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance of the (K45) KS Return circuit from the Knock Sensor
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the open in the (K45) KS Signal circuit.

326
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0325-KNOCK SENSOR #1 CIRCUIT Continued

Replace the Knock Sensor.
With the DRBIIIt, erase DTC.
Attempt to operate the vehicle using the information noted in the Freeze Frame.
Does the DRBIIIt display the DTC that was previously erased?

No Test Complete.
327
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0335-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
P0335-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT

When Monitored: Engine cranking.
Set Condition: No CKP signal is present during engine cranking, and at least 8 camshaft
position sensor signals have occurred.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECKING INTERMITTENT CMP SIGNAL WITH LAB
(K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED GROUND
(K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
(K24) CKP SIGNAL SHORTED TO (K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
PCM - (K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY
PCM - (K24) CKP SIGNAL

With the DRBIIIt, read the CKP SYNC State.
Does the DRBIIIt display CKP SYNC state IN SYNC?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 4
328
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0335-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT Continued

(K44) Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Signal circuit in the CMP harness connector.
Wiggle the related wire harness and lightly tap on the Cam Position Sensor.
Start the engine.
Did the CMP Sensor generate any erratic pulses?
No Go To 3

(K24) CKP Signal circuit in the CKP harness connector.
Wiggle the related wire harness and lightly tap on the Crank Position Sensor.
Look for any pulses generated by the CKP Sensor.
Start the engine.

No Test Complete.

Measure the voltage of the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit in the CKP Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 13

Measure the voltage of the (24) CKP Signal circuit in the CKP Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Go To 8
329
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Measure the resistance of the (K4) Sensor Ground circuit from the CKP Sensor
Yes Go To 7

7 NOTE: Inspect the slots on the flywheel for damage. If a problem is found All
Repair

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K24) CKP Signal circuit in the CKP
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K24) CKP Signal circuit.
No Go To 9

Measure the resistance of the (K24) CKP Signal circuit from the CKP Sensor harness
Yes Go To 10
No Repair the open in the (K24) CKP Signal circuit.

330
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Measure the voltage of the (K24) CKP Signal circuit in the CKP Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Repair the short to battery voltage in the (K24) CKP Signal
circuit.
No Go To 11

Measure the resistance between the (K24) CKP Signal circuit and the (K6) 5 Volt
Supply circuit in the CKP Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the (K24) CKP Signal circuit shorted to the (K6) 5 Volt
Supply circuit.
No Go To 12
Repair

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit in the CKP
No Go To 14

Measure the resistance of the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit from the CKP Sensor harness
Yes Go To 15

331
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Measure the voltage on the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit in the CKP Sensor harness
connector.
circuit.
No Go To 16
Repair
332
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0339-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT
P0339-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT

When Monitored: Engine running or Cranking.
Set Condition: When the failure counter reaches 20. One Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
(K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN OR SHORTED TO GROUND
CHECKING CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL WITH THE DRBIIIt LAB
(K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
(K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO B+
(K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO (K6) 5 VOLTS
PCM

Yes Go To 2

333
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0339-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT Continued

2 With the DRBIIIt, read and record Freeze Frame Data specific to the CKP signal, All
ECT, RPM, Sync state, vehicle speed, etc.)
(K24) CKP Signal circuit at the Sensor harness connector.
Start the engine.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 8
3 Visually inspect the related wire harness including the ground circuit. Look for any All
chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
No Go To 4

Disconnect the CKP Sensor connector.
Measure the voltage on the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the open or short to ground in the (K6) 5 Volt Supply
circuit. Use Miller special tool #8815 when checking for an open
circuit to prevent PCM harness connector terminal damage.

Carefully disconnect the Battery (-) Ground cable.
movement.

No Go To 6
334
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

6 NOTE: An intermittent glitch in the Camshaft Position Sensor can cause the All
P0339 to set.
(K44) CMP Signal circuit at the Sensor harness connector.
Wiggle the related wire harness and lightly tap on the Camshaft Position Sensor.
Start the engine.
No Go To 7
Repair

Disconnect the PCM connector.
Measure the resistance in the (K24) CKP Signal circuit between the CKP harness
connector and the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Wiggle the wire harness while taking this measurement.
Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the open/high resistance in the (K24) CKP Signal circuit.

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K24) CKP Signal circuit at the CKP
Wiggle the related wire harness while monitoring the resistance value.
Does the resistance stay below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K24) CKP Signal circuit.
No Go To 10
335
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Measure the voltage on the (K24) CKP Signal circuit.
Wiggle the related wire harness while taking this measurement.
Does the voltage ever increase above 5.5 volts?
Yes Repair the short to B+ voltage in the (K24) CKP Signal circuit.
No Go To 11

Measure the resistance between the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit and the (K24) CKP
signal circuit at the CKP Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit in the (K24) CKP
Signal circuit.
No Go To 12
If there are no possible causes remaining, review repair.
Repair
336
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0340-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
P0340-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT

When Monitored: Engine cranking/running. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.
Set Condition: At least 5 seconds or 2.5 engine revolutions have elapsed with crankshaft
position sensor signals present but no camshaft position sensor signal. One Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
INTERMITTENT CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
(K44) CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED GROUND
(K44) CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(K44) CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
(K44) CMP SIGNAL SHORTED TO (K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
PCM - (K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY
PCM - (K44) CMP SIGNAL

With the DRBIIIt, read the CMP SYNC State.
Does the DRBIIIt display the CMP SYNC State IN SYNC?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 4
337
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0340-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT Continued

(K24) CKP signal circuit in the CKP harness connector.
Wiggle the related wire harness and lightly tap the Crankshaft Position Sensor.
Start the engine.
Did the CKP Sensor generate any erratic pulses?
No Go To 3

Wiggle the related wire harness and lightly tap on the Camshaft Position Sensor.
Start the engine.
Did the CMP Sensor generate any erratic pulses?
No Test Complete.

Measure the voltage of the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit in the CMP Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 13

Measure the voltage of the (K44) CMP Signal circuit in the CMP Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Go To 8
338
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Measure the resistance of the (K4) Sensor Ground circuit from the CMP Sensor
Yes Go To 7

7 NOTE: Inspect the Camshaft sprocket for damage per the Service Informa- All
tion. If a problem is found repair as necessary.
Repair

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K44) CMP Signal circuit in the
CMP Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K44) CMP Signal circuit
No Go To 9

Measure the resistance of the (K44) CMP Signal circuit from the CMP Sensor
Yes Go To 10
No Repair the open in the (K44) CMP Signal circuit.

339
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Measure the voltage of the (K44) CMP Signal circuit in the CMP Sensor harness
connector.
Yes Repair the short to battery voltage in the (K44) CMP Signal
circuit.
No Go To 11

Measure the resistance between the (K44) CMP Signal circuit and the (K6) 5 Volt
Supply circuit in the CMP Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the (K44) CMP Signal circuit shorted to the (K6) 5 Volt
Supply circuit.
No Go To 12
Repair

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit in the
No Go To 14

Measure the resistance of the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit between the CMP Sensor
harness connector and the special tool #8815 terminal.
Yes Go To 15

340
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Measure the voltage of the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit in the CMP Sensor harness
connector.
circuit.
No Go To 16
Repair
341
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0344-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT
P0344-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT

When Monitored: Engine running or Cranking.
Set Condition: When the failure counter reaches 20. One Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
(K6) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN OR SHORTED TO GROUND
CHECKING CKP SIGNAL WITH THE DRBIIIt LAB
(K44) CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(K44) CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
(K44) CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO B+
(K44) CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO (K6) 5 VOLTS
PCM

Yes Go To 2


Start the engine.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 8
342
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0344-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT Continued

3 Visually inspect the related wire harness including the ground circuit. Look for any All
chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.

No Go To 4

Disconnect the CMP Sensor connector.
Measure the voltage on the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the open or short to ground in the (K6) 5 Volt Supply

circuit. Use Miller special tool #8815 when checking for an open
circuit to prevent PCM harness connector terminal damage.

Carefully disconnect the Battery (-) Ground cable.
Inspect the Tone Wheel/Pulse Ring for damage, foreign material, or excessive
movement.

No Go To 6
6 NOTE: An intermittent glitch in the Crankshaft Position Sensor can cause All
the P0344 to set.
(K24) CKP Signal circuit in the CKP Sensor harness connector.
Wiggle the related wire harness and lightly tap on the Crank Position Sensor.
Start the engine.
No Go To 7
343
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Repair

Measure the resistance in the (K44) CMP Signal circuit from the CMP harness
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the open/high resistance in the (K44) CMP Signal circuit.

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K44) CMP Signal circuit in the
Wiggle the related wire harness while monitoring the resistance value.
Does the resistance stay below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K44) CMP Signal circuit.
No Go To 10

Measure the voltage on the (K44) CMP Signal circuit.
Does the voltage ever increase above 5.5 volts?
Yes Repair the short to B+ voltage in the (K44) CMP Signal circuit.
No Go To 11

Disconnect the CMP harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit and the signal circuit
in the CMP harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to the (K6) 5 Volt Supply circuit in the (K44)
CMP Signal circuit.
No Go To 12
344
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Repair
345
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom List:
P0351-IGNITION COIL #1 CIRCUIT
The title for the tests will be P0351-IGNITION COIL #1 CIR-
CUIT.

When Monitored: With battery voltage greater than 11 volts. Engine running. Engine
RPM less than 8160. No coil in dwell during test.
running to set. One Trip Fault.

When Monitored: With battery voltage greater than 11 volts. Engine running. Engine
RPM less than 8160. No coil in dwell during test.
running to set. One trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IGNITION COIL
(A142) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
IGNITION COIL DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
COIL CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM

Yes Go To 2

346
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0351-IGNITION COIL #1 CIRCUIT Continued

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (A142) ASD Relay Output
circuit in the Ignition Coil harness connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the (A142) ASD Relay Output circuit.


Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the Ignition Coil Driver circuit.
No Go To 4

Measure the resistance of the Coil Control circuit between the Ignition Coil harness
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Coil Control circuit for an open.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Coil Control circuit in the Ignition
Coil harness connector.
Yes Repair the Coil Control circuit for a short to ground.

No Go To 6
6 NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, All
damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary.
Repair
347
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom List:
P0420-CATALYTIC 1/1 EFFICIENCY
The title for the tests will be P0420-CATALYTIC 1/1 EFFI-
CIENCY.

When Monitored: Engine Run time greater than 90 seconds. Engine Coolant greater than
70C (158F) Vehicle speed greater than 20 MPH and less than 55 MPH. Engine Speed
greater than 1216 RPM and less than 1952 RPM.
switch ratio reaches a predetermined value a counter is incremented by one. One Trip
Fault.

When Monitored: Engine Run time greater than 90 seconds. Engine Coolant greater than
70C (158F) Vehicle speed greater than 20 MPH and less than 55 MPH. Engine Speed
greater than 1216 RPM and less than 1952 RPM.
switch ratio reaches a predetermined value a counter is incremented by one. One Trip
Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VISUALLY INSPECT CATALYTIC CONVERTER
EXHAUST LEAK
ENGINE MECHANICAL CONDITION
AGING O2 SENSOR
CATALYTIC CONVERTER
348
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0420-CATALYTIC 1/1 EFFICIENCY Continued

1 NOTE: A new rear O2 Sensor along with an aging front O2 Sensor may cause All
the DTC to set. Review the repair history of the vehicle before continuing.
NOTE: If an O2 Sensor or Fuel System Lean DTC(s) is set along with the
Catalytic Converter Efficiency DTC, diagnose the O2 Sensor DTC(s) before
continuing.
NOTE: Check for contaminates that may have damaged the O2 Sensor and
Catalytic Converter: contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and cool-
ant, repair necessary.
Yes Go To 2

2 Inspect the Catalytic Converter for the following damage. All

Damaged Catalytic Converter, dent and holes.
Severe discoloration caused by overheating the Catalytic Converter.
Catalytic Converter broke internally.
Leaking Catalytic Converter.
Yes Replace the Catalytic Converter. Repair the condition that may
have caused the failure.
No Go To 3

Inspect the exhaust for leaks between the engine and the O2 Sensor.
No Go To 4
4 Check the exhaust for excessive smoke caused by an internal problem in the engine. All
Is a engine mechanical condition present?
Yes Repair the engine mechanical condition as necessary.
No Go To 5
5 A new rear O2 Sensor along with an aging front O2 Sensor may cause the DTC to set. All
Review the vehicles repair history.
Has the rear O2 Sensor been replaced without replacing the front O2 Sensor?
Yes Replace the Front O2 Sensor as necessary.
No Go To 6
Repair
Replace the Catalytic Converter.
349
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0440-GENERAL EVAP SYSTEM FAILURE
P0440-GENERAL EVAP SYSTEM FAILURE

When Monitored: Engine Running. Fuel Level greater than 12%. Ambient Temperature
between 4C and 32C (39F and 89F)
Set Condition: The PCM does not see the NVLD switch close during the medium/large
leak test. The PCM will then increase the vacuum supply to the EVAP system by
increasing flow through the EVAP Purge valve. If the switch does not close with an
increase in vacuum, an error is detected. Two Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EVAP PURGE SOLENOID VACUUM SUPPLY INSPECTION
EVAP PURGE SOLENOID STUCK CLOSED
NVLD SWITCH OPERATION
NVLD ASSEMBLY
(K107) NVLD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM
PCM

1 NOTE: If any of the following DTCs are set (P0443, P0452, P0453, P0498 or All
P0499) diagnose them first before continuing with P0440.
Yes Go To 2

350
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0440-GENERAL EVAP SYSTEM FAILURE Continued

2 Perform a visual and physical inspection of the entire Evaporative Emission system. All
Check for the following conditions:
- Hoses disconnected or left off
- Holes or cracks
- Loose seal points
- Evidence of damaged components
- Incorrect routing of hoses and tubes
- Fuel Cap left off or bad gasket seal
Were any of the above conditions found?

No Go To 3

Ensure the vacuum port at the throttle body is free from any blockage.
Yes Repair the vacuum supply, hose/tube as necessary.

No Go To 4
4 Disconnect the vacuum supply hoses form the EVAP Purge Solenoid. All
Using a hand vacuum pump, apply 10 in Hg to the 9CAN9 side of the EVAP Purge
Solenoid.
Yes Go To 5
5 NOTE: The fuel level must be below 85%, or the Onboard Refueling Vapor All
Recovery (ORVR) system control valve will seal the tank.
Install the Miller #8382 gas cap adaptor. Attach the gas cap to the adapter.
Connect a hand-held vacuum pump to the gas cap adapter.
NOTE: At 1( in Hg the switch should close. Using a manometer (Miller
#6872A) connected to the service port can aid in properly reading the
system vacuum.
Slowly apply vacuum while monitoring the NVLD Switch State on the DRBIIIt. Do
not exceed 29 in Hg while performing this step.
NOTE: The NVLD Switch reads normally open. When the vacuum is applied
and 1( in Hg is reached the switch state should be in the closed position.
Once the vacuum has been released the Switch state should return to the
open position.
Did the NVLD Switch operate as described above?

No Go To 6
351
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Detector (EELD).
WARNING: Keep lit cigarettes, sparks, flames, and other ignition sources
away from the test area to prevent the ignition of explosive gases. Keep the
test area well ventilated.
Connect the red power lead of EELD to the battery positive terminal and the black
ground lead to battery negative terminal.
an example.
Block the vent hose of the EVAP Canister.
Connect shop air to the EELD.
Insert the testers AIR supply tip (clear hose) into the .040 orifice on the testers
control panel.
calibrated the flow meter in liters per minute.
NOTE: Larger volume fuel tanks, lower fuel levels or if the vehicle is
equipped with a Flow Management Valve, this may indicate high flow and
will require 4 to 5 minutes to fill.
Yes Go To 7
No Go To 8
352
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

diagnosis also.
Detector (EELD).
as necessary.
exiting smoke.
goggles 8404-20 to look for residual traces of dye that are left behind by the smoke.
NOTE: Carefully inspect the vent side of the EVAP Canister. Due to the
filtering system in the canister the smoke or dye may or may not be visual.
Introducing smoke into the filtered side of the canister may assist in
locating the leak.
Was a leak found?



Disconnect the NVLD electrical harness connector.
Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Using a jumper wire, jumper across the (K107) NVLD Switch Sense circuit and the
(Z1) Ground circuit in the NVLD electrical harness connector.
Monitor the NVLD Switch state on the DRBIIIt.
Does the Switch change from OPEN to CLOSED.
Yes Replace the NVLD Assembly.

No Go To 9
353
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Measure the resistance between the (Z1) Ground circuit and ground.
Yes Go To 10


Measure the resistance of the (K107) NVLD Switch Signal circuit from the NVLD
electrical harness connector to the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815.

No Repair the open in the (K107) NVLD Switch Signal Circuit.
354
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0441-EVAP PURGE SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
P0441-EVAP PURGE SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

When Monitored: Cold start test. Engine Running. Small Leak Test Passed.
Set Condition: The PCM activates the EVAP Purge solenoid and gradually increases to
maximum flow. During flow, the PCM looks for the NVLD switch to close. If the PCM does
not see the NVLD switch close at maximum flow an error is detected. Two Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECKING EVAP PURGE SOLENOID FUNCTIONALITY
EVAP PURGE SOLENOID VACUUM SUPPLY

1 NOTE: If any of the following DTCs are set (P0443, P0452, P0453, P0498 or All
P0499) diagnose them first before continuing with P0441.
Yes Go To 2

2 NOTE: After disconnecting the Evap Purge vacuum connections, inspect All
the lines and solenoid for any signs of contamination or foreign materials.
Using a hand vacuum pump, apply 10 in Hg to 9CAN9 side of the EVAP Purge
Solenoid.
Yes Go To 3
355
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0441-EVAP PURGE SYSTEM PERFORMANCE Continued

Inspect the vacuum port at the throttle body for any damage or plugging.
Yes Repair the vacuum supply hose/tube as necessary.

356
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom List:
P0442-EVAP SYSTEM MEDIUM LEAK
P0455-EVAP SYSTEM LARGE LEAK
The title for the tests will be P0442-EVAP SYSTEM MEDIUM
LEAK.
P0442-EVAP SYSTEM MEDIUM LEAK

When Monitored: Engine Running. Cold start test. Fuel Level greater than 12%. Ambient
Temperature between 4C and 32C (39F and 89F) Close Loop fuel system. Test runs
when small leak test is maturing.
Set Condition: The PCM activates the EVAP Purge Solenoid to pull the EVAP system into
a vacuum to close the NVLD swtich. Once the NVLD swtich is closed, the PCM turns the
EVAP Pugre solenoid off to seal the EVAP system. If the NVLD switch reopens before the
calibrated amount of time for a Medium leak an error is detected. Two Trip Fault.
P0455-EVAP SYSTEM LARGE LEAK

When Monitored: Engine Running. Cold start test. Fuel Level greater than 12%. Ambient
Temperature between 4C and 32C (39F and 89F) Close Loop fuel system. Test runs
when small leak test is maturing.
Set Condition: The PCM activates the EVAP Purge Solenoid to pull the EVAP system into
a vacuum to close the NVLD swtich. Once the NVLD switch is closed, the PCM turns the
EVAP Purge solenoid off to seal the EVAP system. If the NVLD switch reopens before the
calibrated amount of time for a Large leak an error is detected. Two Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
357
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0442-EVAP SYSTEM MEDIUM LEAK Continued

1 NOTE: Since a hot vehicle can conceal a leak, it is best to perform this test All
at room temperature.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 7
Check for the follow conditions:
- Holes or cracks
- Loose seal points
- Fuel Cap gasket seal

No Go To 3
358
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Detector (EELD).
WARNING: Keep lighted cigarettes, sparks, flames, and other ignition
sources away from the test area to prevent the ignition of explosive gases.
Keep the test area well ventilated.
Connect the red power lead of the EELD to the battery positive terminal and the
black ground lead to battery negative terminal.
an example.
Connect shop air to the EELD.
set in the PCM.
NOTE: Larger volume fuel tanks, lower fuel levels or if the vehicle is
equipped with a Flow Management Valve may indicate high flow and will
require 4 to 5 minutes to fill
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 7
359
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

diagnosis also.
Detector (EELD).
NOTE: The flow meter indicator ball will not move in the smoke mode.
as necessary.
exiting smoke.
goggles 8404-20 to look for residual traces of dye that is left behind by the smoke.
filtering system in the canister the smoke may not be as thick. Introducing
smoke into the filtered side of the canister may assist in locating the leak.
Was a leak found?
No Go To 5
necessary.
Using a hand vacuum pump, apply 10 in Hg to the 9CAN9 of the EVAP Purge
Solenoid.
Does the EVAP Purge Solenoid hold vacuum?
Yes Go To 6

360
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

6 NOTE: The fuel level must be below 85%, or the ORVR control valve will seal All
the tank.
Install the Miller #8382 gas cap adaptor. Attach the gas cap to the adapter.
Connect a hand-held vacuum pump to the gas cap adapter.
NOTE: At 1( in Hg the NVLD switch should close. Using a manometer (Miller
#6872A) connected to the service port can aid in properly reading the
system vacuum.
Slowly apply vacuum while monitoring the NVLD Switch State on the DRBIIIt. Do
not exceed 29 in Hg while performing this step.
NOTE: The NVLD Switch reads normally open. When the vacuum is applied
and 1( in Hg is reached the switch state should be in the closed position.
Once the vacuum has been released the Switch state should return to the
open position.
Yes Go To 7
No Replace the NVLD Assembly.


Perform a visual and physical inspection of the entire Evaporative Emission system.
- Holes or cracks
- Loose seal points
No Test Complete.
361
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:

When Monitored: The ignition on or engine running. Battery voltage greater than 10
volts.
Set Condition: The PCM will set a trouble code if the actual state of the solenoid does not
match the intended state.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
(K52) EVAP PURGE SOL CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
(K52) EVAP PURGE SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(K108) EVAP PURGE SOL RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
(K108) EVAP PURGE SOL RETURN CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

Yes Go To 2


Disconnect the EVAP Purge Solenoid harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light, jumper across the EVAP Purge Solenoid harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the EVAP Purge Solenoid.
Yes Replace the EVAP Purge Solenoid.

No Go To 3
362
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Measure the resistance of the (K52) Evap Purge Solenoid Control circuit from the
Evap Purge Solenoid harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool
#8815.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the open in the (K52) Evap Purge Sol Control circuit.

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K52) Evap Purge Sol Control circuit
at the Evap Purge Solenoid harness connector.
Control circuit.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the (K108) Evap Purge Sol Return circuit from the Evap
Purge Solenoid harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open in the (K108) Evap Purge Sol Return circuit.

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K108) Evap Purge Sol Return
circuit at the Evap Purge Solenoid harness connector.
Return circuit.
No Go To 7
363
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Repair
364
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0452-NVLD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT LOW
P0452-NVLD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT LOW

When Monitored: Immediately after engine start up.
Set Condition: The PCM activates the NLVD Solenoid. If PCM does not see NVLD switch
open, an error is detected. One Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NVLD ASSEMBLY
(K52) EVAP PURGE SOL CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(K107) NVLD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM

Yes Go To 2


Using a 12-volt test light, jumper across the EVAP Purge Solenoid harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the EVAP Purge Solenoid.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 7
365
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0452-NVLD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT LOW Continued

necessary.
Using a hand vacuum pump, apply 10 in Hg to the 9CAN9 of the EVAP Purge
Solenoid.
Does the EVAP Purge Solenoid hold vacuum?
Yes Go To 4


Using the DRBIIIt, monitor the NVLD Switch State.
Does the DRBIIIt display the NVLD state OPEN?
No Go To 5

Using the DRBIIIt, monitor the NVLD Switch State.
Disconnect the NVLD electrical connector.
Does the Switch change from CLOSED to OPEN?
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K107) NVLD Switch Signal circuit
in the NVLD Assembly harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K107) NVLD Switch Signal
circuit.
366
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0452-NVLD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT LOW Continued

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K52) EVAP Purge Sol Control
circuit at the EVAP Purge Solenoid harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K52) EVAP Purge Sol Control
circuit.
367
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0453-NVLD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH
P0453-NVLD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH

Set Condition: If the PCM does not see the NVLD swtich close during test an error is
detected. One Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
(K107) NVLD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
(K107) NVLD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (K106) NVLD SOL CONTROL CIRCUIT
NVLD ASSEMBLY
(K107) NVLD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

Using the DRBIIIt, perform the NVLD FORCED MONITOR TEST.
Monitor the NVLD Switch state.
NOTE: As the test runs, the NVLD Switch should go from an OPEN state to
a CLOSED state and then return to OPEN when the test is complete.

No Go To 2

Measure the voltage on the (K107) NVLD Switch Signal circuit in the NVLD
electrical harness connector.
Yes Repair short to battery voltage in the (K107) NVLD Switch Signal
circuit.
No Go To 3
368
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0453-NVLD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH Continued

Measure the resistance between the (K107) NVLD Switch Signal circuit and (K106)
NVLD Sol Control circuit in the NVLD electrical harness connector.
Yes Repair the (K107) NVLD Switch Signal circuit shorted to the
(K106) NVLD Sol Control circuit.
No Go To 4

Using a jumper wire, jumper across the NVLD Switch Signal circuit and the Ground
circuit.
Monitor the NVLD Switch state on the DRBIIIt.
Does the Switch change from OPEN to CLOSED?
No Go To 5

Yes Go To 6

Measure the resistance of the (K107) NVLD Switch Signal circuit from the NVLD
electrical harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool # 8815.

No Repair the open in the (K107) NVLD Switch Signal circuit.

369
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0456-EVAP SYSTEM SMALL LEAK
P0456-EVAP SYSTEM SMALL LEAK

When Monitored: Ignition off. Fuel Level less than 88%. Ambient Temperature between
4C to 43C (39F to 109F)
Set Condition: Due to temperature changes a vacuum is created in the fuel tank and
EVAP system. With the EVAP system sealed, the PCM monitors the NVLD switch. If the
NVLD switch does not close within a calibrated amount of time an error is detected.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

1 NOTE: The difference in ambient temperature, outside temp VS shop temp, All
may conceal a leak, it is best to perform this test after the vehicles
temperature has stabilized in the work area.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 4
- Holes or cracks
- Loose seal points

No Go To 3
370
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0456-EVAP SYSTEM SMALL LEAK Continued

diagnosis also.
Use the Miller Tool #8404 Evaporative Emissions Leak Detector (EELD).
as necessary.
exiting smoke.
goggles 8404-20 to look for residual traces of dye that are left behind by the smoke.
filtering system in the canister the smoke or dye may or may not be visual.
Introducing smoke into the filtered side of the canister may assist in
locating the leak.
Was a leak found?
No Go To 4

Perform a visual and physical inspection of the entire Evaporative Emission system.
- Holes or cracks
- Loose seal points

No Test Complete.
371
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0461-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE
P0461-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE

When Monitored: TEST #1: With the ignition on, the fuel level is compared to the
previous key down after a 20 second delay. TEST #2: The PCM monitors the fuel level at
ignition on.
Set Condition: TEST #1: If the PCM does not see a difference in fuel level of greater than
0.1 volt the test will fail. TEST #2: If the PCM does not see a change in the fuel level of
.1765 over a set amount of miles the test will fail. Two Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VISUALLY INSPECT FUEL TANK
(G4) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(G4) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
INTERNAL INSPECTION OF THE FUEL TANK
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

1 NOTE: Diagnose P0462 or P0463 first, if set along with P0461. All
NOTE: Inspect the Fuel Pump Module harness connector for any corrosion
or damage.
Yes Go To 2

2 Visually inspect the Fuel Tank for damage that may restrict the Fuel Sending Unit All
float from moving.
Is the Fuel Tank OK?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Fuel Tank as necessary.

372
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0461-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE Continued

Measure the resistance between ground and the (G4) Fuel Level Signal circuit at the
Fuel Pump Module harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (G4) Fuel Level Signal circuit.
No Go To 4

Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the (G4) Fuel Level Signal circuit from the Fuel Pump
Module harness connector to the BCM harness connector.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the open in the (G4) Fuel Level Signal circuit.

Measure the resistance of the (Z2) Ground circuit from the Fuel Pump Module
Yes Go To 6
6 WARNING: The fuel system is under a constant pressure even with the All
engine off. Before opening the fuel system the fuel pressure must be release.
Relieve the fuel pressure in accordance with the service information.
Remove the Fuel Tank in accordance with the Service Information.
Remove the Fuel Pump Module.
Visually inspect the inside of the Fuel Tank for any obstructions or deformities.
Inspect the Fuel Pump Module Float arm for damage.
No Go To 7

Repair
Replace the Fuel Level Sensor.
373
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom List:
P0462-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 LOW
P0463-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 HIGH
The title for the tests will be P0462-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1
LOW.
P0462-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 LOW

Set Condition: The fuel level sensor signal voltage goes below 0.1961 volts for more than
5 seconds. One Trip Fault.
P0463-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR #1 HIGH

Set Condition: The fuel level sensor signal voltage at the PCM goes above 4.7 volts for
more than 5 seconds. One Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

Yes Refer to the Instrument Cluster Category and perform the appro-
priate symptoms.

374
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0480-LOW SPEED FAN CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT
P0480-LOW SPEED FAN CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT

Set Condition: An open or shorted circuit is detected in the radiator fan relay control
circuit. One Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RADIATOR FAN RELAY INTERMITTENT OPERATION
GROUND CIRCUIT
RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN (IPM)
RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN (PCM)
RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (IPM)
RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND (PCM)
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (OPEN)
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (SHORD)

Are both Radiator Fan operating?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3

Wiggle the wiring harness from the Radiator Fan Relay to the PCM while the relay
is actuating.
Did the Radiator Fan Relay stop when wiggling the wiring harness?

375
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0480-LOW SPEED FAN CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT Continued

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the Ground circuit in the
Radiator Fan Relay harness connector.
Yes Go To 4

4 NOTE: Inspect the Radiator Fan fuse located in the IPM. All
Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ Output circuit in the Radiator Fan harness
connector.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Fused B+ circuit. Check and replace any open fuses.
5 NOTE: Ensure the Radiator Fan Relay harness connector is connected. All
Using a jumper wire, momentarily jumper the Radiator Fan Relay Control circuit in
the appropriate terminal of special tool # 8815 to ground.
Did the Radiator Fans operate?
Yes Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals
for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance of the Radiator Fan Relay Control circuit between the
Radiator Fan Relay harness connector and the appropriate terminal of special tool #
8815.
Yes Go To 7
No Go To 10
376
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Measure the resistance of the Radiator Fan Relay Control circuit in the Radiator Fan
Relay harness connector to ground.
Yes Go To 8
No Replace Radiator Fan Relay.


Measure the resistance of the Radiator Fan Relay Control circuit in the Radiator Fan
Relay harness connector to ground.
Yes Repair the Radiator Fan Relay Control circuit for a short to
ground between the Radiator Fan Relay harness connector and
the IPM harness connector.
No Go To 9

Measure the resistance of the Radiator Fan Relay Control circuit in the PCM harness
Yes Repair the Radiator Fan Relay Control circuit for a short to
ground between PCM harness connector and the IPM harness
connector.

Measure the resistance of the Radiator Fan Relay Control circuit between the IPM
harness connector and the Radiator Fan Relay harness connector.
Yes Go To 11
No Repair the Radiator Fan Relay Control circuit for an open
between the Radiator Fan Relay harness connector and the IPM
harness connector.
377
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Measure the resistance of the Radiator Fan Relay Control circuit between the IPM
No Repair the Radiator Fan Relay Control circuit for an open

between PCM harness connector and the IPM harness connector.
378
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0498-NVLD CANISTER VENT VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW
P0498-NVLD CANISTER VENT VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW

Set Condition: The PCM detects a short in the NVLD Canister vent solenoid circuits. One
trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NVLD SOLENOID
(K106) NVLD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
PCM

Yes Go To 2


Measure the resistance of the NVLD Solenoid coil.
Is the resistance between 7.5 to 8.5 ohms?
Yes Go To 3


Measure the resistance between ground and the (K106) NVLD Sol Control circuit at
the NVLD electrical harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K106) NVLD Solenoid Control
circuit.

379
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0499-NVLD CANISTER VENT VALVE SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH

Set Condition: The PCM detects an open in the NVLD Canister vent solenoid circuits.
One trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NVLD SOLENOID
(K106) NVLD SOL CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
(K106) NVLD SOL CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

Yes Go To 2


Disconnect the NVLD Assembly harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the NVLD Solenoid coil.
Is the resistance between 7.5 to 8.5 ohms?
Yes Go To 3

380
DRIVEABILITY - NGC

Continued
Measure the voltage on the (K106) NVLD Sol Control circuit in the NVLD Assembly
harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to battery voltage in the (K106) NVLD Sol
Control circuit.
No Go To 4

Measure the resistance of the (K106) NVLD Sol Control circuit from the NVLD
Assembly harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the open in the (K106) NVLD Sol Control circuit.

Yes Go To 6

Repair
381
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0501-VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE (AUTO
TRANS)
P0501-VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE (AUTO TRANS)

When Monitored: Engine running. Transmission not in park or neutral. Brakes not
applied. Engine run time greater than 10 seconds.
Set Condition: The PCM does not see vehicle speed signal from the transmission control
side of the PCM. Two Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANSMISSION DTC(S)
PCM

1 NOTE: Ensure that the Pinion Factor has been programmed and the correct All
tire size has been programmed in before continuing.
With the DRBIIIt, read PCM DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data.
Yes Go To 2


With the DRBIIIt, check the Transmission DTCs.
Are there any Transmission DTCs present?
Yes Refer to the appropriate Transmission DTC in the Transmission

category.

necessary. Replace and program the Powertrain Module in accor-
382
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0501-VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE (MANUAL
TRANS)
P0501-VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE (MANUAL TRANS)

When Monitored: With the engine running. Clutch not depressed. Engine rpm greater
than 1500.
Set Condition: The PCM does not receive a vehicle speed sensor signal for more than 11
seconds. 2 consecutive trips.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR OPERATION
(G7) VSS SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(G7) VSS SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM VSS SIGNAL
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

1 Raise the drive wheels off the ground. All
WHEELS.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Vehicle Speed Sensor
Place the transmission in any forward gear.
Allow the wheels to rotate.
Does the DRBIIIt display vehicle speed above 0 MPH/KMH?

No Go To 2

Measure the voltage of the (K7) 5 Volt Supply circuit in the VSS harness connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the (K7) 5 Volt Supply circuit for an open.

383
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0501-VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR #1 PERFORMANCE (MANUAL TRANS)

Continued
Measure the voltage of the (G7) VSS Signal circuit in the VSS harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the (K4) Sensor ground circuit between the VSS harness
Yes Remove and inspect the Pinion Gear. If OK, replace the Vehicle
Speed Sensor.

Measure the resistance of the (G7) Vehicle Speed Sensor Signal circuit in the VSS
Yes Repair the (G7) VSS Signal circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance of the (G7) VSS Signal circuit between the VSS harness
connector and to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the (G7) VSS Signal circuit for an open.

If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair,
Repair
384
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom List:
P0506-IDLE SPEED LOW PERFORMANCE
P0507-IDLE SPEED HIGH PERFORMANCE
P0519-IDLE SPEED PERFORMANCE
The title for the tests will be P0506-IDLE SPEED LOW PER-
FORMANCE.
P0506-IDLE SPEED LOW PERFORMANCE

When Monitored: Engine Running. During an idle condition.
Set Condition: If the engine RPM does not come within a calibratable low limit of the
target idle speed, a failure timer will increment. When the appropriate failure timer
reaches its maximum threshold without sign of RPM trending towards control, a soft fail
is generated. When a calibratable number of the soft fails is reached, a I trip fault is set.
When two 1 trip faults occur in a row, a the DTC is set and the MIL illuminates.
P0507-IDLE SPEED HIGH PERFORMANCE

When Monitored: Engine Running. During an idle condition.
Set Condition: If the engine RPM does not come within a calibratable high limit of the
target idle speed, a failure timer will increment. When the appropriate failure timer
reaches its maximum threshold without sign of RPM trending towards control, a soft fail
is generated. When a calibratable number of the soft fails is reached, a I trip fault is set.
When two 1 trip faults occur in a row, a the DTC is set and the MIL illuminates.
P0519-IDLE SPEED PERFORMANCE

When Monitored: With the engine idling and the transmission in drive, if automatic.
There must not be a MAP sensor trouble code or a Throttle Position Sensor trouble code.
Set Condition: The engine idle is not within 200 rpm above or 100 rpm below the target
idle for 40 seconds. Two trip fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IAC MOTOR PASSAGES
VACUUM LEAKS
AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM
THROTTLE BODY AND THROTTLE LINKAGE
385
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0506-IDLE SPEED LOW PERFORMANCE Continued

Yes Go To 2


Inspect the IAC Motor and passages for any obstructions or damage to motor.
No Go To 3

Inspect the vehicle for external vacuum leaks.
Inspect the engine for internal vacuum leaks.
No Go To 4
4 Inspect the Air Induction System for the following problems. All
Restrictions: Dirty Air Cleaner, Foreign material trapped in the air intake tube, etc.
Leaks: Air Intake tube connection, Air Cleaner housing, etc.
No Go To 5
5 Inspect the throttle body plate carbon build up or other restrictions. All
Inspect the throttle linkage for binding and smooth operation.
Ensure the throttle plate is resting on the stop at idle.

No Test Complete.
386
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0508-IAC VALVE SENSE CIRCUIT LOW
P0508-IAC VALVE SENSE CIRCUIT LOW

When Monitored: Engine running. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.
Set Condition: The IAC sense circuit is less than 175 mA. One Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IAC MOTOR OPERATION
IAC MOTOR
(K39) IAC MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(K60) IAC SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(K60) IAC SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(K39) IAC MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

1500 RPM.
Start the engine.
Yes Go To 2

NOTE: Inspect the IAC air passages for restriction and damage to the IAC
valve.
Measure the resistance across the IAC Motor pin terminals (component).
Is the resistance 9.7 +/- 1.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the IAC Motor.

387
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0508-IAC VALVE SENSE CIRCUIT LOW Continued

Measure the resistance of the (K60) IAC Signal circuit from the IAC Motor harness
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the open in the (K60) IAC Signal circuit.


Measure the resistance between ground and the (K60) IAC Signal in the IAC Motor
harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K60) IAC Signal circuit.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K39) IAC Motor Control circuit in
the IAC Motor harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K39) IAC Motor Control circuit.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance of the (K39) IAC Return circuit from the IAC Motor harness
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the open in the (K39) IAC Motor Control circuit.

388
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0508-IAC VALVE SENSE CIRCUIT LOW Continued

Repair
389
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0509-IAC VALVE SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH
P0509-IAC VALVE SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH

When Monitored: Engine running. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.
Set Condition: The IAC sense circuit is greater than 980 mA. One Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IAC MOTOR OPERATION
IAC MOTOR
(K60) IAC SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
(K39) IAC MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
(K60) IAC SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (K39) IAC MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT
PCM

1500 RPM.
Start the engine.
Yes Go To 2


With the DRBIIIt, monitor the IAC Current.
Does the DRBIIIt display IAC Current at 0mA?
Yes Replace the IAC Motor.
No Go To 3
390
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0509-IAC VALVE SENSE CIRCUIT HIGH Continued

Measure the voltage of the (K60) IAC Signal circuit in the IAC Motor harness
connector.
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K60) IAC Signal circuit.
No Go To 4

Measure the voltage of the (K39) IAC Motor Driver circuit in the IAC Motor harness
connector.
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K39) IAC Motor Control circuit.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance across the IAC Motor harness connector.
Yes Repair the (K60) IAC Motor Signal circuit short to the (K39) IAC
Motor Control circuit.
No Go To 6
Repair
391
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0513-INVALID SKIM KEY
P0513-INVALID SKIM KEY

Set Condition: The PCM detects an invalid SKIM key.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INCORRECT VIN IN PCM
INVALID SKIM KEY NOT PRESENT
NO COMMUNICATION WITH SKIM
NO VIN PROGRAMMED IN THE PCM
PCM
SKIM TROUBLE CODES SET

With the DRBIIIt, read the PCM DTCs.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 7
2 With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the SKIM. All

Can the DRBIIIt communicate with the SKIM?
Yes Go To 3
No Refer to the No Communication category.


Are any DTCs present in the SKIM?
Yes Refer to SKIM category for the related symptom(s).
No Go To 4

Has a VIN been programmed into the PCM?
Yes Go To 5
No Program the correct VIN into the PCM and retest.

392
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0513-INVALID SKIM KEY Continued

Was the correct VIN programmed into the PCM?
Yes Go To 6


With the DRBIIIt, erase all SKIM and PCM DTCs.
Attempt to start and idle the engine.
With the DRBIIIt, read the PCM DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display this code?

termnals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as
No Test Complete.
7 NOTE: You must obtain the SKIM pin number. All

NOTE: This DTC could have been set if the SKIM harness connector was
disconnected, or if the SKIM was replaced recently.
NOTE: All keys that the customer uses for this vehicle must be tested to
verify they are operating properly.
Verify the correct VIN is programmed into the PCM and SKIM.
With the next customer key turn the ignition key on and crank the engine to start.
Is the Good Trip Counter for DTC P0513 displayed and equal to 0?
Yes Replace the Ignition Key.

No Test Complete.
NOTE: If this DTC cannot be reset, it could have been an actual theft
attempt.
393
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0516-BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW
P0516-BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW

Set Condition: Battery temperature sensor voltage below 0.5 of a volt.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BATTERY TEMP SENSOR VOLTAGE BELOW 0.5 VOLTS
BATTERY TEMP SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE
BATTERY TEMP SIGNAL SHORTED TO GROUND
BATTERY TEMP SIGNAL SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM

With the DRBIIIt, read the Battery Temp Sensor voltage.
Yes Go To 2


Disconnect the Battery Temp Sensor harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, read Battery Temp Sensor voltage.
Does the Battery Temp Sensor voltage read approximately 5.0 volts?
Yes Replace the Battery Temperature Sensor.

No Go To 3

Measure the resistance between ground and the Battery Temp Signal circuit in the
Battery Temp Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the Battery Temp Signal circuit.
No Go To 4
394
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0516-BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW Continued

Measure the resistance between the Battery Temp Signal circuit and the Sensor
ground circuit in the Battery Temp Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the Sensor ground shorted to the Battery Temp Sensor
Signal circuit.
No Go To 5
Repair
395
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0517-BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH
P0517-BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH

Set Condition: Battery temperature voltage above 4.8 volts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BATTERY TEMP VOLTAGE ABOVE 4.8 VOLTS
BATTERY TEMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
BATTERY TEMP SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE
BATTERY TEMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

Yes Go To 2


Measure the voltage of the Battery Temp Signal circuit in the Battery Temp Sensor
harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to battery voltage in the Battery Temp Signal
circuit.
No Go To 3
396
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0517-BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH Continued

Disconnect the Battery Temp harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the Battery Temp Signal circuit and the Sensor
ground circuit in the Battery Temp harness connector.
Yes Replace the Battery Temp Sensor.

No Go To 4

Measure the resistance of the Battery Temp Signal circuit from the Battery Temp
Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the open in the Battery Temp Signal circuit.

Disconnect the Battery Sensor harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Sensor ground circuit from the Battery Temp Sensor
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open in the Sensor ground circuit.

Repair
397
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0522 PRESSURE SENSOR LOW
P0522 PRESSURE SENSOR LOW

When Monitored: Engine running and battery voltage above 10.4 volts.
Set Condition: The oil pressure sensor voltage at PCM goes below 0.1 of a volt for 0.5 of
a second.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OIL PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTAGE BELOW 0.1 VOLTS
OIL PRESSURE SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE
(G6) OIL PRESS SIGNAL SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM

1 NOTE: Ensure the engine oil pressure is at the correct pressure before All
continuing.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Oil Pressure Sensor voltage.
Yes Go To 2

Disconnect the Oil Pressure Sensor harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, read Oil Pressure Sensor voltage.
Does the Oil Pressure Sensor voltage read approximately 5.0 volts?
Yes Replace the Oil Pressure Sensor.
No Go To 3

Disconnect the Oil Pressure Sensor harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the (G6) Oil Press Signal circuit in the
Oil Pressure Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the ground shorted to the (G6) Oil Press Signal circuit.
398
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0532-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR LOW
P0532-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR LOW

When Monitored: The engine running. The A/C relay energized.
Set Condition: The A/C pressure sensor signal voltage at the PCM goes below 0.58 volts
for 2.6 seconds. One Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
A/C PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTAGE BELOW 0.6 VOLTS
(C18) A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(C18) A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (K4) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM A/C PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL

Start the engine.
Yes Go To 2

Measure the voltage of the (K7) 5 Volt Supply circuit in the A/C Pressure Sensor
harness connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 7
399
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0532-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR LOW Continued

No Go To 4

Measure the resistance between ground and the (C18) A/C Pressure Signal circuit in
the A/C Pressure Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (C18) A/C Pressure Signal
circuit.
No Go To 5

(K4) Sensor ground circuit in the A/C Pressure Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to the (K4) Sensor ground circuit in the (C18) A/C
Pressure Signal circuit.
No Go To 6
Repair

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K7) 5 Volt Supply circuit in the A/C
No Go To 8
400
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0532-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR LOW Continued

Measure the resistance of the (K7) 5 Volt Supply circuit from the A/C Pressure Sensor
Yes Go To 9

Repair
401
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0533-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH
P0533-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH

When Monitored: The engine running. The A/C relay energized.
Set Condition: The A/C pressure sensor signal at the PCM goes above 4.92 volts. One trip
Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
A/C PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTAGE ABOVE 4.6 VOLTS
(C18) A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (K7) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
(C18) A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
(C18) A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

Start the engine.
Yes Go To 2

Measure the resistance between the (C18) A/C Pressure Signal circuit and the (K7)
5 Volt Supply circuit in the A/C Pressure Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the (C18) A/C Pressure Signal circuit for a short to the (K7)
5 Volt Supply circuit.
No Go To 3
402
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0533-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH Continued

Measure the voltage on the (C18) A/C Pressure Sensor Signal circuit at the A/C
Yes Repair the (C18) A/C Pressure Signal circuit for a short to battery
voltage.
No Go To 4

Connect a jumper wire between the (C18) A/C Pressure Signal circuit and the (K4)

No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the (C18) A/C Pressure Sensor Signal circuit from the A/C
Pressure Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the (C18) A/C Pressure Signal circuit for an open.


Measure the resistance of the (K4) Sensor ground circuit from the A/C Pressure
Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Yes Go To 7

403
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0533-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH Continued

Repair
404
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0551-POWER STEERING SWITCH PERFORMANCE
P0551-POWER STEERING SWITCH PERFORMANCE

When Monitored: With the ignition key on and engine running.
Set Condition: With the vehicle above 80 KMH (50 MPH) for over 30 seconds, the power
steering pressure switch remains open.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GOOD TRIP COUNTER = 0
POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH (Z1) GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
(K10) PSP SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(K10) PSP SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH
PCM

Yes Go To 2


Disconnect the Power Steering Pressure Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance between Ground and the PSP Switch (Z1) ground circuit at
the Power Steering Pressure Switch connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the open in the PSP Switch (Z1) ground circuit.


Disconnect the PCM harness connector(s).
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K10) PSP Switch Signal circuit at
the Switch connector.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K10) PSP Switch Signal circuit.
No Go To 4
405
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0551-POWER STEERING SWITCH PERFORMANCE Continued

Disconnect the PCM harness connector(s).
Measure resistance of Power Steering PSP Switch Signal circuit from the Power
Steering Pressure Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special
tool #8815.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the open in the (K10) PSP Switch Signal circuit.


Connect a Jumper Wire to the (K10) PSP Switch Signal circuit at harness connector.
Using the DRBIIIt, while monitoring the Power Steering Pressure Switch.
Touch the Jumper Wire to the Ground circuit at the Power Steering Pressure Switch
harness connector several times.
Did the Power Steering Pressure Switch status change from Hi to Low?
Yes Replace the Power Steering Pressure Switch.

No Go To 6
Repair
406
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0562-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW
P0562-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW

Set Condition: The battery sensed voltage is 1 volt below the charging goal for 13.47
battery voltage again. If the voltages are the same, the code is set. One trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
B+ CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
GENERATOR OPERATION
(Z1) GENERATOR FIELD GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
(K20) GEN FIELD CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(K20) GEN FIELD CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

1 NOTE: Ensure the Battery is in good condition. Using the Midtronics All
Battery Tester, test the Battery before continuing.
NOTE: Inspect the vehicle for aftermarket accessories that may exceed the
NOTE: Ensure the generator drive belt is in good operating condition.
NOTE: Inspect the fuses in the PDC. If a fuse is found to be open use the
wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors for
damage.
Yes Go To 2
407
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0562-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW Continued

Measure the voltage between the Generator B+ Terminal and the Battery+ Post.
Start the engine.
Yes Repair the B+ circuit for high resistance between the Generator
and Battery.
No Go To 3

Start the engine.
Yes Repair Generator Ground for high resistance, Generator Case to

Battery ground side.
No Go To 4

Using a 12-volt test light, jumper it across the Generator Field harness connector.
Does the test light illuminate brightly and flash on and off?
No Go To 5

Using a 12-volt test connected to battery voltage, probe the Generator (Z1) Ground
circuit in the Generator Field harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open in the (Z1) Generator Field Ground circuit.
408
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0562-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW Continued

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K20) Gen Field Control circuit in
the Generator Field harness connector.
Yes Repair the (K20) Gen Field Control circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 7

Measure the resistance of the (K20) Gen Field Control circuit from the Generator
Field harness connector to the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815.
Yes Go To 8
No Repair the open in the (K20) Gen Field Control circuit.
corrosion, damage or terminal push out. Repair as necessary.
Repair
409
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0563-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH
P0563-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH

When Monitored: With the ignition on. Engine RPM greater than 380 RPM.
Set Condition: Battery voltage is 1 volt greater than desired system voltage. One Trip
Fault
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GENERATOR OPERATION
(K20) GEN FIELD CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
PCM

1 NOTE: Ensure the Battery is in good condition. Using the Midtronics All
Battery Tester, test the Battery before continuing.
NOTE: Inspect the vehicle for aftermarket accessories that may exceed the
NOTE: Ensure the generator drive belt is in good operating condition.
NOTE: Inspect the fuses in the PDC. If a fuse is found to be open use the
wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors for
damage.
Yes Go To 2


Yes Go To 4
No Go To 3
410
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0563-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH Continued

Measure the voltage on the (K20) Gen Field Control circuit at the Generator Field
harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K20) Gen Field Control circuit.
No Go To 4
Repair
411
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0579-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 PERFORMANCE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH STATUS
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
(V37) S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND
(V37) S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(V37) S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
(V37) S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
(K4) SENSOR GROUND OPEN
PCM

With the DRBIIIt, monitor each switch function for the Speed Control Switches.
Press and release each Speed Control Button.
- Resume/Accel
- Cancel
- Decel (Coast)
- On/Off
- Set
Does each switch function change status when pressing and then depressing each
switch?
No Go To 2

Remove the Speed Control Switches from the steering wheel.
Measure the resistance across each Switch Control Switch.
Monitor the ohmmeter while pressing each function button on each switch.
Resume/Accel - 15,400 ohms
Cancel - 909 +/- 9 ohms
Decel (Coast) - 2940 +/- 30 ohms
On/Off - 0 ohms
Set - 6650 +/- 66 ohms
Does the function on the Speed Control Switches have the correct ohm value?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Speed Control Switch that had the incorrect resis-
tance value.
412
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0579-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 PERFORMANCE Continued

Disconnect the Speed Control On/Off Switch harness connector.
Disconnect the Speed Control Resume/Accel Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the (V37) S/C Switch Signal circuit and the (K4)
Sensor ground circuit in the Speed Control harness connector.
Yes Repair the (V37) S/C Switch Signal circuit shorted to the (K4)
Sensor Ground circuit.
No Go To 4

Measure the voltage of the (V37) Speed Control Switch Signal circuit at the Speed
Control harness connector.
Is the is the voltage above 5.0 volts?
Yes Repair the (V37) S/C Switch Signal circuit shorted to the battery
voltage.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance between ground and the (V37) S/C Switch Signal circuit at
the Speed Control harness connector.
Yes Repair the (V37) Speed Control Switch Signal circuit shorted to
the ground.
No Go To 6
6 NOTE: The measurement must be taken from both Speed Control Switch All
harness connectors.
Measure the resistance of the (V37) S/C Switch Signal circuit from the Speed Control
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms for both measurements?
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the (V37) Speed Control Switch Signal circuit for an open.
413
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0579-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 PERFORMANCE Continued

harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the (K4) Sensor Ground circuit from the Speed Control
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms for both measurement?
Yes Go To 8
No Repair the (K4) Sensor Ground circuit for an open.

Repair
414
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0580-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 LOW
P0580-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 LOW

When Monitored: With the ignition key on. Battery voltage above 10 volts.
Set Condition: The PCM detects the Speed Control Switch Signal circuit voltage is less
than 0.43. One Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH VOLTAGE LOW
SPEED CONTROL ON/OFF SWITCH
SPEED CONTROL RESUME/ACCEL SWITCH
(V37) S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (K4) SENSOR GROUND
(V37) S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM

1 NOTE: Do not press any of the Speed Control Switch buttons. All
With the DRBIIIt, read the Speed Control voltage.
Is the Speed Control voltage below 1.0 volt?
Yes Go To 2


With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Speed Control Switch voltage.
Did the voltage change to above 4.7 volts?
Yes Replace the Speed Control On/Off Switch.

No Go To 3

With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Speed Control Switch voltage.
Did the volt change to above 4.7 volts?
Yes Replace the Speed Control Resume/Accel Switch.

No Go To 4
415
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0580-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 LOW Continued

Measure the resistance between the (K4) Sensor ground circuit and the (V37) S/C
Switch Signal circuit at the Speed Control Switch.
Yes Repair the (V37) S/C Switch Signal circuit short to (K4) Sensor
ground circuit.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance between ground and the (V37) S/C Switch Signal circuit to
the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (V37) S/C Switch Signal circuit.
No Go To 6
6 NOTE: Before continuing, disconnect the PCM harness connector and All
Repair
416
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0581-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 HIGH
P0581-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 HIGH

When Monitored: With the ignition key on. Battery voltage above 10 volts.
Set Condition: The PCM detects an open or short to voltage in the Speed Control Switch
Signal circuit. One Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH VOLTAGE HIGH
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
(V37) S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
(K4) SENSOR GROUND OPEN
PCM

1 NOTE: Do not press any of the Speed Control Switch buttons. All
With the DRBIIIt, read the Speed Control voltage.
Is the Speed Control voltage above 4.8 volt?
Yes Go To 2


Remove the Speed Control Switches from the steering wheel.
Measure the resistance across each Speed Control Switch.
Monitor the ohmmeter while pressing each function button on each switch.
Resume/Accel - 15,400 ohms
Cancel - 909 +/- 9 ohms
Decel (Coast) - 2940 +/- 30 ohms
On/Off - 0 ohms
Set - 6650 +/- 66 ohms
Does the function on the Speed Control Switches have the correct ohm value?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Speed Control Switch that had the incorrect resis-
tance value.
417
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0581-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH #1 HIGH Continued

Measure the voltage of the (V37) S/C Switch Signal circuit at the Speed Control
harness connector.
Is the is the voltage above 5.0 volts?
Yes Repair the (V37) S/C Switch Signal circuit shorted to the battery
voltage.
No Go To 4
harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the (K4) Sensor Ground circuit from the Speed Control
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms for both measurement?

No Repair the (K4) Sensor Ground circuit for an open.
418
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0582-SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID CIRCUIT
P0582-SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored: Ignition on. Speed Control active.
Set Condition: The PCM detects an open or short to voltage in the Speed Control Vacuum
Control circuit. One Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SPEED CONTROL SOLENOID OPERATION
SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID
(V36) S/C VACUUM SOL CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(V36) S/C VACUUM SOL CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM (VACUUM SOLENOID)

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Speed Control Vacuum Solenoid and note operation.
Does the Speed Control Vacuum Solenoid actuate properly?
No Go To 2

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Speed Control Vacuum Solenoid.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the S/C Vacuum Control circuit.

No Go To 3
419
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0582-SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued

Measure the resistance of the (V36) S/C Vacuum Sol Control circuit from the Speed
Control Servo harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool # 8815.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the open/high resistance in the (V36) S/C Vacuum Sol

Control circuit.

Measure the resistance between ground and the (V36) S/C Vacuum Solenoid Control
circuit at the Speed Control Servo harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (V36) S/C Vacuum Sol Control
circuit.
No Go To 5
Repair
420
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0586-SPEED CONTROL VENT SOLENOID CIRCUIT
P0586-SPEED CONTROL VENT SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored: Ignition on. Speed Control active.
Set Condition: The PCM detects an open or short to voltage in the Speed Control Vent
Control circuit. One Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SPEED CONTROL SOLENOID OPERATION
SPEED CONTROL VENT SOLENOID
(V35) S/C VENT SOL CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
(V35) S/C VENT SOL CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM (VENT SOLENOID)

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Speed Control Vent Solenoid and note operation.
Does the Speed Control Vent Solenoid acutate properly?
No Go To 2

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Speed Control Vent Solenoid.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (V35) Speed Control Vent
Solenoid Control circuit in the Speed Control Servo harness connector.

No Go To 3
421
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0586-SPEED CONTROL VENT SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued

Measure the resistance of the (V35) S/C Vent Sol Control circuit from the Speed
Control Servo harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the open/high resistance in the (V35) S/C Vent Sol Control
circuit.

Measure the resistance between ground and the (V35) S/C Vent Sol Control circuit at
the Speed Control Servo harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (V35) Speed Control Vent
No Go To 5
Repair
422
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0594-SPEED CONTROL SERVO POWER CIRCUIT
P0594-SPEED CONTROL SERVO POWER CIRCUIT

When Monitored: With the ignition key on. The speed control switched on.
Set Condition: The PCM detects a open or short in the Speed Control Power Supply
POSSIBLE CAUSES
(V40) S/C BRAKE SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT
(V32) S/C POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
(V32) S/C POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(V40) S/C BRAKE SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTEDTO GROUND
(V40) S/C BRAKE SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
BRAKE LAMP SWITCH
PCM (S/C SOURCE CIRCUIT)

NOTE: It is necessary to PRESS and HOLD the Speed Control Switch in the
ON position while checking for voltage.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (V40) S/C Brake Switch
Output terminal in the Servo Harness connector.

No Go To 2
423
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0594-SPEED CONTROL SERVO POWER CIRCUIT Continued

Measure the resistance of the (V32) S/C Power Supply circuit from the Brake Lamp
Switch harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the open/high resistance in the (V32) S/C Power Supply

circuit between the PCM and Brake Switch.

Disconnect the Brake Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the (V32) S/C Power Supply circuit in
the Brake Switch harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the short to ground in the (V32) S/C Power Supply circuit.

Measure the resistance of the (V40) S/C Brake Switch Output circuit from the Brake
Switch harness connector to the S/C Servo harness connector.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the open/high resistance in the (V40) S/C Brake Switch
Output circuit.

Measure the resistance between ground and the (V40) S/C Brake Switch Output
circuit at the Speed Control Servo harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (V40) S/C Brake Switch Output
circuit.
No Go To 6
424
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0594-SPEED CONTROL SERVO POWER CIRCUIT Continued

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (V32) Speed Control Power
Supply circuit in the Brake Lamp Switch harness connector.
NOTE: It is necessary to HOLD the Cruise Control Switch in the ON position
to get an accurate reading.
Yes Replace the Brake Lamp Switch.

No Go To 7
Repair
425
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom List:
P0600-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK
P0601-INTERNAL MEMORY CHECKSUM INVALID
The title for the tests will be P0600-SERIAL COMMUNICA-
TION LINK.
P0600-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK

Set Condition: Internal Bus communication failure between processors.
P0601-INTERNAL MEMORY CHECKSUM INVALID

Set Condition: Internal checksum for software failed, does not match calculated value.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM INTERNAL OR SPI

1 The Powertrain Control Module is reporting internal errors, view repair to continue. All
Repair
426
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0622-GENERATOR FIELD CONTROL CIRCUIT
P0622-GENERATOR FIELD CONTROL CIRCUIT

When Monitored: With the ignition on. Engine running.
Set Condition: When the PCM tries to regulate the generator field with no result during
monitoring. One Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GENERATOR OPERATION
(Z1) GEN FIELD GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

No Go To 2


No Go To 3
427
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0622-GENERATOR FIELD CONTROL CIRCUIT Continued

Using a 12-volt test connected to battery voltage, probe the (Z1) Gen Ground circuit
in the Generator Field harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the open in the (Z1) Gen Field Ground circuit.


Measure the voltage on the (K20) Gen Field Control circuit in the Generator Field
harness connector.
No Go To 5

No Go To 6

Yes Go To 7
No Repair the open in the (K20) Gen Field Control circuit.

7 NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM connector terminals for corro- All
sion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary.
Repair
428
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0627-FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT
P0627-FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT

Set Condition: An open or shorted condition is detected in the fuel pump relay control
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUEL PUMP RELAY INTERMITTENT OPERATION
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE
FUEL PUMP RELAY
FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
PCM

Is the Fuel Pump Relay operating?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3

Wiggle the wiring harness from the Fuel Pump Relay to the PCM while the relay is
actuating.
Did the Fuel Pump Relay stop when wiggling the wiring harness?


429
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0627-FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT Continued

circuit in the IPM.
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 9

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the Fuel Pump Relay Control
circuit in the IPM.
Yes Replace the Fuel Pump Relay.
No Go To 5

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the Fuel Pump Relay Control
circuit in the IPM harness connector..

No Go To 6

Measure the resistance of the Fuel Pump Relay Control circuit between the IPM C3
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the Fuel Pump Relay Control circuit for an open.


Measure the resistance of the Fuel Pump Relay Control circuit in the IPM C3 harness
Yes Repair the Fuel Pump Relay Control circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 8
430
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0627-FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT Continued

Repair

Yes Test Complete.

431
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0630-VIN NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM
P0630-VIN NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM

Set Condition: The VIN has not been programmed into the PCM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PROGRAMMING VIN INTO PCM
VERIFY PCM PROGRAMMING
PCM

Using the DRBIIIt, program VIN into the PCM.
Start the engine.
NOTE: If the engine will not start, crank the engine over for 15 seconds.
Crank at least 2 times with the ignition switch returning to the off position
each time.
Does the DTC reset?
Yes Go To 2
No The VIN has been successfully programmed into the PCM. Test is
complete.
2 NOTE: The ignition switch must be left in the off position for a minimum of All
10 seconds.
Cycle the ignition switch to the off position and then back to run.
Attempt to program the PCM with the applicable information.
Start the vehicle and allow it to reach normal operating temperatures.
Does the DTC reset?
No The VIN has been successfully programmed into the PCM. Test is
complete.
432
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0632-ODOMETER NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM
P0632-ODOMETER NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM

Set Condition: The mileage has not been programmed into the PCM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PROGRAMMING MILEAGE INTO PCM
PCM

Using the DRBIIIt, program the mileage into the PCM.
Start the engine.
Does the DTC reset?
Yes Go To 2
No The mileage has been succcessfully programmed into the PCM.
Test is complete.
10 seconds.
Does the DTC reset?

No The mileage has been successfully programmed into the PCM.

Test is complete.
433
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0633-SKIM KEY NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM
P0633-SKIM KEY NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM

Set Condition: The SKIM Key information has not been programmed into the PCM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PROGRAMMING SKIM KEY INTO PCM
PCM

Using the DRBIIIt, program the SKIM Key information into the PCM.
Start the engine.
NOTE: If the engine will not start, crank the engine over for 15 seconds.
Crank at least 2 times with the ignition switch returning to the off position
each time.
Does the DTC reset?
Yes Go To 2
No The SKIM KEY information has been succcessfully programmed

into the PCM. Test is complete.
10 seconds.
Does the DTC reset?
No The SKIM Key Information has been successfully programmed

into the PCM. Test is complete.
434
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0645-A/C CLUTCH RELAY CIRCUIT
P0645-A/C CLUTCH RELAY CIRCUIT

When Monitored: With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. A/C Switch
on.
Set Condition: An open or shorted condition is detected in the A/C clutch relay control
POSSIBLE CAUSES
A/C CLUTCH RELAY INTERMITTENT OPERATION
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE
A/C CLUTCH RELAY
A/C CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL CKT OPEN
A/C CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
PCM

Is the A/C Clutch Relay operating?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3

Wiggle the wiring harness from the A/C Clutch Relay to the PCM while the relay is
actuating.
Did the A/C Clutch Relay stop when wiggling the wiring harness?


435
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0645-A/C CLUTCH RELAY CIRCUIT Continued

circuit in the IPM.
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 9

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the A/C Clutch Relay circuit in
the IPM.
No Go To 5


No Go To 6

Measure the resistance of the A/C Clutch Relay Control circuit between the IPM C3
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the A/C Clutch Relay Control circuit for an open.


Measure the resistance of the A/C Clutch Relay Control circuit in the IPM C3 harness
Yes Repair the A/C Clutch Relay Control circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 8
436
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0645-A/C CLUTCH RELAY CIRCUIT Continued

Repair


437
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0685-ASD RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
P0685-ASD RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT

When Monitored: With ignition on. Battery voltage above 10 volts.
Set Condition: An open or shorted condition is detected in the ASD relay control circuit.
One trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ASD RELAY INTERMITTENT OPERATION
ASD RELAY
ASD RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
ASD RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
PCM

Is the ASD Relay operating?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3

Wiggle the wiring harness from the ASD Relay to the PCM while the relay is
actuating.
Did the ASD Relay stop when wiggling the wiring harness?

438
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0685-ASD RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT Continued

Yes Go To 4

in the IPM.
Yes Replace the ASD Relay.

No Go To 5

in the IPM harness connector.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance of the ASD Relay Control circuit between the IPM C3 harness
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the ASD Relay Control circuit for an open.

439
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0685-ASD RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT Continued

Measure the resistance of the ASD Relay Control circuit in the IPM C3 harness
Yes Repair the ASD Relay Control circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 8
Repair
440
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0688-ASD RELAY SENSE CIRCUIT LOW
P0688-ASD RELAY SENSE CIRCUIT LOW

When Monitored: With ignition key on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.
Set Condition: No voltage sensed at the PCM when the ASD relay is energized. One Trip
Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ASD RELAY
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN (NO START)
PCM START
PCM

Does the DTC reset.
Yes Go To 2
No Repair as necessary

Yes Go To 3
No Go To 5
441
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0688-ASD RELAY SENSE CIRCUIT LOW Continued

Measure the resistance of the ASD Output circuit between the IPM harness
Yes Go To 4

Repair

Does the DTC reset?
Yes Go To 6

Yes Go To 7


Measure the resistance of the ASD Relay Output circuit between the IPM harness
Yes Go To 8

442
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0688-ASD RELAY SENSE CIRCUIT LOW Continued

443
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0700-TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM/READ TRANSMISSION
DTCS ON THE DRBIIIt

1 This is an informational DTC letting you know that a DTC(s) is stored in the All
Transmission Control Module.
Erase this DTC from the PCM after all Transmission DTC(s) have been repaired.
Using the DRBIIIt, read the Transmission Controller DTC and refer to the
Transmission Category and perform the appropriate symptom.
PCM Diagnostic Information complete.
Continue
Test Complete.
444
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0703-BRAKE SWITCH #2 CIRCUIT
P0703-BRAKE SWITCH #2 CIRCUIT

When Monitored: TEST #1: Vehicle speed greater than 20 MPH to enable. TEST #2:
Speed must be 0 and brake switch indicates on.
Set Condition: TEST #1: If vehicle speed goes to 0 MPH without brake input. Condition
must be repeated 15 times to set fault. Two trip fault. TEST #2: If vehicle speed goes above
20 MHP for more than 6.0 seconds without a change in brake state. Condition must be
repeat 15 times to set fault. Two Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
(F32) FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
(K29) BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
(K29) BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL SHORTED TO GROUND
(K29) BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OPERATION
PCM

1 NOTE: Ensure the Brake Switch is adjusted properly before continuing. All
Yes Go To 2

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the (F32) Fused B+ circuit in the
Brake Lamp Switch harness connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the (F32) Fused B+ circuit. Inspect the related fuse and
445
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0703-BRAKE SWITCH #2 CIRCUIT Continued

Measure the voltage of the (K29) Brake Switch Signal circuit in the Brake Lamp
Switch harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K29) Brake Switch Signal
circuit.
No Go To 4

Measure the resistance between ground and the (K29) Brake Switch Signal circuit at
the Brake Lamp Switch harness connector.
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K29) Brake Switch Signal
circuit.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the (K29) Brake Switch Signal circuit from the Brake
Lamp Switch harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open in the (K29) Brake Switch Signal circuit.

Measure the resistance between ground and the (Z1) Ground circuit at the Brake
Lamp Switch harness connector.
Yes Go To 7

446
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0703-BRAKE SWITCH #2 CIRCUIT Continued

Measure the resistance between the Ground circuit terminal and the Brake Switch
Sense terminal in the Brake Lamp Switch.
Apply and release the brake pedal while monitoring the ohmmeter.
Does the resistance change from below 5.0 ohms to open circuit?
Yes Go To 8
No Replace the Brake Lamp Switch.

Repair
447
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0833-CLUTCH RELEASED SWITCH CIRCUIT
P0833-CLUTCH RELEASED SWITCH CIRCUIT

When Monitored: During crank or when engine speed is between 1500-2880 RPM and
vehicle speed is greater than 25 MPH.
Set Condition: A short to ground is detected during startup. An open circuit is detected
when engine Speed is between 1500-2880 RPM, vehicle speed is >25 MPH, and delta
throttle is >1.1 volts for 4 seconds. This cycle must repeat 5 times per trip for 2 trips.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH OPERATION
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
CLUTCH UPSTOP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
CLUTCH UPSTOP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM

1 With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Clutch Upstop Switch. All
Depress the Clutch Pedal completely to the floor and release all the way up several
times.
Did the Clutch Upstop Switch state change open to closed?
No Go To 2
2 Disconnect the Clutch Pedal Position Switch harness connector. All

Connect a jumper wire between the Ground circuit and the Clutch Upstop Switch
Signal circuit in the Clutch Pedal Position Switch harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Clutch Upstop Switch status.
Did the Clutch Upstop Switch status change from Open to Closed?
Yes Replace the Clutch Pedal Position Switch.
No Go To 3
448
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P0833-CLUTCH RELEASED SWITCH CIRCUIT Continued

Disconnect the Clutch Pedal Position Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Clutch Upstop Signal circuit in the Clutch Pedal
Position Switch harness connector to ground.
Yes Repair the Clutch Upstop circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 4

Disconnect the Clutch Pedal Position Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Clutch Upstop Signal circuit between the Clutch Pedal
Position Switch harness connector and the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Clutch Upstop Signal circuit for an open.

Disconnect Clutch Pedal Position Switch harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the ground circuit in the Clutch
Pedal Position Switch harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the ground circuit for an open.
Repair
449
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P0850-PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH PERFORMANCE
P0850-PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH PERFORMANCE

When Monitored: Continuously with the transmission in Park, Neutral, or Drive and
NOT in Limp-in mode.
Set Condition: The PCM detects an incorrect Park/Neutral switch state for a given mode
of vehicle operation. Two Trip Fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANSMISSION DTC(S)
PCM

NOTE: Before continuing, ensure that communication can be established
with the TCM. If the DRBIIIt can not communicate with the TCM refer to
the Communication Category and preform the appropriate symptom.
With the DRBIIIt, read PCM DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data.
Yes Go To 2


With the DRBIIIt, check the Transmission DTCs.
Are there any Transmission DTCs present?
Yes Refer to the appropriate Transmission DTC in the Transmission

category.

necessary. Replace and program the Powertrain Module in accor-
450
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P1602-PCM NOT PROGRAMMED
P1602-PCM NOT PROGRAMMED

Set Condition: The PCM has not been programmed.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM NOT PROGRAMMED
PCM

With the DRBIIIt program the PCM.
Start the engine.
Does the DTC reset?
Yes Go To 2
No The PCM has been successfully programmed. Test is complete.
10 seconds.
Attempt to program the PCM.
Does the DTC reset?

No The PCM has been successfully programmed into the PCM. Test
is complete.
451
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom List:
P1603-PCM INTERNAL DUAL-PORT RAM COMMUNICATION
P1604-PCM INTERNAL DUAL-PORT RAM READ/WRITE INTEG-
RITY FAILURE
P1607-PCM INTERNAL SHUTDOWN TIMER RATIONALITY
The title for the tests will be P1603-PCM INTERNAL DUAL-
PORT RAM COMMUNICATION.
P1607-PCM INTERNAL SHUTDOWN TIMER RATIONALITY

When Monitored: During cold start.
Set Condition: Compares shut down time to coolant temperature.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (OFF-RUN-START)
PCM INTERNAL FAULURE

Turn the ignition to run.
Output (Off-Run-Start) cavity C1-12 circuit at the appropriate terminal of the special
tool #8815.
NOTE: If the test light illuminates, wiggle the wiring harness to ensure that
the problem is not an intermittent wiring problem.
Yes Replace the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the

No Check all related fuses. Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output
circuit.
452
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P1681-NO FUEL LEVEL BUS MESSAGE
P1681-NO FUEL LEVEL BUS MESSAGE

Set Condition: No fuel level BUS messages received by the PCM for 20 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC RESET
COMMUNICATE WITH BCM
FUEL LEVEL BUS MESSAGE
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN FROM PCM TO BCM
BCM

1 NOTE: If a fuel level circuit or performance DTC is set along with P1681, All
diagnose the circuit/performance DTC before continuing.
Start the engine on and off several times. Leave the engine running for at least 20
second each time.
Does the DTC reset?
Yes Go To 2


Yes Go To 3
ate symptom related to no communication with BCM.

Using the DRBIIIt, read the Fuel Level parameter in the PCM.
Does the DRBIIIt display a fuel level value?

No Go To 4
453
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P1681-NO FUEL LEVEL BUS MESSAGE Continued

Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit from the BCM harness connector to the
appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Yes Replace BCM in accordance with the Service Information.
No Repair the PCI Bus circuit between the PCM and the BCM for an
open.
454
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P1686-NO SKIM BUS MESSAGES
P1686-NO SKIM BUS MESSAGES

When Monitored: Ignition on or Engine Running.
Set Condition: No BUS messages are received from the SKIM for 20 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN FROM PCM TO SKIM
LOSS OF SKIM COMMUNICATION
SKIM/PCM

With the DRBIIIt, read the DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 5

With the DRB III, attempt to communicate with the SKIM.
NOTE: This test will indicate if the Bus is operational from the DLC to the
SKIM.
Was the DRB III able to communicate with the SKIM?
Yes Go To 3


Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit from the SKIM harness connector to
the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the PCI Bus circuit between the PCM and the SKIM for an
open.
455
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P1686-NO SKIM BUS MESSAGES Continued

Replace the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module in accordance with the Service Infor-
mation.
Display and erase all PCM and SKIM DTCs.
With the DRB, display PCM DTCs.
Does the DRB display the same DTC?
Yes Replace and program the PCM in accordance with the Service
Information.
No Test Complete.

With the engine running and at normal operating temperature, monitor the DRB
Review the DTC When Monitored and Set Conditions. If possible, try to duplicate the
Visually inspect the related wire harness. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or
No Test Complete.
456
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P1687-NO CLUSTER BUS MESSAGE
P1687-NO CLUSTER BUS MESSAGE

Set Condition: No BUS messages received from the MIC (Instrument Cluster) for 20
seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC RESET
COMMUNICATE WITH CLUSTER
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OPERATION
PCM

Start the engine on and off several times. Leave the engine running for at least 20
second each time.
Does the DTC reset?
Yes Go To 2


With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the Instrument cluster.
Can communication be established with the Instrument Cluster?
Yes Go To 3

ate symptom related to no communication with cluster.
3 Start the engine All

Is the correct engine speed display (Tachometer) in the instrument cluster?
No Refer to the Instrument Category and perform the appropriate

symptom.
457
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom List:
P1696-EEPROM MEMORY WRITE DENIED/INVALID
P1697-EMR (SRI) MILEAGE NOT STORED
The title for the tests will be P1696-EEPROM MEMORY
WRITE DENIED/INVALID.
P1696-EEPROM MEMORY WRITE DENIED/INVALID

When Monitored: Ignition key on continuous.
Set Condition: An attempt to program/write to the internal EEPROM failed. Also checks
at powerdown.
P1697-EMR (SRI) MILEAGE NOT STORED

When Monitored: Ignition key on continuous.
Set Condition: An attempt to program/write to the internal EEPROM failed. Also checks
at powerdown.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRB DISPLAYS WRITE FAILURE
DRB DISPLAYS WRITE REFUSED 2ND TIME
DRB DISPLAYS SRI MILEAGE INVALID
COMPARE SRI MILEAGE WITH ODOMETER

Does the DRBIIIt display Write Failure?

No Go To 2

Does the DRBIIIt display Write Refused?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 4
458
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P1696-EEPROM MEMORY WRITE DENIED/INVALID Continued

3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the SRI Memory Test a second time. All
NOTE: Retest the SRI Memory two more times.
Does the DRBIIIt display Write Refused again?

No Test Complete.

Does the DRBIIIt display SRI Mileage Invalid?
Yes Update the mileage and retest the SRI Memory.

No Go To 5
5 Compare the SRI Mileage stored with the Instrument Panel Odometer. All
Is the mileage within the specified range displayed on the DRBIIIt?
Yes Test Complete.

No Update the mileage and retest the SRI Memory.
459
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P1698-NO TRANSMISSION BUS MESSAGE
P1698-NO TRANSMISSION BUS MESSAGE

When Monitored: Equipped with automatic transmission. Engine Running Battery
voltage greater than 10 volts.
Set Condition: No bus messages are received from the TCM for 20 seconds, two trips
required.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCI BUS UNABLE TO COMMUNICATE WITH DRBIIIt
(F12) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (OFF-RUN-START)
PCM

1 NOTE: If P1603 or P1604 are set along with this DTC, diagnose them first All
before continuing with P1698.
NOTE: Before continuing, inspect all fuses and ensure that all power and
ground circuits are operating properly.
NOTE: Check all powers and grounds to the PCM before continuing.
Start the engine, allow the engine to run for at least 20 seconds with the gear selector
in Drive. Repeat at least 2 times.
Does the DTC reset?
Yes Go To 2
460
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P1698-NO TRANSMISSION BUS MESSAGE Continued

Turn the ignition to run.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (F12) Fused Ignition Switch
Output (Off-Run-Start) cavity C1-12 circuit at the appropriate terminal of the special
tool #8815.
NOTE: If the test light illuminates, wiggle the wiring harness to ensure that
the problem is not an intermittent wiring problem.
Yes Go To 3
No Check all related fuses. Repair the (F12) Fused Ignition Switch
Output circuit for an open.
ning.
Body Control Module (BCM)
Instrument Cluster (MIC)
Controller Antilock Brake (CAB)
Was the DRB able to communicate with one or more Module(s)?
No Refer to the Communication category and perform the PCI BUS
COMMUNICATION FAILURE symptom.
461
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom List:
P2302-IGNITION COIL #1 SECONDARY CIRCUIT-INSUFFICIENT
IONIZATION
P2305-IGNITION COIL #2 SECONDARY CIRCUIT-INSUFFICIENT
IONIZATION
The title for the tests will be P2302-IGNITION COIL #1 SEC-
ONDARY CIRCUIT-INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION.
P2302-IGNITION COIL #1 SECONDARY CIRCUIT-INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION

Set Condition: If PCM detects that the secondary ignition burn time is incorrect or not
present an error is detected. One Trip Fault.
P2305-IGNITION COIL #2 SECONDARY CIRCUIT-INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION

Set Condition: If PCM detects that the secondary ignition burn time is incorrect or not
present an error is detected. One Trip Fault
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SPARK PLUG
IGNITION WIRE
IGNITION COIL OPERATION
IGNITION COIL

Yes Go To 2
No Go To 4
462
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P2302-IGNITION COIL #1 SECONDARY CIRCUIT-INSUFFICIENT ION-

IZATION Continued
Yes Go To 3


Remove the ignition coil.
NOTE: Before continuing inspect the Ignition Coil for damage or carbon
tracking coil or the spark plug insulator boot. If a problem is found, replace
the ignition coil.
Install a spark tester to the Ignition Coil.
Reconnect the Ignition Coil harness connector to the Ignition Coil.
While cranking the engine observe the spark coming from the spark tester.
NOTE: The Ignition Coil should generate a crisp blue spark that is able to
jumper the gap of the spark tester.
Does the Ignition Coil generate a good spark.
No Replace the Ignition Coil.

- Cracks
- Carbon Tracking
- Foreign Material


463
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
P2503-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE LOW
P2503-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE LOW

Set Condition: The battery sensed voltage is 1 volt below the charging goal for 13.47
battery voltage again. If the voltages are the same, the code is set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHARGING VOLTAGE BELOW 15.1 VOLTS
(A11) B+ CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
GENERATOR OPERATION
(Z1) GEN FIELD GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM

1 NOTE: Inspect the vehicle for aftermarket accessories that may exceed the All
NOTE: The battery must be fully charged.
NOTE: The Generator belt tension and condition must be checked before
continuing.
Start the engine.
Allow the idle to stabilize.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Target Charging Voltage.
Is the Target Charging Voltage above 15.1 volts?

No Go To 2
464
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P2503-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE LOW Continued

Start the engine.
Measure the voltage between the (A11) Generator B+ Terminal and the Battery+
Post.
Yes Repair the (A11) B+ circuit for high resistance between the
Generator and Battery.
No Go To 3

Start the engine.
Warm the engine to operating temperature.
Yes Repair Generator Ground for high resistance, Generator Case to

Battery ground side.
No Go To 4

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Gen Field Control circuit.
No Go To 5

Using a 12-volt test connected to battery voltage, probe the (Z1) Gen Field Ground
circuit in the Generator Field harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the open in the (Z1) Gen Field Ground circuit.

465
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
P2503-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE LOW Continued

Measure the voltage on the (K20) Gen Field Control circuit at the Generator Field
harness connector.
No Go To 7

No Go To 8

Yes Go To 9
No Repair the open in the (K20) Generator Field Control circuit.


Repair
466
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
*CHECKING PCM POWER AND GROUND CIRCUITS
POSSIBLE CAUSES
(A14) PCM FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
(A41) PCM FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT
(Z12) PCM GROUND CIRCUITS

1 NOTE: The battery must be fully charged before continuing. All
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (A14) PCM Fused B+ circuit
in the Pinout Box.
Yes Go To 2
No Repair the (A14) Fused B+ circuit.


Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (A41) PCM Fused Ignition
Switch Output circuit in the Pinout Box.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the (A41) Ignition Switch Output circuit


Using a 12-volt test light connected to battery voltage, probe the (Z12) PCM ground
circuits in the Pinout Box.
Yes Test Complete.
No Repair the (Z12) PCM ground circuits.

467
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
Symptom:
*CHECKING THE A/C RELAY OUTPUT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
A/C CLUTCH
(A17) FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
(C3) A/C CLUTCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT
A/C CLUTCH RELAY

1 NOTE: Ensure that the refrigerant system is properly charged. Refer to the All
appropriate Service Information.
Is the A/C Clutch actuating?
Yes The A/C Clutch System operating properly at this time.
No Go To 2

Measure the Ground circuit in the A/C Clutch harness connector to ground.
Yes Go To 3
3 Disconnect the A/C Clutch harness connector. All

Measure the voltage of the A/C Clutch Relay Output circuit in the A/C Clutch harness
connector.
Yes Replace the A/C Clutch.
No Go To 4

Remove the A/C Clutch Relay from the PDC.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (A17) Fused B+ circuit in the
PDC.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the (A17) Fused B+ circuit. Inspect fuses and replace as

necessary.
468
DRIVEABILITY - NGC
*CHECKING THE A/C RELAY OUTPUT Continued

Disconnect the A/C Clutch Relay from the PDC.
Measure the resistance of the (C3) A/C Clutch Relay Output circuit between the PDC
and the A/C Clutch harness connector.
No Repair the (C3) A/C Clutch Relay Output circuit for an open.
469
Symptom List:
ANTENNA FAILURE
COP FAILURE
EEPROM FAILURE
INTERNAL FAULT
RAM FAILURE
SERIAL LINK INTERNAL FAULT
STACK OVERFLOW FAILURE
The title for the tests will be ANTENNA FAILURE.
ANTENNA FAILURE
When Monitored: Every 250 milliseconds with the ignition on.
Set Condition: The SKIMs microcontroller determines that an antenna circuit fault has
occurred for 2.0 consecutive seconds.
COP FAILURE
Set Condition: The COP timer is not reset by the micro controller every 65.5 milliseconds.
EEPROM FAILURE
Set Condition: When the value written to EEPROM memory does not equal the value
read back after the write operation.
INTERNAL FAULT
Set Condition: The SKIM has detected a fault during an internal self test.
RAM FAILURE
Set Condition: The RAM fails a test that checks the RAMs ability to retain memory.
SERIAL LINK INTERNAL FAULT

Set Condition: The SKIM fails an internal J1850 communication self test.
STACK OVERFLOW FAILURE

Set Condition: The micro controller has exceeded its stack space limit.
470
ANTENNA FAILURE Continued
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SKIM INTERNAL DTC FAILURE

1 Note: This trouble code indicates an internal SKIM fault. All
With the DRBIIIt, read and record the SKIM DTCs and then erase the SKIM DTCs
Perform 10 ignition key cycles, leaving the ignition key on for a minimum of 90
seconds per cycle.
With the DRBIIIt , read the SKIM DTCs.
Did the same SKIM DTC return?
Yes Replace and program the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module in
No Test Complete.
471
Symptom List:
PCM STATUS FAILURE
SERIAL LINK EXTERNAL FAULT
The title for the tests will be PCM STATUS FAILURE.
PCM STATUS FAILURE

Set Condition: This DTC exists when a PCM STATUS message was not received from the
PCM for at least 20.0 consecutive seconds.
SERIAL LINK EXTERNAL FAULT

When Monitored: At ignition on, after ignition on during any rolling code handshake that
occurs with the PCM due to a SKIM reset, or during SECRET KEY transfers to the PCM.
Set Condition: When the SKIM does not receive an expected PCI BUS message trans-
mission acknowledgement from the PCM after 3 transmit attempts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT WIRING HARNESS PROBLEM
SKIM/PCM

1 NOTE: Ensure the PCM has proper power and ground connections before All
continuing.
With the DRBIIIt, read and record the SKIM DTCs then erase the SKIM DTCs.
Wait 2 minutes.
With the DRBIIIt, read the SKIM DTCs.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 4
472
PCM STATUS FAILURE Continued

NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness and CCD/PCI Bus
(whichever applicable) circuits. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or
Note: Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply.

No Go To 3
3 NOTE: Before proceeding it will be necessary to obtain the SKIM PIN. All
With the DRBIIIt, display and erase all PCM and SKIM DTCs.
Perform 5 ignition key cycles, leaving the ignition key on for a minimum of 90 seconds
per cycle.
Does the code appear?

No Test Complete.

No Test Complete.
473
Symptom List:
ROLLING CODE FAILURE
VIN MISMATCH
The title for the tests will be ROLLING CODE FAILURE.
ROLLING CODE FAILURE

When Monitored: At ignition on, after ignition on during any rolling code handshake that
occurs with the PCM due to a SKIM or PCM reset.
Set Condition: When a PCM STATUS message with a Valid Key status is not received by
the SKIM within 3.5 seconds of transmitting the last Valid Key Code message to the PCM.
VIN MISMATCH
Set Condition: When the VIN received from the PCM does not match the VIN stored in
the SKIMs EEPROM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VERIFYING PCM VIN
REPLACE SKIM AND CHECK DTCS
PCM

1 With the DRBIIIt, erase the SKIM DTCs. All
Wait 10 seconds.
Turn the ignition on and wait 2 minutes.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 4
474
ROLLING CODE FAILURE Continued

With the DRBIIIt, select Engine system from the main menu.
Display and record the Vehicle Identification Number.
NOTE: Ensure that a VIN has been programmed into the PCM. If a VIN is not
displayed, attempt to program the PCM with the correct vehicle VIN before
continuing.
Does the VIN recorded from the PCM match the VIN of the vehicle?
Yes Go To 3


With the DRBIIIt, display and clear all PCM and SKIM DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display the same DTC?
No The repair is complete.

No Test Complete.
475
Symptom List:
TRANSPONDER COMMUNICATION FAILURE
TRANSPONDER CYCLIC REDUNDANCY CHECK (CRC) FAILURE
TRANSPONDER ID MISMATCH
TRANSPONDER RESPONSE MISMATCH
The title for the tests will be TRANSPONDER COMMUNICA-
TION FAILURE.
TRANSPONDER COMMUNICATION FAILURE

When Monitored: At ignition on and during Key Programming Mode.
Set Condition: When the SKIM does not receive a transponder response after 8 consec-
utive transponder read attempts within 2.0 seconds.
TRANSPONDER CYCLIC REDUNDANCY CHECK (CRC) FAILURE

Set Condition: When 5 consecutive transponder signal transmissions are sent to the
SKIM with the correct message format but with invalid data.
TRANSPONDER ID MISMATCH
Set Condition: When the transponder ID read by the SKIM does not match any of the
transponder IDs stored in the SKIMs memory.
TRANSPONDER RESPONSE MISMATCH

Set Condition: When the transponders crypto algorithm result fails to match the SKIMs
result.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECKING MULTIPLE KEY OPERATION
SKIM
REPLACE IGNITION KEY
476
TRANSPONDER COMMUNICATION FAILURE Continued

1 With the DRBIIIt, read and record the SKIM DTCs. All
With the DRBIIIt, erase the SKIM DTCs.
NOTE: Perform the following test several times to ensure the DTC is
current.
Wait 10 seconds.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 7
2 Are there multiple vehicle ignition keys available? All
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 4
3 NOTE: Perform the following steps using one of the vehicle ignition keys. All
When finished, repeat the procedure using each of the other vehicle keys
one at a time.
Wait 10 seconds.
Is the DTC present for all ignition keys?
Yes Replace and program the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module in

No Replace the ignition key(s) that cause the SKIM DTC.
4 With the DRBIIIt, attempt to reprogram the ignition keys to the SKIM. All
Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DTC set again?
Yes Go To 5
No Test Complete.
5 Replace the ignition key with a new key. All

With the DRBIIIt, program the new ignition key to the SKIM.
Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DTC set again?
Yes Go To 6
No Test Complete.
477
TRANSPONDER COMMUNICATION FAILURE Continued

Repair
Replace and program the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module in

No Test Complete.
478
STARTING
Symptom:
*CHECKING FUEL DELIVERY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUEL PUMP RELAY
FUEL PRESSURE OUT OF SPECS
FUEL PUMP MODULE
FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM OPERATION
FUEL PUMP RELAY FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
(A141) FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
(Z1) FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN/HIGH RESISTANCE
FUEL PUMP MODULE

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the ASD Fuel System test.
Note: It may be necessary to use a mechanics stethoscope in the next step.
Listen for fuel pump operation at the fuel tank.
Does the Fuel Pump operate?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 5

Install a fuel gauge.
gauge.
Below Specification
Go To 3
The Fuel Delivery System is operating normally.
Above Specification
Replace the fuel filter/fuel pressure regulator.
479
STARTING
*CHECKING FUEL DELIVERY Continued

gauge.
Is the fuel pressure within specification now?
Yes Repair/replace fuel supply line as necessary.
No Go To 4

engine off. Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose,fitting or line,
No Replace the Fuel Pump Module.

Disconnect the fuel pump module harness connector.
Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground, probe the (A141) Fuel Pump Relay
Output circuit at the Fuel Pump Module harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Go To 8

Note: Check connectors - It is critical that the connector is free from any
signs of corrosion or deformities - Clean/repair as necessary.
Using a test light connected to battery voltage, probe the (Z1) Fuel Pump ground
circuit at the Fuel Pump Module harness connector.
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the open/high resistance in the (Z1) fuel pump ground
circuit.
480
STARTING
*CHECKING FUEL DELIVERY Continued

Repair

Remove the Fuel Pump Relay from the PDC.
With a 12 volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fuel Pump Relay Fused B+
circuit at the PDC.
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the Fuel Pump Realy Fused B+ circuit. Check for open fuse
in the PDC.

Remove the Fuel Pump Relay from the PDC.
NOTE: Check connectors - It is critical that the connector is free from any
signs of corrosion or deformities
Measure the resistance of the (A141) Fuel Pump Relay Output circuit from the relay
connector to the fuel pump module connector.
No Repair the (A141) Fuel Pump Relay Output circuit for an open.
481
STARTING
Symptom:
*CHECKING FUEL PRESSURE LEAK DOWN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUEL PUMP MODULE

Yes Go To 2
No Fuel System is operating normally.

the Fuel Pressure adapter between the fuel pressure gauge and the engine.
Yes Check the Fuel Delivery System between the fuel gauge and the
fuel pump module. Inspect the seal points and the fuel lines for
signs of fuel leakage. Repair/Replace as necessary. If OK, replace
the Fuel Pump Module.
No Check the Fuel Delivery System between the fuel gauge and the
482
STARTING
Symptom:
*CHECKING HARD START (FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUEL PUMP MODULE
FUEL INJECTOR(S)
FUEL PUMP MODULE
FUEL CONTAMINATION

Install a fuel gauge.
gauge.
Below Specification
Go To 2
Go To 4

Raise vehicle on hoist, and disconnect the fuel supply line at the fuel pump module.
gauge.
Yes Visually and physically inspect the fuel supply lines between the
fuel tank and the fuel rail. Repair/replace as necessary. If no
problem is found replace the fuel filter.
No Go To 3
483
STARTING
*CHECKING HARD START (FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM) Continued


4 Fuel pressure gauge still installed. All

Ensure the fuel pressure is at maximum pressure.
Yes Go To 5
No Check the fuel for contaminants.

the Fuel Pressure adapter between the fuel pressure gauge and the engine.
Yes Check the Fuel Delivery System between the fuel gauge and the
No Check the Fuel Delivery System between the fuel gauge and the
fuel injectors. Inspect the seal points and the fuel lines for signs of
fuel leakage. Repair/Replace as necessary. If OK, replace the
leaking Fuel Injector(s).
484
STARTING
Symptom:
*ENGINE CRANKS DOES NOT START
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUEL PUMP RELAY
NO START PRE-TEST
POWERTRAIN FUSES OPEN
FUEL PUMP MODULE
FUEL PUMP RELAY FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
OTHER POSSIBLE CAUSES FOR NO START
FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN/HIGH RESISTANCE
FUEL PUMP MODULE

1 Note: The following list of items must be checked before continuing with All
any no start tests.
The battery must be fully charged and pass a load test. A low charge battery may
produce invalid test results. If the battery is low, charge the battery and then attempt
to start the vehicle by cranking the engine for 15 seconds, 3 consecutive times.
This will allow any DTCs to set that may have been erased due to a dead battery.
Ensure the Battery, Ignition voltage and Ground to the PCM are ok.
Make sure the PCM communicates with the DRBIIIt and that there are no DTCs
stored in the PCM memory. If the PCM reports a No Response condition, refer to the
Communication category for the proper tests.
Read the PCM DTCs with the DRBIIIt. If any DTCs are present, they must be
repaired before continuing with any other No Start diagnostic tests. Refer to the
Symptom list for the related P-code that is reported by the PCM.
Ensure that the PCI bus is functional. Attempt to communicate with the Instrument
Cluster and SKIM, If you are unable to establish communicate refer to the
Communication category for the proper symptoms.
The Sentry Key Immobilizer System must be operating properly. Check for proper
communication with the DRBIIIt and check for DTCs that may be stored in the
Sentry Key Immobilizer Module (SKIM). repair the DTC(s) before continuing.
If no DTCs are found, using the DRBIIIt select Clear PCM (Batt Disconnect).
Crank the engine several times. Using the DRBIIIt, read DTCs. If a DTC is present
perform the DTC diagnostics before continuing.

No Go To 2
485
STARTING
*ENGINE CRANKS DOES NOT START Continued

2 Check for any open fuses in the IPM that may be related to the No Start condition. All
Are any of the fuses open?
Yes Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the
wiring and connectors, repair as necessary. Replace the Fuse.
No Go To 3

Note: It may be necessary to use a mechanics stethoscope in the next step.
Listen for fuel pump operation at the fuel tank.
Does the Fuel Pump operate?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 8

gauge.
NOTE: Fuel pressure specification is 400 kPa +/- 34 kPa (58 psi +/- 5 psi).
Below Specification
Go To 5
Go To 7
Above Specification
486
STARTING

gauge.
No Go To 6

7 The following items need to be checked as a possible cause for a no start condition. All
Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply to the symptom.
The spark plugs must be free from fuel, oil, coolant and/or any foreign material or
deposits.
The fuel must be free from contamination.
The exhaust may be free from restrictions.
The engine compression must be within specifications.
The engine valve timing must be within specifications.
The engine must be free from vacuum leaks.
No Test Complete.
487
STARTING

Disconnect the fuel pump module harness connector.
Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fuel Pump Relay Output
Yes Go To 9
No Go To 11

Note: Check connectors - It is critical that the connector is free from any
signs of corrosion or deformities - Clean/repair as necessary.
Using a 12 - volt test light connected to battery voltage, probe the Fuel Pump ground
Yes Go To 10
No Repair the open/high resistance in the fuel pump ground circuit.

Repair

With a 12 volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fuel Pump Relay Fused B+
circuit in the IPM.
Yes Go To 12
No Check for an open Fuel Pump fuse, repair cause of open. If OK,
replace the IPM Fuse & Relay Center.

Disconnect the IPM harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Fuel Pump Relay Output circuit between the IPM
harness connector and the Fuel Pump Module connector.
Yes Go To 13
No Repair the open fuel pump relay output circuit.
488
STARTING

13 NOTE: Ensure all IPM harness connector are connected. All
Measure the resistance of the Fuel Pump Relay Output circuit between the IPM and
the Fuel Pump Module harness connector.

No Replace the IPM Fused & Relay Center.
489
STARTING
Symptom:
*NO CRANK CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REPAIR MECHANICAL CONDITION
BATTERY CIRCUIT RESISTANCE TOO HIGH
IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
STARTER RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
STARTER RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) CIRCUIT OPEN
STARTER
STARTER MOTOR RELAY
STARTER RELAY

1 NOTE: Check all PCM powers and grounds before continuing. All
NOTE: Ensure that SKIS is operating properly. Check the SKIM for DTC. If
a SKIM DTC(s) is present diagnose them first before continuing.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THE BATTERY IS DISCONNECTED, THEN WAIT
TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Turn the engine over by hand to ensure the engine is not seized.
Is the engine able to turn over?
Yes Go To 2
No Repair the mechanical condition preventing the starter motor
from cranking.

ground and the P/N Position Switch Sense circuit.
Did the resistance change from above 10.0 ohms to below 10.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Transmission Range Sensor.


Check the Battery Cables for high resistance using the service information proce-
dure.
Did either Battery Cable have a voltage drop greater than 0.2 volt?
Yes Repair the Battery circuit for high resistance.
No Go To 4
490
STARTING
*NO CRANK CONDITION Continued

Turn the ignition to the Start position.
Output (Start) circuit in the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Fused Ignition Switch (Start) circuit for an open or

high resistance.
5 Turn ignition off. All

Remove the Starter Relay from PDC.
WARNING: The Parking Brake must be engaged and the transmission must
be in Park for a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission.
WARNING: The Starter may Engage in the next step. Keep away from
moving engine parts.
Briefly connect a jumper wire between Starter Relay B+ circuit and the Starter Relay
Output Circuits.
Turn the ignition to the crank position.
Did the Starter Motor crank the engine?
Yes Go To 6
No Go To 9

Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC.
Using a 12-volt test light, probe the Ignition Switch Output circuit in the Starter
Relay connector.
While observing 12-volt test light, hold ignition key in the start position.
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open or high

resistance.

Measure the Starter Relay Control circuit between the Relay terminal and the PCM
harness connector.
Yes Go To 8
No Repair the Starter Relay Control circuit for an open.

491
STARTING
*NO CRANK CONDITION Continued

Install a substitute a Relay in the of the Starter Motor Relay.
Attempt to start the vehicle.
Does the engine crank over?
Yes Replace the Starter Motor Relay.



Disconnect the Starter Relay Output connector from the Starter Solenoid.
Measure the resistance of the Starter Relay Output circuit between the Relay and the
Solenoid harness connector.
Yes Go To 10
No Repair Starter Relay Output circuit for an open.


Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B+ circuit at the
Starter Relay terminal.
Yes Go To 11
No Repair the Fused B(+) Circuit for an open or high resistance.
11 If there are no other possible causes remaining, review repair. All

Repair
Replace the Starter.
492
STARTING
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM WITH A NO START CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
PCM FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT
PCM GROUND CIRCUITS
PCM

1 NOTE: The DRBIIIt and cable must be operating properly for the results of All
this test to be valid.
NOTE: Ensure the ignition switch was on when trying to communicate with
the PCM.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the PCM Fused B+ circuit in the
Yes Go To 2

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the PCM Fused Ignition Switch
Output circuit in the PCM harness connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the Ignition Switch Output circuit

Using a 12-volt test light connected to battery voltage, probe all the PCM ground
circuits in the PCM harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the PCM ground circuits.

4 If there is no possible causes remaining, view repair. All
Repair
493
STARTING
Symptom:
*START AND STALL CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECKING DTCS
CHECKING SKIM DTCS
TP SENSOR SWEEP
TP SENSOR VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 0.92 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE CLOSED
OTHER POSSIBLE CAUSES FOR START & STALL
FUEL PUMP MODULE

Are any DTCs present?
Yes Refer to the Driveability Category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
No Go To 2

NOTE: If you are unable to communicate with the SKIM, refer to the
Communication Category and perform the appropriate symptom.
With the DRBIIIt, read the SKIM codes.
Are there any SKIM DTCs?
Yes Refer to the Vehicle Theft category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
No Go To 3
494
STARTING
*START AND STALL CONDITION Continued

Install a fuel pressure gauge to the fuel rail test port.
gauge.
Below Specification
Go To 4
Go To 6
Above Specification

Attach a fuel pressure test gauge to the 9T9 fitting on tool #6539.
gauge.
No Go To 5



495
STARTING
*START AND STALL CONDITION Continued

With the DRBIIIt, read TPS VOLTS.
While monitoring the DRBIIIt, slowly open and close the Throttle.
Is the voltage change smooth?
Yes Go To 7


With the DRBIIIt, read Throttle Position voltage. Throttle must be against stop.
Is the voltage 0.92 or less with the Throttle closed?
Yes Go To 8
No Check for a binding throttle condition. If OK, replace the Throttle
Position Sensor.
Note: This test works best if performed on a cold engine (cold soaked).
NOTE: If the vehicle was allow to sit over night with no engine start, coolant
temperature should be near ambient temperatures.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Engine Coolant Temperature value.
Note: If engine coolant temperature is above 82 C (180 F), allow the engine
to cool until 65 C (150 F) is reached.
Start the engine.
During engine warm-up, monitor the Engine Coolant Temperature value. The
temperature value change should be a smooth transition from start up to normal
operating temp 82 C (180 F). The value should reach at least 82 C (180 F).
Did the Engine Temperature value increase smoothly and did it reach at least 82 C
(180 F)?
Yes Go To 9

9 The following additional items should be checked as a possible cause for a start and All
stall condition.
Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply to the symptom.
Fuel must be free of contamination.
The exhaust system must be free of any restrictions.
The engine compression must be within specifications.
The engine valve timing must be within specifications.
The engine must be free from vacuum leaks.
The throttle body must be free of carbon buildup and dirt.
Do any of the above conditions exist?

No Test Complete.
496
VERIFICATION TESTS
Verification Tests
41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. APPLICABILITY
1. Connect the DRBIIIt to the Data Link Connector (DLC). All
2. Reconnect any disconnected components.
3. With the DRBIIIt, erase all Transmission DTCs, also erase the PCM DTCs.
4. With the DRBIIIt, display transmission temperature. Start and run the engine until the
transmission temperature is HOT (above 110 deg. F).
5. Check the transmission fluid and adjust if necessary. Refer to the Service information for the
Fluid Fill procedure.
6. NOTE: If the Transmission Control Module or torque converter has been replaced
or if the transmission has been repaired or replaced it is necessary to perform the
DRBIIIt Quick Learn Procedure and reset the (Pinion Factor(
7. Road test the vehicle. With the DRBIIIt, monitor the engine RPM. Make 15 to 20 1-2, 2-3,
3-4 upshifts. Perform these shifts from a standing start to 45 MPH with a constant throttle
opening of 20 to 25 degrees.
8. Below 25 MPH, make 5 to 8 wide open throttle kickdowns to 1st gear. Allow at least 5 seconds
each in 2nd and 3rd gear between each kickdown.
9. For a specific DTC, drive the vehicle to the Symptoms When Monitored/When Set conditions
to verify the DTC repair.
10. Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) during the road test. If a DTC sets during the
road test , return to the Symptom list and follow the path.
11. NOTE: Erase P0700 DTC in the PCM to turn the MIL light off after making
transmission repairs. This will turn the MIL off.
Were any Trouble Codes set during the road test?
Yes Refer to the Symptom List for appropriate diagnostic tests.
No Repair is complete.
497
VERIFICATION TESTS
Verification Tests Continued
BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY

1. Disconnect all jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components and All
connectors.
2. NOTE: If the SKIM, PCM/ECM or FCM was replaced, refer to the service informa-
tion for proper programming procedures.
3. If the Body Control Module (BCM) was replaced, turn the ignition on for 15 seconds (to allow
the new BCM to learn VIN) or engine may not start (if VTSS equipped). If the vehicle is
equipped with VTSS, use the DRBIIIt and enable VTSS.
4. Program all RKE transmitters and other options as necessary.
5. If any HVAC door actuator circuits were repaired, with the DRBIIIt in HVAC, System Tests,
select Actuator Circuit Test. (Manual Temp Control only).
6. If any actuators were replaced in the HVAC System, with the DRBIIIt in HVAC, select
System Tests then select HVAC Door Recalibration (Manual Temp Control only).
7. If any actuators were replaced in the ATC System, with the DRBIIIt in Automatic Temp
Control, select Miscellaneous then select Reset ATC Head.
8. For Three-Zone HVAC Systems, if HVAC Control/Rear Blower Rear Control was replaced/
Rear Blend Pot Circuit Open/Short DTC was set/any rear blend pot circuit was repaired,
proceed to Number 9 & 10.
9. With DRBIIIt in HVAC, select System Tests then select HVAC Door Recalibration. Door
Recalibration must pass before proceeding to next step.
10. With DRBIIIt in HVAC, select System Tests then select Reset Rear Blend Switch Span.
Rotate Rear Blend/Mode control on Rear Blower Rear Control to full cold. Wait five seconds,
then rotate control to full hot.
11. If any repairs were made to the power sliding door or power liftgate, use the DRBIIIt and
perform the open and close system tests. Observe the instructions on the DRBIIIt screen.
12. Ensure that all accessories are turned off and the battery is fully charged.
13. With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTCs from ALL modules. Start and run the engine
for 2 minutes. Operate all functions of the system that caused the original concern.
14. Turn the ignition off and wait 5 seconds. Turn the ignition on and using the DRBIIIt, read
DTCs from ALL modules.
Are any DTCs present or is the original condition still present?
Yes Repair is not complete, refer to the appropriate symptom.

POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1 - SBEC APPLICABILITY

1. NOTE: If the PCM has been replaced and the correct VIN and mileage have not All
been programmed, a DTC will be set in the ABS Module, Airbag Module and the
SKIM.
2. NOTE: If the vehicle is equipped with a Sentry Key Immobilizer System, Secret Key
data must be updated. Refer to the Service Information for the PCM, SKIM and the
Transponder (ignition key) for programming information.
3. Inspect the vehicle to ensure that all components related to the repair are connected properly.
4. Inspect the engine oil for fuel contamination. Replace the oil and filter as necessary.
5. Attempt to start the engine.
6. If the No Start condition is still present, refer to the symptom list and perform the diagnostic
testing as necessary. refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.
7. Run the engine for one warm-up cycle to verify operation.
8. With the DRBIIIt, confirm that no DTCs or Secondary Indicators are present and that all
components are functioning properly.
9. If a DTC is present, refer to the appropriate category and select the corresponding symptom.
Yes Repair is not complete, refer to appropriate symptom.

498
VERIFICATION TESTS
POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1 - NGC APPLICABILITY

1. NOTE: After completing the Powertrain Verification Test the Transmission Verifi- All
cation Test must be performed.
2. NOTE: If the PCM has been replaced and the correct VIN and mileage have not
SKIM.
testing as necessary. refer to and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

SKIM.
4. With the DRBIIIt, clear DTCs and Reset Memory all engine values.
5. Run the engine for one warm-up cycle to verify proper operation.
6. Road test the vehicle. Use all accessories that may be related to this repair.
8. If this test is being performed after a No Trouble Code test, verify the symptom is no longer
present.
9. If the symptom is still present, or any other symptom or DTC is present refer to the
appropriate category and perform the corresponding symptom.
10. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.
11. If there are no DTCs present and all components are functional properly, the repair is
complete.
499
VERIFICATION TESTS

SKIM.
present.
complete.

SKIM.
4. With the DRBIIIt, clear DTCs.
5. Perform generator output test. Refer to the appropriate service information as necessary.
6. Start the engine and set engine speed to 2000 RPM for at least thirty seconds.
7. Cycle the ignition key off and on.
8. With the DRBIIIt, read the DTCs. If the DTC returns, or any other symptom or DTC is
present, refer to the appropriate category and perform the corresponding symptom.
9. If there are no DTCs present and all components are functioning properly, the repair is
complete.

500
VERIFICATION TESTS

SKIM.
5. With the DRBIIIt, clear DTCs.
6. Perform generator output test. Refer to the appropriate service information as necessary.
7. Start the engine and set engine speed to 2000 RPM for at least thirty seconds.
8. Cycle the ignition key off and on.
9. With the DRBIIIt, read the DTCs. If the DTC returns, or any other symptom or DTC is
present, refer to the appropriate category and perform the corresponding symptom.
10. If there are no DTCs present and all components are functioning properly, the repair is
complete.
501
VERIFICATION TESTS

SKIM.
3. Inspect the vehicle to ensure that all engine components are properly installed and
connected.
4. Connect the DRBIIIt to the data link connector and erase all codes.
5. Turn the speed control ON (if equipped, cruise light will be on).
6. Press and release the SET switch. If the speed control did not engage, the repair is not
complete. Check for TSBs that pertain to speed control problems and then, if necessary, return
to the Symptom List.
7. Press and hold the RESUME/ACCEL Switch. If the vehicle speed did not increase by at least
2 mph, the repair is not complete. Check for TSBs that pertain to speed control problem and
then, if necessary, return to Symptom List.
8. Press and hold the COAST switch. The vehicle speed should decrease. If it did not decrease,
the repair is not complete. Check for TSBs that pertain to speed control problem and then, if
necessary, return to Symptom List.
9. Using caution, press and release the brake pedal. If the speed control did not disengage, the
repair is not complete. Check for TSBs that pertain to speed control problem and then, if
10. Bring the vehicle speed back up to 35 MPH.
11. Press the RESUME/ACCEL switch. If the speed control did not resume the previously set
speed, the repair is not complete. Check for TSBs that pertain to speed control problem and
12. Hold down the SET switch. If the vehicle did not decelerate, the repair is not complete.
Check for TSBs that pertain to speed control problem and then, if necessary, return to Symptom
List.
13. Ensure vehicle speed is greater than 35 mph and release the SET Switch. If vehicle did not
adjust and set a new vehicle speed, the repair is not complete. Check for TSBs that pertain to
speed control problem and then, if necessary, return to Symptom List.
14. Press and release the CANCEL switch. If the speed control did not disengage, the repair is
not complete. Check for TSBs that pertain to speed control problem and then, if necessary,
return to Symptom List.
15. Bring the vehicle speed back up above 35 mph and engage speed control.
16. Press the OFF switch to turn OFF, (Cruise light will be off). If the speed control did not
disengage, the repair is not complete. Check for TSBs that pertain to speed control problem and
17. If the vehicle successfully passed all of the previous tests, the speed control system is now
functioning as designed. The repair is now complete.
Did the Speed Control pass the above test?
Yes Repair is complete.
No Repair is not complete, refer to appropriate symptom.
502
VERIFICATION TESTS

SKIM.
connected.
5. Connect the DRBIIIt to the data link connector and erase all codes.
6. Turn the speed control ON (if equipped, cruise light will be on).
7. Press and release the SET Switch. If the speed control did not engage, the repair is not
complete. Check for TSBs that pertain to speed control problem and then, if necessary, return
to Symptom List.
8. Press and hold the RESUME/ACCEL Switch. If the vehicle speed did not increase by at least
2 mph, the repair is not complete. Check for TSBs that pertain to speed control problem and
9. Press and hold the COAST switch. The vehicle speed should decrease. If it did not decrease,
10. Using caution, press and release the brake pedal. If the speed control did not disengage, the
repair is not complete. Check for TSBs that pertain to speed control problem and then, if
11. Bring the vehicle speed back up to 35 MPH.
12. Press the RESUME/ACCEL switch. If the speed control did not resume the previously set
speed, the repair is not complete. Check for TSBs that pertain to speed control problem and
13. Hold down the SET switch. If the vehicle did not decelerate, the repair is not complete.
Check for TSBs that pertain to speed control problem and then, if necessary, return to Symptom
List.
14. Ensure vehicle speed is greater than 35 mph and release the SET Switch. If vehicle did not
adjust and set a new vehicle speed, the repair is not complete. Check for TSBs that pertain to
speed control problem and then, if necessary, return to Symptom List.
15. Press and release the CANCEL switch. If the speed control did not disengage, the repair is
not complete. Check for TSBs that pertain to speed control problem and then, if necessary,
return to Symptom List.
16. Bring the vehicle speed back up above 35 mph and engage speed control.
17. Turn the Speed Control Off. (Cruise light will be off). If the speed control did not disengage,
18. If the vehicle successfully passed all of the previous tests, the speed control system is now
functioning as designed. The repair is now complete.
Did the Speed Control pass the above test?
No Repair is not complete, refer to appropriate symptom.
503
VERIFICATION TESTS
POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 5- SBEC APPLICABILITY

SKIM.
connected. Reassemble and reconnect components as necessary.
4. Connect the DRBIIIt to the data link connector.
5. Ensure the fuel tank has at least a quarter tank of fuel. Turn off all accessories.
6. If a Comprehensive Component DTC was repaired, perform steps 5 - 8. If a Major OBDII
Monitor DTC was repaired skip those steps and continue verification.
7. After the ignition has been off for at least 10 seconds, restart the vehicle and run 2 minutes.
8. If the Good Trip counter changed to one or more and there are no new DTCs, the repair was
successful and is now complete. Erase DTCs and disconnect the DRBIIIt.
9. If the repaired DTC has reset, the repair is not complete. Check for any related TSBs or flash
updates and return to the Symptom list.
10. If another DTC has set, return to the Symptom List and follow the path specified for that
DTC.
11. With the DRBIIIt, monitor the appropriate pre-test enabling conditions until all conditions
have been met. Once the conditions have been met, switch screen to the appropriate OBDII
monitor, (Audible beeps when the monitor is running).
12. If the monitor ran, and the Good Trip counter changed to one or more, the repair was
13. If the repaired OBDII trouble code has reset or was seen in the monitor while on the road
test, the repair is not complete. Check for any related technical service bulletins or flash
updates and return to Symptom List.
DTC.

504
VERIFICATION TESTS

SKIM.
5. Connect the DRBIIIt to the data link connector.
6. Ensure the fuel tank has at least a quarter tank of fuel. Turn off all accessories.
7. If a Comprehensive Component DTC was repaired, perform steps 5 - 8. If a Major OBDII
Monitor DTC was repaired skip those steps and continue verification.
8. After the ignition has been off for at least 10 seconds, restart the vehicle and run 2 minutes.
9. If the Good Trip counter changed to one or more and there are no new DTCs, the repair was
10. If the repaired DTC has reset, the repair is not complete. Check for any related TSBs or
flash updates and return to the Symptom list.
DTC.
12. With the DRBIIIt, monitor the appropriate pre-test enabling conditions until all conditions
have been met. Once the conditions have been met, switch screen to the appropriate OBDII
monitor, (Audible beeps when the monitor is running).
13. If the monitor ran, and the Good Trip counter changed to one or more, the repair was
14. If the repaired OBDII trouble code has reset or was seen in the monitor while on the road
test, the repair is not complete. Check for any related technical service bulletins or flash
updates and return to Symptom List.
DTC.

505
VERIFICATION TESTS

SKIM.
4. The LDP Monitor Test Mode has been added to the DRBIIIt to verify repairs to the LDP
System. A DRBIIIt software program was written which causes the PCM to run the LDP
Monitor as part of this test. Test failures will be indicated through a stored DTC.
5. LDP Monitor Test Mode is a useful way to run a total system performance test. Use this test
to verify any type of LDP system repair.
6. Software program makes temporary changes to operating mode of PCM. For this reason, it
is critical that test not be interrupted. PCMs left in this mode as result of interrupted test will
illuminate the MIL for 8-10 mi of driving with no DTCs stored.
7. Erasing DTCs will not change this condition.
8. If a vehicle is found to be stuck in the mode described above, the LDP Dealer Test should be
re-run in its entirety so that the software program in the DRBIIIt can restore the PCM
operating mode.
9. Note similarity to LDP Monitor screen found under OBDII Monitors. Failure modes are
fewer in this System Test than OBDII LDP Monitor.
10. System Test failure may have been, for example, due to a large leak, but the PCM will set
the Small Leak DTC to indicate failures that occurred as part of the system test.
11. Connect the DRBIIIt to the data link connector. Engine running, turn off all accessories.
12. Note: While test is being performed, PCM must see RPM, minimum MAP, No Vehicle speed
and minimum Throttle Position sensor (At idle, in park.) With DRBIIIt in System Tests,
perform the LDP Monitor Test and follow the instructions on the screen.
13. If the LDP Monitor Test failed and a .020 Leak DTC has set, the repair is not complete.
Check for any related Technical Service Bulletins and return to Symptom List.
14. If any other trouble code has set, return to Symptom List and follow the path specified for
that trouble code. If the LDP Monitor Test passed, the repair was successful and testing is now
complete.

506
VERIFICATION TESTS

1. Install the Miller Tool #8404 Evaporative Emission Leak Detector (EELD). according to the All
instructions in the pervious DTC table.
2. Set the smoke/air control switch to AIR.
3. Insert the testers AIR supply tip (clear hose) into the appropriate calibration orifice on the
testers control panel (based on DTC leak size).
4. Press the remote smoke/air start button.
5. Position the red flag on the air flow meter so it is aligned with the indicator ball.
6. When the calibration is complete, release the remote button. The EELD is now calibrated the
flow meter in liters per minute to the size leak indicated by the DTC set in the PCM.
7. Install the service port adapter #8404-14 on the vehicles service port.
8. Connect the Air supply hose from the EELD to the service port.
9. Press the remote button to activate AIR flow.
10. NOTE: Larger volume fuel tanks, lower fuel levels or if the vehicle is equipped
with a Flow Management Valve may indicate high flow and will require 4 to 5
minutes to fill.
11. Compare the flow meter indicator ball reading to the red flag.
12. ABOVE the red flag indicates a leak present.
13. BELOW the red flag indicates a sealed system.
14. If the indicator ball shows a leak present, perform the smoke test indicated in the previous
test and identify the leak and repair. Perform this verification test when the repair is complete.
Did the indicator ball indicate the a leak is present??
Yes Repeat the DTC test to identify the leak and repair.
SKIS VERIFICATION APPLICABILITY

1. Reconnect all previously disconnected components and connectors. All
2. Obtain the vehicles unique Personal Identification Number (PIN) assigned to its original
SKIM. This number can be obtained from the vehicles invoice or Chryslers Customer Center
(1-800-992-1997).
3. NOTE: When entering the PIN, care should be taken because the SKIM will only
allow 3 consecutive attempts to enter the correct PIN. If 3 consecutive incorrect
PINs are entered the SKIM will Lock Out the DRB III for 1 hour.
4. To exit Lock Out mode, the ignition key must remain in the Run position continually for 1
hour. Turn off all accessories and connect a battery charger if necessary.
5. With the DRB III, select Theft Alarm, SKIM and Miscellaneous. Then select desired
procedure and follow the steps that will be displayed.
6. If the SKIM has been replaced, ensure all of the vehicle ignition keys are programmed to the
new SKIM.
7. NOTE: Prior to returning vehicle to the costumer, perform a module scan to be sure
that all DTCs are erased. Erase any DTCs that are found.
8. With the DRB III erase all DTCs. Perform 5 ignition key cycles leaving the key on for at least
90 seconds per cycle.
9. With the DRB III, read the SKIM DTCs.

507
VERIFICATION TESTS

(1-800-992-1997).
allow 3 consecutive attempts to enter the correct PIN. If 3 consecutive incorrect PINs
are entered, the SKIM will Lock Out the DRBIIIt for 1 hour.
5. With the DRBIIIt, select Theft Alarm, SKIM and Miscellaneous. Then, select the desired
new SKIM.
7. NOTE: Prior to returning vehicle to the customer, perform a module scan to be sure
8. With the DRBIIIt, erase all DTCs. Perform 5 ignition key cycles leaving the key on for at
least 90 seconds per cycle.
9. With the DRBIIIt, read the SKIM DTCs.
508
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
8.0 COMPONENT LOCATIONS O
M
8.1 CONTROL MODULES AND FUSE & RELAY CENTER P
2.4L 3.3L/3.8L O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.2 CONTROLS AND SOLENOID

3.3L/3.8L
509
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O 8.2 CONTROLS AND SOLENOID (Continued)
M 3.3L/3.8L
P 2.4L
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
2.4L 3.3L/3.8L
2.4L 3.3L/3.8L
510
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
3.3L/3.8L O
2.4L
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR
511
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O 8.4 SENSORS
M 2.4L
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
3.3L/3.8L
2.4L
3.3L/3.8L 2.4L
512
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
2.4L O
3.3L/3.8L
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
3.3L/3.8L
2.4L
3.3L/3.8L 2.4L
513
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O 8.4 SENSORS (Continued)
M
P 3.3L/3.8L
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
2.4L 3.3L/3.8L
8.5 FUEL SYSTEM

2.4L 3.3L/3.8L
514
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.6 SWITCHES
515
NOTES
516
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
9.0 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 C3 20DB/YL (2.4L) A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY OUTPUT
1 C3 18DB/YL (3.3L/3.8L/ A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY OUTPUT
DIESEL)
2 Z153 18BK/GY GROUND
A/C PRESSURE SENSOR

1 K900 18DB/DG (GAS) SENSOR GROUND
1 C918 20BK/LB (DIESEL) A/C PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND
2 F855 20PK/YL (2.4L) 5 VOLT SUPPLY
2 F851 20LB/PK (DIESEL) SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE B
2 F855 18PK/YL (3.3L/3.8L) 5 VOLT SUPPLY
C
3 C18 18LB/BR (3.3L/3.8L) A/C PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
O
3 C18 20LB/BR (DIESEL) A/C PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
N
3 C18 18LB/BR (2.4L) A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL
N
4 - -
E
C
T
O
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (EXCEPT BASE) R
1 G31 18VT/LG (EXCEPT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL P
2.4L)
I
1 G31 18VT/LG (2.4L) AAT SIGNAL
N
2 K900 18DB/DG (2.4L) SENSOR GROUND
O
2 G931 18VT/BR (EXCEPT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR RETURN
2.4L)
U
T
S
517
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
BODY CONTROL MODULE C3
1 G23 22VT/DB (POWER SLIDING DOORS OVERHEAD SWITCH MUX
SLIDING DOOR)
2 D123 20WT/BR FLASH PROGRAM ENABLE
3 G152 22VT/GY (POWER RIGHT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL
SLIDING DOOR)
4 G151 22VT/BR (POWER LEFT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL
SLIDING DOOR)
5 G76 20VT/YL RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
6 G75 22VT (LHD) LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
6 G74 22VT/WT (RHD) RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
7 G75 22VT (RHD) LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
7 G74 22VT/WT (LHD) RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
8 G77 22VT/GY LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
9 E10 20OR/DG (3 ZONE PANEL LAMPS DRIVER (REAR BLOWER SWITCH)
ATC/MTC)
10 - -
11 L162 20WT/VT (EXPORT) RIGHT SIDE REPEATER LAMP FEED
12 G42 22VT/WT (POWER RIGHT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX
SLIDING DOOR)
13 G165 20VT/GY (EXPORT) LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX
14 G163 22VT/LB LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX
C 15 G162 22VT/WT (EXCEPT RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX
O EXPORT)
N 15 G162 22VT/TN (EXPORT) RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX
N 16 - -
E 17 F503 20WT/PK FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
C 18 G41 22VT/DG (POWER LEFT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX

SLIDING DOOR)
T 19 L163 20WT/BR (EXPORT) LEFT SIDE REPEATER LAMP FEED
O 20 N4 20DB/WT FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL
R 21 G161 22VT/DG (LHD) LEFT DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX
21 G160 22VT/LG (RHD) RIGHT DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX
P 22 G161 22VT/DG (RHD) LEFT DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX
I 22 G160 22VT/LG (LHD) RIGHT DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX
N 23 D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS
O 24 - -
U 25 M11 20YL/VT COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER
T 26 P31 20TN/YL (POWER RE- LIFTGATE RELEASE DRIVER
S LEASE EXCEPT GAS LHD
SWB EXPORT)
27 - -
28 - -
29 G78 20VT/OR LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE
30 G70 22VT/LB (EXPORT) HOOD AJAR SWITCH SENSE
31 F500 18DG/PK FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
32 - -
33 M21 20YL/BR COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER
34 M27 20YL/LB READING LAMPS DRIVER
518
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
BRAKE LAMP SWITCH
1 A103 18GY/RD FUSED B(+)
2 L50 18WT/TN (GAS) BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
2 L50 18WT/TN (DIESEL) PRIMARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL
3 V30 20VT/WT (GAS) SPEED CONTROL BRAKE SWITCH OUTPUT
4 V32 20VT/YL (GAS) SPEED CONTROL ON/OFF SWITCH SENSE
5 Z429 20BK/OR GROUND
6 B29 20DG/WT SECONDARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL
BRAKE TRANSMISSION SHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID (EATX)

1 K32 18DB/YL BRAKE TRANSMISSION SHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID CONTROL
2 F2 18PK/YL FCM OUTPUT (UNLOCK-RUN-START)
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (GAS) R
P
1 F888 18BR/PK (3.3L/3.8L) 8 VOLT SUPPLY
I
2 K900 20DB/DG SENSOR GROUND
N
3 K44 18DB/GY (3.3L/3.8L) CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
O
3 K44 18DB/GY (2.4L) CMP SIGNAL
U
T
S
CLUTCH PEDAL INTERLOCK SWITCH (MTX)

1 T141 20YL/OR FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
2 T751 20YL (DIESEL) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
2 Z429 20BK/OR (GAS) GROUND
519
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (GAS)

1 F888 18BR/PK (3.3L/3.8L) 8 VOLT SUPPLY
2 K900 18DB/DG (3.3L/3.8L) SENSOR GROUND
2 K900 20DB/DG (2.4L) SENSOR GROUND
3 K24 18BR/LB (2.4L) CKP SIGNAL
3 K24 18BR/LB (3.3L/3.8L) CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
DATA LINK CONNECTOR

1 - -
2 D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS
3 - -
4 Z11 18BK/LG GROUND
5 Z111 18BK/WT GROUND
6 - -
7 D21 20WT/DG (GAS) SCI TRANSMIT (PCM)
C 7 D21 20WT/DG (DIESEL) SCI TRANSMIT (ECM)
O 8 - -
N 9 D123 20WT/BR FLASH PROGRAM ENABLE
N 10 - -
E 11 - -
C 12 D20 20WT/LG (GAS) SCI RECEIVE (PCM)
T 13 - -
O 14 -
R 15 D15 20DG/YL (GAS) SCI TRANSMIT (TCM)
16 A105 20DB/RD FUSED B(+)
P
I
N
O
U
EGR SOLENOID (3.3L/3.8L EXPORT)
T CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
S 1 K35 18DB/VT EGR SOLENOID CONTROL
2 F202 18PK/GY FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
ENGINE COOLANT TEMP SENSOR (GAS)

2 K2 18VT/OR (3.3L/3.8L) ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
2 K2 18VT/OR (2.4L) ECT SIGNAL
520
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (GAS)

1 G6 16VT/GY (3.3L/3.8L) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
1 G6 16VT/GY (2.4L) OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL
2 - -
EVAP/PURGE SOLENOID (GAS)

1 K52 18DB/WT (3.3L/3.8L) EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SOLENOID CONTROL
1 K52 18DB/WT (2.4L) EVAP PURGE CONTROL
2 K70 18DB/BR (2.4L) EVAP PURGE SIGNAL C
2 K70 18DB/BR (3.3L/3.8L) EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SOLENOID SENSE O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
FUEL INJECTOR NO. 1 (2.4L/3.3L/3.8L) P

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION I
1 K342 16BR/WT AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT N
2 K11 16BR/YL (3.3L/3.8L) FUEL INJECTOR NO. 1 DRIVER O
2 K11 16BR/YL (2.4L) INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 1 U
T
S
FUEL INJECTOR NO. 2 (2.4L/3.3L/3.8L)

1 K342 16BR/WT AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT
2 K12 16BR/DB (3.3L/3.8L) FUEL INJECTOR NO. 2 DRIVER
2 K12 16BR/DB (2.4L) INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 2
521
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
FUEL INJECTOR NO. 3 (2.4L/3.3L/3.8L)

2 K13 16BR/LB (3.3L/3.8L) FUEL INJECTOR NO. 3 DRIVER
2 K13 16BR/LB (2.4L) INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 3
FUEL INJECTOR NO. 5 (3.3L/3.8L)

2 K38 16BR/OR FUEL INJECTOR NO. 5 DRIVER
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P FUEL INJECTOR NO. 6 (3.3L/3.8L)

I CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
N 1 K342 16BR/WT AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT
O 2 K58 16BR/VT FUEL INJECTOR NO. 6 DRIVER
U
T
S
FUEL PUMP MODULE

1 Z201 18BK/OR (GAS) GROUND
2 Z201 20BK/DB (LHD/ GROUND
DIESEL/GAS)
2 Z201 18BK/OR (RHD/ GROUND
DIESEL)
3 N4 20DB/WT FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL
4 N1 18DB/OR (GAS) FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT
522
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
GENERATOR
1 K342 16BR/WT (GAS) AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT
1 K342 16BR/WT (DIESEL) ECM/PCM RELAY OUTPUT
2 K20 14BR/GY (DIESEL) GENERATOR FIELD CONTROL
2 K20 18BR/GY (3.3L/3.8L) GENERATOR FIELD CONTROL
2 K20 18BR/GY (2.4L) GEN FIELD CONTROL
GENERATOR (GENERATOR SIDE)

1 - AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT
2 - GENERATOR FIELD DRIVER (EXCEPT 2.4L)
2 - GEN FIELD CONTROL (2.4L)
3 - -
4 - B(+) C
5 - CASE GROUND O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
IDLE AIR CONTROL MOTOR (GAS)
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION N
1 K39 18VT/DG (3.3L/3.8L) IDLE AIR CONTROL MOTOR DRIVER O
1 K61 18VT/GY (2.4L) IAC MOTOR CONTROL U
2 K961 18BR/VT (2.4L) IAC RETURN T
2 K60 18VT/LG (3.3L/3.8L) IDLE AIR CONTROL MOTOR SENSE S
IGNITION COIL (2.4L)

1 K17 18DB/TN COIL CONTROL NO. 2
3 K19 18DB/DG COIL CONTROL NO. 1
523
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
IGNITION COIL (3.3L/3.8L)

1 K18 16DB/OR IGNITION COIL NO. 3 DRIVER
3 K19 16DB/DG IGNITION COIL NO. 1 DRIVER
4 K17 16DB/TN IGNITION COIL NO. 2 DRIVER
INLET AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1 K21 18DB/LG (3.3L/3.8L) INLET AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
1 K21 18DB/LG (2.4L) IAT SIGNAL
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
524
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
525
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
FUSES (IPM)
FUSE AMPS FUSED CIRCUIT FUNCTION
NO.
1 20A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
2 15A INTERNAL FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
5 20A F306 16DB/PK FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
6 20A F307 16LB/PK (BATTERY POSITION) FUSED B(+)
6 20A F307 16LB/PK (ACCESSORY RELAY POSITION) FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
10 40A C7 12DB FUSED FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
11 20A F302 18GY/PK FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
12 25A C51 12LB/BR FUSED REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
13 40A C15 12DB/WT FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT
14 15A INTERNAL FUSED B(+) (I.O.D.)
15 20A INTERNAL (EATX) FUSED B(+)
15 20A INTERNAL (DIESEL) FUSED B(+)
C 19 40A A101 12VT/RD FUSED B(+)
O 20 40A A102 12WT/RD FUSED B(+)
N 21 25A A111 12DG/RD FUSED B(+)
N 22 40A A110 12OR/RD FUSED B(+)
E 23 10A A106 20LB/RD FUSED B(+)
C 24 20A A701 16BR/RD FUSED B(+) (HAZARD)
T 26 20A A103 18GY/RD FUSED B(+)
O 27 40A A112 12OR/RD FUSED B(+)
R 28 40A F30 12PK/YL FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
30 40A INTERNAL (EXPORT) FUSED B(+)
P 31 40A A113 12WT/RD FUSED B(+)
I 32 40A A115 12YL/RD FUSED B(+)
N 33 15A INTERNAL FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
O
U
FUEL PUMP RELAY (GAS)
T
S
30 N1 18DB/OR FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT
85 K31 18BR FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL
86 INTERNAL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
87 INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
87A - -
526
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C1
1 F301 18VT/PK FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
2 - -
3 - -
4 L43 18WT/DB LEFT LOW BEAM DRIVER
5 Z344 16BK/TN GROUND
6 L34 16WT/GY RIGHT HIGH BEAM DRIVER
7 W1 18BR/TN WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE
8 L33 18WT/LG LEFT HIGH BEAM DRIVER
9 G31 18VT/LG (EXCEPT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
2.4L/BASE)
10 L44 16WT/TN RIGHT LOW BEAM DRIVER
11 F300 18OR/PK FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
12 - -
14 - -
15 L78 18WT/OR FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (RIGHT)
16 L77 18WT/BR FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (LEFT)
17 - -
2.4L/BASE) C
19 W20 18BR/YL REAR WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL O
20 W10 18BR FRONT WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL N
N
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C2 E
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION C
1 N173 16DB/VT (GAS) RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL T
2 V53 12BR/OR (EXPORT) HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY OUTPUT O
3 L60 16WT/TN (EXPORT) RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER R
3 L60 16WT/TN (EXCEPT RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER
EXPORT) P
4 L13 18WT/YL (EXPORT) HEADLAMP ADJUST SIGNAL I
5 X2 18DG/OR HORN RELAY OUTPUT N
6 L90 18WT/OR (FOG FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT O
LAMPS)
U
7 L61 16WT/LG LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER
T
8 - -
S
9 A112 12OR/RD FUSED B(+)
10 L89 18WT/YL (FOG FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
LAMPS)
527
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1 Z115 18BK/OR (2.4L EATX) GROUND
1 Z115 20BK/OR (3.3L/3.8L GROUND
EATX)
1 N21 20DB/TN (DIESEL) LIFT PUMP RELAY CONTROL
2 F1 18PK/WT (GAS EATX) FCM OUTPUT (UNLOCK-RUN-START)
3 T751 18YL (GAS) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
4 T2 18DG/WT (2.4L/DIESEL TRS REVERSE SENSE
MTX)
5 T16 18YL/OR (GAS EATX) TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
5 N2 18DB/YL (DIESEL) LIFT PUMP RELAY OUTPUT
6 F202 18PK/GY (DIESEL) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
6 T15 18YL/BR (GAS EATX) TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL
7 C3 20DB/YL (GAS) A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY OUTPUT
7 C3 18DB/YL (DIESEL) A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY OUTPUT
8 Z114 18BK/LG (DIESEL) GROUND
8 K31 18BR (GAS) FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL
9 C13 18LB/OR (GAS) A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL
9 C13 20LB/OR (DIESEL) A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL
10 A119 16RD/OR (DIESEL) FUSED B(+)
C 10 A104 18YL/RD (3.3L/3.8L FUSED B(+)
O EATX)
N 11 C41 20LB/DG (DIESEL) CABIN HEATER ASSIST CONTROL
N 12 - -
E 13 D25 18WT/VT (GAS) PCI BUS
C 13 D25 20WT/VT (DIESEL) PCI BUS
T 14 T752 18DG/OR (2.4L) STARTER RELAY CONTROL
O 14 T752 18DG/OR (3.3L/3.8L) STARTER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL
R 14 T752 20DG/OR (DIESEL) STARTER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL

15 Z116 18BK/VT GROUND
P 16 K51 18BR/WT (GAS) AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY CONTROL
I 16 K51 20BR/WT (DIESEL) ECM/PCM RELAY CONTROL
N 17 F202 18PK/GY (DIESEL) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
O 17 F202 20PK/GY (GAS) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
U 18 K173 18BR/VT (3.3L/3.8L) RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL
T 18 K173 18BR/WT (2.4L) RAD FAN RELAY CONTROL
S 19 F202 20PK/GY (GAS) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)

20 A109 18OR/RD (GAS) FUSED B(+)
528
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1 Z127 12BK (2.4L EXCEPT GROUND
EXPORT/3.3L/3.8L/ABS)
2 T750 12YL/GY STARTER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
4 F500 16DG/PK (EATX) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
5 - -
6 D25 18WT/VT (ANTILOCK PCI BUS
BRAKES)
6 D25 18WT/VT (3.3L/3.8L) PCI BUS
7 A107 12TN/RD (ANTILOCK FUSED B(+)
BRAKES)
8 A111 12DG/RD (ANTILOCK FUSED B(+)
BRAKES)
9 A710 14RD/BR B(+) (HAZARD FEED)
10 - -
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C5 C

O
1 A1 4RD B(+)
N
2 - -
N
3 - -
E
4 - -
C
T
O
R
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C6 P

1 A101 12VT/RD FUSED B(+) N
2 Z117 16BK/WT GROUND O
3 Z118 16BK/YL GROUND U
4 A110 12OR/RD (POWER FUSED B(+) T
SEAT)
S
5 - -
6 - -
7 C7 12DB FUSED FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
8 F307 16LB/PK (BATTERY FUSED B(+)
POSITION)
8 F307 18LB/PK (ACCESSO- FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
RY RELAY POSITION)
9 A113 12WT/RD (POWER FUSED B(+)
SLIDING DOOR)
10 - -
529
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1 C16 20DB/GY FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT
2 T141 20YL/OR (DIESEL) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
4 L13 20WT/YL (EXPORT) HEADLAMP ADJUST SIGNAL
5 K32 18DB/YL (GAS) BRAKE TRANSMISSION SHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID CONTROL
6 - -
7 W7 20BR/GY FRONT WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE
8 B20 20DG/OR BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE
9 F201 18PK/OR ORC RUN-START DRIVER
10 F214 18PK/LG (SIACM) SIACM RUN-START DRIVER
11 A106 20LB/RD FUSED B(+)
12 - -
13 F2 18PK/YL (GAS) FCM OUTPUT (UNLOCK-RUN-START)
14 - -
15 A114 16GY/RD FUSED B(+) (I.O.D.)
17 L50 18WT/TN BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
18 X13 16DG/GY (PREMIUM NAME BRAND SPEAKER RELAY OUTPUT
8 SPEAKER)
C 19 X3 20DG/VT HORN SWITCH SENSE
O 20 F100 18PK/VT ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER
N
N
E
C
1 W3 14BR/WT FRONT WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY LOW SPEED OUTPUT
T
O
2 N1 16DB/OR (DIESEL) FUEL HEATER RELAY OUTPUT
R
3 A108 20LG/RD FUSED B(+)
P
I
6 W4 14BR/OR FRONT WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY HIGH SPEED OUTPUT
N
7 C51 12LB/BR (3 ZONE FUSED REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
O ATC/MTC)
U 8 - -
T 9 L78 18WT/OR FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (RIGHT)
S 10 L60 18WT/TN RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER

1 A102 12WT/RD FUSED B(+)
2 F20 18PK/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
3 C15 12DB/WT FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT
5 L61 20WT/LB LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DIVER
6 A701 18BR/RD FUSED B(+) (HAZARD)
7 F306 16DB/PK FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
8 F30 12PK/YL (POWER FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
WINDOWS)
9 A115 20YL/RD (POWER FUSED B(+)
DRIVER SEAT)
LIFTGATE/EXCEPT POWER
DRIVER SEAT)
10 F302 18GY/PK FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
530
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
KNOCK SENSOR (3.3L/3.8L ABS EXCEPT EXPORT)

1 K42 18DB/YL KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL
LEAK DETECTION PUMP (3.3L/3.8L EXCEPT EXPORT)

1 K107 18VT/WT LEAK DETECTION PUMP SWITCH SENSE
2 K106 18VT/LB LEAK DETECTION PUMP SOLENOID CONTROL
4 - -
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
LEFT SPEED CONTROL SWITCH O
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION R
B Z23 20BK/VT LEFT SPEED CONTROL SWITCH GROUND
A V37 20VT/TN (EXPORT) SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL P
A V37 20DG/VT (EXCEPT SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL I
EXPORT)
A V37 18VT (2.4L) S/C SWITCH SIGNAL
N
O
U
T
S
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR (GAS)

1 K1 18VT/BR (3.3L/3.8L) MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
1 K1 18VT/BR (2.4L) MAP SIGNAL
3 F855 18PK/YL 5 VOLT SUPPLY
531
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
NATURAL VACUUM LEAK DETECTION ASSEMBLY (2.4L EXCEPT EXPORT)

2 K107 20VT/WT NVLD SWITCH SIGNAL
3 K106 20VT/LB NVLD SOL CONTROL
OXYGEN SENSOR 1/1 UPSTREAM (GAS)

1 K99 18BR/LG (3.3L/3.8L) OXYGEN SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CONTROL
1 Z42 18BK/LG (2.4L) GROUND
2 K99 18BR/LG (2.4L) O2 1/1 HEATER CONTROL
2 K342 16BR/WT (3.3L/3.8L) AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT
3 K902 18BR/DG (3.3L/3.8L) OXYGEN SENSOR 1/1 GROUND
C 3 K902 18BR/DG (2.4L) O2 RETURN (UP)
O 4 K41 18DB/LB (2.4L) O2 1/1 SIGNAL
N 4 K41 18DB/LB (3.3L/3.8L) OXYGEN SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL
N
E
C
T
O OXYGEN SENSOR 1/2 DOWNSTREAM (GAS)
R CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Z43 18BK/DB GROUND
P 2 K342 16BR/WT (3.3L/3.8L) AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT
I 2 K299 18BR/WT (2.4L) O2 1/2 HEATER CONTROL
N 3 K904 18DB/DG (2.4L) O2 RETURN (DOWN)
O 3 K902 18BR/DG (3.3L/3.8L) OXYGEN SENSOR 1/2 GROUND
U 4 K141 18DB/YL (3.3L/3.8L) OXYGEN SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL
T 4 K141 18DB/YL (2.4L) O2 1/2 SIGNAL
532
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 (NGC)
1 - -
2 - -
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -
8 - -
9 Z130 18BK/BR GROUND
10 - -
12 F1 18PK/WT (EXCEPT EX- FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
PORT)
13 N7 18DB/OR (MTX) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
14 - -
15 - -
16 - -
17 - -
18 Z131 18BK/DG GROUND
19 - -
20 G6 16VT/GY OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL
C
21 - -
O
22 G31 18VT/LG AAT SIGNAL
N
23 - -
N
24 - -
E
25 D20 20WT/LG SCI RECEIVE (PCM)
C
26 D123 20WT/BR SCI RECEIVE (TCM)
T
27 - -
O
28 - -
R
30 T751 18YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
P
31 K141 18DB/YL O2 1/2 SIGNAL
I
32 K904 18DB/DG O2 RETURN (DOWN)
N
33 - -
O
34 - -
U
35 - -
T
36 D21 20WT/BR SCI TRANSMIT (PCM)
S
37 D15 18DG/YL SCI TRANSMIT (TCM)
533
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 (SBEC)
1 - -
4 - -
5 V32 18VT/YL SPEED CONTROL ON/OFF SWITCH SENSE
7 K13 16BR/LB FUEL INJECTOR NO. 3 DRIVER
8 K20 18BR/GY GENERATOR FIELD CONTROL
9 - -
12 G6 16VT/GY ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
13 K11 16BR/YL FUEL INJECTOR NO. 1 DRIVER
14 K58 16BR/VT FUEL INJECTOR NO. 6 DRIVER
16 K14 16BR/TN FUEL INJECTOR NO. 4 DRIVER
17 K12 16BR/DB FUEL INJECTOR NO. 2 DRIVER
18 K99 18BR/LG OXYGEN SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CONTROL
19 - -
C 20 F202 18PK/GY FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
O 21 - -
N 22 - -
N 23 - -
E 24 - -
C 25 K42 18DB/YL (ABS EX- KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL

CEPT EXPORT)
T 26 K2 18VT/OR ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
O 27 K902 18BR/DG OXYGEN SENSOR GROUND
R 28 - -
29 - -
P 30 K41 18DB/LB OXYGEN SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL
I 31 T752 18DG/OR STARTER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL
N 32 K24 18BR/LB CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
O 33 K44 18DB/GY CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
U 34 - -
T 35 K22 18BR/OR THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
S 36 K1 18VT/BR MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
37 K21 18DB/LG INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
39 - -
40 K35 18DB/VT EGR SOLENOID CONTROL
534
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1 - -
2 - -
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -
8 - -
11 K14 16 BR/TN INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 4
12 K13 16BR/LB INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 3
13 K12 16BR/DB INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 2
14 K11 16BR/YL INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 1
15 - -
16 - -
17 - -
18 K99 18BR/LG O2 1/1 HEATER CONTROL
19 K20 18BR/GY GEN FIELD CONTROL
20 K2 18VT/OR ECT SIGNAL C
21 K22 18BR/OR TP SIGNAL O
22 - - N
23 K1 18VT/BR MAP SIGNAL N
24 K942 18BR/LG KS RETURN E
25 K42 18DB/YL KS SIGNAL C
26 - - T
27 K900 18DB/DG SENSOR GROUND O
28 K961 18BR/VT IAC RETURN R
30 K21 18DB/LG IAT SIGNAL P
31 K41 18DB/LB O2 1/1 SIGNAL I
32 K902 18BR/DG O2 RETURN (UP) N
33 - - O
34 K44 18DB/GY CMP SIGNAL U
35 K24 18BR/LB CKP SIGNAL T
36 - - S
37 - -
38 K61 18VT/GY IAC MOTOR CONTROL
535
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
41 V37 18VT SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL
42 C18 18LB/BR A/C PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
44 F888 18BR/PK 8 VOLT SUPPLY
45 - -
47 - -
48 - -
49 K39 18VT/DG IDLE AIR CONTROL NO. 1 DRIVER
51 K141 18DB/YL OXYGEN SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL
52 - -
53 - -
54 - -
55 - -
56 V36 18VT/YL SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID CONTROL
57 K60 18VT/LG IDLE AIR CONTROL NO. 2 DRIVER
58 - -
C 60 - -
O 61 F855 18PK/YL (EXPORT) 5 VOLT SUPPLY
N 61 F855 20PK/YL (EXCEPT 5 VOLT SUPPLY

EXPORT)
N 62 B29 18DG/WT SECONDARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL
E 63 T10 18DG/LG TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE
C 64 C13 18LB/OR A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL
T 65 D21 18WT/BR (EXPORT) SCI TRANSMIT (PCM)
O 65 D21 20WT/BR (EXCEPT SCI TRANSMIT (PCM)
R EXPORT)
66 N7 18DB/OR VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
P 67 K51 18BR/WT AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY CONTROL
I 68 K52 18DB/WT EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SOLENOID CONTROL
N 69 - -
O 70 K70 18DB/BR EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SOLENOID SENSE
U 71 - -
T 72 K107 20VT/WT (EXCEPT LEAK DETECTION PUMP SWITCH SENSE
S EXPORT)
73 K173 18BR/VT RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL
76 T41 18YL/DB PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH SENSE (TRS T41)
77 K106 20VT/LB (EXCEPT LEAK DETECTION PUMP SOLENOID CONTROL
EXPORT)
78 - -
79 - -
80 V35 18VT/OR SPEED CONTROL VENT SOLENOID CONTROL
536
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1 - -
2 - -
3 K51 18BR/WT AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY CONTROL
4 - -
5 V35 18VT/OR S/C VENT CONTROL
6 K173 18BR/VT RAD FAN RELAY CONTROL
7 V32 18VT/YL S/C SUPPLY
8 - -
9 K299 18BR/WT O2 1/2 HEATER CONTROL
10 - -
11 C13 18LB/OR A/C CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL
12 V36 18VT/YL S/C VACUUM CONTROL
13 - -
14 - -
15 - -
16 - -
17 - -
18 - -
20 K52 18DB/WT EVAP PURGE CONTROL C
21 T141 18YL (MTX) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) O
22 - - N
23 B29 18DG/WT BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL N
24 - - E
25 - - C
26 - - T
27 - - O
28 K342 16BR/WT AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT R
29 K70 18DB/BR EVAP PURGE SIGNAL
30 - - P
31 C18 18LB/BR A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL I
32 K91 18DB/YL BATTERY TEMP SIGNAL N
33 - - O
34 V37 18VT S/C SWITCH SIGNAL U
35 K107 20VT/WT NVLD SWITCH SIGNAL T
36 - - S
38 T752 18DG/OR STARTER RELAY CONTROL
537
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C4 (NGC) (EATX)
1 T60 18YL/GY OVERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL
2 T59 18YL/LB UNDERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 T19 18YL/DB 2-4 SOLENOID CONTROL
7 - -
8 - -
9 - -
10 T20 18DG/WT LOW/REVERSE SOLENOID CONTROL
11 - -
14 - -
15 T1 18DG/LB TRS T1 SENSE
16 T3 18DG/DB TRS T3 SENSE
17 - -
18 T15 18YL/BR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL
19 T16 18YL/OR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
C 20 - -
O 21 - -
N 22 T9 18DG/TN OVERDRIVE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
N 23 - -
E 24 - -
C 25 - -
T 26 - -
O 27 T41 18DG/GY TRS T41 SENSE
R 28 T16 18YL/OR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT

29 T50 18YL/TN LOW/REVERSE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
P 30 T47 18YL/DG 2-4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
I 31 - -
N 32 T14 18DG/BR OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
O 33 T52 18DG/WT INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
U 34 T13 18DG/VT SPEED SENSOR GROUND
T 35 T54 18DG/OR TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
S 36 - -
37 T42 18DG/YL TRS T42 SENSE
RIGHT SPEED CONTROL SWITCH

A V37 20VT/TN (EXPORT) SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL
A V37 20DG/VT (EXCEPT SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL
EXPORT)
A V37 18VT (2.4L) S/C SWITCH SIGNAL
B Z23 20BK/VT RIGHT SPEED CONTROL SWITCH GROUND
538
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE
1 - -
3 - -
6 A114 20GY/RD (LHD EX- FUSED B(+) (I.O.D.)
PORT)
6 A114 18GY/RD (EXCEPT FUSED B(+) (I.O.D.)
LHD EXPORT)
SPEED CONTROL SERVO (GAS)

1 V36 18VT/YL (3.3L/3.8L) SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID CONTROL
1 V36 18VT/YL (2.4L) S/C VACUUM CONTROL
2 V35 18VT/OR (2.4L) S/C VENT CONTROL
2 V35 18VT/OR (3.3L/3.8L) SPEED CONTROL VENT SOLENOID CONTROL
3 V30 20VT/WT SPEED CONTROL BRAKE SWITCH OUTPUT
C
O
N
N
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR (GAS) E
1 K900 18DB/DG SENSOR GROUND T
2 K22 18BR/OR (3.3L/3.8L) THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL O
2 K22 18BR/OR (2.4L) TP SIGNAL R
3 F855 18PK/YL (3.3L/3.8L) 5 VOLT SUPPLY
3 F855 20PK/YL (2.4L) 5 VOLT SUPPLY P
I
N
O
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR (EATX) U
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION T
1 - - S
2 - -
3 T13 18DG/VT SPEED SENSOR GROUND
4 T54 18DG/OR TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
5 T41 18DG/GY (3.3L/3.8L) TRS T41 SENSE
6 - -
10 T41 18YL/DB (3.3L/3.8L) PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH SENSE (TRS T41)
10 T41 18DG/GY (2.4L) TRS T41 SENSE
539
NOTES
540
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.1 2003 RS 2.4L
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
541
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.1 2003 RS 2.4L (Continued)
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
542
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.2 2003 RS 3.3L/3.8L
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
543
NOTES
544
CHARTS AND GRAPHS
11.0 CHARTS AND GRAPHS C
H
A
R
T
S
A
N
D
G
R
A
P
H
S
NGC VEHICLES
545
CHARTS AND GRAPHS
C 10.1 2003 RS 2.4L (Continued)
H
A SBEC VEHICLES
R
T
S
A
N
D
G
R
A
P
H
S
546
CHARTS AND GRAPHS
C
H
A
R
T
S
A
N
D
G
R
A
P
H
S
547
CHARTS AND GRAPHS
C 10.1 2003 RS 2.4L (Continued)
H
A
R
T
S
A
N
D
G
R
A
P
H
S
548
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
1.1 SYSTEM COVERAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

3.1 AIRBAG SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

3.1.1 DRIVER AIRBAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.1.2 CLOCKSPRING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.1.3 PASSENGER AIRBAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
3.1.4 SEAT BELT TENSIONER (SBT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3.1.5 SEAT BELT SWITCHES (SBS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3.1.6 SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE (SIACM) . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3.1.7 SEAT AIRBAGS (SAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
3.1.8 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
3.1.9 SPECIAL TOOLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
3.1.10 ACTIVE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
3.1.11 STORED CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
3.2 AUDIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
3.2.1 REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
3.2.2 CD CHANGER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
3.3 BODY CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
3.4 CHIME WARNING SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
3.4.1 CHIME PRIORITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
3.4.2 CHIME ON CONDITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.4.3 WARNING LAMP ANNOUNCEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.4.4 OTHER CHIME ON CONDITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.5 COMMUNICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
3.6 DOOR AJAR SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.7 EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.7.1 HEADLAMP POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.7.2 HEADLAMP SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.7.3 PARK LAMP RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.7.4 FOG LAMP RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.7.5 FOG LAMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.7.6 EXTERIOR LIGHTING BATTERY SAVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.7.7 AUTO HEADLAMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.8 FRONT CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.8.1 CONTROLLED POWER FEEDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
3.8.2 RELAY CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
3.8.3 ELECTRICAL INPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
3.9 HEATING & A/C SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
3.9.1 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
3.9.1.1 SYSTEM AVAILABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
3.9.1.2 SYSTEM CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
3.9.1.3 SYSTEM REVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
3.9.1.4 SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
3.9.2 MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL (MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
3.9.2.1 SYSTEM AVAILABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
3.9.2.2 SYSTEM CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
i
3.9.2.3 SYSTEM REVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
3.9.2.4 SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
3.10 CABIN HEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
3.10.1 GENERAL SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
3.10.2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
3.10.2.1 DCHA ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
3.10.2.2 COMBUSTION AIR FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
3.10.2.3 BURNER HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
3.10.2.4 BURNER INSERT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
3.10.2.5 CONTROL UNIT/HEAT EXCHANGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
3.10.2.6 DOSING PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
3.10.3 OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
3.10.3.1 VENTING THE DCHAS EXHAUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
3.10.3.2 ACTIVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
3.10.3.3 HEATING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
3.10.3.4 DEACTIVATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
3.10.4 DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
3.11 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
3.11.1 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER SELF TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
3.11.2 MESSAGE CENTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
3.12 INTERIOR LIGHTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
3.12.1 COURTESY LAMP CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
3.12.2 ILLUMINATED ENTRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
3.12.3 INTERIOR LIGHTING BATTERY SAVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
3.13 MEMORY SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
3.13.1 POWER SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
3.13.2 MEMORY MIRRORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
3.14 OVERHEAD CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
3.14.1 VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
3.14.2 TRAVELER DISPLAY FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
3.14.3 SETTING MAGNETIC ZONE VARIANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
3.14.4 COMPASS CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
3.14.5 SELF-CHECK DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
3.14.6 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
3.14.7 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FAULT CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
3.14.8 HOMELINKT UNIVERSAL TRANSMITTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
3.14.9 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
3.14.9.1 TRAINING THE EVIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
3.14.9.2 PRESSURE THRESHOLDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
3.14.9.3 CRITICAL AND NON-CRITICAL SYSTEM ALERTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
3.14.9.4 SYSTEM FAULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
3.14.9.5 SPARE WHEEL AUTO-DETECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
3.14.9.6 DIAGNOSING AND CLEARING SYSTEM FAULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
3.14.9.7 SYSTEM TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
3.15 POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
3.15.1 DOOR LOCK INHIBIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
3.15.2 AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
3.15.3 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (RKE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
3.16 POWER FOLDING MIRRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
3.17 POWER LIFTGATE SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
3.17.1 POWER LIFTGATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
3.17.2 DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
3.17.3 SYSTEM INHIBITORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
ii
3.18 POWER SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
3.18.1 POWER SLIDING DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
3.18.2 DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
3.18.3 SYSTEM INHIBITORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
3.19 REAR WINDOW DEFOG/HEATED MIRROR/FRONT WIPER DE-ICE (IF
EQUIPPED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
3.20 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
3.20.1 THATCHAM ALARM SYSTEM (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
3.21 WIPER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
3.21.1 FRONT WIPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
3.21.2 SPEED SENSITIVE INTERMITTENT WIPE MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
3.21.3 PULSE WIPE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
3.21.4 PARK AFTER IGNITION OFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
3.21.5 WIPE AFTER WASH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
3.21.6 REAR WIPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
3.21.7 SPEED SENSITIVE INTERMITTENT WIPE MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
3.21.8 WIPE AFTER WASH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
3.22 USING THE DRBIIIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
3.23 DRBIIIT ERROR MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
3.24 DRBIIIT DOES NOT POWER UP (BLANK SCREEN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
3.25 DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
4.0 DISCLAIMERS, SAFETY, WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
4.1 DISCLAIMERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

4.2 SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
4.2.1 TECHNICIAN SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
4.2.2 VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR TESTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
4.2.3 SERVICING SUB-ASSEMBLIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
4.2.4 DRBIIIT SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
4.3 WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
4.3.1 VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
4.3.2 ROAD TESTING A COMPLAINT VEHICLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
5.0 REQUIRED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
6.0 GLOSSARY OF TERMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
AIRBAG
ACCELEROMETER 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
ACCELEROMETER 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
INTERNAL 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
INTERNAL 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
OUTPUT DRIVER 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
OUTPUT DRIVER 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
STORED ENERGY FIRING 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
CALIBRATION MISMATCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
iii
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
INTERROGATE LEFT SIACM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
INTERROGATE RIGHT SIACM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
ORC RUN - START DRIVER OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
ORC RUN - START DRIVER OVER CURRENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
ORC RUN - START DRIVER OVER TEMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
ORC RUN - START DRIVER OVER VOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
ORC RUN - START DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OVER CURRENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OVER TEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OVER VOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OVER CURRENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OVER TEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OVER VOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
MODULE NOT CONFIGURED FOR SAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
NO CLUSTER MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
NO LEFT SIACM MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
NO ODOMETER MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
NO PCI TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
NO PCM MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
NO RIGHT SIACM MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
iv
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166
VEHICLE BODY STYLE UNKNOWN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
*AIRBAG INDICATOR ON WITHOUT ACTIVE TROUBLE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
AUDIO
ALL OUTPUTS SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172
CASSETTE PLAYER INOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
CD MECHANICAL FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
REAR TRANSMITTER FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*AM/FM SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*ANY STATION PRESET SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*BALANCE INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*CD EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*EQUALIZER INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*FADER INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*FF/RW SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*HOUR/MINUTE SWITCHES INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*PAUSE/PLAY SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*PWR SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*SCAN SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*SEEK SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*SET SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*TAPE EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*TIME SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*TUNE SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
CD CHANGER MECHANICAL FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
CD CHANGER READ FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
CD PLAY FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180
CD READ FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
CD TEMPERATURE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
LOW VOLTAGE LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
NBS OUTPUT 1 OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184
NBS OUTPUT 2 OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184
NBS OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
NBS OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO BATT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
NO ANTENNA CONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
POWER AMP SHUTDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
REMOTE RADIO SWITCH STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192
*REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL

AC PRESSURE TOO HIGH (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198
AC PRESSURE TOO HIGH (STORED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
EVAP TEMP SENSOR SHORTED (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
v
FRONT IR SENSOR AND CONTROL HEAD MISMATCH (STORED). . . . . . . . . . . . .199
FRONT IR SENSOR CHANGE TOO LARGE (STORED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
FRONT IR SENSOR HIGH (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
FRONT IR SENSOR LOW (STORED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
FRONT IR SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
FRONT KEYBOARD COMMUNICATION FAULT (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
FRONT KEYBOARD FAULT (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
FRONT MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
PCI BUS SHORTED HIGH (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
PCI BUS SHORTED LOW (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
REAR BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
REAR BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
REAR BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
REAR FAN POT OPEN (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
REAR FAN POT SHORTED (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
REAR KEYBOARD FAULT (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
REAR MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
REAR MODE POT OPEN (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
REAR MODE POT SHORTED (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
RECIRC DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (STORED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
COOLDOWN TEST FAILED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206
DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210
DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
EEPROM CHECKSUM ERROR (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
EVAP TEMP SENSOR SHORTED (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220
FRONT IR SENSOR AND CONTROL HEAD MISMATCH (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
FRONT IR SENSOR CHANGE TOO LARGE (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
FRONT IR SENSOR HIGH (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
FRONT IR SENSOR LOW (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
FRONT IR SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
FRONT KEYBOARD FAULT (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
FRONT KEYBOARD COMMUNICATION FAULT (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
FRONT MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231
INVALID CONDITIONS FOR COOLDOWN TEST, EVAP TEMPERATURE TOO
LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232
PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235
vi
PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237
PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
PCI BUS SHORTED HIGH (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
PCI BUS SHORTED LOW (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
REAR BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241
REAR BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243
REAR BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244
REAR FAN POT OPEN (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
REAR FAN POT SHORTED (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
REAR MODE POT OPEN (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
REAR MODE POT SHORTED (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
REAR KEYBOARD FAULT (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246
REAR MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250
REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252
REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253
RECIRC DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254
RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256
RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257
*ATC HEAD LED(S)/BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258
*FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260
*FRONT BLOWER RUNS AT ONLY ONE SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266
*HVAC SYSTEM TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
*REAR ATC SWITCH LED(S)/BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272
*REAR BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274
*REAR BLOWER RUNS AT ONLY ONE SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280
CABIN HEATER
A. CABIN HEATER PRE-TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282
CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN (STORED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282
CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY (STORED). . . . . . . . . .282
B1000 CONTROL UNIT ERRONEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286
B1800 NO START . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287
B1801 FLAME OUT: DURING HEATING CYCLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287
B1801 FLAME OUT: UNSTABLE OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287
B1802 POWER SUPPLY OUT OF RANGE: LOW VOLTAGE THRESHOLD. . . . . . . .291
B1802 POWER SUPPLY OUT OF RANGE: VOLTAGE ABOVE 15.5 VOLTS . . . . . . .294
B1803 FLAME DETECTED PRIOR TO COMBUSTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295
B1811 HEATER OVERHEATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296
B1813 HEATER IN LOCKOUT MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300
B1820 DOSING PUMP CIRCUIT: OPEN OR SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . .302
B1820 DOSING PUMP CIRCUIT: SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305
B1821 COMBUSTION AIR FAN CIRCUIT: OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308
B1821 COMBUSTION AIR FAN CIRCUIT: SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308
B1822 GLOW PIN/FLAME SENSOR: OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309
B1822 GLOW PIN/FLAME SENSOR: SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309
B1823 WATER PUMP CIRCUIT: OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310
B1823 WATER PUMP CIRCUIT: SHORT TO GROUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310
B1824 FAN SWITCH LINE SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312
CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . .316
*CABIN HEATER INOPERABLE FROM A/C - HEATER MODULE (MTC) . . . . . . . . .319
*CABIN HEATER INOPERABLE FROM AUTO TEMP CONTROL (ATC) . . . . . . . . . .321
vii
CHIME
*CHIME INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324
*KEY IN IGNITION AND DRIVERS DOOR OPEN CHIME NOT OPERATING
PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326
*PROBLEM WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WARNING CHIME. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327
COMMUNICATION
ATC MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328
AUDIO MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329
BCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330
BCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330
FCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330
FCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330
COUNTRY CODE NOT PROGRAMMED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332
FCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333
FCM, BCM COMMUNICATION FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334
FCM, HVAC COMMUNICATION FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335
FCM, PCI INTERNAL FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336
FCM, PCM COMMUNICATION FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337
FCM, RADIO COMMUNICATION FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339
FCM, TCM COMMUNICATION FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340
INTERNAL BCM FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341
LEFT PSD MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342
LIFTGATE MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .344
MIC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346
MSM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .348
NO PCI MESSAGES FROM CD CHANGER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349
ORC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351
OTIS MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352
PCI INTERNAL HARDWARE FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353
PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .354
RADIO MEM MSG NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356
RIGHT PSD MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357
SKIM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359
TCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360
*NO RESPONSE FROM AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361
*NO RESPONSE FROM AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE . . . . .363
*NO RESPONSE FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365
*NO RESPONSE FROM CABIN HEATER ASSIST - DIESEL ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367
*NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369
*NO RESPONSE FROM ECM (PCI BUS) - DIESEL ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .371
*NO RESPONSE FROM ECM (SCI ONLY) - DIESEL ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372
*NO RESPONSE FROM FRONT CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374
*NO RESPONSE FROM HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376
*NO RESPONSE FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378
*NO RESPONSE FROM LEFT SIACM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381
*NO RESPONSE FROM LEFT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE. . . . . . . . . . . .383
*NO RESPONSE FROM MEMORY SEAT/MIRROR MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386
*NO RESPONSE FROM OVERHEAD CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - NGC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - SBEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) - NGC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - SBEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396
viii
*NO RESPONSE FROM POWER LIFTGATE MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399
*NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402
*NO RESPONSE FROM RIGHT SIACM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404
*NO RESPONSE FROM RIGHT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . .406
*NO RESPONSE FROM SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409
*NO RESPONSE FROM THATCHAM ALARM MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - EATX . . . . . . . . . .413
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - NGC . . . . . . . . . .416
*PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419
DOOR AJAR
*HOOD AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422
*HOOD AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . .423
*LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .424
*LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND. .425
*LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426
*LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO
GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428
*LIFTGATE AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429
*LIFTGATE AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430
*RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431
*RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO
GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432
*RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433
*RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS

EBL RUN ONLY RELAY OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .436
EBL RUN ONLY RELAY SHORTED TO BATTERY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .438
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
BACKUP LAMP OUTPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439
BACKUP LAMP OUTPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442
FRONT FOG LAMP SHORTED TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .444
HEADLAMP SWITCH MISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .445
HEADLAMP SWITCH OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446
HEADLAMP SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .448
HIGH BEAM SWITCH INPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .450
HIGH BEAM SWITCH INPUT SHORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .452
LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .454
LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .456
LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .458
LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . .460
LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . .462
LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .464
LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . .466
LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . .468
LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470
LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .472
LEFT SIDE PARK LAMP OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .474
PARK LAMP OUTPUT 1 OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .476
PARK LAMP OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .478
ix
PARK LAMP OUTPUT 2 OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .479
PARK LAMP OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .481
RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .482
RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .484
RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .486
RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . .488
RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . .490
RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .492
RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND. . . . . . . . . . . . .494
RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . .496
RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .498
RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500
RIGHT SIDE PARK LAMP OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .502
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH INPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .504
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH INPUT SHORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .506
HEATING & A/C

A/C SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) - MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508
CHECKSUM FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508
DEFOG SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508
POWER SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508
RECIRC SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) - MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508
A/C SWITCH FAULT (STORED) - MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510
BACKLIGHT DIMMING RX FAILURE (STORED) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510
BLEND OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510
CHECKSUM FAILURE (STORED) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510
DEFOG SWITCH FAULT (STORED) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN (STORED) - MTC . . . . .510
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT (STORED) - MTC. . . .510
LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE (STORED) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510
MODE OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510
NO FUEL LEVEL MESSAGE RECEIVED (STORED) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510
PCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE (STORED) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510
POWER SWITCH FAULT (STORED) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510
REAR BLEND OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510
REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT OPEN (STORED) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510
REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT SHORT (STORED) - MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510
REAR MODE OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510
RECIRC OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510
RECIRC SWITCH FAULT (STORED) - MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510
TX FAILURE (STORED) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510
VEHICLE ODOMETER FAILURE (STORED) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510
ZONE OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510
ACT CKT TEST PASSED, OVERCURRENT DTCS ACTIVE - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
BLEND CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
BLEND CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
COMMON DRIVER SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
COMMON DRIVER SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
MODE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
MODE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
REAR BLEND CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
REAR BLEND CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
REAR MODE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
x
REAR MODE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
RECIRC CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
RECIRC CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
SHORT TOO COMPLEX - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
ZONE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
ZONE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
BACKLIGHT DIMMING RX FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .522
BLEND CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523
MODE CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523
REAR BLEND CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523
REAR MODE CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523
RECIRCULATION CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523
ZONE CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523
BLEND OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531
MODE OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531
REAR BLEND OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531
REAR MODE OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531
RECIRC OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531
ZONE OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531
BLOWER NOT ON HIGH - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .533
COOLDOWN TEST SENSOR FAILURE - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .534
COOLDOWN TIME EXCESSIVE FAULT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .534
COOLDOWN TEST TOO COLD TO START - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .536
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . .539
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT (ACTIVE) - MTC. . . . .542
LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .548
NO FUEL LEVEL MESSAGE RECEIVED (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549
PCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549
VEHICLE ODOMETER FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549
REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .551
REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT SHORT (ACTIVE) - MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .554
TX FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .556
*A/C STATUS INDICATOR FLASHING - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .558
*RECIRC STATUS INDICATOR FLASHING - MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .558
*BLEND/MODE/RECIRC DOOR OPERATION IMPROPER -- DUAL & THREE-ZONE
MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .560
*BLEND/MODE/RECIRC DOOR OPERATION IMPROPER -- SINGLE-ZONE MTC .564
*FRONT A/C - HEATER CONTROL ILLUMINATION INOPERATIVE - MTC . . . . . . . .566
*FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .568
*FRONT BLOWER MOTOR SPEEDS INCORRECT - MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .573
*HVAC SYSTEM TEST - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .575
*REAR A/C - HEATER CONTROL ILLUMINATION INOPERATIVE - MTC . . . . . . . . .577
*REAR BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .579
*REAR BLOWER MOTOR SPEEDS INCORRECT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .583
*REAR BLOWER REAR CONTROL SWITCH INOP IN ONE OR MORE SPEEDS -
MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .587
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY

ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 1 OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .589
xi
ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO B+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .591
ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 2 OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .593
ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO B+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .595
CPA NOT ENGAGED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597
HORN INPUT STUCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599
HORN RELAY OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .600
HORN RELAY SHORTED TO B+. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .602
IGNITION MUX SWITCH INPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604
IGNITION MUX SWITCH INPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606
IGNITION RUN OUTPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .608
IGNITION RUN/START INPUT WIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .610
IGNITION START INPUT WIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .612
INTERNAL DRIVER FAULT #1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .614
RUN/START HARDWARE INPUT FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .617
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
ABS LAMP CKT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .619
ABS LAMP OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .619
AIRBAG LAMP CKT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .619
AIRBAG LAMP OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .619
EL PANEL SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .620
FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .622
FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .624
FUEL GAUGE CHECKSUM FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .626
SPEEDOMETER CHECKSUM FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .626
TACHOMETER CHECKSUM FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .626
TEMPERATURE GAUGE CHECKSUM FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .626
FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT INPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .627
FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT INPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .629
IOD WAKEUP CLUSTER OUTPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .631
IOD WAKEUP CLUSTER OUTPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .633
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (HIGHLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .635
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (LOWLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .637
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (HIGHLINE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .639
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (LOWLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .641
LOOPBACK FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .643
NO ABS BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .644
NO BCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .644
NO FCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .644
NO ORC BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .644
NO TCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .644
NO PCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .645
PANEL DIMMING OUTPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .646
REAR FOG INDICATOR OUTPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .651
REAR FOG INDICATOR OUTPUT SHORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .653
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (HIGHLINE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .655
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (LOWLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .657
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (HIGHLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .659
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (LOWLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661
TCM MESSAGE MISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .663
*ANY PCI BUS INDICATOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .664
xii
*SEAT BELT INDICATOR ALWAYS ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665
INTERIOR LIGHTING
DOOR/LIFTGATE LAMP OUTPUT SHORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666
FRONT COURTESY LAMPS OUTPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667
READING LAMP OUTPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .668
MEMORY SEAT
BCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .669
CHARGING VOLTAGE HIGH MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .670
CHARGING VOLTAGE LOW MESSAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .671
EEPROM REFRESH FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .672
FRONT RISER DOWN POSITION STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .673
FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .675
FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .678
FRONT RISER UP POSITION STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .681
HORIZONTAL FORWARD POSITION STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .683
HORIZONTAL REARWARD POSITION STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .685
HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .687
HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .690
LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .693
LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .695
LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .697
LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .699
MEMORY POSITION SWITCH STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .701
MEMORY SWITCH INPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703
MEMORY SWITCH INPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .705
REAR RISER DOWN POSITION STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .707
REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .709
REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .712
REAR RISER UP POSITION STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715
RECLINER DOWN POSITION STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717
RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .719
RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .722
RECLINER UP POSITION STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .725
RIGHT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .727
RIGHT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .729
RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .731
RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .733
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
BUS MESSAGES MISSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .735
COMPASS TEST FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .737
DEMAGNETIZE COMPASS AS PER SERVICE MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .738
EC MIRROR DAY/NIGHT LINE FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .739
EVIC INTERNAL FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .741
LOOPBACK FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .742
NO BCM MESSAGES RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .743
NO FCM MESSAGES RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .744
NO PCM MESSAGES RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .745
NO TCM MESSAGES RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .746
OTIS MODULE MESSAGE MISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .747
OTIS MODULE MESSAGE MISMATCH (DIESEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .749
xiii
*REPAIRING CMTC DISPLAYS DOUBLE DASH ( - - ) IN TEMP DISPLAY . . . . . . . .751
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE . . . . . . . .754
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .756
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .758
LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE . . . . . . .760
LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .762
LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .764
LEFT UNLOCK OUTPUT FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .766
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE -
(EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .768
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT - (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . .770
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK - (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . .772
LIFTGATE POWER RELEASE OUTPUT SHORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .774
LOCK OUTPUT FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .776
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE . . . .779
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .781
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .783
RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE. . . . . .785
RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .787
RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .789
RIGHT UNLOCK OUTPUT FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .791
RKE PROGRAM LINE OUTPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .793
RKE PROGRAM LINE OUTPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .795
*REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY PROBLEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .796
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .798
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . .800
CONTROL MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .802
INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - NO PAWL TRANSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .803
INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - OVERCURRENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .805
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - RATCHET SWITCH FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .808
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- PAWL SWITCH FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .810
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- SECTOR GEAR RETURN FAILURE . . . . . . . . . .812
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE/NON
ENGAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .813
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - EXCESSIVE H.E. COUNTS/NON
ENGAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .815
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - HALL EFFECT SIGNAL MISSING . . . . . . . . . . . . .819
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - OVER CURRENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .822
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - TRANSISTOR SHORTED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .825
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM LEVEL . . . . . . . . . .826
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE/NON
ENGAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .828
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - EXCESSIVE H.E. COUNTS/NON
ENGAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .830
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - HALL EFFECT SIGNAL MISSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . .834
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - OVERCURRENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .837
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - TRANSISTOR SHORTED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .840
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . .841
IOD WAKE UP OPEN - PLG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .843
xiv
LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .845
LOSS OF BCM MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .846
LOSS OF EATX MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .847
LOSS OF SBEC MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .848
OUTSIDE LIFTGATE HANDLE INPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .849
OUTSIDE LIFTGATE HANDLE INPUT STUCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .850
OVERHEAD LIFTGATE SWITCH INPUT STUCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .851
OVERHEAD LIFTGATE/LOCKOUT SWITCHES OPEN OR SHT TO VOLTAGE . . . .852
OVERHEAD LIFTGATE/LOCKOUT SWITCHES SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .854
PINCH SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .855
PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .858
*POWER LIFTGATE INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .860
POWER DOORS - SLIDING

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .861
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . .862
CONTROL MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .863
INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - NO PAWL TRANSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .864
INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - OVERCURRENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .866
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . .868
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - RATCHET SWITCH FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .871
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- NO REVERSE TO UNLOAD CLUTCH . . . . . . . . .873
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- OVERCURRENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .874
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- PAWL SWITCH FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .876
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- SECTOR GEAR RETURN FAILURE . . . . . . . . . .878
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .879
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - EXCESSIVE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL . . . . . . . . . .881
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - LATCH FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .884
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - OVERCURRENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .890
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - TIME OUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .892
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE- VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM LEVEL. . . . . . . . . . .893
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .895
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - EXCESSIVE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL . . . . . . . . . . .897
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - LATCH FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .900
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - OVERCURRENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .905
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - TIME OUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . .908
IOD WAKE UP OPEN - PSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .910
IOD WAKE UP PSD & PLG SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .912
LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . .914
LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .916
LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .917
LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .918
LOSS OF BCM MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .919
LOSS OF EATX MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .920
LOSS OF FCM MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .921
LOSS OF SBEC MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .922
OVERHEAD LEFT SWITCH INPUT STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .923
OVERHEAD RIGHT SWITCH INPUT STUCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .924
OVERHEAD RIGHT/LEFT SWITCHES SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .925
RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . .926
RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT SHORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .928
RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .929
xv
*POWER SLIDING DOOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .930
POWER MIRROR
FOLD MIRROR OUTPUT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .931
PASSENGER MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT OPEN (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .933
PASSENGER MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT SHORT (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . .935
UNFOLD MIRROR OUTPUT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .936
*BOTH MIRRORS DO NOT UNFOLD EXCEPT WITH EITHER FRONT DOOR
(EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .939
*BOTH POWER FOLDING MIRRORS DO NOT FOLD (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . .940
*DRIVER FOLDING MIRROR DOES NOT FOLD (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .941
*PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR DOES NOT FOLD (EXPORT ONLY). . . . . . . . . .943
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING

LF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .945
LF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .945
LR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .945
LR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .945
RF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .945
RF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .945
RR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .945
RR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .945
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
BCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .947
INTERNAL EEPROM WRITE ERROR (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .948
INTERNAL TRANSMIT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .949
INTERNAL ULTRASONIC FAULT (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .950
LOOPBACK ERROR (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .954
NO VALID MESSAGES RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .955
PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .956
PCI BUS SHORTED TO GROUND (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .957
PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .958
*ALARM TRIPS ON ITS OWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .959
*HOOD DOES NOT TRIP VTSS (EXPORT ONLY). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .960
*LEFT FRONT DOOR DOES NOT TRIP VTSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .961
*LEFT SLIDING DOOR DOES NOT TRIP VTSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .962
*LIFTGATE DOES NOT TRIP VTSS (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .963
*REPEATER LAMPS INOPERATIVE WITH ALARM (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . .964
*RIGHT FRONT DOOR DOES NOT TRIP VTSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .965
*RIGHT SLIDING DOOR DOES NOT TRIP VTSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .966
*VTSS SIREN INOP (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .967
*VTSS WILL NOT ARM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .970
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER

FR WIPER HI-LO RELAY OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .971
FR WIPER HI-LO RELAY SHORT TO BATT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .973
FRONT WASH SWITCH INPUT STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .974
FRONT WASHER OUTPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .976
FRONT WIPER NOT PARKED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .978
FRONT WIPER ON RELAY OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .980
FRONT WIPER ON RELAY SHORT TO BATT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .981
FRONT WIPER PARK SWITCH SHORT TO GND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .982
xvi
FRONT WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .984
FRONT WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT SHORT TO GROUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .986
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .988
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY SHORT TO BATT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .990
REAR WASH SWITCH INPUT STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .991
REAR WASHER OUTPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .992
REAR WIPER OUTPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .994
REAR WIPER OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .996
REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .998
REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1000
VERIFICATION TESTS
VERIFICATION TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1002
8.0 COMPONENT LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009
8.1 AIRBAG SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009

8.2 BODY CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1010
8.3 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE - NGC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1010
8.4 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE - DIESEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1010
8.5 HEATING & A/C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1011
8.5.1 ACTUATORS FRONT, LHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1011
8.5.2 ACTUATOR FRONT, LHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1011
8.5.3 ACTUATORS FRONT, RHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1012
8.5.4 ACTUATOR FRONT, RHD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1013
8.5.5 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, LHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1013
8.5.6 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, RHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1014
8.5.7 C202 CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1014
8.5.8 ACTUATORS REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1015
8.5.9 REAR A/C HEATER UNIT CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1015
8.5.10 DIESEL CABIN HEATER ASSIST (DCHA) ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . .1016
8.5.11 C330 HARNESS CONNECTOR (DCHA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1016
8.5.12 C331 HARNESS CONNECTOR (DCHA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1017
8.6 INTEGRATED POWER MODULE & FRONT CONTROL MODULE
TYPICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1017
8.7 MEMORY SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1018
8.7.1 MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE/SEAT MOTORS . . . . . . . . . . .1018
8.7.2 MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE CIRCUIT BREAKER. . . . . . . .1018
8.8 OVERHEAD CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1018
8.9 POWER FOLDING MIRRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1019
8.10 POWER LIFTGATE SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1019
8.10.1 MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1019
8.10.2 PINCH SENSORS (TAPE SWITCH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1020
8.10.3 LATCH ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1020
8.11 POWER DOOR LOCK/RKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1020
8.11.1 DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1020
8.11.2 CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1021
8.11.3 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1021
8.12 POWER SLIDING DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1021
8.12.1 MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1021
8.12.2 LOWER DRIVE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1022
8.12.3 LATCH ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1022
8.13 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1022
xvii
8.13.1 RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE (EXPORT ONLY). . . . . . . . . . .1022
8.13.2 RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE CONNECTORS (EXPORT
ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1023
8.13.3 VTSS SIREN (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1023
8.13.4 FRONT
. . . . . . .INTRUSION
. . . . . . . . . . .SENSOR
. . . . . . . .(EXPORT
. . . . . . . . .ONLY)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1024
8.13.5 REAR INTRUSION SENSOR (EXPORT ONLY)
9.0 CONNECTOR PINOUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1025
A/C-HEATER CONTROL C1 (MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1025

A/C-HEATER CONTROL C2 (MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1025
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE (ORC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1026
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (EXCEPT BASE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1026
ATC REMOTE SENSOR (ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1026
AUTO TEMP CONTROL C1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1027
BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR C1 (MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1027
BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR C2 (MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1028
BODY CONTROL MODULE C1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1028
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1032
C200 - (BODY SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1033
C200 - (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1034
C201 - (BODY SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1035
C202 - (COMPONENT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1035
C304 - (BODY SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1036
C304 - (SEAT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1036
C305 - (BODY SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1036
C305 - (SEAT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1036
C306 - (BODY SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1037
C306 - (SEAT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1037
C307 (HEATED SEATS) - (BODY SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1037
C307 (HEATED SEATS) - (SEAT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1037
C311 - (BODY SIDE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1038
C311 - (REAR A/C JUMPER SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1038
C316 (POWER SLIDING DOOR) - (LEFT DOOR WIRE TRACK ASSEMBLY
SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1039
C316 (POWER SLIDING DOOR) - (LEFT SLIDING DOOR SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1039
C317 (POWER SLIDING DOOR) - (RIGHT DOOR WIRE TRACK ASSEMBLY
SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1039
C317 (POWER SLIDING DOOR) - (RIGHT SLIDING DOOR SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . .1039
C319 (LOWLINE) - (BODY SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1040
C319 (LOWLINE) - (LIFTGATE SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1040
C324 (MANUAL SLIDING DOOR) - (LEFT DOOR WIRE TRACK ASSEMBLY
SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1040
C324 (MANUAL SLIDING DOOR) - (LEFT MANUAL SLIDING DOOR SIDE) . . . . .1040
C325 (MANUAL SLIDING DOOR) - (RIGHT DOOR WIRE TRACK ASSEMBLY
SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1040
xviii
C325 (MANUAL SLIDING DOOR) - (RIGHT MANUAL SLIDING DOOR SIDE) . . . .1041
C326 - (SAFETY SEAT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1041
C326 - (SEAT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1041
C327 - (SAFETY SEAT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1041
C327 - (SEAT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1041
C330 (DIESEL) - (CABIN HEATER JUMPER SIDE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1042
C330 (DIESEL) - (POWERTRAIN SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1042
C331 (DIESEL) - (CABIN HEATER COMPONENT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1042
C331 (DIESEL) - (CABIN HEATER JUMPER SIDE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1042
C332 (3 ZONE ATC) - (BODY SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1042
C332 (3 ZONE ATC) - (COMPONENT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1043
CABIN HEATER ASSIST C1 (DIESEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1043
CABIN HEATER ASSIST C2 (DIESEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1043
CD CHANGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1043
CLOCKSPRING C1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1044
CLOCKSPRING C2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1044
CLOCKSPRING C3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1044
CLOCKSPRING C4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1044
CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1045
DATA LINK CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1045
DOSING PUMP (DIESEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1045
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1046
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1046
DRIVER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR (ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1046
DRIVER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR (MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1046
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1047
DRIVER POWER SEAT FRONT RISER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1047
DRIVER POWER SEAT FRONT RISER POSITION SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1047
DRIVER POWER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1047
DRIVER POWER SEAT HORIZONTAL POSITION SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1047
DRIVER POWER SEAT REAR RISER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1048
DRIVER POWER SEAT REAR RISER POSITION SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1048
DRIVER POWER SEAT RECLINER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1048
DRIVER POWER SEAT RECLINER POSITION SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1048
DRIVER POWER SEAT SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1049
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1049
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1049
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE C1 (DIESEL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1050
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1051
FRONT BLOWER MODULE C1 (ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1051
FRONT BLOWER MODULE C2 (ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1051
FRONT CONTROL MODULE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1052
FRONT INTRUSION SENSOR (UNITED KINGDOM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1052
FRONT READING LAMPS/SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1053
FRONT WASHER PUMP MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1053
FUEL PUMP MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1053
HEADLAMP SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1053
HEADLAMP WASHER PUMP MOTOR (EXPORT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1054
HIGH NOTE HORN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1054
HOOD AJAR SWITCH (EXPORT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1054
IGNITION SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1054
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1055
FUSES (IPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1057
xix
ACCESSORY RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1057
DEFOGGER RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1057
FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1057
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1058
FRONT WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1058
FRONT WIPER ON/OFF RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1058
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY (EXPORT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1058
NAME BRAND SPEAKER RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1058
PARK LAMP RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1058
REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY (3 ZONE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1058
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1059
LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1062
LEFT CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1062
LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1062
LEFT DOOR SPEAKER (LOWLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1062
LEFT DOOR SPEAKER (MIDLINE/HIGHLINE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1063
LEFT FOG LAMP (EXCEPT EXPORT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1063
LEFT FOG LAMP (EXPORT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1063
LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH (BASE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1063
LEFT FRONT DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (EXCEPT BASE) . . . . . . . . . .1064
LEFT FRONT PARK/TURN SIGNAL LAMP (EXCEPT EXPORT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1064
LEFT FULL OPEN SWITCH (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1064
LEFT HEADLAMP (EXCEPT EXPORT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1064
LEFT HIGH BEAM LAMP (EXPORT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1065
LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1065
LEFT POWER MIRROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1065
LEFT REAR PILLAR SPEAKER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1065
LEFT REAR SPEAKER (LOWLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1066
LEFT REAR SPEAKER (MIDLINE/HIGHLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1066
LEFT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1066
LEFT SEAT AIRBAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1066
LEFT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1067
LEFT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE C1 (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . . . .1067
LEFT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE C2 (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . . . .1067
LEFT SLIDING DOOR LATCH SENSING SWITCH (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . .1068
LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR (POWER SLIDING DOOR). . . . . . . . . . . . . .1068
LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (MANUAL SLIDING
DOOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1068
LEFT SLIDING DOOR MOTOR (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1068
LICENSE LAMP (POWER LIFTGATE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1069
LICENSE LAMP (POWER RELEASE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1069
LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH (MANUAL RELEASE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1069
LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH (POWER RELEASE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1069
LIFTGATE CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR (POWER LIFTGATE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1070
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH (EXPORT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1070
LIFTGATE LEFT PINCH SENSOR (POWER LIFTGATE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1070
LIFTGATE RIGHT PINCH SENSOR (POWER LIFTGATE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1070
xx
LOW NOTE HORN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1071
MEMORY SEAT/MIRROR MODULE C1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1071
MEMORY SET SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1072
MESSAGE CENTER (HIGHLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1073
MODE DOOR ACTUATOR (ATC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1073
MODE DOOR ACTUATOR (MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1073
OVERHEAD CONSOLE (EXCEPT BASE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1074
PASSENGER AIRBAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1074
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR (ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1074
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR (MTC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1074
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1075
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY (EXPORT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1075
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1075
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1075
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE C1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1076
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE C2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1076
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1076
POWER SEAT CIRCUIT BREAKER (30A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1077
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 (NGC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1077
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C2 (SBEC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1078
RADIO C1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1079
RADIO C2 (CD CHANGER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1079
REAR A/C-HEATER UNIT (3 ZONE MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1079
REAR AUTO TEMP CONTROL SWITCH (3 ZONE ATC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1080
REAR BLOWER FRONT CONTROL SWITCH (3 ZONE MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1080
REAR BLOWER MOTOR POWER MODULE C1 (3 ZONE ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1080
REAR BLOWER MOTOR POWER MODULE C2 (3 ZONE ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1080
REAR BLOWER REAR CONTROL SWITCH C1 (3 ZONE MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1081
REAR BLOWER REAR CONTROL SWITCH C2 (3 ZONE MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1081
REAR INTRUSION SENSOR (UNITED KINGDOM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1081
REAR MODE MOTOR (3 ZONE ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1081
REAR TEMPERATURE MOTOR (3 ZONE ATC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1082
REAR WASHER PUMP MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1082
REAR WIPER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1082
RECIRCULATION DOOR ACTUATOR (ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1082
RECIRCULATION DOOR ACTUATOR (MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1083
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1083
RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1083
RIGHT CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR (POWER SLIDING DOOR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1083
RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH (EXPORT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1084
RIGHT DOOR SPEAKER (LOWLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1084
RIGHT DOOR SPEAKER (MIDLINE/HIGHLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1084
RIGHT FOG LAMP (EXCEPT EXPORT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1084
RIGHT FOG LAMP (EXPORT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1085
RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH (BASE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1085
RIGHT FRONT DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (EXCEPT BASE). . . . . . . . .1085
RIGHT FULL OPEN SWITCH (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1085
RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1086
RIGHT POWER MIRROR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1086
RIGHT REAR PILLAR SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1086
xxi
RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (LOWLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1086
RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (MIDLINE/HIGHLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1087
RIGHT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1087
RIGHT SEAT AIRBAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1087
RIGHT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1087
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE C1 (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . .1088
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE C2 (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . .1088
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LATCH SENSING SWITCH (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . .1088
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . . . . . . . . . .1089
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (MANUAL SLIDING
DOOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1089
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR MOTOR (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1089
SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1089
SIREN (UNITED KINGDOM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1089
THATCHAM ALARM MODULE (UNITED KINGDOM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1090
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (3.3L/3.8L). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1091
WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1092
10.0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1093
10.1 AIRBAG SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1093

10.2 AUDIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1094
10.2.1 PREMIUM AUDIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1094
10.2.2 BASE AUDIO SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1095
10.2.3 CD CHANGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1096
10.2.4 REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1096
10.3 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1097
10.3.1 FRONT ATC - LHD, EXCEPT EXPORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1097
10.3.2 FRONT ATC - LHD, EXPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1098
10.3.3 FRONT ATC - RHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1099
10.3.4 REAR ATC - THREE ZONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1100
10.4 COMMUNICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1101
10.4.1 PCM COMMUNICATION SBEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1102
10.4.2 PCM COMMUNICATION - NGC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1102
10.4.3 ECM & CABIN HEATER ASSIST COMMUNICATION - DIESEL
ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1103
10.5 DOOR AJAR SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1104
10.5.1 DOOR AJAR SYSTEM WITH POWER SLIDING DOORS . . . . . . . .1104
10.5.2 DOOR AJAR WITHOUT POWER SLIDING DOORS . . . . . . . . . . . .1105
10.6 EXTERIOR LIGHTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1106
10.7 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1107
10.7.1 HORN SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1107
10.7.2 IGNITION SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1108
10.7.3 INTEGRATED POWER MODULE/BODY CONTROL MODULE
POWER AND GROUNDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1109
10.8 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1110
10.8.1 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1110
10.8.2 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER & MESSAGE CENTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1111
10.9 INTERIOR LIGHTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1112
10.10 MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1113
10.10.1 BASE MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM, LHD . . . . .1113
10.10.2 BASE MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM, RHD . . . . .1114
xxii
10.10.3 DUAL-ZONE & THREE-ZONE (FRONT) MANUAL
TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM, LHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1115
10.10.4 DUAL-ZONE (FRONT) MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL
SYSTEM, RHD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1116
10.10.5 THREE ZONE REAR MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL
SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1117
10.10.6 FRONT BLOWER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1118
10.10.7 REAR BLOWER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1119
10.10.8 DIESEL CABIN HEATER ASSIT (DCHA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1120
10.11 MEMORY SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1121
10.12 OVERHEAD CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1122
10.13 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1123
10.14 POWER FOLDING MIRROR LHD (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1124
10.15 POWER FOLDING MIRROR RHD (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1125
10.16 POWER LIFTGATE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1126
10.17 POWER SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1127
10.17.1 LEFT POWER SLIDING DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1127
10.17.2 RIGHT POWER SLIDING DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1128
10.18 POWER SLIDING DOOR AND LIFTGATE SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1129
10.19 REAR DEFOG/HEATED MIRROR/FRONT WIPER DE-ICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1130
10.20 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1131
10.20.1 THATCHAM ALARM SYSTEM (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1132
10.21 WIPERS - FRONT AND REAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1133
11.0 CHARTS AND GRAPHS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1135
11.1 KDB LAB SCOPE PATTERN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1135

11.2 PCI BUS LAB SCOPE PATTERN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1136
xxiii
NOTES
xxiv
GENERAL INFORMATION
1.0 INTRODUCTION 1.2 SIX-STEP TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE
The procedures contained in this manual include
all the specifications, instructions and graphics Diagnosis of the body system is done in six basic
needed to diagnose 2003 body system problems. The steps:
diagnostics in this manual are based on the failure
verification of complaint
condition or symptom being present at the time of
diagnosis. verification of any related symptoms
Please follow the recommendations below when symptom analysis
choosing your diagnostic path. problem isolation
1. First make sure the DRBIIIt is communicating repair of isolated problem
with the appropriate modules; i.e., if the
verification of proper operation
DRBIIIt displays a No Response or a Bus 6
Signals Open condition, you must diagnose that
first. 2.0 IDENTIFICATION OF
2. Read DTCs (diagnostic trouble codes) with the SYSTEM
DRBIIIt.
3. If no DTCs are present, identify the customer The vehicle systems that are part of the body
complaint. system are:
4. Once the DTC or customer complaint is identi- Airbag
fied, locate the matching test in the Table of Audio
Contents and begin to diagnose the symptom. Automatic Temperature Control
All component location views are in Section 8.0. All
Cabin Heater
connector pinouts are in Section 9.0. All schematics
are in Section 10.0. All Charts and Graphs are in Chime
Section 11.0. Communication
An * placed before the symptom description indi- Door Ajar System
cated a customer complaint.
Electrically heated system
When repairs are required, refer to the appropri-
ate service information for the proper removal and Exterior lighting
repair procedure. Instrument Cluster
Diagnostic procedures change every year. New Interior Lighting
diagnostic systems may be added: carryover sys-
Manual Temperature Control
tems may be enhanced. READ THIS MANUAL
BEFORE TRYING TO DIAGNOSE A VEHICLE Memory Seat
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE. It is recom- Overhead Console
mended that you review the entire manual to be- Power Door Lock/RKE
come familiar with all the new and changed diag-
Power Folding Mirrors
nostic procedures.
This book reflects many suggested changes from Power Sliding Doors
readers of past issues. After using this book, if you Power Liftgate
have any comments or suggestions, please fill out the Power windows
form in the back of this book and mail it back to us.
Tire Pressure Monitor
1.1 SYSTEM COVERAGE Vehicle Theft Security System (VTSS)
Windshield Wiper and Washer
This diagnostic procedures manual covers all
2003 Chrysler Town and Country, Chrysler Voyager
and Caravan vehicles. This diagnostic procedures 3.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND
manual also covers both left hand drive (LHD) and FUNCTIONAL OPERATION
right hand drive (RHD) vehicles. There may be
some slight differences in the location views of The body system on the 2003 RS and RG consists of
components. If the location views shown are on a a combination of modules that communicate over the
LHD vehicle, a RHD vehicle will be symmetrically PCI bus (Programmable Communication Interface
opposite. multiplex system). Through the PCI bus, information
about the operation of vehicle components and circuits
is relayed quickly to the appropriate modules. All
1
GENERAL INFORMATION
modules receive all the information transmitted on the The ACM has an internal accelerometer that
bus even though a module may not require all infor- senses the rate of vehicle deceleration, which pro-
mation to perform its function. It will only respond to vides verification of the direction and severity of an
messages addressed to it through binary coding impact. A pre-programmed decision algorithm in
process. This method of data transmission signifi- the ACM microprocessor determines when the de-
cantly reduces the complexity of the wiring in the celeration rate is severe enough to require airbag
vehicle and the size of wiring harnesses. All of the system protection. The ACM also uses the driver
information about the functioning of all the systems is and front passenger seat belt switch status (buckled
organized, controlled, and communicated by the PCI or unbuckled) to determine whether or not the seat
bus, which is described in the Communication Section belt tensioners should deploy. The ACM also uses
of this general information. the crash severity to determine the level of driver
and front passenger deployment, low medium or
3.1 AIRBAG SYSTEM high. When the programmed conditions are met,
the ACM sends an electrical signal to deploy the
The 2003 Minivan Airbag System contain the appropriate airbag system components.
following components: Occupant Restraint Control-
ler (ORC), Airbag Warning Indicator, Clockspring, WARNING: THE AIRBAG SYSTEM IS A
Driver and Passenger Airbags, Seat belt Tensioners SENSITIVE, COMPLEX ELECTRO-
(SBT), Hall-effect Seat Belt Switches (SBS), Left MECHANICAL UNIT. BEFORE ATTEMPTING
and Right Side Airbag Control Module (SIACM), TO DIAGNOSE OR SERVICE ANY AIRBAG
and Seat (mounted side) Airbags. SYSTEM OR RELATED STEERING WHEEL,
The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is a STEERING COLUMN, OR INSTRUMENT
new type of Airbag Control Module (ACM) that PANEL COMPONENTS YOU MUST FIRST
supports staged airbag deployment. Staged deploy-
DISCONNECT AND ISOLATE THE BATTERY
ment is the ability to trigger airbag system squib
inflators all at once or individually as needed to
NEGATIVE (GROUND) CABLE. WAIT TWO
provide the appropriate restraint for the severity of MINUTES FOR THE SYSTEM CAPACITOR TO
the impact. The ACM has four major functions: PCI DISCHARGE BEFORE FURTHER SYSTEM
Bus communications, onboard diagnostics, impact SERVICE. THIS IS THE ONLY SURE WAY TO
sensing, and component deployment. The ACM also DISABLE THE AIRBAG SYSTEM. FAILURE
contains an energy-storage capacitor. This capaci- TO DO THIS COULD RESULT IS ACCIDENTAL
tor stores enough electrical energy to deploy the AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND POSSIBLE
front airbag components for two seconds following a PERSONAL INJURY. NEVER STRIKE OR
battery disconnect or failure during an impact. The KICK THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE, AS
ORC is secured to the floor panel transmission IT CAN DAMAGE THE IMPACT SENSOR OR
tunnel below the instrument panel inside the vehi- AFFECT ITS CALIBRATION. IF AN AIRBAG
cle. The ACM cannot be repaired or adjusted and
CONTROL MODULE IS ACCIDENTALLY
must be replaced.
The ACM sends and/or receives PCI Bus mes-
DROPPED DURING SERVICE, THE MODULE
sages with the Instrument Cluster (MIC), Body MUST BE SCRAPPED AND REPLACED WITH
Control Module (BCM), and Powertrain Control A NEW UNIT.
Module (PCM). Diagnostic trouble codes will be set The airbag warning lamp is the only point at
if the communication with these modules is lost or which the customer can observe symptoms of a
contains invalid information. system malfunction. Whenever the ignition key is
The microprocessor in the ACM monitors the turned to the run or start position, the MIC per-
impact sensor signal and the airbag system electri- forms a lamp check by turning the airbag warning
cal circuits to determine the system readiness. The indicator on for 6-8 seconds. After the lamp check, if
ACM also monitors bus messages from both SI- the indicator turns on, it means that the ACM has
ACM. If the ACM detects a monitored system fault checked the system and found it to be free of
or SIACM fault, it sends a message to the instru- discernible malfunctions. If the lamp remains on,
ment cluster via PCI bus to turn on the airbag there could be an active fault in the system or the
warning indicator. The ACM can set both active and MIC lamp circuit may be internally shorted to
stored diagnostic trouble codes to aid in the diag- ground. If the lamp comes on and stays on for a
nosing system problems. See DIAGNOSTIC TROU- period longer than 6-8 seconds then goes off, there
BLE CODES in this section. is usually an intermittent problem in the system.
2
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.1.1 DRIVER AIRBAG WARNING: THE DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE
The airbag protective trim cover is the most CONTAINS ARGON GAS PRESSURIZED TO
visible part of the driver side airbag system. The OVER 17236.89 Kpa (2500 PSI). DO NOT
protective trim cover is fitted to the front of the ATTEMPT TO DISMANTLE AN AIRBAG
airbag module and forms a decorative cover in the MODULE OR TAMPER WITH ITS INFLATOR.
center of the steering wheel. The module is DO NOT PUNCTURE, INCINERATE, OR
mounted directly to the steering wheel. Located BRING INTO CONTACT WITH ELECTRICITY.
under the trim cover are the horn switch, the airbag DO NOT STORE AT TEMPERATURE
cushion, and the airbag cushion supporting compo- EXCEEDING 93C (200F). REPLACE AIRBAG
nents. The airbag module includes a housing to SYSTEM COMPONENTS ONLY BUT
which the cushion and hybrid inflator are attached INTERNAL DIFFERENCES MAY RESULT IN
and sealed. The Minivan is equipped with driver
INFERIOR OCCUPANT PROTECTION. THE
airbag with dual stage inflators that include a small
canister of highly compressed argon gas. The ACM
FASTENERS, SCREWS, AND BOLTS
uses vehicle crash severity, seat belt switch status ORIGINALLY USED FOR THE AIRBAG
(buckled or unbuckled) as inputs to determine the SYSTEM COMPONENTS HAVE SPECIAL
level of airbag deployment. When supplied with the COATINGS AND ARE SPECIFICALLY
proper electrical signal, the hybrid inflator or infla- DESIGNED FOR THE AIRBAG SYSTEM. THEY
tors discharge the compressed gas it contains di- MUST NEVER BE REPLACED WITH ANY
rectly into the cushion. The airbag cannot be re- SUBSTITUTES. ANY TIME A NEW FASTENER
paired, and must be replaced if deployed or in any IS NEEDED, REPLACE IT WITH THE
way damaged. CORRECT FASTENERS PROVIDED IN THE
SERVICE PACKAGE OR SPECIFIED IN THE
MOPAR PARTS CATALOG.
3.1.2 CLOCKSPRING
The clockspring is mounted on the steering col-
umn behind the steering wheel. This assembly
consist of a plastic housing which contains a flat,
ribbon-like, electrically conductive tape that winds
and unwinds with the steering wheel rotation. The
clockspring is used to maintain a continuous elec-
trical circuit between the instrument panel wiring
and the driver airbag, the horn, and the vehicle
speed control switches if equipped. The clockspring
must be properly centered when it is reinstalled on
the steering column following any service proce-
dure, or it could be damaged. The clockspring can-
not be repaired and it must be replaced.
3
GENERAL INFORMATION
CAUTION: Deployed Front Air Bags may or may not have live pyrotechnic material within the
air bag inflator. Do not dispose of 2003 Model Year Driver and Passenger Airbags unless you
are sure of complete deployment. Please refer to the Hazardous Substance Control System for
Proper Disposal. Dispose of deployed air bags in a manner consistent with state, provincial,
local, and federal regulations. Use the following table to identify the status of the Airbag Squib.
AIRBAG SQUIB STATUS
(1) Using a DRBIIIt read Airbag DTCs If the following active codes are present:
ACTIVE DTC CONDITIONS SQUIB STATUS

Driver Squib 1 open Check the stored DTCs AND IF the stored min- Both Driver Squib 1
Driver Squib 2 open utes for both are within 15 minutes of each other. and 2 were used.
Driver Squib 1 open Check the stored DTCs AND IF the stored min- Driver Squib 1 was
Driver Squib 2 open utes for Driver Squib 2 open is GREATER than used;
the stored minutes for Driver Squib 1 by 15 min- Driver Squib 2 is live.
utes or more.
Driver Squib 1 open Check the stored DTCs AND IF the stored min- Driver Squib 1 is live;
Driver Squib 2 open utes for Driver Squib 1 open is GREATER than Driver Squib 2 was
the stored minutes for Driver Squib 2 by 15 min- used.
utes or more.
If Driver Squib 1 open AND IF Driver Squib 2 opens is NOT an active Driver Squib 1 was
code. used;
Driver Squib 2 is live.
If Driver Squib 2 open AND IF Driver Squib 1 open is NOT an active Driver Squib 1 is live;
code. Driver Squib 2 was
used.
If neither of the following codes is an active code: WARNING: THE PASSENGER AIRBAG
ACTIVE DTC SQUIB STATUS MODULE CONTAINS ARGON GAS
PRESSURIZED TO 17236.89 Kpa (2500 PSI).
Driver squib 1 open Status of Airbag is
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO DISMANTLE AN
Unknown
Driver Squib 2 open AIRBAG MODULE OR TAMPER WITH ITS
INFLATOR. DO NOT PUNCTURE,
3.1.3 PASSENGER AIRBAG INCINERATE, OR BRING INTO CONTACT
The airbag insignia in the instrument panel top WITH ELECTRICITY. DO NOT STORE AT
cover above the glove box is the most visible part of TEMPERATURE EXCEEDING 93C (200F).
the passenger side airbag system. The airbag door REPLACE AIRBAG SYSTEM COMPONENTS
has a living hinge at the top, which is secured to the ONLY WITH PARTS SPECIFIED IN THE
instrument panel top cover. Located under the MOPAR PARTS CATALOG. SUBSTITUTE
airbag door is the airbag cushion and its supporting PARTS MAY APPEAR INTERCHANGEABLE,
components. The airbag module includes a housing
BUT INTERNAL DIFFERENCES MAY RESULT
to which the cushion and hybrid inflators are at-
IN INFERIOR OCCUPANT PROTECTION. THE
tached and sealed. The 2003 Minivan is equipped
with front passenger airbag with dual stage infla- FASTENERS, SCREWS, AND BOLTS
tors that include a small canister of highly com- ORIGINALLY USED FOR THE AIRBAG
pressed argon gas. The ACM uses vehicle crash SYSTEM COMPONENTS HAVE SPECIAL
severity, front passenger seat belt switch status COATINGS AND ARE SPECIFICALLY
(buckled or unbuckled) inputs to determine the DESIGNED FOR THE AIRBAG SYSTEM. THEY
level of airbag deployment. When supplied with the MUST NEVER BE REPLACED WITH ANY
proper electrical signal, the hybrid inflator or infla- SUBSTITUTES. ANY TIME A NEW FASTENER
tors discharge the compressed gas it contains di- IS NEEDED, REPLACE IT WITH THE
rectly into the cushion. The airbag cannot be re- CORRECT FASTENERS PROVIDED IN THE
paired, and must be replaced if deployed or in any SERVICE PACKAGE OR SPECIFIED IN THE
way damaged.
MOPAR PARTS CATALOG.
4
GENERAL INFORMATION
CAUTION: Deployed Front Air Bags may or may not have live pyrotechnic material within the
air bag inflator. Do not dispose of 2003 Mopar Year Driver and Passenger Airbags unless you
are sure of complete deployment. Please refer to the Hazardous Substance Control System for
Proper Disposal. Dispose of deployed air bags in a manner consistent with state, provincial,
local, and federal regulations. Use the following table to identify the status of the Airbag Squib.
AIRBAG SQUIB STATUS
(1) Using a DRBIIIt read Airbag DTCs If the following active codes are present:
ACTIVE DTC CONDITIONS SQUIB STATUS

Passenger Squib 1 open Check the stored DTCs AND IF the stored min- Both Passenger Squib 1
Passenger Squib 2 open utes for both are within 15 minutes of each other. and 2 were used.
Passenger Squib 1 open Check the stored DTCs AND IF the stored min- Passenger Squib 1 was
Passenger Squib 2 open utes for Passenger Squib 2 open is GREATER used; Passenger Squib
than the stored minutes for Passenger Squib 1 by 2 is live.
15 minutes or more.
Passenger Squib 1 open Check the stored DTCs AND IF the stored min- Passenger Squib 1 is
Passenger Squib 2 open utes for Passenger Squib 1 open is GREATER live; Driver Squib 2
than the stored minutes for Driver Squib 2 by 15 was used.
minutes or more.
If Passenger Squib 1 AND IF Passenger Squib 2 open is NOT an ac- Passenger Squib 1 was
open tive code. used; Passenger Squib
2 is live.
If Passenger Squib 2 AND IF Passenger Squib 1 open is NOT an ac- Passenger Squib 1 is
open tive code. live; Passenger Squib 2
was used.
If neither of the following codes is an active code: or unbuckled, via hardwired inputs to the ACM. If
ACTIVE DTC SQUIB STATUS the seat belt switches are damaged or defective the
seat belt tensioner must be replaced. The ACM
Passenger squib 1 open Status of Airbag is continuously monitors the seat belt switch circuits
Unknown for an open or shorted conditions.
Passenger squib 2 open
3.1.4 SEAT BELT TENSIONER (SBT) 3.1.6 SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL
The driver and passenger seat belt (buckle) ten- MODULE (SIACM)
sioners are mounted to the inboard side of the front Supplemental driver and front passenger seat
seats. The seat belt buckle and seat belt switch are airbags provide side impact protection for the front
connected directly to the seat belt tensioner cable. seat occupants. Each side airbag has it own side
At the onset of an impact event the ACM uses the impact airbag control module (SIACM) to provide
seat belt tensioner to rapidly retract the seat belt independent impact sensing and deployment. SI-
buckles. With the slack removed, the occupants ACM are located on the left and right B post just
forward motion in an impact will be reduced as will above the seat belt retractor. Both the left and right
the likelihood of contacting interior components. side impact airbag control modules (SIACM) use
The seat belt tensioner cannot be removed, the the same part number. However, for proper PCI bus
occupants forward motion in an impact will be operation each SIACM must have a unique module
reduced as will the likelihood of contacting re- identification. To provide the unique module iden-
paired, if damaged or defective it must be replaced. tification for both, left and right, the SIACM soft-
The ACM continuously monitors the resistance of ware looks for a ground on cavity 5 of the SIACM
the seat belt tensioner circuits an open or shorted connector. If cavity 5 is grounded the SIACM com-
conditions. municates as a left SIACM otherwise it communi-
cates as a right SIACM. The SIACM performs self
3.1.5 SEAT BELT SWITCHES (SBS) diagnostics and circuit tests to determine if the
The hall-effect driver and front passenger seat system is functioning properly. If the test finds a
belt switches provide the seat belt status, buckled problem the SIACM will set both active and stored
diagnostic trouble codes. If a DTC is active the
5
GENERAL INFORMATION
SIACM will request that the airbag warning lamp module contains a bag, an inflator (a small canister
be turned on. The results of the system test are of highly compressed argon gas) and a mounting
transmitted on the PCI Bus to the ACM once each bracket. The seat airbags cannot be repaired and
second or on change in lamp state. If the warning must be replaced if deployed or in any way dam-
lamp status message from the either SIACM con- aged. When supplied with the proper electrical
tains a lamp on request, the ACM will set an active signal the inflator seals the hole in the airbag
DTC. At the same time as the DTC is set the ACM cushion so it can discharge the compressed gas it
sends a PCI Bus message to the mechanical instru- contains directly into the cushion. Upon deploy-
ment cluster (MIC) requesting the airbag warning ment, the seat back trim cover will tear open and
lamp be turned on. Observe all ACM warning and allow the seat airbag to fully deploy between the
caution statements when servicing or handling the seat and the door.
SIACM. SIACM are not repairable and must be
replaced if they are dropped. WARNING: SEAT AIRBAG CONTAINS ARGON
GAS PRESSURIZED TO OVER 17236.89 Kpa
WARNING: THE AIRBAG SYSTEM IS A (2500 PSI). DO NOT ATTEMPT TO
SENSITIVE, COMPLEX ELECTRO- DISMANTLE AN AIRBAG MODULE OR
MECHANICAL UNIT. BEFORE ATTEMPTING TAMPER WITH ITS INFLATOR. DO NOT
TO DIAGNOSE OR SERVICE ANY AIRBAG PUNCTURE, INCINERATE, OR BRING INTO
SYSTEM OR RELATED STEERING WHEEL, CONTACT WITH ELECTRICITY. DO NOT
STEERING COLUMN, OR INSTRUMENT STORE AT TEMPERATURE EXCEEDING 93C
PANEL COMPONENTS YOU MUST FIRST (200F). REPLACE AIRBAG SYSTEM
DISCONNECT AND ISOLATE THE BATTERY COMPONENTS ONLY WITH PARTS
NEGATIVE (GROUND) CABLE. WAIT TWO SPECIFIED IN THE CHRYSLER MOPAR
MINUTES FOR THE SYSTEM CAPACITOR TO PARTS CATALOG. SUBSTITUTE PARTS MAY
DISCHARGE BEFORE FURTHER SYSTEM APPEAR INTERCHANGEABLE, BUT
SERVICE. THIS IS THE ONLY SURE WAY TO INTERNAL DIFFERENCES MAY RESULT IN
DISABLE THE AIRBAG SYSTEM. FAILURE INFERIOR OCCUPANT PROTECTION. THE
TO DO THIS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL FASTENERS, SCREWS, AND BOLTS
AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND POSSIBLE ORIGINALLY USED FOR THE AIRBAG
PERSONAL INJURY. NEVER STRIKE OR SYSTEM COMPONENTS HAVE SPECIAL
KICK THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE, AS COATINGS AND ARE SPECIFICALLY
IT CAN DAMAGE THE IMPACT SENSOR OR DESIGNED FOR THE AIRBAG SYSTEM. THEY
AFFECT ITS CALIBRATION. IF AN AIRBAG MUST NEVER BE REPLACED WITH ANY
CONTROL MODULE IS ACCIDENTALLY SUBSTITUTES. ANY TIME A NEW FASTENER
DROPPED DURING SERVICE, THE MODULE IS NEEDED, REPLACE IT WITH THE
MUST BE SCRAPPED AND REPLACED WITH CORRECT FASTENERS PROVIDED IN THE
A NEW UNIT. SERVICE PACKAGE OR SPECIFIED IN THE
The airbag warning lamp is the only point at MOPAR PARTS CATALOG.
which the customer can observe symptoms of a
system malfunction. Whenever the ignition key is 3.1.8 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
turned to the run or start position, the MIC per- Airbag diagnostic trouble codes consist of active
forms a lamp check by turning the airbag warning and stored codes. If more than one code exists,
indicator on for 6-8 seconds. After the lamp check, if diagnostic priority should be given to the active
the indicator turns on, it means that the ACM has codes. Each diagnostic trouble code is diagnosed by
checked the system and found it to be free of following a specific testing procedure. The diagnos-
discernible malfunctions. If the lamp remains on, tic test procedures contain step-by-step instructions
there could be an active fault in the system or the for determining the cause of the trouble codes. It is
MIC lamp circuit may be internally shorted to not necessary to perform all of the tests in this book
ground. If the lamp comes on and stays on for a to diagnose an individual code. Always begin by
period longer than 6-8 seconds then goes off, there reading the diagnostic trouble codes using the
is usually an intermittent problem in the system. DRBIIIt. Always begin diagnostic with the Table of
Contents section 7.0. This will direct you to the
3.1.7 SEAT AIRBAGS (SAB) specific test(s) that must be performed. Active diag-
The left and right seat airbags are located in the nostic trouble codes for the airbag system are not
outboard end of the front seat backs. The airbag permanent and will change the moment the reason
6
GENERAL INFORMATION
for the code is corrected. In certain test procedures time. However, the code currently may not be
within this manual, diagnostic trouble codes are present as an active code, although another code
used as a diagnostic tool. could be active. When a trouble code occurs, the
airbag warning indicator illuminates for 12 seconds
3.1.9 SPECIAL TOOLS minimum (even if the problem existed for less than
Some airbag diagnostic test use special tools, 12 seconds). The code is stored, along with the time
8310 and 8443 airbag load tool, for testing squib in minutes it was active, and the number of times
circuits. The load tools contain fixed resistive loads, the ignition has been cycled since the problem was
jumpers and adapters. The fixed loads are con- last detected. The minimum time shown for any
nected to cables and mounted in a storage case. The code will be one minute, even if the code was
cables can be directly connected to some airbag actually present for less than one minute. Thus, the
system connectors. Jumpers are used to convert the time shown for a code will be one minute, even if the
load tool cable connectors to the other airbag sys- code was actually present for less than one minute.
tem connectors. The adapters are connected to the Thus, the time shown for a code that was present
module harness connector to open shorting clips for two minutes 13 seconds, for example, would be
and protect the connector terminal during testing. three minutes. If a malfunction is detected a diag-
When using the load tool follow all of the safety nostic trouble code is stored and will remain stored.
procedures in the service information for discon- When and if the malfunction ceases to exist, an
necting airbag system components. Inspect the wir- ignition cycle count will be initiated for that code. If
ing, connector and terminals for damage or mis- the ignition cycle count reaches 100 without a
alignment. Substitute the airbag load tool in place reoccurrence of the same malfunction, the diagnos-
of a Driver or Passenger Airbag, seat airbag, clock- tic trouble code is erased and that ignition cycle
spring, or seat belt tensioner (use a jumper if counter is reset to zero. If the malfunction reoccurs
needed). Then follow all of the safety procedures in before the count reaches 100, then the ignition cycle
the service information for connecting airbag sys- counter will be reset and diagnostic trouble code
tem components. Read the module active DTCs. If will continue to be a stored code. If a malfunction is
the module reports NO ACTIVE DTCs the defective not active while performing a diagnostic test proce-
component has been removed from the system and dure, the active code diagnostic test will not locate
should be replaced. If the DTC is still active, con- the source of the problem. In this case, the stored
tinue this process until all component in the circuit code can indicate an area to inspect. If no obvious
have been tested. Then disconnect the module con- problems are found, erase stored codes, and with
nector and connect the matching adapter to the the ignition on wiggle the wire harness and connec-
module connector. With all airbags disconnected tors, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
and the adapter installed the squib wiring can be Recheck for codes periodically as you work through
tested for open and shorted conditions. the system. This procedure may uncover a malfunc-
tion that is difficult to locate.
3.1.10 ACTIVE CODES
3.2 AUDIO SYSTEM
The code becomes active as soon as the malfunc-
tion is detected or key-on, whichever occurs first. An Some of the radios are on the PCI Bus system.
active trouble code indicates an on-going malfunc- The PCI Bus inputs into the radio are used for VF
tion. This means that the defect is currently there dimming, remote steering wheel controls and cabin
every time the airbag control module checks that EQ preference. PCI Bus outputs from the radio are
circuit or component. It is impossible to erase an used for the Name Brand Speaker (NBS) relay
active code. Active codes automatically erase by activation, as well as cabin EQ preference.
themselves when the reason for the code has been The RBB and RBK radios have the capability of
corrected. With the exception of the warning lamp containing multiple vehicle unique equalization
trouble codes or malfunctions, when a malfunction curves (cabin EQ preferences) within the radio.
is detected, the airbag lamp remains lit for a mini- These curves will reside in the radios flash memory.
mum of 12 seconds or as long as the malfunction is The radio is capable of storing up to 20 unique
present. equalization curves. The latent curves can be se-
lected via the Front Control Module transmitting a
3.1.11 STORED CODES PCI Bus message to the radio in response to a radio
Airbag codes are automatically stored in the request for equalization message. Upon receipt of a
ACMs memory as soon as the malfunction is de- valid equalization select message response, the ra-
tected. The exception is the Loss of Ignition Run dio will switch to output the corresponding equal-
Only code which is an active code only. A stored code ization curve.
indicates there was an active code present at some
7
GENERAL INFORMATION
All the radios, except the RAS, are capable of The radio unit installed with your system pro-
displaying faults and allowing certain actuation vides control over all features of the CD Changer
tests through the use of the DRBIIIt. When at- with the exception of the CD load and eject func-
tempting to perform PCI Bus diagnostics, the first tions, which are controlled by buttons located on the
step is to identify the radio in use in the vehicle. front of the CD Changer. The radio also supplies the
When trouble shooting output shorts or output power, ground, PCI Bus, left and right speaker
error messages, the following applies: output through a single DIN cable. All features you
On radios without an external amplifier, the term would expect, such as Disc Up/Down, Track Up/
output refers to the path between the radio and the Down, Random and Scan are controlled by the
speaker. This type of circuit can be monitored all radio, which also displays all relevant CD Changer
the way through the speaker connections by the information on the radio display.
radio assembly. When the radio displays a shorted The CD Changer contains a Load/Eject button
output DTC with this type of system, the speaker, and an indicator light for each of the four disc
radio, or wiring could be at fault. positions. The individual light indicates whether a
On radios with an external amplifier, the term CD is currently loaded in that particular chamber of
output refers to the circuit between the radio the CD Changer. Pressing the individual Load/Eject
connector and the amplifier. The radio is capable of button for a particular chamber will eject a disc
monitoring only this portion and can tell nothing currently present in that chamber. If the chamber is
about the circuit between the amplifier and the currently empty, actuating the Load/Eject button
speakers. Consequently, a shorted output DTC on will position that chamber to receive and load a new
this type of system would only refer to this circuit. disc in that chamber.
A faulty speaker could not cause this DTC.
3.3 BODY CONTROL MODULE
3.2.1 REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS
These radios can be controlled via remote radio The body control module (BCM) supplies vehicle
switches (optional). These switches are located on occupants with visual and audible information and
the back side of the steering wheel. They control controls various vehicle functions. To provide and
mode, preset, seek up, seek down, volume up and receive information, the module is interfaced to the
volume down functions. vehicles serial bus communications network (PCI).
These functions are inputs to the Body Control This network consists of the powertrain control
module (PCM), the engine control module (ECM)
Module and can be read with the DRBIIIt under
body computer. The switches are a multiplexed diesel, the transmission control module (TCM), the
signal to the BCM. The radio control MUX circuit is mechanical instrument cluster (MIC), the front
control module (FCM), the airbag control module
a 5 volt line that is pulled to ground through
different value resistors built into the switches. (ACM), the compass/mini-trip (CMTC), the elec-
This causes a voltage drop to be seen by the BCM tronic vehicle information center (EVIC), the con-
troller antilock brake (CAB), the HVAC control
and it sends a specific message to the radio on the
PCI Bus circuit. The radio then responses to the module (ATC & MTC), the power sliding door (Left
message. & Right) modules (PSD), the power liftgate module
(PLG), the Audio system, the side impact airbag
This circuit is fairly simple to troubleshoot. The
control (left & right) modules (SIACM), the memory
circuit must be complete from the switches in the
steering wheel to the BCM. The ground must be seat/mirror module (MSMM), the RKE/thatcham
alarm module (export) and the sentry key immobi-
complete so that the switches can cause the voltage
drop for the BCM to see. The circuit passes through lizer module (SKIM). The BCM is operational when
battery power is supplied to the module.
the clockspring so continuity through this devise
The body control module provides the following
must be verified.
features:
3.2.2 CD CHANGER Power Door Locks
The new in-dash CD Changer is designed to fit Automatic Door Lock

into the existing cubby bin in the center stack. This Door Lock Inhibit
new cartridge-less CD Changer is controlled by Central Locking (with VTSS Only)
your radio, and allows you to individually load up to
Battery Protection
four discs at a time. However, due to its compact
design, the CD Changer can only carry out one The BCM will automatically turn off all exterior
operation at a time. For example, you can not load lamps after 3 minutes and all interior lamps after
a new disc while playing another at the same time. 15 minutes after the ignition is turned off, if they
Each operation happens sequentially. are not turned off by the driver.
8
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chime Driver (BCM) between vehicles or off the shelf. The BCM
Compass/Minitrip Support has internal diagnostic capability that assists in
diagnosing the system. When an Open or a
Interior Lighting (Courtesy/Reading Lamps)
Short circuit exists, the diagnostic tool can be
BCM Diagnostic Reporting used to read the BCM codes. The codes are very
Electronic Liftgate Release (with Power Door descriptive in identifying the appropriate feature
Locks) that has faulted. The BCM also learns what fea-
Exterior Lighting tures are on the vehicle and if modules are swapped
the BCM could set false DTCs based on what it
Headlamp Time Delay (with/without Autohead-
learned.
lamps)
Automatic Headlamps (with electrochromatic 3.4 CHIME WARNING SYSTEM
mirror)
Illuminated Entry The BCM monitors the door/liftgate ajar
Fade to Off switches, multifunction switches, headlight switch,
ignition switch, PCI bus, and the diagnostic tool to
This feature dims the interior lighting (courtesy perform various chime operations. The BCM uses a
lamps) gradually if the BCM does not receive any low-side driver to control the chime located in the
new inputs that would cause the interior lamps to cluster.
remain on. The chime system provides the Driver with warn-
PWM Instrument Panel Dimming ing chimes for:
Door Lock Inhibit Seat belt
Exterior lights on
This feature disables the door lock functions if the
key is in the ignition and either front door is ajar. Key-in Ignition
Pressing the RKE lock/unlock button under these Key-in Accessory
conditions, result in normal lock/unlock activation. Engine temperature critical
Power Sliding Door Switch Inputs
Low washer fluid
The BCM has 4 switch inputs for the power Turn signals on
sliding door feature: Located in the overhead con-
Dome light on
sole are the Left and Right side sliding door
Low oil pressure
switches to activate either or both sliding doors
under the proper conditions. Also there are B-Pillar Any warning lamp announcement
switches located on the Left and Right B-pillar High-speed warning Gulf Coast Countries (GCC)
posts. only
Power Liftgate Switch Input
The output sound intensity of the chime is ap-
The BCM has 1 Liftgate switch input located in proximately 72 decibels.
the overhead console
Power Lockout Switch Input 3.4.1 CHIME PRIORITY
The following list indicates the priority of the
The BCM has 1 Lockout switch that when en-
chime when more than one chime is active at the
abled will disable the B-Pillar sliding door switches
same time:
from activating either sliding door when depressed.
When replacing a body control module there are 2 Seat belt warning
modules available, a Base and a Midline. The High-speed warning Gulf Coast Countries (GCC)
Midline controller is used on vehicles that have only
Power Door Locks. If a vehicle is equipped with the Turn signal on
Vehicle Theft Security System, the midline control-
Chime request
ler becomes a premium when the theft feature is
enabled. Warning lamp announcement
The cluster is responsible to set priority on all

NOTE: Do not swap the body control module warning lamp announcement chimes.
between vehicles or body control modules
off the shelf.
Engineering does not recommend that service,
dealers or the plant swap Body Control Modules
9
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.4.2 CHIME ON CONDITIONS Warning Lamp A chime will sound to alert the
Announcement: driver to scan the instrument
The following is a list of the chime warnings and
panel and overhead console to
when they will sound.
see which warning lamp is illu-
Drivers Seat Sounds for approximately 662
minated. The door/liftgate ajar
belt Unbuckled: seconds when the igntion is turned
warning lamp will appear with-
on and drivers seat belt is not
out a chime if the vehicle is run-
buckled, as a reminder to the
ning and a door or the liftgate is
driver to buckle the seat belt.
opened. A chime will sound if the
Exterior Lights Ignition is in the lock position, door or liftgate is still open and
On: the driver door is ajar, and the the vehicle speed is greater than
headlight switch is left in any 4mph/6kph.
position, other than auto or off.
High-speed The chime will sound, acting as a
The chime will sound as a warn-
warning Gulf warning to the driver that the
ing to the driver until one of the
Coast Countries vehicle speed has exceed
above conditions is removed or
(GCC) only 75mph62/120kph63.
until the battery protection time
of 3 minutes has expired. 3.4.3 WARNING LAMP ANNOUNCEMENT
Key-In Ignition: Ignition is in the lock position, Low Fuel Lamp: The cluster will request a single
driver door is ajar and the key is chime after the indicator is illu-
in the ignition. The chime will minated.
sound until one of the above con-
Volt Lamp: The cluster will request a single
ditions is removed or until the
chime after the indicator is illu-
battery protection time of 15 min-
minated.
utes has expired.
Oil Pressure The cluster will request a single
Turn Signal On: When the BCM detects a turn
Lamp: chime after illuminating the in-
signal input continuously for
dicator above 450rpm vehicle op-
1.0mile/0.6km and the vehicle
eration.
speed is greater than 15 mph/
24kph, the chime will sound until Liftgate Ajar The BCM determines when to
the specific turn signal is can- Lamp: chime for liftgate ajar.
celled. Fasten Seat Belt The MIC will request a single
Dome Lights On: Ignition is in the lock position, Lamp: chime from the BCM when the
driver door ajar, and the dome ignition is turned to the unlock/
light switch is left in the on run/start positions if the driver
position. The chime will sound seat belt is not buckled and 2
until one of the above conditions seconds after seatbelt warning
is removed or until the battery chime ends.
protection time of 15 minutes has Check Engine The cluster will request a single
expired. Lamp: chime after the indicator is illu-
Low Oil Pres- The chime will sound when the minated.
sure: engine is operating and the oil Low Washer The cluster will request a single
pressure drops below 4psi/27.5kPa. Fluid Lamp: chime after the indicator is illu-
Engine The chime will sound when the minated.
Temperature engine is operating and the cool- Engine Tempera- The cluster will request a single
Critical: ant temperature exceeds 252F/ ture Lamp: chime when the indicator is first
122C or 234/112C(diesel). The illuminated at 252F/122C.
chime is continuous at 257F/
125C and will chime for 4 min-
3.4.4 OTHER CHIME ON CONDITIONS
utes and stop if the temperature Programming of A single cluster chime will sound,
drops below 255F/123C. an Additional which signals that the program
Low Washer The chime will sound when the Key Fob: mode has been initiated.
Fluid washer fluid drops below a spe- Programming for When the programming has been
cific level. Rolling Door completed, a single tone from the
Locks: chime system, will occur.
10
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.5 COMMUNICATION The PCI Bus failure modes are broken down into
two categories. Complete PCI Bus Communication
The Programmable Communication Interface or Failure and individual module no response. Causes
PCI Bus is a single wire multiplexed network capa- of a complete PCI Bus Communication Failure
ble of supporting binary encoded messages shared include a short to ground or battery on the PCI
between multiple modules. The PCI bus circuit is circuit. Individual module no response can be
identified as D25 and is white with a violet tracer. caused by an open PCI circuit at the module, or an
Additional tracer colors may be added to the violet open battery or ground circuit to the affected mod-
in order to distinguish between different module ule.
connections. The modules are wired in parallel. Symptoms of a complete PCI Bus Communication
Connections are made in the harness using splices. Failure would include but are not limited to:
The following modules are used on the RS/RG:
All gauges on the MIC stay at zero
Body Control Module
All telltales on MIC illuminate
Front Control Module
MIC backlighting at full intensity
Dashed lines in the overhead console ambient
Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module temperature display
Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module
No response received from any module on the PCI
Controller Antilock Brake bus (except the PCM/ECM)
Powertrain Control Module (Gas) No start (if equipped with Sentry Key Immobi-
Engine Control Module (Diesel) lizer)
Radio Symptoms of Individual module failure could
CD Changer include any one or more of the above. The difference
Transmission Control Module would be that at least one or more modules would
respond to the DRBIIIt.
Automatic Temperature Control Module
Diagnosis starts with symptom identification. If a
A/C Heater Control Module (MTC) complete PCI Bus Communication Failure is sus-
Sentry Key Immobilizer Module pected, begin by identifying which modules the
Memory Seat/Mirror Module vehicle is equipped with and then attempt to get a
response from the modules with the DRBIIIt. If any
Overhead Console
modules are responding, the failure is not related to
Mechanical Instrument Cluster the total bus, but can be caused by one or more
Left Sliding Door Control Module modules PCI circuit or power supply and ground
Right Sliding Door Control Module circuits. The DRBIIIt may display BUS +/- SIG-
NAL OPEN or NO RESPONSE to indicate a
RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module (Export)
communication problem. These same messages will
Power Liftgate Module be displayed if the vehicle is not equipped with that
Each module provides its own bias and termina- particular module. The CCD error message is a
tion in order to transmit and receive messages. The default message used by the DRBIIIt and in no way
bus voltage is at zero volts when no modules are indicates whether or not the PCI bus is operational.
transmitting and is pulled up to about seven and a The message is only an indication that a module is
half volts when modules are transmitting. either not responding or the vehicle is not equipped.
The bus messages are transmitted at a rate

averaging 10800 bits per second. Since there is only
voltage present when the modules transmit and the
message length is only about 500 milliseconds, it is
ineffective to try and measure the bus activity with
a conventional voltmeter. The preferred method is
to use the DRBIIIt lab scope. The 12v square wave
selection on the 20-volt scale provides a good view of
the bus activity. Voltage on the bus should pulse
between zero and about seven and a half volts.
Refer to the following figure for some typical dis-
plays.
11
GENERAL INFORMATION
NOTE: For 2003 model year, some vehicles
will integrate the Transmission Control
Module and Powertrain Control Module into a
single control module. This new module is
the Next Generation Controller for
DaimlerChrysler and will be referred to as the
Powertrain Control Module (PCM). The
Transmission Control Module is part of the
Powertrain Control Module.
New Diagnostic procedures and New DTC
numbers are some of the changes you will
see which reflect the new combined module
technology. The PCM will have four color
coded connectors C1 through C4, (C1-BLK,
C2-GRAY, C3-WHITE, C4-GREEN), each PCM
connector will have 38 pins each. Two new
tools are used for probing and repairing the
New PCM connectors. A New tool to release
the pins from the PCM connectors Miller
#3638 is introduced, you must use the Miller
tool #3638 to release the connector pins or
harness and connector damage will occur.
Also a New tool for probing connectors Miller
#8815 is introduced, you must use the Miller
tool #8815 to probe the PCM pins or harness
and connector damage will occur. There is
also a new Verification test and module
replacment procedure for the PCM.
3.6 DOOR AJAR SYSTEM

The door ajar and liftgate ajar states are used as
inputs for the Body Control Module (BCM). The
BCM uses these inputs to determine exactly what
position the doors and liftgate are in. The DRBIIIt
will display the state of the door ajar and the
liftgate ajar switches in Inputs/Outputs. Its impor-
tant to note, that when any door, or the liftgate is
closed, the switch state on the DRBIIIt will show
OPEN. When any door, or the liftgate is open the
switch state on the DRBIIIt will show CLOSED.
During diagnosis, if a door or the liftgate is closed
and the DRBIIIt displays the switch state as
CLOSED, it indicates a shorted ajar circuit. If the
door or the liftgate is open and the DRBIIIt dis-
plays the switch state as OPEN, it indicates an
open ajar circuit.
12
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.7 EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM 3.7.6 EXTERIOR LIGHTING BATTERY
SAVER
3.7.1 HEADLAMP POWER The BCM monitors the status of, and controls, the
Park Lamps, Headlamps and Fog Lamp relays. If
The Headlamp Switch is a direct input to the
any exterior lamps are left ON after the ignition is
BCM. The BCM sends a BUS message to the FCM
turned OFF, the BCM will turn them OFF after 3
informing it of a headlamp switch status change.
minutes.
The FCM then turns on power to the headlamps
through four fuseless circuits. These circuits are
electronically controlled and continuously moni- 3.7.7 AUTO HEADLAMPS
tored for malfunctions. Power is supplied to each This feature is available on vehicles equipped
filament in a separate circuit. For vehicles equipped with both the Electrocromatic Mirror (ECM) and
with daytime running Lamps (DRL), the FCM elec- the Compass/Mini-Trip Computer (CMTC). When
tronically steps down the headlamp voltage to pro- the BCM detects a day/night signal from the CMTC,
vide the desired illumination. an ECM is present and Auto Headlamp mode is
selected.
3.7.2 HEADLAMP SWITCH
The Headlamp Switch uses a multiplexed (MUX) 3.8 FRONT CONTROL MODULE
circuit to the Body Control Module (BCM). The
The Front Control Module (FCM) is an electrical
Headlamp Switch controls the Fog lamp relay, Park
control and interface center located in the engine
lamps and the Low and High headlamps. The BCM
compartment. When it is mated to the Power Dis-
then sends a signal through the PCI Bus line to the
tribution Center (PDC), it is referred to as the
FCM as to what state the switch has selected. The
Integrated Power Module (IPM). The IPM, with its
FCM energizes the high side output drivers to turn
fuses and relays provides power and signal distri-
ON the desired lamps.
bution throughout most of the vehicle. The FCM
receives both hard wire and digital electronic inputs
3.7.3 PARK LAMP RELAY from the vehicle electrical system through the PDC.
The Park Lamp Switch is a direct input to the Based on these inputs and the ignition switch
BCM. The BCM sends a BUS message to the FCM position, it provides direct power feeds and relay
informing it to turn on the park lamp relay. The control to some of the vehicles most critical electri-
park lamp relay is then powered through low side cal systems.
control of the FCM. This circuit is electronically The Front Control Module provides the following
controlled and continuously monitored for malfunc- features:
tions.
Controlled power feeds:
3.7.4 FOG LAMP RELAY Front airbag system
The Fog Lamp switch is a direct input to the Side airbag system
BCM. The BCM sends a BUS message to the FCM Headlamp power
informing it to turn on the fog lamp relay. The fog EATX module power (4 speed only)
lamp relay is then powered through low side control
Front washer motor
of the FCM. This circuit is electronically controlled
and continuously monitored for malfunctions. Fog Rear washer motor
lamp functionality is not equipped on all vehicles. Cabin Heater
The FCM learns that the vehicle is equipped with Brake shift interlock system
fog lamps by reading the BCM BUS message.
Relay controls:
3.7.5 FOG LAMPS Fog lamp relay (when equipped)
The BCM controls the operation of the fog lamp Park lamp relay
relay that turns the fog lamps ON and OFF. The Front wiper on relay
Fog lamps can only be ON when the park and low
Front wiper high/low relay
beams are ON. If the high beams are switched ON
then the Fog lamps will be automatically turned Accessory relay
OFF. Horn relay
Front & rear blower relay
Name brand speakers (NBS) relay
13
GENERAL INFORMATION
Electronic back light (EBL) run only relay EATX power
The electronic automatic 4 speed transmission
Electrical inputs:
module is powered when the ignition switch is in
Headlamp battery supplies 1 & 2 the UNLOCK, RUN or START positions. This cir-
Module battery supply cuit is electronically controlled and continuously
Power ground monitored for malfunctions. Power is supplied
through pin 27 of the FCM connector.
Ignition switch RUN or START position status
Ignition switch START only status Front washer motor
The front washer switch is a direct input to the
PCI Bus
BCM. The BCM sends a PCI Bus message to the
Stop lamp switch FCM informing it of a request to wash. The front
Horn switch washer motor is then powered through low side
Back-up switch control inside the FCM. This circuit is electronically
controlled and continuously monitored for malfunc-
Wiper park switch
tions. In addition, the FCM electronically protects
Washer fluid level switch the washer motor from system voltages higher than
Brake fluid level switch 16 volts by automatically switching off the low side
Ambient temperature sensor circuit. The low side circuit is connected to pin 45 in
the FCM connector.
Right park lamp outage
Left park lamp outage Rear washer motor
The rear washer switch is a direct input to the
Battery IOD
BCM. The BCM sends a PCI Bus message to the
Battery (+) connection detection FCM informing it of a request to wash. The rear
Flash reprogramming voltage washer motor is then powered through low side
control inside the FCM. This circuit is electronically
3.8.1 CONTROLLED POWER FEEDS controlled and continuously monitored for malfunc-
Front airbag system tions. In addition, the FCM electronically protects
The FCM provides power to the Occupant Re- the washer motor from system voltages higher than
straint Control (ORC) system through two fuse- 16 volts by automatically switching off the low side
less circuits (ORC RUN/START, and ORC RUN circuit. The low side circuit is connected to pin 46 in
only). These circuits are electronically controlled the FCM connector.
and continuously monitored for malfunctions. Cabin Heater
Power is supplied while the ignition switch is in the When the ignition is in Run, the FCM monitors
RUN and START positions on pin 48 of the FCM the PCI bus for the Cabin Heater Activation re-
connector, and in the RUN only position on pin 29. quest. The Automatic or Manual Temperature Con-
Side airbag system trol initiates this request only when all conditions
The FCM provides power to the Side Impact for the Cabin Heater activation are favorable. The
Airbag Control Module (SIACM) system through request carries the status bit that the FCM requires
one fuseless circuit. This circuit is electronically to activate its Cabin Heater Assist Control output.
controlled and continuously monitored for malfunc- This output is a low side driver (coming from FCM
tions. Power is supplied in the ignition RUN and pin 15) which supplies a ground signal to the Cabin
START positions on pin 28 of the FCM connector. Heater (pin 5). When the Cabin Heater receives this
ground signal input, it interprets this as an activa-
Headlamp power tion signal. The FCM low side driver is also capable
The headlamp switch is a direct input to the of diagnostic sensing. The driver will sense an open
BCM. The BCM sends a PCI Bus message to the circuit when the driver is off, and will sense a short
FCM informing it of a headlamp switch status to voltage when the driver is on. The FCM will set
change. The FCM then turns on power to the DTCs for both of these types of faults. For addi-
headlamps through four fuseless circuits. These tional information, refer to Cabin Heater under
circuits are electronically controlled and continu- General Information and Diagnostic Procedures in
ously monitored for malfunctions. Power is supplied the manual.
to each filament in a separate circuit (RH low on pin
6, RH high on pin 4, LH low on pin 3 and LH high Brake shift interlock system
on pin 5). For vehicles equipped with Daytime The brake shift interlock solenoid receives power
Running Lamps (DRL), the FCM electronically from both high side and low side controls inside the
steps down the headlamp voltage to provide the FCM. The high side control is on the same circuit as
desired illumination. the EATX module power, and the low side control
14
GENERAL INFORMATION
comes through pin 47 of the FCM connector. The energized for 45 seconds then turn off. During this
solenoid is controlled by the low side driver when time-out period, if the driver or passenger doors are
the brake pedal is pressed. Both circuits are contin- opened, the relay will turn off immediately. While
uously monitored for malfunctions. the ignition switch is in the START position, the
relay will also drop-out, then resume operation.
3.8.2 RELAY CONTROLS Accessory relay operation is most noticeable by
Fog lamp relay observing the operation of the radio or blower
The fog lamp switch is a direct input to the BCM. functions.
The BCM sends a PCI Bus message to the FCM Horn relay
informing it to turn on the fog lamp relay. The fog The horn relay operates through a direct wire
lamp relay is then powered through low side control input to the FCM from the horn switch (FCM pin
on pin 33 of the FCM. This circuit is electronically 17) , or a PCI Bus message from the BCM. The relay
controlled and continuously monitored for malfunc- responds to the horn switch, remote door lock and
tions. Fog lamp functionality is not equipped on all VTA alarm functions. The horn relay is powered
vehicles. The FCM learns that the vehicle is through low side control on pin 10 of the FCM.
equipped with fog lamps by reading the BCM PCI Under normal operating conditions, if the horn is
Bus message. pressed for longer than 30 seconds, the FCM will
Park lamp relay automatically deactivate the horn to prevent dam-
The park lamp switch is a direct input to the age to it. The FCM will re-activate control of the
BCM. The BCM sends a PCI Bus message to the relay after a 25 second cool-down period. This
FCM informing it to turn on the park lamp relay. circuit is electronically controlled and continuously
The park lamp relay is then powered through low monitored for malfunctions.
side control on pin 13 of the FCM. This circuit is Front and rear blower relay
electronically controlled and continuously moni- The blower control switch is part of the Automatic
tored for malfunctions. Temperature Control (ATC) or A/C-Heater Control
Front wiper on relay Module, (Manual Temp). When the blower switch is
The front wiper switch is a direct input to the turned on, the ATC or A/C-Heater Control Module
BCM. The BCM sends a PCI Bus message to the sends a PCI Bus message to the FCM. The front and
FCM informing it to turn on the front wiper on rear blower relay is then powered through low side
relay. The front wiper on relay is then powered control on pin 30 of the FCM. The relay provides the
through low side control on pin 14 of the FCM. This high side to the blower motor, and the blower speed
circuit is electronically controlled and continuously is governed through low side control in the ATC or
monitored for malfunctions. A/C-Heater Control Module. This circuit is electron-
ically controlled and continuously monitored for
Front wiper high/low relay malfunctions.
The front wiper switch is a direct input to the
BCM. The BCM sends a PCI Bus message to the Name Brand Speakers (NBS) relay
FCM informing it to turn on the front wiper high/ The NBS relay operates through the vehicle bus
low relay. The relay switches power between the low interface between the radio and the FCM. When the
speed and high speed windings of the wiper motor. radio is turned on, the radio sends a PCI Bus
The front wiper high/low relay is powered through message to the FCM. The NBS relay is then pow-
low side control on pin 34 of the FCM. This circuit is ered on through low side control on pin 11 of the
electronically controlled and continuously moni- FCM. The relay supplies power to the amplified
tored for malfunctions. speaker, and ground is supplied through the radio.
This circuit is electronically controlled and contin-
Accessory relay uously monitored for malfunctions.
The accessory relay works in conjunction with the
FCMs power accessory delay feature to control the Electronic Back Light (EBL) relay
operation of the radio, power windows, washer The rear defrost switch is part of the Automatic
motors, wiper motors and power outlet. The acces- Temperature Control or A/C-Heater Control Module
sory relay is turned on through low side control on (Manual Temp). When the ignition switch is in the
pin 35 of the FCM. This circuit is electronically RUN position and the rear defrost switch is turned
controlled and continuously monitored for malfunc- on, the ATC or A/C-Heater Control Module sends a
tions. Depending on the ignition switch position, PCI Bus message to the FCM. The EBL run only
the accessory relay will remain on or will time-out relay is then powered through low side control on
and turn off. The accessory relay remains on in the pin 31 of the FCM. The relay provides the high side
RUN and ACCY positions of the ignition switch. In to the rear window defrost grid, and ground is
the UNLK and OFF positions, the relay will remain attached to the vehicle body. The FCM will only
15
GENERAL INFORMATION
allow the rear defrost to operate in the RUN posi- Battery IOD 12 volt input on pin 20. The FCM
tion. This circuit is electronically controlled and enters a low power consumption mode when the
continuously monitored for malfunctions. ignition is turned OFF. This low current draw
battery supply keeps the microprocessor function-
3.8.3 ELECTRICAL INPUTS ing in the low power mode.
Headlamp battery supplies 1 & 2 12 volt Battery (+) connection detection 12 volt
input on pins 1 and 2. Battery supply voltage for input on pin 38. The battery connection on the PDC
switching headlamp circuits only. incorporates the use of an internal switch to deter-
Module battery supply 12 volt input on pin 9. mine if the connector is properly mated and the
Battery supply voltage for all other FCM opera- Connector Positive Assurance (CPA) is engaged. If
tions. the CPA is not properly engaged, a voltage on pin 38
will be interpreted as an unseated connector and a
Power ground Ground source on pin 8 for all fault will set.
FCM operations.
Flash programming voltage 20 volt input on
Ignition switch RUN or START position status pin 42. When a DRBIIIt is connected and the
12 volt input on pin 37. Allows the FCM to proper flash reprogramming sequence is selected,
determine the ignition switch status for related the 20 volt signal will be applied through pin 42.
FCM operations.
Ignition switch START only status 12 volt 3.9 HEATING & A/C SYSTEM
input on pin 19. Allows the FCM to discriminate
between RUN/START input and START for related
FCM operations. 3.9.1 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE
PCI Bus Approximately 7.5 volt input on pin 22. CONTROL (ATC)
Allows the FCM to communicate with other mod-
ules on the vehicle bus. CAUTION: Automatic Temperature Control
(ATC) Modules with software versions 41 and
Stop lamp Switch status 12 volt input on pin 0A used in 2001 and 2002 RS/RG vehicles are
44. Provides for brake shift interlock function.
NOT compatible with software versions 13
Horn Switch Ground input on pin 17. Primary and 0F used in 2003 RS/RG vehicles. Do NOT
means for engaging the horn. install an ATC Module with software version
Back-up switch Ground input on pin 39. Input 41 or 0A in a 2003 RS/RG vehicle or an ATC
is converted to a PCI Bus status message for use by Module with software version 13 or 0F in a
other modules. 2001 or 2002 RS/RG vehicle. Use the DRBIIIT
to verify which version software the ATC
Wiper park switch Ground input on pin 16.
Used to determine park placement of wipers. Also
Module is using by selecting Body Systems,
used as feedback to FCM to determine correct Automatic Temperature Control, and then
operating mode of wipers. selecting Module Display.
Washer fluid level switch Ground input to 3.9.1.1 SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
pull-up on pin 18. Ground is switched into the
circuit when washer bottle fluid level is low.
EXCEPT EXPORT
Brake fluid level switch Ground input to The ATC system is a Three-Zone Air Conditioning
pull-up on pin 36. Ground is switched into the System.
circuit when brake fluid level is low.
Ambient temperature sensor Resistive input EXPORT
to pull-up on pin 25. Corresponding voltage level is Two different types of systems are currently
converted to a PCI Bus message for use by other available for these vehicles.
modules on the bus. c Dual-Zone Air Conditioning System for all
Right park lamp outage 12 volt input on pin vehicles with 2.4L and 2.5L engines and all
21. Used to determine if right park lamp circuit is SWB vehicles with 3.3L engines.
operating properly. c Three-Zone Air Conditioning System for all
LWB vehicles.
Left park lamp outage 12 volt input on pin 41.
Used to determine if left park lamp circuit is
operating properly.
16
GENERAL INFORMATION
CABIN HEATER, EXPORT WITH DIESEL ENGINE speed, the duty cycle increases to where the
signal pattern is almost a flat line (with brief
A Cabin Heater is used in conjunction with the
voltage spikes).
ATC system. The Cabin Heater is designed to
supply the vehicles occupants with heat prior to controls the front and rear electronic door actua-
the engine reaching operating temperature. For tors operation.
additional information on this system, refer to c A simplified control system for operation of
Cabin Heater under General Information and the mode, recirculation, and temperature con-
Diagnostic Procedures in this manual. trol actuators provides positive positioning
without the complexity of feedback from posi-
3.9.1.2 SYSTEM CONTROLS tion sensors. The ATC Module knows the
The ATC Module: number of operating actuator revolutions re-
quired for full door travel as well as the
is fully addressable with the DRBIIIt.
number of actuator commutator pulses per
communicates over the Programmable Commu- revolution. Using these parameters, the ATC
nication Interface Multiplex System (PCI) Bus. Module runs the actuator for the number of
provides an A/C request over the PCI Bus to the commutator pulses that correspond to the
Powertrain Control Module (PCM) when com- desired door position. To maintain accuracy,
pressor operation is desired. the system recalibrates itself periodically at
for exports with diesel engines, provides a Cabin known zero and full travel conditions.
Heater activation request over the PCI Bus to the activates and deactivates the Rear ATC Switch.
Front Control Module (FCM) when conditions are
favorable for Cabin Heater operation. The Rear ATC Switch (Three-Zone Only):
uses input from the evaporator temperature sen- provides desired rear blower speed input to the
sor to prevent evaporator freeze up while main- ATC Module.
taining optimum cooling performance. provides desired rear blend and mode door posi-
uses input from infrared (I/R) sensors, which tion input to the ATC Module.
measure surface temperature, to maintain occu-
pant comfort levels. The Dual-Zone ATC system uses:
c The I/R sensors are mounted in the instru- two front, two-wire electronic blend door actua-
ment panel center bezel. tors.
can be operated in a manual mode. one front, two-wire electronic mode door actuator.
provides a blower relay on request over the PCI one, two-wire electronic recirculation door actua-
Bus to the Front Control Module (FCM) when tor.
blower operation is desired.
controls front blower operating speed, providing The Three-Zone ATC system uses:
10 speeds in manual mode and infinite speeds in two front, two-wire electronic blend door actua-
automatic mode. tors.
controls rear blower operating speed, providing one front, two-wire electronic mode door actuator.
10 speeds in manual mode and infinite speeds in one, two-wire electronic recirculation door actua-
automatic mode. tor.
c The separate front and rear Blower Motor one rear, two-wire electronic blend door actuator.
Controllers operate as follows: When blower
one rear, two-wire electronic mode door actuator.
operation is desired, the Blower Motor Con-
troller provides a 10.0 volt signal to the ATC
System Relays
Module over a control circuit. The ATC Mod-
ule provides a variable duty cycle ground to The Integrated Power Module (IPM) houses and
the 10.0 volt signal based on input from the provides power to the A/C Clutch Relay, Front
blower switch. When the blower switch is set Blower Motor Relay, and Rear Blower Motor
to LO speed, the ATC Module provides a short Relay.
duty cycle (less time grounding the signal
voltage). As higher blower speeds are re- 3.9.1.3 SYSTEM REVISIONS
quested, the ATC Module increases the duty Revisions to the 2003 ATC system include:
cycle (more time grounding the signal volt- all new version 13 (Two-Zone) and 0F (Three-
age). When the blower switch reaches HI Zone) system software.
17
GENERAL INFORMATION
CAUTION: Automatic Temperature Control CAUTION: Do not activate the A/C Cooldown
(ATC) Modules with software versions 41 and Test with the engine off. Failure to follow
0A used in 2001 and 2002 RS/RG vehicles are these instructions may result in internal
NOT compatible with software versions 13 damage to the DCHA Heater Module.
and 0F used in 2003 RS/RG vehicles. Do NOT c The FCM monitors the PCI bus for the Cabin
install an ATC Module with software version Heater Activation request. The request car-
41 or 0A in a 2003 RS/RG vehicle or an ATC ries the status bit that the FCM requires to
Module with software version 13 or 0F in a activate its Cabin Heater Assist Control out-
2001 or 2002 RS/RG vehicle. Use the DRBIIIT put. This output is a low side driver (coming
to verify which version software the ATC from FCM pin 15) which supplies a ground
Module is using by selecting Body Systems, signal to the Cabin Heater (pin 5). When the
Automatic Temperature Control, and then Cabin Heater receives this ground signal in-
put, it interprets this as an activation signal.
selecting Module Display.
c The FCM low side driver is also capable of
a Two-Zone HVAC system on select models.
diagnostic sensing. The driver will sense an
a Cabin Heater used in conjunction with the ATC open circuit when the driver is off, and will
system. For additional information on this sys- sense a short to voltage when the driver is on.
tem, refer to The AC Cooldown Test, under 3.9.1.4 The FCM will set DTCs for both of these types
System Diagnostics in this General Information of faults. For additional information, refer to
section, and refer to Cabin Heater under General Cabin Heater under General Information and
Information and Diagnostic Procedures in this Diagnostic Procedures in the manual.
manual.
will not run the air conditioning portion of this
deletion of the rear IR sensor. test if ambient temperature is below 12C (53F).
c The forced Cabin Heater activation will occur
3.9.1.4 SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS even if the air conditioning portion of this test
Fault detection is through active and stored Diag- fails to initiate because AC Cooldown test
nostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) criteria was not met. When activated, the
DTCs are displayed by the DRBIIIt. DCHA will operate for approximately seven
Active DTCs are those which currently exist in minutes. Three minutes to run and four min-
the system. The condition causing the fault must utes to purge.
be repaired in order to clear this type of DTC. will pass the air conditioning portion of this test
Stored DTCs are those which occurred in the if the evaporator temperature drops 6.7C (20F)
system since the ATC Module received the last within two minutes of starting this test.
9clear diagnostic info9 message. messages (air conditioning related only) display
on the DRBIIIt after running this test.
The AC Cooldown Test:
c These messages will clear after paging back
is actuated with the DRBIIIt.
out of this test. Therefore, it is important to
checks A/C system performance based on evapo- note all of the AC Cooldown test messages
rator temperature sensor input. before doing so.
forces the ATC to initiate the Cabin Heater Acti- c All Cabin Heater-related DTCs display under
vation request when the vehicle is equipped with Cabin Heater, Read DTCs.
a Diesel Cabin Heater Assist. will cause the DELAY and Snowflake VF seg-
WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN ments on the ATC to flash for 162 seconds (RG
with DCHA only). If the air conditioning portion
AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE
of this test fails, the DELAY and Snowflake VF
THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST segments will continue to flash until the vehicle
VENTILATION FACILITIES. ALWAYS VENT is driven more than three miles.
THE DCHAs EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING
THE DCHA. REFER TO VENTING THE
DCHAs EXHAUST UNDER CABIN HEATER IN
THE GENERAL INFORMATION PORTION OF
THIS SECTION FOR PROPER EXHAUST
VENTING INSTRUCTIONS. FAILURE TO
FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS MAY
RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
18
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.9.2 MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL Module (FCM) over the PCI Bus when conditions
are favorable for Cabin Heater operation.
(MTC)
provides a blower relay on request to the Front
Control Module (FCM) over the PCI Bus when
CAUTION: Manual Temperature Control blower operation is desired.
(MTC) Modules with software versions 0614
controls front blower operating speed. The five
and 0700 used in 2001 and 2002 RS/RG
speed settings are Low, M1, M2, M3, and High.
vehicles are NOT compatible with software
controls EBL operation.
version 0802 used in 2003 RS/RG vehicles.
Do NOT install an MTC Module with software on three-zone systems, activates and deactivates
version 0614 or 0700 in a 2003 RS/RG vehicle. the Rear A/C-Heater Control.
Use the DRBIIIT to verify which version on three-zone systems, controls rear blower oper-
software the MTC Module is using by ating speed. The three speed settings are Low,
selecting Body Systems, HVAC, and then Med, and High.
selecting Module Display. controls the front and the three-zone system rear
electronic door actuators operation.
3.9.2.1 SYSTEM AVAILABILITY c A simplified control system for operation of
the mode, recirculation, and temperature con-
EXCEPT EXPORT trol actuators provides positive positioning
without the complexity of feedback from posi-
Three different types of systems are currently
tion sensors. The A/C - Heater Control Module
available for these vehicles.
knows the number of operating actuator rev-
c Single-Zone Air Conditioning System olutions required for full door travel as well as
c Dual-Zone Air Conditioning System the number of actuator commutator pulses
c Three-Zone Air Conditioning System per revolution. Using these parameters, the
A/C - Heater Control Module runs the actua-
EXPORT tor for the number of commutator pulses that
correspond to the desired door position. To
Two different types of systems are currently
maintain accuracy, the system recalibrates
available for these vehicles.
itself periodically at known zero and full
c Single-Zone Air Conditioning System travel conditions.
c Dual-Zone Air Conditioning System
On Three-Zone systems, the Rear A/C-Heater Con-
trol:
CABIN HEATER, EXPORT WITH DIESEL ENGINE
controls rear blower motor operating speed. The
A Cabin Heater is used in conjunction with the
three blower speeds are Low, Med, and High.
HVAC system. The Cabin Heater is designed to
supply the vehicles occupants with heat prior to provides desired rear blend and mode door posi-
the engine reaching operating temperature. For tion input to the A/C-Heater Control Module.
additional information on this system, refer to The Single-Zone HVAC system uses:
Cabin Heater under General Information and
one, two-wire electronic blend door actuator.
Diagnostic Procedures in this manual.
one, two-wire electronic mode door actuator.
3.9.2.2 SYSTEM CONTROLS one, two-wire electronic recirculation door actua-
tor.
The A/C-Heater Control Module:
The Dual-Zone HVAC system uses:
is fully addressable with the DRBIIIt.
two, two-wire electronic blend door actuators.
communicates over the Programmable Commu-
nication Interface Multiplex System (PCI) Bus. one, two-wire electronic mode door actuator.
one, two-wire electronic recirculation door actua-
provides an A/C request to the Powertrain Con-
trol Module (PCM) over the PCI Bus when com- tor.
pressor operation is desired. The Three-Zone HVAC system uses:
uses input from the evaporator temperature sen- two front, two-wire electronic blend door actua-
sor to prevent evaporator freeze up while main- tors.
taining optimum cooling performance. one front, two-wire electronic mode door actuator.
for exports with diesel engines, provides a Cabin
Heater activation request to the Front Control
19
GENERAL INFORMATION
one, two-wire electronic recirculation door actua- will not run if ambient temperature is below
tor. 12.7C (55F).
one rear, two-wire electronic blend door actuator. will pass if the evaporator temperature drops
one rear, two-wire electronic mode door actuator. 6.7C (20F) within two minutes of starting the
test.
System Relays
faults display on the DRBIIIt as test messages
The Integrated Power Module (IPM) houses and only after running the test.
provides power to the A/C Clutch Relay, Front
faults will not display on the DRBIIIt as Diag-
Blower Motor Relay, and Rear Blower Motor
nostic Trouble Codes.
Relay.
will cause the PWR and A/C status indicators on
3.9.2.3 SYSTEM REVISIONS the A/C - Heater Control Module to flash alter-
nately while the test is running.
Revisions to the 2003 MTC system include: The A/C status indicator will flash twice per
all new version 0802 software. second to indicate that the A/C Cooldown Test
needs to be run. The A/C status indicator will stop
CAUTION: Manual Temperature Control flashing twice per second if either the A/C
(MTC) Modules with software versions 0614 Cooldown Test returns passed, or if any button on
and 0700 used in 2001 and 2002 RS/RG the control is pressed, or if the ignition is cycled
vehicles are NOT compatible with software and the odometer shows greater than eight miles.
version 0802 used in 2003 RS/RG vehicles. The HVAC Door Recalibration function:
Do NOT install an MTC Module with software is actuated with the DRBIIIt.
version 0614 or 0700 in a 2003 RS/RG vehicle.
c After completing HVAC Door Recalibration,
Use the DRBIIIT to verify which version
the DRBIIIt will the store the total span and
software the MTC Module is using by the status of each door actuator. Selecting
selecting Body Systems, HVAC, and then HVAC Door Cal Monitor in the System Tests
selecting Module Display. will display this information.
an all-new System Test called the Actuator Cir- homes and repositions door actuators.
cuit Test. Refer to The Actuator Circuit Test
monitors for door span faults on the actuator
under 3.9.2.4 System Diagnostics for more infor-
circuits.
mation.
faults display on the DRBIIIt as test messages
an updated HVAC Door Recalibration function
only after running the test.
that provides actuator span and status data to
ease diagnosis of door span faults. faults will not display on the DRBIIIt as Diag-
nostic Trouble Codes.
updated diagnostic procedures using the actuator
span status data to diagnose HVAC Door Recali- will cause the PWR and RECIRC status indica-
bration Fault messages. tors on the A/C - Heater Control Module to flash
alternately while the test is running.
3.9.2.4 SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS The RECIRC status indicator will flash twice per
second to indicate that the HVAC Door Recalibra-
Fault detection is through active and stored Diag- tion Test needs to be run. The RECIRC status
nostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) indicator will stop flashing twice per second if
DTCs are displayed by the DRBIIIt. either the HVAC Door Recalibration Test returns
Active DTCs are those which currently exist in passed, or if any button on the control is pressed,
the system. The condition causing the fault must or if the ignition is cycled and the odometer shows
be repaired in order to clear this type of DTC. greater than eight miles.
Stored DTCs are those which occurred in the The Actuator Circuit Test:
system since the A/C-Heater Control Module re- is actuated with the DRBIIIt.
ceived the last 9clear diagnostic info9 message. monitors for shorted actuator circuits.
The A/C Cooldown Test: allows service to easily diagnose and troubleshoot
is actuated with the DRBIIIt. up to three simultaneous shorts.
checks A/C system performance based on evapo- supplements the continuous diagnostics on the
rator temperature sensor input. actuator drive system.
20
GENERAL INFORMATION
faults display on the DRBIIIt as test messages 3.10 CABIN HEATER
only after running the test.
faults will not display on the DRBIIIt as Diag-
nostic Trouble Codes. NOTE: The Cabin Heater, also known as the
Diesel Cabin Heater Assist (DCHA), will be
When Performing the Actuator Circuit Test referred to as the DCHA throughout most of
CAUTION: Shorted rear door driver circuits the General Information and the Diagnostic
can cause additional Actuator Circuit Test Procedures in this manual.
messages to set for circuits where no
3.10.1 GENERAL SAFETY INFORMATION
condition exists to cause a fault.
CAUTION: To ensure a proper diagnosis, WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN
repair all Short Too Complex messages first, AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE
all rear door driver circuit related messages THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST
second, all common door driver circuit VENTILATION FACILITIES. ALWAYS VENT
related messages third, and all front door THE DCHAs EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING
driver circuit related messages last. THE DCHA. REFER TO 3.10.3.1 VENTING THE
DCHAS EXHAUST FOR PROPER EXHAUST
CAUTION: The DRBIIIT can display up to VENTING INSTRUCTIONS. FAILURE TO
three Actuator Circuit Test messages at a FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS MAY
time. After repairing each Actuator Circuit RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Test message, cycle the ignition switch, then
rerun the Actuator Circuit Test to ensure no WARNING: ALLOW THE DCHA ASSEMBLY
new messages exist. TO COOL BEFORE PERFORMING A COM-
The Short Too Complex message:
PONENT INSPECTION/REPAIR/REPLACE-
MENT. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE
c indicates that a specific determination of
INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN PERSONAL
which lines are shorted could not be made.
INJURY.
c is caused by more than three drivers being
shorted in the same direction. For example, WARNING: ALWAYS DISCONNECT THE
four drivers all shorted to ground, or two or VEHICLES BATTERY PRIOR TO PER-
more drivers shorted with at least one driver FORMING ANY TYPE OF WORK ON THE
shorted to ignition/battery and one driver DCHA. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE
shorted to ground.
INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN PERSONAL
Messages displaying: INJURY OR DEATH.
c XXX Driver/Circuit Shorted to Ignition/
Battery will set on a per-driver basis. WARNING: NEVER ATTEMPT TO REPAIR THE
c XXX Driver/Circuit Shorted to Ground will DCHA HEATER MODULE OR ANY OF ITS
set on a per-driver basis. INTERNAL COMPONENTS. ALWAYS PER-
c the same two drivers/circuits shorted to FORM DCHA COMPONENT REPLACEMENT
ignition/battery as-well-as shorted to ground IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SERVICE
indicates that two actuator driver circuits are INFORMATION. FAILURE TO FOLLOW
shorted together. THESE INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN
When the test returns passed, then troubleshoot- PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
ing should proceed to clearing faults and running
the HVAC Door Recalibration system test as a
final check of system health.
21
GENERAL INFORMATION
CAUTION: Do not actuate the DCHA Field 3.10.2.2 COMBUSTION AIR FAN
Mode Test with the engine off. Failure to The combustion air fan assembly includes the:
follow these instructions may result in
combustion air fan
internal damage to the DCHA Heater Module.
combustion air fan inlet
CAUTION: Always Perform The Cabin Heater fuel supply inlet
Pre-Test Prior To Performing Any Other Cabin
The combustion air fan delivers the air required
Heater Test For The Test Result To Be Valid. for combustion from the combustion air inlet to the
NOTE: Do not disconnect the vehicles burner insert.
battery or the DCHAs main power-supply
3.10.2.3 BURNER HOUSING
while the DCHA is in operation or in
run-down mode. Failure to follow these The burner housing includes the:
instructions may result in excess emissions coolant inlet
from the DCHA Heater Module. coolant outlet
exhaust outlet
NOTE: Failure to prime the Dosing Pump
after draining the DCHA fuel line will prevent The burner housing accommodates the burner
DCHA heater activation during the first insert and is combined with the control unit/heat
attempt to start the heater. This will also set a exchanger as an assembly.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in the DCHA
Controls memory. Do not perform the Dosing
3.10.2.4 BURNER INSERT
Pump Priming Procedure if an attempt was The burner insert includes the:
made to start the DCHA without priming the combustion pipe fuel cross section
Dosing Pump first. This will put excess fuel glow plug/flame sensor
in the DCHA Heater Module and cause smoke
Inside the burner insert, fuel is distributed across
to emit from the DCHA exhaust pipe when the combustion-pipe fuel cross section. Combustion
heater activation occurs. of the fuel/air mixture takes place within the com-
bustion pipe to heat the exchanger. The glow plug/
NOTE: Waxed fuel can obstruct the fuel line
flame sensor, located in the burner insert, ignites
and reduce flow. Check for the appropriate the fuel/air mixture during heater start up. After
winter grade fuel and replace as necessary. heater start up, the glow plug/flame sensor operates
in the flame sensor function. The glow plug/flame
3.10.2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND sensor is an electrical resistor by design, and is
OPERATION located in the burner insert opposite the flame side.
3.10.2.1 DCHA ASSEMBLY 3.10.2.5 CONTROL UNIT/HEAT

The DCHA is a supplemental heater designed to EXCHANGER
pre-heat the engines coolant in order to supply the The control unit/heat exchanger includes the:
vehicles occupants with heat prior to the engine control unit
reaching operating temperature. The DCHA assem-
temperature sensor
bly mounts underneath the vehicle on the left side
floor pan near the front door opening. The DCHA overheat protection
assembly connects to the vehicles heater hoses and heat exchanger
has a fuel supply line that connects to the vehicles connector terminal
fuel tank.
The DCHA assembly consists of a: The control unit controls and monitors combus-
tion operation. The control unit is ventilated by
combustion air fan assembly
means of a ventilation hose routed from the com-
burner housing bustion air collector compartment of the burner.
burner insert The heat exchanger transfers the heat generated by
control unit/heat exchanger combustion to the coolant circuit. The control unit/
heat exchanger and the burner housing are an
combustion chamber
assembly and must not be disassembled.
dosing pump
22
GENERAL INFORMATION
The temperature sensor senses the coolant tem- for Cabin Heater activation are favorable (see be-
perature in the heat exchanger as an electrical low). The request carries the status bit that the
resistance. This signal is sent to the control unit for FCM requires to activate its Cabin Heater Assist
processing. Control Output. This output is a low side driver
The overheat protection, controlled by the tem- (coming from FCM pin 15) which supplies a ground
perature resistor, protects the heater against undue signal to the Cabin Heater (pin 5). When the Cabin
operating temperatures. The overheat protection Heater receives this ground signal input, it inter-
will switch the heater off if the water temperature prets this as an activation signal. The FCM low side
exceeds 105C (221F). driver is also capable of diagnostic sensing. The
driver will sense an open circuit when the driver is
3.10.2.6 DOSING PUMP off, and will sense a short to voltage when the driver
The dosing pump is a combined delivery, dosing, is on. The FCM will set DTCs for both of these types
and shut-off system for the fuel supply of the heater. of faults.
The dosing pump receives its supply of fuel from the For vehicles with a Manual Temperature Control
vehicles fuel tank. system, the DCHA will activate only:
when the engine is running.
3.10.3 OPERATION
when the coolant temperature is below 66C
(151F).
3.10.3.1 VENTING THE DCHAS EXHAUST
when the fuel tank has greater than 1/8 of a tank
of fuel.
WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN
when the Power switch on the A/C - Heater
AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE
Control Module is on.
THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST
VENTILATION FACILITIES. ALWAYS VENT when the Blend control on the A/C - Heater
THE DCHAs EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING Control Module is set above 90% reheat (within 2
detents of the full heat position).
THE DCHA. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE
INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN PERSONAL once per ignition cycle, when the ambient tem-
INJURY OR DEATH. perature is below 9C (49F), and the vehicle
speed is above 25 km/h (15.5 mph) for two min-
utes, and the Blend control on the A/C - Heater
WARNING: ALLOW THE DCHA ASSEMBLY TO
Control Module is set anywhere from 80% to 90%
COOL BEFORE PERFORMING A COMPONENT reheat (3 to 4 detents from the full heat position).
INSPECTION/REPAIR/REPLACEMENT. FAILURE Under this circumstance, the DCHA will remain
TO FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS MAY active for five minutes unless additional input is
RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY. supplied to the DCHA.
when the Front Control Module (FCM) sees the
CAUTION: When using a powered exhaust Cabin Heater Activation request that is bussed
ventilation system, do not attach the exhaust from the A/C - Heater Control Module.
ventilation hose directly to the DCHA exhaust
pipe. Too much suction can prevent DCHA For vehicles with a Automatic Temperature Control
system, the DCHA will activate only when the:
operation.
VIN indicates that the vehicle has a diesel engine
When using a powered exhaust ventilation sys-
tem, affix the ventilation hose to the DCHA vehicles odometer reads more than 5 miles.
exhaust pipe or to the vehicle in such a manor engine speed is above 500 rpm.
that the end of the ventilation hose remains coolant temperature is below 66C (151F).
approximately three inches away from the end of
fuel tank has greater than 1/8 of a tank of fuel.
the DCHA exhaust pipe.
Power switch on the Automatic Temperature
When using a non-powered exhaust ventilation
Control is on.
system, affix the ventilation hose directly to the
DCHA exhaust pipe. Driver Temperature Control on the Automatic
Temperature Control is set above 22C (72F).
3.10.3.2 ACTIVATION Front Control Module (FCM) sees the Cabin
When the ignition is in Run, the FCM monitors Heater Activation request that is bussed from the
the PCI bus for the Cabin Heater Activation re- Automatic Temperature Control.
quest. The Automatic or Manual Temperature Con- When the DCHA starting sequence begins, the
trol initiates this request only when all conditions glow plug and the combustion air fan are activated.
23
GENERAL INFORMATION
After 30 seconds, the fuel dosing pump begins For vehicles with a Automatic Temperature Control
operating and the combustion air fan operation is system, the DCHA will deactivate if the:
suspended for 3 seconds. Subsequently, the combus- engine speed drops below 500 rpm.
tion air fan speed is increased in two ramps within
engine is turned off.
56 seconds to nearly full load operation. After a
stabilization phase of 15 seconds, the combustion coolant temperature reaches 83C (181F).
air fan speed is again increased in a ramp within 50 heater runs longer than 76 minutes.
seconds to nearly full load. After reaching full load fuel tank has less than 1/8 of a tank of fuel.
fuel delivery, the glow plug is deactivated and the
Power switch on the Automatic Temperature
combustion air fan operation is increased to full
Control is off.
load. During the subsequent 45 seconds, as well as
in normal operation, the glow plug functions as a Comfort level is attained as determined by the
flame sensor to monitor the flame condition. After temperature setting on the Automatic Tempera-
all these events, the automatically controlled heat- ture Control.
ing operation starts. When the heater is deactivated, the combustion
In case of a no flame or a flame out condition, a stops and a run-down sequence begins. During the
restart is automatically initiated. If the no flame run-down sequence, the combustion air fan contin-
condition persists, fuel delivery is stopped and the ues operation to cool down the heater. The fan is
heater enters an error lockout mode with a run- automatically switched off after the run-down se-
down of the combustion air fan. This will set one or quence is complete. The run-down time and the
more DTCs in the DCHA Controls memory. If six combustion air fan speed depend on the heater
continuous attempts to start the heater fail due to operating condition at the time of deactivation.
one or more faults in the DCHA system, the heater Run-down time is approximately 175 seconds when
enters a heater lockout mode. This will set DTC deactivated in full load operation and approxi-
B1813 along with any other fault(s) that the DCHA mately 100 seconds when deactivated in part load
Control identified. operation.
3.10.3.3 HEATING 3.10.4 DIAGNOSTICS

During the automatically controlled heating op- The DCHA is fully addressable with the DRBIIIt.
eration, when the coolant temperature reaches System tests include a Field Mode Test to activate
76C (169F), the heater will switch to a part load the DCHA for diagnostic testing purposes. The
operation. When the coolant temperature reaches DCHA Control will store up to three DTCs in its
83C (181F) or if the heater runs for longer than 76 memory. If the Controller detects a new fault in the
minutes the heater will switch to a control idle DCHA system, one that is not already stored in its
period. If the coolant temperature drops to 73C memory, it will clear the oldest of the three stored
(163F) during a control idle period, the heater will DTCs, and it will store the new faults DTC. If the
perform a regular starting sequence into full load Controller detects a reoccurrence of a stored fault, it
operation. A drop in coolant temperature to 66C will overwrite that faults DTC with the most recent
(151F) during part load operation will cause the occurrence.
heater to switch to a full load operation. For vehicles equipped with Automatic Tempera-
ture Control (ATC), the AC Cooldown Test will also
3.10.3.4 DEACTIVATION activate the DCHA for diagnostic testing purposes.
The AC Cooldown Test is actuated with the DRBIII.
For vehicles with a Manual Temperature Control
The test checks A/C system performance based on
system, the DCHA will deactivate if the:
evaporator temperature sensor input. It also forces
engine is turned off. the ATC to initiate a Cabin Heater Activation re-
coolant temperature reaches 83C (181F). quest when the vehicle is equipped with a Diesel
heater runs longer than 76 minutes (for normal Cabin Heater Assist (DCHA). The air conditioning
automatic controlled heating operation). related portion of this test will not run if ambient
temperature is below 12C (53F). However, the
heater reaches 5-minute timeout period (for once
forced Cabin Heater activation will occur even if the
per ignition cycle operation).
air conditioning portion of this test fails to initiate
fuel tank has less than 1/8 of a tank of fuel. because test criteria was not met. The air condition-
Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module ing related portion of this test will pass if the
is off. evaporator temperature drops 6.7C (20F) within
Blend Control on the A/C - Heater Control Mod- two minutes of starting this test. Only air condition-
ule is set below 75% reheat. 5 detents ing related messages display on the DRBIIIt after
24
GENERAL INFORMATION
running this test. These messages will clear after For complete details of the Instrument Cluster,
paging back out of this test. Therefore, it is impor- refer to the RS/RG Service Manual.
tant to note all of the AC Cooldown test messages
before doing so. Running the AC Cooldown test will 3.11.1 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER SELF TEST
cause the DELAY and Snowflake VF segments on
1. Depress and hold the Odometer Reset button.
the ATC to flash for 162 seconds. If the air condi-
tioning portion of this test fails, the DELAY and 2. Turn the ignition switch to on.
Snowflake VF segments will continue to flash until 3. Release the Odometer reset button.
the vehicle is driven more than three miles.
The Instrument Cluster will illuminate all indi-
cators and step the gauges through several calibra-
3.11 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
tion points. Also, the odometer will display any
The Instrument Cluster receives and sends mes- stored codes that may have set.
sages to other modules via the PCI bus circuit. The
indicator lamps will illuminate briefly for a bulb 3.11.2 MESSAGE CENTER
check when the ignition is turned from off to run. The Message Center is above the brow of the
All of the gauges receive their information via the Instrument Cluster. It houses the following warn-
PCI bus from the powertrain control module and ing indicators: Check Engine/Service Engine Soon,
body control module. High Beam, Left and Right turn signals, Security
The gauges and the LEDs are not individually Alarm Set, and Low Oil Pressure. On base models
replaceable thereby requiring complete replace- equipped with the three-speed transaxle, these in-
ment of the Instrument Cluster if a repair is neces- dicators appear in the face of the cluster. The
sary. In the event that the Instrument Cluster loses Security Alarm set indicator is now a large red
communication with other modules on the PCI bus, circle symbol.
the cluster will display no bus in the VF display. Activation of Instrument Cluster indicators is
The Trip/Reset button is used to switch the dis- coordinated with indicators in the message center
play from trip to total mileage. Holding the button and EVIC where used to avoid redundancy. A re-
when the display is in the trip mode will reset the vised safety standard now requires that the seat
trip mileage. This button is also used to put the belt warning lamp in the Instrument Cluster re-
cluster into self-diagnostic mode. The odometer main lit if the driver seat belt is not buckled. A
display uses blue-green vacuum fluorescent digital headlamp out indicator is used to alert the driver
characters. when a headlamp is not functioning.
On base models, the Instrument Cluster has
three gauges: Speedometer, fuel and temperature. A 3.12 INTERIOR LIGHTING
red dot moves transversely appears through open-
ings in the Instrument Cluster face (P-R-N-D-2-1)
to indicate the gear selected. 3.12.1 COURTESY LAMP CONTROL
With other models, the Instrument Cluster may The body controller has direct control over all of
also include a tachometer and use a vacuum- the vehicles courtesy lamps. The body computer
fluorescent shift indicator. will illuminate the courtesy lamps under any of the
The high-line Instrument Cluster features Elec- following conditions:
troluminescent Illumination of the gauge faces (EL
1. Any door ajar and courtesy lamp switch on the
Panel). This feature eliminates the use of bulbs for
headlamp switch is not in the dome off position.
gauge/panel lighting. In a manner similar to fluo-
rescent lights, a/c voltage from an inverter inte- 2. The courtesy lamp switch on the headlamp
grated circuit chip is applied to the phosphorescent switch is in the dome on position.
material, causing it to glow. The phosphorescent 3. A Remote Keyless Entry unlock message is re-
material is screen-printed onto flexible Mylar ceived.
sheets that form the gauge faces. 4. Driver door unlocked with key (with VTSS only).
The odometer display and door/liftgate ajar indi-
cators turn on when a door is opened to assist both 3.12.2 ILLUMINATED ENTRY
the customer and service technician to view the
Illuminated entry will be initiated when the cus-
odometer without turning the ignition on.
tomer enters the vehicle by unlocking the doors
On models with AutoStick, the display includes
with the key fob, or with the key if the vehicle is
an O/D OFF indicator that is illuminated when the
equipped with vehicle theft alarm. Upon exiting the
driver presses the Overdrive Off button on the
vehicle, if the lock button is pressed with a door
transaxle shifter.
open, illuminated entry will cancel when the door
25
GENERAL INFORMATION
closes. If the doors are closed and the ignition tion. To monitor the position of the motor, the
switch is turned on, the illuminated entry also MSMM sends out a 5-volt reference on the sensor
cancels. The illuminated entry feature will not supply circuit. The sensor is grounded back to the
operate if the courtesy lamp switch is in the dome module on a common ground circuit. Based on the
off position. position of the sensor, the MSMM monitors the
voltage change through the sensor on a separate
3.12.3 INTERIOR LIGHTING BATTERY signal circuit.
The MSMM stores the input value of each of the
SAVER four seat potentiometers in memory when the sys-
If any of the interior lamps are left on after the tem requests a set. The driver can initiate a mem-
ignition is turned off, the BCM will turn them off ory recall, using either the door mounted memory
after 8 minutes. To return to normal operation, the switch or the RKE transmitter (if the remote linked
courtesy lamps will operate after the dome lamp to memory feature is enabled via the EVIC). When
switch or door ajar switch changes state. The glove initiated, the MSMM adjusts the four seat sensors
box and switched reading lamps require that the (by using the motors) to match the memorized seat
ignition be turned to the on/acc position. position data.
For safety, the memory seat recall is disabled by
3.13 MEMORY SYSTEM the MSMM when the vehicle is out of park position
or if the speed is not zero. Any obstruction to seat
The memory system consists of power drivers movement over a 2-second delay will cause the seat
seat, power mirror and radio presets. The Memory to stop moving in which case a stalled motor would
Seat/Mirror Module (MSMM) is located under the be detected by the MSMM and the corresponding
drivers seat. It receives input from the following: seat output would be deactivated. However, if the
drivers manual 8-way seat switch, drivers seat object obstructing the seat is removed, the seat will
position sensors, PCI bus circuits, and the power function normally again.
mirror sensors. The module uses these inputs to
perform the following functions: position the driv- 3.13.2 MEMORY MIRRORS
ers memory seat, both exterior mirrors (during
The driver sideview mirror contains vertical and
recalls), and send/receive the memory system infor-
horizontal bi-directional drive positioning motors
mation over the PCI bus.
and position sensors. The MSMM provides a 5-volt
The Memory Set Switch is wired to the Body
reference on the signal circuit to each position
Control Module (BCM). A button (either #1 or #2)
sensor. The sensors share a common ground circuit.
pressed on the set switch causes the BCM to send a
The MSMM monitors the position of the mirror
message to the MSMM which in turn will send a
motors by measuring the voltage on each signal
motion status message back to the BCM. If the
circuit. When a memory position is set, the MSMM
message from the MSMM indicates no current
monitors and stores the position of the outside
motion, the BCM will send a recal message to the
mirror. The MSMM adjusts the mirror to the appro-
module. The MSMM will set the seat, exterior
priate positions when a memory recall message is
mirror and radio to the presets for the indicated
received from the RKE or is requested from the
driver.
memory set switch.
If any one of the memory controlled systems is
The power mirror switch during non-memory
inoperative from its manual switch, use the sche-
operation operates the mirror independently of the
matics and diagnostic information to correct the
MSMM.
concern. This manual addresses the memory prob-
lems only and it is assumed there is not a basic
component failure. 3.14 OVERHEAD CONSOLE
3.13.1 POWER SEAT COMPASS/TEMPERATURE MODULE,

The memory power seat provides the driver with COMPASS/MINI-TRIP COMPUTER or
2 position settings for the drivers seat. Each power
ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER
seat motor is connected to the MSMM with two
The Compass/Temperature Module (CT),
motor drive circuits. Each circuit is switched be-
Compass/Mini-Trip Computer (CMTC) or Elec-
tween battery and ground. By being able to bi-
tronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC) is located
directionally drive the circuits, the MSMM controls
in the overhead console. The CT provides the vehi-
the movement of the motors based on input from
cle operator with only outdoor temperature and the
the power seat switch or from the position sensors
compass heading. The CMTC or EVIC supplements
when performing a memory recall. Each motor
the standard vehicle instrumentation. The CMTC
contains a potentiometer to monitor the seat posi-
26
GENERAL INFORMATION
and EVIC use a vacuum fluorescent (VF) display to TURN SIGNAL ON (with vehicle graphic)
supply the vehicle operator with a compass head- PERFORM SERVICE
ing, outdoor temperature, average fuel economy,
DOOR OPEN (individual or multiple doors, with
distance to empty, instantaneous fuel economy, trip
graphic)
odometer, elapsed ignition on time, distance to
service, warning messages, and service messages. LOW or HIGH TIRE(S) PRESSURE (when
The difference between a CMTC and an EVIC is equipped)
that only the EVIC provides additional memory, ADJUSTABLE PEDAL DISABLED CRUISE
feature programming, and warning messages. The ENGAGED (when equipped)
EVIC is capable of displaying warning messages ADJUSTABLE PEDAL DISABLED VEHICLE
and memory system messages when the vehicle is IN REVERSE (when equipped)
equipped with memory systems. The EVIC also
provides the interface to enable and disable vehicle An audible chime or chimes will accompany any
programmable features when the vehicle is displayed warning messages. Chime requests with
equipped with certain features. an OPEN message are dependent upon vehicle
If equipped, the EVIC is also available with an speed.
integrated Universal Garage Door Opener (UGDO) The CT/CMTC/EVIC will not display information
known as HomeLinkt. Also if equipped, the EVIC is for any of the screens for which it did not receive the
available with a Tire Pressure Monitoring (TPM) proper PCI bus data. Refer to the symptom list in
System. The EVIC may also be equipped with up to the Overhead Console section for problems related
4 power door switches: ON/OFF, Left Sliding Door, to the CT/CMTC/EVIC.
Right Sliding Door, and Liftgate. The CMTC/EVIC receives the following messages
The CT function buttons are labeled C/T and from the Body Control Module (BCM):
US/M. The CMTC function buttons are labeled Verification of US/Metric status
US/M, C/T, RESET, and STEP. The EVIC function VF display dimming brightness and exterior
buttons are labeled C/T, RESET, STEP, and MENU. lamp status
The three UGDO buttons are labeled with dots to
Elapsed Ignition On Time data
indicate the channel number.
The BCM supplies most of the information dis- Fuel Economy (Average and Instantaneous)
played by the CMTC/EVIC. Display information, Distance to Empty
except for the internal compass function, is received Distance to service
over the PCI bus. The FCM supplies the ambient
Driver warning messages
temperature sensor information via the PCI bus.
The CMTC/EVIC sends and receives data over the The CT/CMTC/EVIC receives the following mes-
PCI bus, communicating with the BCM, PCM, sages from the Front Control Module (FCM):
FCM, and the Instrument Cluster. Tire Pressure Outside Temperature
Monitoring System information is received by the
EVIC in the form of radio transmissions. The tire The CMTC/EVIC receives the following messages
pressure sensors are mounted to the vehicle wheels. from the Powertrain Control Module (PCM):
For complete information, refer to the Tire Pressure Trip Odometer data
Monitoring System section in this publication. Vehicle Speed
3.14.1 VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY The EVIC receives the following messages from
the Adjustable Pedal System Module (APS):
The CMTC/EVIC provides the following func-
APS status warnings
tions:
Compass direction The CMTC/EVIC transmits the following mes-
Outside temperature sages to the BCM:
Elapsed ignition on time Status Request: Beep, Reset, US/M Toggle
Current Display
Distance to empty
Average fuel economy STEP BUTTON
Instantaneous fuel economy The STEP Button can be used in one of the
Trip odometer following three ways:
Distance to service 1. To sequentially select one of seven displays or
blank display in the following order:
The EVIC will also display the following driver Average Fuel Economy
alert messages:
27
GENERAL INFORMATION
Distance to Empty 3.14.2 TRAVELER DISPLAY FUNCTIONS
Instantaneous Fuel Economy Using the STEP button will change the CMTC/
Trip Odometer EVIC between modes of operation and display the
Time Elapsed appropriate information according to data received
from the PCI Bus.
Distance to Service Message
Off (Blank) COMPASS/TEMPERATURE
2. To set the magnetic variance zone when VARI- The CMTC/EVIC simultaneously displays the
ANCE = X (X = 1 - 15) is indicated in the VF compass reading and the outside temperature. Out-
Display. side temperature information is received via the
3. To select the displayed programmable feature PCI bus from the FCM.
setting. (When equipped.) The CMTC/EVIC module internally senses and
calculates the compass direction.
MENU BUTTON (EVIC only)
For complete information of the programmable COMPASS OPERATION - ALL
features and memory messages, refer to the RS/RG Upon ignition on, if the calibration information
Service Manual. stored in the CMTC memory is within the normal
Use the MENU button to sequentially step the range, the CMTC will perform in slow Auto-Cal
EVIC through the programmable features. mode. In slow Auto-Cal mode, the CMTC continu-
Use the MENU button to enter the Tire Pressure ously compensates for the slowly changing mag-
Monitoring (TPM) Training Procedure. netic field of the vehicle. The compass module
detects changes in the vehicle magnetism and
RESET BUTTON makes appropriate internal corrections to ensure
The RESET Button has two different functions: proper displayed direction.
1. To clear the trip functions that may be reset However, if the calibration information stored in
2. To enter and exit the diagnostic mode the CMTC memory is not within the normal range
at ignition on, the CMTC will enter fast Auto-Cal.
Pressing the RESET button once will clear the CAL is displayed along with the temperature.
trip function that is currently being displayed (ex- Auto activation of the fast Auto-Cal mode will
cept Distance to Service) and the CMTC/EVIC will also occur when the CMTC is subjected to high
send a PCI bus beep request to the BCM. If the magnetic field strength levels, which cause all com-
RESET button is pressed again within 3 seconds, pass readings to be erroneous for a continuous
the CMTC/EVIC will reset ALL of the trip functions period of five (5) minutes. During fast Auto-Cal,
and an additional beep request is sent to the BCM. CAL will be displayed along with the temperature.
The trip functions that may be reset are: Fast Auto-Cal can also be performed manually, by
Average Fuel Economy pressing and holding the RESET button for 10
Trip Odometer seconds during the Compass/Temperature display
mode.
Elapsed Time
A reset will only occur if one of the trip functions 3.14.3 SETTING MAGNETIC ZONE
that may be reset is currently being displayed.
Pressing the RESET button for more than three (3)
VARIANCE
seconds resets the Distance to Service function Variance is the difference between magnetic
while the Distance to Service message is being North and geographic North. For proper compass
displayed. The CMTC/EVIC module will send a function, the correct variance zone must be set.
beep request to the BCM. Refer to the Zone Variance map for the correct zone.
Simultaneously pressing the RESET button and Follow these steps to check or change the variance
the STEP button while turning the ignition from zone:
Off to On will enter the CMTC/EVIC into the
CMTC/EVIC:
self-diagnostic mode.
The ignition switch must be in the On position
COMPASS/TEMPERATURE (C/T) BUTTON and the CMTC/EVIC display must not be blank.
Actuating the Compass/Temperature Button If the compass/temperature data is not currently
(C/T) will cause the CMTC/EVIC to display the being displayed, momentarily press and release
compass and temperature information. This func- the C/T button to display compass/temp informa-
tion will operate from another traveler display or tion.
from the programmable feature mode.
Press and hold the RESET button (approximately
5 seconds) until VARIANCE = XX is displayed.
28
GENERAL INFORMATION
The CMTC/EVIC will display the variance zone The ignition switch must be in the On position
stored in memory and the word VARIANCE. and the CMTC/EVIC display must not be blank.
Use the RESET button to select the proper vari- Press the C/T button to view the Compass/
ance zone number, 1 through 15. Temperature display.
After selecting the proper zone number, momen- Press and hold the RESET button (approximately
tarily press and release the RESET button. The 10 seconds) until CAL is displayed, then release
variance zone is then stored in the memory and the button.
the CMTC/EVIC returns to normal operation. Drive slowly, less than 5 MPH (8KPH) in at least
1 complete 360-degree circle.
CT:
CAL will remain illuminated to alert the driver
The ignition switch must be in the On position
that the compass is in the calibration mode.
and the C/T display must not be blank.
After calibration is complete, CAL will turn off.
Press and hold the C/T and US/M buttons (ap-
proximately 5 seconds) until VARIANCE = XX is NOTE: For C/T Manual Calibration, perform
displayed. The C/T will display the variance zone the same procedure as above, but press and
stored in memory and the word VARIANCE.
hold the C/T and US/M buttons until CAL is
Use the US/M button to select the proper vari- displayed.
ance zone number, 1 through 15.
If the compass appears blank, unable to be cali-
After selecting the proper zone number, momen-
brated, or the compass displays false indications,
tarily press and release the C/T button. The
the vehicle must be demagnetized. Refer to Com-
variance zone is then stored in the memory and
pass Demagnetizing Procedure in the Service Man-
the C/T returns to normal operation..
ual.
3.14.5 SELF-CHECK DIAGNOSTICS

The CT/CMTC/EVIC is capable of performing a
diagnostic self check on its internal functions. Di-
agnostics may be performed using a DRBIIIt or by
using the following procedure:
1. For CMTC/EVIC: With the ignition switch in the
OFF position, depress and hold the RESET and
the STEP buttons.
For CT: With the ignition switch in the OFF
position, depress and hold the C/T and the US/M
3.14.4 COMPASS CALIBRATION buttons.
The compass module has 2 types of auto- 2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
calibration; slow-cal and fast-cal. Slow-cal ensures
that during normal vehicle operation the compass 3. Continue to hold both buttons until the software
performs auto-calibration functions to keep the versions are displayed, then release the buttons.
compass sensors in their proper operating range. 4. All of the VFD segments will illuminate for 2-4
Whenever the ignition is On and the CT/CMTC/ seconds. Check for segments that do not illumi-
EVIC receives PCI bus data indicating that engine nate or illuminate all the time.
RPM is greater than zero, auto-calibration is per- 5. When the self-check is complete the EVIC will
formed continuously. display one of the following messages:
If the calibration information stored in the com- PASS SELF TEST
pass module memory is not within the normal
FAILED SELF TEST
range after a power-up cycle, the compass will
display CAL. The CT/CMTC/EVIC will enter into NOT RECEIVING J1850 MESSAGE
the fast-cal mode until calibration is complete. When the self-check is complete the CT/CMTC
To enter the compass into Manual Calibration will display one of the following messages:
mode, perform the following steps: PASS
Drive the vehicle to an area away from any large FAIL
metal objects or overhead power lines. BUS
Ensure that the proper variance zone is selected.
1. To exit the self-check mode:
See 9Setting Magnetic Zone Variance.9
29
GENERAL INFORMATION
For the CMTC/EVIC: Depress the STEP or RE- AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR TEST
SET button, or cycle the ignition switch and the 1. Turn the ignition OFF.
CMTC/EVIC will return to normal operation.
2. Disconnect the ATS harness connector.
For the C/T: Depress the C/T or US/M button, or
cycle the ignition switch and the CT will return to 3. Measure the resistance of the ATS using the
normal operation. following min/max values:
If a Communication fault is displayed, refer to the 0 C (32 F) Sensor Resistance = 29.33 - 35.99
symptom list. If a FAIL or FAILED is displayed, the Kilohms
CT/CMTC/EVIC must be replaced. 10 C (50 F) Sensor Resistance = 17.99 - 21.81
Kilohms
3.14.6 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 20 C (68 F) Sensor Resistance = 11.37 - 13.61
The ambient air temperature is monitored by the Kilohms
FCM and displayed by the CT/CMTC/EVIC. The 25 C (77 F) Sensor Resistance = 9.12 - 10.86
FCM receives a hardwire input from the ambient Kilohms
temperature sensor (ATS).
30 C (86 F) Sensor Resistance = 7.37 - 8.75
The ATS is a variable resistor that operates on a
5-volt reference signal circuit hardwired from the Kilohms
FCM. The resistance in the ATS changes as the 40 C (104 F) Sensor Resistance = 4.90 - 5.75
outside temperature rises or falls. The FCM senses Kilohms
the change in reference voltage through the ATS The sensor resistance should read between these
resistor. Based on the resistance of the ATS, the min/max values. If the resistance values are not
FCM is programmed to correspond to a specific OK, replace the Sensor.
temperature. The FCM stores and filters the ambi-
ent temperature data and transmits this data to the
3.14.8 HOMELINKT UNIVERSAL
CMTC/EVIC via the PCI Bus. The ATS cannot be
adjusted or repaired and, if faulty or damaged, it TRANSMITTER
must be replaced. If equipped, the HomeLinkt Universal Transmit-
ter is integrated into the overhead console. For
3.14.7 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR added security it will operate home security sys-
FAULT CODES tems that use coded signals known generically as
Rolling Codes. The overhead console display pro-
The outside temperature function is supported by vides visual feedback to the driver, indicating which
the ambient temperature sensor (ATS), a signal and HomeLinkt transmitter channel button is being
ground circuit hardwired to the FCM, and the pressed. The HomeLinkt can learn and store up to
CMTC/EVIC display. three separate transmitter radio frequency codes to
If the CMTC/EVIC display indicates 54C (130F) operate garage door openers, security gates, and
or the ATS sense circuit is shorted to ground, the security lighting. The HomeLinkt buttons are
temp display will be 54C (130F) to indicate a marked with one, two, or three dots. For complete
SHORT circuit condition. information, refer to Universal Transmitter in the
If the CMTC/EVIC display indicates -40C
Service Manual or the Owners Manual.
(-40F) or the ATS sense circuit is open, the temp
display will be -40C (-40F) to indicate an OPEN
3.14.9 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
circuit condition.
If there is an OPEN or SHORT circuit condition, SYSTEM (TPM)
it must be repaired before the CMTC/EVIC VFD If equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring
can be tested. System (TPM), each of the vehicles four wheels will
The ATS is supported by the FCM. Ambient have a valve stem with a pressure sensor and radio
Temperature Sensor DTCs will be recorded in the transmitter built in. Signals from the tire pressure
FCM. The ATS can be diagnosed using the following Sensor/Transmitters are received and interpreted
Sensor Test. Test the ATS circuits using the diag- by the Electronic Vehicle Information Center
nostics in the Body Diagnostic Procedures Manual. (EVIC).
If the CMTC/EVIC passes the self-test, and the A Sensor/Transmitter in a mounted wheel will
ATS, the circuits, and PCI bus communications are broadcast its detected pressure once per minute
confirmed to be OK, but the CMTC/EVIC tempera- when the vehicle is moving faster than 32 km/h (20
ture display is inoperative or incorrect, replace the mph). Each Sensor/Transmitters broadcast is
FCM. uniquely coded so that the EVIC can determine the
location.
30
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.14.9.1 TRAINING THE EVIC perform the HomeLinkt function. After the button
is released, the module will display 9RETRAIN
The EVIC can be trained to recognize the source
TIRE SENSORS? NO9.
locations of the Sensor/Transmitter signals. The
The training procedure can be stopped at any
training procedure is given below:
time by pressing the C/T, STEP, RESET, or MENU
1. From the Programmable Features List select button. When any of these buttons are pressed the
9RETRAIN TIRE SENSORS Y/N9 using the EVIC will display 9TRAINING ABORTED9 until
EVIC MENU button. another button is pressed and then display 9RE-
Use the STEP button to select and the MENU TRAIN TIRE SENSORS? NO9. Sensor/transmitter
button to confirm 9YES9. The EVIC will initiate the replacement or tire rotation will require retraining
following procedure: of the EVIC.
2. A display will prompt the user to: 9TRAIN
DRIVER FRONT SENSOR9. At this point the
3.14.9.2 PRESSURE THRESHOLDS
user must set the left front tire Sensor/ The EVIC will monitor the tire pressure signals
Transmitter to learn mode by positioning a mag- from the tire Sensor/Transmitters and determine if
net (Relearn Magnet special tool 8821) over the any tire has gone below the low pressure threshold
valve stem for at least 5 seconds. The Sensor/ or exceeded the high pressure threshold. Refer to
Transmitter in the front left tire will transmit a the table below:
message indicating to the EVIC that it is in learn
mode. When the EVIC has received this message LOW TIRE PRESSURE THRESHOLDS
and is assured that it has learned an ID, the
EVIC will request a horn chirp via a bus message SYSTEM STATUS TIRE PRESSURE
and then display the next train request. Note: INDICATOR
The EVIC will allow 60 seconds from the first On 179 kPa (26 PSI)
train request display to the receipt of a unique
Off 214 kPa (31 PSI)
learn ID message from the first Sensor/
Transmitter and 30 seconds for each succeeding HIGH TIRE PRESSURE THRESHOLDS
wheel. If either of these timers expires, the EVIC
SYSTEM STATUS TIRE PRESSURE
will abort the training procedure and revert to
INDICATOR
previous settings. The EVIC will not store one ID
for multiple locations. On 310 kPa (45 PSI)
3. The EVIC will request the initiation of a training Off 276 kPa (40 PSI)
sequence for each tire, one-by-one in a clockwise
direction around the vehicle (Left Front, Right 3.14.9.3 CRITICAL AND NON-CRITICAL
Front, Right Rear, and Left Rear).
SYSTEM ALERTS
NOTE: 1. If one or all Sensor/Transmitters
cannot be trained, move vehicle to CRITICAL:
avoid radio frequency interference. A critical alert will be triggered when a tire
2. If one Sensor/Transmitter still can- pressure has gone below or above a set threshold
not be trained, replace it and retry. pressure. The EVIC will request a chime and then
display 9X TIRE(S) LOW PRESSURE9 or 9X
3. If all Sensor/Transmitters still fail
TIRE(S) HIGH PRESSURE9. 9X9 will be the number
to train, replace the EVIC.
of tires reporting low or high pressure. The message
4. Once all tires are successfully will display for the duration of the current ignition
learned, the previous set of stored cycle or until an EVIC button is pressed. If the
IDs will be replaced by the new IDs, display is removed without correcting the condition,
and the EVIC will display, it will reappear without a chime after 300 seconds
(TRAINING COMPLETE( until a to warn the driver of the low or high-pressure
button is pressed. condition.
If the vehicle is equipped with the HomeLinkt NON-CRITICAL:
feature and a HomeLinkt button is pressed at any A non-critical alert with no chime will be trig-
time during the training procedure, the EVIC mod- gered when no signal is received from a Sensor/
ule will immediately exit the training procedure, Transmitter or when a Sensor/Transmitter low bat-
discard any IDs learned in the current session and tery condition is detected. The EVIC will display
9SERVICE TIRE PRESS. SYSTEM9.
31
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.14.9.4 SYSTEM FAULTS If none of the Sensor/Transmitters can be de-
tected, refer to symptoms in the Tire Pressure
There are two conditions that will cause a Tire
Monitor section.
Pressure Monitoring System fault to be set. All fault
codes are associated with a specific wheel location. If a BUCKET COUNTER test fails, and one or
more Sensor/Transmitters does not transmit, re-
1. If the EVIC detects a non-transmitting Sensor/
place the affected Sensor/Transmitter.
Transmitter condition, it will:
a. Store an active fault code. If none of the Sensor/Transmitter causes the
b. Request a chime BUCKET COUNTER to advance, replace the
c. Display 9SERVICE TIRE PRESS. SYSTEM9. EVIC.
1. When the EVIC receives a Low Sensor/ If the EVIC displays SERVICE TIRE PRESS.
Transmitter battery report from a Sensor/ SYSTEM and the DRBIIIt sees no Sensor/
Transmitter, it will: Transmitter fault or pressure out of specification;
a. Store an active fault code. 1. Attempt the Retrain procedure. If the display
b. Request a chime. reoccurs,
c. Display 9SERVICE TIRE PRESS. SYSTEM9. 2. Replace the EVIC.
Use the DRBIIIt Inputs/Outputs function to fur-
ther isolate the specific concern. The DRBIIIt can 3.14.9.7 SYSTEM TEST
be queried to determine the status and battery A test of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System can
condition for each Sensor/Transmitter. be initiated in the EVIC. The test sequence is as
follows:
3.14.9.5 SPARE WHEEL AUTO-DETECT 1. Perform the RETRAIN TIRE SENSORS proce-
If the spare tire is mounted on the vehicle, the dure.
EVIC will: 2. Press and hold the RESET and STEP buttons for
1. Detect the change after 15 minutes at or above five seconds.
32 km/h (20 mph) 3. The EVIC will display BUCKET COUNTERS.
2. Query driver: 9SPARE TIRE IN USE?9 Use the 4. Drive the vehicle at 32 km/h (20 mph) for at least
MENU button for YES, and the STEP button for 2 minutes.
NO. For YES, the EVIC will revert to the previ-
5. The counters will increase by one each time a
ous display and wait five hours. After five hours
Sensor/Transmitter signal is received by the
the EVIC will proceed as in the NO response
EVIC.
below.
6. Observe that the COUNTERS register at least 3
3. For a NO response, after 15 minutes, the EVIC
receptions for each Sensor/Transmitter.
will display: 9ALL 5 TIRES W/ VEHICLE? Y9
Use the STEP button to select YES or NO, and 7. Replace any Sensor/Transmitter that does not
the MENU button to confirm. meet this specification.
For a 9YES9 response, the EVIC will display The test will continue until any EVIC button is
9SERVICE TIRE PRESS. SYSTEM9. pressed or until the ignition is cycled to OFF.
For a 9NO9 response, the EVIC will revert to
previous display and display 9 ALL 5 TIRES W/ 3.15 POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
VEHICLE? Y9 every time the ignition is cycled to
RUN and the missing tire ID is not received. When the BCM receives input for a lock request
from a door lock switch, RKE or cylinder lock switch
3.14.9.6 DIAGNOSING AND CLEARING (only with VTSS), it will turn the lock drivers on for
SYSTEM FAULTS a specified time of 375 msec. If the request is there
beyond 375 msec, the BCM considers the door lock
All Tire Pressure Monitoring System Faults are signal stuck. Once a door lock or unlock signal is
specific to one location. If a no-transmit, 9LOW stuck for longer than 10 seconds, the BCM will set
BATTERY9, 9LOW or HIGH PRESSURE9 fault is a trouble code and the signal input is ignored until
detected, the location can be determined by the the stuck condition disappears. The door lock
DRBIIIt. The appropriate Sensor/Transmitter can switches provide a variable amount of resistance
then be replaced or the out-of-specification pressure thereby dropping the voltage of the multiplexed
condition can be corrected. (MUX) circuit and the BCM will respond to that
If a single Sensor/Transmitter cannot be detected command.
by the EVIC, replace that Sensor/Transmitter.
32
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.15.1 DOOR LOCK INHIBIT The BCM will only allow programming mode to be
entered when the ignition is in the on position, the
When the key is in the ignition and in any
PRNDL is in park position, and the VTSS (if
position and either front door is open, the door lock
equipped) is in the disarmed mode.
switches LOCK functions are disabled. The UN-
LOCK functions are still functional. This protects
against locking the vehicle with the keys still in the
3.16 POWER FOLDING MIRRORS
ignition. The RKE key fob will still lock the doors as
The power folding mirrors are powered to two
usual. After the key is removed from the ignition or
positions: folded and unfolded. The driver may
the doors are closed, the power door locks will
choose fold or unfold with a switch that is located on
operate normally.
the right side of the steering column. The folding
mirror switch grounds a sense wire that comes from
3.15.2 AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS the Body Control Module when it is placed in the
This feature can be enabled or disabled by using fold position. The mirrors will move to the position
either the DRBIIIt or the customer programming designated by the switch whether the ignition
method. When enabled all the doors will lock when switch is the On or Off position and both front doors
the vehicle reaches a speed greater than 18 MPH are closed. When the Power Folding Mirror switch
(29 KMH) and all the doors are closed. If a door is is left in the fold position during a vehicle exit the
opened and the vehicle slows to below 18 MPH mirrors will automatically unfold then refold after
(29 KMH), the door locks will operate again once all both front doors are closed. This is to prevent mirror
doors are closed and the speed is above 18 MPH (29 contact with either front door when opened. When
KMH). opening either front door, the Body Control Module
will unfold the mirrors in the following manner
3.15.3 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (RKE) depending on which front door is opened. If the
The body control module interfaces with the RKE driver door is opened, only the driver side mirror
module via a one-way serial bus interface. The RKE will unfold. If the passenger door is opened, both
module is not on the PCI bus. The RKE module mirrors will unfold. The passenger mirror is pre-
sends a 0-5 volt pulse width signal to the BCM vented from unfolding when the drivers door is
depending on which button on the transmitter was opened by the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay,
pressed. The BCM controls the door lock/unlock which opens the driver circuit to the passenger side
functions and the arming/disarming of the Vehicle mirror.
Theft Security System (if equipped) and the activa-
tion of illuminated entry. The BCM will also send 3.17 POWER LIFTGATE SYSTEM
the appropriate messages to the Power Sliding
Doors and Power Liftgate modules. The Intergrated
Power Module (IPM) activates the park lamps, 3.17.1 POWER LIFTGATE
headlamps, and horn for horn chirp when sent the The power liftgate (PLG) system is activated
appropriate message from the BCM as received through the use of the following: remote keyless
from the RKE transmitter. When a one-button entry (RKE), overhead console switches, outside
press is made for unlock, both driver side doors will liftgate handle switch or the DRBIIIt. These inputs
unlock and the front and rear turn signals will are hardwired to the body control module (BCM)
flash. When a second press is initiated (within 5 and can be monitored with a diagnostic tool. The
seconds of the first) both passenger doors will BCM will send the message via PCI bus to the
unlock and all four turn signals will flash. power liftgate module (PLGM). The liftgate must be
The RKE module is capable of retaining up to 4 in the full open or full closed position to operate.
individual access codes (4 transmitters). If the Once the BCM sends a button activation message to
PRNDL is in any position except park, the BCM will the PLGM, the module shall read all inputs, out-
ground the interface thereby disabling the RKE. puts and vehicle conditions to determine whether it
Both the 3 and 6 buttons transmitters will have shall open, close or inhibit the PLG operation. Once
2-CR2016 batteries in series. The 2-button export the PLGM determines the vehicle conditions are
transmitter will have 2-CR2016 batteries in series safe for operation, the PLGM will initiate a chime
also but the 5-button will have one. The minimum for 2 seconds prior to the liftgate activation and 2
battery life should be approximately 4.7 years seconds during the open or close cycle.
based on 20 transmissions a day at 84F (25C). During an opening or closing cycle, the PLGM can
Using the DRBIIIt and selecting RKE FOB Test detect an obstacle present should it meet sufficient
can test the transmitter. resistance by the hall effect sensors (integrated in
The RKE module can be programmed via the the gear motor assembly GMA).
DRBIIIt or the customer programming method.
33
GENERAL INFORMATION
During an open cycle, multiple liftgate activa- the PSDM, the module shall read all inputs, out-
tions (RKE, overhead console, B pillar) are ignored puts and vehicle conditions to determine whether it
until the liftgate reaches the full open position. shall open, close or inhibit the PSD operation.
However, during a close cycle, a 2nd liftgate activa- During an opening or closing cycle, the PSDM can
tion (RKE, overhead console, B pillar) will reverse detect an obstacle present should it meet sufficient
the liftgate to the full open position. resistance by the hall effect sensors (integrated in
If the engine is cranked during a power open/close the drive motor).
the PLG will pause then resume after engine crank- During an open cycle, multiple door activations
ing. In addition, if the vehicle is placed in gear (RKE, overhead console, B pillar) are ignored until
during an open cycle, the PLG shall reverse direc- the door reaches the full open position. However,
tion and begin closing. If the vehicle is placed in during a close cycle, a 2nd door activation (RKE,
gear during a closing cycle, the PLG shall continue overhead console, B pillar) will reverse the door to
closing until fully closed. If the outside handle is the full open position.
activated during an open cycle, the PLG will become If the engine is cranked during a power open/close
a full manual liftgate. If the outside handle is the PSD will pause then resume after engine crank-
activated during a close cycle, the PLG shall reverse ing. In addition, if the vehicle is placed in gear
direction of travel to the full open position. during an open cycle, the PSD shall reverse direc-
tion and begin closing. If the vehicle is placed in
3.17.2 DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES gear during a closing cycle, the PSD shall continue
The PLG can be flashed on vehicle via PCI bus closing until fully closed.
with a DRBIIIt diagnostic tool. The DRBIIIt can If the inside or outside handle is activated during
read all inputs, actuate all outputs, read module an open or close cycle, the PSD will become a full
information, and read diagnostic trouble codes. As a manual sliding door. The child lockout is mechani-
reminder, some DTCs can be set during normal cal only and has no effect on the B-pillar switch as
PLG operation. it did in previous models.
There is only one part number for the power
3.17.3 SYSTEM INHIBITORS sliding door module (PSDM). The driver sliding
door harness has an additional ground circuit which
1. Battery voltage too high or too low (above 16V, will identify it as the driver side. This eliminates
below 9.5V) the need for a left and a right side module.
2. Vehicle in gear
3. Vehicle speed > 0 mph/km/h 3.18.2 DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES
4. Outside temperature too high, above 143F The PSDM can be flashed on vehicle via PCI bus
(62C) or too low, below -12F (-24C). with a DRBIIIt diagnostic tool. The DRBIIIt can
read all inputs, actuate all outputs, read module
5. O/H console lockout will inhibit the B pillar information, and read diagnostic trouble codes. As a
switches only. reminder, some DTCs can be set during normal
6. Liftgate locked will inhibit all interior switches PSD operation.
from opening (overhead console). A locked lift-
gate can be power closed. 3.18.3 SYSTEM INHIBITORS
7. Pinch Sensor switch stuck shall inhibit the
1. Battery voltage too high or too low (above 16V,
power close feature.
below 9.5V)
3.18 POWER SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM 2. Vehicle in gear
3. Vehicle speed > 0 mph/km/h
4. O/H console lockout will inhibit the B pillar
3.18.1 POWER SLIDING DOOR switches
The Power Sliding Door (PSD) system is acti- 5. Doors locked will inhibit all interior switches
vated through the use of the following: Remote from opening (Overhead Console, B Pillar). A
Keyless Entry (RKE), overhead console switches, B locked sliding door can be power closed.
pillar switches or the DRBIIIt. These inputs are
hardwired to the body control module (BCM) and 3.19 REAR WINDOW DEFOG/HEATED
can be monitored with a diagnostic tool. The BCM
will send the message via PCI bus to the power
MIRROR/FRONT WIPER DE-ICE (IF
sliding door module (PSDM). The sliding door must EQUIPPED)
be in the full open or full closed position to operate.
Once the BCM sends a button activation message to The defroster button located on the HVAC control
controls the rear window defogger, heated side view
34
GENERAL INFORMATION
mirrors and front wiper de-icer grid. In addition the Manual Override
front wiper de-ice function is turned on when front The system will not arm if the doors are locked
defog/defrost mode is selected. using the manual lock control or if the locks are
When the defroster button is pushed, the HVAC actuated by an inside occupant after the doors are
control sends a bus message over the PCI bus to the closed.
Front Control Module (FCM) which controls the Diagnosis
Rear Window Defogger relay. The defroster LED For complaints about the Vehicle Theft Alarm
will illuminate when the defroster function is on. triggering on its own, use the DRBIIIt and read the
The defroster will function for 10 minutes or can be Last VTSS Cause status.
cycled off sooner by pressing the defroster button
again. The front wiper de-icer grid receives its 12 3.20.1 THATCHAM ALARM SYSTEM
volts from the accessory relay through fuse 11 and
the HVAC control module supplies the grid ground.
(EXPORT ONLY)
The Thatcham Alarm Module monitors the vehi-
3.20 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM cle doors, liftgate, hood and the interior of the
vehicle for unauthorized operation. The vehicle
The Vehicle Theft Security System (VTSS) is part doors, liftgate, and hood use ajar switches as inputs
of the Body Control Module (BCM). The BCM to the BCM to indicate their current status. The
monitors the vehicle doors, liftgate (export only), interior of the vehicle is secured by the use of
hood (export only), and the ignition for unautho- Intrusion Sensors. The Intrusion Sensors are used
rized operation. The alarm activates by sounding as inputs to the RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module to
the horn, flashing the headlamps and the VTSS report any motion in the interior of the vehicle. The
indicator lamp. The VTSS does not prevent engine alarm activates by sounding the siren, flashing the
operation, this is done with the Sentry Key Immo- hazard lamps, and the VTSS Indicator Lamp.
bilizer Module (SKIM). The VTSS indicator lamp Arming
will flash for approximately 15 seconds during the Before arming, all doors, liftgate, and the hood
arming process. If there is no interruption during must be completely closed. The system can only be
the arming process, upon completion the VTSS armed by locking the doors with the RKE transmit-
indicator lamp will flash at a slower rate. When the ter.
BCM receives an input to trigger the alarm, the Disarming
BCM will control the outputs of the headlamps, To disarm the alarm system, use the RKE trans-
horn, and VTSS lamp for approximately 15 min- mitter or turn the ignition on with a valid SKIM
utes. key. This will also halt the alarm once it has been
Arming (Active and Passive) activated.
Active arming occurs when the ignition key is
removed, the RKE transmitter or door key cylinders NOTE: A powertrain control module from a
are used to lock the vehicle doors, whether the doors vehicle equipped with a vehicle theft security
are open or closed. The arming process is complete system cannot be used in a vehicle that is not
only after all doors are closed. equipped with a vehicle theft security
Passive arming occurs when the ignition key is system. If the VTSS indicator lamp comes on
removed, the driver door is opened, and the doors after ignition on and stays on, the PCI Bus
are locked with the power door lock switch, and the Communication with the powertrain control
door is closed. module has possibly been lost.
Disarming (Active and Passive)
Active disarming occurs when the RKE transmit- 3.21 WIPER SYSTEM
ter is used to unlock the vehicle doors. This disarm-
ing will also halt the alarm once it has been acti-
vated. 3.21.1 FRONT WIPER
Passive disarming occurs upon normal vehicle
The front wiper/washer system consists of the
entry (unlocking driver door with the key) or turn-
following features: lo-hi-speed, mist wipers, inter-
ing the ignition switch on with a valid skim key.
mittent wipers and wipe after wash. The front
This disarming will also halt the alarm once it has
wiper system is only active when the ignition switch
been activated.
is in the RUN/ACC position. The vehicle operator
Tamper Alert
selects the front wiper function using the front
The VTSS tamper alert will sound the horn three
times upon disarming after an initial alarming has wiper switch (a resistive multiplexed stalk switch)
which is integral to the Multi-Function Switch. The
occurred to indicate a tamper condition has oc-
front wiper switch is hardwired to the Body Control
curred.
35
GENERAL INFORMATION
Module (BCM). Upon receiving a wiper switch sig- 3.21.7 SPEED SENSITIVE INTERMITTENT
nal, the BCM sends a PCI Bus message to the Front
Control Module (FCM). The FCM controls the ON/ WIPE MODE
OFF relay, the HIGH/LOW relay and the front and The delay setting of the rear wiper system is
rear washer pump motors. based solely on the vehicle speed. The delay time is
The Wiper system utilizes the BCM to control the defined as the amount of time from the start of a
on/off and hi/low relays for the low and hi speed wipe to the beginning of the next wipe. The rear
wiper functions, intermittent wiper delay as the wiper system delay time is based on the following:
switch position changes, pulse wipe, wipe after 7.75 - (MPH x .05) = Seconds delay
wash mode and wiper motor functions. The BCM Examples:
uses the vehicle speed input to double the usual At zero (0) MPH the delay is 7.75 seconds.
delay time below 10 MPH (6 KPH). At 100 MPH the delay is 2.75 seconds.
3.21.2 SPEED SENSITIVE INTERMITTENT 3.21.8 WIPE AFTER WASH

WIPE MODE When the driver presses the wash button for over
1.5 seconds and releases it, the wiper will continue
There are 5 individual delay time settings with a
to run for 2 additional wipe cycles.
minimum delay of 1.7 seconds to a maximum of 18.4
seconds. When the vehicle speed is under 10 MPH
(6 KPM), the delay time is doubled, providing a
3.22 USING THE DRBIIIT
delay range of 3.4 seconds to 36.8 seconds. Refer to the DRBIIIt user guide for instructions
and assistance with reading trouble codes, erasing
3.21.3 PULSE WIPE trouble codes, and other DRBIIIt functions.
When the wiper is in the off position and the
driver presses the wash button for more than .062 3.23 DRBIIIT ERROR MESSAGES
seconds, but less than .5 seconds, 2 wipe cycles in
low speed mode will be provided. Under normal operation, the DRBIIIt will dis-
play one of only two error messages: user-requested
3.21.4 PARK AFTER IGNITION OFF WARM Boot or User-Requested COLD Boot. If the
Because the wiper relays are powered from the DRBIIIt should display any other error message,
battery, the BCM can run the wipers to park after record the entire display and call the STAR Center.
the ignition is turned off. This is a sample of such an error message display:
ver:2.14
3.21.5 WIPE AFTER WASH date: 26 Jul93
When the driver presses the wash button for over
file: key_iff.cc
date: Jul26 1993
.5 seconds and releases it, the wiper will continue to line: 548
run for 2 additional wipe cycles. err: 0xi
User-Requested COLD Boot
3.21.6 REAR WIPER
The rear wiper/washer system consists of the Press MORE to switch between this display
following features: mist wipers, intermittent wipers and the application screen.
and wipe after wash. The rear wiper system is only Press F4 when done noting information.
active when the ignition switch is in the RUN/ACC
position. The vehicle operator selects the rear wiper 3.24 DRBIIIT DOES NOT POWER UP
function using one of the three buttons on the dash (BLANK SCREEN)
mounted rear wiper switch. The rear wiper switch
is hardwired to the Body Control Module (BCM). If the LEDs do not light or no sound is emitted at
Upon receiving a wiper switch signal, the BCM start up, check for loose cable connections or a bad
provides 12 volts to the rear wiper motor. Rear cable. Check the vehicle battery voltage (data link
washer occurs when the BCM receives a rear connector cavity 16). A minimum of 11 volts is
washer switch ON input. The BCM sends a PCI Bus required to adequately power the DRBIIIt. Check
message to the FCM requesting rear washer on. for proper grounds at DLC cavities 4 and 5.
The FCM activates the rear washer by providing a If all connections are proper between the
ground for the rear washer motor. DRBIIIt and the vehicle or other devices, and the
vehicle battery is fully charged, an inoperative
DRBIIIt may be the result or a faulty cable or
vehicle wiring.
36
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.25 DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE rings, watchbands or bracelets that might make an
inadvertent electrical contact.
Low temperatures will affect the visibility of the When diagnosing a body system problem, it is
display. Adjust the contrast to compensate for this important to follow approved procedures where
condition. applicable. These procedures can be found in this
General Information Section or in the service man-
ual procedures. Following these procedures is very
important to safety of individuals performing diag-
nostic tests.
4.2.2 VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR

TESTING
Make sure the vehicle being tested has a fully
charged battery. If it does not, false diagnostic codes
or error messages may occur.
4.2.3 SERVICING SUB-ASSEMBLIES

Some components of the body system are in-
tended to be serviced as an assembly only. Attempt-
ing to remove or repair certain system sub-
components may result in personal injury and/or
improper system operation. Only those components
4.0 DISCLAIMERS, SAFETY, with approved repair and installation procedures in
WARNINGS the service manual should be serviced.
4.2.4 DRBIIIT SAFETY INFORMATION

4.1 DISCLAIMERS
WARNING: EXCEEDING THE LIMITS OF THE
All information, illustrations, and specifications
contained in this manual are based on the latest
information available at the time of publication. CAN EXPOSE YOU TO SERIOUS OR
The right is reserved to make changes at any time POSSIBLY FATAL INJURY. CAREFULLY
without notice. READ AND UNDERSTAND THE CAUTIONS
AND THE SPECIFICATION LIMITS.
4.2 SAFETY Follow the vehicle manufacturers service speci-
fications at all times.
Do not use the DRBIIIt if it has been damaged.
4.2.1 TECHNICIAN SAFETY INFORMATION
Do not use the test leads if the insulation is
WARNING: ENGINES PRODUCE CARBON damaged or if metal is exposed.
MONOXIDE THAT IS ODORLESS, CAUSES To avoid electrical shock, do not touch the test
SLOWER REACTION TIME, AND CAN LEAD leads, tips, or the circuit being tested.
TO SERIOUS INJURY. WHEN THE ENGINE IS Choose the proper range and functions for the
OPERATING, KEEP SERVICE AREAS WELL measurement. Do not try voltage or current mea-
VENTILATED OR ATTACH THE VEHICLE surement that may exceed the rated capacity.
EXHAUST SYSTEM TO THE SHOP EXHAUST Do not exceed the limits shown in the table below:
REMOVAL SYSTEM. FUNCTION INPUT LIMIT
Set the parking brake and block the wheel before Volts 0 - 500 peak volts AC
testing or repairing the vehicle. It is especially 0 - 500 volts DC
important to block the wheels on front-wheel drive
Ohms (resistance)* 0 -1.12 megohms
vehicles; the parking brake does not hold drive
wheels. Frequency Measured 0 - 10 kHz
Frequency Generated
When servicing a vehicle, always wear eye pro-
tection, and remove any metal jewelry such as
37
GENERAL INFORMATION
FUNCTION INPUT LIMIT WARNING: BEFORE ROAD TESTING A
VEHICLE, BE SURE THAT ALL
Temperature -58 - 1100F
COMPONENTS ARE REASSEMBLED.
-50 - 600C
DURING THE TEST DRIVE, DO NOT TRY TO
* Ohms cannot be measured if voltage is present. READ THE DRBIIIT SCREEN WHILE IN
Ohms can be measured only in a non-powered MOTION. DO NOT HANG THE DRBIIIT FROM
circuit. THE REAR VIEW MIRROR OR OPERATE IT
Voltage between any terminal and ground must YOURSELF. HAVE AN ASSISTANT
not exceed 500v DC or 500v peak AC. AVAILABLE TO OPERATE THE DRBIIIT.
Use caution when measuring voltage above 25v
DC or 25v AC.
5.0 REQUIRED TOOLS AND
Use the low current shunt to measure circuits up
EQUIPMENT
circuits exceeding 10A.
DRBIIIt (diagnostic read-out box)
When testing for the presence of voltage or cur- Jumper wires
rent, make sure the meter is functioning cor- Ohmmeter
rectly. Take a reading of a known voltage or Voltmeter
current before accepting a zero reading. Sentry Key Tester
When measuring current, connect the meter in Test Light
series with the load. 8310 Airbag System Load Tool
Disconnect the live test lead before disconnecting 8443 SRS Airbag System Load Tool
the common test lead.
When using the meter function, keep the 6.0 GLOSSARY OF TERMS
DRBIIIt away from spark plug or coil wires to
avoid measuring error from outside interference. ABS antilock brake system
ACM airbag control module
4.3 WARNINGS
ACT actuator
AECM airbag electronic control module
4.3.1 VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGS (ACM)
Before disconnecting any control module, make APM adjustable pedals module
sure the ignition is off. Failure to do so could
damage the module. ASDM airbag system diagnostic module
When testing voltage or continuity at any control (ACM)
module, use the terminal side (not the wire end) of ATC automatic temperature control
the connector. Do not probe a wire through the BCM body control module
insulation; this will damage it and eventually cause
it to fail because of corrosion. Be careful when CAB controller antilock brake
performing electrical tests so as to prevent acciden- CMTC compass/mini-trip computer
tal shorting of terminals. Such mistakes can dam- CPA connector positive assurance
age fuses or components. Also, a second code could
be set, making diagnosis of the original problem DAB driver airbag
more difficult. DCHA diesel cabin heater assist (cabin
heater)
4.3.2 ROAD TESTING A COMPLAINT DLC data link connector
VEHICLE DTC diagnostic trouble code
Some complaints will require a test drive as part DR driver
of the repair verification procedure. The purpose of
EBL electric back lite (rear window de-
the test drive is to try to duplicate the diagnostic
fogger)
code or symptom condition.
ECM engine control module
EVIC electronic vehicle information center
FCM front control module
GCC Gulf Coast Countries
38
GENERAL INFORMATION
HE hall effect PSD power sliding door
HVAC heater ventilation, air conditioning PSDM power sliding door module
IPM integrated power module PWM pulse width modulated
LDU lower drive unit RHD Right Hand Drive
LHD left hand drive RKE remote keyless entry
MIC mechanical instrument cluster RX receive
MTC manual temperature control SAB seat airbag
MSMM memory seat/mirror module SBT seat belt tensioner
NGC next generation controller SIACM side impact airbag control module
OBD on board diagnostics SKIM sentry key immobilizer module
ODO odometer SKIS sentry key immobilizer system
ORC occupant restraint controller SQUIB also called initiator (located inside
PAB passenger airbag airbag)
PASS passenger SRS supplemental restraint system
PCI Programmable Communication In- TCM transmission control module
terface (vehicle communication bus) TPM tire pressure monitor
PCM powertrain control module TX transmit
PDC power distribution center VFD vacuum fluorescent display
PLG power liftgate VTSS vehicle theft security system
PLGM power liftgate module
39
NOTES
40
7.0
PROCEDURES
41
AIRBAG
Symptom List:
ACCELEROMETER 1
ACCELEROMETER 2
INTERNAL 1
INTERNAL 2
OUTPUT DRIVER 1
OUTPUT DRIVER 2
STORED ENERGY FIRING 1
The title for the tests will be INTERNAL MODULE TEST.
ACCELEROMETER 1
When Monitored: With the ignition on, the module on board diagnostics continuously
performs internal circuit tests.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit.
ACCELEROMETER 2
INTERNAL 1
INTERNAL 2
OUTPUT DRIVER 1
OUTPUT DRIVER 2
42
AIRBAG
ACCELEROMETER 1 Continued
STORED ENERGY FIRING 1

POSSIBLE CAUSES
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE - ACM
SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE

NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
WARNING: IF THE MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE
REPLACED.
Select the appropriate module and DTC type combination:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC

WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE
BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
ACM - STORED DTC
Instructions.
SIACM - ACTIVE DTC
Replace the Side Impact Airbag Control Module in accordance
with Service Instructions.
SIACM - STORED DTC

Replace the Side Impact Airbag Control Module in accordance
NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be
turned off and the battery must be disconnected.
43
AIRBAG
Symptom List:
AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR OPEN
AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR SHORT
The title for the tests will be AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR
TEST.
AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR OPEN

When Monitored: With ignition on the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a message from the
MIC containing the airbag warning indicator status. The ACM request the warning lamp
status from the MIC once every second.
Set Condition: This DTC will set immediately if the indicator status is OPEN.
AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR SHORT

When Monitored: With ignition on the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a message from the
MIC containing the airbag warning indicator status. The ACM request the warning lamp
status from the MIC once every second.
Set Condition: This DTC will set immediately if the indicator status is SHORT.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MIC, COMMUNICATION FAILURE
WARNING INDICATOR
ACM, WARNING INDICATOR
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

Ensure the battery is fully charged.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5
44
AIRBAG
AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR OPEN Continued

2 With the DRBIIIt, ensure PCI Bus communications with the Instrument Cluster. All
Is the Instrument Cluster communicating on the PCI Bus?
Yes Go To 3
No Refer to category COMMUNICATION CATEGORY and select the

related symptom NO RESPONSE or INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BUS +/- SIGNAL OPEN.
3 With the DRBIIIt select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, AIRBAG and MONITOR DIS- All
PLAY.
Using the DRBIIIt, read the WARNING LAMP MONITOR screen.
Select the LAMP STATUS displayed on the DRB monitors screen.
Observe the Lamp Driver State and Actual lamp
Is the LAMP DRIVER and ACTUAL LAMP STATE: OK?
YES
Go To 4
NO
Replace Instrument Cluster.
4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Repair
Instructions. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTCs in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.
45
AIRBAG
Symptom:
CALIBRATION MISMATCH
CALIBRATION MISMATCH
When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the VIN message
containing the body style. Note: The VIN message should match the vehicle VIN plate.
Set Condition: If the Body style stored in ACM does not exactly match the vehicle body
style indicated by the PCM for 2 consecutive VIN messages, then the fault shall be set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM, PCI COMMUNICATION FAILURE
PCM VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS INCORRECT OR MISSING
ACM CALIBRATION MISMATCH
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5


Connect the DRB to the data link connector and select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS,
AIRBAG, SYSTEM TEST.
With the DRBIIIt, read the system test.
Does the DRB show PCM Active on the Bus:?
Yes Go To 3

related symptom.
46
AIRBAG
CALIBRATION MISMATCH Continued

3 With the DRB select ENGINE MISCELLANEOUS, select MISC FUNCTION, and All
then CHECK VIN to read the Vehicle Identification Number in the Powertrain
Control Module.
Compare the VIN displayed on the DRB screen and the Vehicle VIN plate.
Does the VIN plate and the PCM VIN match?
Yes Go To 4
No Replace the Powertrain Control Module and program with the

correct vehicle identification number.
Repair
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED
AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. Replace the Airbag
Control Module in accordance with Service Information. WARN-
ING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT
ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

47
AIRBAG
Symptom:
CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH

When Monitored: After the MIC bulb test is completed, the ACM compares the Lamp
Request by ACM, On or Off, and the Lamp on by MIC, On or Off, PCI Bus messages. Each
message is transmitted one time per second or when a change in the lamp state occur.
Set Condition: If the Lamp Request by ACM, On or Off, and the Lamp on by MIC, On or
Off, messages do not match, the code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MIC DIAGNOSTIC CODES
ACM, CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

With the DRBIIIt, read the MIC DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display any active Diagnostic Codes?
Yes Refer to symptom list for problems related to Instrument Cluster.

No Go To 3
48
AIRBAG
CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH Continued

3 With the DRBIIIt select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, AIRBAG, MONITOR DISPLAY All
and WARNING LAMP STATUS.
Cycle the ignition key and observe the LAMP ON BY MIC and LAMP REQ BY ACM
monitors after the 6 to 8 second indicator test.
Does the LAMP ON BY MIC and LAMP REQ BY ACM monitors match?
YES
Go To 4
NO
Replace Mechanical Instrument Cluster.
4 WARNING: MAKE SURE THE BATTERY IS DISCONNECTED, THEN WAIT All

Repair
positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

49
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the Seat Belt Switch circuit for
an open condition.
Set Condition: The code will set if the ACM does not detect the correct circuit voltage.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH OPEN
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS OPEN
ACM, DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4


Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Switch.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Measure the voltage between Driver Seat Belt Switch Line 1 and Line 2 circuits at
the SBS connector.
Is there any voltage present?
Yes Replace the Driver Seat Belt Switch Buckle Assembly.

No Go To 3
50
AIRBAG
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN Continued

3 WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector.
Measure the resistance of the Driver SBS Line 1 and line 2 circuits between the
Driver SBS harness connector and Airbag Load Tool adaptor.
Is the resistance of both circuits below 10K ohms?
Yes Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service
information. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. MUST
BE REPLACED.
No Repair the open Driver Seat Belt Switch Line 1 or Line 2.

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

51
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the Seat Belt Buckle Switch
circuit for an short to battery.
Set Condition: The code will set if the ACM detects high circuit voltage.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4


Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Switch.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTCs.
Does the DRB show DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Replace the Driver Seat Belt Switch.
No Go To 3
52
AIRBAG
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY Continued

WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Measure the voltage on the Driver SBS Line 1 and line 2 circuits at the Driver SBS
connector.
Yes Repair the Driver Seat Belt Switch line 1 or line 2 shorted to
battery.
No WARNING: MAKE SURE THE BATTERY IS DISCONNECTED,

THEN WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Replace
the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service infor-
mation.
positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

53
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the Seat Belt Buckle Switch
circuit for a shorted together or shorted to ground condition.
Set Condition: The code will set if the ACM detects low circuit voltage.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TOGETHER OR TO GROUND
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS SHORT TOGETHER
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS SHORT TO GROUND
ACM, DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

2 Turn Ignition off. All

Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Switch connector(s).
Turn Ignition on.
Does the DRB show DRIVER SEAT BELT CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Replace the Driver Seat Belt Switch Buckle Assembly.
No Go To 3
54
AIRBAG
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND Continued

Measure the resistance between the Driver SBS Line 1 and line 2 circuits at the
Driver SBS connector.
Yes Repair the Driver Seat Belt Switch Line 1 and Line 2 shorted
together.
No Go To 4
4 Measure the resistance of the Driver SBS Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the All
Driver SBS connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit?
Yes Repair the Driver Seat Belt Switch line 1 or line 2 shorted to
ground.
No Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service
positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

55
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver
Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.
Set Condition: The ACM has detected an open circuit or high resistance on the Driver
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUITS OPEN
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
ACM, DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

2 NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. All

WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT
Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read active Airbag Control Module DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display DRIVER SBT CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace Driver Seat Belt Tensioner in accordance with the Service

Information.
56
AIRBAG
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN Continued

Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module Connector(s).
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module
connector(s).
Measure the resistance of the Driver SBT Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the
Load Tool Adapter and the Diver SBT connector.
Is the resistance below 1.0 ohms on both circuit?
No Repair open or high resistance in Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line

1 Line 2 circuits.
positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

57
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT

When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver
Seat Belt Tensioner circuits
Set Condition: The ACM has detected low resistance in the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner
circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
ACM, DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4
NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be

turned off and the Battery must be disconnected.
With the DRBIIIt, read active Airbag Control Module DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes Go To 3
Information.
58
AIRBAG
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT Continued

connector(s).
Measure the resistance between the Driver SBT Line 1 and Line 2 circuit at the
Driver SBT connector.
Is the resistance below 10K Ohms?
Yes Repair Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 circuit short to Driver
Seat Belt Tensioner Line 2 circuit.

Information. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

59
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the voltage of the Driver Seat
Belt Tensioner circuits.
Set Condition: The ACM has detected high voltage on the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner
circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER SBT LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

Does the DRBIIIt display DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BAT-
TERY?
Yes Go To 3

Information.
60
AIRBAG
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY Continued

connector(s).
Measure the voltage of the Driver SBT Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the Driver
SBT connector and ground.
Yes Repair Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 or Line 2 circuit short to
battery.

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

61
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the voltage of the Driver Seat
Belt Tensioner circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects a short to ground in either Driver Seat Belt
Tensioner circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER SEAT BELT LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO GROUND
ACM, DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

Does the DRBIIIt display DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO
GROUND?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner in accordance with the

62
AIRBAG
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND Continued

connector(s).
Measure the resistance of the Driver SBT Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the
Driver SBT connector and ground.
Yes Repair Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 or Line 2 circuits short
to ground.

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

63
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver
Squib 1 circuits.
Set Condition: The ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance in the Driver Squib 1
circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
CLOCKSPRING SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUITS OPEN
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

64
AIRBAG
DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN Continued

Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connector(s).
WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE
DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR
IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR
FATAL INJURY.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Airbag connector(s).
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Infor-

mation.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Clockspring connector(s).
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector(s).
Yes Go To 4
No Replace the Clockspring in accordance with the Service Informa-

tion.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector(s).
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connec-
tor(s).
Measure the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the
ACM Adaptor and the Clockspring connector(s).
Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm on both circuits?
Yes Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
No Repair open or high resistance in the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 or
Line 2 circuits.
65
AIRBAG

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

66
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT

Squib 1 circuits.
Set Condition: The ACM has detected low resistance on the Driver Squib 1 circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUITS SHORT
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

67
AIRBAG
DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT Continued

Disconnect the Driver Airbag connector(s).
FATAL INJURY.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes Go To 3

mation.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes Go To 4

tion.
tor(s).
Measure the resistance between the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 at the
Clockspring connector.
Yes Repair the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 circuit shorted to Driver Squib
1 Line 2 circuit.
the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Informa-
tion.
68
AIRBAG

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

69
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Driver Squib
1 circuits.
Set Condition: The ACM has detected high voltage on the Driver Squib 1 circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY
DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

SELECT ACTIVE or STORED ACM DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

70
AIRBAG
DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY Continued

FATAL INJURY.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY?
Yes Go To 3

mation.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY ?
Yes Go To 4

tion.
tor(s).
Measure the voltage on the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the
Clockspring connector and ground.
Yes Repair the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 or Line 2 circuits shorted to

battery.

the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Informa-
tion.
71
AIRBAG

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

72
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND

Squib 1 circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects a short to ground in either Driver Squib 1 circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND
DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORTED TO GROUND
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

73
AIRBAG
DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND Continued

FATAL INJURY.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND?
Yes Go To 3

mation.
Disconnect the Clockspring connector.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND?
Yes Go To 4

tion.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector.
Measure the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between
Yes Repair Driver Squib 1 Line 1 or Line 2 circuits shorted to ground.
No Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service

74
AIRBAG

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

75
AIRBAG
Symptom:

Squib 2 circuits.
Set Condition: The ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance in the Driver Squib 2
circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUITS OPEN
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

76
AIRBAG

FATAL INJURY.
Yes Go To 3

mation.
Disconnect the Clockspring connector.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector.
Yes Go To 4

tion.
tor(s)
Measure the resistance of the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the
ACM Adaptor and the Clockspring connector.
Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm on both circuits?
No Repair open or high resistance in the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 or
Line 2 circuits.
77
AIRBAG

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

78
AIRBAG
Symptom:

Squib 2 circuits.
Set Condition: The ACM detects low resistance on the Driver Squib 2 circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT
DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

79
AIRBAG

FATAL INJURY.
Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Informa-

tion.
Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes Go To 4
No Replace Clockspring in accordance with the Service Information.

tor(s).
Measure the resistance between the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits at the
Clockspring connector.
Yes Repair the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 circuit shorted to Driver Squib
2 Line 2 circuit.

80
AIRBAG

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

81
AIRBAG
Symptom:

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Driver Squib
2 circuits.
Set Condition: The ACM detects high voltage on the Driver Squib 2 circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

82
AIRBAG

FATAL INJURY.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY?
Yes Go To 3

mation.
Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY ?
Yes Go To 4

tion.
tor(s).
Measure the voltage on the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 from the Clockspring
Yes Repair the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 or Line 2 circuits shorted to

battery.
83
AIRBAG

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

84
AIRBAG
Symptom:

Squib 2 circuits.
Set Condition: The ACM detects a short to ground in either Driver Squib 2 circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND
DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO GROUND
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

85
AIRBAG

FATAL INJURY.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Airbag connectors(s).
Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND?
Yes Go To 3

mation.
Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND?
Yes Go To 4

tion.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.
Measure the resistance of the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between
Yes Repair Driver Squib 2 Line 1 or Line 2 circuits shorted to ground.

86
AIRBAG

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

87
AIRBAG
Symptom:
INTERROGATE LEFT SIACM

When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a Left SIACM
status message containing the airbag warning lamp ON or OFF request. The status
message is sent to the ACM once each second or upon any change in the active DTCs.
Set Condition: The Code will set, if the ACM receives an Lamp ON status message from
the Left SIACM. NOTE: This indicates that a diagnostic trouble code is present in the Left
SIACM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ACM, NO ACTIVE LEFT SIACM DTCS
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

1 NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged. All
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4


With the DRBIIIt read the Left SIACM active DTCs.
Did the DRBIIIt show any active DTCs?
Yes Refer to symptom list for problems related to Left SIACM.

No Go To 3
88
AIRBAG
INTERROGATE LEFT SIACM Continued

Repair
positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

89
AIRBAG
Symptom:
INTERROGATE RIGHT SIACM

When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a Right SIACM
status message containing the airbag warning indicator On or OFF request. The status
message is sent to the ACM once each second or upon any change in the active DTCs.
Set Condition: The Code will set, if the ACM receives an Lamp ON status message from
the Right SIACM. NOTE: This indicates that a diagnostic trouble code is present in the
Right SIACM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO ACTIVE RIGHT SIACM DTCS
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4


With the DRBIIIt read the Right SIACM active DTC,s.
Did the DRBIIIt show any active DTC,s?
Yes Refer to symptom list for problems related to Right SIACM.

No Go To 3
90
AIRBAG
INTERROGATE RIGHT SIACM Continued

Repair
positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

91
AIRBAG
Symptom List:
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START
ORC RUN - START DRIVER OPEN
ORC RUN - START DRIVER OVER CURRENT
ORC RUN - START DRIVER OVER TEMP
ORC RUN - START DRIVER OVER VOLT
ORC RUN - START DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OPEN
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OVER CURRENT
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OVER TEMP
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OVER VOLT
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
The title for the tests will be RUN - START CIRCUIT TEST.
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START

When Monitored: With the ignition in the Run-Start position the module monitors the
Run-Start Driver circuit for proper system voltage.
Set Condition: If the voltage on the Run-Start Driver circuit drops below 4.5 volts, the
code will set.
ORC RUN - START DRIVER OPEN

When Monitored: When the ignition is turned OFF, the microprocessor controlled
transistor (high side driver) places a diagnostic voltage on the ORC Run Only circuit for 60
seconds. An open high side driver (HSD) circuit voltage is between 2.4 and 5.0 volts.
Set Condition: This code will set within 10 second, if the microprocessor senses 2.4 to 5.0
volts on the HSD. Note: the diagnostic voltage will only last for 60 seconds after the
ignition is turned off.
ORC RUN - START DRIVER OVER CURRENT

When Monitored: The FCM uses a microprocessor controlled transistor (high side driver)
to supply power to the ORC. The microprocessor monitors the high side driver (HSD)
internal temperature when the ignition is in the Run or Start position.
Set Condition: The code will set within 1 second, if the microprocessor senses high HSD
internal temperature. The high temperature is caused by over current.
92
AIRBAG
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START Continued
ORC RUN - START DRIVER OVER TEMP

Set Condition: The code will set within 2.5 second, if the microprocessor senses high HSD
ORC RUN - START DRIVER OVER VOLT

battery voltage when the ignition is in the Run or Start position.
Set Condition: The code will set if the microprocessor senses HSD battery voltage is over
30 volts.
ORC RUN - START DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND

circuit for short to ground when the ignition is in the Run or Start position.
internal temperature. The high temperature is caused by short to ground.
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OPEN

transistor (high side driver) places a diagnostic voltage on the SIACM Run-Start circuit for
60 seconds. An open high side driver (HSD) circuit voltage is between 2.4 and 5.0 volts.
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OVER CURRENT

to supply power to the SIACM. The microprocessor monitors the high side driver (HSD)
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OVER TEMP

to supply power to the SIACM. The microprocessor monitors high side driver (HSD)
Set Condition: The code will set within 2.5 second, if the microprocessor senses high HSD
93
AIRBAG
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OVER VOLT

to supply power to the SIACM circuit. The microprocessor monitors the battery voltage
when the ignition is in the run or start position.
Set Condition: The code will set if the microprocessor senses the battery voltage is over
30 volts.
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND

to supply power to the SIACM. The microprocessor monitors high side driver (HSD)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ORC, LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START
ACM, ORC RUN - START OPEN
FCM, ORC RUN - START OPEN
IPM, ORC RUN - START DRIVER OPEN
ORC RUN - START DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
FCM, ORC RUN - START SHORT
LEFT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
RIGHT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
IPM, ORC RUN - START SHORT
ORC RUN - START CIRCUIT SHORT
ACM, ORC RUN - START DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT
FCM, SIACM RUN - START OPEN
RIGHT SIACM AND SIACM RUN - START CIRCUIT OPEN
FCM, SIACM RUN - START OPEN
FCM, SIACM RUN - START CIRCUIT SHORT
IPM, SIACM RUN - START CIRCUIT OPEN
RSIACM, RUN - START CIRCUIT OPEN
SIACM RUN - START CIRCUIT OPEN
IPM, SIACM RUN - START CIRCUIT SHORT
LSIACM, SIACM RUN - START CIRCUIT SHORT
LEFT SIACM AND SIACM RUN - START CIRCUIT OPEN
HIGH BATTERY VOLTAGE
94
AIRBAG
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FCM, RUN - START OVER VOLTAGE
RIGHT SIACM, SIACM RUN - START CIRCUIT SHORT
SIACM RUN - START CIRCUIT SHORT
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

1 Ensure the battery is fully charged. All
SELECT MODULE AND DTC TYPE:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 20
LEFT SIACM - ACTIVE DTC
Replace the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module in accordance
LEFT SIACM - STORED DTC

Go To 20
RIGHT SIACM - ACTIVE DTC
Replace the Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module in accor-
dance with Service Instructions.
RIGHT SIACM - STORED DTC
Go To 20
FCM - ACTIVE DTC

Go To 3
FCM - STORED DTC

Go To 20

2 With the DRBIIIt, read the active FCM DTCs. All

Are there any active ORC RUN - START DRIVER DTCs?
Yes Go To 3
No WARRING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE

BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEED-
ING. Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with
Service Instructions.
95
AIRBAG

3 Select the FCM active RUN - START DTC displayed on the DRB. All
1. ORC RUN-START DRIVER OPEN

Go To 4
2. ORC RUN-START DRIVER OVER VOLTAGE

Go To 15
3. ORC RUN-START DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
Go To 7
4. ORC RUN-START DRIVER OVER CURRENT

Go To 7
5. ORC RUN-START DRIVER OVER TEMP

Go To 7
6. SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OPEN

Go To 10
7. SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OVER VOLT
Go To 15
8. SIACM RUN - START SHORT TO GROUND

Go To 16
9. SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OVER TEMP

Go To 16
10. SIACM RUN-START DRIVER OVER CURRENT
Go To 16
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.
connector(s).
Connect a test light to ground and the ORC Run-Start Driver circuit at the ACM
adaptor.
Turn the ignition off, wait 90 seconds, then turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active FCM DTCs.
Does the DRB show an active ORC RUN - START DRIVER OPEN code?
Yes Go To 5
the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instruc-
tions.
96
AIRBAG

5 Disconnect the Front Control Module. All
Measure the resistance of the ORC Run - Start Driver circuit between the Front
Control Module connector and the ACM Adapter.
Yes Replace the Front Control Module.

No Go To 6
6 Gain access to the connectors on the bottom of the IPM. All

Disconnect the IPM C7 connector.
Measure the resistance of the ORC Run Only Driver circuit between the IPM C7
connector and the Airbag Control Module adaptor.
Yes Replace the IPM.
No Repair the open ORC Run - Start Driver circuit.
Disconnect the Front Control Module connector.
Control Module connector and ground.
Yes Go To 8
No Replace the Front Control Module.

Measure the resistance of the ORC Run - Start Driver circuit between the IPM C7
Yes Go To 9
No Replace the IPM.

97
AIRBAG

9 Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector. All
connector.
Measure the resistance of the ORC Run - Start Driver circuit between the IPM C7
Yes Repair the ORC Run - Start Driver circuit shorted to ground.

Instructions. WARNING: make sure the battery is disconnected
and wait 2 minutes before proceeding.
WARNING: IF THE SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS
DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Disconnect the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module.
NOTE: When the ignition key is turned off, the FCM will supply a diagnostic
voltage to the SIACM Run-Start Driver circuit for approximately 60 sec-
onds.
Measure the diagnostic voltage of the SIACM Run - Start Driver circuit between the
Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module connector and ground.
Select the results from the list below?
Is the voltage between 1.0 and 2.2 volts
Replace the Front Control Module.
Is the voltage between 2.4 and 5.0 volts
Go To 11
No Voltage present?
Go To 12
98
AIRBAG

Disconnect the Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module.
NOTE: When the ignition key is turned off, the FCM will supply a diagnostic
voltage to the SIACM Run-Start Driver circuit for approximately 60 sec-
onds.
Measure the diagnostic voltage of the SIACM Run - Start Driver circuit at the Right
Side Impact Airbag Control Module connector.
Yes WARNING: Make sure the battery is disconnected and wait 2
minutes. Replace the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module and
repair the open SIACM Run - Start Driver circuit between the
splice and the Right Side Impact Airbag control Module connector.
No WARNING: Make sure the battery is disconnected and wait 2
minutes. Replace the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module and
repair the open SIACM Run - Start Driver circuit between the
splice and the Right Side Impact Airbag control Module connector.
Measure the voltage of the SIACM Run - Start Driver circuit between the Right Side
Impact Airbag Control Module connector and ground.
Yes WARNING: Make sure the battery is disconnected and wait 2
minutes. Replace the Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module
and repair the open SIACM Run - Start Driver circuit between
the splice and the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module
connector.
No Go To 13
Disconnect the Front Control Module.
Measure the resistance of the SIACM Run - Start Driver circuit between the Front
Control Module connector and the Right SIACM connector.
No Go To 14
99
AIRBAG

Measure the resistance of the SIACM Run - Start Driver circuit between the IPM C7
connector and the Right SIACM connectors.
No Repair the open SIACM Run - Start Driver circuit.

15 Measure the battery voltage. All

Yes Refer to Charging Category for the P1594 Charging System Too
High symptom.
Measure the resistance of the SIACM Run-Start Driver circuit between the Front
Yes Go To 17

Measure the resistance of the SIACM Run - Start Driver circuit between the IPM C7
Yes Go To 18
No Replace the IPM.

18 WARNING: IF THE SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS All

Disconnect the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module.
Measure the resistance of the SIACM Run - Start Driver circuit between the FCM
Yes Go To 19
No Replace the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module..
100
AIRBAG

19 WARNING: IF THE SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS All
Measure the resistance of the SIACM Run - Start Driver circuit between the FCM
Yes Repair the shorted SIACM Run - Start Driver circuit.

No Replace the Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module in accor-
dance with Service Instructions. WARNING: make sure the
battery is disconnected and wait 2 minutes before proceeding.
positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

101
AIRBAG
Symptom List:
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OPEN
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OVER CURRENT
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OVER TEMP
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OVER VOLT
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
The title for the tests will be RUN ONLY CIRCUIT TEST.
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY

When Monitored: With the ignition in the run only position the ORC monitors the ORC
Run Only Driver circuit for proper system voltage.
Set Condition: If the voltage on the ORC Run Only Driver circuit drops below 4.5 volts,
the code will set.
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OPEN

ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OVER CURRENT

internal temperature when the ignition is in the Run position.
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OVER TEMP

102
AIRBAG
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY Continued
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OVER VOLT

battery voltage when the ignition is in the Run position.
Set Condition: The code will set if the microprocessor senses HSD battery voltage is over
30 volts.
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND

circuit for short to ground when the ignition is in the Run position.
internal temperature. The high temperature is caused by short to ground.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ACM, LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY
ACM, ORC RUN ONLY CIRCUIT OPEN
FCM, ORC RUN ONLY CIRCUIT OPEN
IPM, ORC RUN ONLY CIRCUIT OPEN
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
FCM, ORC RUN ONLY CIRCUIT SHORT
IPM, ORC RUN ONLY CIRCUIT SHORT
ACM, ORC RUN ONLY CIRCUIT SHORT
ORC RUN ONLY CIRCUIT SHORT
HIGH BATTERY VOLTAGE
ORC RUN ONLY OVER VOLTAGE
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
103
AIRBAG

1 Ensure the battery is fully charged. All
SELECT ONE:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 11
FCM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 3
FCM - STORED DTC

Go To 11

2 With the DRBIIIt, read the active FCM DTCs. All

Are there any active ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER codes?
Yes Go To 3
No WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE
BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEED-
ING. Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with
Service Instructions.
3 Select the active FCM RUN ONLY DTC displayed on the DRB. All
1. ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OPEN

Go To 4
2. ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OVER VOLTAGE

Go To 7
3. ORC RUN-START SHORT TO GROUND
Go To 8
4. ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OVER CURRENT

Go To 8
5. ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OVER TEMP

Go To 8
104
AIRBAG

WARNING: IF THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER IS DROPPED
AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Connect a test light to ground and the ORC Run Only Driver circuit at the Airbag
Control Module connector.
Turn the ignition off, wait 90 seconds and then turn the ignition ON.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active FCM DTCs.
Does the DRB show an active ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OPEN code?
Yes Go To 5

tions.
Control Module connector and the Airbag Control Module adapter.

No Go To 6

connector and the Airbag Control Module adapter.

No Repair the open ORC Run Only Driver circuit.
7 Measure the battery voltage. All

Yes Refer to Charging Category for the P1594 Charging System Too
High symptom.

105
AIRBAG

8 Disconnect the Front Control Module. All
Measure the resistance of the ORC Run Only Driver circuit between the Front
Yes Go To 9


Yes Go To 10
No Replace the IPM.
10 Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s). All

WARNING: IF THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER IS DROPPED
AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Yes WARNING: MAKE SURE THE BATTERY IS DISCONNECTED,
tions.
No Repair the ORC Run Only Driver circuit shorted to ground.

106
AIRBAG

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

107
AIRBAG
Symptom:
MODULE NOT CONFIGURED FOR SAB
MODULE NOT CONFIGURED FOR SAB

When Monitored: With ignition on, the ORC monitors the PCI Bus for a message
containing an 9A9 in the 4 th position of the VIN. This character identifies the type of safety
equipment and should match the VIN. The PCM transmits the VIN every 3.5 seconds.
Set Condition: The code will set, if the ORC detects a Side Impact Airbag Module active
on the PCI Bus and the 4 th character of the VIN message is not an 9A9.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK PCM VIN
ACM, ORC NOT CONFIGURED FOR SIDE AIRBAGS
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

Connect the DRB to the data link connector and select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS,
AIRBAG, SYSTEM TEST
With the DRBIIIt, read the PCM Active on the Bus
Does the DRB show PCM Active on the Bus:?
Yes Go To 3
No Refer to category COMMUNICATION and select the related

symptom.
108
AIRBAG
MODULE NOT CONFIGURED FOR SAB Continued

3 With the DRB read the Vehicle Identification Number in the Powertrain Control All
Module.
Yes Go To 4

Repair
positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

109
AIRBAG
Symptom:
NO CLUSTER MESSAGE
NO CLUSTER MESSAGE
When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a message from
the MIC containing the airbag warning indicator status. The MIC transmits the message
one time at ignition on, lamp state change, or in response to the ACM message.
Set Condition: If the MIC message is not received for 10 consecutive seconds, the code
will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MIC, COMMUNICATION FAILURE
ACM, NO CLUSTER MESSAGES
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4


With the DRBIIIt, ensure PCI Bus communications with the Instrument Cluster.
Is the Instrument Cluster communicating on the PCI Bus?
Yes Go To 3

related symptom NO RESPONSE or INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BUS +/- SIGNAL OPEN.
110
AIRBAG
NO CLUSTER MESSAGE Continued

Repair
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED
AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. Replace the Airbag
Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions.

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.
111
AIRBAG
Symptom:
NO LEFT SIACM MESSAGE

When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the Left Side
Impact Airbag Control Module status message. The Left SIACM transmits the status
message to the ACM at 1 - second intervals.
Set Condition: If the ACM fails to see the Left SIACM status message on the PCI Bus for
15 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ACM, NO LEFT SIACM MESSAGE
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

2 With the DRBIIIt select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, SIDE AIRBAG then LEFT SIDE All
from the DRB menu.
Does the DRBIIIt show NO RESPONSE or BUS +/- SIGNAL OPEN?
Yes Refer to the Communication category for the related symptom.

No Go To 3
Repair
112
AIRBAG
NO LEFT SIACM MESSAGE Continued

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

113
AIRBAG
Symptom:
NO ODOMETER MESSAGE
NO ODOMETER MESSAGE
When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the Odometer
message from the Body Control Module. The PCM transmits the odometer message at 1
second intervals.
Set Condition: The code will set, if the ACM does not see the odometer message for 10
seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO ODOMETER MESSAGE
ACM, NO ODOMETER MESSAGE
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5
2 Connect the DRBIIIt to the data link connector and select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, All
With the DRBIIIt, read the PCM Active on the Bus:.
Does the DRB show PCM ACTIVE ON THE BUS?
Yes Go To 3
No Refer to category 9 COMMUNICATION CATEGORY9 and select

the related symptom.
114
AIRBAG
NO ODOMETER MESSAGE Continued

3 With the DRB select ENGINE, MISCELLANEOUS, SELECT MISC FUNCTION, All
and then CHECK VIN to read the Vehicle Identification Number in the Powertrain
Control Module.
Yes Go To 4

Repair
WARNING: make sure the battery is disconnected and wait 2
minutes before proceeding. Replace the Airbag Control Module in
accordance with Service Instructions.
positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

115
AIRBAG
Symptom:
NO PCI TRANSMISSION
NO PCI TRANSMISSION
When Monitored: With the ignition on and the module transmitting information on the
PCI BUS.
Set Condition: The code will set if the onboard diagnostic cannot detect the module
transmitting information on the PCI BUS for 4 consecutive seconds. NOTE: Any PCI Bus
Failure will may cause a stored code to set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE - ACM
LEFT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE - LSIACM
RIGHT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE - RSIACM
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
116
AIRBAG
NO PCI TRANSMISSION Continued

IF THE MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
From the list below, select the appropriate module and DTC type for the this
diagnostic trouble code.
Select the appropriate module and type of DTC
ACM - ACTIVE
WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BAT-
TERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service
Instructions.
ACM - STORED
Go To 2
LEFT SIACM - ACTIVE

Replace the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module in accordance
with the Service Instructions.
LEFT SIACM - STORED

Go To 2
RIGHT SIACM - ACTIVE

Replace the Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module in accor-
dance with the Service Instructions.
RIGHT SIACM - STORED
Go To 2
117
AIRBAG
NO PCI TRANSMISSION Continued

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

118
AIRBAG
Symptom:
NO PCM MESSAGE
NO PCM MESSAGE
When Monitored: With ignition on, the Side Impact Airbag Control Module monitors the
PCI Bus for the PCM VIN message.
Set Condition: If the Side Impact Airbag Control Module fails to see the PCM message on
the PCI Bus for 15 seconds the code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO PCM MESSAGE
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
SIACM, NO PCM MESSAGE

SELECT ONE:
Go To 2

Go To 5
RIGHT SIACM - ACTIVE

Go To 2
Go To 5

Does the DRB show PCM ACTIVE ON THE BUS?
Yes Go To 3
No Refer to category 9 COMMUNICATION CATEGORY9 and select

the related symptom.
119
AIRBAG
NO PCM MESSAGE Continued

Control Module.
Yes Go To 4

Repair
WARNING: MAKE SURE THE BATTERY IS DISCONNECTED,
the Side Impact Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions.
positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

120
AIRBAG
Symptom:
NO RIGHT SIACM MESSAGE

When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the Right Side
Impact Airbag Control Module status message. The Right SIACM transmits the status
message to the ACM at 1 - second intervals.
Set Condition: If the ACM fails to see the Right SIACM status message on the PCI Bus
for 15 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ACM, NO RIGHT SIACM MESSAGE
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

2 With the DRBIIIt select SIDE AIRBAG and the RIGHT SIDE AIRBAG from the All
DRBIIIt menu.
Does the DRBIIIt show NO RESPONSE or BUS +/- SIGNAL OPEN?
Yes Refer to the COMMUNICATION category for the related symp-

tom.
No Go To 3
121
AIRBAG
NO RIGHT SIACM MESSAGE Continued

Repair

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.
122
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored: The ACM monitors the Seat Belt Buckle Switch circuit for an open
condition.
Set Condition: The code will set if the ACM does not detect the correct circuit voltage.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER SBS OPEN
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS OPEN
ACM, PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4


Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Switch.
Measure the voltage between Passenger Seat Belt Switch Line 1 and Line 2 circuits
and ground.
Is there voltage present on both circuits?
Yes Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Switch Buckle Assembly.

No Go To 3
123
AIRBAG
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN Continued

Measure the resistance of the Driver SBS Line 1 and line 2 circuits between the
Passenger SBS harness connector and Airbag Load Tool Adaptor.
Is the resistance below 1.0 ohms on both circuits?
No Repair the open Passenger Seat Belt Switch Line 1 or Line 2.

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

124
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored: The ACM monitors the Seat Belt Buckle Switch circuit for an short to
battery.
Set Condition: The code will set if the ACM detects high circuit voltage.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS SHORTED TO BATTERY
ACM, PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4


Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Switch connector.
Does the DRB show PASSENGER SBS CIRCUIT OPEN?

No Go To 3
125
AIRBAG
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY Continued

Measure the voltage on the Passenger SBS Line 1 and Line 2 circuits at the
Passenger SBS connector.
Yes Repair the Passenger Seat Belt Switch line 1 or line 2 shorted to
battery.

the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service infor-
mation.
positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

126
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored: The ACM monitors the Seat Belt Buckle Switch circuit for a shorted
together or shorted to ground condition.
Set Condition: The code will set if the ACM detects low circuit voltage.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TOGETHER OR TO GROUND
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS SHORTED TO GROUND
ACM, PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

1 TURN THE IGNITION ON. THIS IS A TEST. All
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

2 Turn Ignition off. All

Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Switch connector.
Turn Ignition on.
Does the DRB show PASSENGER SBS CIRCUIT OPEN?
No Go To 3
127
AIRBAG
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND Continued

Measure the resistance between the Driver SBS Line 1 and line 2 circuit at the
Passenger SBS connector.
Yes Repair the Passenger Seat Belt Switch Line 1 and Line 2 shorted
together.
No Go To 4
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector
Measure the resistance of the Passenger SBS Line 1 and line 2 circuit between the
Passenger SBS connector and ground.
Yes Repair the Passenger Seat Belt Switch line 1 or line 2 shorted to
ground.
positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

128
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger
Set Condition: When the ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance in the Passenger
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
ACM, PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
Does the DRBIIIt display PASSENGER SBT CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner in accordance with the
129
AIRBAG
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN Continued

Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger SBT connector.
Disconnect the Airbag control Module connector(s).
connector.
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 and Line 2
circuits between the Load Tool Adaptor and the Passenger SBT connector.
Is the resistance below 1.0 ohms on either circuit ?
No Repair open or high resistance in Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner

Line 1 or Line 2 circuits.
positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

130
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance between the
Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects low resistance in the Passenger Seat Belt
Tensioner circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
ACM, PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes Go To 3
131
AIRBAG
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT Continued

Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
connector(s).
Measure the resistance between the Passenger SBT Line 1 and line 2 circuit at the
Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
Yes Repair the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 short to Line 2
circuit.

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

132
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored: When the ignition is on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Passenger
Set Condition: When the ACM detects voltage on the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner
circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, PASSENGER SBT SHORT TO BATTERY
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

Does the DRBIIIt display PASSENGER SBT SHORT TO BATTERY?
Yes Go To 3
133
AIRBAG
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY Continued

connector(s).
Measure the voltage of the Passenger SBT Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the
Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector and ground.
Is there any voltage on either circuit?
Yes Repair the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 or Line 2 short
to battery.

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

134
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND

Set Condition: When the ACM detects a short to ground in either Passenger Seat Belt
Tensioner circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORTED TO GROUND
ACM, PASSENGER SBT SHORT TO GROUND
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

Does the DRBIIIt display PASSENGER SBT SHORT TO GROUND?
Yes Go To 3
135
AIRBAG
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND Continued

connector(s).
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 and Line 2
circuits between the Passenger SBT connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 10K Ohms on either circuit?
Yes Repair the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 or Line 2 short
to ground.

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

136
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN

Squib 1 circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance on the Passenger
Squib 1 circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
PAB SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
ACM, PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

137
AIRBAG
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN Continued

Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
FATAL INJURY.
Connect the Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service

Information.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control module connector(s).
Connect the Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuit between
the ACM Adaptor and the Passenger Airbag connector.
No Repair open or high resistance in Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 or
Line 2 circuits.
138
AIRBAG

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

139
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT

Passenger Squib 1 circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects low resistance in the Passenger Squib 1 circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT
PAB SQUIB 1 LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
ACM, PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

FATAL INJURY.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes Go To 3

Information.
140
AIRBAG
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT Continued

Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adapter to the Airbag Control Module connec-
tor(s).
Measure the resistance between Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits at the
Passenger Airbag connector.
Yes Repair Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 circuit short to Passenger Squib
1 Line 2 circuit.

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

141
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the voltage on the Passenger
Squib 1 circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects voltage on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUITS SHORT TO BATTERY
PAB SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

FATAL INJURY.
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Infor-

mation.
142
AIRBAG
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY Continued

tor(s).
Measure the voltage on the Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the
Passenger Airbag connector and ground.
Yes Repair Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 or Line 2 circuit short to battery.


positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

143
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND

Squib 1 circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects a short to ground in either Passenger Squib 1
circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUITS SHORT TO GROUND
PAB SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO GROUND
ACM, PAB SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

144
AIRBAG
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND Continued

FATAL INJURY.
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND?
Yes Go To 3

Information.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 or Line 2 circuit between the
Passenger Airbag Module Connector and ground.
Yes Repair Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits for a short to
ground.

145
AIRBAG

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

146
AIRBAG
Symptom:

Squib 2 circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance on the Passenger
Squib 2 circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
ACM, PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

147
AIRBAG

FATAL INJURY.
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 3

Information.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connec-
tor(s).
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between
the ACM Adaptor and the Passenger Airbag connector.

No Repair open or high resistance in Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 or

Line 2 circuits.
148
AIRBAG

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

149
AIRBAG
Symptom:

Passenger Squib 2 circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects low resistance in the Passenger Squib 2 circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
ACM, PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

FATAL INJURY.
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes Go To 3

mation.
150
AIRBAG
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT Continued

tor(s).
Measure the resistance between the Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 and line 2 circuits at
the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
Yes Repair Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 circuit short to Passenger Squib
2 Line 2 circuit.

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

151
AIRBAG
Symptom:

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Passenger
Squib 2 circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects voltage on the Passenger Squib 2 circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

FATAL INJURY.
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY?
Yes Go To 3

mation.
152
AIRBAG
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY Continued

tor(s).
Measure the voltage on the Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the
Passenger Airbag connector and ground.
Yes Repair Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 or Line 2 circuit shorted to

battery.

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

153
AIRBAG
Symptom:

Squib 2 circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects a short to ground in either Passenger Squib 2
circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO GROUND
ACM, PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

154
AIRBAG

FATAL INJURY.
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND?
Yes Go To 3

Information.
FATAL INJURY.
tor(s).
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between
the Passenger Airbag Module connector and ground.
Yes Repair Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 or Line 2 circuit for a short to
ground.
155
AIRBAG

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

156
AIRBAG
Symptom:
SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN
SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the SIACM monitors the resistance of the Seat
Squib circuits.
Set Condition: When the SIACM detects an open circuit or high resistance on the Seat
Squib circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT AIRBAG CIRCUIT OPEN
SEAT SQUIB LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
SIACM, SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
Go To 2

Go To 4

Go To 2
Go To 4

157
AIRBAG
SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN Continued

Disconnect the Seat Airbag connector.
WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED SEAT BACK PAD-
DED SIDE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL
INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN
SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Seat Airbag connector.
With the DRBIIIt, read the SIACM active DTCs.
Does the DRB show SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace Seat Airbag in accordance with the Service Information.

Disconnect the Load Tool from the Seat Airbag Connector.
Disconnect the Side Impact Airbag Control Module Connector.
If the SIACM connector is equipped with shorting clips or bars connect the
appropriate Airbag Load Tool SIACM Adapter to the connector.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the Load
Tool SIACM adaptor and the Seat Airbag connector.
Yes Replace the Side Impact Airbag Control Module in accordance
with the Service information. WARNING: IF THE SIDE IMPACT
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT
MUST BE REPLACED.
No Repair open or high resistance in the Seat Squib Line 1 or Line 2
circuits.
158
AIRBAG
SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN Continued

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

159
AIRBAG
Symptom:
SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT
SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the SIACM monitors the resistance between the
Seat Squib circuits.
Set Condition: When the SIACM detects a low resistance between the Seat Squib
circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT
SEAT SQUIB LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
SIACM, SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

Go To 2

Go To 4

Go To 2
Go To 4

160
AIRBAG
SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT Continued

With the DRB, read the SIACM active DTCs.
Does the DRB show SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes Go To 3

Disconnect the Side Impact Airbag Control Module connector
appropriate Airbag Load Tool Adapter to the connector.
Measure the resistance between the Seat Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits at the Seat
Airbag connector.
Yes Repair Seat Squib Line 1 shorted to Line 2 circuit.

No Replace the Side Impact Airbag Control Module in accordance

with Service Information. WARNING: IF THE SIDE IMPACT
MUST BE REPLACED.
161
AIRBAG
SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT Continued

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

162
AIRBAG
Symptom:
SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY
SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the SIACM monitors the voltage of the Seat Squib
circuits.
Set Condition: When the SIACM detects voltage on the Seat Squib circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT AIRBAG SHORT TO BATTERY
SEAT SQUIB LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORTED TO BATTERY
SIACM, SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

Go To 2

Go To 4

Go To 2
Go To 4

163
AIRBAG
SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY Continued

With the DRBIIIt, read SIACM active DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY?
Yes Go To 3

Disconnect the Airbag Load Tool.
Disconnect the Side Impact Airbag Control Module connector.
appropriate Airbag Load Tool SIACM Adapter to the connector.
Measure the voltage of the Seat Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the Seat
Airbag connector and ground.
Is any voltage present on either circuit?
Yes Repair Seat Squib Line 1 or Line 2 shorted to battery.
with Service Information. WARNING: IF THE SIDE IMPACT
MUST BE REPLACED.
164
AIRBAG
SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY Continued

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

165
AIRBAG
Symptom:
SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND
SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the SIACM monitors the resistance of the Seat
Squib circuits.
Set Condition: When the SIACM detects low resistance in the Seat Squib circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT AIRBAG SHORT TO GROUND
SEAT SQUIB LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORTED TO GROUND
SIACM, SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

Go To 2

Go To 4

Go To 2
Go To 4

166
AIRBAG
SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND Continued

With the DRBIIIt, read SIACM active DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Seat Airbag in accordance with Service Instructions.

Disconnect the Airbag Load Tool.
Disconnect the Side Impact Airbag Control Module connector.
appropriate Airbag Load Tool SIAM Adapter to the connector.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the
Curtain Squib connector and ground.
Yes Repair Seat Squib Line 1 or Line 2 shorted to ground.
with Service Instructions. WARNING: IF THE SIDE IMPACT
MUST BE REPLACED.
167
AIRBAG
SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND Continued

positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

168
AIRBAG
Symptom:
VEHICLE BODY STYLE UNKNOWN

When Monitored: When the ignition is on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the VIN
message containing the vehicle body style from the Powertrain Control Module. The PCM
transmits the VIN message every 14 seconds.
Set Condition: With ignition on, If the ACM does not receive 2 consecutive matching
(vehicle Body Style) VIN messages on the bus the code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ACM, VEHICLE BODY STYLE UNKNOWN
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5
Does the DRB show PCM ACTIVE ON THE BUS:?
Yes Go To 3

related symptom.
169
AIRBAG
VEHICLE BODY STYLE UNKNOWN Continued

Control Module.
Yes Go To 4

Repair
positions.
codes.
problem.
message.

170
AIRBAG
Symptom:
*AIRBAG INDICATOR ON WITHOUT ACTIVE TROUBLE CODES
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR ON WITHOUT ACTIVE TROUBLE CODES
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PROBLEMS

Make sure that all active DTCs have been repaired before performing this procedure.
With the DRBIIIt select the PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, AIRBAG, MONITOR DIS-
PLAY and read the WARNING LAMP STATES.
With no active DTCs, Does the LAMP REQ by ACM monitor show ON?
Yes WARNING: MAKE SURE THE BATTERY IS DISCONNECTED,
tions.
No Refer to INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CATEGORY symptom list for

problems related to Instrument Cluster.
171
AUDIO
Symptom:
ALL OUTPUTS SHORT
ALL OUTPUTS SHORT

When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed.
Set Condition: The radio has sensed a short on the output for more than 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DETERMINE FAULT
FRONT SHORTED SPEAKER
REAR SHORTED SPEAKER
(+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SPEAKER (+) & (-) CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
SPEAKER SECTION OF RADIO

Turn the Radio on.
With the DRBIIIt, erase the audio DTCs.
Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds.
With the DRBIIIt, read the audio DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display ALL OUTPUTS SHORT?
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the service information to
help isolate a possible intermittent short.
172
AUDIO
ALL OUTPUTS SHORT Continued

NOTE: Perform this procedure after disconnecting each front speaker
connector.
Disconnect each front speaker harness connector one at a time.
Turn the radio on.
Does the DRBIIIt display ALL OUTPUTS SHORT with all the front speakers
disconnected?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Speaker that when disconnected the DTC did not
reset. Note: On the premium system, check the I/P speaker
circuits between the front door speaker and the I/P speaker for a
short to ground or shorted together condition before replacing
speaker.

NOTE: Perform this procedure after disconnecting each rear speaker
connector.
Disconnect each rear speaker harness connector one at a time.
Turn the radio on.
Does the DRBIIIt display ALL OUTPUTS SHORT with all the rear speakers
disconnected?
Yes Go To 4
No Replace Speaker that when disconnected the DTC did not reset.
Note: On the premium system, check the rear speaker ckts
between the rear door speaker and the rear pillar speaker for a
speaker.

Disconnect each front and rear speaker harness connector.
Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and each speaker (+) circuit.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms?
Yes Repair the speaker (+) circuit for a short to ground.

No Go To 5
173
AUDIO
ALL OUTPUTS SHORT Continued

Measure the resistance between ground and each speaker (-) circuit.
Yes Repair the speaker (-) circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance between each speaker (+) circuit and each speaker (-) circuit.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms for any of the measurements?
Yes Repair the speaker circuits shorted together.

No Go To 7

Repair
Replace the Radio.
174
AUDIO
Symptom List:
CASSETTE PLAYER INOP
CD MECHANICAL FAILURE
REAR TRANSMITTER FAILURE
*AM/FM SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*ANY STATION PRESET SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*BALANCE INOPERATIVE
*CD EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*EQUALIZER INOPERATIVE
*FADER INOPERATIVE
*FF/RW SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*HOUR/MINUTE SWITCHES INOPERATIVE
*PAUSE/PLAY SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*PWR SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*SCAN SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*SEEK SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*SET SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*TAPE EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*TIME SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*TUNE SWITCH INOPERATIVE
The title for the tests will be CASSETTE PLAYER INOP.
CASSETTE PLAYER INOP

When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and radio turned on.
Set Condition: The code will set if the radio detects a internal cassette failure.
CD MECHANICAL FAILURE
When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and CD player turned on.
Set Condition: The code will set if the radio detects a CD mechanical failure.
REAR TRANSMITTER FAILURE

When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and radio turned on.
Set Condition: The code will set if the radio detects a internal rear transmitter failure.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
175
AUDIO
CASSETTE PLAYER INOP Continued

1 NOTE: If a DTC is set, erase the DTC and attempt to reset the DTC. If DTC All
resets, follow this test.
This is an internal radio failure.
View repair
Repair
Replace the Radio.
176
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD CHANGER MECHANICAL FAILURE
CD CHANGER MECHANICAL FAILURE

When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and CD Changer turned on.
Set Condition: The code will set if the CD Changer detects a mechanical failure.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE

1 NOTE: Erase DTC and attempt to reset. If DTC resets, follow this test. All
This is an internal CD Changer failure.
View repair
Repair
Replace the CD Changer.
177
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD CHANGER READ FAILURE

Set Condition: The code will set if a CD that is not formatted as a music CD is installed
in the CD Changer.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

1 Replace the problem CD with a good, clean, unscratched, music CD. All
Turn the radio on and select the good CD.
Does the DRBIIIt display CD CHANGER READ FAILURE?
Yes Replace the CD Changer.

No Test Complete.
178
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH
CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH

Set Condition: The code will set if the temperature inside the CD Changer is above +65
C (+145 F).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HIGH TEMPERATURE FAILURE

1 With the DRBIIIt, erase the audio DTCs. All
Start the engine and allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
If the vehicle has been in the hot sunlight or extreme cold move the vehicle indoors
and open the doors to allow the inside temperature to stabilize.
The CD Changer will operate between -23 C and 65 C (-10 F and +145 F).
Does the DRBIIIt display CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH?
Yes Replace the CD Changer.

No Test Complete.
179
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD PLAY FAILURE
CD PLAY FAILURE
When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and the radio CD player turned on.
Set Condition: The code will set if a CD that is not formatted as a music CD or is
scratched, dirty so the radio can not play the CD.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CD PLAY FAILURE

Turn the radio CD player on.
Does the DRBIIIt display CD PLAY FAILURE?
Yes Replace the Radio.

No Test Complete.
180
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD READ FAILURE
CD READ FAILURE
Set Condition: The code will set if a CD that is not formatted as a music CD is installed
in the radio CD player.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CD READ FAILURE

Turn the radio CD player on.
Does the DRBIIIt display CD READ FAILURE?

No Test Complete.
181
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD TEMPERATURE HIGH
CD TEMPERATURE HIGH
Set Condition: The code will set if the temperature inside the radio CD player is above
+70 C (+156 F).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HIGH TEMPERATURE FAILURE

1 With the DRBIIIt, erase the audio DTCs. All
Start the engine and allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
If the vehicle has been in the hot sunlight or extreme cold move the vehicle indoors
and open the doors to allow the inside temperature to stabilize.
The radio CD player will operate between -23 C and 70 C (-10 F and +156 F).
Does the DRBIIIt display CD TEMPERATURE HIGH?

No Test Complete.
182
AUDIO
Symptom:
LOW VOLTAGE LEVEL
LOW VOLTAGE LEVEL

When Monitored:
Set Condition: The radio detects lower than normal voltage.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK CHARGING SYSTEM
CHECK VOLTAGE LEVEL AT RADIO
RADIO

1 Check the charging system in accordance with the service information. All
Is the charging system operating properly?
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to the appropriate service information and repair as neces-
sary.

Disconnect the Radio harness connector.
Start the engine.
Measure the voltage of each Fused B+ circuit and the Fused Ignition Switch Output
circuit.
Is the voltage above or approximately 14 volts for each measurement?
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the circuit for high resistance.

3 Note: Reconnect all previously disconnected components. All

Turn the ignition and Radio on.
Start the engine.
Did this DTC reset?

No Test Complete.
183
AUDIO
Symptom List:
NBS OUTPUT 1 OPEN
NBS OUTPUT 2 OPEN
The title for the tests will be NBS OUTPUT 1 OPEN.
NBS OUTPUT 1 OPEN

When Monitored: Continuously.
Set Condition: If the FCM detects no voltage present on the NBS relay control circuit.
NBS OUTPUT 2 OPEN

Set Condition: If the FCM detects no voltage present on the NBS relay control circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DTCS
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN
NBS RELAY OPEN
NBS RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
FRONT CONTROL MODULE

NOTE: If neither DTC will reset or is active, refer to the wiring diagrams
located in the service information to help isolate a possible intermittent
condition.
With the DRB, read the FCM DTCs.
Are both the NBS Output 1 Open and the NBS Output 2 Open DTCs set?
Yes Go To 2
No Replace the Front Control Module in accordance with the Service

Information.
2 Remove the NBS Relay from the IPM. All

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe cavity 86 of the NBS Relay
connector.
Is the test light illuminated?
Yes Go To 3
No Check IPM Fuse #14 for an open. If OK, replace the Integrated
Power Module (IPM).
184
AUDIO
NBS OUTPUT 1 OPEN Continued

Install a substitute relay in place of the NBS Relay.
With the DRB, erase DTCs.
Turn the Radio on.
With the DRB, read DTCs.
Did these DTCs reset?
Yes Go To 4
No Replace the original NBS Relay.


Remove the Front Control Module from the IPM.
Remove the NBS Relay from the IPM.
Measure the resistance of the NBS Relay Control circuit between the FCM connector
cavity 11 and the NBS Relay connector cavity 85.
Yes Replace the Front Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
No Replace the power distribution center portion of the IPM in
accordance with the service information.
185
AUDIO
Symptom List:
NBS OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT
The title for the tests will be NBS OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO
BATT.

When Monitored: With the ignition on and the Radio on.
Set Condition: The FCM detects excessive current when attempting to close the NBS
relay.

When Monitored: With the ignition on and the Radio on.
Set Condition: The FCM detects excessive current when attempting to close the NBS
relay.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DTCS
NBS RELAY SHORTED
NBS RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY

Turn the Radio on.
condition.
Are both the NBS Output 1 Short to Batt and the NBS Output 2 Short to Batt DTCs
set?
Yes Go To 2

Information.
186
AUDIO
NBS OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT Continued

Install a substitute relay in place of the NBS Relay.
Turn the Radio on.
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the original NBS Relay.


Remove the NBS Relay from the IPM.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the NBS Relay connector cavity
85.
Yes Replace the power distribution center portion of the IPM in

Information.
187
AUDIO
Symptom:
NO ANTENNA CONNECTION
NO ANTENNA CONNECTION
When Monitored: With the ignition on and the radio in seek up/down mode.
Set Condition: With the radio in seek or scan mode for two minutes and the radio does not
detect an antenna connection or does not receive a radio station signal.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BAD ANTENNA CONNECTION
TEST ANTENNA
RADIO

Disconnect the Radio Antenna connector.
Inspect the Radio Antenna connection.
Was the Antenna connection clean and tight?
Yes Go To 2
No Repair Antenna connection as needed.

2 Refer to the Audio System in the service information and test the Antenna in All
accordance with the service procedure.
Is the Antenna ok?
Yes Go To 3
No Repair or replace the Antenna assembly as necessary.

3 Note: Reconnect all previously disconnected components. All

Turn the ignition and Radio on.
With the DRBIIIt, erase the audio DTCs, put the radio in seek up and seek down
mode for approximately 2 minutes before proceeding.
Did this DTC reset?
No Test Complete.
188
AUDIO
Symptom:
POWER AMP SHUTDOWN
POWER AMP SHUTDOWN

Set Condition: The radio has sensed a short on the output for more than 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DETERMINE FAULT
FRONT SHORTED SPEAKER
REAR SHORTED SPEAKER
(+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SPEAKER (+) & (-) CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
SPEAKER SECTION OF RADIO

Turn the Radio on.
Does the DRBIIIt display POWER AMP SHUTDOWN?
Yes Go To 2
189
AUDIO
POWER AMP SHUTDOWN Continued

NOTE: Perform this procedure after disconnecting each front speaker
connector.
Disconnect each front speaker harness connector one at a time.
Turn the radio on.
Does the DRBIIIt display POWER AMP SHUTDOWN with all the front speakers
disconnected?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Speaker that when disconnected the DTC did not
reset. Note: On the premium system, check the I/P speaker
circuits between the front door speaker and the I/P speaker for a
speaker.

NOTE: Perform this procedure after disconnecting each rear speaker
connector.
Disconnect each rear speaker harness connector one at a time.
Turn the radio on.
Does the DRBIIIt display POWER AMP SHUTDOWN with all the rear speakers
disconnected?
Yes Go To 4
No Replace Speaker that when disconnected the DTC did not reset.
Note: On the premium system, check the rear speaker ckts
between the rear door speaker and the rear pillar speaker for a
speaker.

Measure the resistance between ground and each speaker (+) circuit.
Yes Repair the speaker (+) circuit for a short to ground.

No Go To 5
190
AUDIO
POWER AMP SHUTDOWN Continued

Measure the resistance between ground and each speaker (-) circuit.
Yes Repair the speaker (-) circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance between each speaker (+) circuit and each speaker (-) circuit.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms for any of the measurements?
Yes Repair the speaker circuits shorted together.

No Go To 7

Repair
Replace the Radio.
191
AUDIO
Symptom:
REMOTE RADIO SWITCH STUCK
REMOTE RADIO SWITCH STUCK

Set Condition: The code will set if the BCM detects a stuck switch or a short to ground on
the Radio Control MUX circuit for more than 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LEFT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
RIGHT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND AT THE SWITCH
RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE RETURN CIRCUIT AT THE SWITCH
CLOCKSPRING SHORTED TO GROUND
RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
RADIO CONTROL MUX CKT SHORTED TO THE RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN CKT
BODY CONTROL MODULE

1 With the DRB, erase DTCs. All
Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait approximately 1 minute.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes Go To 2

2 WARNING: Turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait 2 minutes All
before proceeding.
CAUTION: Do not place an intact undeployed airbag module face down on
a hard surface, the airbag module will propel into the air if accidently
deployed.
Remove the Driver Airbag Module.
Disconnect the Left Remote Radio Switch harness connector.
Turn the ignition on, reconnect the battery.
With the DRB, enter Body Computer then Sensors and monitor the Radio Control SW
voltage.
Yes Replace the Left Remote Radio Switch.
No Go To 3
192
AUDIO
REMOTE RADIO SWITCH STUCK Continued

before proceeding.
deployed.
Disconnect the Right Remote Radio Switch harness connector.
voltage
Yes Replace the Right Remote Radio Switch.

No Go To 4

Disconnect the Clockspring C4 harness connector.
voltage.
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6

NOTE: Ensure both remote radio switches are disconnected.
Measure the resistance between ground and each Radio Control MUX circuit at the
clockspring C4 harness connector.
Yes Repair the Radio Control MUX circuit for a short to ground
between the clockspring and the remote radio switches.
No Repair the Radio Control MUX circuit for a short to the Radio
Control MUX Return circuit between the clockspring and the
remote radio switches.

voltage.
Yes Replace the Clockspring in accordance with the service informa-

tion.
No Go To 7
193
AUDIO
REMOTE RADIO SWITCH STUCK Continued

Disconnect the BCM C5 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Radio Control MUX circuit.
Yes Repair the Radio Control MUX circuit for a short to ground
between the clockspring and the BCM.
No Go To 8

Disconnect the BCM C4 and C5 harness connectors.
Measure the resistance between the Radio Control MUX circuit and the Radio
Control MUX Return circuit.
Yes Repair the Radio Control MUX circuit for a short to the Radio
Control MUX Return circuit between the clockspring and the
BCM.
No Go To 9

Repair
Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
194
AUDIO
Symptom:
*REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT AT THE SWITCH
OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN CIRCUIT AT THE SWITCH
REMOTE RADIO SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE - INTERNAL SHORT
OPEN CLOCKSPRING
OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT
OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN CIRCUIT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - OPEN INTERNAL

1 NOTE: If any DTCs are set, diagnose the DTC before continuing. All
Turn the ignition and radio on.
Operate both remote radio switches.
Are both remote radio control switches inoperative?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 7

voltage.
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service

information.

Connect a jumper wire between cavity 1 and cavity 2 at the Clockspring C1 connector.
voltage.
Yes Check the circuits between the clockspring connector and the
splice for an open. If ok, replace the Clockspring.
No Go To 4
195
AUDIO
*REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS INOPERATIVE Continued

Measure the resistance of the Radio Control MUX circuit between the BCM
connector and the Clockspring connector.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Radio Control MUX circuit for an open between the
clockspring and the BCM.

Measure the resistance of the Radio Control MUX Return circuit between the BCM
connector and the Clockspring connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Radio Control MUX Return circuit for an open be-
tween the clockspring and the BCM.

Repair
information.
before proceeding.
deployed.
Disconnect both remote radio switch harness connectors.
Measure the voltage of the Radio Control MUX circuit at the inoperative remote
radio switch.
Yes Go To 8
No Repair the Radio Control MUX circuit for an open between the
inoperative switch and the splice.
196
AUDIO
*REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS INOPERATIVE Continued

before proceeding.
deployed.
Disconnect both remote radio switch harness connectors.
Measure the resistance of the Radio Control MUX Return circuit between the
inoperative remote radio switch and the clockspring connector.
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the Radio Control MUX Return circuit for an open be-
tween the inoperative switch and the clockspring.

Repair
Replace the inoperative Remote Radio Switch.
197
Symptom:
AC PRESSURE TOO HIGH (ACTIVE)
AC PRESSURE TOO HIGH (ACTIVE)

When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Also monitored during
the Cooldown Test.
Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC reads the A/C Pressure Sensor value and it is
above 250 A/D counts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM/ECM DTC(S) PRESENT
ATC

1 NOTE: Ensure that the A/C refrigerant system is properly charged per the All
With the DRBIIIt, read PCM/ECM DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display any PCM/ECM DTCs?
Yes Refer to Powertrain Diagnostic information for the related symp-
tom(s).
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
No Replace the ATC.
198
Symptom List:
AC PRESSURE TOO HIGH (STORED)
DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)
DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (STORED)
DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED)
EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (STORED)
EVAP TEMP SENSOR SHORTED (STORED)
FRONT IR SENSOR AND CONTROL HEAD MISMATCH (STORED)
FRONT IR SENSOR CHANGE TOO LARGE (STORED)
FRONT IR SENSOR HIGH (STORED)
FRONT IR SENSOR LOW (STORED)
FRONT IR SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED (STORED)
FRONT KEYBOARD COMMUNICATION FAULT (STORED)
FRONT KEYBOARD FAULT (STORED)
FRONT MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)
FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (STORED)
FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED)
PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)
PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (STORED)
PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED)
PCI BUS SHORTED HIGH (STORED)
PCI BUS SHORTED LOW (STORED)
REAR BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)
REAR BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (STORED)
REAR BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED)
REAR FAN POT OPEN (STORED)
REAR FAN POT SHORTED (STORED)
REAR KEYBOARD FAULT (STORED)
REAR MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)
REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (STORED)
REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED)
REAR MODE POT OPEN (STORED)
REAR MODE POT SHORTED (STORED)
RECIRC DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)
RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (STORED)
RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED)
The title for the tests will be AC PRESSURE TOO HIGH
(STORED).
199
AC PRESSURE TOO HIGH (STORED) Continued
AC PRESSURE TOO HIGH (STORED)

When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Also monitored during
the Cooldown Test.
Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC reads the A/C Pressure Sensor value and it is
DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)

When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed.
Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC does not receive feedback pulses within 5
seconds of the drive voltage being applied.
DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (STORED)

Set Condition: This DTC is set when the ATC monitors the travel range during system
initialization and the measured range is greater than expected.
DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED)

initialization and the measured range is less than expected.
EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (STORED)

Set Condition: This DTC is displayed if the ATC detects an abnormally high voltage on
the evaporator temperature sensor signal.
EVAP TEMP SENSOR SHORTED (STORED)

Set Condition: This DTC is displayed if the ATC detects an abnormally low voltage on the
evaporator temperature sensor signal.
FRONT IR SENSOR AND CONTROL HEAD MISMATCH (STORED)

Set Condition: This DTC is set if the correct ATC head is not paired with the correct IR
module (i.e. left hand ATC head paired with right hand IR module).
FRONT IR SENSOR CHANGE TOO LARGE (STORED)

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the ATC head detects a temperature difference greater
than 50 degrees between the front IR sensors.
200
FRONT IR SENSOR HIGH (STORED)

Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC reads the Front IR Sensor value and it is above
250 A/D counts.
FRONT IR SENSOR LOW (STORED)

Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC reads the Front IR Sensor value and it is below
5 A/D counts.
FRONT IR SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED (STORED)

Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC cannot read the IR sensor values or the IR
sensor values are not within a defined range of the HVAC air door motor counts.
FRONT KEYBOARD COMMUNICATION FAULT (STORED)

Set Condition: This DTC will set if there is an internal fault in the ATC head.
FRONT KEYBOARD FAULT (STORED)

FRONT MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)

FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (STORED)

FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED)

PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)

201
PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (STORED)

PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED)

PCI BUS SHORTED HIGH (STORED)

Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC detects a short to voltage on the PCI Bus circuit.
PCI BUS SHORTED LOW (STORED)

Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC detects a short to ground on the PCI Bus circuit.
REAR BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)

REAR BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (STORED)

REAR BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED)

REAR FAN POT OPEN (STORED)

Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC reads the rear blower switch value and it is
REAR FAN POT SHORTED (STORED)

Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC reads the rear fan switch value and it is below
5 A/D counts.
202
REAR KEYBOARD FAULT (STORED)

REAR MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)

REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (STORED)

REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED)

REAR MODE POT OPEN (STORED)

Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC reads the rear mode select switch value and it
is above 250 A/D counts.
REAR MODE POT SHORTED (STORED)

is below 5 A/D counts.
RECIRC DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)

Set Condition: This DTC is set when the ATC does not receive feedback pulses within 5
RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (STORED)

203
RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR ACTIVE ATC DTCS
AC COOLDOWN TEST FAULT MESSAGE(S) PRESENT
STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE

1 NOTE: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. All
NOTE: Anytime a code becomes active proceed to the conclusion question.
NOTE: If multiple codes appear, diagnose those that relate to a short circuit
first.
Start the engine.
Press the ATC Power switch on.
Turn the front blower control to the low speed position.
If equipped, turn the rear blower control to the Rear Control position.
Set the Driver, Pass, and, if equipped, Rear temperature controls to 60F (16C).
Monitor the DRBIIIt for active ATC DTCs while performing the following test steps.
Press the recirculation mode switch on, wait 30 seconds, and then press it off.
Press the A/C mode switch on, wait 30 seconds, and then press it off.
Press the rear defogger switch on, wait 30 seconds, and then press it off.
Set the Driver temperature control to the max heat setting, wait 30 seconds, and then
set it to the max cool setting. Repeat this step for the Pass and, if equipped, Rear
temperature controls.
Turn the mode control to each position for 30 seconds and then turn it back to the
panel position.
Press the Auto HI switch, wait 30 seconds, and then press the Auto LO switch. When
function is complete, turn the front blower control to the low speed position.
If equipped, on the Rear ATC Control, set the rear temperature control to the max
heat setting, wait 30 seconds, and then set it to the max cool setting.
If equipped, on the Rear ATC Control, turn the mode control to each position for 30
seconds.
With the DRBIIIt in ATC, Miscellaneous, reset the ATC.
Does the DRBIIIt display any active ATC DTCs?
Yes Return to the symptom list and choose the symptom(s)
No Go To 2
204

2 WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH All
AS A GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILI-
TIES. ALWAYS VENT THE DCHAs EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE
DCHA. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN
PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
NOTE: For RG vehicles equipped with a Diesel Cabin Heater Assist (DCHA),
refer to Venting the DCHAs Exhaust under Cabin Heater in the General
Information portion of this manual for proper exhaust venting instructions.
NOTE: The AC Cooldown Test is actuated with the DRBIIIt. The test checks
A/C system performance based on evaporator temperature sensor input. It
also forces the ATC to initiate a Cabin Heater Activation request when the
vehicle is equipped with a DCHA.
NOTE: The A/C related portion of this test will not run if ambient temp is
below 12C (53F). However, the forced Cabin Heater activation will occur
even if the A/C portion of this test fails to initiate because test criteria was
not met.
NOTE: The A/C related portion of this test will pass if evap temp drops 6.7C
(20F) within 2 minutes of starting this test.
NOTE: Only A/C related messages display on the DRBIIIt after running this
test. These messages will clear after paging back out of this test. Therefore,
it is important to note all of the test messages before doing so.
NOTE: Running this test will cause the DELAY & Snowflake on the ATC to
flash for 162 seconds (RG with DCHA only). If the A/C related portion of this
test fails, the DELAY & Snowflake will continue to flash until the vehicle is
driven more than 3 miles.
Start the engine.
Press the ATCs Power switch on.
Turn the Mode control to the panel position.
Verify that the front blower motor and, if equipped, rear blower motor operate
correctly in all speeds from each control. Diagnose and repair all blower related faults
before proceeding with this test.
Turn the Front Blower control to the high speed position.
CAUTION: Do not activate the A/C Cooldown Test with the engine off.
Failure to follow these instructions may result in internal damage to the
DCHA Heater Module.
NOTE: Do not disconnect the vehicles battery or the DCHAs main power
supply while the DCHA is in operation or in run-down mode. Failure to
follow these instructions may result in excess emissions from the DCHA
during heater operation.
NOTE: Before actuating the AC Cooldown Test, verify that the A/C compres-
sor is not running, If the compressor is running, turn the A/C off and allow
the evaporator to warm up before proceeding with the test.
NOTE: The DCHA, if equipped, will operate for approximately 7 minutes. 3
minutes to run and 4 minutes to purge.
With the DRBIIIt in ATC, Systems Tests, perform the AC Cooldown Test.
Does the DRBIIIt display any Cooldown Test fault messages?

No No problem found at this time.

205
Symptom:
COOLDOWN TEST FAILED
COOLDOWN TEST FAILED

When Monitored: When executing the Cooldown Test.
Set Condition: This DTC is set if the A/C system is unable to bring the evaporator
temperature down 6.7C (20F) within two minutes.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OTHER COOLDOWN TEST FAULT MESSAGES PRESENT
ATC DTC(S) PRESENT
CHECK THE PCM/ECM FOR DTCS
A/C SYSTEM TESTING

1 CAUTION: The work area ambient temperature must be above 15.6C (60F) All
to test A/C system operation.
Are any other fault messages displayed with the Cooldown Test Failed message?
Yes Return to the symptom list and choose the symptom(s).
After the repair is complete, rerun the Cooldown Test.
No Go To 2
With the DRBIIIt, read ATC DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display any ATC DTCs?

No Go To 3
206
COOLDOWN TEST FAILED Continued

With the DRBIIIt, check the PCM/ECM for DTCs.
Are any PCM/ECM DTCs present?
tom(s).
No Refer to the Service Information for additional Cooldown Test
related diagnostic information and testing procedures.
207
Symptom:
DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE)
DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) SHORTED TO GROUND
DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) SHORTED TO GROUND
DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUITS (A) AND (B) SHORTED TOGETHER
DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) OPEN
DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) OPEN
ATC
DRIVER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR

Disconnect the Driver Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
Disconnect the ATC C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Driver Blend Door Driver (A) circuit.
Yes Go To 2
No Repair the Driver Blend Door Driver (A) circuit for a short to
ground.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Driver Blend Door Driver (B) circuit.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the Driver Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to
ground.
208
DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) Continued

Measure the resistance between the Driver Blend Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Driver Blend Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits for a
short together.

Measure the resistance of the Driver Blend Door Driver (A) circuit.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Driver Blend Door Driver (A) circuit for an open.

Measure the resistance of the Driver Blend Door Driver (B) circuit.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Driver Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for an open.

Measure the resistance between the Driver Blend Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits.
Yes Replace the ATC.
No Go To 7
Repair
Replace the Driver Blend Door Actuator.
209
Symptom:
DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)
DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE ATC FOR DTCS
DRIVER BLEND DOOR LINKAGE
ATC

With the DRB, read the active ATC DTCs.
Is the DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING DTC set?
Yes Return to the symptom list and choose the symptom.
No Go To 2

Remove the Driver Blend Door Actuator.
By hand, attempt to rotate the driver blend door motor in both directions.
Did the blend door actuator turn in either direction?
Yes Replace the Driver Blend Door Actuator.

No Go To 3
3 Remove the Driver Blend Door Actuator. Rotate the blend door (door only). Note: This All
should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.
Inspect the blend door linkage for excessive wear or missing linkage.
Were any mechanical problems found?
Yes Repair or replace the driver blend door/linkage as necessary.

No Replace the ATC.

210
Symptom:
DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE)
DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATC
OBSTRUCTED BLEND DOOR

Is the DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING DTC set?
No Go To 2

Connect a 12-volt Test Light between the Driver Blend Door Actuator harness
connector cavities.
While monitoring the test light, press the driver blend control to change the setting
from lo to hi.
Note: Observe test light for approximately 30 seconds.
Does the test light start to flash and stay flashing?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the ATC.

211
DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) Continued

3 Remove the Driver Blend Door Actuator. Rotate the blend door (door only). Note: This All
Does the blend door move smoothly in both directions?
Yes Replace the Driver Blend Door Actuator.

No Repair or replace the driver blend door as necessary.

212
Symptom:
EEPROM CHECKSUM ERROR (ACTIVE)
EEPROM CHECKSUM ERROR (ACTIVE)

When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed after a battery disconnect.
Set Condition: This DTC is set if the calculated check sum does not match the stored
value.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATC - EEPROM CHECKSUM ERROR

1 When this code is present, the ATC must be replaced. All
View repair.
Repair
Replace the ATC.
213
Symptom:
EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (ACTIVE)
EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (ACTIVE)

When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Also, during the
Cooldown Test.
Set Condition: This DTC is displayed if the ATC detects an abnormally high voltage on
the evaporator temperature sensor signal. Evap Temp Sensor Open is also displayed as a
Cooldown Test Message if the ATC detects an abnormally high voltage on the evaporator
temperature sensor signal during the Cooldown Test.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
EVAPORATOR TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL CKT SHORTED TO BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CKT
EVAP TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL CKT SHORTED TO REAR BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CKT
ATC
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Measure the voltage of the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit.
Yes Repair the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a
short to voltage.
No Go To 2

Measure the resistance between the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit
and the Blower Motor Control circuit.
short to the Blower Motor Control circuit.
No Go To 3
214
EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (ACTIVE) Continued

and the Rear Blower Motor Control circuit.
short to the Rear Blower Motor Control circuit.
No Go To 4

and the Sensor Ground circuit. The approximate circuit resistance should be:
5,900 ohms @ 38C (100F).
6,600 ohms @ 35C (95F).
7,400 ohms @ 32C (90F).
8,300 ohms @ 29C (85F).
9,400 ohms @ 27C (80F).
10,600 ohms @ 24C (75F).
11,900 ohms @ 21C (70F).
13,500 ohms @ 18C (65F).
15,300 ohms @ 16C (60F).
17,500 ohms @ 13C (55F).
19,900 ohms @ 10C (50F).
22,800 ohms @ 7C (45F).
26,100 ohms @ 4C (40F).
30,000 ohms @ 2C (35F).
34,600 ohms @ -1C (30F).
Yes Replace the ATC in accordance with the Service Information.
No Go To 5

Disconnect the in-line C202 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit between
the ATC C2 harness connector and the in-line C202 harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit be-

tween the ATC C2 harness connector and the in-line C202
harness connector (HVAC side) for an open.
215
EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (ACTIVE) Continued

Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit between the ATC C2 harness
connector and the in-line C202 harness connector.
Yes Check the wiring harness between the in-line C202 harness
connector (plenum side) and the Evap Temp Sensor for an open.
Repair as necessary. If Ok, replace the Evaporator Temperature
Sensor.
No Repair the Sensor Ground circuit between the ATC C2 harness

connector and the in-line C202 harness connector (HVAC side) for
an open.
216
Symptom:
EVAP TEMP SENSOR SHORTED (ACTIVE)
EVAP TEMP SENSOR SHORTED (ACTIVE)

When Monitored: With the ignition on and the IOD fuse installed. Also, during the
Cooldown Test.
Set Condition: This DTC is displayed if the ATC detects an abnormally low voltage on the
evaporator temperature sensor signal. Evap Temp Sensor Shorted is also displayed as a
Cooldown Test Message if the ATC detects an abnormally low voltage on the evaporator
temperature sensor signal during the Cooldown Test.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO SENSOR GROUND CIR-
CUIT
ATC

With the DRBIIIt in Automatic Temperature Control, monitor Active DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display: Evap Sensor Open?
Yes Check the Evap Temp Sensor Signal circuit between the in-line
C202 harness connector (plenum side) and the Evap Temp Sensor
for a short to ground. Repair as necessary. If Ok, replace the
Evaporator Temperature Sensor.
No Go To 2

Measure the resistance between ground and the Evaporator Temperature Sensor
Signal circuit (HVAC side).
Yes Go To 3
harness connector (HVAC side) for a short to ground.
217
EVAP TEMP SENSOR SHORTED (ACTIVE) Continued

and the Sensor Ground circuit (HVAC side).
harness connector (HVAC side) for a short to Sensor Ground.
218
Symptom List:
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 OPEN
The title for the tests will be FRONT AND REAR BLOWER
OUTPUT 1 OPEN.

Set Condition: If the FCM detects no voltage present on the Front/Rear Blower Motor
Relay Control circuit.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT & REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1/2 OPEN

1 View repair. All
Repair
Refer to symptom Front and Rear Blower Output 1 Open or
symptom Front and Rear Blower Output 2 Open in the Heating &
A/C category.
219
Symptom List:
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT
OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT.

Set Condition: The FCM detects excessive current when attempting to close the Front/
Rear Blower Motor Relays.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT & REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1/2 SHORT TO BATT

1 View repair. All
Repair
Refer to symptom Front and Rear Blower Output 1 Short to Batt
or symptom Front and Rear Blower Output 2 Short to Batt in the
Heating & A/C category.
220
Symptom List:
FRONT IR SENSOR AND CONTROL HEAD MISMATCH (ACTIVE)
FRONT IR SENSOR CHANGE TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)
FRONT IR SENSOR HIGH (ACTIVE)
FRONT IR SENSOR LOW (ACTIVE)
The title for the tests will be FRONT IR SENSOR AND
CONTROL HEAD MISMATCH (ACTIVE).
FRONT IR SENSOR AND CONTROL HEAD MISMATCH (ACTIVE)

Set Condition: This DTC is set if the correct ATC head is not paired with the correct IR
module (i.e. left hand ATC head paired with right hand IR module).
FRONT IR SENSOR CHANGE TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the ATC head detects a temperature difference greater
than 50 degrees between the front IR sensors.
FRONT IR SENSOR HIGH (ACTIVE)

Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC reads the Front IR Sensor value and it is above
250 A/D counts.
FRONT IR SENSOR LOW (ACTIVE)

Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC reads the Front IR Sensor value and it is below
5 A/D counts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATC REMOTE SENSOR

1 This DTC indicates a fault in the ATC Remote Sensor. All
View repair.
Repair
Replace the ATC Remote Sensor.
221
Symptom List:
FRONT IR SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED (ACTIVE)
FRONT KEYBOARD FAULT (ACTIVE)
The title for the tests will be FRONT IR SENSOR NOT
CALIBRATED (ACTIVE).
FRONT IR SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED (ACTIVE)

Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC cannot read the IR sensor values or the IR
sensor values are not within a defined range of the HVAC air door motor counts.
FRONT KEYBOARD FAULT (ACTIVE)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATC - PROTECTED IGNITION CIRCUIT FAULT
KDB 2 CLOCK CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
KDB 2 DATA CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
KDB 2 DATA CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
PROTECTED IGNITION CIRCUIT OPEN
SENSOR RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
KDB 2 CLOCK CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
KDB 2 DATA CIRCUIT OPEN
ATC - KDB 2 DATA CIRCUIT FAULT
ATC - SENSOR RETURN CIRCUIT FAULT
KDB 2 CLOCK CIRCUIT OPEN
ATC - KDB 2 CLOCK CIRCUIT FAULT
ATC REMOTE SENSOR
222
FRONT IR SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED (ACTIVE) Continued

Disconnect the ATC Remote Sensor harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the Protected Ignition circuit.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 16

Measure the voltage of the KDB 2 Data circuit.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 13

Measure the voltage of the KDB 2 Data circuit.
Yes Repair the KDB 2 Data circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 4

black test probes.
Select Lab Scope.
Select Live.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the arrows to set the voltage range to 20 volts, the Offset to 4.0, and
the Probe to x10. Press F2 again and set the divisions to 40ms/Div, then press F2
again when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Connect the Red lead to the KDB 2
Clock circuit in the ATC Remote Sensor harness connector.
NOTE: The lab scope pattern should look similar to the example given in the
support material and cycle from approximately 0 volts to 8.0 volts.
Did the lab scope pattern and voltage react as noted above?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 9
223

Measure the resistance between ground and the Sensor Return circuit.
Yes Go To 6
No Go To 7

Repair
Replace the ATC Remote Sensor.

Measure the resistance of the Sensor Return circuit.
Yes Go To 8
No Repair the Sensor Return circuit for an open.

Repair
Replace the ATC.

Measure the voltage of the KDB 2 Clock circuit.
Yes Repair the KDB 2 Clock circuit for a short to voltage.

No Go To 10

Measure the resistance between ground and the KDB 2 Clock circuit.
Yes Go To 11
No Repair the KDB 2 Clock circuit for a short to ground.

224

Measure the resistance of the KDB 2 Clock circuit.
Yes Go To 12
No Repair the KDB 2 Clock circuit for an open.

Repair
Replace the ATC.

Measure the resistance between ground and the KDB 2 Data circuit.
Yes Go To 14
No Repair the KDB 2 Data circuit for a short to ground.

Measure the resistance of the KDB 2 Data circuit.
Yes Go To 15
No Repair the KDB 2 Data circuit for an open.
Repair
Replace the ATC.
225

Measure the resistance of the Protected Ignition circuit.
No Repair the Protected Ignition circuit for an open.

226
Symptom:
FRONT KEYBOARD COMMUNICATION FAULT (ACTIVE)
FRONT KEYBOARD COMMUNICATION FAULT (ACTIVE)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATC

1 This DTC indicates a fault in the ATC. All
View repair.
Repair
Replace the ATC.
227
Symptom:
FRONT MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE)
FRONT MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) SHORTED TO GROUND
MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) SHORTED TO GROUND
MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUITS (A) AND (B) SHORTED TOGETHER
MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) OPEN
MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) OPEN
ATC
MODE DOOR ACTUATOR

Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Mode Door Driver (A) circuit.
Yes Go To 2
No Repair the Mode Door Driver (A) circuit for a short to ground.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to ground.
228
FRONT MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) Continued

Measure the resistance between the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit and the Mode Door
Driver (A) circuit.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Mode Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits for a short
together.

Measure the resistance of the Mode Door Driver (A) circuit.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Mode Door Driver (A) circuit for an open.


Measure the resistance of the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit for an open.

Measure the resistance between the Mode Door Driver (A) circuit and the Mode Door
Driver (B) circuit.
No Go To 7
Repair
Replace the Mode Door Actuator.
229
Symptom:
FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)
FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
MODE DOOR ACTUATOR
MODE DOOR LINKAGE
ATC

Is the FRONT MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING DTC set?
No Go To 2

Remove the Mode Door Actuator.
By hand, attempt to rotate the Mode Door Actuator in both directions.
Did the Mode Door Actuator turn in either direction?
Yes Replace the Mode Door Actuator.

No Go To 3
3 Remove the Mode Door Actuator. Rotate the mode doors (doors only). Note: These All
Inspect the mode door linkage for excessive wear or missing linkage.
Yes Repair or replace the mode door/linkage as necessary.

No Replace the ATC.

230
Symptom:
FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE)
FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATC
OBSTRUCTED MODE DOOR
MODE DOOR ACTUATOR

Is the FRONT MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING DTC set?
No Go To 2

Connect a 12-volt Test Light between the Mode Door Actuator harness connector
cavities.
While monitoring the test light, turn the mode control knob to each position.
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the ATC.

3 Remove the Mode Door Actuator. Rotate the mode doors (doors only). Note: These All
Do the mode doors move smoothly in both directions?
Yes Replace the Mode Door Actuator.

No Repair or replace the mode door as necessary.
231
Symptom:
INVALID CONDITIONS FOR COOLDOWN TEST, EVAP TEMPERA-
TURE TOO LOW
INVALID CONDITIONS FOR COOLDOWN TEST, EVAP TEMPERATURE TOO

LOW
Set Condition: This message will be displayed if the A/C - Heater Control Module sees
evaporator temperature below 12.7C (55F) when executing the Cooldown Test.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE TOO LOW
ATC DTC(S) PRESENT
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE

Start the engine.
Turn the A/C off.
Turn the Blower on high. Allow the blower to run for 5 minutes to ensure that the
Evaporator Temperature Sensor temperature is above 12.7C (55F).
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Cooldown Test.
Does the DRBIIIt display: Cooldown Test Too Cold To Start?
Yes Go To 2
No Perform additional testing as necessary.

Yes Return to the symptom list and choose the symptom(s). After the
repair is complete, with the DRBIIIt, erase the DTC(s). Cycle the
ignition switch. With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC. With the
DRBIIIt, actuate the Cooldown Test.
No Go To 3
232
INVALID CONDITIONS FOR COOLDOWN TEST, EVAP TEMPERATURE

TOO LOW Continued
Yes Refer to the Powertrain Diagnostic information for the related
symptom(s). After the repair is complete, with the DRBIIIt, erase
the DTC(s). Cycle the ignition switch. With the DRBIIIt, reset the
ATC. With the DRBIIIt, accuate the Cooldown Test.
No Go To 4

Disconnect the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt in Sensor Display, read the Evaporator Temperature Sensor
voltage.
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6

Connect a jumper wire between the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit
and the Sensor Ground circuit at the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness
connector.
voltage.
Is the voltage 0.0 volts?
Yes Replace the Evaporator Temperature Sensor in accordance with
the Service Information. After the repair is complete, with the
DRBIIIt, reset the ATC. With the DRBIIIt, accuate the Cooldown
Test.
No Go To 6
6 NOTE: Ensure that the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness connector All
is connected to the Evaporator Temperature Sensor.
NOTE: Ensure that the voltmeter leads meet the terminals in the connector
and that there is good terminal to wire connection.
NOTE: Ensure the voltmeter leads are connected for positive polarity.
Back probe the Sensor Ground circuit between the Evaporator Temperature Sensor
harness connector and the ATC harness connector.
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the high resistance in the Sensor Ground circuit. After the
repair is complete, with the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC. With the
DRBIIIt, accuate the Cooldown Test.
233
INVALID CONDITIONS FOR COOLDOWN TEST, EVAP TEMPERATURE

TOO LOW Continued
NOTE: Ensure the voltmeter leads meet the terminals in the connector and
Back probe the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit between the Evapo-
rator Temperature Sensor harness connector and the ATC harness connector.
Yes Replace the Automatic Temperature Control. After the repair is

complete, with the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC. With the DRBIIIt,
accuate the Cooldown Test.
No Repair the high resistance in the Evaporator Temperature Sensor

Signal circuit. After the repair is complete, with the DRBIIIt,
reset the ATC. With the DRBIIIt, accuate the Cooldown Test.
234
Symptom:
PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE)
PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) SHORTED TO GROUND
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) SHORTED TO GROUND
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUITS (A) AND (B) SHORTED TOGETHER
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) OPEN
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) OPEN
ATC
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR

Measure the resistance between ground and the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A)
circuit.
Yes Go To 2
No Repair the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) circuit for a short to
ground.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Passenger Blend Door Driver (B)
circuit.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the Passenger Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to
ground.
235
PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) Continued

Disconnect the Passenger Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) and (B)
circuits.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits for a
short together.

Measure the resistance of the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) circuit.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) circuit for an open.

Measure the resistance of the Passenger Blend Door Driver (B) circuit.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Passenger Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for an open.

Measure the resistance between the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) and (B)
circuits.
No Go To 7
Repair
Replace the Passenger Blend Door Actuator.
236
Symptom:
PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)
PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR LINKAGE
ATC

Is the PASSENGER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING DTC set?
No Go To 2

Remove the Passenger Blend Door Actuator.
By hand, attempt to rotate the Passenger Blend Door Actuator in both directions.
Yes Replace the Passenger Blend Door Actuator.

No Go To 3
3 Remove the Passenger Blend Door Actuator. Rotate the blend door (door only). Note: All
This should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.
Yes Repair or replace the blend door/linkage as necessary.

No Replace the ATC.

237
Symptom:
PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE)
PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATC

Is the PASSENGER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING DTC set?
No Go To 2

Connect a 12-volt Test Light between the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) and (B)
circuits in the Passenger Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
While monitoring the test light, press the passenger blend control to change the
setting from lo to hi.
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the ATC.

238
PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) Continued

3 Remove the Passenger Blend Door Actuator. Rotate the blend door (door only). Note: All
This should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.
Does the blend door move smoothly in both directions?
Yes Replace the Passenger Blend Door Actuator.

No Repair or replace the Passenger Blend Door as necessary.

239
Symptom List:
PCI BUS SHORTED HIGH (ACTIVE)
PCI BUS SHORTED LOW (ACTIVE)
The title for the tests will be PCI BUS SHORTED HIGH
(ACTIVE).
PCI BUS SHORTED HIGH (ACTIVE)

Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC detects a short to voltage on the PCI Bus circuit.
PCI BUS SHORTED LOW (ACTIVE)

Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC detects a short to ground on the PCI Bus circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC CONDITION

1 NOTE: For this code to be active, the DRB will not be able to communicate All
with any modules on the vehicle (except the PCM/ECM).
NOTE: If this code is set and active it will be necessary to replace the
Automatic Temperature Control Module for displaying a false DTC.
NOTE: If this code is NOT active do not perform this test.
Repair
Replace the ATC.
240
Symptom:
REAR BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE)
REAR BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) SHORTED TO GROUND
REAR BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) SHORTED TO GROUND
REAR BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUITS (A) AND (B) SHORTED TOGETHER
REAR BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) OPEN
REAR BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) OPEN
ATC
REAR BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR

Disconnect the Rear Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Rear Blend Door Driver (A) circuit.
Yes Go To 2
No Repair the Rear Blend Door Driver (A) circuit for a short to
ground.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Rear Blend Door Driver (B) circuit.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the Rear Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to
ground.
241
REAR BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) Continued

Disconnect the ATC C1 harness connectors.
Measure the resistance between the Rear Blend Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Rear Blend Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits for a short
together.

Measure the resistance of the Rear Blend Door Driver (A) circuit.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Rear Blend Door Driver (A) circuit for an open.

Measure the resistance of the Rear Blend Door Driver (B) circuit.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Rear Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for an open.

Measure the resistance between the Rear Blend Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits.
No Go To 7
Repair
Replace the Rear Blend Door Actuator.
242
Symptom:
REAR BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)
REAR BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR BLEND DOOR LINKAGE
ATC

Is the REAR BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING DTC set?
No Go To 2

Remove the Rear Blend Door Actuator.
By hand, attempt to rotate the Rear Blend Door Actuator in both directions.
Yes Replace the Rear Blend Door Actuator.

No Go To 3
3 Remove the Rear Blend Door Actuator. Rotate the blend door (door only). Note: This All
Yes Repair or replace the rear blend door/linkage as necessary.

No Replace the ATC.

243
Symptom:
REAR BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE)
REAR BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATC

Is the REAR BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING DTC set?
No Go To 2

Connect a 12-volt Test Light across the Rear Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
While monitoring the test light, press the rear blend control to change the setting
from lo to hi.
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the ATC.

3 Remove the Rear Blend Door Actuator. Rotate the blend door (door only). Note: This All
Does the rear blend door move smoothly in both directions?
Yes Replace the Rear Blend Door Actuator.

No Repair or replace the blend door as necessary.
244
Symptom List:
REAR FAN POT OPEN (ACTIVE)
REAR FAN POT SHORTED (ACTIVE)
REAR MODE POT OPEN (ACTIVE)
REAR MODE POT SHORTED (ACTIVE)
The title for the tests will be REAR FAN POT OPEN (ACTIVE).
REAR FAN POT OPEN (ACTIVE)

Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC reads the rear blower switch value and it is
REAR FAN POT SHORTED (ACTIVE)

Set Condition: This DTC is set if the ATC reads the rear fan switch value and it is below
5 A/D counts.
REAR MODE POT OPEN (ACTIVE)

is above 250 A/D counts.
REAR MODE POT SHORTED (ACTIVE)

is below 5 A/D counts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR ATC SWITCH

1 This DTC indicates a fault in the Rear ATC Switch. All
View repair.
Repair
Replace the Rear ATC Switch.
245
Symptom:
REAR KEYBOARD FAULT (ACTIVE)
REAR KEYBOARD FAULT (ACTIVE)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
BCM
IGNITION SWITCH (RUN) CIRCUIT OPEN
KDB CLOCK CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
KDB DATA CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
KDB DATA CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
KDB CLOCK CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
KDB DATA CIRCUIT OPEN
ATC - KDB DATA CIRCUIT FAULT
KDB CLOCK CIRCUIT OPEN
ATC - KDB CLOCK CIRCUIT FAULT
REAR ATC SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SWITCH

Disconnect the Rear Automatic Temperature Control Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Rear ATC Switch Ground circuit.
Yes Go To 2
No Repair the Rear ATC Switch Ground circuit for an open.


Measure the voltage of the Ignition Switch (Run) circuit.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 14
246
REAR KEYBOARD FAULT (ACTIVE) Continued

Measure the voltage of the KDB Data circuit.
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 11

Measure the voltage of the KDB Data circuit.
Yes Repair the KDB Data circuit for a short to voltage.

No Go To 5

black test probes.
Select Lab Scope.
Select Live.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the arrows to set the voltage range to 20 volts, the Offset to 4.0, and
the Probe to x10. Press F2 again and set the divisions to 40ms/Div, then press F2
again when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Connect the Red lead to the KDB Clock
circuit in the Rear Automatic Temperature Control Switch harness connector.
NOTE: The lab scope pattern should look similar to the example given in the
support material and cycle from approximately 0 volts to 8.0 volts.
Did the lab scope pattern and voltage react as noted above?
Yes Go To 6
No Go To 7

Repair
Replace the Rear Automatic Temperature Control Switch.
247

Measure the voltage of the KDB Clock circuit.
Yes Repair the KDB Clock circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 8

Measure the resistance between ground and the KDB Clock circuit.
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the KDB Clock circuit for a short to ground.


Measure the resistance of the KDB Clock circuit.
Yes Go To 10
No Repair the KDB Clock circuit for an open.

Repair
Replace the ATC.

Measure the resistance between ground and the KDB Data circuit.
Yes Go To 12
No Repair the KDB Data circuit for a short to ground.

248

Measure the resistance of the KDB Data circuit.
Yes Go To 13
No Repair the KDB Data circuit for an open.

Repair
Replace the ATC.

Measure the resistance of the Ignition Switch (Run) circuit.
Yes Replace the BCM.

No Repair the Ignition Switch (Run) circuit for an open.
249
Symptom:
REAR MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE)
REAR MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) SHORTED TO GROUND
REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) SHORTED TO GROUND
REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUITS (A) AND (B) SHORTED TOGETHER
REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) OPEN
REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) OPEN
ATC
REAR MODE DOOR ACTUATOR

Measure the resistance between ground and the Rear Mode Door Driver (A) circuit.
Yes Go To 2
No Repair the Rear Mode Door Driver (A) circuit for a short to
ground.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Rear Mode Door Driver (B) circuit.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the Rear Mode Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to
ground.
250
REAR MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) Continued

Measure the resistance between the Rear Mode Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Rear Mode Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits for a short
together.

Disconnect the Rear Mode Door Actuator harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Rear Mode Door Driver (A) circuit.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Rear Mode Door Driver (A) circuit for an open.

Measure the resistance of the Rear Mode Door Driver (B) circuit.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Rear Mode Door Driver (B) circuit for an open.

Measure the resistance between the Rear Mode Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits.

No Go To 7
Repair
Replace the Rear Mode Door Actuator.
251
Symptom:
REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)
REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR MODE DOOR LINKAGE
ATC

Is the REAR MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING DTC set?
No Go To 2

Remove the Rear Mode Door Actuator.
By hand, attempt to rotate the Rear Mode Door Actuator in both directions.
Did the mode door actuator turn in either direction?
Yes Replace the Rear Mode Door Actuator.

No Go To 3
3 Remove the Rear Mode Door Actuator. Rotate the mode door (door only). Note: This All
Inspect the rear mode door linkage for excessive wear or missing linkage.
Yes Repair or replace the rear mode door/linkage as necessary.

No Replace the ATC.

252
Symptom:
REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE)
REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATC
OBSTRUCTED MODE DOOR

Is the REAR MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING DTC set?
No Go To 2

Connect a 12-volt Test Light between the rear mode door driver (A) and (B) circuits
in the Rear A/C Heater Unit harness connector.
While monitoring the test light, turn the rear mode control to each position.
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the ATC.

3 Remove the Rear Mode Door Actuator. Rotate the blend door (door only). Note: This All
Does the rear mode door move smoothly in both directions?
Yes Replace the Rear Mode Door Actuator.

No Repair or replace the Rear Mode Door as necessary.
253
Symptom:
RECIRC DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE)
RECIRC DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE)

Set Condition: This DTC is set when the ATC does not receive feedback pulses within 5
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RECIRC DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) SHORTED TO GROUND
RECIRC DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) SHORTED TO GROUND
RECIRC DOOR DRIVER CIRCUITS (A) AND (B) SHORTED TOGETHER
RECIRC DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) OPEN
RECIRC DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) OPEN
ATC
RECIRCULATION DOOR ACTUATOR

Disconnect the Recirculation Door Actuator harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Recirculation Door Driver (A)
circuit.
Yes Go To 2
No Repair the Recirculation Door Driver (A) circuit for a short to

ground.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Recirculation Door Driver (B)
circuit.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the Recirculation Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to
ground.
254
RECIRC DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) Continued

Measure the resistance between the Recirculation Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Recirculation Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits for a
short together.

Measure the resistance of the Recirculation Door Driver (A) circuit.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Recirculation Door Driver (A) circuit for an open.


Measure the resistance of the Recirculation Door Driver (B) circuit.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Recirculation Door Driver (B) circuit for an open.

Measure the resistance between the Recirculation Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits.
No Go To 7
Repair
Replace the Recirculation Door Actuator.
255
Symptom:
RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)
RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RECIRCULATION DOOR LINKAGE
ATC

Is the RECIRC DOOR NOT RESPONDING DTC set?
No Go To 2

Remove the Recirculation Door Actuator.
By hand, attempt to rotate the Recirculation Door Actuator in both directions.
Did the Recirculation Door Actuator turn in either direction?
Yes Replace the Recirculation Door Actuator.

No Go To 3
3 Remove the Recirculation Door Actuator. Rotate the recirculation door (door only). All
Note: This should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.
Inspect the recirculation door linkage for excessive wear or missing linkage.
Yes Repair or replace the recirculation door/linkage as necessary.

No Replace the ATC.

256
Symptom:
RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE)
RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATC
OBSTRUCTED RECIRC DOOR

Is the RECIRC DOOR NOT RESPONDING DTC set?
No Go To 2

Connect a 12-volt Test Light between the Recirculation Door Driver (A) and (B)
circuits.
While monitoring the test light, press the recirculation control button from off to on.
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the ATC.

3 Remove the Recirculation Door Actuator. Rotate the recirculation door (door only). All
Note: This should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.
Does the recirculation door move smoothly in both directions?
Yes Replace the Recirculation Door Actuator.

No Repair or replace the recirculation door as necessary.
257
Symptom:
*ATC HEAD LED(S)/BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR ATC DTCS
CHECK FOR BCM DTCS
ATC - LED(S) INOPERATIVE
ATC - BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - PANEL LAMPS DRIVER OPEN

No Go To 2

With the DRBIIIt, read the BCM DTCs.
Does DRBIIIt display Headlamp Switch: Mismatch; STG; Open; or Panel Dim
Output Short?
Yes Refer to symptoms Headlamp Switch Mismatch, Headlamp

Switch Shorted To Ground, and Headlamp Switch Open in the
Exterior Lighting catagory. Refer to symptom Panel Dimming
Output Short in the Instrument Cluster catagory.
No Go To 3

Turn the ATC Power switch on.
NOTE: Compare with a known good ATC Head.
Operate all ATC switches (Front Fan, Rear System, Temp, Mode, A/C, Recirc, Rear
Defog) while looking at the display and lights on the ATC Head.
Are all of the LEDs operating properly?
Yes Go To 4
No Replace the ATC in accordance with the Service Information.
258
*ATC HEAD LED(S)/BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE Continued

Rotate the Panel Lamps Dimmer switch to the off position.
Turn the park lamps on.
Measure the voltage of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit while rotating the Panel
Lamps Dimmer switch from the off position to the full brightness position.
Does the voltage change from approximately 2.5 volts to 11.5 volts?
Yes Replace the ATC in accordance with the Service Information.

No Go To 5

Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit between the ATC C2
harness connector and the Body Control Module C4 harness connector.
Yes Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
No Repair the Panel Lamps Driver circuit for an open.
259
Symptom:
*FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE (FCM) DTC(S) PRESENT
IPM FUSE #10
FUSED FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BLOWER MOTOR SHORTED TO GROUND
FRONT BLOWER POWER MODULE SHORTRD TO GROUND
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
FRONT BLOWER POWER MODULE OPEN
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE OPEN
CHECK BLOWER MOTOR OPERATION
FRONT BLOWER POWER MODULE OPEN
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
FUSED FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN

1 With the DRBIIIt in FCM, read the active DTCs. All
Are any active FCM DTCs present?
Yes For FCM DTCs related to the blower relay circuits, refer to the
Heating & A/C catagory. For all other FCM DTCs, refer to the
symptom list in the related catagory.
No Go To 2

Remove and inspect Intelligent Power Module (IPM) Fuse #10.
Is the fuse open?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 6
260
*FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE Continued

3 Replace IPM Fuse #10. All
Operate the blower motor in all speeds.
Start the engine and operate the ATC system in all modes and speeds.
Does the blower motor operate properly without blowing the fuse?
Yes Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the service information to
help isolate a possible intermittent short to ground condition.
No Go To 4

Disconnect the Front Blower Power Module C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Fused Front Blower Motor Relay
Output circuit.
Yes Repair the Fused Front Blower Motor Relay Output circuit for a
short to ground. Replace IPM Fuse #10.
No Go To 5

Replace IPM Fuse #10.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused Front Blower Motor Relay Output circuit
in the Front Blower Power Module C1 harness connector and the DB wire in the
Front Blower Power Module C2 harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the Ground circuit in the Front Blower Power
Module C1 harness connector and the DB/YL wire in the Front Blower Power Module
C2 harness connector.
Does the Blower Motor operate at full speed without blowing the fuse?
Yes Replace the Front Blower Power Module in accordance with the
Service Information. Replace IPM Fuse #10.
No Replace the Blower Motor in accordance with the Service Infor-

mation. Replace IPM Fuse #10.
6 Ensure IPM Fuse #10 is installed. All

NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, back probe the Fused Front Blower
Motor Relay Output circuit in the Front Blower Power Module C1 harness connector.
Yes Go To 7
No Go To 13
261

Measure the resistance between ground and the Ground circuit.
Yes Go To 8


Disconnect the Automatic Temperature Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the Blower Motor Control circuit.
Yes Repair the Blower Motor Control circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 9

Measure the resistance of the Blower Motor Control circuit between the Front Blower
Power Module C1 harness connector and the Automatic Temperature Control Module
Yes Go To 10
No Repair the Blower Motor Control circuit for an open.

Make sure that the Front Blower Power Module C1 harness connector is connected
to the Front Blower Power Module.
Make sure that the Automatic Temperature Control Module C2 harness connector is
connected to the Automatic Temperature Control Module.
Start the engine.
Press the ATC Power Switch on.
Set the blower switch to the LO speed position.
While back probing, measure the voltage of the Blower Motor Control circuit in the
Automatic Temperature Control Module C2 harness connector.
Yes Go To 11
No Replace the Front Blower Power Module in accordance with the

262

Reconnect all previously disconnected components.
Connect the DRBIIIt X10 Scope Probe CH7061 to Channel 1 on the DRBIIIt.
Select the following from the DRBIIIt menu: PEP Module Tools; Lab Scope; Live
Data; and Lab Scope.
Press F2 and then press Enter.
Using the left/right arrow keys, set the time to 10ms/Div.
Press F2.
Using the up/down arrow keys, set the voltage range to +20.0v.
Press Enter to move the cursor to Probe.
Using the up/down arrow keys, set the Probe to X10.
Press F2.
Start the engine.
Using the X10 Scope Probe, back probe the Blower Motor Control circuit in the Front
Blower Power Module C1 harness connector.
NOTE: The Blower Power Module provides a 10.0 volt signal to the ATC
Module over the Blower Motor Control circuit. The ATC Module provides a
variable duty cycle ground to the 10.0 volt signal based on input from the
blower control switch.
NOTE: When the blower control switch is set to LO speed, the ATC Module
provides a short duty cycle (less time grounding the signal voltage).
NOTE: As higher blower speeds are requested, the ATC Module increases
the duty cycle (more time grounding the signal voltage).
NOTE: When the blower control switch reaches HI speed, the duty cycle
increases to where the signal pattern is almost a flat line (with brief voltage
spikes).
Set the blower switch to LO speed then slowly move it to HI speed while observing
the DRBIIIt display.
The voltage on the scope patten should cycle from approximately 2.0 volts (duty cycle
on) to 10.0 volts (duty cycle off) for all blower speeds.
The duty cycle pattern should change smoothly as the blower switch is turned from
LO to HI.
The duty cycle on time should change from approximately 8 ms at LO speed, to 15 ms
at medium speed, and to 25 ms at HI speed.
Does the DRBIIIt display the voltage range and duty cycle as described above?
Yes Go To 12
No Replace the Automatic Temperature Control Module in accor-

263

Connect a jumper wire between the Fused Front Blower Motor Relay Output circuit
in the Front Blower Power Module C1 harness connector and the DB wire in the
Front Blower Power Module C2 harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the Ground circuit in the Front Blower Power
Module C1 harness connector and the DB/YL wire in the Front Blower Power Module
Does the Blower Motor operate at full speed?
mation.

Remove the Front Blower Motor Relay from the IPM.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe cavity 30 of the Front Blower
Motor Relay connector.
Yes Go To 14
No Replace the IPM in accordance with the Service Information.

Remove IPM Fuse #10.
Measure the resistance between cavity 87 of the Front Blower Motor Relay connector
and IPM Fuse #10 (power input cavity).
Yes Go To 15
264

Make sure that the Front Blower Motor Relay is installed.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe IPM Fuse #10 (power input
cavity).
Yes Go To 16
No Replace the Front Blower Motor Relay in accordance with the

Measure the resistance between IPM Fuse #10 (power output cavity) and cavity 7 of
the IPM C6 connector (IPM side).
Yes Repair the Fused Front Blower Motor Relay Output circuit for an
open.

265
Symptom:
*FRONT BLOWER RUNS AT ONLY ONE SPEED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE
FRONT BLOWER POWER MODULE

Measure the resistance between ground and the Blower Motor Control circuit.
Yes Repair the Blower Motor Control circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 2
266
*FRONT BLOWER RUNS AT ONLY ONE SPEED Continued

Press F2.
Press F2.
Start the engine.
Using the X10 Scope Probe, back probe the Blower Motor Control circuit in the Front
Blower Power Module C1 harness connector.
NOTE: The Blower Power Module provides a 10.0 volt signal to the ATC
Module over the Blower Motor Control circuit. The ATC Module provides a
variable duty cycle ground to the 10.0 volt signal based on input from the
blower control switch.
NOTE: When the blower control switch is set to LO speed, the ATC Module
NOTE: When the blower control switch reaches HI speed, the duty cycle
spikes).
Set the blower switch to LO speed then slowly move it to HI speed while observing
the DRBIIIt display.
The duty cycle pattern should change smoothly as the blower switch is turned from
LO to HI.
267
Symptom:
*HVAC SYSTEM TEST
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM/ECM, THE BCM, AND THE FCM
CHECK FOR HVAC RELATED DTCS IN THE PCM/ECM
CHECK FOR BCM DTCS
CHECK FOR FCM DTCS
CHECK FOR ACTIVE ATC DTCS
CHECK FOR AC COOLDOWN TEST FAULT MESSAGES
MANUAL A/C SYSTEM TEST

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the Powertrain/Engine Control
Module.
With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the Body Control Module.
With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the Front Control Module.
Was the DRBIIIt able to communicate with the PCM/ECM, the BCM, and the FCM?
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to the communication category for the related symptom(s).

2 With the DRBIIIt, read Powertrain/Engine Computer DTCs. All

Are any HVAC related DTCs present?
Yes Refer to the Powertrain Diagnostic Procedures Manual for the
related symptom(s).
No Go To 3
3 With the DRBIIIt, read Body Computer DTCs. All

Yes Refer to the appropriate catagory for the related symptom(s).

No Go To 4
4 With the DRBIIIt, read Front Control Module DTCs. All

No Go To 5
268
*HVAC SYSTEM TEST Continued

5 NOTE: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. All
NOTE: Anytime a code becomes active proceed to the conclusion question.
first.
Start the engine.
Turn the front blower control to the low speed position.
If equipped, turn the rear blower control to the Rear Control position.
Monitor the DRBIIIt for active ATC DTCs while performing the following test steps.
Press the rear defogger switch on, wait 30 seconds, and then press it off.
Set the Driver temperature control to the max heat setting, wait 30 seconds, and then
set it to the max cool setting. Repeat this step for the Pass and, if equipped, Rear
temperature controls.
Turn the mode control to each position for 30 seconds and then turn it back to the
panel position.
Press the Auto HI switch, wait 30 seconds, and then press the Auto LO switch. When
function is complete, turn the front blower control to the low speed position.
If equipped, on the Rear ATC Control, set the rear temperature control to the max
heat setting, wait 30 seconds, and then set it to the max cool setting.
If equipped, on the Rear ATC Control, turn the mode control to each position for 30
seconds.
With the DRBIIIt in ATC, Miscellaneous, reset the ATC.
Does the DRBIIIt display any active ATC DTCs?
No Go To 6
269

NOTE: For RG vehicles equipped with a Diesel Cabin Heater Assist (DCHA),
refer to Venting the DCHAs Exhaust under Cabin Heater in the General
Information portion of this manual for proper exhaust venting instructions.
not met.
NOTE: Running this test will cause the DELAY & Snowflake on the ATC to
flash for 162 seconds (RG with DCHA only). If the A/C related portion of this
test fails, the DELAY & Snowflake LED will continue to flash until the
vehicle is driven more than 3 miles.
Start the engine.
Turn the Mode control to the panel position.
Verify that the front blower motor and, if equipped, rear blower motor operate
DCHA Heater Module.
NOTE: The DCHA, if equipped, will operate for approximately 7 minutes. 3
minutes to run and 4 minutes to purge.
With the DRBIIIt in ATC, Systems Tests, perform the AC Cooldown Test.
Does the DRBIIIt display any Cooldown Test fault messages?

No Go To 7
270

7 With the DRBIIIt, read PCM/ECM DTCs. All
related symptom(s).
No Recheck the climate control system performance. Refer to Service

Information for additional information.
271
Symptom:
*REAR ATC SWITCH LED(S)/BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR ATC DTCS
CHECK FOR BCM DTCS
REAR ATC SWITCH - LED(S) INOPERATIVE
REAR ATC SWITCH - BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE

No Go To 2

Output Short?

No Go To 3

Turn the ATC Power switch on.
Turn the Rear System switch on the ATC Head to the Rear Control position.
Turn the Fan switch on the Rear ATC Switch to the Auto position.
Set the Rear Temp to the HI setting.
NOTE: Compare with a known good Rear ATC Switch.
While looking at the display on the Rear ATC Switch, press and hold the Temp
Up/Down control in the Down position.
Are all segments of the LEDs operating properly as the temperature changes from HI
to LO?
Yes Go To 4
No Replace the Rear ATC Switch in accordance with the Service

Information.
272
*REAR ATC SWITCH LED(S)/BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE Continued

Disconnect the Rear ATC Switch harness connector.
Yes Replace the Rear ATC Switch in accordance with the Service
Information.
No Go To 5

Disconnect the Rear ATC Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit between the Rear ATC
Switch harness connector and the Body Control Module C3 harness connector.
Information.
273
Symptom:
*REAR BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IPM FUSE #12
FUSED REAR BLOWER RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BLOWER MOTOR SHORTED TO GROUND
REAR BLOWER MOTOR POWER MODULE SHORTRD TO GROUND
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
REAR BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR BLOWER MOTOR POWER MODULE OPEN
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE OPEN
CHECK BLOWER MOTOR OPERATION
REAR BLOWER MOTOR POWER MODULE OPEN
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
FUSED REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN

1 With the DRBIIIt in FCM, read the active DTCs. All
No Go To 2

Is the fuse open?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 6
274
*REAR BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE Continued

Operate the blower motor in all speeds.
Start the engine and operate the ATC system in all modes and speeds.
Yes Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the service information to
help isolate a possible intermittent short to ground condition.
No Go To 4

Disconnect the Rear Blower Motor Power Module C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Fused Rear Blower Relay Output
circuit.
Yes Repair the Fused Rear Blower Relay Output circuit for a short to
ground. Replace IPM Fuse #12.
No Go To 5

Replace IPM Fuse #12.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused Rear Blower Relay Output circuit in the
Rear Blower Motor Power Module C1 harness connector and the Power Feed circuit
in the Rear Blower Motor Power Module C2 harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the Ground circuit in the Rear Blower Motor Power
Module C1 harness connector and the Ground circuit in the Rear Blower Motor
Power Module C2 harness connector.
Does the Blower Motor operate at full speed without blowing the fuse?
Yes Replace the Rear Blower Motor Power Module in accordance with
the Service Information. Replace IPM Fuse #12.


Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, back probe the Fused Rear Blower
Relay Output circuit in the Rear Blower Motor Power Module C1 harness connector.
Yes Go To 7
No Go To 13
275

Measure the resistance between ground and the Ground circuit.
Yes Go To 8


Measure the voltage of the Rear Blower Motor Control circuit.
Yes Repair the Rear Blower Motor Control circuit for a short to
voltage.
No Go To 9

Measure the resistance of the Rear Blower Motor Control circuit between the Rear
Blower Motor Power Module C1 harness connector and the Automatic Temperature
Control Module C2 harness connector.
Yes Go To 10
No Repair the Rear Blower Motor Control circuit for an open.


Make sure that the Rear Blower Motor Power Module C1 harness connector is
connected to the Rear Blower Motor Power Module.
Make sure that the Automatic Temperature Control Module C2 harness connector is
connected to the Automatic Temperature Control Module.
Start the engine.
Set the Rear System switch on the ATC module to the Rear Control position.
Set the blower switch on the Rear ATC Control panel to LO speed.
While back probing, measure the voltage of the Rear Blower Motor Control circuit in
the Automatic Temperature Control Module C2 harness connector.
Yes Go To 11
No Replace the Rear Blower Motor Power Module in accordance with
276

Press F2.
Press F2.
Start the engine.
Using the X10 Scope Probe, back probe the Rear Blower Motor Control circuit in the
NOTE: The Rear Blower Motor Power Module provides a 10.0 volt signal to
the ATC Module over the Rear Blower Motor Control circuit. The ATC
Module provides a variable duty cycle ground to the 10.0 volt signal based
on input from the Rear Blower switch.
NOTE: When the Rear Blower switch is set to LO speed, the ATC Module
NOTE: When the Rear Blower switch reaches HI speed, the duty cycle
spikes).
Set the blower switch on the Rear ATC Control panel to LO speed then slowly move
it to HI speed while observing the DRBIIIt display.
The duty cycle pattern should change smoothly as the Rear Blower switch is turned
from LO to HI.
Yes Go To 12
277

Connect a jumper wire between the Fused Rear Blower Relay Output circuit in the
Rear Blower Motor Power Module C1 harness connector and the Power Feed circuit
in the Rear Blower Motor Power Module C2 harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the Ground circuit in the Rear Blower Motor Power
Module C1 harness connector and the Ground circuit in the Rear Blower Motor
Power Module C2 harness connector.
Does the Blower Motor operate at full speed?
mation.

Remove the Rear Blower Motor Relay from the IPM.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe cavity 30 of the Rear Blower
Yes Go To 14

Measure the resistance between cavity 87 of the Rear Blower Motor Relay connector
Yes Go To 15
278

Make sure that the Rear Blower Motor Relay is installed.
cavity).
Yes Go To 16
No Replace the Rear Blower Motor Relay in accordance with the

Yes Repair the Fused Rear Blower Motor Relay Output circuit for an
open.

279
Symptom:
*REAR BLOWER RUNS AT ONLY ONE SPEED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
REAR BLOWER MOTOR POWER MODULE

Measure the resistance between ground and the Rear Blower Motor Control circuit.
Yes Repair the Rear Blower Motor Control circuit for a short to
ground.
No Go To 2
280
*REAR BLOWER RUNS AT ONLY ONE SPEED Continued

Press F2.
Press F2.
Start the engine.
Using the X10 Scope Probe, back probe the Rear Blower Motor Control circuit in the
NOTE: The Rear Blower Motor Power Module provides a 10.0 volt signal to
the ATC Module over the Rear Blower Motor Control circuit. The ATC
Module provides a variable duty cycle ground to the 10.0 volt signal based
on input from the Rear Blower switch.
NOTE: When the Rear Blower switch is set to LO speed, the ATC Module
NOTE: When the Rear Blower switch reaches HI speed, the duty cycle
spikes).
Set the blower switch on the Rear ATC Control panel to LO speed then slowly move
it to HI speed while observing the DRBIIIt display.
The duty cycle pattern should change smoothly as the Rear Blower switch is turned
from LO to HI.

281
CABIN HEATER
Symptom List:
A. CABIN HEATER PRE-TEST
CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN (STORED)
CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY
(STORED)
The title for the tests will be A. CABIN HEATER PRE-TEST.
CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN (STORED)

When Monitored: When the DCHA system is off.
Set Condition: The DCHA Low Side Driver inside the FCM expects to see a system
voltage of 13.8 volts through the DCHA relay coil when the DCHA system is off. This DTC
will set if the FCM sees a voltage below 3.5 volts on the Cabin Heater Assist Control circuit
during this time.
CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY (STORED)

When Monitored: During DCHA activation and operation.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the FCM sees between 5.0 and 15.0 volts on the Cabin
Heater Assist Control circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE FROM CABIN HEATER MODULE
DTC(S) PRESENT
CABIN HEATER INOPERABLE FROM A/C - HEATER MODULE (MTC)
CABIN HEATER INOPERABLE FROM AUTO TEMP CONTROL (ATC)
STORED DCHA DTC(S) TEST COMPLETE
282
CABIN HEATER
A. CABIN HEATER PRE-TEST Continued

CAUTION: When using a powered exhaust ventilation system, do not attach
the exhaust ventilation hose directly to the DCHA exhaust pipe. Too much
suction can prevent DCHA operation.
When using a powered exhaust ventilation system, affix the ventilation hose to the
DCHA exhaust pipe or to the vehicle in such a manor that the end of the ventilation
hose remains approximately three inches away from the end of the DCHA exhaust
pipe.
When using a non-powered exhaust ventilation system, affix the ventilation hose
directly to the DCHA exhaust pipe.
With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the Cabin Heater Module.
Does the DRBIIIt display: No Response From Cabin Heater Module?
Yes Refer to Communication for the related symptom.

Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No Go To 2

With the DRBIIIt, read Cabin Heater DTCs.
Is DTC B1813 Heater In Lockout Mode present?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 4

Start the engine.
Turn the ATCs or MTCs Power switch on.
Turn the Blower control to the high speed position.
On MTC, set the Blend control to the max heat position.
On ATC, set the Driver temperature control to HI (max heat).
Remove Cabin Heater Fuse #15 from the IPM for a minimum of five seconds, then
reinstall the fuse. The DCHA may attempt to start.
Turn the Blower control off and turn the ATCs or MTCs Power switch off.
Turn the engine off.
View repair
Repair
Go To 4
283
CABIN HEATER

WARNING: ALLOW THE DCHA ASSEMBLY TO COOL BEFORE PERFORM-
ING A COMPONENT INSPECTION/REPAIR/REPLACEMENT. FAILURE TO
FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY.
NOTE: The DCHA Control will store up to three DTCs in its memory.
NOTE: If the DCHA Control detects a new fault in the DCHA system, one
that is not already stored in its memory, the DCHA Control will clear the
oldest of the three stored DTCs, and it will store the new faults DTC.
NOTE: If the DCHA control detects a reoccurrence of a stored fault, the
DCHA control will overwrite that faults DTC with the most recent occur-
rence.
On MTC, set the Blend control to the max cool position.
On ATC, set the Driver temperature control to LO (max cool).
Turn the ATCs or MTCs Power switch off.
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Cabin Heater and FCM DTCs.
Start the engine.
CAUTION: Do not activate the DCHA Field Mode Test with the engine off.
DCHA Heater Module.
With the DRBIIIt in Cabin Heater, Systems Tests, select Field Mode and press Enter.
The test will run for approx 8.5 minutes.
On MTC, set the Blend control to the max heat position. Upon completion of the Field
Mode Test, proceed as follows:
On ATC, set the Driver temperature control to HI (max heat). Upon completion of the
Field Mode Test, proceed as follows:
With the DRBIIIt, read Cabin Heater and Active FCM DTCs.
Yes Return to the symptom list and choose the DTC(s). Diagnose and
repair all FCM faults prior to diagnosing DCHA faults. If DTC
B1813 Heater In Lockout Mode reset with other DTC(s), reset the
heater before diagnosing the other DTC(s).
No Go To 5
284
CABIN HEATER

5 Is the symptom Cabin Heater inoperable from the ATC or from the MTC? All
Yes - MTC
Refer to symptom *Cabin Heater Inoperable From A/C - Heater
Module (MTC) in the Cabin Heater category.
Yes - ATC
Refer to symptom *Cabin Heater Inoperable From Auto Temp
Control (ATC) in the Cabin Heater category.
No Let DCHA cool. Inspect fuel line, intake & exhaust, & coolant
hoses for restrictions, obstructions, loose clamps, leakage, etc.
Check connectors. Clean & repair as necessary. Refer to Service
Manual for additional symptom based diagnosis, if necessary.
285
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
B1000 CONTROL UNIT ERRONEOUS
B1000 CONTROL UNIT ERRONEOUS

When Monitored: During DCHA activation.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if a fault occurs with the DCHA Control Units memory.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DCHA CONTROL UNIT FAULT

CAUTION: DO NOT PERFORM THIS TEST UNLESS DIRECTED HERE BY
THE CABIN HEATER PRE-TEST. ALWAYS PERFORM THE CABIN HEATER
PRE-TEST PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY OTHER CABIN HEATER TEST
FOR THE RESULT TO BE VALID.
View repair
Repair
Replace the DCHA Heater Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
286
CABIN HEATER
Symptom List:
B1800 NO START
B1801 FLAME OUT: DURING HEATING CYCLE
B1801 FLAME OUT: UNSTABLE OPERATION
The title for the tests will be B1800 NO START.
B1800 NO START
When Monitored: After DCHA activation.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Flame Sensor resistance is not within the expected
parameters 160 sections after activation.
B1801 FLAME OUT: DURING HEATING CYCLE

When Monitored: After DCHA activation, and during subsequent start attempts.
parameters.
B1801 FLAME OUT: UNSTABLE OPERATION

parameters.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOW FUEL LEVEL IN VEHICLES FUEL TANK
DOSING PUMP INOPERABLE, NO DOSING PUMP DTCS SET
DCHA FUEL LINE RESTRICTED/LEAKING/DAMAGED
DOSING PUMP
DCHA AIR INTAKE/EXHAUST RESTRICTED
DCHA HEATER MODULE FAULT
287
CABIN HEATER
B1800 NO START Continued

Verify that there is more than an 1/8 of a tank of fuel in the vehicles fuel tank.
Is there more than an 1/8 of a tank of fuel in the vehicles fuel tank?
Yes Go To 2
No Add fuel to the vehicles fuel tank to bring the fuel level above 1/8
of a tank.

CAUTION: Do not actuate the Dosing Pump more than two times. Doing so
will put excess fuel in the DCHA Heater Module and cause smoke to emit
from the DCHA exhaust pipe when heater activation occurs.
With the DRBIIIt in Actuators, select Dosing Pump. Listen for the pump to run. A
clicking noise should be heard coming from the pump.
Press Page Back and select No to stop the Dosing Pump actuation.
Does the Dosing Pump run when actuated?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Dosing Pump in accordance with the Service Infor-
mation.
288
CABIN HEATER

Inspect the DCHA fuel line exterior for restrictions, leakage, and damage.
Verify that the DCHA fuel line is installed correctly.
NOTE: Waxed fuel can obstruct the fuel line and reduce flow. Check for the
appropriate winter grade fuel and replace as necessary.
Check for obstructions in the fuel line. Refer to Fuel Line, Cleaning in the Service
Information.
Is the DCHA fuel line Ok?
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the DCHA fuel line as necessary in accordance with the


Disconnect the Dosing Pump rubber insulators from the splash shield.
Disconnect the fuel line from the fuel outlet side of the Dosing Pump.
Using a suitable length of fuel line, connect one end to the fuel outlet side of the
Dosing Pump and place the other end in a suitable container.
CAUTION: For the result of this test to be valid, actuate the Dosing Pump
Prime twice if the DCHA fuel supply line was drained and then not primed
prior to performing this test.
NOTE: Allow the Dosing Pump Prime to run the full 45 seconds.
With the DRBIIIt in System Tests, select Dosing Pump Prime.
When the Dosing Pump Prime is complete, measure the amount of fuel in the
container.
Does the Dosing Pump output approx 14 ml (0.5 oz) of fuel in a single Dosing Pump
Prime activation?
Yes Go To 5

mation.
289
CABIN HEATER

Inspect the DCHA air intake pipe and exhaust pipe for restrictions and obstructions.
Is the DCHA air intake pipe and exhaust pipe Ok?
Yes Replace the DCHA Heater Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
No Repair the DCHA air intake/exhaust as necessary in accordance

with the Service Information.
290
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
B1802 POWER SUPPLY OUT OF RANGE: LOW VOLTAGE THRESH-
OLD
B1802 POWER SUPPLY OUT OF RANGE: LOW VOLTAGE THRESHOLD

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the DCHAs power supply voltage drops below 10.0
volts for longer than 20 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FIELD MODE TEST RUN WITH THE ENGINE OFF
VEHICLES BATTERY SYSTEM
VEHICLES CHARGING SYSTEM NOT OPERATING PROPERLY
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE

Was the Field Mode Test run with the engine off?
Yes Rerun the Field Mode Test exactly as it is described in Test 4 of

the Cabin Heater Pre-Test. If DTC B1802 resets, Go To Test #2 of
this symptom. Otherwise, perform other diagnosis and testing as
necessary.
No Go To 2
291
CABIN HEATER

Continued
Inspect the vehicles battery terminals, cable terminals, and cables for corrosion and
damage in accordance with the Service Information.
Test the vehicles battery in accordance with the Service Information.
Is the vehicles battery system Ok?
Yes Go To 3
No Clean/repair the vehicles battery system in accordance with the


Check the vehicles charging system for proper operation in accordance with the
Is the vehicles charging system operating properly?
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the vehicles charging system in accordance with the

With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, record the DCHA Operating Voltage.
Disconnect the Cabin Heater Assist C1 harness connector.
Measure the voltage between the Fused B+ circuit and ground.
Is there more than 1.0 volt difference between the Operating Voltage and the Fused
B+ voltage?
Information.
No Go To 5
292
CABIN HEATER

Continued
Make sure that the Cabin Heater Assist C1 harness connector is connected to the
DCHA.
Connect a suitable voltmeter to the vehicles battery. Position the voltmeter where it
can be monitored while operating the DRBIIIt.
Start the engine.
DCHA Heater Module.
With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, monitor the DCHA Operating Voltage and the
voltmeter while the Field Mode Test is running. Upon completion of the Field Mode
Test proceed as follows:
Was there more than 1.5 volts difference between Operating & battery voltage during
the test?
Yes Repair the high resistance in the Fused B+ circuit.

No Replace the DCHA Heater Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
293
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
B1802 POWER SUPPLY OUT OF RANGE: VOLTAGE ABOVE 15.5
VOLTS
B1802 POWER SUPPLY OUT OF RANGE: VOLTAGE ABOVE 15.5 VOLTS

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the DCHAs power supply voltage exceeds 15.5 volts
for longer than six seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VEHICLES CHARGING SYSTEM OVERCHARGING

Check the vehicles charging system for proper operation in accordance with the
Is the vehicles charging system operating properly?
Information.
No Repair the vehicles charging system in accordance with the

294
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
B1803 FLAME DETECTED PRIOR TO COMBUSTION
B1803 FLAME DETECTED PRIOR TO COMBUSTION

When Monitored: During DCHA start up.
parameters.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FLAME SENSOR FAULT

View repair
Repair
Information.
295
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
B1811 HEATER OVERHEATED
B1811 HEATER OVERHEATED

When Monitored: After DCHA activation, when the system is in a steady state of
operation.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Coolant Temperature Sensor resistance is not
within the expected parameters (coolant temperature in the Heater Module exceeds 125C
[257F]).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DCHA HEATER MODULE FAULT
DCHA COOLANT HOSES RESTRICTED/LEAKING/DAMAGED
ENGINES COOLING SYSTEM FAULT
B1811 CLEARED, ADDITIONAL DTC(S) PRESENT

NOTE: If there is an internal leak in the Heater Module, a continuous loud
chunking or grinding noise may have been heard coming from the DCHA
assembly during the Field Mode test.
Check for engine coolant continuously flowing out of the DCHA exhaust pipe.
Is engine coolant coming out of the DCHA exhaust pipe?
Information.
No Go To 2
296
CABIN HEATER
B1811 HEATER OVERHEATED Continued

Inspect the DCHA coolant hoses for restrictions, leakage, and damage.
Are the DCHA coolant hoses Ok?
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the DCHA coolant hoses as necessary in accordance with


Check that the engines cooling system is operating properly in accordance with the
Is the engines cooling system operating properly?
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the engines cooling system in accordance with the Service

Information.

Start the engine.
Allow the engines coolant to cool down to a temperature of 50C (122F).
Start the engine.
View repair
Repair
Go To 5
297
CABIN HEATER

Start the engine.
Remove the Cabin Heater fuse #15 from the IPM for a minimum of five seconds, then
View repair
Repair
Go To 6
298
CABIN HEATER

NOTE: If the DCHA Control detects a new fault in the DCHA system, one
that is not already stored in its memory, the DCHA Control will clear the
oldest of the three stored DTCs, and it will store the new faults DTC.
NOTE: If the DCHA control detects a reoccurrence of a stored fault, the
DCHA control will overwrite that faults DTC with the most recent occur-
rence.
With the DRBIIIt, erase Cabin Heater DTCs.
Start the engine.
DCHA Heater Module.
Yes, B1811 & B1813 reset

Information.
Yes, B1811 Cleared, Other DTC(s) Present

Return to the symptom list and choose the DTC(s).
No Test Complete.
299
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
B1813 HEATER IN LOCKOUT MODE
B1813 HEATER IN LOCKOUT MODE

When Monitored: During DCHA activation.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if six continuous attempts to start heater operation fail
due to one or more faults in the DCHA system.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
B1813 AND ADDITIONAL DTC(S) PRESENT
B1813 RESET, NO ADDITIONAL DTC(S) PRESENT
B1813 CLEARED, ADDITIONAL DTC(S) PRESENT
STORED DCHA DTC(S) TEST COMPLETE

Start the engine.
Remove Cabin Heater Fuse #15 from the IPM for a minimum of five seconds, then
View repair
Repair
Go To 2
300
CABIN HEATER
B1813 HEATER IN LOCKOUT MODE Continued

2 WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A All
GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILITIES. AL-
WAYS VENT THE DCHAs EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA. FAILURE
TO FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR
DEATH.
NOTE: If the DCHA Control detects a new fault in the DCHA system, one that is
not already stored in its memory, the DCHA Control will clear the oldest of the
three stored DTCs, and it will store the new faults DTC.
NOTE: If the DCHA control detects a reoccurrence of a stored fault, the DCHA
control will overwrite that faults DTC with the most recent occurrence.
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Cabin Heater DTCs.
Start the engine.
Failure to follow these instructions may result in internal damage to the DCHA
Heater Module.
NOTE: Do not disconnect the vehicles battery or the DCHAs main power supply
while the DCHA is in operation or in run-down mode. Failure to follow these
instructions may result in excess emissions from the DCHA during heater
operation.
With the DRBIIIt in Cabin Heater, Systems Tests, select Field Mode and press Enter. The
test will run for approx 8.5 minutes.
On ATC, set the Driver temperature control to HI (max heat). Upon completion of the Field
Yes, B1813 & Other DTC(s) Present

Return to the symptom list and choose the additional DTC(s) first,
then diagnose B1813.
Yes, B1813 Reset with No Other DTC(s)

Allow DCHA to cool. Inspect DCHA intake & exhaust pipes for
restrictions & obstructions. Repair as necessary. After repair,
repeat Test 2 of this procedure. If intake & exhaust pipes are Ok,
replace DCHA Heater Module in accordance with Service Info.
Yes, B1813 Cleared, Other DTC(s) Present
Return to the symptom list and choose the DTC(s).
No Allow DCHA to cool. Inspect fuel line & coolant hoses for restric-
tions, obstructions, loose clamps, leakage, etc. Repair as neces-
sary. Check connectors. Clean & repair as necessary. Refer to
Service Manual for additional symptom diagnosis, if necessary.
301
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
B1820 DOSING PUMP CIRCUIT: OPEN OR SHORT TO BATTERY

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the DCHA Control detects no-load voltage on the
Dosing Pump circuit output pin.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DOSING PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED HIGH
DOSING PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
DOSING PUMP

NOTE: If present, diagnose and repair DTC B1811 Heater Overheated and
any other conditions relating to overheating before diagnosing this DTC.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the voltage between the Dosing Pump Control circuit and ground.
Yes Repair the Dosing Pump Control circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 2
302
CABIN HEATER

Continued
Disconnect the Dosing Pump harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Dosing Pump Control circuit between the Dosing Pump
harness connector and the Cabin Heater Assist C1 harness connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the Dosing Pump Control circuit for an open.


Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit between the Dosing Pump harness
connector and the Cabin Heater Assist C2 harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
303
CABIN HEATER

Continued
Disconnect the Dosing Pump rubber insulators from the splash shield.
Measure the resistance of the Dosing Pump.
Information.

mation.
304
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
B1820 DOSING PUMP CIRCUIT: SHORT TO GROUND
B1820 DOSING PUMP CIRCUIT: SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored: During Dosing Pump activation.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the DCHA Control detects a high current draw on the
Dosing Pump circuit output pin.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DOSING PUMP SHORTED TO GROUND
DOSING PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE GROUND CIRCUIT
DOSING PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
305
CABIN HEATER
B1820 DOSING PUMP CIRCUIT: SHORT TO GROUND Continued

NOTE: If present, diagnose and repair DTC B1811 Heater Overheated and
any other conditions relating to overheating before diagnosing this DTC.
With the DRBIIIt, erase Cabin Heater DTCs.
Start the engine.
DCHA Heater Module.
With the DRBIIIt, read Cabin Heater DTCs.
Is DTC B1820 Dosing Pump Circuit: Short to Ground present?
Yes Go To 2

mation.
306
CABIN HEATER
B1820 DOSING PUMP CIRCUIT: SHORT TO GROUND Continued

CAUTION: ALLOW THE DCHA ASSEMBLY TO COOL BEFORE PERFORM-
Disconnect the battery in accordance with the Service information.
Disconnect the Cabin Heater Assist C1 and C2 harness connectors.
Measure the resistance between the Dosing Pump Control circuit and the Ground
circuit.
Yes Repair the Dosing Pump Control circuit for a short to the Ground
circuit.
No Go To 3

Measure the resistance between ground and the Dosing Pump Control circuit.
Yes Repair the Dosing Pump Control circuit for a short to ground.

Information.
307
CABIN HEATER
Symptom List:
B1821 COMBUSTION AIR FAN CIRCUIT: OPEN
B1821 COMBUSTION AIR FAN CIRCUIT: SHORT TO GROUND
The title for the tests will be B1821 COMBUSTION AIR FAN
CIRCUIT: OPEN.
B1821 COMBUSTION AIR FAN CIRCUIT: OPEN

operation.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the DCHA Control detects no-load voltage on the
Combustion Air Fan circuit output pin.
B1821 COMBUSTION AIR FAN CIRCUIT: SHORT TO GROUND

operation.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the DCHA Control detects a high current draw on the
Combustion Air Fan circuit output pin.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
COMBUSTION AIR FAN/DCHA CONTROL UNIT FAULT

NOTE: If present, diagnose and repair DTC B1801 Flame Out before diag-
nosing this DTC.
View repair
Repair
Information.
308
CABIN HEATER
Symptom List:
B1822 GLOW PIN/FLAME SENSOR: OPEN
B1822 GLOW PIN/FLAME SENSOR: SHORT TO GROUND
The title for the tests will be B1822 GLOW PIN/FLAME SEN-
SOR: OPEN.
B1822 GLOW PIN/FLAME SENSOR: OPEN

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Glow Pin resistance is not within the expected
parameters.
B1822 GLOW PIN/FLAME SENSOR: SHORT TO GROUND

operation.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Glow Pin resistance is not within the expected
parameters.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GLOW PIN/HEATER MODULE FAULT

View repair
Repair
Information.
309
CABIN HEATER
Symptom List:
B1823 WATER PUMP CIRCUIT: OPEN
B1823 WATER PUMP CIRCUIT: SHORT TO GROUND
The title for the tests will be B1823 WATER PUMP CIRCUIT:
OPEN.
B1823 WATER PUMP CIRCUIT: OPEN

Set Condition: This fault is erroneous for this DCHA assembly.
B1823 WATER PUMP CIRCUIT: SHORT TO GROUND

POSSIBLE CAUSES

View repair
Repair
Information.
310
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
B1824 FAN SWITCH LINE SHORT TO GROUND
B1824 FAN SWITCH LINE SHORT TO GROUND

POSSIBLE CAUSES

View repair
Repair
Information.
311
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE)
CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE)

When Monitored: When the DCHA system is off
Set Condition: The DCHA Low Side Driver inside the FCM expects to see a system
voltage of 13.8 volts through the DCHA relay coil when the DCHA system is off. This DTC
will set if the FCM sees a voltage below 3.5 volts on the Cabin Heater Assist Control circuit
during this time.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE FROM CABIN HEATER MODULE
CABIN HEATER ASSIST CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN TO IPM
IPM, OPEN CIRCUIT
FCM, OPEN CIRCUIT
FCM FAULT
CABIN HEATER ASSIST CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE GROUND CIRCUIT
CABIN HEATER ASSIST CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
CABIN HEATER ASSIST CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the Cabin Heater Module.
Does the DRBIIIt display: No Response From Cabin Heater Module?
Yes Refer to Communication for the related symptom.

No Go To 2
312
CABIN HEATER
CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) Continued

While back probing, measure the voltage of the Cabin Heater Assist Control circuit
in the In-Line C330 harness connector.
Is battery voltage present?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 5

Disconnect the In-Line C330 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Cabin Heater Assist Control circuit between the
In-Line C330 harness connector and the IPM C3 harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Cabin Heater Assist Control circuit for an open.

Remove the FCM in accordance with the Service Information.
Measure the resistance of the Cabin Heater Assist Control circuit in the IPM
(between IPM Cavity 11 for the C3 harness connector and IPM Cavity 15 for the FCM
connector).
Yes Replace the FCM in accordance with the Service Information.

313
CABIN HEATER

Ensure the IPM and Cabin Heater harness connectors are connected.
Reconnect the battery in accordance with the Service information.
While back probing, measure the voltage of the Cabin Heater Assist Control circuit
in the In-Line C330 harness connector.
Is battery voltage present?
No Go To 6

Disconnect the Cabin Heater Assist C1, C2, and Dosing Pump harness connectors.
Measure the resistance between the Cabin Heater Assist Control circuit and the
Ground circuit.
Yes Repair the Cabin Heater Assist Control circuit for a short to the
Ground circuit.
No Go To 7
314
CABIN HEATER

Measure the resistance between ground and the Cabin Heater Assist Control circuit.
Yes Repair the Cabin Heater Assist Control circuit for a short to
ground.
No Go To 8

Measure the resistance of the Cabin Heater Assist Control circuit between the Cabin
Heater Assist C1 harness connector and the IPM C3 harness connector.
Information.
No Repair the Cabin Heater Assist Control circuit for an open.

315
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY (AC-
TIVE)
CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY (ACTIVE)

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the FCM sees a voltage between 5.0 and 15.0 volts on
the Cabin Heater Assist Control circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CABIN HEATER ASSIST CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT
FCM FAULT
CABIN HEATER ASSIST CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED HIGH

With the DRBIIIt in FCM, read the active DTCs.
Is the Cabin Heater Relay Short To Battery DTC still active?
Yes Go To 2
Information.
316
CABIN HEATER

Continued
Measure the voltage between the Cabin Heater Assist Control circuit and ground.
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the FCM in accordance with the Service Information.

Disconnect the Cabin Heater Assist C1 and C2 harness connectors.
Measure the resistance between the Cabin Heater Assist Control circuit and the
Fused B(+) circuit.
Yes Repair the Cabin Heater Assist Control circuit for a short to the
Fused B(+) circuit.
No Go To 4
317
CABIN HEATER

Continued
Disconnect the battery in accordance with the Service Information.
Reconnect the IPM C3 harness connector.
Reconnect the battery in accordance with the Service Information.
Measure the voltage between the Cabin Heater Assist Control circuit and ground.
Yes Repair the Cabin Heater Assist Control circuit for a short to
voltage.
No Replace the FCM in accordance with the Service Information.
318
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
*CABIN HEATER INOPERABLE FROM A/C - HEATER MODULE
(MTC)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DCHA ACTIVATION CRITERIA NOT MET
NO PCI BUS COMMUNICATION WITH FCM/HVAC MODULE
FCM OR HAVC DTCS PRESENT
FCM FAULT
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE FAULT

Verify that all of the following criteria was met during the attempt to activate the
DCHA from the A/C - Heater Control Module.
The engine was running.
The engines coolant temperature was below 66C (151F).
The vehicles fuel tank had more than 1/8 of a tank of fuel.
The A/C - Heater Control Modules Power switch was on.
The Blend Control was set above 90% reheat.
Was all criteria met during the attempt to activate the DCHA from the A/C - Heater
Control Module?
Yes Go To 2
No Attempt to activate the DCHA when all of the operating criteria

are met.

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the FCM and the HVAC Module.
Was the DRBIIIt able to communicate with the FCM and the HVAC Module?
Yes Go To 3
No Refer to Communication for the related symptom(s)

319
CABIN HEATER
*CABIN HEATER INOPERABLE FROM A/C - HEATER MODULE (MTC)

Continued
With the DRBIIIt, check for FCM and HVAC DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display any FCM or HVAC DTCs?
Yes For FCM DTCs, return to the symptom list and choose the
symptom(s). Also, refer to Ignition, Power, Accessory category for
related symptom(s). For HVAC DTCs, refer to Heater & A/C for
related symptom(s).
No Go To 4

Start the engine.
Turn the A/C - Heater Control Modules Power switch on.
CAUTION: Do not activate the Diesel Cabin Heater Test with the engine off.
DCHA Heater Module.
With the DRBIIIt in HVAC, Systems Tests, select Diesel Cabin Heater Test and press
#1.
With the DRBIIIt in HVAC, Systems Tests, Diesel Cabin Heater Test, read the Cabin
Heater Status.
Does the Status display: On?

No Replace the A/C - Heater Control Module in accordance with the

320
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
*CABIN HEATER INOPERABLE FROM AUTO TEMP CONTROL
(ATC)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DCHA ACTIVATION CRITERIA NOT MET
NO PCI BUS COMMUNICATION WITH FCM/ATC
FCM OR ATC DTCS PRESENT
FCM FAULT
AUTO TEMP CONTROL FAULT

Verify that all of the following criteria was met during the attempt to activate the
DCHA from the Auto Temp Control.
The VIN indicates that the vehicle has a diesel engine.
The vehicles odometer read more than 5 miles.
The engines speed was above 500 rpm.
The engines coolant temperature was below 66C (151F).
The vehicles fuel tank had more than 1/8 of a tank of fuel.
The Auto Temp Controls Power switch was on.
The Driver temperature control was set above 22C (72F).
Was all criteria met during the attempt to activate the DCHA from the Auto Temp
Control?
Yes Go To 2
No Attempt to activate the DCHA when all of the operating criteria
are met.

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the FCM and the ATC.
Was the DRBIIIt able to communicate with the FCM and the ATC?
Yes Go To 3
321
CABIN HEATER
*CABIN HEATER INOPERABLE FROM AUTO TEMP CONTROL (ATC)

Continued
With the DRBIIIt, check for FCM and ATC DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display any FCM or ATC DTCs?
Yes For FCM DTCs, return to the symptom list and choose the
symptom(s). Also, refer to Ignition, Power, Accessory category for
related symptom(s). For ATC DTCs, refer to Automatic Tempera-
ture Control for related symptom(s).
No Go To 4
322
CABIN HEATER
*CABIN HEATER INOPERABLE FROM AUTO TEMP CONTROL (ATC)

Continued
not met.
NOTE: Running this test will cause the DELAY & Snowflake VF segments on
the ATC to flash for 162 seconds. If the A/C related portion of this test fails,
the DELAY & Snowflake VF segments will continue to flash until the vehicle
is driven more than 3 miles.
Start the engine.
DCHA Heater Module.
NOTE: The DCHA will operate for approximately 7 minutes. 3 minutes to
run and 4 minutes to purge.
With the DRBIIIt in ATC, Systems Tests, perform the AC Cooldown Test. Then,
select Page Back, Page Back, Monitor Display, and PCI Bus Info ATC.
View the 9RG DCHA Req9 monitor.
Does the Rg DCHA Req monitor display ON?

No Replace the Auto Temp Control in accordance with the Service

Information.
323
CHIME
Symptom:
*CHIME INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
USE DRB TO ACTUATE CHIME
CHIME DRIVER CIRCUIT - OPEN
CHIME DRIVER CIRCUIT - SHORT TO GROUND
CHIME DRIVER CIRCUIT - SHORT TO VOLTAGE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BCM

1 With the DRBIIIt, actuate the CHIME. (BCM actuator) All
Does chime sound a warning?
Yes The chime operates as it should. Check other reasons for the
chime being inoperative and select from the symptom list.
No Go To 2
2 Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector(s). All

Disconnect the BCM harness connector(s).
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the chime driver circuit for a
short to ground.
Yes Repair the chime driver circuit for a short to ground.

No Go To 3
3 Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector(s). All

Using a DVOM connected to ground, check the chime driver circuit for a short to
voltage.
Yes Repair the chime driver circuit for a short to voltage.

No Go To 4
4 Reconnect the BCM if disconnected in previous step. All

Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connectors.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the chime driver circuit at the
Instrument Cluster connector.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the CHIME. (BCM actuator)
Does the test light illuminate ON and OFF?
Yes Replace the Instrument Cluster.

No Go To 5
324
CHIME
*CHIME INOPERATIVE Continued

5 Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connectors. All
Measure the resistance of the chime driver circuit between the Instrument Cluster
connector and the BCM connector.
No Repair the chime driver circuit for an open, between the Instru-
ment Cluster and the BCM.
Yes Replace the BCM.

325
CHIME
Symptom:
*KEY IN IGNITION AND DRIVERS DOOR OPEN CHIME NOT
OPERATING PROPERLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BODY CONTROL MODULE DTC
DRB CHIME ACTUATOR
DRIVER DOOR AJAR STATUS
IGNITION SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE

With the DRBIIIt, read the current Body Control Module DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display: any Lighting or Ignition switch related DTCs?
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to symptom list for related symptom(s).

2 With the DRBIIIt, actuate the CHIME. (BCM actuator) All

Does chime sound a warning?
Yes Go To 3
No Refer to symptom Chime Inoperative in the Chime category.
3 Open the driver door. All

With the DRB, in Input/Outputs, read the 9DR DOOR AJAR SW9 state.
Does the DRB display 9DR DOOR AJAR SW: CLOSED9?
Yes Go To 4
No Refer to symptom list for problems related to Door Ajar.

4 With the DRBIIIt in BCM Inputs/Outputs, read the Key in Ign Sw state while All
inserting the key in and out of the ignition switch.
Does the DRBIIIt display change from open to closed?
Yes Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance

No Check the Ignition Lock Cylinder for damage. If OK replace the
Ignition Switch.
326
CHIME
Symptom:
*PROBLEM WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WARNING CHIME
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INCORRECT COUNTRY CODE PROGRAMMED IN BCM
BODY CONTROL MODULE

1 Note: The high speed warning chime is for Gulf Coast Countries only. All
With the DRBIIIt in Miscellaneous check the Body Control Module country code
setting.
Is the country code incorrect?
Yes Program the correct country code setting.

No Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance
327
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
ATC MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
ATC MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed.
Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Automatic Temperature
Control (ATC) module for at least 0.125 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE
BODY CONTROL MODULE

With the DRB, enter Body then Automatic Temp Control.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the ATC?
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to the Communication category for the related symptom(s).


Did this DTC reset?
Yes Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
No Test Complete.
328
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
AUDIO MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
AUDIO MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the radio for at least 5
seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE RADIO
BODY CONTROL MODULE

With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Radio.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the Radio?
Yes Go To 2


Did this DTC reset?
information.
No Test Complete.
329
COMMUNICATION
Symptom List:
BCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY
BCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO GROUND
FCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY
FCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO GROUND
The title for the tests will be BCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO
BATTERY.
BCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY

When Monitored: Continuously
Set Condition: Anytime the BCM detects a short to battery on the PCI Bus circuit.
BCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO GROUND

Set Condition: Anytime the BCM detects a short to ground on the PCI Bus circuit.
FCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY

Set Condition: Anytime the FCM detects a short to battery on the PCI Bus circuit.
FCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO GROUND

Set Condition: Anytime the FCM detects a short to ground on the PCI Bus circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
330
COMMUNICATION
BCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY Continued

1 NOTE: For this code to be active, the DRB will not be able to communicate All
with any modules on the vehicle (except the PCM/ECM).
NOTE: Clear the code. If this code continues to set and the DRB can still
communicate with the module, it will be necessary to replace the module.
With the engine running at normal operating temperature, wiggle the wiring
harnesses. This is to try and duplicate the complete bus failure condition.

No Test Complete.
331
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
COUNTRY CODE NOT PROGRAMMED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SELECT CORRECT COUNTRY CODE

1 With the DRB, enter Body Computer, Miscellaneous then Change Country Code. All
Select the correct country code for the vehicle.
With the DRB, erase BCM DTCs.
With the DRB, read BCM DTCs.
Did this DTC reset?
information.
No Test Complete.
332
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
FCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
FCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Front Control Module
(FCM) for at least 5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE FRONT CONTROL MODULE
BODY CONTROL MODULE

With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the FCM.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the FCM?
Yes Go To 2


Did this DTC reset?
information.
No Test Complete.
333
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
FCM, BCM COMMUNICATION FAULT
FCM, BCM COMMUNICATION FAULT

Set Condition: The FCM does not receive any messages from the Body Control Module
(BCM) for at least 5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM

With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the BCM.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the BCM?
Yes Go To 2


Did this DTC reset?
Yes Replace the Front Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
No Test Complete.
334
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
FCM, HVAC COMMUNICATION FAULT
FCM, HVAC COMMUNICATION FAULT

Set Condition: The FCM does not receive any messages from the Automatic Temperature
Control (ATC) module or the A/C Heater Control (MTC) for at least 20 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE HVAC

With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the A/C Heater Control (MTC) or the
Automatic Temp Control (ATC).
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the HVAC or the ATC?
Yes Go To 2


Did this DTC reset?
information.
No Test Complete.
335
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
FCM, PCI INTERNAL FAULT

Set Condition: The DTC will set if the FCM detects an internal fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

1 Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector. All
With the DRB, erase FCM DTCs.
Turn the ignition off then turn the ignition on.
With the DRB, read FCM DTCs.
Did this DTC reset?
information.
No Test Complete.
336
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
FCM, PCM COMMUNICATION FAULT
FCM, PCM COMMUNICATION FAULT

Set Condition: The FCM does not receive any messages from the PCM for at least 5
seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM COMMUNICATION FAULT
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM

With the DRB, enter Instrument Cluster, System Tests then PCM Monitor.
Does the DRB display: PCM is active on BUS?
Yes Erase the DTC, if DTC resets, replace the Front Control Module
in accordance with the service information.
No Go To 2

With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the PCM.
Was the DRB able to communicate with the PCM?
Yes Go To 3
No Refer to the communication category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
337
COMMUNICATION
FCM, PCM COMMUNICATION FAULT Continued

Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Note: If equipped with NGC follow the
caution below.
Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit between the DLC and the PCM
connector.

338
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
FCM, RADIO COMMUNICATION FAULT
FCM, RADIO COMMUNICATION FAULT

Set Condition: The FCM does not receive any messages from the radio for at least 5
seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

Yes Go To 2


Did this DTC reset?
information.
No Test Complete.
339
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
FCM, TCM COMMUNICATION FAULT
FCM, TCM COMMUNICATION FAULT

Set Condition: The FCM does not receive any messages from the Transmission Control
Module (TCM) for at least 5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE TCM

With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the TCM.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the TCM?
Yes Go To 2


Did this DTC reset?
information.
No Test Complete.
340
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
INTERNAL BCM FAILURE

When Monitored: The BCM detects an internal fault for 10 seconds.
Set Condition: The DTC will set if the BCM detects an internal fault.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

Did this DTC reset?
information.
No Test Complete.
341
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
LEFT PSD MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
LEFT PSD MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

When Monitored: When the Body Control Module is awake.
Set Condition: The BCM does not sense a response from the Left Power Sliding Door
Module.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR DTCS
VERIFY DTC
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE LEFT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE
BODY CONTROL MODULE

With the DRBIIIt, read BCM DTCs.
Are any IOD Wakeup power sliding door DTCs set?
Yes Refer to symptom list for problems related to the IOD wakeup
circuit.
No Go To 2

Operate the left power sliding door with either the key fob or the overhead console.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes Go To 3
No The condition that caused this DTC is currently not present. Use
the wiring diagrams/schematic as a guide, and inspect the related
wiring harness for a possible intermittent.

With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Left Sliding Door Control Module.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the Left Sliding Door Control Module?
Yes Go To 4

342
COMMUNICATION
LEFT PSD MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED Continued

Operate the left power sliding door with either the key fob or the overhead console.
Did this DTC reset?
information.
No Test Complete.
343
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
LIFTGATE MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
LIFTGATE MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

Set Condition: The BCM does not sense a response from the Power Liftgate Control
Module.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR DTCS
VERIFY DTC
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE POWER LIFTGATE MODULE
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Are any IOD Wakeup power liftgate DTCs set?
circuit.
No Go To 2

Operate the liftgate with either the key fob or the overhead console.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes Go To 3

With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Power Liftgate Module.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the Power Liftgate Module?
Yes Go To 4

344
COMMUNICATION
LIFTGATE MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED Continued

Operate the liftgate with either the key fob or the overhead console.
Did this DTC reset?
information.
No Test Complete.
345
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
MIC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
MIC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Instrument Cluster
(MIC) for at least 5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR DTCS
VERIFY DTC
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE MIC
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Are any IOD Wakeup Cluster DTCs set?
circuit.
No Go To 2

Did this DTC reset?
Yes Go To 3

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the Instrument Cluster (MIC).
Was the DRBIIIt able to I/D or communicate with the Instrument Cluster (MIC)?
Yes Go To 4

346
COMMUNICATION
MIC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED Continued

4 With the DRBIIIt, erase DTCs. All
Did this DTC reset?
information.
No Test Complete.
347
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
MSM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
MSM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Memory Seat Module
(MSM) for at least 0.125 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE MEMORY SEAT MODULE
BODY CONTROL MODULE

With the DRB, enter Body then Memory Seat Module.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the MSM?
Yes Go To 2


Did this DTC reset?
information.
No Test Complete.
348
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
NO PCI MESSAGES FROM CD CHANGER
NO PCI MESSAGES FROM CD CHANGER

When Monitored: With the ignition on and the radio on.
Set Condition: If the DRB interrogates the CD Changer and does not receive the proper
response from the CD Changer.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CD CHANGER (DIN) CABLE
CD CHANGER PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
RADIO GROUND CKT OPEN
CD CHANGER

Disconnect the Radio C2 connector (DIN cable) from the Radio and the CD Changer.
Visually inspect the cable for damage.
In the next step check for open wires in the DIN cable.
Measure the resistance of the each DIN cable circuit between the Radio DIN cable
connector and the CD Changer DIN cable connector.
In the next step check for wires shorted to the DIN cable metal connectors.
Measure the resistance between each Radio C2 connector ( DIN cable) circuit and the
Radio Din cable metal connector.
Is the DIN cable circuits shorted together or open?
Yes Replace the CD Changer (DIN) cable.

No Go To 2
349
COMMUNICATION
NO PCI MESSAGES FROM CD CHANGER Continued

2 Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and All
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
Disconnect the CD Changer harness connector (DIN cable).
circuit in the CD Changer DIN Cable connector.
Reconnect the Radio C2 (DIN Cable) harness connector.
Turn the Radio and CD Changer on.
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Radio.


Turn the Radio and the CD Changer on.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Ignition Switch Output
circuit in the CD Changer DIN Cable connector.
Yes Go To 4


Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe each CD Changer ground
circuit in the CD Changer connector (DIN cable).
Is the test light illuminated for each circuit?
Yes Go To 5

Repair
Replace the CD Changer.
350
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
ORC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
ORC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Occupant Restraint
Controller (ORC) for at least 5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
BODY CONTROL MODULE

With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the ORC.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the ORC?
Yes Go To 2


Did this DTC reset?
information.
No Test Complete.
351
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
OTIS MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
OTIS MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the overhead console for at
least 5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE OTIS
BODY CONTROL MODULE

With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the overhead console.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the overhead console?
Yes Go To 2


Did this DTC reset?
information.
No Test Complete.
352
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
PCI INTERNAL HARDWARE FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCI INTERNAL HARDWARE FAILURE

Did this DTC reset?
information.
No Test Complete.
353
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the PCM for at least 5
seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM

With the DRBIIIt, enter Instrument Cluster, System Tests then PCM Monitor.
Does the DRBIIIt display: PCM is active on BUS?
Yes Erase the DTC, if DTC resets, replace the Body Control Module in
No Go To 2

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the PCM.
Was the DRBIIIt able to communicate with the PCM?
Yes Go To 3
No Refer to the communication category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
354
COMMUNICATION
PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED Continued

Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Note: If equipped with NGC follow the
caution below.
Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit between the DLC and the PCM
connector.

355
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
RADIO MEM MSG NOT RECEIVED
RADIO MEM MSG NOT RECEIVED

Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any radio memory messages.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE MEMORY SYSTEM
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Yes Go To 2


Operate the memory seat system.
Did the memory seat system operate properly?
Yes Go To 3
No Refer to the Memory Seat category and perform the appropriate
symptom.

Did this DTC reset?
information.
No Test Complete.
356
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
RIGHT PSD MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
RIGHT PSD MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

Set Condition: The BCM does not sense a response from the Right Power Sliding Door
Module.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR DTCS
VERIFY DTC
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE RIGHT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Are any IOD Wakeup power sliding door DTCs set?
circuit.
No Go To 2

Operate the right power sliding door with either the key fob or the overhead console.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes Go To 3

With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Right Sliding Door Control Module.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the Right Sliding Door Control
Module?
Yes Go To 4

357
COMMUNICATION
RIGHT PSD MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED Continued

Operate the right power sliding door with either the key fob or the overhead console.
Did this DTC reset?
information.
No Test Complete.
358
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
SKIM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
SKIM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Sentry Key Immobilizer
Module (SKIM) for at least 5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE
BODY CONTROL MODULE

With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the SKIM.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the SKIM?
Yes Go To 2


Did this DTC reset?
information.
No Test Complete.
359
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
TCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
TCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Transmission Control
Module (TCM) for at least 5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE TCM
BODY CONTROL MODULE

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the Transmission Control Module.
Was the DRBIIIt able to I/D or communicate with the TCM?
Yes Go To 2


Did this DTC reset?
information.
No Test Complete.
360
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECKING FOR VOLTAGE
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE

1 NOTE: Check the FCM for DTCs. If DTCs are present, go to the appropriate All
category and perform the DTC.
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module harness connector.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adapter to the ACM connector
Turn the ignition on and then reconnect the Battery.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the ORC Run Only Driver
Circuit and the ORC Run/Start Driver Circuit at the Airbag Control Module
connector.
NOTE: One open circuit will not cause a NO RESPONSE condition.
Is the test light illuminated on both circuits?
Yes Go To 2
No Repair the ORC Run Only Driver and the ORC Run/Start Driver
circuits for an open.
NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components, the ignition must be
2 Ensure that the battery is fully charged. All

Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adapter to the ACM connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the ground circuit.
NOTE: Make sure test light is connected to the Battery positive terminal.
Yes Go To 3

When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned

off and the battery must be disconnected.
361
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE Continued

3 Note: Ensure there is PCI bus communication with other modules. If not, All
refer to the PCI Bus Communication Failure symptom and repair as
necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adapter to the ACM connector.
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
circuit in the Airbag Control Module connector.
Yes Go To 4

Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service
information. WARNING: Make sure the battery is disconnected
362
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED (B+) CKT OPEN
OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT

Yes Go To 2
No Refer to the symptom list for problems related to no communica-

tion with the BCM.

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the Ground circuit.
Yes Go To 3


Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B+ circuit.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open or short. Refer to the

wiring diagrams in the service information.

Output circuit.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Fused Ignition Switch circuit for an open or short.

Refer to the wiring diagrams in the service information.
363
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MOD-

ULE Continued
5 Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the All
vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu
and repair as necessary.
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
circuit in the ATC connector.
Yes Go To 6
Repair
Replace the Automatic Temperature Control Module in accor-
dance with the service information.
364
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH ANOTHER MODULE
FUSED (B+) CKT OPEN
OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT(S)
BODY CONTROL MODULE

With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Airbag Control Module (ACM).
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Instrument Cluster.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the ACM and the CAB?
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to symptom list for problems related to the PCI Bus
Communication Failure.

Yes Go To 3
No Check fuse #14 in the IPM for an open. If ok, repair the Fused B+
circuit for an open or short. Refer to the wiring diagrams in the

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe both Ground circuits.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Ground circuit(s) for an open.

365
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE Continued

black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
circuit in the BCM connector.
Yes Go To 5
Repair
information.
366
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM CABIN HEATER ASSIST - DIESEL ONLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE ECM
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
CABIN HEATER ASSIST

With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the ECM.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the ECM?
Yes Go To 2

tion with the ECM.

Yes Go To 3
No Check the IPM Fuse #15 for an open. If open, check for a short to
ground on the Fused B+ circuit. If not open, repair the Fused B+
circuit for an open.

Yes Go To 4


Measure the resistance of the SCI Transmit circuit between the Cabin Heater Assist
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the SCI Transmit circuit for an open.

367
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM CABIN HEATER ASSIST - DIESEL ONLY

Continued
Repair
Replace the Cabin Heater Assist in accordance with the service
information.
368
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE FROM CAB
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT
CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE

Note: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer
the question.
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Body Control Module (BCM).
Was the DRB able to I/D or establish communications with either of the modules?
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to the Communications category and perform the symptom

PCI Bus Communication Failure.
Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

Disconnect the CAB harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe both ground circuits.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the ground circuit(s) for an open.

Output circuit.
Yes Go To 4
369
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE Continued

black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
circuit in the CAB connector.
Yes Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Controller Antilock Brake in accordance with the
370
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM ECM (PCI BUS) - DIESEL ONLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ECM PCI NO RESPONSE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

the question.
Yes Go To 2
Perform ROAD TEST VERIFICATION - VER-2.
2 With the DRB read ECM Diagnostic Trouble Codes. This is to ensure power and All
grounds to the ECM are operational.
NOTE: If the DRB will not read ECM DTCs, follow the NO RESPONSE TO
ECM (SCI only) symptom path, if vehicle will start. For NO START Condi-
tions follow the no start symptom in the powertrain diagnostic information.
Disconnect the ECM harness connectors.
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
Connect the Black lead to ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the
ECM connector.
Yes Replace and program the Engine Control Module in accordance


371
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM ECM (SCI ONLY) - DIESEL ONLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK ECM POWERS AND GROUNDS
CABIN HEATER ASSIST
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

1 Perform the symptom Checking ECM Power and Ground Circuits in the Driveability All
category.
Yes Go To 2

Measure the resistance between ground and the SCI Transmit circuit.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 4

Measure the resistance between ground and the SCI Transmit circuit.
Yes Repair the SCI Transmit circuit for a short to ground.

No Replace the Cabin Heater Assist in accordance with the service

information.

Measure the voltage of the SCI Transmit circuit at the DLC connector (cav 7).
Yes Repair the SCI Transmit circuit for a short to voltage.

No Go To 5
372
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM ECM (SCI ONLY) - DIESEL ONLY Continued

Measure the resistance of the SCI Transmit circuit between the ECM connector and
the DLC.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the SCI Transmit circuit for an open.

Repair
Replace and program the Engine Control Module in accordance
373
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM FRONT CONTROL MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH ANOTHER MODULE
OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT(S)

With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Airbag Control Module.
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Controller Antilock Brake (CAB)
module.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with any of the modules?
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to symptom list for problems related to the PCI Bus

Communication Failure.

Yes Go To 3
No Repair the Ground circuit(s) for an open.
374
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM FRONT CONTROL MODULE Continued

black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Set the probe to x10.
circuit in the FCM connector.
Yes Go To 4
Repair
Replace the Front Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
375
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM HVAC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
A/C HEATER CONTROL

Yes Go To 2

tion with the BCM.

Disconnect the A/C Heater Control C1 harness connector.
Yes Go To 3

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Ignition Switch Output
circuit.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open or short.

376
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM HVAC Continued

black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Set the probe to x10.
circuit in the A/C Heater Control connector.
Yes Go To 5
Repair
Replace the A/C Heater Control in accordance with the service
information.
377
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT
OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE CKT OPEN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE CKT INTERNALLY OPEN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE CKT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE CKT INTERNALLY SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Yes Go To 2

tion with the BCM.

Yes Go To 3


Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open.

378
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Continued

black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
circuit in the Instrument Cluster connector.
Yes Go To 5

Reconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the Instrument Cluster Wake Up Sense circuit in the BCM C4
connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Go To 9

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Instrument Cluster Wake
Up Sense circuit.
Yes Go To 7
No Go To 8
379
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Continued

Up Sense circuit.
Yes Repair the Instrument Cluster Wake Up Sense circuit for a short
to voltage.
No Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the service
information.

Reconnect the BCM C4 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Instrument Cluster Wake Up Sense
circuit at the Instrument Cluster connector.
Open and close a door. This is done to ensure the BCM is awake.
Yes Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the service

information.
information.

Measure the resistance of the Instrument Cluster Wake Up Sense circuit between the
BCM C4 connector and the MIC connector.
Yes Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the service

information.
No Repair the Instrument Cluster Wake Up Sense circuit for an open.
380
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM LEFT SIACM
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERROGATE FCM
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
SIACM RUN/START DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN

With the DRBIIIt, check the FCM for any DTCs.
Are any FCM DTCs present?
Yes Refer to the appropriate category and perform the symptom.
No Go To 2

Warning: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT
Disconnect the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module harness connector.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool SIACM Adapter to the SIACM connector.
NOTE: Make sure test light is connected to the Battery positive terminal.
Yes Go To 3
Note: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

3 Warning: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All
Measure the voltage of the SIACM Run/Start Driver circuit.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the SIACM Run/Start Driver circuit for an open.


381
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM LEFT SIACM Continued

4 NOTE: Ensure there is PCI bus communication with other modules. If not, All
necessary.
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
circuit in the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module connector.
Yes Go To 5

Yes Replace the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module (LSIACM) in
accordance with the Service Information. WARNING: Make sure
the battery is disconnected and wait 2 minutes before proceeding.
382
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM LEFT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LEFT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
LEFT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
LEFT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LEFT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP GROUND OPEN
LEFT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE - OPEN

Disconnect the Left Sliding Door Control Module C1 harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the Fused B(+) circuit.
Yes Go To 2
No Repair the Fused B(+) circuit for an open.

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Ground circuit.
Yes Go To 3

383
COMMUNICATION

Continued
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
circuit in the Left Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector.
Yes Go To 4

Measure the resistance between ground and the Left Sliding Door Wake Up Signal
circuit.
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 8

Disconnect the Left Sliding Door Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the Left Sliding Door Wake Up Signal circuit.
Yes Repair the Left Sliding Door Wake Up Signal wire for a short to
voltage.
No Go To 6
384
COMMUNICATION

Continued
Measure the resistance between ground and the Left Sliding Door Wake Up Signal
circuit.
ground.
No Go To 7
Repair
Replace the Left Sliding Door Control Module in accordance with
the service information.

Measure the resistance of the Left Sliding Door Wake Up Signal circuit between the
BCM C3 connector and the Left Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector.
information.
No Repair the Left Sliding Door Wake Up Signal wire for an open.
385
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM MEMORY SEAT/MIRROR MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
MEMORY SEAT/MIRROR MODULE

Yes Go To 2

tion with the BCM.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

Disconnect the Memory Seat/Mirror Module C4 harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B(+) circuit.
Yes Go To 3
No Check the Power Seat Circuit Breaker for an open or short. If ok,
repair the Fused B(+) circuit for an open or short.

Yes Go To 4

386
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM MEMORY SEAT/MIRROR MODULE Continued

black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
circuit in the Memory Seat/Mirror Module connector.
Yes Go To 5

Repair
Replace the Memory Seat/Mirror Module in accordance with the
387
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM OVERHEAD CONSOLE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
OVERHEAD CONSOLE

Disconnect the Overhead Console harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the ground circuit (cav 4).
Yes Go To 2

Output circuit.
Yes Go To 3
Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the Service Information.

Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open. Refer to the wiring

diagrams located in the Service Information.
388
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM OVERHEAD CONSOLE Continued

black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
circuit in the Overhead Console connector.
Yes Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Overhead Console in accordance with the service
information.
389
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - NGC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM PCI NO RESPONSE

the question.
With the DRB, enter Body then Body Computer
Yes Go To 2
2 With the DRB read the Powertrain DTCs. This is to ensure power and grounds to the All
PCM are operational.
PCM (PCM SCI only) symptom path.
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.

390
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - SBEC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM PCI NO RESPONSE

the question.
Yes Go To 2
391
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - SBEC Continued

2 With the DRB read PCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes. This is to ensure power and All
grounds to the PCM are operational.
PCM (SCI only) symptom path.
NOTE: If the vehicle will not start and the DRBIIIt displays a no response
message, refer to the appropriate symptom in the powertrain diagnostic
procedures.
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
Connect the Black lead to the PCM ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
circuit in the PCM connector.

392
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) - NGC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
PCM SCI CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT OPEN

category.
Yes Go To 2

Measure the voltage of the PCM SCI Transmit circuit at the Data Link harness
connector (cav 7).
Yes Repair the PCM SCI Transmit circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 3

Measure the voltage of the PCM SCI Receive circuit at the Data Link harness
connector (cav 12).
Yes Repair the PCM SCI Receive circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 4
393
COMMUNICATION

Measure the resistance between the PCM SCI Transmit circuit and the PCM SCI
Receive circuit at the Data Link harness connector (cavs 7 and 12).
Yes Repair the short between the PCM SCI Transmit and the PCM
SCI Receive circuits.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance between ground and the PCM SCI Transmit circuit at the
Data Link harness connector (cav 7).
Yes Repair the PCM SCI Transmit circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance between ground and the PCM SCI Receive circuit in the Data
Link harness connector (cav 12).
Yes Repair the PCM SCI Receive circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 7

Measure the resistance of the PCM SCI Receive circuit from the Data Link harness
Yes Go To 8
No Repair the PCM SCI Receive circuit for an open.
394
COMMUNICATION

Measure the resistance of the PCM SCI Transmit circuit from the Data Link harness
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the PCM SCI Transmit circuit for an open.


Repair
395
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - SBEC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
SCI CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT OPEN

category.
Yes Go To 2

Yes Go To 3
No Go To 4

NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with a TCM, answer yes to the question.
Yes Repair the SCI Transmit (PCM) circuit for a short to ground.
No Replace the Transmission Control Module in accordance with the
396
COMMUNICATION

Measure the voltage of the SCI Transmit (PCM) circuit at the DLC connector.
Yes Repair the SCI Transmit (PCM) circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 5

Measure the voltage of the SCI Receive (PCM) circuit at the DLC connector.
Yes Repair the SCI Receive (PCM) circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance between the SCI Transmit (PCM) circuit and the SCI Receive
(PCM) circuit at the PCM connector.
Yes Repair the short between the SCI Transmit (PCM) and the SCI
Receive (PCM) circuits.
No Go To 7

Measure the resistance between ground and the SCI Receive (PCM) circuit.
Yes Repair the SCI Receive (PCM) circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 8

Measure the resistance of the SCI Receive (PCM) circuit between the PCM C2
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the SCI Receive (PCM) circuit for an open.
397
COMMUNICATION

Measure the resistance of the SCI Transmit (PCM) circuit between the PCM C2
Yes Go To 10
No Repair the SCI Transmit (PCM) circuit for an open.

Repair
398
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM POWER LIFTGATE MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LIFTGATE WAKE UP GROUND OPEN
LIFTGATE MODULE WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE MODULE WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
LIFTGATE MODULE WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - OPEN

Disconnect the Power Liftgate Module C1 harness connector.
Yes Go To 2

Yes Go To 3

399
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM POWER LIFTGATE MODULE Continued

black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
circuit in the Power Liftgate Module C2 connector.
Yes Go To 4

Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Module Wake Up Signal
circuit.
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 8

Measure the voltage of the Liftgate Module Wake Up Signal circuit.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Module Wake Up Signal wire for a short to
voltage.
No Go To 6
400
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM POWER LIFTGATE MODULE Continued

Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Module Wake Up Signal
circuit.
ground.
No Go To 7
Repair
Replace the Power Liftgate Module in accordance with the service
information.

Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Module Wake Up Signal circuit between the
BCM C2 connector and the Power Liftgate Module C2 connector.
information.
No Repair the Liftgate Module Wake Up Signal wire for an open.
401
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO
OPEN FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RADIO

the question.
Yes Go To 2


Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused Accessory Relay
Output circuit.
Yes Go To 3
No Check fuse #5 in the IPM for an open. If ok, repair the Fused
Accessory Relay Output circuit for an open or short. Refer to the
wiring diagrams located in the Service Information.

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe both Fused B+ circuits.
Yes Go To 4
No Check fuse #14 in the IPM for an open. If ok, repair the Fused B+
circuit for an open or short. Refer to the wiring diagrams located
in the Service Information.
402
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO Continued

Yes Go To 5

black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
circuit in the Radio connector.
Yes Go To 6
Repair
Replace the Radio.
403
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM RIGHT SIACM
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERROGATE FCM
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
SIACM RUN/START DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN

With the DRBIIIt, check the FCM for any DTCs.
Are any FCM DTCs present?
Yes Refer to the appropriate category and perform the symptom.
No Go To 2

Warning: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT
Disconnect the Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module harness connector.
Yes Go To 3

3 Warning: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All
Measure the voltage of the SIACM Run/Start Driver circuit.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the SIACM Run/Start Driver circuit for an open.


404
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM RIGHT SIACM Continued

4 NOTE: Ensure there is PCI bus communication with other modules. If not, All
necessary.
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope, then enter to select channel.
circuit in the Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module connector.
Yes Go To 5

Yes Replace the Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module (RSIACM)
in accordance with the Service Information. WARNING: Make
sure the battery is disconnected and wait 2 minutes before
proceeding.
405
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM RIGHT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MOD-
ULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - RIGHT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP GROUND OPEN
RIGHT POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - OPEN

Disconnect the Right Sliding Door Control Module C1 harness connector.
Yes Go To 2

Yes Go To 3

406
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM RIGHT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE

Continued
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
circuit in the Right Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector.
Yes Go To 4

Measure the resistance between ground and the Right Sliding Door Wake Up Signal
circuit.
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 8

Disconnect the Right Sliding Door Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the Right Sliding Door Wake Up Signal circuit.
Yes Repair the Right Sliding Door Wake Up Signal wire for a short to
voltage.
No Go To 6
407
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM RIGHT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE

Continued
Measure the resistance between ground and the Right Sliding Door Wake Up Signal
circuit.
ground.
No Go To 7
Repair
Replace the Right Sliding Door Control Module in accordance with
the service information.

Measure the resistance of the Right Sliding Door Wake Up Signal circuit between the
BCM C3 connector and the Right Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector.
information.
No Repair the Right Sliding Door Wake Up Signal wire for an open.
408
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE

Yes Go To 2

tion with the BCM.

Yes Go To 3


Output circuit.
Yes Go To 4


Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B(+) circuit.
Yes Go To 5

409
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE

Continued
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRBIIIt. Attach
the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
circuit in the SKIM connector.
Observe the voltage display on the DRBIIIt Lab Scope.
Yes Go To 6
Repair
Replace and program the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module in
410
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM THATCHAM ALARM MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
THATCHAM ALARM MODULE

Yes Go To 2

tion with the BCM.

Disconnect the RKE Module 6-way harness connector.
Yes Go To 3

Disconnect the Thatcham Alarm Module C1 harness connector.
Output circuit.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open or

short.
411
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM THATCHAM ALARM MODULE Continued

Disconnect the Thatcham Alarm Module C1 harness connector.
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
circuit in the Thatcham Alarm Module connector.
Yes Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Thatcham Alarm Module in accordance with the
412
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE -
EATX
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
FCM OUTPUT (RUN/ST) CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) CIRCUIT SHORT
GROUND CIRCUIT(S) OPEN

the question.
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to the Body Communication category and perform the

symptom PCI Bus Communication Failure.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
2 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the FCM Output (Run/St)
circuit.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the FCM Output (Run/St) circuit for an open. Refer to the
wiring diagrams location in the Service Information.
413
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - EATX

Continued
Remove the starter relay from the IPM.
Output (Start) circuit.
Observe the test light while momentarily turning the ignition switch to the Start
position.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Start) circuit for an

open. Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the Service Infor-
mation.
Note: Reinstall the original Starter Relay.

With a voltmeter in the millivolt scale, measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition
Switch Output (Start) circuit.
NOTE: A no response condition can exist if voltage is present on this circuit
with the ignition switch in any position except for the Start position.
NOTE: Voltage up to .080 millivolts can cause this condition.
NOTE: Check for after market components that could cause this condition.
Perform this step with the Ignition Switch in every position except for the Start
position.
Is any voltage present?
Yes Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Start) circuit for a
short to voltage. Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the
No Go To 5

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused B(+) circuit.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Fused B(+) circuit for an open. Refer to the wiring
414
COMMUNICATION

Continued
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check each ground circuit in the TCM
harness connector.
Does the test light illuminate brightly at all the ground circuits?
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the Ground circuit(s) for an open. Check the main ground
connection to engine block and/or chassis. Refer to the wiring
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
circuit in the TCM connector.
Yes Go To 8
8 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module in accordance with the
service information. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK
LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
415
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - NGC
POSSIBLE CAUSES

the question.
Was the DRB able to I/D or establish communications with both of the modules?
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to the Communications category and perform the appropri-

ate symptom.
Perform 41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST -
VER 1.

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe both Fused Ignition Switch
Output circuits (cavs 11 and 12) in the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Is the test light illuminated for both circuits?
Yes Go To 3

VER 1.
416
COMMUNICATION

Continued
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B(+) circuit in the
Yes Go To 4
VER 1.

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe each ground circuit in the
Is the light illuminated at all ground circuits?
Yes Go To 5
VER 1.
417
COMMUNICATION

Continued
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
Yes Go To 6

VER 1.
Repair
dance with the service information. WITH THE DRBIIIt PER-
FORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
VER 1.
418
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT
OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT AT THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC)
PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
MODULE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
MODULE SHORT TO GROUND

ning.
Body Control Module
MIC (INSTRUMENT CLUSTER)
Was the DRBIIIt able to communicate with one or more Module(s)?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3

Note: Visually inspect the related wire harness connectors. Look for broken,
bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
Note: If the DRB can not communicate with a single module, refer to the
category list for the related symptom.

No Test Complete.
419
COMMUNICATION

Disconnect the PCM/ECM harness connector. Note: If equipped with NGC follow the
caution below.
Disconnect the DRB from the Data Link Connector (DLC).
(DLC) and the PCM/ECM harness connector.
Yes Go To 4

4 NOTE: Reconnect the PCM/ECM harness connector and the negative bat- All
tery cable.
Measure the voltage of the PCI Bus circuit at the Data Link Connector (DLC).
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6

Using a voltmeter, connect one end to the PCI Bus circuit at the DLC, and the other
end to ground.
Note: When performing the next step turn the ignition off (wait one minute)
before disconnecting any module. When the module is disconnected turn
the ignition on to check for a short to voltage.
While monitoring the voltmeter, disconnect each module the vehicle is equipped with
one at a time.
Is the voltage steadily above 7.0 volts with all the modules disconnected?
Yes Repair the PCI Bus circuit for a short to voltage.

No Replace the module that when disconnected the short to voltage

was eliminated.
420
COMMUNICATION

Using a ohmmeter, connect one end to the PCI Bus circuit at the DLC, and the other
end to ground.
While monitoring the ohmmeter, disconnect each module the vehicle is equipped with
one at a time.
NOTE: Total bus resistance to ground thru all of the modules is typically
between 350 to 1000 ohms. The more modules on the bus, the lower the total
bus resistance will be.
Is the resistance below 150.0 ohms with all the modules disconnected?
Yes Repair the PCI Bus circuit for a short to ground.
No Replace the module that when disconnected the short to ground

was eliminated.
421
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*HOOD AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HOOD AJAR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
HOOD AJAR SWITCH
HOOD AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION

1 Open the Hood. All
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the HOOD AJAR SW state.
Does the DRBIIIt display CLOSED?
Yes The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present.
Inspect the related wiring harness for a possible intermittent
condition. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched or partially
broken wires.
No Go To 2
2 Disconnect the Hood Ajar switch connector. All

Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, test the Ground circuit for
continuity.
Does the light illuminate?
Yes Go To 3
3 Disconnect the Hood Ajar Switch connector. All

Connect a jumper wire between Sense circuit and the Ground circuit.
Does the DRBIIIt display HOOD AJAR SW: CLOSED?
Yes Replace the Hood Ajar Switch.
No Go To 4
4 Disconnect the Body Control Module C3 harness connector. All

Disconnect the Hood Ajar Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Hood Ajar Switch Sense circuit between the BCM C3
connector and the Hood Ajar Switch connector.
Yes Replace the Body Control Module.

No Repair the Hood Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open.

422
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*HOOD AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HOOD AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
HOOD AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

1 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the HOOD AJAR SW state. All
Does the Switch State change from CLOSED to OPEN?
Yes Replace the Hood Ajar Switch.

No Go To 2

Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, test the Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Does the Test Light illuminate?
Yes Repair the Hood Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.
No Replace the Body Control Module.
423
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LEFT FRONT DOOR (LOCK MOTOR) AJAR SWITCH
LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN

1 Open the driver door. All
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the DR DOOR AJAR SW state.
broken wires.
No Go To 2
2 Disconnect the Left Front Door (Lock Motor) Ajar Switch harness connector. All
continuity.
Yes Go To 3
3 Disconnect the Left Front Door (Lock Motor) Ajar Switch harness connector. All
Does the DRBIIIt display DR DOOR AJAR SW: CLOSED?
Yes Replace the Left Front Door (Lock Motor) Ajar Switch.
No Go To 4

Disconnect the Left Front Door (Lock Motor) Ajar Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Sense circuit between the BCM C3 connector and the
Door Ajar connector.

No Repair the Left Front Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open.
424
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED
TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LEFT FRONT DOOR (LOCK MOTOR) AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

1 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the DR DOOR AJAR SW state. All
Did the Switch State change from CLOSED to OPEN?
Yes Replace the Left Front Door (Lock Motor) Ajar Switch.
No Go To 2

ground.
Yes Repair the Left Front Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
425
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (LATCH ASSY).

1 Disconnect the Left Sliding Door harness connector at the bottom of the door. All
Connect a jumper wire between the Left Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit and
ground.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the LSLIDE DR AJAR SW state.
Did the Switch State change from OPEN to CLOSED?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 4
2 Reconnect the Left Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector at the bottom of All
the door.
Remove the door panel from the sliding door.
Disconnect the Left Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar or Latch Sensing Switch connector
at the door mechanism.
ground.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the Left Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness for
an open between the door mechanism and the intermediate
harness connector at the bottom of the door.
3 Disconnect the Left Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector at the door All
mechanism.
the Ground circuit.
Yes Replace the Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch (or Latch
Sensing Switch)..
426
DOOR AJAR
*LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN Continued

4 Disconnect the Left Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar or Latch Sensing Switch harness All
connector at the bottom of the sliding door.
Disconnect the BCM C3 connector.
Back probe a jumper wire from the Left Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit at the
BCM to ground.
Measure the resistance of the Left Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit between
the BCM C3 connector and the Sliding Door intermediate connector.
No Repair the Left Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open
between the intermediate connector and the Body Control Mod-
ule.

427
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED
TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (LATCH ASSY).

1 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the LSLIDE DR AJAR SW state. All
Disconnect the Left Sliding Door harness connector at the bottom of the door.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3
2 Reconnect the Left Sliding Door harness connector at the bottom of the door. All
Disconnect the Left Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar or Latch Sensing Switch connector
at the door mechanism.
Yes Replace the Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch or Latch Assem-
bly.
No Repair the Left Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness for
a short to ground between the door mechanism and the interme-
diate harness connector at the bottom of the door.

Disconnect the Left Sliding Door harness connector at the bottom of the sliding door.
ground.
Yes Repair the Left Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short
to ground.

428
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*LIFTGATE AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH (CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR)
LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN

1 Open the Liftgate. All
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the LIFTGATE AJAR SW state.
broken wires.
No Go To 2
2 NOTE: If Power Liftgate equipped the ajar switch is in the Liftgate Cinch/ All
Release Motor.
Disconnect the Liftgate Ajar switch connector.
continuity.
Yes Go To 3

3 Disconnect the Liftgate Ajar Switch connector. All

Does the DRBIIIt display LIFTGATE AJAR SW: CLOSED?
Yes Replace the Liftgate Ajar Switch or Cinch/Release Motor (Latch).

No Go To 4

Disconnect the Liftgate Ajar Switch harness connector.
Liftgate Ajar Switch connector..

No Repair the Liftgate Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open.

429
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*LIFTGATE AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

1 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the LIFTGATE AJAR SW state. All
NOTE: If Power Liftgate equipped the ajar switch is in the Liftgate Cinch/
Release Motor.
Does the Switch State change from CLOSED to OPEN?
Yes Replace the Liftgate Ajar Switch or Latch Assembly.
No Go To 2

ground.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.

430
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RIGHT FRONT DOOR (LOCK MOTOR) AJAR SWITCH
RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN

1 Open the passenger door. All
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the PASS DOOR AJAR SW state.
broken wires.
No Go To 2
2 Disconnect the Right Front Door (Lock Motor) Ajar Switch harness connector. All
continuity.
Yes Go To 3
3 Disconnect the Right Front Door (Lock Motor) Ajar Switch harness connector. All
Does the DRBIIIt display PASS DOOR AJAR SW: CLOSED?
Yes Replace the Right Front Door (Lock Motor) Ajar Switch.
No Go To 4

Disconnect the Right Front Door (Lock Motor) Ajar Switch harness connector.
Door Ajar connector.

No Repair the Right Front Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an
open.
431
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED
TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RIGHT FRONT DOOR (LOCK MOTOR) AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

1 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the PASS DOOR AJAR SW state. All
Yes Replace the Right Front Door (Lock Motor) Ajar Switch.
No Go To 2

ground.
Yes Repair the Right Front Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short
to ground.
432
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (LATCH ASSY)

1 Disconnect the Right Sliding Door harness connector at the bottom of the door. All
Connect a jumper wire between the Right Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit and
ground.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the RSLIDE DR AJAR SW state.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 4
2 Reconnect the Right Sliding Door harness connector at the bottom of the door. All
Disconnect the Right Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch (Latch Assy) connector at
the door mechanism.
ground.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the Right Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness for
an open between the door mechanism and the intermediate
harness connector at the bottom of the door.
3 Disconnect the Right Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector at the door All
mechanism.
the Ground circuit.
bly.

433
DOOR AJAR
*RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN Continued

4 Disconnect the Right Sliding Door harness connector at the bottom of the sliding All
door.
Disconnect the BCM C3 connector.
Back probe a jumper wire from the Right Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit at
the BCM to ground.
Measure the resistance of the Right Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit between
the BCM C3 connector and the Sliding Door harness intermediate connector.
No Repair the Right Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an
open between the intermediate connector and the Body Control
Module.

434
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (LATCH ASSY)

1 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the RSLIDE DR AJAR SW state. All
Disconnect the Right Sliding Door harness connector at the bottom of the door.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3
2 Reconnect the Right Sliding Door harness connector at the bottom of the door. All
Disconnect the Right Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch (Latch Assy) connector at
the door mechanism.
bly.
No Repair the Right Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness for
a short to ground between the door mechanism and the interme-
diate harness connector at the bottom of the door.

Disconnect the Right Sliding Door harness connector at the bottom of the sliding
door.
ground.
Yes Repair the Right Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a
short to ground.
435
Symptom:
EBL RUN ONLY RELAY OPEN
EBL RUN ONLY RELAY OPEN

When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on.
Set Condition: The FCM has detected an open in the Rear Defogger Relay control circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN B+ TO RELAY
VERIFY ACTIVE DTC
MISSING RELAY
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY

With the DRBIIIt, erase the current Front Control Module DTCs.
Turn the ignition off, wait 10 seconds then turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, read the current Front Control Module DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display EBL RUN ONLY RELAY OPEN trouble code?
Yes Go To 2
No The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present
at this time.

Check the IPM to make certain the Rear Window Defogger Relay is present.
Is the Rear Window Defogger Relay present?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the missing Rear Defogger Relay.

3 Remove the Rear Window Defogger relay from the IPM. All
Measure the voltage of pin 86 in the Rear Defogger Relay socket.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair/replace open B+ to relay as necessary.

436
EBL RUN ONLY RELAY OPEN Continued

Install a known good relay in place of the Rear Window Defogger relay.
Attempt to operate the Rear Window Defogger.
Does the DTC reset?
Yes Go To 5
No Replace the Rear Defogger Relay.


Disconnect the Front Control Module from the Fuse and Relay Center.
Remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay.
Measure the resistance of the Rear Window Defogger Relay Control Circuit in the
Fuse and Relay Center.
No Replace the Fuse and Relay Center.

437
Symptom:
EBL RUN ONLY RELAY SHORTED TO BATTERY
EBL RUN ONLY RELAY SHORTED TO BATTERY

Set Condition: The FCM has detected a short to battery voltage in the Rear Defogger
Relay control circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VERIFY ACTIVE DTC
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY

Does the DRBIIIt display EBL RUN ONLY RELAY SHORTED TO BATTERY
trouble code?
Yes Go To 2
No The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present

at this time.

Install a known good relay in place of the Rear Window Defogger relay.
Attempt to operate the Rear Window Defogger.
Did the DTC reset?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Rear Defogger Relay.


Remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay from the IPM.
Measure the voltage of the Rear Window Relay Control circuit.
Yes Replace the Fuse and Relay Center.


438
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
BACKUP LAMP OUTPUT OPEN
BACKUP LAMP OUTPUT OPEN

When Monitored: Trans in reverse.
Set Condition: Voltage output status is Low.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT
BACKUP LAMP OPEN
BACKUP LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

With the DRBIIIt, clear all BCM, IPM DTCs.
Actuate the Backup Lamps.
With the DRBIIIt, read the DTC information.
Does the DRBIIIt read: Backup Lamp Output Open?
Yes Go To 2
No The condition that caused the symptom is currently not present.

Inspect the related wiring for a possible intermittent condition.
Look for terminal push out or any chafed, pierced, pinched, or

Disconnect the inoperative rear tail lamp harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the ground circuit.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the Ground Circuit.
439
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
BACKUP LAMP OUTPUT OPEN Continued

Engage the transmission to reverse.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Backup Lamps Output
circuit.
Yes Replace the applicable Backup Lamp.

No Go To 4

Disconnect the Body Control Module harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Backup Lamp Driver Circuit.
Yes Repair the Backup Lamp Driver Circuit for an open condition.

440
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
BACKUP LAMP OUTPUT SHORT
BACKUP LAMP OUTPUT SHORT

When Monitored: With the transmission in reverse.
Set Condition: When voltage output status is Low.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BACKUP LAMP
BACKUP LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE

With the DRBIIIt, clear all BCM DTCs.
Place the transmission in reverse.
Does the DRBIIIt read: Backup Lamp Output Short?
Yes Go To 2
Look for any chafed, pierced,pinched, or partially broken wires.

Place the transmission in reverse.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Backup Lamp Output
circuit.
Yes Replace the Backup Lamp.
No Go To 3

Disconnect both rear tail lamp harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Backup Lamp Driver circuit and ground.
Yes Repair the Backup Lamp Driver circuit for a short to ground.
441
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OPEN
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OPEN

When Monitored: Ignition On.
Set Condition: The IPM detects high current from the fog lamp relay control circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MISSING RELAY
OPEN FUSE
FOG LAMP RELAY
FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN

With the DRBIIIt, clear all IPM DTCs.
Turn the Fog Lamps on.
Does the DRBIIIt read: Front Fog Lamp Relay Open?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 5

Check the IPM to make certain the Fog Lamp Relay is present.
Is the Fog Lamp Relay present?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the missing Fog Lamp Relay.


Install a known good relay in place of the fog lamp relay.
Turn the Fog Lamps On.
Do the Fog Lamps operate normally?
Yes Replace the Fog Lamp Relay.

No Go To 4
442
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OPEN Continued

Remove the Fog Lamp Relay.
Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ circuit of the fog lamp relay.

No Replace the Intelligent Power Module.


Check the IPM Fog Lamp fuse #1.
Is the fuse open?
Yes Replace the open fuse.

No Go To 6

Disconnect the Front Control Module from the IPM.
Remove the Fog Lamp Relay.
Measure the resistance of the Fog Lamp Relay Control Circuit.
Yes The condition that caused the symptom is currently not present.
No Repair the Fog Lamp Relay Control Circuit.

443
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
FRONT FOG LAMP SHORTED TO BATTERY
FRONT FOG LAMP SHORTED TO BATTERY

Set Condition: When a battery fault condition is present.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FOG LAMP RELAY

Turn the Fog Lamps on.
Does the DRBIIIt read: Front Fog Lamp Shorted To Battery?
Yes Go To 2

Remove and install a known good relay in place of the Fog Lamp Relay.
Do the Fog Lamps operate normally?
Yes Replace the Fog Lamp Relay.

No Go To 3

Remove the Fog Lamp Relay from the IPM.
Measure the voltage of the Fog Lamp Relay Control circuit and ground.
Yes Replace the Intelligent Power Module.

444
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
HEADLAMP SWITCH MISMATCH
HEADLAMP SWITCH MISMATCH

When Monitored: Ignition ON
Set Condition: Headlamp switch is in Auto mode and the vehicle is not EC Mirror
equipped.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VERIFY AUTO HEADLAMP SWITCH
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
BODY CONTROL MODULE

With the DRBIIIt, record and erase DTCs.
Turn the headlamps to the Auto position.
Does the DRBIIIt display HEADLAMP SWITCH MISMATCH?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 4
2 Inspect the vehicles side view mirrors. All

Is this vehicle equipped with Electro chromatic mirrors?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Auto Headlamp Switch with a non Auto Headlamp

Switch.

Repair
Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance with
4 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
No Test Complete.
445
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
HEADLAMP SWITCH OPEN

Set Condition: A Sensor voltage is over 4.8 volts for more than .0625 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN
HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Turn the headlamps to the ON position.
Does the DRBIIIt display HEADLAMP SWITCH OPEN?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 5

Disconnect the Headlamp Switch harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the Headlamp Switch MUX circuit and the
Headlamp Switch MUX Return circuit in the Headlamp Switch harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, select Body, Body Controller and read the Headlamp Switch volts.
Does the DRBIIIt Headlamp Switch Sensor voltage read less than 0.5 Volts?
Yes Replace the Headlamp Switch in accordance with the Service

Information.
No Go To 3
446
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
HEADLAMP SWITCH OPEN Continued

Measure the resistance of the Headlamp Switch MUX circuit from the Body Control
Module connector to the Headlamp Switch harness connector.
Yes Repair the Headlamp Switch MUX circuit for an open.

No Go To 4

Measure the resistance of the Headlamp Switch MUX Return circuit from the Body
Control Module connector to the Headlamp Switch harness connector.
Yes Repair the Headlamp Switch MUX Return circuit for an open.
No Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
circuit.

No Test Complete.
447
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
HEADLAMP SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND
HEADLAMP SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND

Set Condition: A Sensor voltage is below 0.488 volts for more than 0.0625 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HEADLAMP SWITCH SHORTED
HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO MUX RETURN CIRCUIT
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Turn the headlamps to the ON position.
Does the DRBIIIt display HEADLAMP SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 5

With the DRBIIIt, select Body, Body Control Module and read the Headlamp Switch
Sensor voltage..
Does the DRB display a Headlamp Switch Voltage of more than 4.8 volts?
Yes Replace the Headlamp Switch in accordance with the Service
Information.
No Go To 3

Measure the resistance between ground and the Headlamp Switch MUX circuit.
Is the resistance less than 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the Headlamp Switch MUX Circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 4
448
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
HEADLAMP SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND Continued

Measure the resistance between the Headlamp Switch MUX Return circuit and the
Headlamp Switch MUX circuit.
Yes Repair the Headlamp Switch MUX circuit for a short to the
Headlamp Switch MUX Return circuit.
Information.
circuit.

No Test Complete.
449
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
HIGH BEAM SWITCH INPUT OPEN
HIGH BEAM SWITCH INPUT OPEN

Set Condition: When voltage is above 4.8 volts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
HIGH BEAM SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH MUX RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Turn the Headlamps On.
Actuate the High Beams.
Does the DRBIIIt read: High Beam Switch Input Open?
Yes Go To 2


Disconnect the Multifunction Switch harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the High Beam Switch MUX circuit and the
Multifunction Switch MUX Return circuit in the Multifunction Switch connector.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Multifunction Switch voltage.
Is the display voltage below 0.5 volts?
Yes Replace the Multifunction Switch.
No Go To 3
450
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
HIGH BEAM SWITCH INPUT OPEN Continued

Measure the resistance of the High Beam Switch MUX circuit from the Body Control
Module connector to the Multifunction Switch harness connector.
Yes Repair the High Beam Switch MUX circuit for an open.
No Go To 4

Measure the resistance of the Multifunction Switch MUX Return circuit from the
Body Control Module connector to the Multifunction Switch harness connector.
Yes Repair the Multifunction Switch MUX Return circuit for an open.

451
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
HIGH BEAM SWITCH INPUT SHORT
HIGH BEAM SWITCH INPUT SHORT

Set Condition: When voltage is below 0.488 volts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HIGH BEAM SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
HIGH BEAM SWITCH MUX SHORT TO MUX RETURN CIRCUIT
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Actuate the High Beams.
Does the DRBIIIt read: High Beam Switch Input Short?
Yes Go To 2



No Go To 3

Disconnect the Multifunction Switch Harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the High Beam Switch MUX circuit and ground.
Yes Repair the High Beam Switch MUX circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 4
452
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
HIGH BEAM SWITCH INPUT SHORT Continued

Measure the resistance between the Multifunction Switch MUX Return circuit and
the High Beam Switch MUX circuit.
Yes Repair the High Beam Switch MUX circuit for a short to the
Multifunction Switch MUX Return circuit.
No Test Complete.
453
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN
LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN

When Monitored: Ignition On and left turn signal On.
Set Condition: When output voltage status is LOW.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPEN
LEFT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Actuate the Turn Signals.
Does the DRBIIIt read: Left Front Turn Signal Output Open?
Yes Go To 2


Disconnect the Left Front Turn Signal harness connector.
Yes Go To 3


Disconnect the Left Front Turn Signal Lamp connector.
Turn the Left Turn Signal on.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Left Front Turn Signal
Output circuit.
Yes Replace the Turn Signal Lamp.
No Go To 4
454
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN Continued

Disconnect the left front turn signal lamp harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Left Front Turn Signal Output Circuit and ground.
Yes Repair the Left Front Turn Signal Output Circuit for an open
condition.

455
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT
LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT

When Monitored: Ignition and left turn signal On.
Set Condition: When output voltage status is Low.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND
TURN SIGNAL LAMP
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Does the DRBIIIt read: Left Front Turn Signal Output Short?
Yes Go To 2

Measure the resistance between the Left Front Turn Signal Output circuit and
ground.
Yes Repair the Left Front Turn Signal Output circuit for a short to
ground.
No Go To 3
456
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT Continued

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Left Front Turn Signal
Output circuit.

457
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LEFT HEADLAMP
LEFT HIGH BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN

With the DRB, erase the Front Control Module DTCs.
Turn the headlamps on.
Switch the headlamps between high beam and low beam several times, pausing for
5 seconds in each position.
With the DRB, read Front Control Module DTCs.
Is this DTC present?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 5

Disconnect the Left Headlamp harness connector.
Yes Go To 3


Disconnect the Left Headlamp.
Disconnect the Front Control Module from the Intelligent Power Module.
Measure the resistance of the Left High Beam Driver circuit.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Left High Beam Driver circuit for an open.
458
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN Continued

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Left High Beam Driver
circuit in the Left Headlamp harness connector.
Turn the high beam headlamps on.
Yes Replace the Left Headlamp Bulb.


NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness and circuits. Look for
any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
No Test Complete.
459
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LEFT HEADLAMP
LEFT HIGH BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
WIRING PROBLEM

Yes Go To 2
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance between Ground and the Left High Beam Driver circuit.
Yes Repair the Left High Beam Driver circuit for a short to ground
No Go To 3

Turn the Headlamps off.
Install a substitute Headlamp Bulb in place of the Left Headlamp Bulb.
Does the DRB display this DTC?
Yes Go To 4
No Replace the original Left Headlamp Bulb.

460
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

Continued
Inspect the wiring and connectors associated with the Left High Beam Driver circuit.



No Test Complete.
461
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
HIGH BEAM AND LOW BEAM DRIVERS CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
LEFT HEADLAMP
LEFT HIGH BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
WIRING PROBLEM

Yes Go To 2
No Go To 7

Yes Go To 3


Measure the resistance between the Left High Beam Driver circuit and the Left Low
Beam Driver circuit at the Left Headlamp harness connector.
Yes Repair the Left High Beam Driver circuit for a short to the Left
Low Beam Driver circuit.
No Go To 4
462
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE

Continued
Measure the voltage of the Left High Beam Driver circuit.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Left High Beam Driver circuit for a short to voltage.

Yes Go To 6

Inspect the wiring and connectors associated with the Left High Beam Driver circuit.




No Test Complete.
463
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LEFT HEADLAMP
LEFT LOW BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN

Yes Go To 2
No Go To 5

Yes Go To 3


Measure the resistance of the Left Low Beam Driver circuit.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Left Low Beam Driver circuit for an open.
464
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN Continued

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Left Low Beam Driver
circuit in the Left Headlamp harness connector.
Turn the low beam headlamps on.
Yes Replace the Left Headlamp Bulb.


No Test Complete.
465
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LEFT HEADLAMP
LEFT LOW BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
WIRING PROBLEM

Yes Go To 2
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance between Ground and the Left Low Beam Driver circuit.
Yes Repair the Left Low Beam Driver circuit for a short to ground
No Go To 3

Yes Go To 4

466
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

Continued
Inspect the wiring and connectors associated with the Left Low Beam Driver circuit.

No Test Complete.


No Test Complete.
467
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LEFT HEADLAMP
LEFT LOW BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
WIRING PROBLEM

Yes Go To 2
No Go To 7

Yes Go To 3


Measure the resistance between the Left High Beam Driver circuit and the Left Low
Beam Driver circuit at the Left Headlamp harness connector.
Yes Repair the Left High Beam Driver circuit for a short to the Left
No Go To 4
468
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE

Continued
Measure the voltage of the Left Low Beam Driver circuit.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Left Low Beam Driver circuit for a short to voltage.

Install a substitute Headlamp in place of the Left Headlamp.
Yes Go To 6

Inspect the wiring and connectors associated with the Left Low Beam Driver circuit.




No Test Complete.
469
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN
LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN

Set Condition: When Output voltage status is LOW.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Does the DRBIIIt read: Left Rear Turn Signal Output Open?
Yes Go To 2


Disconnect the Left Rear Turn Signal harness connector.
Yes Go To 3


Disconnect the Left Rear Turn Signal Lamp connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Left Rear Turn Signal
Output circuit.
No Go To 4
470
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN Continued

Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 connector.
Disconnect the left rear tail lamp connector.
Measure the resistance of the Left Rear Turn Signal Driver Circuit to ground.
Yes Repair the Left Rear Turn Signal Driver Circuit for an open
condition.

471
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT
LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT

POSSIBLE CAUSES
LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TURN SIGNAL LAMP
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Does the DRBIIIt read: Left Rear Turn Signal Output Short?
Yes Go To 2

Measure the resistance between the Left Rear Turn Signal Driver circuit and ground.
Yes Repair the Left Rear Turn Signal Driver circuit for a short to
ground.
No Go To 3
472
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT Continued

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Left Rear Turn Signal
Driver circuit.

473
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LEFT SIDE PARK LAMP OPEN
LEFT SIDE PARK LAMP OPEN

When Monitored: Anytime the FCM is active.
Set Condition: When B+ voltage is below 10.0 volts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT
PARK LAMP
PARK LAMP FUSE #2
PARK LAMP RELAY
PARK LAMP OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN

With the DRBIIIt, clear all FCM DTCs.
Turn the Park Lamps on.
Does the DRBIIIt read: Left Side Park Lamp Fuse Outage?
Yes Go To 2

Disconnect the left front Park Lamp harness connector.
Yes Go To 3
474
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
LEFT SIDE PARK LAMP OPEN Continued

Disconnect the left front park lamp connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Park Lamp Output circuit.
Yes Replace the Park Lamp.
No Go To 4

Check the IPM Park Lamp Fuse #2.
Is the Fuse open?
Yes Replace the Park Lamp Fuse #2.

No Go To 5

Install a known good relay in place of the Park Lamp Relay.
Do the Park Lamps operate normally?
Yes Replace the Park Lamp Relay.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance of the Park Lamp Output Circuit to ground.
Yes Repair the Park Lamp Output Circuit for an open condition.
No Go To 7

Remove the Park Lamp Relay.
Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ circuit of the Park Lamp Relay.

475
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
PARK LAMP OUTPUT 1 OPEN

Set Condition: The IPM detects high current from the Park Lamp Relay Control circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MISSING RELAY
OPEN FUSE
PARK LAMP RELAY
RIGHT FRONT FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN

Does the DRBIIIt read: Park Lamp Output 1 Open?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 6

Check the IPM to make certain the Park Lamp Relay is present.
Is the Park Lamp Relay present?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the missing Park Lamp Relay.


Check the IPM Park Lamp fuse #3.
Is the fuse open?

No Go To 4
476
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
PARK LAMP OUTPUT 1 OPEN Continued

Install a known good relay in place of the park lamp relay.
Turn the Park Lamps On.

No Go To 5

Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ circuit of the park lamp relay.



Measure the resistance of the Park Lamp Relay Control Circuit.
No Repair the Right Front Fused Park Lamp Relay Output circuit for
an open condition.
477
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
PARK LAMP OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATTERY

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PARK LAMP RELAY

Does the DRBIIIt read: Park Lamp Output 1 Short to BATT?
Yes Go To 2

Remove and install a known good relay in place of the Park Lamp Relay.

No Go To 3

Remove the Park Lamp Relay from the IPM.
Measure the voltage of the Park Lamp Relay Control circuit and ground.

478
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:

Set Condition: The IPM detects high current from the Park Lamp Relay Control circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MISSING RELAY
OPEN FUSE
PARK LAMP RELAY
LEFT FRONT FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN

Does the DRBIIIt read: Park Lamp Output 2 Open
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 6

Check the IPM to make certain the Park Lamp Relay is present.
Is the Park Lamp Relay present?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the missing Park Lamp Relay.


Check the IPM Park Lamp fuse #2.
Is the fuse open?

No Go To 4
479
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
PARK LAMP OUTPUT 2 OPEN Continued

Install a known good relay in place of the park lamp relay.
Turn the Park Lamps On.

No Go To 5

Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ circuit of the park lamp relay.



Measure the resistance of the Park Lamp Relay Control Circuit.
No Repair the Left Front Fused Park Lamp Relay Output Circuit for
an open condition.
480
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PARK LAMP RELAY

Does the DRBIIIt read: Park Lamp Output 2 Short to BATT
Yes Go To 2

Remove and install a known good relay in place of the Park Lamp Relay.

No Go To 3

Remove the Park Lamp Relay from the IPM.
Measure the voltage of the Park Lamp Relay Control circuit and ground.

481
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN
RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN

When Monitored: Ignition and right turn signal On.
Set Condition: When the output voltage status is LOW.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Does the DRBIIIt read: Right Front Turn Signal Output Open?
Yes Go To 2

Disconnect the Right Front Turn Signal harness connector.
Yes Go To 3
482
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN Continued

Disconnect the Right Front Turn Signal Lamp connector.
Turn the Right Turn Signal on.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Right Front Turn Signal
Output circuit.

No Go To 4

Measure the resistance of the Right Front Turn Signal Driver Circuit to ground.
Yes Repair the Right Front Turn Signal Driver Circuit for an open
condition.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the Right Front Turn Signal Driver Circuit and ground.

483
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT
RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT

When Monitored: Anytime the IPM is active.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND
TURN SIGNAL LAMP

Does the DRBIIIt read: Right Front Turn Signal Output Short?
Yes Go To 2

Measure the resistance between the Right Front Turn Signal Output circuit and
ground.
Yes Repair the Right Front Turn Signal Output circuit for a short to
ground.
No Go To 3
484
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT Continued

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Right Front Turn Signal
Output circuit.

485
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RIGHT HEADLAMP
RIGHT HIGH BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN

Yes Go To 2
No Go To 5

Disconnect the Right Headlamp harness connector.
Yes Go To 3


Disconnect the Right Headlamp.
Measure the resistance of the Right High Beam Driver circuit.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Right High Beam Driver circuit for an open.
486
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN Continued

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Right High Beam Driver
circuit in the Right Headlamp harness connector.
Turn the high beam headlamps on.
Yes Replace the Right Headlamp Bulb.


No Test Complete.
487
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RIGHT HEADLAMP
RIGHT HIGH BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
WIRING PROBLEM

Yes Go To 2
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance between Ground and the Right High Beam Driver circuit.
Yes Repair the Right High Beam Driver circuit for a short to ground
No Go To 3

Install a substitute Headlamp Bulb in place of the Right Headlamp Bulb.
Yes Go To 4
No Replace the original Right Headlamp Bulb.

488
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

Continued
Inspect the wiring and connectors associated with the Right High Beam Driver
circuit.



No Test Complete.
489
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLT-
AGE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RIGHT HEADLAMP
RIGHT HIGH BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
WIRING PROBLEM

Yes Go To 2
No Go To 7

Yes Go To 3


Measure the resistance between the Right High Beam Driver circuit and the Right
Low Beam Driver circuit at the Right Headlamp harness connector.
Yes Repair the Right High Beam Driver circuit for a short to the Right
No Go To 4
490
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE

Continued
Measure the voltage of the Right High Beam Driver circuit.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Right High Beam Driver circuit for a short to voltage.

Yes Go To 6

Inspect the wiring and connectors associated with the Right High Beam Driver
circuit.


No Test Complete.
491
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RIGHT HEADLAMP
RIGHT LOW BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN

Yes Go To 2
No Go To 5

Yes Go To 3


Measure the resistance of the Right Low Beam Driver circuit.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Right Low Beam Driver circuit for an open.
492
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN Continued

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Right Low Beam Driver
circuit in the Right Headlamp harness connector.
Turn the low beam headlamps on.
Yes Replace the Right Headlamp Bulb.


No Test Complete.
493
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RIGHT HEADLAMP
RIGHT LOW BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
WIRING PROBLEM

Yes Go To 2
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance between Ground and the Right Low Beam Driver circuit.
Yes Repair the Right Low Beam Driver circuit for a short to ground
No Go To 3

Yes Go To 4

494
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

Continued
Inspect the wiring and connectors associated with the Right Low Beam Driver
circuit.



No Test Complete.
495
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RIGHT HEADLAMP
RIGHT LOW BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
WIRING PROBLEM

Yes Go To 2
No Go To 7

Yes Go To 3


Measure the resistance between the Right High Beam Driver circuit and the Right
Low Beam Driver circuit at the Right Headlamp harness connector.
Yes Repair the Right High Beam Driver circuit for a short to the Right
No Go To 4
496
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE

Continued
Measure the voltage of the Right Low Beam Driver circuit.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Right Low Beam Driver circuit for a short to voltage.

Yes Go To 6

Inspect the wiring and connectors associated with the Right Low Beam Driver
circuit.


No Test Complete.
497
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN
RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN

POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT
TURN SIGNAL LAMP
RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Does the DRBIIIt read: Right Rear Turn Signal Output Open?
Yes Go To 2


Disconnect the Right Rear Turn Signal harness connector.
Yes Go To 3


Disconnect the Right Rear Turn Signal Lamp connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Right Rear Turn Signal
Output circuit.
No Go To 4
498
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN Continued

Measure the resistance of the Right Rear Turn Signal Driver Circuit to ground.
Yes Repair the Right Rear Turn Signal Driver Circuit for an open
condition.

499
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT
RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT

When Monitored: Anytime the BCM is active.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TURN SIGNAL LAMP
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Does the DRBIIIt read: Right Rear Turn Signal Output Short?
Yes Go To 2

Measure the resistance between the Right Rear Turn Signal Driver circuit and
ground.
Yes Repair the Right Rear Turn Signal Driver circuit for a short to
ground.
No Go To 3
500
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT Continued

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Right Rear Turn Signal
Driver circuit.

501
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
RIGHT SIDE PARK LAMP OPEN
RIGHT SIDE PARK LAMP OPEN

When Monitored: Anytime the FCM is active.
Set Condition: When B+ voltage is below 10.0 volts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT
PARK LAMP
PARK LAMP FUSE #3
PARK LAMP OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
PARK LAMP RELAY

Does the DRBIIIt read: Right Side Park Lamp Fuse Outage?
Yes Go To 2

Disconnect the right front Park Lamp harness connector.
Yes Go To 3
502
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
RIGHT SIDE PARK LAMP OPEN Continued

Disconnect the right front park lamp connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Park Lamp Output circuit.
Yes Replace the Park Lamp.
No Go To 4

Check the IPM Park Lamp Fuse #3.
Is the Fuse open?
Yes Replace the Park Lamp Fuse #3.

No Go To 5

Install a known good relay in place of the Park Lamp Relay.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance of the Park Lamp Output circuit to ground.
Yes Repair the Park Lamp Output circuit for an open condition.
No Go To 7

Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ circuit of the Park Lamp Relay.

503
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH INPUT OPEN
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH INPUT OPEN

Set Condition: When voltage is below 4.8 volts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Actuate the turn signals.
Does the DRBIIIt read: Turn Signal Switch Input Open?
Yes Go To 2


Connect a jumper wire between the Turn Signal Switch MUX circuit and the
Multifunction Switch MUX Return circuit in the Multifunction Switch connector.
Is the display voltage below 0.5 volts?
No Go To 3
504
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH INPUT OPEN Continued

Measure the resistance of the Turn Signal Switch MUX circuit from the Body Control
Module connector to the Multifunction Switch harness connector.
Yes Repair the Turn Signal Switch MUX circuit for an open.
No Go To 4

Measure the resistance of the Multifunction Switch MUX Return circuit from the
Body Control Module connector to the Multifunction Switch harness connector.
Yes Repair the Multifunction Switch MUX Return circuit for an open.

505
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH INPUT SHORT
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH INPUT SHORT

Set Condition: When Input voltage falls below 0.196 volts for 62.5 msec..
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH MUX SHORT TO MUX RETURN CIRCUIT.
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH MUX RETURN CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Actuate the Turn Signals on.
Does the DRBIIIt read: Turn Signal Switch Input Short?
Yes Go To 2

No Go To 3

Measure the resistance between the Turn Signal Switch MUX circuit and ground.
Yes Repair the Turn Signal Switch MUX circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 4
506
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH INPUT SHORT Continued

the Turn Signal Switch MUX circuit.
Yes Repair the Turn Signal Switch MUX circuit for a short to the
Multifunction Switch MUX Return circuit.
No Go To 5

ground.
Yes Repair the Multifunction Switch MUX Return circuit for a short
to ground.
507
HEATING & A/C
Symptom List:
A/C SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) - MTC
CHECKSUM FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC
DEFOG SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) - MTC
POWER SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) - MTC
RECIRC SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) - MTC
The title for the tests will be A/C SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) -
MTC.
A/C SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) - MTC

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C switch stays closed for 10 minutes.
CHECKSUM FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the calculated check sum does not match the stored
value.
DEFOG SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) - MTC

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the EBL switch stays closed for 10 minutes.
POWER SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) - MTC

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Power switch stays closed for 10 minutes.
RECIRC SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) - MTC

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Recirc switch stays closed for 10 minutes.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE
508
HEATING & A/C
A/C SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) - MTC Continued

1 View repair All
Repair
Replace the A/C - Heater Control Module in accordance with the
509
HEATING & A/C
Symptom List:
A/C SWITCH FAULT (STORED) - MTC
BACKLIGHT DIMMING RX FAILURE (STORED) - MTC
BLEND OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC
CHECKSUM FAILURE (STORED) - MTC
DEFOG SWITCH FAULT (STORED) - MTC
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN
(STORED) - MTC
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT
(STORED) - MTC
LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE (STORED) - MTC
MODE OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC
NO FUEL LEVEL MESSAGE RECEIVED (STORED) - MTC
PCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE (STORED) - MTC
POWER SWITCH FAULT (STORED) - MTC
REAR BLEND OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC
REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT OPEN (STORED) - MTC
REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT SHORT (STORED) - MTC
REAR MODE OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC
RECIRC OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC
RECIRC SWITCH FAULT (STORED) - MTC
TX FAILURE (STORED) - MTC
VEHICLE ODOMETER FAILURE (STORED) - MTC
ZONE OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC
The title for the tests will be A/C SWITCH FAULT (STORED) -
MTC.
A/C SWITCH FAULT (STORED) - MTC

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C switch stays closed for 10 minutes.
BACKLIGHT DIMMING RX FAILURE (STORED) - MTC

Set Condition: If the A/C - Heater Control Module does not receive the dimming function
message from the BCM for more than 5 seconds, then the A/C - Heater Control Module
LEDs will default to full brightness and the DTC will set.
510
HEATING & A/C
A/C SWITCH FAULT (STORED) - MTC Continued
BLEND OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC

When Monitored: When actuator movement is requested.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C - Heater Control Module detects an excessive
current draw on any of the door driver circuits while attempting to drive the passenger
blend door actuator. Only one overcurrent DTC can set per ignition cycle.
CHECKSUM FAILURE (STORED) - MTC

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the calculated check sum does not match the stored
value.
DEFOG SWITCH FAULT (STORED) - MTC

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the EBL switch stays closed for 10 minutes.
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN (STORED) - MTC

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C - Heater Control Module sees abnormally high
voltage on the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit.
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT (STORED) - MTC

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C - Heater Control Module sees abnormally low
LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE (STORED) - MTC

When Monitored: When the A/C - Heater Control Module executes an internal loopback
test.
Set Condition: If the A/C - Heater Control Module fails to send a message, or none of the
expected messages arrive for 5 seconds, an internal loopback test is executed. If the
internal loopback test fails, the DTC will set.
MODE OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC

current draw on any of the door driver circuits while attempting to drive this actuator.
Only one overcurrent DTC can set per ignition cycle.
NO FUEL LEVEL MESSAGE RECEIVED (STORED) - MTC

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C - Heater Control Module does not receive the
Fuel Level message from the PCM for more than 5 seconds.
511
HEATING & A/C
PCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE (STORED) - MTC

Fuel message from the PCM for more than 5 seconds.
POWER SWITCH FAULT (STORED) - MTC

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Power switch stays closed for 10 minutes.
REAR BLEND OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC

REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT OPEN (STORED) - MTC

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C - Heater Control Module sees voltage above
4.88 volts on the Rear Temperature Feedback Signal circuit.
REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT SHORT (STORED) - MTC

When Monitored: When the ignition is on.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C - Heater Control Module sees voltage below
REAR MODE OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC

RECIRC OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC

RECIRC SWITCH FAULT (STORED) - MTC

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Recirc switch stays closed for 10 minutes.
512
HEATING & A/C
TX FAILURE (STORED) - MTC

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C - Heater Control Module is unable to send a
message.
VEHICLE ODOMETER FAILURE (STORED) - MTC

Vehicle Odometer message from the PCM for more than 5 seconds.
ZONE OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC

current draw on any of the door driver circuits while attempting to drive the driver (zone)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR ACTIVE HVAC DTCS AND SYSTEM TESTS FAULT MESSAGES
STORED CODE(S) TEST COMPLETE
513
HEATING & A/C

1 CAUTION: The evaporator temperature must be above 12.7C (55F) and the All
work area ambient temperature must be above 21.1C (70F) to test the A/C
system operation.
NOTE: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes.
NOTE: Anytime a DTC becomes active, or a Cooldown Test fault message,
Actuator Circuit Test fault message, or HVAC Door Recalibration fault
message is displayed, proceed to the conclusion question.
first.
Start the engine.
Press the A/C - Heater Control power switch on.
Turn the mode select control to the panel position.
Verify that the front blower motor and, if equipped, rear blower motor operates
Turn the front blower motor control to the high speed position.
sor is not running. If the compressor is running, turn the A/C off and allow
With the DRBIIIt in HVAC, System Tests, actuate the AC Cooldown Test.
Turn the front blower motor control to the low speed position.
If equipped, turn the rear blower motor control to the rear position.
Set the passenger blend control to the full cold position.
If equipped, set the zone/driver blend control to the full cold position.
If equipped, on the Rear Blower Rear Control, set the rear blend/mode control to the
full cold position.
Monitor the DRBIIIt for active HVAC DTCs while performing the following test
steps.
Turn the mode select control to the defrost position, wait 30 seconds, and then turn
it back to the panel position.
Press the rear window defogger switch on, wait 30 seconds, and then press it off.
Move the passenger blend control from full cold to full hot, wait 30 seconds, and then
move it back to full cold.
If equipped, move the zone/driver blend control from full cold to full hot, wait 30
seconds, and then move it back to full cold.
If equipped, on the Rear Blower Rear Control, move the rear blend/mode control from
full cold to full hot, wait 30 seconds, and then move it back to full cold.
With the DRBIIIt in HVAC, System Tests, actuate the Actuator Circuit Test.
With the DRBIIIt in HVAC, System Tests, actuate the HVAC Door Recalibration
Test.
Does the DRBIIIt display any active HVAC DTC(s) or System Tests fault message(s)?


514
HEATING & A/C
Symptom List:
ACT CKT TEST PASSED, OVERCURRENT DTCS ACTIVE - MTC
BLEND CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC
BLEND CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC
COMMON DRIVER SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC
COMMON DRIVER SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC
MODE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC
MODE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC
REAR BLEND CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC
REAR BLEND CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC
REAR MODE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC
REAR MODE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC
RECIRC CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC
RECIRC CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC
SHORT TOO COMPLEX - MTC
ZONE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC
ZONE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC
The title for the tests will be ACT CKT TEST PASSED, OVER-
CURRENT DTCS ACTIVE - MTC.

When Monitored: When the Actuator Circuit Test is executed.
Set Condition: If two or more drivelines shorted together.
BLEND CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC

Set Condition: This message will set if the A/C - Heater Control detects a short low on the
Passenger Blend Door Driver circuit.
BLEND CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC

Set Condition: This message will set if the A/C - Heater Control detects a short high on
the Passenger Blend Door Driver circuit.
COMMON DRIVER SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC

Common Door Driver circuit.
515
HEATING & A/C

Continued
COMMON DRIVER SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC

the Common Door Driver circuit.
MODE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC

Mode Door Driver circuit.
MODE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC

the Mode Door Driver circuit.
REAR BLEND CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC

Rear Blend Door Driver circuit.
REAR BLEND CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC

the Rear Blend Door Driver circuit.
REAR MODE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC

Rear Mode Door Driver circuit.
REAR MODE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC

the Rear Mode Door Driver circuit.
RECIRC CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC

Recirculation Door Driver circuit.
516
HEATING & A/C

Continued
RECIRC CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC

the Recirculation Door Driver circuit.
SHORT TOO COMPLEX - MTC

Set Condition: This message will set if the A/C - Heater Control detects more than three
drivers being shorted in the same direction (for example, four drivers, all shorted to
ground) or if two or more drivers are shorted with at least one driver shorted to
ignition/battery and one driver shorted to ground.
ZONE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC

Driver (Zone) Blend Door Driver circuit.
ZONE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC

the Driver (Zone) Blend Door Driver circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED LOW
DOOR ACTUATOR SHORTED
DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED HIGH
INTERMITTENT WIRING PROBLEM
DOOR DRIVER CIRCUITS SHORTED HIGH
DOOR DRIVER CIRCUITS SHORTED LOW
DOOR DRIVER CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
DOOR DRIVER CIRCUITS SHORTED TO COMMON DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT
DOOR ACTUATORS SHORTED
INTERMITTENT WIRING PROBLEM
517
HEATING & A/C

Continued
1 CAUTION: Shorted rear door driver circuits can cause additional Actuator All
Circuit Test messages to set for circuits where no condition exists to cause
a fault.
CAUTION: To ensure a proper diagnosis, repair all Short Too Complex
messages first, all rear door driver ckt related msgs second, all common
door driver ckt related msgs third, and all front door driver ckt related
msgs last.
CAUTION: The DRBIIIt can display up to three Actuator Circuit Test
messages at a time. After repairing each Actuator Circuit Test message,
cycle the ignition switch, then rerun the Actuator Circuit Test to ensure no
new messages exist.
CAUTION: If Overcurrent DTCs are active and the DRBIII t displays
Actuator Circuit Test Passed, proceed to Act Ckt Test Pass, Overcurrent
DTCs Activ when asked Which Actuator Circuit Test Message Is Present.
Which Actuator Circuit Test message is present?
XXX Driver/Ckt Short to Gnd

Go To 2
XXX Driver/Ckt Short to Ign or Batt

Go To 4
Short Too Complex
Go To 6
XXX Drv/Ckt Short to Gnd & to Ign or Bat
Go To 8
Act Ckt Test Pass, Overcurrent DTCs Acti
Go To 8

Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the applicable door driver circuit.
Yes Repair the door driver circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 3

For a door actuator in the front A/C - heater housing assembly, measure the
resistance between the Common Door Driver circuit and the applicable door driver
circuit.
For a door actuator in the rear A/C - heater housing assembly, measure the resistance
between the Rear Common Door Driver circuit and the applicable door driver circuit.
Yes Replace the door actuator in accordance with the Service Infor-
mation.
No Go To 5
518
HEATING & A/C

Continued
Measure the voltage between the applicable door driver circuit and ground.
Yes Repair the door driver circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 5

Ensure that the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector is connected to the A/C
- Heater Control Module.
What message does the DRBIIIt display?
Same msg as from start of test
Different msg than from start of test
Using the wiring diagram as a guide, inspect the wiring &
connectors for conditions causing an intermittent short that set
the original test msg. Repair as necessary. If DRB displays a msg
for a different door driver ckt, return to Test 1 of this Symptom.

Measure the voltage between each of the door driver circuits and ground.
Is there any voltage present on any of the circuits?
Yes Repair all door driver circuits with voltage present for a short to
voltage.
No Go To 7

Measure the resistance between ground and each of the door driver circuits.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on any of the circuits?
Yes Repair all door driver circuits with a resistance below 10K ohms
for a short to ground.
No Go To 8
519
HEATING & A/C

Continued
NOTE: If the Actuator Circuit Test messages, displayed on the DRBIIIt,
identified which circuits are shorted together, then only measure the
resistance between those circuits. Otherwise, proceed as follows:
Measure the resistance between the Recirculation Door Driver ckt and, if applicable,
the Driver Blend Door Driver ckt, Passenger Blend Door Driver ckt, Rear Blend Door
Driver ckt, Mode Door Driver ckt, and the Rear Mode Door Driver ckt.
Measure the resistance between the Driver Blend Door Driver ckt and, if applicable,
the Passenger Blend Door Driver ckt, Rear Blend Door Driver ckt, Mode Door Driver
ckt, and the Rear Mode Door Driver ckt.
Measure the resistance between the Mode Door Driver ckt and, if applicable, the
Passenger Blend Door Driver ckt, Rear Blend Door Driver ckt, and the Rear Mode
Door Driver ckt.
If applicable, measure the resistance between the Passenger Blend Door Driver ckt
and the Rear Blend Door Driver ckt and the Rear Mode Door Driver ckt.
If applicable, measure the resistance between the Rear Blend Door Driver circuit and
the Rear Mode Door Driver circuit.
If applicable, measure the resistance between the Common Door Driver ckt and the
Rear Blend Door Driver ckt and the Rear Mode Door Driver ckt.
If applicable, measure the resistance between the Rear Common Door Driver ckt and
the Recirculation Door Driver ckt, Driver Blend Door Driver ckt, Passenger Blend
Door Driver ckt, and the Mode Door Driver ckt.
Yes Repair the door driver circuits with a resistance below 10K ohms
for a short together.
No Go To 9

Measure the resistance between the Common Door Driver ckt and, if applicable, the
Recirculation Door Driver ckt, Driver Blend Door Driver ckt, Passenger Blend Door
Driver ckt, and the Mode Door Driver ckt.
If applicable, measure the resistance between the Rear Common Door Driver ckt and
the Rear Mode Door Driver ckt and the Rear Blend Door Driver ckt.
Is the resistance below 30.0 ohms on any of the circuits?
Yes Go To 10
No Go To 11
520
HEATING & A/C

Continued
Disconnect all door actuator harness connectors whose circuit resistance was below
30.0 ohms.
For a door actuator in the front A/C - heater housing assembly, measure the
resistance between the Common Door Driver circuit and each applicable door driver
circuit.
For a door actuator in the rear A/C - heater housing assembly, measure the resistance
between the Rear Common Door Driver circuit and each applicable door driver
circuit.
Yes Repair the door driver circuits with a resistance below 10K ohms
for a short to the Common Door Driver circuit or Rear Common
Door Driver circuit.
No Replace all door actuators with a resistance below 30.0 ohms in

Ensure that the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector is connected to the A/C
- Heater Control Module.
What message does the DRBIIIt display?
Same msg as from start of test

Different msg than from start of test

Using the wiring diagram as a guide, inspect the wiring &
connectors for conditions causing an intermittent short that set
the original test msg. Repair as necessary. If DRB displays a msg
for a different door driver ckt, return to Test 1 of this Symptom.
521
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
BACKLIGHT DIMMING RX FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC
BACKLIGHT DIMMING RX FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC

Set Condition: If the A/C - Heater Control Module does not receive the dimming function
message from the BCM for more than 5 seconds, then the A/C - Heater Control Module
LEDs will default to full brightness and the DTC will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ADDITIONAL CODE(S) PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - NO DIM MESSAGE TO A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE

With the DRBIIIt, read the BCM codes.
Output Short?

Exterior Lighting category. Refer to symptom Panel Dimming
Output Short in the Instrument Cluster category.
No Go To 2

With the DRBIIIt in Monitor Display, PCI Bus Messages, look for the VF DIM Msg
Present.
Does the DRB display: VF DIM Msg present: Yes?
Yes Replace the A/C - Heater Control Module in accordance with the

Information.
522
HEATING & A/C
Symptom List:
BLEND CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC
MODE CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC
REAR BLEND CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC
REAR MODE CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC
RECIRCULATION CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC
ZONE CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC
The title for the tests will be BLEND CALIBRATION FAULT -
MTC.
BLEND CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC

When Monitored: When the HVAC Door Recalibration is executed.
Set Condition: If the passenger blend doors span is found outside the tolerance due to:
open door actuator electrical circuits; a bad door actuator; broken door linkage; a bound up
door; door actuator electrical circuits shorted to voltage; door actuator electrical circuits
shorted to ground. A short to voltage or ground on the door actuator electrical circuits will
also set door actuator overcurrent faults.
MODE CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC

Set Condition: If the mode doors span is found outside the tolerance due to: open door
actuator electrical circuits; a bad door actuator; broken door linkage; a bound up door; door
actuator electrical circuits shorted to voltage; door actuator electrical circuits shorted to
ground. A short to voltage or ground on the door actuator electrical circuits will also set
door actuator overcurrent faults.
REAR BLEND CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC

Set Condition: If the rear blend doors span is found outside the tolerance due to: open
door actuator electrical circuits; a bad door actuator; broken door linkage; a bound up door;
door actuator electrical circuits shorted to voltage; door actuator electrical circuits shorted
to ground. A short to voltage or ground on the door actuator electrical circuits will also set
REAR MODE CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC

Set Condition: If the rear mode doors span is found outside the tolerance due to: open
523
HEATING & A/C
BLEND CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC Continued
RECIRCULATION CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC

Set Condition: If the recirculation doors span is found outside the tolerance due to: open
ZONE CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC

Set Condition: If the driver (zone) blend doors span is found outside the tolerance due to:
open door actuator electrical circuits; a bad door actuator; broken door linkage; a bound up
door; door actuator electrical circuits shorted to voltage; door actuator electrical circuits
shorted to ground. A short to voltage or ground on the door actuator electrical circuits will
also set door actuator overcurrent faults.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR ACTUATOR CIRCUIT TEST FAULT MESSAGES
CHECK FOR ACTIVE HVAC DTCS
MODE LINKAGE/DOOR BINDING
PASSENGER BLEND LINKAGE/DOOR BINDING
DRIVER BLEND LINKAGE/DOOR BINDING
RECIRCULATION LINKAGE/DOOR BINDING
REAR MODE LINKAGE/DOOR BINDING
REAR BLEND LINKAGE/DOOR BINDING
DOOR ACTUATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
COMMON DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
DOOR ACTUATOR
REAR DOOR ACTUATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR COMMON DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
DOOR ACTUATOR
BROKEN ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR
524
HEATING & A/C

1 NOTE: All Actuator Circuit Test fault messages and Overcurrent DTCs must All
be repaired before diagnosing Calibration fault messages.
Does the DRBIIIt display any Actuator Circuit Test fault messages?
No Go To 2
With the DRBIIIt, read active HVAC DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display any active HVAC DTCs?

No Go To 3
3 Which HVAC Door Recalibration fault message is present? All

Mode Calibration Fault
Go To 4
Blend Calibration Fault
Go To 5
Zone Calibration Fault
Go To 6
Recirculation Calibration Fault
Go To 7
Rear Mode Door Calibration Fault
Go To 11
Rear Blend Door Calibration Fault
Go To 12
525
HEATING & A/C

4 NOTE: After completing HVAC Door Recalibration, the DRBIIIt will store All
the total span and the status of each door actuator. Selecting HVAC Door
Cal Monitor in System Tests will display this information.
With the DRBIIIt in HVAC, select System Tests, and then select HVAC Door Cal
Monitor.
Which message does the DRBIIIt display for Mode Status?
No Pulses
Go To 8
Too Few Pulses

Inspect the A/C - Heater Housing Assembly for a condition causing
the mode linkage/door to bind. Repair as necessary in accordance
Too Many Pulses
Remove door actuator from housing. By hand, attempt to rotate
actuator in both directions. Also, inspect for disconnected, miss-
ing, or broken door linkage, and a warped or broken door. Repair
as necessary in accordance with the Service Information.
Broken Linkage
Monitor.
Which message does the DRBIIIt display for Blend Status?
No Pulses
Go To 8
Too Few Pulses

the passenger blend linkage/door to bind. Repair as necessary in
Too Many Pulses

Broken Linkage
526
HEATING & A/C

Monitor.
Which message does the DRBIIIt display for Zone Status?
No Pulses
Go To 8
Too Few Pulses

the driver blend linkage/door to bind. Repair as necessary in
Too Many Pulses
Broken Linkage
Monitor.
Which message does the DRBIIIt display for Recirc Status?
No Pulses
Go To 8
Too Few Pulses

the recirculation linkage/door to bind. Repair as necessary in
Too Many Pulses

Broken Linkage
527
HEATING & A/C

Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Common Door Driver circuit and the applicable
door driver circuit.
Yes Go To 9
No Reconnect C1. Rerun Recalibration. If DRB displays same fault,

replace A/C-Htr Cntrl in accord with Service Info. If DRBIII
displays a different fault, ck wiring & connectors for cause of
intermittent condition. If no prob found, rerun test from Step 1.

Remove the applicable door actuator from the A/C - Heater Housing Assembly.
Disconnect the door actuator harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the door driver circuit between the A/C - Heater Control
Module C1 harness connector and the door actuator harness connector.
Yes Go To 10
No Repair the door driver circuit for an open.

Remove the applicable door actuator from the A/C - Heater Housing Assembly.
Measure the resistance of the Common Door Driver circuit between the door actuator
harness connector and the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness connector.
mation.
No Repair the Common Door Driver circuit for an open.

528
HEATING & A/C

Monitor.
Which message does the DRBIIIt display for R Mode Status?
No Pulses
Go To 13
Too Few Pulses

Inspect the Rear A/C - Heater Housing Assembly for a condition
causing the rear mode linkage/door to bind. Repair as necessary in
Too Many Pulses
Broken Linage
Monitor.
Which message does the DRBIIIt display for R Blend Status?
No Pulses
Go To 13
Too Few Pulses

Inspect the Rear A/C - Heater Housing Assembly for a condition
causing the rear blend linkage/door to bind. Repair as necessary in
Too Many Pulses

Broken Linkage
529
HEATING & A/C

Measure the resistance between the Rear Common Door Driver circuit and the
applicable door driver circuit.
Yes Go To 14
No Reconnect C1. Rerun Recalibration. If DRB displays same fault,

replace A/C-Htr Cntrl in accord with Service Info. If DRBIII
displays a different fault, ck wiring & connectors for cause of
intermittent condition. If no prob found, rerun test from Step 1.

Remove the applicable door actuator from the Rear A/C - Heater Housing Assembly.
Measure the resistance of the door driver circuit between the A/C - Heater Control
Module C1 harness connector and the door actuator harness connector.
Yes Go To 15
No Repair the Rear Common Door Driver circuit for an open.

Remove the applicable door actuator from the Rear A/C - Heater Housing Assembly.
Measure the resistance of the Rear Common Door Driver circuit between the door
actuator harness connector and the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness
connector.
mation.
No Repair the Rear Common Door Driver circuit for an open.
530
HEATING & A/C
Symptom List:
BLEND OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC
MODE OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC
REAR BLEND OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC
REAR MODE OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC
RECIRC OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC
ZONE OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC
The title for the tests will be BLEND OVERCURRENT (AC-
TIVE) - MTC.
BLEND OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC

current draw on any of the door driver circuits while attempting to drive the passenger
MODE OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC

REAR BLEND OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC

REAR MODE OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC

RECIRC OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC

531
HEATING & A/C
BLEND OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC Continued
ZONE OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC

current draw on any of the door driver circuits while attempting to drive the driver (zone)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RUN THE ACTUATOR CIRCUIT TEST

1 View repair All
Repair
With the DRBIIIt in HVAC, System Tests, actuate the Actuator
Circuit Test. Read the Actuator Circuit Test message(s). Return to
the symptom list and choose the symptom(s).
If two or more drivelines are shorted together when running the
Actuator Ckt Test, the DRBIIIt may display Actuator Ckt Test
Passed even though Overcurrent DTCs are active. If this occurs,
refer to symptom Act Ckt Test Passed, Overcurrent DTCs Active.
532
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
BLOWER NOT ON HIGH - MTC
BLOWER NOT ON HIGH - MTC

Set Condition: This message will be displayed if the front blower is not operating at high
speed when executing the Cooldown Test.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HVAC DTC(S) PRESENT
TEST SET UP CONDITIONS NOT MET
FRONT BLOWER/RELATED CIRCUITS

With the DRBIIIt, read HVAC DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display any HVAC DTCs?
ignition switch. With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Cooldown Test.
No Go To 2
2 Was the front blower control set to high speed the entire time the Cooldown Test was All
actuated?
Yes Check the front blower motor and related circuits for front blower
operation problems. Repair as necessary. After repair is complete,
with the DRBIIIt, actuate the Cooldown Test.
No Start the engine. Set the Front Blower Front Control switch to
high speed. With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Cooldown Test.
533
HEATING & A/C
Symptom List:
COOLDOWN TEST SENSOR FAILURE - MTC
COOLDOWN TIME EXCESSIVE FAULT - MTC
The title for the tests will be COOLDOWN TEST SENSOR
FAILURE - MTC.
COOLDOWN TEST SENSOR FAILURE - MTC

Set Condition: This message will be displayed if a fault is detected with the Evaporator
Temperature Sensor/circuit when executing the Cooldown Test.
COOLDOWN TIME EXCESSIVE FAULT - MTC

Set Condition: This message will be displayed if the A/C system is unable to bring the
evaporator temperature down 6.7C (20F) within two minutes.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HVAC DTC(S) PRESENT
A/C SYSTEM TESTING

work area ambient temperature must be above 21.1C (70F) to test A/C
system operation.
After repair is complete, rerun the Cooldown Test.
No Go To 2
534
HEATING & A/C
COOLDOWN TEST SENSOR FAILURE - MTC Continued

system operation.
tom(s).
No Refer to the Service Information for additional Cooldown Test
related diagnostic information and testing procedures.
535
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
COOLDOWN TEST TOO COLD TO START - MTC
COOLDOWN TEST TOO COLD TO START - MTC

Set Condition: This message will be displayed if the A/C - Heater Control Module sees
evaporator temperature below 12.7C (55F) when executing the Cooldown Test.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE TOO LOW
HVAC DTC(S) PRESENT
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE

system operation.
Start the engine.
Turn the A/C off.
Turn the Blower on high. Allow the blower to run for 5 minutes to ensure that the
Evaporator Temperature Sensor temperature is above 12.7C (55F).
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Cooldown Test.
Does the DRBIIIt display: Cooldown Test Too Cold To Start?
Yes Go To 2
No Perform additional testing as necessary.
system operation.
ignition switch. With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Cooldown Test.
No Go To 3
536
HEATING & A/C
COOLDOWN TEST TOO COLD TO START - MTC Continued

system operation.
tom(s). After the repair is complete, with the DRBIIIt, erase the
DTC(s). Cycle the ignition switch. With the DRBIIIt, actuate the
Cooldown Test.
No Go To 4

voltage.
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6

Connect a jumper wire between the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit
and the Sensor Ground circuit at the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness
connector.
voltage.
Yes Replace the Evaporator Temperature Sensor in accordance with
the Service Information. After repair is complete, rerun the
Cooldown Test.
No Go To 6
NOTE: Ensure that the voltmeter leads meet the terminals in the connector
and that there is good terminal to wire connection.
NOTE: Ensure the voltmeter leads are connected for positive polarity.
Back probe the Sensor Ground circuit between the Evaporator Temperature Sensor
harness connector and the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness connector.
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the high resistance in the Sensor Ground circuit. After

repair is complete, rerun the Cooldown Test.
537
HEATING & A/C
COOLDOWN TEST TOO COLD TO START - MTC Continued

NOTE: Ensure the voltmeter leads meet the terminals in the connector and
Back probe the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit between the Evapo-
rator Temperature Sensor harness connector and the A/C - Heater Control Module C1
harness connector.
Service Information. After repair is complete, rerun the Cooldown
Test.
No Repair the high resistance in the Evaporator Temperature Sensor

Signal circuit. After repair is complete, rerun the Cooldown Test.
538
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE)
- MTC
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) - MTC

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C - Heater Control Module sees abnormally high
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED HIGH
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN

Measure the voltage between the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit and
ground.
short to voltage.
No Go To 2
539
HEATING & A/C
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) -

MTC Continued
and the Sensor Ground circuit. The approximate circuit resistance should be:
5,900 ohms @ 38C (100F).
6,600 ohms @ 35C (95F).
7,400 ohms @ 32C (90F).
8,300 ohms @ 29C (85F).
9,400 ohms @ 27C (80F).
10,600 ohms @ 24C (75F).
11,900 ohms @ 21C (70F).
13,500 ohms @ 18C (65F).
15,300 ohms @ 16C (60F).
17,500 ohms @ 13C (55F).
19,900 ohms @ 10C (50F).
22,800 ohms @ 7C (45F).
26,100 ohms @ 4C (40F).
30,000 ohms @ 2C (35F).
34,600 ohms @ -1C (30F).
No Go To 3

Open the glove box door. Disconnect the glove box door roller latch from each side of
the glove box. Roll the glove box downward toward the floor.
Measure the resistance of the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit between
the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness connector and the in-line C202 harness
connector.
Yes Go To 4
tween the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness connector and
the in-line C202 harness connector (HVAC side) for an open.
540
HEATING & A/C
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) -

MTC Continued
Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit between the A/C - Heater
Control Module C1 harness connector and the in-line C202 harness connector.
Yes Check the wiring harness between the in-line C202 harness
connector (plenum side) and the Evaporator Temperature Sensor
for an open. Repair as necessary. If Ok, replace the Evaporator
Temperature Sensor in accordance with the Service Information.
No Repair the Sensor Ground circuit between the A/C - Heater

Control Module C1 harness connector and the in-line C202
harness connector (HVAC side) for an open.
541
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT (AC-
TIVE) - MTC
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT (ACTIVE) - MTC

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C - Heater Control Module sees abnormally low
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO SENSOR GROUND CIR-
CUIT

voltage.
Does the DRBIIIt display: 5.0 volts or greater?
Yes Check the Evap Temp Sensor Signal circuit between the in-line
C202 harness connector (plenum side) and the Evap Temp Sensor
for a short to ground. Repair as necessary. If Ok, replace the
Evaporator Temperature Sensor in accordance with the Service
Info.
No Go To 2
542
HEATING & A/C
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT (ACTIVE) -

MTC Continued
Measure the resistance between ground and the Evaporator Temperature Sensor
Signal circuit (HVAC side).
Is the resistance above 10K ohms?
Yes Go To 3
the in-line C202 harness connector (HVAC side) for a short to
ground.

and the Sensor Ground circuit (HVAC side).
the in-line C202 harness connector (HVAC side) for a short to
Sensor Ground.
543
HEATING & A/C
Symptom List:
OUTPUT 1 OPEN.


POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DTCS
B+ CIRCUIT OPEN
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER RELAYS OPEN
FRONT/REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
FRONT/REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN

condition.
Are both the Front/Rear Blower Output 1 Open and the Front/Rear Blower Output
2 Open DTCs set?
Yes Go To 2
No Replace the Front Control Module (FCM) in accordance with the

544
HEATING & A/C
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 OPEN Continued

2 Remove either the Front Blower Motor Relay or the Rear Blower Motor Relay, if All
equipped, from the IPM.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe cavity 86 of the blower relay
connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Check the B+ feed to the Intelligent Power Module (IPM) for an

open. If OK, replace the IPM in accordance with the Service
Information.

Install a substitute relay in place of the existing Front Blower Motor Relay and the
existing Rear Blower Motor Relay, if equipped.
Yes Go To 4
No Replace the Front Blower Motor Relay and the Rear Blower Motor
Relay, if equipped.

Remove the Front Blower Motor Relay and the Rear Blower Motor Relay, if equipped,
from the IPM.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Front/Rear Blower Motor Relay
Control circuit (FCM connector cavity 30).
Yes Replace the Intelligent Power Module (IPM) in accordance with
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the Front/Rear Blower Motor Relay Control circuit
between the FCM connector cavity 30 and the Front Blower Motor Relay connector
cavity 85.
Yes Replace the Front Control Module (FCM) in accordance with the
No Replace the Intelligent Power Module (IPM) in accordance with

545
HEATING & A/C
Symptom List:
OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT.


POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DTCS
FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY SHORTED
REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY SHORTED
FRONT/REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY

condition.
Are both of these DTCs set?
Yes Go To 2
546
HEATING & A/C
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT Continued

Install a substitute relay in place of the existing Front Blower Motor Relay.
Yes, equipped with rear blower motor
Go To 3
Yes, not equipped with rear blower motor

Go To 4
No Replace the original Front Blower Motor Relay.


Install a substitute relay in place of the existing Rear Blower Motor Relay.
Yes Go To 4
No Replace the original Rear Blower Motor Relay.


Remove the Front Blower Motor Relay and the Rear Blower Motor Relay, if equipped,
from the IPM.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Front Blower Motor Relay
connector cavity 85.
Yes Replace the Intelligent Power Module (IPM) in accordance with


547
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC
LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC

When Monitored: When the A/C - Heater Control Module executes an internal loopback
test.
Set Condition: If the A/C - Heater Control Module fails to send a message, or none of the
expected messages arrive for 5 seconds, an internal loopback test is executed. If the
internal loopback test fails, the DTC will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

Does the DRBIIIt display any additional HVAC DTCs?
548
HEATING & A/C
Symptom List:
NO FUEL LEVEL MESSAGE RECEIVED (ACTIVE) - MTC
PCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC
VEHICLE ODOMETER FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC
The title for the tests will be NO FUEL LEVEL MESSAGE
RECEIVED (ACTIVE) - MTC.
NO FUEL LEVEL MESSAGE RECEIVED (ACTIVE) - MTC

Fuel Level message from the PCM for more than 5 seconds.
PCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC

Fuel message from the PCM for more than 5 seconds.
VEHICLE ODOMETER FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC

Vehicle Odometer message from the PCM for more than 5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM/ECM
POWERTRAIN/ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

With the DRBIIIt, enter HVAC, System Tests then PCM Monitor.
Does the DRBIIIt display: PCM is active on BUS?
No Go To 2
549
HEATING & A/C
NO FUEL LEVEL MESSAGE RECEIVED (ACTIVE) - MTC Continued

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the PCM/ECM.
Was the DRBIIIt able to communicate with the PCM/ECM?
Yes Go To 3


Disconnect the PCM C2/ECM C1 harness connector. Read the following caution if
vehicle is equipped with NGC.
Disconnect the DRBIIIt from the Data Link Connector (DLC).
(DLC) and the PCM C2/ECM C1 connector.
Yes Replace and program the Powertrain/Engine Control Module in

550
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) - MTC
REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) - MTC

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C - Heater Control Module sees voltage above
POSSIBLE CAUSES
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
CHECK REAR TEMPERATURE FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT VOLTAGE
REAR TEMPERATURE FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO REAR TEMPERATURE FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT
REAR TEMPERATURE RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR BLEND POTENTIOMETER

Disconnect the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch C2 harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the 5 Volt Supply circuit.
Yes Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit for a short to voltage.

No Go To 2

Measure the voltage of the Rear Temperature Feedback Signal circuit.
What voltage is present?
Above 5.1 Volts

Repair the Rear Temperature Feedback Signal circuit for a short
to voltage.
Below 0.25 Volts

Go To 3
Between 0.25 & 5.1 Volts

Go To 4
551
HEATING & A/C
REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) - MTC Continued

Measure the resistance of the Rear Temperature Feedback Signal circuit between the
A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness connector and the Rear Blower Rear Control
Switch C2 harness connector.
No Repair the Rear Temperature Feedback Signal circuit for an open.

Measure the resistance between the 5 Volt Supply circuit and the Rear Temperature
Feedback Signal circuit.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit for a short to the Rear Temper-
ature Feedback Signal circuit.

Measure the resistance of the Rear Temperature Return circuit between the A/C -
Heater Control Module C1 harness connector and the Rear Blower Rear Control
Switch C2 harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Rear Temperature Return circuit for an open.
552
HEATING & A/C
REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) - MTC Continued

NOTE: Make sure that the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch C2 harness
connector is connected to the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch.
Measure the resistance of the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch, Rear Blend
Potentiometer as follows:
Turn the Rear Blend knob to full hot.
Feedback Signal circuit at the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness connector.
The resistance should be approximately 800 ohms.
Slowly rotate the Rear Blend knob from full hot to full cold while viewing the DVOM.
The reading should change fluidly from approximately 800 to 10.5K ohms.
Return circuit at the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness connector. The
resistance should be approximately 10.9K ohms.
The reading should stay steady at approximately 10.9K ohms.
Measure the resistance between the Rear Temperature Return circuit and the Rear
Temperature Feedback Signal circuit at the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness
connector. The resistance should be approximately 10.2K ohms.
The reading should change fluidly from approximately 10.2K to 800 ohms.
Are all of the resistance measurements as specified?
No Replace the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch in accordance with
553
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT SHORT (ACTIVE) - MTC
REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT SHORT (ACTIVE) - MTC

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C - Heater Control Module sees voltage below
POSSIBLE CAUSES
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO REAR TEMPERATURE RETURN CIRCUIT
REAR TEMPERATURE FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
REAR TEMPERATURE FEEDBACK SIGNAL CKT SHORTED TO REAR TEMPERATURE RETURN
CKT
REAR BLEND POTENTIOMETER SHORTED

Measure the resistance between ground and the 5 Volt Supply circuit.
Yes Go To 2
No Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit for a short to ground.


Return circuit.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit for a short to the Rear Temper-
ature Return circuit.
554
HEATING & A/C
REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT SHORT (ACTIVE) - MTC Continued

Measure the resistance of the 5 Volt Supply circuit between the A/C - Heater Control
Module C1 harness connector and the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch C2 harness
connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit for an open.


Measure the resistance between ground and the Rear Temperature Feedback Signal
circuit.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Rear Temperature Feedback Signal circuit for a short

to ground.

Measure the resistance between the Rear Temperature Feedback Signal circuit and
the Rear Temperature Return circuit.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Rear Temperature Feedback Signal circuit for a short

to the Rear Temperature Return circuit.

Make sure that the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness connector is connected
to the A/C - Heater Control Module.
Does the DRBIIIt display: Rear Blend Pot Circuit Short?

555
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
TX FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC
TX FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C - Heater Control Module is unable to send a
message.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE HVAC MODULE
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM/ECM, BCM, AND FCM

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the HVAC Module.
Was the DRBIIIt able to I/D or communicate with the HVAC Module?
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to Communication for the related symptom(s).


Does the DRBIIIt display any additional HVAC DTCs?

No Go To 3

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the PCM/ECM.
With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the FCM.
Was the DRBIIIt able to I/D or communicate with the PCM/ECM, BCM and FCM?
Yes Go To 4
No Refer to Communication for the related symptom(s).

556
HEATING & A/C
TX FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC Continued

With the DRBIIIt, erase HVAC DTCs.
Cycle the ignition switch and wait approximately 1 minute.
Did this DTC reset?
No Test Complete.
557
HEATING & A/C
Symptom List:
*A/C STATUS INDICATOR FLASHING - MTC
*RECIRC STATUS INDICATOR FLASHING - MTC
The title for the tests will be *A/C STATUS INDICATOR
FLASHING - MTC.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AC COOLDOWN TEST NEEDS TO BE RUN
HVAC DOOR RECALIBRATION NEEDS TO BE RUN

Which status indicator is flashing on the A/C-Heater Control Module?
A/C Status Indicator
Go To 2
RECIRC Status Indicator

Go To 3
operation.
NOTE: The A/C status indicator will flash twice per second to indicate that
the AC Cooldown Test needs to be run.
NOTE: The A/C status indicator will stop flashing twice per second if either
the AC Cooldown Test returns passed, or if any button on the control is
pressed, or if the ignition is cycled and the odometer shows greater than
eight miles.
NOTE: The Power and A/C status indicators will flash alternately while the
AC Cooldown Test is running.
Start the engine.
Does the DRBIIIt display: Cooldown Test Passed?
Yes Test Complete.
No Return to the symptom list and choose the symptom(s).

558
HEATING & A/C
*A/C STATUS INDICATOR FLASHING - MTC Continued

3 NOTE: The RECIRC status indicator will flash twice per second to indicate All
that the HVAC Door Recalibration Test needs to be run.
NOTE: The RECIRC status indicator will stop flashing twice per second if
either the HVAC Door Recalibration Test returns passed, or if any button on
the control is pressed, or if the ignition is cycled and the odometer shows
greater than eight miles.
NOTE: The Power and RECIRC status indicators will flash alternately while
the HVAC Door Recalibration Test is running.
Test.
Does the DRBIIIt display: Recalibration Test Passed?
Yes Test Complete.
No Return to the symptom list and choose the symptom(s).

559
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
*BLEND/MODE/RECIRC DOOR OPERATION IMPROPER -- DUAL &
THREE-ZONE MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR HVAC DO0R RECALIBRATION FAULT MESSAGES
MODE DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR
DRIVER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR
RECIRCULATION DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR
REAR MODE DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR
REAR BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR

No Go To 2
Test.
Does the DRBIIIt display any HVAC Door Recalibration fault messages?

No Go To 3
560
HEATING & A/C

THREE-ZONE MTC Continued
3 Which door did customer ID as faulty? All
Mode Door
Go To 4
Passenger Blend Door

Go To 5
Driver Blend Door
Go To 6
Recirculation Door
Go To 7
Rear Mode Door

Go To 8
Rear Blend Door

Go To 9

Turn the blower control to the high speed position.
Turn the mode control to each door position for a minimum of 30 seconds and check
for airflow from the corresponding vents.
Does air flow from the correct vents for each door position?
Yes Test Complete.
No Remove door actuator from A/C Heater Housing Assy. By hand,

attempt to rotate door actuator in both directions. Also, inspect for
disconnected, missing, or broken door actuator linkage. Repair as
necessary in accordance with the Service Information.

Turn the mode control to the panel position.
Move the passenger blend control to the full hot position.
Move the passenger blend control to the full cold position, in 25% increments, while
checking for a change in airflow air temperature coming from the passengers panel
vents.
Does the airflow air temperature change with respect to the position of the blend
control?
Yes Test Complete.

No Remove door actuator from A/C-Heater Housing Assy. By hand,
attempt to rotate the door actuator in both directions. Also,
inspect for disconnected, missing, or broken door actuator link-
age. Repair as necessary in accordance with the Service Informa-
tion.
561
HEATING & A/C

Move the driver blend control to the full hot position.
Move the driver blend control to the full cold position, in 25% increments, while
checking for a change in airflow air temperature coming from the drivers panel
vents.
control?
Yes Test Complete.

tion.

Make sure that recirc is switched off (status indicator not illuminated).
Press the recirc switch on (status indicator illuminated). The sound of the air flowing
through the ducts should get louder as the recirculation door opens to bring in recirc
air.
Does the sound of the airflow get louder after pressing the recirc switch on?
Yes Test Complete.

tion.

Turn the rear blower control on the A/C-Heater Control Module to the rear control
position.
Turn the rear blower control on the Rear A/C-Heater Control to the high speed
position.
Turn the rear blend control to the full cold position and check for airflow from the
corresponding vents.
Turn the rear blend control to the full hot position and check for airflow from the
corresponding vents.
Yes Test Complete.

No Remove door actuator from Rear A/C-Heater Housing Assy. By
hand, attempt to rotate door actuator in both directions. Also,
tion.
562
HEATING & A/C

Turn the rear blower control on the A/C-Heater Control Module to the rear control
position.
Turn the rear blower control on the Rear A/C-Heater Control to the high speed
position.
Turn the rear blend control to the full cold position.
Turn the rear blend control to the full hot position, in 25% increments, while checking
for a change in airflow air temperature coming from the vents.
control?
Yes Test Complete.
No Remove door actuator from Rear A/C-Heater Housing Assy. By

hand, attempt to rotate door actuator in both directions. Also,
tion.
563
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
*BLEND/MODE/RECIRC DOOR OPERATION IMPROPER --
SINGLE-ZONE MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR HVAC DO0R RECALIBRATION FAULT MESSAGES
MODE DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR
BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR
RECIRCULATION DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR

No Go To 2
Test.
Does the DRBIIIt display any HVAC Door Recalibration fault messages?
No Go To 3
3 Which door did customer ID as faulty? All

Mode Door
Go To 4
Blend Door
Go To 5
Recirculation Door
Go To 6
564
HEATING & A/C
*BLEND/MODE/RECIRC DOOR OPERATION IMPROPER -- SINGLE-

ZONE MTC Continued
Turn the mode control to each door position for a minimum of 30 seconds and check
for airflow from the corresponding vents.
Yes Test Complete.
No Remove door actuator from A/C Heater Housing Assy. By hand,

attempt to rotate door actuator in both directions. Also, inspect for
disconnected, missing, or broken door actuator linkage. Repair as
necessary in accordance with the Service Information.

Turn the blend control to the full hot position.
Turn the blend control to the full cold position, in 25% increments, while checking for
a change in airflow air temperature coming from the panel vents.
control?
Yes Test Complete.
tion.

Make sure that recirc is switched off (status indicator not illuminated).
Press the recirc switch on (status indicator illuminated). The sound of the air flowing
through the ducts should get louder as the recirculation door opens to bring in recirc
air.
Does the sound of the airflow get louder after pressing the recirc switch on?
Yes Test Complete.

tion.
565
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
*FRONT A/C - HEATER CONTROL ILLUMINATION INOPERATIVE -
MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR HVAC DTCS
CHECK FOR BCM DTCS

No Go To 2

Output Short?
No Go To 3

Turn the Headlamp switch on.
No Go To 4
566
HEATING & A/C
*FRONT A/C - HEATER CONTROL ILLUMINATION INOPERATIVE - MTC

Continued
Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit between the A/C - Heater
Control C1 harness connector and the Body Control Module C4 harness connector.
Information.
567
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
*FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IPM FUSE #10
FUSED FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR BLOCK SHORTED TO GROUND
FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR BLOCK SHORTED TO GROUND
BLOWER MOTOR
BLOWER MOTOR
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
BLOWER MOTOR HIGH DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR BLOCK OPEN
FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR BLOCK OPEN
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
FUSED FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN

1 With the DRBIIIt in Front Control Module, read the active DTCs. All
No Go To 2

Is the fuse open?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 7
568
HEATING & A/C
*FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - MTC Continued

Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module on.
Operate the front blower in all speeds and modes.
Yes Check the Fused Front Blower Motor Relay Output circuit and
the High Speed Blower Motor circuit for an intermittent short to
ground. Repair as necessary.
No Go To 4

Disconnect the Front Blower Motor Resistor Block C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Fused Front Blower Motor Relay
Output circuit.
Yes Repair the Fused Front Blower Motor Relay Output circuit for a
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance between Front Blower Motor Resistor Block pin C2-2 and
pins C2-1, C1-1, C1-2, C1-3, C1-5, and C1-6.
Is there continuity between pin C2-2 and any other pin?
Yes Replace the Front Blower Motor Resistor Block in accordance

with the Service Information. Replace IPM Fuse #10.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance between Front Blower Motor Resistor Block pin C1-4 and
pins C2-1, C1-1, C1-2, C1-3, C1-5, and C1-6.
Is there continuity between pin C1-4 and any other pin?

with the Service Information. Replace IPM Fuse #10.

569
HEATING & A/C

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, back probe the High Speed Blower
Motor circuit in the Front Blower Motor Resistor Block C2 harness connector.
Yes Go To 8
No Go To 12
8 Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module off. All
Using a jumper wire connected to ground, back probe the Rear Blower High Speed
circuit in the Front Blower Motor Resistor Block C2 harness connector.
Does the blower motor run at high speed?
Yes Go To 9
mation.
Using a jumper wire connected to ground, back probe the Blower Motor High Driver
circuit in the A/C - Heater Control Module C2 harness connector.
Yes Go To 10
No Go To 11

Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit between the A/C - Heater Control
Module C2 harness connector and ground.
570
HEATING & A/C

Measure the resistance of the Blower Motor High Driver circuit between the A/C -
Heater Control Module C2 harness connector and the Front Blower Motor Resistor
Block C1 harness connector.

No Repair the Blower Motor High Driver circuit for an open.

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, back probe the Fused Front Blower
Motor Relay Output circuit in the Front Blower Motor Resistor Block C1 harness
connector.

No Go To 13

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe cavity 30 of the Front Blower
Yes Go To 14

Measure the resistance between cavity 87 of the Front Blower Motor Relay connector
Yes Go To 15

571
HEATING & A/C

Make sure that the Front Blower Motor Relay is installed.
cavity).
Yes Go To 16
No Replace the Front Blower Motor Relay in accordance with the

Yes Repair the Fused Front Blower Motor Relay Output circuit for an
open.
572
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
*FRONT BLOWER MOTOR SPEEDS INCORRECT - MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) SHORTED TO GROUND
BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE - SPEEDS INCORRECT
BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) OPEN
BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR BLOCK - OPEN SPEED

Measure the resistance between ground and each of the Blower Motor Driver circuits.
Yes Repair all Blower Motor Driver circuits with a resistance below
10K ohms for a short to ground.
No Go To 2

Ensure that the Front Blower Motor Resistor Block C1 harness connector is
connected to the Front Blower Motor Resistor Block.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, back probe each of the Blower Motor
Driver circuits (cavities 2, 3, 5, 9, and 10).
Does the test light illuminate brightly on each circuit?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 5
Measure the voltage of each of the Blower Motor Driver circuits (cavities 2, 3, 5, 9,
and 10) in the A/C - Heater Control Module C2 harness connector.
Yes Repair all Blower Motor Driver circuits with voltage present for a
short to voltage.
No Go To 4
573
HEATING & A/C
*FRONT BLOWER MOTOR SPEEDS INCORRECT - MTC Continued

Measure the resistance between the Blower Motor Low Driver circuit and the M1,
M2, M3 and Blower Motor High Driver circuits.
Measure the resistance between the Blower Motor M1 Driver circuit and the M2, M3,
and Blower Motor High Driver circuits.
Measure the resistance between the Blower Motor M2 Driver circuit and the M3 and
Blower Motor High Driver circuit.
Measure the resistance between the Blower Motor M3 Driver circuit and the Blower
Motor High Driver circuit.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms between any of the circuits?
Yes Repair the shorted Blower Motor Driver circuits.



Measure the resistance of each Blower Motor Driver circuit between the Front
Blower Motor Resistor Block C1 harness connector and the A/C - Heater Control
Module C2 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms on each of the circuits?

No Repair all Blower Motor Driver circuits with a resistance above 5
ohms for an open.
574
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
*HVAC SYSTEM TEST - MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM/ECM, THE BCM, AND THE FCM
CHECK FOR BCM DTCS
CHECK FOR FCM DTCS
CHECK FOR ACTIVE HVAC DTCS AND SYSTEM TESTS FAULT MESSAGES
MANUAL A/C SYSTEM TEST

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the Powertrain/Engine Control
Module.
With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the Body Control Module.
With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the Front Control Module.
Was the DRBIIIt able to communicate with the PCM/ECM, the BCM, and the FCM?
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to the communication category for the related symptom(s).

2 With the DRBIIIt, read Powertrain/Engine Computer DTCs. All

related symptom(s).
No Go To 3

Yes Refer to the appropriate catagory for the related symptom(s).

No Go To 4
4 With the DRBIIIt, read Front Control Module DTCs. All

No Go To 5
575
HEATING & A/C
*HVAC SYSTEM TEST - MTC Continued

work area ambient temperature must be above 21.1C (70F) to test the A/C
system operation.
NOTE: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes.
NOTE: Anytime a DTC becomes active, or a Cooldown Test fault message,
Actuator Circuit Test fault message, or HVAC Door Recalibration fault
message is displayed, proceed to the conclusion question.
first.
Start the engine.
Press the A/C - Heater Control power switch on.
Turn the mode select control to the panel position.
Verify that the front blower motor and, if equipped, rear blower motor operates
Turn the front blower motor control to the high speed position.
sor is not running. If the compressor is running, turn the A/C off and allow
Turn the front blower motor control to the low speed position.
If equipped, turn the rear blower motor control to the rear position.
Set the passenger blend control to the full cold position.
If equipped, set the zone/driver blend control to the full cold position.
If equipped, on the Rear Blower Rear Control, set the rear blend/mode control to the
full cold position.
Monitor the DRBIIIt for active HVAC DTCs while performing the following test
steps.
Turn the mode select control to the defrost position, wait 30 seconds, and then turn
it back to the panel position.
Press the rear window defogger switch on, wait 30 seconds, and then press it off.
Move the passenger blend control from full cold to full hot, wait 30 seconds, and then
move it back to full cold.
If equipped, move the zone/driver blend control from full cold to full hot, wait 30
seconds, and then move it back to full cold.
If equipped, on the Rear Blower Rear Control, move the rear blend/mode control from
full cold to full hot, wait 30 seconds, and then move it back to full cold.
Test.
Does the DRBIIIt display any active HVAC DTC(s) or System Tests fault message(s)?

No Go To 6
6 With the DRBIIIt, read PCM/ECM DTCs. All


related symptom(s).
No Recheck the climate control system performance. Refer to Service

Information for additional information.
576
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
*REAR A/C - HEATER CONTROL ILLUMINATION INOPERATIVE -
MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR HVAC DTCS
CHECK FOR BCM DTCS
INOPERATIVE BULB
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR BLOWER REAR CONTROL SWITCH


No Go To 2

Output Short?
No Go To 3

Remove the bulb from the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch.
NOTE: Hold the bulb in front of a lamp to see the filament.
Inspect the bulb.
Is the bulb Ok?
Yes Go To 4
No Replace the bulb.
577
HEATING & A/C
*REAR A/C - HEATER CONTROL ILLUMINATION INOPERATIVE - MTC

Continued
Turn the Headlamp switch on.
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6
5 Turn the Headlamp switch off. All

Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit between the Rear Blower Rear Control
switch C2 harness connector and ground.
Yes Replace the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch in accordance with

Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit between the Rear Blower
Rear Control Switch C2 harness connector and the Body Control Module C3 harness
connector.
Information.
578
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
*REAR BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IPM FUSE #12
FUSED REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BLOWER MOTOR
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
CHECK FOR POWER TO REAR BLOWER MOTOR
BLOWER MOTOR
REAR BLOWER HIGH SPEED CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR BLOWER MOTOR HIGH CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR BLOCK
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
FUSED REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN

1 With the DRBIIIt in Front Control Module, read the active DTCs. All
No Go To 2

Is the fuse open?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 5
579
HEATING & A/C
*REAR BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - MTC Continued

Turn the rear blower on and operate it in all speeds and modes.
Yes Check the Fused Rear Blower Motor Relay Output circuit for an
intermittent short to ground. Repair as necessary.
No Go To 4

Disconnect the Rear Blower Motor 2-pin harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Fused Rear Blower Motor Relay
Output circuit.
Yes Repair the Fused Rear Blower Motor Relay Output circuit for a
No Replace the Rear Blower Motor in accordance with the Service

Information. Replace IPM Fuse #12

Disconnect the Rear Blower Front Control Switch harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, back probe the Rear Blower Motor
High circuit in the Rear Blower Front Control Switch harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Go To 7

Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit between the Rear Blower Front Control
Switch harness connector and ground.
580
HEATING & A/C

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, back probe the Fused Rear Blower
Motor Relay Output circuit in the Rear Blower Motor 2-pin harness connector.
Yes Go To 8
No Go To 11
Using a jumper wire connected to ground, back probe the DB/OR wire in the Rear
Blower Motor 2-pin harness connector.
Yes Go To 9
No Replace the Rear Blower Motor in accordance with the Service

Information.

Disconnect the Rear Blower Motor 2-pin harness connector.
Disconnect the Rear Blower Motor Resistor Block harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the DB/OR wire between the Rear Blower Motor 2-pin
harness connector and the Rear Blower Motor Resistor Block harness connector.
Yes Go To 10
No Repair the DB/OR wire between the Rear Blower Motor 2-pin
harness connector and the Rear Blower Motor Resistor Block
harness connector for an open.

Measure the resistance of the Rear Blower Motor High circuit between the Rear
Blower Motor Resistor Block harness connector and the Rear Blower Front Control
Yes Replace the Rear Blower Motor Resistor Block in accordance with
No Repair the Rear Blower Motor High circuit for an open.

581
HEATING & A/C

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe cavity 30 of the Rear Blower
Yes Go To 12


Measure the resistance between cavity 87 of the Rear Blower Motor Relay connector
Yes Go To 13


Make sure that the Rear Blower Motor Relay is installed.
cavity).
Yes Go To 14
No Replace the Rear Blower Motor Relay in accordance with the


Yes Repair the Fused Rear Blower Motor Relay Output circuit for an
open.

582
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
*REAR BLOWER MOTOR SPEEDS INCORRECT - MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) SHORTED TO GROUND
REAR BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
REAR BLOWER MOTOR FRONT CONTROL FEED CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
REAR BLOWER DRIVER CKT(S) SHORTED TO REAR BLOWER FRONT CONTROL FEED CKT
REAR BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
REAR BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) OPEN
REAR BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR BLOCK

1 Turn the Rear Blower switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module off. All
Does the rear blower run?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 4
Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module off.
Does the rear blower run?
Yes Go To 3
583
HEATING & A/C
*REAR BLOWER MOTOR SPEEDS INCORRECT - MTC Continued

Measure the resistance between ground and each of the Rear Blower Motor Driver
circuits (Low, Medium, and High) in the Rear Blower Front Control Switch harness
connector.
Yes Repair all Rear Blower Motor Driver circuits with a resistance
below 10K ohms for a short to ground.
Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module off.
Turn the Rear Blower switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module to the Low,
Medium, and High speed positions while listening for the rear blower motor to
change speed accordingly.
Does the rear blower speed change accordingly?
Yes Replace the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch in accordance with
No Go To 5
Using a 12-volt test light connect to ground, back probe each of the Rear Blower
Motor Driver circuits (Low, Medium, and High) in the Rear Blower Front Control
Switch harness connector and in the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch C1 harness
connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Go To 10
584
HEATING & A/C

Turn the ignition on
Measure the voltage of each of the Rear Blower Motor Driver circuits (Low, Medium,
and High).
Is there voltage present on any of the circuits?
Yes Repair all Rear Blower Motor Driver circuits with voltage present
for a short to voltage.
No Go To 7
Turn the ignition on
Measure the voltage of the Rear Blower Motor Front Control Feed circuit.
Yes Repair the Rear Blower Motor Front Control Feed circuit for a
short to voltage.
No Go To 8

Measure the resistance between the Rear Blower Motor Front Control Feed circuit
and each of the Rear Blower Motor Driver circuits (Low, Medium, and High).
Yes Repair all Rear Blower Motor Driver circuits with a resistance
below 10K ohms for a short to the Rear Blower Motor Front
Control Feed circuit.
No Go To 9

Measure the resistance between the Rear Blower Motor Low circuit and the Rear
Blower Motor Medium and High circuits.
Measure the resistance between the Rear Blower Motor Medium circuit and the Rear
Blower Motor High circuit.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms between any of the circuits?
Yes Repair the shorted Rear Blower Motor Driver circuits.

585
HEATING & A/C

Measure the resistance of each of the Rear Blower Motor Driver circuits (Low,
Medium, and High) between the Rear Blower Motor Resistor Block harness connec-
tor and the Rear Blower Motor Front Control Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance of each of the Rear Blower Motor Driver circuits (Low,
Medium, and High) between the Rear Blower Motor Resistor Block harness connec-
tor and the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch C1 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms on each of the circuits?
Yes Replace the Rear Blower Motor Resistor Block in accordance with
No Repair all Rear Blower Motor Driver circuit(s) with a resistance

above 5 ohms for an open.
586
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
*REAR BLOWER REAR CONTROL SWITCH INOP IN ONE OR
MORE SPEEDS - MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) OPEN
REAR BLOWER MOTOR FRONT CONTROL FEED CIRCUIT OPEN

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, back probe each of the Rear Blower
Motor Driver circuits (Low, Medium, and High).
Yes Go To 2
No Repair all Rear Blower Motor Driver circuits that failed to
illuminate the test light brightly for an open.
Make sure that the Rear Blower Rear Control C1 harness connector is connected to
the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch.
Using a jumper wire connected to ground, back probe the Rear Blower Motor Front
Control Feed circuit in the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch C1 harness connector.
Turn the Blower switch on the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch to each speed
position.
Does the rear blower run in all speeds?
Yes Go To 3
587
HEATING & A/C
*REAR BLOWER REAR CONTROL SWITCH INOP IN ONE OR MORE

SPEEDS - MTC Continued
Measure the resistance of the Rear Blower Motor Front Control Feed circuit between
the Rear Blower Front Control Switch harness connector and the Rear Blower Rear
Control Switch C1 harness connector.
No Repair the Rear Blower Motor Front Control Feed circuit for an
open.
588
Symptom:
ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 1 OPEN
ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT #1 OPEN

Set Condition: The FCM has detected an open in the Accessory Relay control circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSE & RELAY CENTER INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
ACCESSORY RELAY

Does the DRBIIIt display both the ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT OPEN trouble
codes?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3

Disconnect the Accessory Relay from the Fuse & Relay Center.
Connect a known good relay to the Accessory Relay location in the Fuse & Relay
Center.
Does the DRBIIIt display both the ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT OPEN trouble
codes?
No Replace the original Accessory Relay.

589
ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 1 OPEN Continued

Does the DRBIIIt display the ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 1 OPEN trouble code?

No Go To 4

Does the DRBIIIt display the ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT #2 OPEN trouble
code?

No This symptom represents an internal malfunction in the Front

Control Module. The condition that caused this symptom is
currently not present.
590
Symptom:
ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO B+
ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT #1 SHORT TO B+

Set Condition: The FCM has detected a short to battery voltage in the Accessory Relay
control circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ACCESSORY RELAY

Does the DRBIIIt display both ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT SHORTED TO
BATTERY trouble codes?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3

Center.

591
ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO B+ Continued

Does the DRBIIIt display the ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT #1 SHORTED TO
BATTERY trouble code?

No Go To 4

code?


592
Symptom:

Set Condition: The FCM has detected an open in the Accessory Relay control circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ACCESSORY RELAY
FCM

Does the DRBIIIt display both ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT OPEN trouble
codes?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3

Center.
Does the DRBIIIt display both ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT OPEN trouble
codes?
No Replace the Accessory Relay.

593
ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 2 OPEN Continued

code?

No Go To 4

code?


594
Symptom:

Set Condition: The FCM has detected a short to battery voltage in the Accessory Relay
control circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ACCESSORY RELAY

Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3

Center.

595
ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO B+ Continued


No Go To 4



596
Symptom:
CPA NOT ENGAGED
CPA NOT ENGAGED

Set Condition: If the connector positive assurance lock is not fully engaged, the Front
Control Module will detect battery voltage on the B(+) Sense circuit. With voltage present,
the FCM determines that there is a poor connection at connector C5 of the Fuse and Relay
Center.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
FUSE AND RELAY CENTER INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
CONNECTOR POSITIVE ASSURANCE LOCK

Does the DRBIIIt display: CPA NOT ENGAGED?
Yes Go To 2
No The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present.

condition.

Measure the voltage of the B(+) Sense circuit at the Fuse and Relay Center side of the
FCM connector.
Yes Go To 3

597
CPA NOT ENGAGED Continued

Inspect connector C5 on the Fuse and Relay Center, ensure the connector lock is
properly seated into the connector.
Measure the voltage of the B(+) Sense circuit at the Fuse and Relay Center side of the
FCM connector.
No Verify the Connector Positive Assurance lock is correctly seated.

598
Symptom:
HORN INPUT STUCK
HORN INPUT STUCK

Set Condition: The FCM has detected a fault in the Horn Switch Sense circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HORN SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND

Does the DRBIIIt display: HORN INPUT STUCK?
Yes Go To 2
condition.

Disconnect connector C7 on the Fuse and Relay Center.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Horn Switch Sense circuit at the
Fuse and Relay Center C7 connector.
Yes Repair the Horn Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 3

Measure the resistance between ground and the Horn Switch Sense circuit at the
Fuse and Relay Center side of the FCM connector.

599
Symptom:
HORN RELAY OPEN
HORN RELAY OPEN

Set Condition: The FCM has detected an open in the Horn Relay Control circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HORN RELAY

Does the DRBIIIt display: HORN RELAY OPEN?
Yes Go To 2
condition.

Remove the Horn Relay from the Fuse and Relay Center.
Substitute the original Horn Relay with a known good relay.
Turn the engine off, wait 10 seconds then turn the ignition on.
Attempt to operate the horn.
Does the DRBIIIt display: HORN RELAY OPEN?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Horn Relay.

600
HORN RELAY OPEN Continued

Measure the resistance of the Horn Relay Control circuit between the FCM connector
cavity 10 and the Horn Relay connector cavity 85.

601
Symptom:
HORN RELAY SHORTED TO B+
HORN RELAY SHORTED TO BATTERY

Set Condition: The FCM has detected a short to battery in the Horn Relay Control circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HORN RELAY

Does the DRBIIIt display: HORN RELAY SHORTED TO BATTERY?
Yes Go To 2
condition.

Substitute the original Horn Relay with a known good relay.
Attempt to operate the horn.
Does the DRBIIIt display: HORN RELAY SHORTED TO BATTERY?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Horn Relay.

602
HORN RELAY SHORTED TO B+ Continued

Disconnect the Horn Relay from the Fuse and Relay Center.
Measure the voltage of the Horn Relay Control circuit at the Fuse and Relay Center
side of the FCM connector.

603
Symptom:
IGNITION MUX SWITCH INPUT OPEN
IGNITION MUX SWITCH INPUT OPEN

Set Condition: The Ignition MUX sense circuit voltage at the BCM goes above 4.9 volts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IGNITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
IGNITION SWITCH FAILURE
IGNITION SWITCH SENSE RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
IGNITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Disconnect the Ignition Switch 5-way connector.
Measure the voltage of the Ignition Switch Sense circuit.
Yes Repair the Ignition Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 2

Connect a jumper wire between the Ignition Switch Sense circuit and ground.
With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the IGNITION SW voltage.
Does the DRBIIIt display IGNITION SW 0.0 volts?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 5

Connect a jumper wire between the Ignition Switch Sense circuit and the Ignition
Switch Sense Return circuit.
Yes Replace the Ignition Switch in accordance with the service infor-
mation.
No Go To 4
604
IGNITION MUX SWITCH INPUT OPEN Continued

Reconnect the Ignition Switch 5-way connector.
Gain access to the Body Control Module C4 connector.
Backprobe a jumper wire between the Ignition Switch Sense Return circuit and
ground.
Yes Repair the Ignition Switch Sense Return circuit for an open.
information.

Backprobe a jumper wire between the Ignition Switch Sense circuit and ground.
Yes Repair the Ignition Switch Sense circuit for an open.

information.
605
Symptom:
IGNITION MUX SWITCH INPUT SHORT
IGNITION MUX SWITCH INPUT SHORT

Set Condition: The Ignition MUX Sense circuit voltage at the BCM goes below 0.5 volt for
more than 2 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IGNITION SWITCH SHORTED
IGNITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
IGNITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGNITION SWITCH SENSE RETURN CIR-
CUIT
IGNITION SWITCH SENSE RETURN CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Yes Go To 2
No Replace the Ignition Switch in accordance with the service infor-
mation.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Ignition Switch Sense circuit in the
BCM C5 connector.
Yes Repair the Ignition Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 3
606
IGNITION MUX SWITCH INPUT SHORT Continued

Gain access to the Body Control Module.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 and C5 harness connectors.
Disconnect the Ignition Switch 5-way harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Ignition Switch Sense circuit and the Ignition
Yes Repair the Ignition Switch Sense circuit for a short to the Ignition
No Go To 4

Measure the resistance between ground and the Ignition Switch Sense Return circuit
in the BCM C4 connector.
Yes Repair the Ignition Switch Sense Return circuit for a short to
ground.
information.
607
Symptom:
IGNITION RUN OUTPUT SHORT
IGNITION RUN OUTPUT SHORT

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Body Control Module (BCM) sees voltage below
0.5 volt for more than two seconds on the Ignition Switch Output (Run) circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST FOR CURRENT DTCS
MODULE OR COMPONENT FAULT
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE

With the DRBIIIt in Body Computer, record and erase BCM DTCs.
Cycle the ignition from ON to OFF.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt in Body Computer, read BCM DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display IGNITION RUN OUTPUT SHORT?
Yes Go To 2
the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, and inspect the related
wiring harness for a possible intermittent condition.
608
IGNITION RUN OUTPUT SHORT Continued

2 NOTE: Repeat this test until either the DTC is no longer present or all of the All
modules and components are disconnected from the Fused Ignition Switch
Output (Run) circuit and the DTC is still present.
Verify which of these modules and components are used on the vehicle you are
diagnosing: HVAC (ATC or MTC); Rear ATC Control Switch; IP Switch Bank; Auto
Daylight Mirror; Overhead Console; Heated Seat Module (Driver/Pass); Controller
Antilock Brake.
NOTE: For the result of this test to be valid, disconnect only one module or
component at a time and then verify if the DTC is still present.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, disconnect the harness connector
with the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run) circuit from one module or component
identified above.
With the DRBIIIt in Body Computer, erase BCM DTCs.
Cycle the ignition form ON to OFF.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt in Body Computer, read BCM DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display IGNITION RUN OUTPUT SHORT?
Yes (All Modules/Components Disconnected

Go To 3
No Replace the module or the component that when disconnected did
not reset the DTC in accordance with the Service Information.
3 NOTE: All modules and components identified in Test Number 2 must be All
disconnected from the BCMs Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run) circuit
and the DTC must still be present for the result of this test to be valid.
Disconnect the Body Control Module (BCM) C3 and C4 harness connectors.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run)
circuits in the BCM C3 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run)
circuit in the BCM C4 harness connector.
Yes Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run) circuit(s) with a
resistance below 10K ohms for a short to ground.
No Replace the Body Control Module (BCM) in accordance with the

609
Symptom:
IGNITION RUN/START INPUT WIRING
IGN RUN/START INPUT WIRING

Set Condition: The Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit voltage at the FCM goes below
0.5 volts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

1 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase the current Front Control Module DTCs. All
Start the vehicle and observe the DRBIIIt.
Does the DRBIIIt display: IGNITION RUN-START INPUT WIRING?
Yes Go To 2

Measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit (cavity 37) at the
Fuse and Relay Center side of the FCM connector.

No Go To 3
610
IGNITION RUN/START INPUT WIRING Continued

Gain access to the bottom of the Fuse and Relay Center.
Disconnect connector C9 from the Fuse and Relay Center.
Measure the resistance of the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit between the FCM
connector cavity 37 and the Fuse and Relay Center connector C9 cavity 2.
Yes Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open
between the Fuse and Relay Center and the ignition switch.
611
Symptom:
IGNITION START INPUT WIRING
IGNITION START INPUT WIRING

Set Condition: The Fused Ignition Switch Output (Start) circuit voltage at the FCM goes
below 0.5 volts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

1 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase the current Front Control Module DTCs. All
Does the DRBIIIt display: IGNITION START INPUT WIRING?
Yes Go To 2

Measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Start) circuit (cavity 19) at
the Fuse and Relay Center side of the FCM connector.
Turn the ignition to the start position and monitor the voltage reading.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts with the ignition switch in the start position?

No Go To 3
612
IGNITION START INPUT WIRING Continued

Gain access to the bottom of the Fuse and Relay Center.
Disconnect connector C9 from the Fuse and Relay Center.
Measure the resistance of the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit between the FCM
connector cavity 37 and the Fuse and Relay Center connector C9 cavity 2.
Yes Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Start) circuit for an
open between the Fuse and Relay Center and the ignition switch.
613
Symptom:
INTERNAL DRIVER FAULT #1

Set Condition: The Front Control Module has detected an internal malfunction of the
module.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

Does the DRBIIIt display: INTERNAL DRIVER FAULT #1?

614
Symptom:

module.
POSSIBLE CAUSES


615
Symptom:

module.
POSSIBLE CAUSES


616
Symptom:
RUN/START HARDWARE INPUT FAILURE
RUN/START HARDWARE INPUT FAILURE

Set Condition: The Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit voltage at the BCM goes below
0.5 volts and the BCM detects a voltage mismatch between the two ignition switch inputs.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IGNITION SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE

1 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase DTCs. All
Does the DRBIIIt display RUN/START HARDWIRE INPUT FAILURE?
Yes Go To 2

Gain access to the Ignition Switch connector.
While back probing, measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition Switch Output
(Run/Start) circuit.
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Ignition Switch in accordance with the service infor-

mation.
617
RUN/START HARDWARE INPUT FAILURE Continued

While back probing, measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition Switch Output
(Run/Start) circuit.
Yes Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open.

information.
618
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom List:
ABS LAMP CKT SHORT
ABS LAMP OPEN
AIRBAG LAMP CKT SHORT
AIRBAG LAMP OPEN
The title for the tests will be ABS LAMP CKT SHORT.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1 NOTE: The Instrument Cluster performs internal tests on the ABS and All
Airbag indicator lamps during each ignition cycle. Instrument cluster LEDs
are not replaceable.
Did the DTC reset?
Yes Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service

Information.
No Test Complete.
619
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
EL PANEL SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK EXTERIOR ILLUMINATION
CHECK OPERATION OF ALL GAUGES
VERIFY CONCERN
PANEL LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
PANEL LAMP DRIVER OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT
BCM PANEL LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT INTERNAL FAILURE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PANEL LAMPS DRIVER INTERNAL FAILURE

Turn the Headlamp Switch to the ON position.
Monitor the Instrument Cluster gauges for illumination.
Are any Instrument Cluster gauges illuminated?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 2

Turn the Headlamp Switch to the ON position.
Are all of the Instrument Cluster gauges illuminated?
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Instrument Cluster.

Turn the headlamp switch to the ON position.
Monitor the Headlamps for illumination.
Are the Headlamps illuminated?
Yes Go To 4
No Refer to EXTERIOR ILLUMINATION for the related symp-

tom(s).

Cycle the ignition switch from OFF to ON.
Wait 1 to 2 minutes for the system to cycle.
Did the DTC reset?
Yes Go To 5
No Perform the Instrument Cluster Self-Test and verify the concern.

620
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
EL PANEL SHORT Continued

Measure the resistance between ground and the Panel Lamps Driver circuit
(Instrument Cluster harness).
Is the resistance above 10,000 ohms?
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Panel Lamps Driver Circuit for a Short to Ground.


Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit between the BCM C2
connector and the Instrument Cluster connector.
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the Panel Lamp Driver Circuit for an open.


Measure the resistance of the Instrument Cluster harness ground circuits.
Are the resistances below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 8
No Repair Instrument Cluster ground circuit for an open.

Connect a jumper wire between Panel Lamps Driver circuit (BCM C2 harness) and
B(+).
Did the Instrument Cluster gauges illuminate?
Yes Replace the Body Control Module. With the DRBIII, erase DTCs.
No Test Complete.
621
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN
FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
HEADLAMP SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE

With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Control Module DTCs.
Turn on the Front Fog Lamps.
Does the DRBIIIt display FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR OPEN?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 8

Turn ON the Front Fog Lamps.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, back probe the Front Fog Lamp
Indicator circuit in the Headlamp Switch harness connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance of the Front Fog Lamp Indicator Ground circuit from the
Body Control Module harness connector to the Headlamp Switch harness connector.
Yes Repair the Front Fog Lamp Indicator Ground circuit for an open.
No Go To 4
622
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR OPEN Continued

Measure the voltage of the Front Fog Lamp Indicator circuit in the Headlamp Switch
harness connector.
Yes Repair the Front Fog Lamp Indicator circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Headlamp Switch.

Measure the resistance of the Front Fog Lamp Indicator circuit from the Body
Control Module harness connector to the Headlamp Switch harness connector.
Yes Repair the Front Fog Lamp Indicator circuit for an open.
No Go To 7
Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
circuit.

No Test Complete.
623
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
HEADLAMP SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Does the DRBIIIt display FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR SHORT TO GROUND?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 6

Turn ON the Front Fog Lamps.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, back probe the Rear Fog Lamp
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 4

Repair

Measure the resistance between ground and the Front Fog Lamp Indicator circuit.
Yes Repair the Front Fog Lamp Indicator circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 5
Repair
624
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR SHORT TO GROUND Continued

circuit.
No Test Complete.
625
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom List:
FUEL GAUGE CHECKSUM FAILURE
SPEEDOMETER CHECKSUM FAILURE
TACHOMETER CHECKSUM FAILURE
TEMPERATURE GAUGE CHECKSUM FAILURE
The title for the tests will be FUEL GAUGE CHECKSUM
FAILURE.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Did the Checksum DTC reset?
Information.
No Test Complete.
626
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT INPUT OPEN
FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT INPUT OPEN

Set Condition: Fuel Level Input to the BCM is greater than 9.8 volts for greater than 62.5
milliseconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL SHORTED TO B+
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
BCM

Cycle the ignition off and on, leaving ignition key on for at least 15 seconds.
With the DRBIIIt in Body Computer, read DTCs.
Does the DTC reset?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 7

Disconnect the Fuel Tank Module harness connector.
NOTE: The BCM sends out a low current 12 volt signal on the Fuel Level
Sensor Signal circuit. This low current should not illuminate a 12 volt test
light.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fuel Level Sensor Signal
circuit in the Fuel Tank Module harness connector.
Yes Repair the Fuel Level Sensor Signal circuit shorted to battery
voltage.
No Go To 3
627
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT INPUT OPEN Continued

Measure the resistance of the Ground circuits in the Fuel Tank Module harness
connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms for both measurements?
Yes Go To 4


With the DRBIIIt in Body Computer then Sensors, monitor the Fuel Sensor.
Using a jumper wire, jumper the Fuel Level Sensor Signal circuit to the ground
circuit in the Fuel Tank Module harness connector.
Does the DRB display below 0.5 volt?
Yes Replace the Fuel Level Sending Unit.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the Fuel Level Sensor Signal circuit between the Fuel Tank
Module harness connector and the BCM harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Fuel Level Sensor Signal for an open.
Repair

No Test Complete.
628
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT INPUT SHORT
FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT INPUT SHORT

Set Condition: Fuel Level Input to the BCM is less than 2 volts for greater than 62.5
milliseconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL SHORTED TO GROUND
BCM

Cycle the ignition off and on, leaving ignition key on for at least 15 seconds.
Does the DTC reset?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 5

With the DRBIIIt in Body Computer and then Sensors, monitor the Fuel Sensor.
Does the Fuel Sensor voltage go above 9.5 volts?
Yes Replace the Fuel Level Sending Unit.

No Go To 3

Disconnect Fuel Tank Module harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Fuel Level Sensor Signal circuit in the BCM harness
Yes Repair the Fuel Level Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 4
629
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT INPUT SHORT Continued

Repair

No Test Complete.
630
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
IOD WAKEUP CLUSTER OUTPUT OPEN
IOD WAKEUP CLUSTER OUTPUT OPEN

Set Condition: The BCM is active and the Instrument Cluster does not respond on the
Instrument Cluster Wake Up Sense circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE CKT OPEN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE CKT SHORT TO GROUND
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Cycle the ignition off and on several times, leaving ignition key on for at least 15
seconds.
Does the DTC reset?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 5

Measure the voltage of the Instrument Cluster Wake Up Sense circuit in the BCM C4
harness connector.

No Go To 3

Measure the resistance of the Instrument Cluster Wake Up Sense circuit between the
BCM C4 harness connector and the MIC harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Instrument Cluster Wake Up Sense circuit for an open.

631
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IOD WAKEUP CLUSTER OUTPUT OPEN Continued

Measure the resistance of the Instrument Cluster Wake Up Sense circuit in the MIC
Yes Repair the Instrument Cluster Wake Up Sense circuit for a
shorted to ground.

No Test Complete.
632
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
IOD WAKEUP CLUSTER OUTPUT SHORT
IOD WAKEUP CLUSTER OUTPUT SHORT

Set Condition: The BCM is active and senses the Instrument Cluster Wake Up Sense
circuit shorted high.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE CKT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Cycle the ignition off and on several times, leaving the ignition key on for at least 15
seconds.
Does the DTC reset?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 4

Up Sense circuit.
Yes Go To 3

633
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IOD WAKEUP CLUSTER OUTPUT SHORT Continued

Up Sense circuit.
Yes Repair the Instrument Cluster Wake Up Sense circuit for a short
to voltage.


No Test Complete.
634
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (HIGHLINE)
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (HIGHLINE)

Set Condition: The BCM detects an open in the Left Turn Indicator Driver circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MESSAGE CENTER OPERATION
LEFT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER SHORTED TO GROUND
LEFT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER OPEN
BCM

Monitor the Left Turn Signal Indicator.
Operate the Left Turn Signal.
Is the Indicator lamp operating correctly?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3


No Test Complete.
635
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (HIGHLINE) Continued

Disconnect the Message Center harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B+ circuit in the
Message Center harness connector.
Yes Go To 4


Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the Left Indicator Driver circuit
in the Message Center harness connector.
Operate the Multi-Function Switch and turn the Left Indication on.
Yes Remove and inspect the Bulb. If OK, replace the Message Center.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the Left Turn Indicator Driver circuit at the Message
Center harness connector to ground.
Yes Repair the Left Turn Indicator for a short to ground.

No Go To 6

Measure the resistance of the Left Turn Indicator Driver circuit between the BCM
harness connector and the Message Center harness connector.
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the Left Turn Indicator for an open.

7 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair? All
Repair
636
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (LOWLINE)
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (LOWLINE)

Set Condition: The BCM detects an open in the Left Turn Indicator Driver.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
LEFT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER SHORTED TO GROUND
LEFT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER OPEN
BCM

Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3


No Test Complete.
637
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (LOWLINE) Continued

Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Yes Go To 4


in the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Yes Remove and inspect the Bulb. If OK, replace the Instrument
Cluster printed circuit board.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the Left Turn Indicator Driver circuit at the Instrument
Cluster harness connector to ground.
Yes Repair the Left Turn Indicator for a short to ground.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance of the Left Turn Indicator Driver circuit between the BCM
harness connector and the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the Left Turn Indicator for an open.
Repair
638
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (HIGHLINE)
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (HIGHLINE)

Set Condition: The BCM detects a short to voltage in the Left Turn Indicator Driver.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
LEFT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BCM

Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3


No Test Complete.
639
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (HIGHLINE) Continued

Yes Go To 4


in the Message Center harness connector.
Yes Remove and inspect the bulb. If OK, replace the Message Center.
No Go To 5

Measure the voltage of the Left Turn Indicator Driver circuit at the Message Center
harness connector.
Yes Repair the Left Turn Indicator for a short to voltage.
No Go To 6
Repair
640
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (LOWLINE)
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (LOWLINE)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
LEFT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BCM

Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3


No Test Complete.
641
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (LOWLINE) Continued

Yes Go To 4


in the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Yes Remove and inspect the bulb. If OK, replace the Instrument
No Go To 5

Measure the voltage of the Left Turn Indicator Driver circuit at the Instrument
Cluster harness connector.
Yes Repair the Left Turn Indicator for a short to voltage.
No Go To 6
Repair
642
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
LOOPBACK FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Did the DTC reset?
Information.
No Test Complete.
643
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom List:
NO ABS BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED
NO BCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED
NO FCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED
NO ORC BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED
NO TCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED
The title for the tests will be NO ABS BUS MESSAGES
RECEIVED.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE ABS, BCM, FCM, ORC, OR TCM MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the ABS, BCM, FCM, ORC, or TCM
module.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the module in question?
Yes Go To 2

Turn the ignition on and wait approximately 1 minute.
Did this DTC reset?
Information.
No The condition is not present at this time. Monitor DRBIIIt
parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. Refer to any
Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply. Visually in-
spect the related wiring harness and connector terminals.
644
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
NO PCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED
NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE PCM

With the DRBIIIt, enter Instrument Cluster, System Tests then PCM Monitor.
Does the DRBIIIt display: PCM is active on the BUS?
Yes Erase the DTC, if DTC resets, replace the Instrument Cluster in
accordance with the Service Information..
No Go To 2

Yes Go To 3
No Refer to the Communication category and perform the appropri-
ate symptom.

Connect the diagnostic junction port tester #8339 to the diagnostic junction port.
NOTE: Do not connect the tester to the DRBIIIt.
Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit between the diagnostic junction port
tester and the PCM C2 connector.


645
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
PANEL DIMMING OUTPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EMIC DIMMING CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
HEADLAMP SWITCH DIMMING CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
HVAC MODULE DIMMING CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
I/P MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH DIMMING CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
MIRROR SWITCH DIMMING CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
RADIO DIMMING CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
REAR BLOWER CONTROL SWITCH DIMMING CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
EMIC
HEADLAMP SWITCH
I/P MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH
MIRROR SWITCH
RADIO
REAR BLOWER CONTROL SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE
HVAC MODULE

Turn on the Headlamps.
Does the DRBIIIt display PANEL DIMMING OUTPUT SHORT?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 17

With the DRBIIIt, erase Body Control Module DTCs.
Turn the ignition off to the lock position.
Disconnect the EMIC harness connector.
Turn the Headlamps on.
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the EMIC in accordance with the Service Information.
646
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
PANEL DIMMING OUTPUT SHORT Continued

Yes Go To 4
No Replace the Headlamp Switch in accordance with the Service

Information.

Disconnect the I/P Multi-Function Switch harness connector.
Yes Go To 5
No Replace the I/P Multi-Function Switch in accordance with the

Disconnect the Mirror Switch harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Replace the Mirror Switch in accordance with the Service Infor-
mation.

Disconnect the Rear Blower Control Switch harness connector.
Yes Go To 7
No Replace the Rear Blower Control Switch in accordance with the

647
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Disconnect the HVAC Module harness connector.
Yes Go To 8
No Replace the HVAC Module in accordance with the Service Infor-
mation.

Yes Go To 9
No Replace the Radio in accordance with the Service Information.

Disconnect the EMIC harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the EMIC Dimming circuit.
Yes Repair the EMIC Dimming circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 10

Measure the resistance between ground and the Headlamp Switch Dimming circuit.
Yes Repair the Headlamp Switch Dimming circuit for a short to

ground.
No Go To 11
648
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Disconnect the HVAC Module harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the HVAC Module Dimming circuit.
Yes Repair the HVAC Module Dimming circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 12

Disconnect the I/P Multi-Function Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the I/P Multi-Function Switch Dimming
circuit.
Yes Repair the I/P Multi-Function Switch Dimming circuit for a short
to ground.
No Go To 13

Disconnect the Mirror Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Mirror Switch Dimming circuit.
Yes Repair the Mirror Switch Dimming circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 14

Disconnect the Rear Blower Control Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Rear Blower Control Switch
Dimming circuit.
Yes Repair the Rear Blower Control Switch Dimming circuit for a
short to ground.
No Go To 15
649
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Measure the resistance between ground and the Radio Dimming circuit.
Yes Repair the Radio Dimming circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 16
Repair
circuit.

No Test Complete.
650
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
REAR FOG INDICATOR OUTPUT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
HEADLAMP SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Turn on the Rear Fog Lamps.
Does the DRBIIIt display REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR OPEN?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 8

Turn ON the Rear Fog Lamps.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance of the Rear Fog Lamp Indicator Ground circuit from the Body
Control Module harness connector to the Headlamp Switch harness connector.
Yes Repair the Rear Fog Lamp Indicator Ground circuit for an open.
No Go To 4
651
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
REAR FOG INDICATOR OUTPUT OPEN Continued

Measure the voltage of the Rear Fog Lamp Indicator circuit in the Headlamp Switch
harness connector.
Yes Repair the Rear Fog Lamp Indicator circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 5
Repair

Measure the resistance of the Rear Fog Lamp Indicator circuit from the Body Control
Module harness connector to the Headlamp Switch harness connector.
Yes Repair the Rear Fog Lamp Indicator circuit for an open.
No Go To 7
Repair
circuit.

No Test Complete.
652
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
REAR FOG INDICATOR OUTPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
HEADLAMP SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Does the DRBIIIt display REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR SHORT TO GROUND?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 6

Turn ON the Rear Fog Lamps.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 4

Repair

Measure the resistance between ground and the Rear Fog Lamp Indicator circuit.
Yes Repair the Rear Fog Lamp Indicator circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 5
Repair
653
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
REAR FOG INDICATOR OUTPUT SHORT Continued

circuit.
No Test Complete.
654
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (HIGHLINE)
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (HIGHLINE)

Set Condition: The BCM detects an open in the Right Turn Indicator Driver.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
RIGHT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER SHORTED TO GROUND
RIGHT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER OPEN
BCM

Monitor the Right Turn Signal Indicator.
Operate the Right Turn Signal.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3


No Test Complete.
655
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (HIGHLINE) Continued

Yes Go To 4


Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the Right Indicator Driver
circuit in the Message Center harness connector.
Operate the Multi-Function Switch and turn the Right Indication on.
Yes Remove and inspect the Bulb. If OK, replace the Message Center.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the Right Turn Indicator Driver circuit at the Message
Center harness connector to ground.
Yes Repair the Right Turn Indicator for a short to ground.

No Go To 6

Measure the resistance of the Right Turn Indicator Driver circuit between the BCM
harness connector and the Message Center harness connector.
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the Right Turn Indicator for an open.

Repair
656
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (LOWLINE)
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (LOWLINE)

Set Condition: The BCM detects an open in the Right Turn Indicator Driver.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RIGHT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER SHORTED TO GROUND
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
RIGHT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER OPEN
BCM

Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3


No Test Complete.
657
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (LOWLINE) Continued

Yes Go To 4


circuit in the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Yes Remove and inspect the Bulb. If OK, replace the Instrument
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the Right Turn Indicator Driver circuit between the BCM
harness connector and the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Right Turn Indicator for an open.


Measure the resistance of the Right Turn Indicator Driver circuit at the Instrument
Cluster harness connector to ground.
Yes Repair the Right Turn Indicator for a short to ground.

No Go To 7
Repair
658
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (HIGHLINE)
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (HIGHLINE)

Set Condition: The BCM detects a short to voltage in the Right Turn Indicator Driver.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
RIGHT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BCM

Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3


No Test Complete.
659
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (HIGHLINE) Continued

Yes Go To 4


circuit in the Message Center harness connector.
Yes Remove and inspect the bulb. If OK, replace the Message Center.
No Go To 5

Measure the voltage of the Right Turn Indicator Driver circuit at the Message Center
harness connector.
Yes Repair the Right Turn Indicator for a short to voltage.
No Go To 6
Repair
660
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (LOWLINE)
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (LOWLINE)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
RIGHT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BCM

Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3


No Test Complete.
661
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (LOWLINE) Continued

Yes Go To 4


circuit in the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Yes Remove and inspect the bulb. If OK, replace the Instrument
No Go To 5

Measure the voltage of the Right Turn Indicator Driver circuit at the Instrument
Cluster harness connector.
Yes Repair the Right Turn Indicator for a short to voltage.

No Go To 6
Repair
662
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
TCM MESSAGE MISMATCH
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1 NOTE: Diagnose and repair any TCM DTCs before proceeding with this test. All
With the DRBIIIt, ensure PCI Bus communications with the TCM.
Is the TCM communicating on the PCI Bus?

Information.
No Refer to COMMUNICATION category for the related symptom.

663
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*ANY PCI BUS INDICATOR INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE - PCI BUS
NO RESPONSE - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
NO RESPONSE - ECM / PCM
INDICATOR INOPERATIVE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

With the DRBIIIt, select J1850 Module Scan.
Does the DRBIIIt display MIC PRESENT on the BUS?
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to the COMMUNICATION category and perform the appro-

priate symptom.

With the DRBIIIt, Select Body, MIC, the MODULE DISPLAY.
Does the DRBIIIt display NO RESPONSE from MIC?
Yes Refer to the symptom list for problems related to *NO RE-
SPONSE FROM THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
No Go To 3

With the DRBIIIt, select Body, MIC, SYSTEM TESTS, PCM MONITOR.
Does the DRBIIIt display PCM INACTIVE on the BUS?
Yes Refer to the symptom list for problems related to *NO RE-
SPONSE FROM THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
(Gas) / or *NO RESPONSE FROM THE ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (Diesel)
No Go To 4
4 NOTE: Diagnose and repair any PCM (gas) or ECM (diesel) DTCs before All
proceeding with this test.
Perform the Instrument Cluster diagnostic Self Test.
Observe the indicator in question during the Self Test.
Did the indicator illuminate?
Yes Refer to the appropriate Servic Information category to diagnose

the related system.
No Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service

Information.
664
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*SEAT BELT INDICATOR ALWAYS ON
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ACM SEAT BELT INDICATOR COMMAND PRESENT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1 NOTE: Ensure that the Driver seat belt buckle is not damaged and is All
buckled.
With the DRBIIIt, select Airbag, then Monitors.
Does the DRBIIIt display 9S Belt Lamp On by ACM9?
Yes Refer to Airbag for the related symptom(s).

Information.
665
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
DOOR/LIFTGATE LAMP OUTPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER - LIFTGATE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER - DOOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Does the DRBIIIt read: Door/Liftgate Lamp Output Short?
Yes Go To 2
Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.

Disconnect the Liftgate Door Harness.
Open the Liftgate.
Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Output circuit.
Yes Repair the Courtesy Lamps Driver - Liftgate Circuit for a short
condition.
No Go To 3
3 Disconnect the BCM C3 harness connector. All

Disconnect the Drivers and Front Passenger door harness connectors one at a time.
Measure the resistance of each Door Lamp Driver circuit to ground.
No Repair the Applicable Courtesy Lamps Driver - Door Circuit for a

short to ground.
666
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
FRONT COURTESY LAMPS OUTPUT SHORT
FRONT COURTESY LAMPS OUTPUT SHORT

When Monitored: Anytime the BCM is active.
Set Condition: When the voltage of the Headlamp Switch MUX Return circuit falls below
5.0 volts for 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT COURTESY LAMP OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT
BODY CONTROL MODULE
OVERHEAD CONSOLE

Turn the courtesy lamps on.
Does the DRBIIIt read: Front Courtesy Lamps Output Short?
Yes Go To 2

Measure the resistance of the Front Courtesy Lamp Output circuit.
Yes Repair the Front Courtesy Lamp Output circuit for a short
condition.
No Go To 3

Measure the resistance of the Front Courtesy Lamp Output circuit.
Yes Replace the Overhead Console.

667
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
READING LAMP OUTPUT SHORT
READING LAMP OUTPUT SHORT

When Monitored: Anytime the Body Control Module is active.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
READING LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT
GLOVE BOX LAMP CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Turn the Reading Lamps on.
Does the DRBIIIt display: Reading Lamp Output Short?
Yes Go To 2

Turn the reading lamps on.
Measure the resistance of the Reading Lamps circuit.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the Reading Lamps Driver Circuit for a short condition.


Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 and C4 harness connectors.
Measure the resistance of the Glove Box and Reading Lamps Circuits.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms in any of the circuits?
Yes Repair the Glove Box Lamp Driver/ Reading Lamps Circuit for a
short to ground.
668
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
BCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED
BCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED

When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active.
Set Condition: If the Memory Seat Mirror Module does receive this Bus message from the
BCM. Code will remain for 50 ignition cycles.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BCM RESPONSE
STORED CODE/PCI BUS COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE
INTERMITTENT PROBLEM

1 Turn ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt select Body Control Module.
Is there a response from the Body Control Module?
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to symptom *NO RESPONSE FROM BODY CONTROL

MODULE in the COMMUNICATION category
2 With the DRBIIIt, erase the DTC from Memory Seat Mirror Module. All
Turn the ignition switch to the Off position then start the engine and let run for one
minute.
Now be sure that there is still communication with the Body Control module, if not
With the DRB check for the same DTC to reset in the MSMM.
Did the same DTC reset?
Yes Go To 3
No Test complete.
3 NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness including the PCI bus All
wire. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for
Note: Refer to any technical service bulletins that may apply.
No Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module.

669
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
CHARGING VOLTAGE HIGH MESSAGE
CHARGING VOLTAGE HIGH MESSAGE

When Monitored: During cranking or with the engine running.
Set Condition: When the Memory Seat Mirror Module receives three high charging
system voltage messages above 15.94 volts over the PCI Bus. Code will remain for 50
ignition cycles.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM TROUBLE CODES
STORED CODE COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS

With the DRBIIIt read Engine DTCs.
Is the DTC P1594 Charging System Voltage Too High set in the Power Control
Module?
Yes Refer to symptom *P1594-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE TOO
HIGH in the CHARGING category
No Go To 2
minute.
Yes Go To 3
No Test complete.
3 Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed, All
670
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
CHARGING VOLTAGE LOW MESSAGE
CHARGING VOLTAGE LOW MESSAGE

When Monitored: During cranking or with the engine running.
Set Condition: When the Memory Seat Mirror Module receives three low charging system
voltage messages below 9 volts over the PCI Bus. Code will remain for 50 ignition cycles.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM TROUBLE CODES
STORED CODE COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS

With the DRBIIIt read Engine DTCs.
Is the DTC P1682 Charging System Voltage Too Low set in the Power Control
Module?
Yes Refer to symptom *P1682-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE TOO

LOW in the CHARGING category
No Go To 2
minute.
Yes Go To 3
No Test complete.
3 Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed, All

671
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
EEPROM REFRESH FAILURE

When Monitored: With the ignition in the on position.
Set Condition: The Memory Seat Mirror Module has a internal EEPROM failure.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

Repair
Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module.
672
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
FRONT RISER DOWN POSITION STUCK
FRONT RISER DOWN POSITION STUCK

Set Condition: If the seat switch is active for 30 seconds, this code will set and the
Memory Seat Mirror Module will ignore the input until the state has changed. Three
seconds after the stuck condition is removed, the seat will resume to normal operation.
Code will remain for 50 ignition cycles.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
POWER SEAT SWITCH
SEAT FRONT DOWN SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE

Operate the drivers power seat and memory system.
minute.
Yes Go To 2
No Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the

wiring and connectors for an intermittent condition.
2 Disconnect the Power Seat Switch connector. All

Measure the voltage of the Seat Front Down Switch Sense circuit.
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Power Seat Switch.


Disconnect the Memory Seat Mirror Module C1 connector.
Measure the voltage of the Seat Front Down Switch Sense circuit to ground..
Yes Repair the Seat Front Down Switch Sense wire for a short to
voltage.
No Go To 4
673
MEMORY SEAT
FRONT RISER DOWN POSITION STUCK Continued

Repair
674
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH
FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH

Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer
feeds a value higher than the Memory Seat Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM. Code
will remain for 50 ignition cycles.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE SENSOR GROUND OPEN
SEAT POSITION SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN
5 VOLT SUPPLY SHORTED HIGH
CHECK VOLTAGE ON FRONT RISER POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FRONT RISER SENSOR HIGH
FRONT RISER SENSOR SHORT TO MOTOR
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE FRONT RISER HIGH

minute.
Yes Go To 2


Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Front Riser Position Sensor connector.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground circuit at the Driver
Power Seat Front Riser Position Sensor connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 8
675
MEMORY SEAT
FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH Continued

3 Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Front Riser Position Sensor connector. All
Measure the voltage between Seat Sensor 5 volt supply circuit and ground.
Turn ignition on.
Yes Repair the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit for a short to battery.
No Go To 4

Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Front Riser Position Sensor Connector.
Disconnect the Memory Seat Mirror Module C1 Connector.
Turn ignition on.
Measure the voltage between Front Riser Position Signal circuit and ground.
Yes Repair the Front Riser Position Signal circuit for a short to
voltage.
No Go To 5

Ensure the Memory Seat Mirror Module is fully connected before proceeding.
Turn ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt in Body Memory Seat Sensors
Read the Front Riser Position Sensor voltage.
Yes Go To 6
No Replace the Seat Track Assembly.
6 Ensure all seat and sensor connectors are connected and front riser motor is All
operational.
With the DRBIIIt in Body Memory Seat Sensors monitor the Front Riser Position
Sensor while operating the front riser motor to both limits.
Did the voltage ever go above 7.0 volts only when the motor was in operation?
Yes Replace the Seat Track Assembly.
No Go To 7
Repair
676
MEMORY SEAT
FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH Continued

Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground wire between the Driver
Power Seat Front Riser Position Sensor connector and the MSMM C2 connector.
Yes Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module.
No Repair the open Seat Position Sensor Ground wire.

677
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW
FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW

Set Condition: This code is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a
value lower than the Memory Seat Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM. Code will
remain for 50 ignition cycles.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE 5 VOLT SUPPLY
SEAT 5 VOLT SUPPLY WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY WIRE OPEN
FRONT RISER POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
FRONT RISER POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
FRONT RISER SENSOR LOW
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE FRONT RISER LOW

minute.
Yes Go To 2

2 Ensure the Memory Seat Mirror Module is fully connected before proceeding. All
Turn ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit at front riser connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 7
678
MEMORY SEAT
FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW Continued

Measure the resistance of the Front Riser Position Signal circuit between the front
riser sensor and the Memory Seat Mirror Module connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Front Riser Position Signal circuit for an open.


Measure the resistance of the Front Riser Position Signal circuit to ground.
Yes Repair the Front Riser Position Signal circuit a short to ground.
No Go To 5

Connect a jumper wire between Seat Sensor 5 volt Supply and Front Riser Position
Signal circuits.
Turn ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt select Body Memory Seat Sensors.
Read the Front Riser Position Sensor voltage.
No Go To 6
Repair

Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 volt supply circuit to body ground.
Yes Repair the Seat 5 Volt Supply circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 8
679
MEMORY SEAT
FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW Continued

Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply wire between the Front Riser
Sensor connector and the C2 connector.
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit for an open.

Repair
680
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
FRONT RISER UP POSITION STUCK
FRONT RISER UP POSITION STUCK

Set Condition: If the seat switch is active for 30 seconds, this code will set and the MSMM
will ignore the input until the state has changed. Three seconds after the stuck condition
is removed, the seat will resume to normal operation. Code will remain for 50 ignition
cycles.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
POWER SEAT SWITCH
SEAT FRONT UP SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE

minute.
Yes Go To 2


Measure the voltage of the Seat Front Up Switch Sense circuit.
Yes Go To 3


Measure the voltage of the Seat Front Up Switch Sense circuit to ground..
Yes Repair the Seat Front Up Switch Sense wire for a short to voltage.
No Go To 4
681
MEMORY SEAT
FRONT RISER UP POSITION STUCK Continued

Repair
682
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
HORIZONTAL FORWARD POSITION STUCK
HORIZONTAL FORWARD POSITION STUCK

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER POWER SEAT SWITCH
HORIZONTAL FORWARD SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE

minute.
Yes Go To 2


Measure the voltage of the Seat Horizontal Forward Switch Sense circuit.
Yes Go To 3


Measure the voltage of the Horizontal Forward Switch Sense circuit to ground..
Yes Repair the Horizontal Forward Switch Sense wire for a short to
voltage.
No Go To 4
683
MEMORY SEAT
HORIZONTAL FORWARD POSITION STUCK Continued

Repair
684
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
HORIZONTAL REARWARD POSITION STUCK
HORIZONTAL REARWARD POSITION STUCK

Memory Seat Mirror Module will ignore the input until the state has changed. Once the
stuck condition is removed, the seat will resume to normal operation. Code will remain for
50 ignition cycles.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE

minute.
Yes Go To 2


Measure the voltage of the Seat Horizontal Rearward Switch Sense circuit.
Yes Go To 3

685
MEMORY SEAT
HORIZONTAL REARWARD POSITION STUCK Continued

Measure the voltage of the Seat Horizontal Rearward Switch Sense circuit to
ground..
Yes Repair the Seat Horizontal Rearward Switch Sense wire for a
short to voltage.
No Go To 4
Repair
686
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH
HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH

POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN
CHECK VOLTAGE ON HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
HORIZONTAL SENSOR HIGH
CHECK HORIZONTAL SENSOR SHORT TO MOTOR
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE HORIZONTAL SENSOR HIGH

minute.
Yes Go To 2


Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Horizontal Position Sensor connector.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground circuit at the driver
power seat Horizontal connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 8
687
MEMORY SEAT
HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH Continued

3 Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Horizontal Position Sensor connector. All
Turn ignition on.
No Go To 4

Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Horizontal Position Sensor Connector.
Turn ignition on.
Measure the voltage between Horizontal Position Signal circuit and ground.
Yes Repair the Horizontal Position Signal circuit for a short to

voltage.
No Go To 5

Turn ignition on.
Read the Horizontal Position Sensor voltage.
Yes Go To 6
6 Ensure all seat and sensor connectors are connected and Horizontal motor is All
operational.
With the DRBIIIt in Body Memory Seat Sensors monitor the Horizontal Position
sensor while operating the seat Horizontal motor to both limits.
No Go To 7
Repair
688
MEMORY SEAT
HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH Continued

Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground wire between the
Horizontal Sensor connector and the C2 connector.
No Repair the open Seat Sensor Ground wire.

689
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW
HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW

feeds a value lower than the Memory Seat Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM. Code
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
HORIZONTAL SENSOR LOW
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE HORIZONTAL LOW

minute.
Yes Go To 2

Turn ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit at Horizontal sensor
connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 7
690
MEMORY SEAT
HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW Continued

Measure the resistance of the Horizontal Position Signal circuit between the
Horizontal sensor and the Memory Seat Mirror Module connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Horizontal Position Signal circuit for an open.


Measure the resistance of the Horizontal Position Signal circuit to ground.
Yes Repair the Horizontal Position Signal circuit a short to ground.
No Go To 5

Connect a jumper wire between Seat Sensor 5 volt Supply and Horizontal Position
Signal circuits.
Turn ignition on.
Read the Horizontal Position Sensor voltage.
No Go To 6
Repair

No Go To 8
691
MEMORY SEAT
HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW Continued

Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply wire between the Horizontal
Yes Go To 9

Repair
692
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH
LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH

When Monitored: Continuously when the PCI bus is active
Set Condition: This code is set when the mirror sensor feedback to the Memory Seat
Mirror Module is greater than the mirror out of range high value stored in EEPROM. Code
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION WIRE SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
LEFT MIRROR SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN
LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL OPEN
LEFT POWER MIRROR
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE SENSOR GROUND

minute.
Yes Go To 2


Disconnect the Left Power Mirror connector.
Measure the voltage of the Left Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit in the Left
Power Mirror harness connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 6
693
MEMORY SEAT
LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH Continued

Measure the resistance of the Left Mirror Sensor Ground circuit in the harness
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Left Power Mirror.

Measure the resistance of Left Mirror Sensor Ground circuit between the Memory
Seat Mirror Module connector and the Left Power Mirror connector.
No Repair the open Sensor Ground circuit.

Measure the voltage of Left Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit.
Yes Repair the Left Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit for a
short to voltage.
No Go To 7

Measure the resistance of the Left Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit from the
Left Power Mirror connector to the Memory Seat Mirror Module connector.
No Repair the open Left Mirror Horizontal Position Signal wire.

694
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW
LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW

Set Condition: This code is set when the mirror sensor feedback to the MSMM is less than
the mirror out of range low value stored in EEPROM. Code will remain for 50 ignition
cycles.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MSMM HORIZONTAL POSITION LOW
LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LEFT POWER MIRROR

minute.
Yes Go To 2


Measure the voltage of the Left Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit in the Left
Yes Replace the Left Power Mirror.

No Go To 3
695
MEMORY SEAT
LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW Continued

Measure the resistance of the Left Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit to
ground at the Left Power Mirror harness side connector.
Yes Repair the Left Mirror Horizontal Position Signal wire for a short
to ground.
696
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH
LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH

POSSIBLE CAUSES
LEFT MIRROR SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN
LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION WIRE SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL OPEN
LEFT POWER MIRROR
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL

minute.
Yes Go To 2


Measure the voltage of the Left Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit in the Left
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 6
697
MEMORY SEAT
LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH Continued

Measure the resistance of the Left Mirror Sensor Ground circuit in the harness
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Left Power Mirror.

Measure the resistance of Left Mirror Sensor Ground circuit between the Memory
Seat Mirror Module connector and the Left Power Mirror connector.

Measure the voltage of Left Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit.
Yes Repair the Left Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit for a short
to voltage.
No Go To 7

Measure the resistance of the Left Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit from the left
power mirror connector to the Memory Seat Mirror Module connector.
No Repair the open Left Mirror Vertical Position Signal wire.

698
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW
LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW

Mirror Module is less than the mirror out of range low value stored in EEPROM. Code will
remain for 50 ignition cycles
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MSMM VERTICAL POSITION LOW
LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LEFT POWER MIRROR

minute.
Yes Go To 2


Measure the voltage of the Left Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit in the Left
Yes Replace the Left Power Mirror.

No Go To 3
699
MEMORY SEAT
LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW Continued

Measure the resistance of the Left Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit to ground
at the Left Power Mirror harness side connector.
Yes Repair the Left Mirror Vertical Position Signal wire for a short to
ground.
700
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
MEMORY POSITION SWITCH STUCK
MEMORY POSITION SWITCH STUCK

When Monitored: Anytime the Body Control Module is awake.
Set Condition: If the Memory switch is active for over 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
MEMORY SET SWITCH STUCK
MEMORY SELECT SWITCH MUX SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Cycle the ignition OFF then back ON.
Operate the Memory Set switch several times while monitoring the DRBIII.
Does the DRBIIIt display MEMORY SWITCH INPUT STUCK?
Yes Go To 2
2 Disconnect the Memory Set Switch connector All

With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the Memory Select SW Volts.
Yes Replace the Memory Set Switch.

No Go To 3

Disconnect the Memory Set switch connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Memory Select Switch MUX circuit.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Memory Select Switch MUX circuit for a short to

ground.
701
MEMORY SEAT
MEMORY POSITION SWITCH STUCK Continued

Repair
702
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
MEMORY SWITCH INPUT OPEN
MEMORY SWITCH INPUT OPEN

Set Condition: If the Memory Set switch voltage is greater than 4.8 volts for over 10
seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
MEMORY SET SWITCH OPEN
MEMORY SELECT SWITCH MUX OPEN
MEMORY SELECT SWITCH RETURN OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Does the DRBIIIt display MEMORY SWITCH INPUT OPEN?
Yes Go To 2


Connect a jumper wire between Memory Select Switch MUX and Memory Select
Switch Return.

No Go To 3
703
MEMORY SEAT
MEMORY SWITCH INPUT OPEN Continued

Measure the resistance of the Memory Select Switch MUX circuit between the
Memory Set Switch connector and the BCM C1 connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Memory Select Switch MUX circuit for an open.


Measure the resistance of the Memory Select Switch Return circuit between the
Memory Set Switch connector and the BCM C1 connector.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Memory Select Switch Return circuit for an open.


Repair
704
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
MEMORY SWITCH INPUT SHORT
MEMORY SWITCH INPUT SHORT

Set Condition: If the Memory Set switch voltage is less than 1.35 volts for over 10
seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
MEMORY SET SWITCH SHORTED
MEMORY SELECT SWITCH MUX SHORTED
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Does the DRBIIIt display MEMORY SWITCH INPUT SHORT?
Yes Go To 2


No Go To 3

Measure the resistance between ground and the Memory Select Switch MUX circuit.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Memory Select Switch MUX circuit for a short to

ground.
705
MEMORY SEAT
MEMORY SWITCH INPUT SHORT Continued

Repair
706
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
REAR RISER DOWN POSITION STUCK
REAR RISER DOWN POSITION STUCK

POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT REAR DOWN SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE

minute.
Yes Go To 2


Measure the voltage of the Seat Rear Down Switch Sense circuit.
Yes Go To 3


Measure the voltage of the Seat Rear Down Switch Sense circuit to ground..
Yes Repair the Seat Rear Down Switch Sense wire for a short to
voltage.
No Go To 4
707
MEMORY SEAT
REAR RISER DOWN POSITION STUCK Continued

Repair
708
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH
REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK VOLTAGE ON REAR RISER POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
REAR RISER SENSOR HIGH
CHECK REAR RISER SHORT TO MOTOR
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE REAR RISER HIGH

minute.
Yes Go To 2


Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Rear Riser Position Sensor connector.
power seat rear riser connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 8
709
MEMORY SEAT
REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH Continued

3 Disconnect the Rear Riser Position Sensor connector. All
Turn ignition on.
No Go To 4

Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Rear Riser Position Sensor Connector.
Turn ignition on.
Measure the voltage between Rear Riser Position Signal circuit and ground.
Yes Repair the Rear Riser Position Signal circuit for a short to
voltage.
No Go To 5

Turn ignition on.
Read the Rear Riser Position Sensor voltage.
Yes Go To 6
6 Ensure all seat and sensor connectors are connected and rear riser motor is All
operational.
With the DRBIIIt in Body Memory Seat Sensors monitor the Rear Riser Position
sensor while operating the seat rear riser to both limits.
No Go To 7
Repair
710
MEMORY SEAT
REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH Continued

Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground wire between the Rear
Riser Sensor connector and the C2 connector.

711
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW
REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW

POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR RISER POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR RISER POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
REAR RISER SENSOR LOW
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE REAR RISER LOW

minute.
Yes Go To 2

Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Rear Riser Sensor connector.
Turn ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit at rear riser connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 7
712
MEMORY SEAT
REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW Continued

Measure the resistance of the Rear Riser Position Signal circuit between the rear
riser sensor and the Memory Seat Mirror Module connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Rear Riser Position Signal circuit for an open.


Measure the resistance of the Rear Riser Position Signal circuit to ground.
Yes Repair the Rear Riser Position Signal circuit a short to ground.
No Go To 5

Connect a jumper wire between Seat Sensor 5 volt Supply and Rear Riser Position
Signal circuits.
Turn ignition on.
Read the Rear Riser Position Sensor voltage.
No Go To 6
Repair

No Go To 8
713
MEMORY SEAT
REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW Continued

Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply wire between the Rear Riser
Yes Go To 9

Repair
714
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
REAR RISER UP POSITION STUCK
REAR RISER UP POSITION STUCK

cycles.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT REAR UP SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE

minute.
Yes Go To 2


Measure the voltage of the Seat Rear Up Switch Sense circuit.
Yes Go To 3


Measure the voltage of the Seat Rear Up Switch Sense circuit to ground..
Yes Repair the Seat Rear Up Switch Sense wire for a short to voltage.
No Go To 4
715
MEMORY SEAT
REAR RISER UP POSITION STUCK Continued

Repair
716
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
RECLINER DOWN POSITION STUCK
RECLINER DOWN POSITION STUCK

cycles.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT RECLINER DOWN SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE

minute.
Yes Go To 2


Measure the voltage of the Recliner Down Switch Sense circuit.
Yes Go To 3


Measure the voltage of the Recliner Down Switch Sense circuit to ground..
Yes Repair the Recliner Down Switch Sense wire for a short to
voltage.
No Go To 4
717
MEMORY SEAT
RECLINER DOWN POSITION STUCK Continued

Repair
718
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH
RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK VOLTAGE ON RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
RECLINER SENSOR HIGH
CHECK RECLINER SENSOR SHORT TO MOTOR
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE RECLINER SENSOR HIGH

minute.
Yes Go To 2


Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Recliner Position Sensor connector.
power seat Recliner connector to ground.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 8
719
MEMORY SEAT
RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH Continued

3 Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Recliner Position Sensor connector. All
Turn ignition on.
No Go To 4

Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Recliner Position Sensor Connector.
Turn ignition on.
Measure the voltage between Recliner Position Signal circuit and ground.
Yes Repair the Recliner Position Signal circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 5

Turn ignition on.
Read the Recliner Position Sensor voltage.
Yes Go To 6
6 Ensure all seat and sensor connectors are connected and Recliner motor is opera- All
tional.
With the DRBIIIt in Body Memory Seat Sensors monitor the Recliner Position sensor
while operating the seat Recliner motor to both limits.

No Go To 7

Repair
720
MEMORY SEAT
RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH Continued

Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground wire between the Recliner

721
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW
RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
RECLINER SENSOR LOW
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE RECLINER LOW

minute.
Yes Go To 2

Turn ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit at Recliner sensor
connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 7
722
MEMORY SEAT
RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW Continued

Measure the resistance of the Recliner Position Signal circuit between the Recliner
sensor and the Memory Seat Mirror Module connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Recliner Position Signal circuit for an open.


Measure the resistance of the Recliner Position Signal circuit to ground.
Yes Repair the Recliner Position Signal circuit a short to ground.
No Go To 5

Connect a jumper wire between Seat Sensor 5 volt Supply and Recliner Position
Signal circuits.
Turn ignition on.
Read the Recliner Position Sensor voltage.
No Go To 6
Repair

No Go To 8
723
MEMORY SEAT
RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW Continued

Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply wire between the Recliner
Yes Go To 9

Repair
Replace the Memory Mirror Module.
724
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
RECLINER UP POSITION STUCK
RECLINER UP POSITION STUCK

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RECLINER UP SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE

minute.
Yes Go To 2


Measure the voltage of the Recliner Up Switch Sense circuit.
Yes Go To 3


Measure the voltage of the Recliner Up Switch Sense circuit to ground..
Yes Repair the Recliner Up Switch Sense wire for a short to voltage.
No Go To 4
725
MEMORY SEAT
RECLINER UP POSITION STUCK Continued

4 If there are no possible causes remaining, view 9Repair9. All
Repair
726
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
RIGHT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RIGHT MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION WIRE SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
RIGHT MIRROR SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN
RIGHT MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL OPEN
RIGHT POWER MIRROR
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL

minute.
Yes Go To 2


Disconnect the Right Power Mirror connector.
Measure the voltage of the Right Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit in the
Right Power Mirror harness connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 6
727
MEMORY SEAT

Continued
Measure the resistance of the Right Mirror Sensor Ground circuit in the harness
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Right Power Mirror.

Measure the resistance of Right Mirror Sensor Ground circuit between the Memory
Seat Mirror Module connector and the Right Power Mirror connector.

Measure the voltage of Right Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit.
Yes Repair the Right Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit for a
short to voltage.
No Go To 7

Measure the resistance of the Right Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit from
the Right power mirror connector to the Memory Seat Mirror Module connector.
No Repair the open Right Mirror Horizontal Position Signal wire.

728
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
RIGHT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW

POSSIBLE CAUSES
MSMM HORIZONTAL POSITION LOW
RIGHT MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT POWER MIRROR

minute.
Yes Go To 2


Measure the voltage of the Right Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit in the
Right Power Mirror harness connector.
Yes Replace the Right Power Mirror.

No Go To 3
729
MEMORY SEAT

Continued
Measure the resistance of the Right Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit to
ground at the Right Power Mirror harness side connector.
Yes Repair the Right Mirror Horizontal Position Signal wire for a
short to ground.
730
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH
RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RIGHT MIRROR SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN
RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION WIRE SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL OPEN
RIGHT POWER MIRROR
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL

minute.
Yes Go To 2


Measure the voltage of the Right Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit in the Right
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 6
731
MEMORY SEAT
RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH Continued

Measure the resistance of the Right Mirror Sensor Ground circuit in the harness
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Right Power Mirror.

Measure the resistance of Right Mirror Sensor Ground circuit between the Memory
Seat Mirror Module connector and the Right Power Mirror connector.

Measure the voltage of Right Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit.
Yes Repair the Right Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit for a short
to voltage.
No Go To 7

Measure the resistance of the Right Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit from the
Right power mirror connector to the Memory Seat Mirror Module connector.
No Repair the open Right Mirror Vertical Position Signal wire.

732
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW
RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW

POSSIBLE CAUSES
MSMM VERTICAL POSITION LOW
RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT POWER MIRROR

minute.
Yes Go To 2


Measure the voltage of the Right Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit in the Right
Yes Replace the Right Power Mirror.

No Go To 3
733
MEMORY SEAT
RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW Continued

Measure the resistance of the Right Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit to ground
at the Right Power Mirror harness side connector.
Yes Repair the Right Mirror Vertical Position Signal wire for a short
to ground.
734
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
BUS MESSAGES MISSING
BUS MESSAGES MISSING

When Monitored: While the EVIC is performing a series of tests on the microprocessor,
compass coil, and internal circuitry.
Set Condition: The code will be set, if during the self test the EVIC does not receive
messages from the BCM, FCM, EATX or PCM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BCM COMMUNICATION
PCM COMMUNICATION
FCM COMMUNICATION
EATX COMMUNICATION
EVIC

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with BCM.
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to Communication Category and perform the appropriate

system.

With the DRBIIIt, access Body Control Module.
Select Body Controller and System test.
Does the DRBIIIt display PCM Active on the Bus?
Yes Go To 3

system.

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the FCM.
Can communication be established with the FCM?
Yes Go To 4
system.
735
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
BUS MESSAGES MISSING Continued

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the EATX.
Can communication be established with the EATX?
Yes Replace the EVIC Module.


system.
736
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
COMPASS TEST FAILURE
COMPASS TEST FAILURE

When Monitored: During the EVIC self test.
Set Condition:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CMTC/EVIC MODULE

1 Perform the CMTC/EVIC self test. All
Depress and hold the RESET and STEP buttons while turning the ignition on.
NOTE: This test may also be performed using the DRBIIIt.
Does the CMTC/EVIC or DRBIIIt display 9FAILED SELF TEST9?
Yes Replace the CMTC or EVIC in accordance with the Service
Information.
No Test Complete.
737
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
DEMAGNETIZE COMPASS AS PER SERVICE MANUAL
DEMAGNETIZE COMPASS AS PER SERVICE MANUAL

When Monitored: During the EVIC self test.
Set Condition: Compass has been magnetized.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DEMAGNETIZE COMPASS

1 Refer to the Service Information for the Demagnetizing Procedure. All
View Repair for Verification Test.
Repair
When the Demagnetizing Procedure is complete perform the
Verification Test.
738
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
EC MIRROR DAY/NIGHT LINE FAULT
EC MIRROR DAY/NIGHT LINE FAULT

Set Condition: The EVIC Module does not receive any messages from the EC Mirror.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AUTOMATIC DAY/NIGHT MIRROR
AUTOMATIC HEADLAMP SWITCH SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN
AUTOMATIC HEADLAMP SWITCH SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
AUTOMATIC HEADLAMP SWITCH SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
CMTC/EVIC MODULE

1 With the DRBIIIt, erase the DTC. All
Cycle the ignition on and off several times, leaving the ignition on for at least 15
seconds.
Did the DTC reset?
Yes Go To 2

Disconnect the Automatic Day/Night Mirror harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the Automatic Headlamp Switch Sensor circuit in the
Automatic Day/Night Mirror harness connector.
Yes Replace the Automatic Day/Night Mirror in accordance with the

No Go To 3
739
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
EC MIRROR DAY/NIGHT LINE FAULT Continued

Disconnect the EVIC harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Automatic Headlamp Switch Sensor circuit between
the Automatic Day/Night Mirror harness connector and the EVIC harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Automatic Headlamp Switch Sensor circuit for an

open.

Measure the resistance of the Automatic Headlamp Switch Sensor circuit in the
EVIC harness connector to ground.
Yes Repair the Automatic Headlamp Switch Sensor circuit for a short
to ground.
No Go To 5

Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground, probe the Automatic Headlamp Switch
Sensor circuit in the Automatic Day/Night Mirror harness connector.
Does the test illuminate brightly?
Yes Repair the Automatic Headlamp Switch Sensor circuit for a
shorted to voltage.
No Replace the CMTC/EVIC Module.

740
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
EVIC INTERNAL FAILURE

When Monitored: When a SELF TEST command is received from the DRBIII, the EVIC
performs a series of tests on the microprocessor, compass coil, and internal circuitry.
Set Condition: The code will be set, if during the self test the EVIC detects a problem the
microprocessor, compass coil, and internal circuitry.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

Cycle the ignition on and off several times leaving the ignition in the on position for
at least 15 second each time.
Does the DTC reset?
Yes Replace Electronic Vehicle Information Center.
No Test Complete.
741
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
LOOPBACK FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CMTC/EVIC MODULE

Turn the ignition off, and wait approximately 15 seconds.
Did this DTC reset?
Information.
No Test Complete.
742
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
NO BCM MESSAGES RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
NO RESPONSE - PCI BUS - BCM
CMTC/EVIC MODULE

Cycle the ignition and wait approximately 1 minute.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes Go To 2
parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. refer to any

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to I/D or communicate with the BCM.
Was the DRBIIIt able to communicate with the BCM?

Information.

priate symptom.
743
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
NO FCM MESSAGES RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
NO RESPONSE - PCI BUS - FCM
CMTC/EVIC MODULE

Did this DTC reset?
Yes Go To 2
parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. refer to any

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to I/D or communicate with the FCM.
Was the DRBIIIt able to communicate with the FCM?

Information.

priate symptom.
744
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
NO PCM MESSAGES RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
NO RESPONSE - PCI BUS - PCM
CMTC/EVIC MODULE

Cycle the ignition and wait approximately 15 seconds.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes Go To 2

With the DRBIIIt, enter Body Computer, System Tests, then PCM Monitor.
Does the DRBIIIt display PCM Active on the Bus?

Information.

priate symptom.
745
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
NO TCM MESSAGES RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
NO RESPONSE - PCI BUS - TCM
CMTC/EVIC MODULE

Did this DTC reset?
Yes Go To 2

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to I/D or communicate with the TCM.
Was the DRBIIIt able to communicate with the TCM?

Information.

priate symptom.
746
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
OTIS MODULE MESSAGE MISMATCH
OTIS MODULE MESSAGE MISMATCH

Set Condition: BCM has learned EC Mirror but the vehicle is Not equipped with EC
Mirror.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EVIC COMMUNICATION
CMTC/EVIC MODULE
BODY CONTROL MODULE

1 NOTE: All communication DTC(s) that may have set along with this DTC All
must be diagnosed before continuing.
NOTE: If the DTC EC Mirror Day/Night Line Fault is present in the EVIC
along with this DTC, diagnose the EC Mirror Day/Night Line Fault first
before continuing.
seconds.
Did the DTC OTIS Module Message Mismatch reset?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 4

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the CMTC/EVIC Module.
Can communication be established with the CMTC/EVIC Module?
Yes Go To 3

ate symptom.
747
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
OTIS MODULE MESSAGE MISMATCH Continued

Install a substitute CMTC/EVIC Module in place of the original module.
Cycle the ignition on and off, leaving the ignition in the on position for at least 15
seconds each time.
Did the DTC reset?



No Test Complete.
748
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
OTIS MODULE MESSAGE MISMATCH (DIESEL)
OTIS MODULE MESSAGE MISMATCH (DIESEL)

Set Condition: FCM has learned EC Mirror but the vehicle is Not equipped with EC
Mirror.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CMTC/EVIC COMMUNICATION
CMTC/EVIC MODULE

1 NOTE: All communication DTC(s) that may have set along with this DTC All
must diagnosed before continuing.
NOTE: If the DTC EC Mirror Day/Night Line Fault is present in the EVIC
along with this DTC, diagnose the EC Mirror Day/Night Line Fault first
before continuing.
seconds.
Did the DTC OTIS Module Message Mismatch reset?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 4

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the CMTC/EVIC Module.
Can communication be established with the CMTC/EVIC Module?
Yes Go To 3

ate symptom.
749
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
OTIS MODULE MESSAGE MISMATCH (DIESEL) Continued

Install a substitute CMTC/EVIC Module in place of the original module.
Cycle the ignition on and off, leaving the ignition in the on position for at least 15
seconds each time.
Did the DTC reset?



No Test Complete.
750
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
*REPAIRING CMTC DISPLAYS DOUBLE DASH ( - - ) IN TEMP
DISPLAY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE - PCI BUS - FRONT CONTROL MODULE
CMTC BUS MESSAGE FAILURE
COMPASS MINI-TRIP COMPUTER
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO SENSOR CIRCUIT
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN

With the DRBIIIt, select System Monitors, J1850 Module Scan.
Does the DRBIIIt display FCM on the BUS?
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to the COMMUNICATIONS category and perform the

appropriate symptom.

With the DRBIIIt, select Body, Compass Mini-Trip, System Tests, then Auto Self
Test.
Does the DRBIIIt display TEST FAILED: Bus Message Failure?
Yes Refer to the COMMUNICATIONS category and perform the

appropriate symptom.
No Go To 3

With the DRBIIIt, select Body, Compass Mini-Trip, System Tests, then Auto Self
Test.
Does the DRBIIIt display TEST FAILED: Internal EVIC Failure?
Yes Replace the Compass Mini-Trip Computer in accordance with the

No Go To 4
751
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
*REPAIRING CMTC DISPLAYS DOUBLE DASH ( - - ) IN TEMP DISPLAY

Continued
Disconnect the Ambient Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Ambient Temperature Sensor.
0C (32F) Sensor Resistance = 29.33 - 35.99 kilohms
Does the Ambient Temperature Sensor measure within specifications?
Yes Go To 5
No Replace the Ambient Temperature Sensor in accordance with the


Measure the resistance of the Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal circuit to the
Sensor Return circuit.
Does the resistance measure less than 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short
to the Sensor Return circuit.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance of the Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal circuit to ground.
Yes Repair the Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short
to ground.
No Go To 7

Measure the resistance of the Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal circuit.
Yes Go To 8
No Repair the Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for an

open.
752
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
*REPAIRING CMTC DISPLAYS DOUBLE DASH ( - - ) IN TEMP DISPLAY

Continued
Measure the resistance of the Ambient Temperature Sensor Return circuit.
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the Ambient Temperature Sensor Return circuit for an

open.

Disconnect and isolate the battery negative cable.
Disconnect the FCM from the IPM.
Measure the resistance of the Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal circuit and the
Return circuit through the IPM.
Does each circuit resistance measure less than 5.0 ohms?
Yes Replace the Front Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
No Replace the Intelligent Power Module in accordance with the
753
Symptom:
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLT-
AGE
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE

When Monitored: At all times when battery power is supplied to the Body Control
Module.
Set Condition: When the BCM senses voltage to the door lock switch above 4.6 volts for
over 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE LOW
DOOR LOCK SWITCH GROUND OPEN
DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN
DOOR LOCK SWITCH OPEN
DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
BODY CONTROL MODULE - DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX SHORT TO VOLTAGE

Cycle the ignition switch from ON to OFF to ON.
Remove the key and operate the door locks from the Driver Door Lock Switch while
monitoring the DRBIIIt.
Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display DR DOOR LOCK SW INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO
VOLTAGE?
Yes Go To 2

wiring and connectors.
2 With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the DR DOOR LOCK SW voltage. All
Does the DRBIIIt display 4.3 volts or greater?
Yes Go To 3
No Disconnect the BCM harness connector(s). Check connectors -
Clean/repair as necessary. If okay, replace the Body Control
Module.
754
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE

Continued
3 Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Switch connector. All
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Ground circuit in the
harness connector.
Yes Go To 4


Measure the voltage between Door Lock Switch Mux circuit and Ground in the
harness connector.
Select the voltage present.
Below 4.3 volts..

Repair the Door Lock Switch Mux circuit for an open.
Between 4.4 volts and 5.2 volts.
Replace the Door Lock Switch.
Above 5.3 volts.

Go To 5

Measure the voltage between Door Lock Switch Mux circuit and ground.
Yes Repair the Door Lock Switch Mux circuit for a short to voltage.
755
Symptom:
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT

Module.
Set Condition: When the BCM senses voltage to the door lock switch below .5 volts for
over 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
DOOR LOCK SWITCH SHORTED
DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX SHORTED
BODY CONTROL MODULE - DOOR LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE SHORTED

Remove the key and operate the door locks several times from the Driver Door Lock
Switch while monitoring the DRBIIIt.
Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display DR DOOR LOCK SW INPUT SHORT?
Yes Go To 2
2 Disconnect the Door Lock Switch connector. All

With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the DR DOOR SW MUX circuit
Yes Replace the Door Lock Switch.
No Go To 3

Measure the resistance between Door Lock Switch Mux circuit and ground.
Yes Repair the Door Lock Switch Mux circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 4
756
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT Continued

Repair
757
Symptom:
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK

Module.
Set Condition: When the BCM senses voltage to the door lock switch between 1.3 and
3.25 for over 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - DOOR LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE INCORRECT
DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX OPEN
DOOR LOCK SWITCH STUCK

Remove the key and operate the door lock several times from the Driver Door Lock
Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display DR DOOR LOCK SW INPUT STUCK?
Yes Go To 2
2 With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the DR DOOR LOCK SW voltage. All
Does the DRBIIIt display voltage between 1.3 and 3.25 volts?
Yes Go To 3

Module.

Yes Go To 4

758
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK Continued

Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Door Lock Switch Mux circuit for an open.


Repair
759
Symptom:
LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO
VOLTAGE
LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE

Module.
Set Condition: When the BCM senses voltage to the cylinder lock switch above 4.6 volts
for over 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE LOW
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH GROUND OPEN
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX OPEN
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH OPEN
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX SHORT TO VOLTAGE
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX SHORT TO VOLTAGE

1 NOTE: When this code is present, the VTSS indicator will illuminate solid during the All
arming process.
Remove the key and operate the door locks several times from the Left Cylinder Lock
Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display LEFT CYL LOCK SW INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO
VOLTAGE?
Yes Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the LEFT CYL LOCK SW voltage. All
Yes Go To 3

Module.
760
LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE

Continued
3 Disconnect the Left Cylinder Lock Switch connector. All
harness connector.
Yes Go To 4


Measure the voltage between Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit and Ground in the
harness connector.
Below 4.2 volts.

Repair the Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit for an open.
Replace the Cylinder Lock Switch.
Above 5.3 volts.

Go To 5
5 Disconnect the Left Cylinder Door Lock Switch connector. All

Measure the voltage between Left Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit and ground.
Yes Repair the Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit for a short to
voltage.
761
Symptom:
LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT
LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT

Module.
Set Condition: When the BCM senses voltage to the cylinder lock switch below .5 volts for
over 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH SHORTED
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE SHORTED

1 NOTE: When this code is present, the VTSS indicator will stay on solid during the All
arming process.
Remove the key and operate the door locks several times from the Left Cylinder Lock
Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display LEFT CYL LOCK SW INPUT SHORT?
Yes Go To 2


With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the LEFT CYL SW MUX circuit
Yes Replace the Cylinder Lock Switch.

No Go To 3
762
LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT Continued

3 Disconnect the Right Cylinder Lock Switch connector. All
Measure the resistance between Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit and ground.
ground.
No Go To 4
Repair
Disconnect the BCM harness connector(s). Check connectors -
Module.
763
Symptom:
LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK
LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK

Module.
Set Condition: When the BCM senses voltage to the cylinder lock switch between 1.3 and
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE INCORRECT
LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH GROUND OPEN
LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX OPEN
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH STUCK

arming process.
Remove the key and operate the door lock several times from the Left Cylinder Lock
Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display LEFT CYL LOCK SW INPUT STUCK?
Yes Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the LEFT CYL LOCK SW voltage. All
Yes Go To 3

Yes Go To 4

764
LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK Continued

Measure the voltage between Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit and ground.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Left Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit for an open.

Repair
765
Symptom:
LEFT UNLOCK OUTPUT FAILURE
LEFT UNLOCK OUTPUT FAILURE

Module.
Set Condition: When the BCM senses a short condition on the left side door unlock
circuits for over 125 milliseconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LEFT DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
LEFT FRONT DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
LEFT SLIDING DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
LEFT FRONT DOOR LOCK MOTOR - SHORT TO GROUND
LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR - SHORT TO GROUND

1 NOTE: When this code is present all unlock outputs may be turned off. All
Operate the door locks several times from the Driver Door Lock Switch while
Does the DRBIIIt display LEFT UNLOCK OUTPUT FAILURE?
Yes Go To 2

2 Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 connector. All

Measure the resistance between ground and the Left Front Door Unlock Driver
circuit and then the Left Sliding Door Unlock Driver circuit.
Select the appropriate reading.
Left Front Door Unlock under 1000.0 ohms
Go To 3
Left Sliding Door Unlk under 1000.0 ohms

Go To 4
Neither circuit under 1000.0 ohms.

766
LEFT UNLOCK OUTPUT FAILURE Continued

Disconnect the Left Front Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Left Front Door Unlock Driver
circuit.
Yes Repair the Left Front Door Unlock Driver circuit for a short to
ground.
No Replace the Door Lock Motor.


Disconnect the Left Sliding Door Lock Motor connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Left Sliding Door Unlock Driver
circuit.
Yes Repair the Left Sliding Door Unlock Driver circuit for a short to
ground.
No Replace the Sliding Door Lock Motor (latch assembly).
767
Symptom:
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO
VOLTAGE - (EXPORT ONLY)
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE -

(EXPORT ONLY)
Module.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LIFTGATE CYLINDER SWITCH VOLTAGE LOW
LIFTGATE CYLINDER SWITCH GROUND OPEN
LIFTGATE CYLINDER SWITCH MUX OPEN
LIFTGATE CYLINDER SWITCH OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX SHORT TO VOLTAGE

arming process.
Remove the key and operate the Liftgate Cylinder Switch several times while
Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display LGATE CYL SW INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLT-
AGE?
Yes Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the LGATE CYL SW voltage. All
Yes Go To 3
Module.
768
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO

VOLTAGE - (EXPORT ONLY) Continued
3 Disconnect the Liftgate Cylinder Switch connector. All
Yes Go To 4


Below 1.2 volts.

Repair the Liftgate Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit for an open.

Replace the Liftgate Cylinder Switch.
Above 5.3 volts.
Go To 5
5 Disconnect the Liftgate Cylinder Door Lock Switch connector. All

Measure the voltage between Liftgate Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit and ground.
voltage.

769
Symptom:
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT - (EXPORT
ONLY)
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT - (EXPORT ONLY)

Module.
Set Condition: When the BCM senses voltage to the cylinder lock switch is below .5 volts
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
LIFTGATE CYLINDER SWITCH SHORTED
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX SHORTED

arming process.
Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display LGATE CYL LOCK SW INPUT SHORT?
Yes Go To 2


With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the LGATE CYL SW voltage.
Yes Replace the Liftgate Cylinder Switch.

No Go To 3
770
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT - (EXPORT ONLY)

Continued
Yes Repair the Liftgate Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit for a short
to ground.
No Go To 4
Repair
Module.
771
Symptom:
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK - (EXPORT
ONLY)
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK - (EXPORT ONLY)

Module.
3.25 volts for over 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LIFTGATE CYLINDER SWITCH VOLTAGE INCORRECT
LIFTGATE CYLINDER SWITCH GROUND OPEN
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX OPEN

arming process.
Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display LGATE CYL SW INPUT STUCK?
Yes Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the LGATE CYL LOCK SW voltage. All
Yes Go To 3


Yes Go To 4
772
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK - (EXPORT ONLY)

Continued
4 Disconnect the Liftgate Cylinder Lock Switch connector. All
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Liftgate Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit for an open.

Repair
773
Symptom:
LIFTGATE POWER RELEASE OUTPUT SHORT
LIFTGATE POWER RELEASE OUTPUT SHORT

When Monitored: Continuously for non power liftgate vehicles
Set Condition: When the Body Control Module senses a low output on the Liftgate
Release Driver circuit for longer than 125 ms during a liftgate release actuation.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LIFTGATE RELEASE DRIVER SHORTED
LIFTGATE RELEASE DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE RELEASE MOTOR SHORTED

1 Ensure vehicle is unlocked before proceeding. All
Operate the Liftgate Release several times from the Liftgate Handle Switch while
Does the DRBIIIt display LIFTGATE POWER RELEASE OUTPUT SHORT?
Yes Go To 2

Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Release Driver circuit.
Yes Go To 3

Module.
3 Disconnect the Liftgate Ajar Switch connector. All

Measure the resistance between Liftgate Release Driver circuit and ground.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Release Driver circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 4
774
LIFTGATE POWER RELEASE OUTPUT SHORT Continued

Repair
Replace the Liftgate Release Motor.
775
Symptom:
LOCK OUTPUT FAILURE
LOCK OUTPUT FAILURE

Module.
Set Condition: When the BCM senses a short condition on the door lock circuits for over
125 milliseconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
DOOR LOCK DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
LEFT FRONT DOOR LOCK DRIVER SHORT GROUND
LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT FRONT DOOR LOCK DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LEFT FRONT DOOR LOCK MOTOR - SHORT TO GROUND
LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR - SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT FRONT DOOR LOCK MOTOR - SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR - SHORT TO GROUND

Cycle the ignition switch from ON to OFF.
Switch while monitoring the DRBIIIt
Does the DRBIIIt display LOCK OUTPUT FAILURE?
Yes Go To 2

wiring and connectors for an intermittent problem.
776
LOCK OUTPUT FAILURE Continued

Measure the resistance between ground and each of the Door Lock Driver circuits.
Right Front Door Lock under 1000.0 ohm

Go To 3
Right Sliding Door Lock under 1000.0 ohm

Go To 4
Left Front Door Lock under 1000.0 ohm
Go To 5
Left Sliding Door Lock under 1000.0 ohm

Go To 6
None of the circuits under 1000.0 ohms.

Disconnect the Right Front Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Right Front Door Lock Driver
circuit.
Yes Repair the Right Front Door Lock Driver wire for a short to
ground.

Disconnect the Right Sliding Door Lock Motor connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Right Sliding Door Lock Driver
circuit.
Yes Repair the Right Sliding Door Lock Driver wire for a short to
ground.
No Replace the Right Sliding Door Lock Motor (Latch assy.)


Disconnect the Left Front Door Lock Motor connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Left Front Door Lock Driver circuit.
Yes Repair the Left Front Door Lock Driver circuit for a short to
ground.
777
LOCK OUTPUT FAILURE Continued

Disconnect the Left Sliding Door Lock Motor connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Left Sliding Door Lock Driver
circuit.
Yes Repair the Left Sliding Door Lock Driver wire for a short to
ground.
No Replace the Left Sliding Door Lock Motor (Latch assy.)

778
Symptom:
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO
VOLTAGE
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE

Module.
Set Condition: When the BCM senses voltage to the door lock switch above 4.6 volts for
over 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE LOW
DOOR LOCK SWITCH OPEN
DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX SHORT TO VOLTAGE
BODY CONTROL MODULE - DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX SHORT TO VOLTAGE

Cycle the ignition from ON to OFF to ON.
Remove the key and operate the door locks several times from the Passenger Door
Lock Switch while monitoring the DRBIIIt.
Does the DRBIIIt display PASS DOOR LOCK SW INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO
VOLTAGE?
Yes Go To 2
2 With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the PASS DOOR LOCK SW voltage. All
Yes Go To 3
Module.
779
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLT-

AGE Continued
3 Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Switch connector. All
Yes Go To 4


Below 4.0 volts.

Repair the Door Lock Switch Mux circuit for an open.

Above 5.3 volts
Go To 5

Yes Repair the Door Lock Switch Mux circuit for a short to voltage.
780
Symptom:
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT

Module.
Set Condition: When the BCM senses voltage to the door lock switch below .5 volts for
over 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH SHORTED
DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX SHORTED
BODY CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE SHORTED

Cycle ignition ON to OFF to ON.
Switch while monitoring the DRBIII.
Does the DRBIIIt display DR DOOR LOCK SW INPUT SHORT?
Yes Go To 2


With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the PASS DOOR SW MUX circuit
Yes Replace the Door Lock Switch.
No Go To 3

Measure the resistance between Door Lock Switch Mux circuit and ground.
Yes Repair the Door Lock Switch Mux circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 4
781
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT Continued

Repair
Module.
782
Symptom:
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK

Module.
Set Condition: When the BCM senses voltage to the door lock switch between 1.3 and
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE INCORRECT
DOOR LOCK SWITCH STUCK

Cycle the ignition ON to OFF to ON.
Remove the key and operate the door lock several times from the Passenger Door
Lock Switch while monitoring the DRBIII.
Does the DRBIIIt display PASS DOOR LOCK SW INPUT STUCK?
Yes Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the PASS DOOR LOCK SW voltage. All
Yes Go To 3

Module.

Yes Go To 4

783
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK Continued

Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Door Lock Switch Mux circuit for an open.


Repair
784
Symptom:
RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO
VOLTAGE
RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE

Module.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE LOW
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH GROUND OPEN
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX OPEN
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX SHORT TO VOLTAGE

arming process.
Remove the key and operate the door locks several times from the Right Cylinder
Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display RIGHT CYL LOCK SW INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO
VOLTAGE?
Yes Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the RIGHT CYL LOCK SW voltage. All
Yes Go To 3

Module.
785
RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLT-

AGE Continued
Yes Go To 4


Below 4.2 volts.

Repair the Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit for an open.
Between 4.3 and 5.2 volts.

Above 5.3 volts.
Go To 5
5 Disconnect the Right Cylinder Door Lock Switch connector. All

Measure the voltage between Right Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit and Ground in
the harness connector.
voltage.
786
Symptom:
RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT
RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT

Module.
Set Condition: When the BCM senses voltage to the cylinder lock switch below .5 volts for
over 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH SHORTED
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED
BODY CONTROL MODULE - RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE SHORTED

arming process.
Remove the key and operate the door locks several times from the Right Cylinder
Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display RIGHT CYL LOCK SW INPUT SHORT?
Yes Go To 2


With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the RIGHT CYL SW MUX circuit
Yes Replace the Cylinder Lock Switch.

No Go To 3

ground.
No Go To 4
787
RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT Continued

Repair
788
Symptom:
RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK
RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK

Module.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE INCORRECT
RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH GROUND OPEN
RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX OPEN

arming process.
Remove the key and operate the door lock several times from the Right Cylinder Lock
Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display RIGHT CYL LOCK SW INPUT STUCK?
Yes Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the RIGHT CYL LOCK SW voltage. All
Yes Go To 3

Module.

Yes Go To 4
789
RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK Continued

Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Right Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit for an open.

Repair
790
Symptom:
RIGHT UNLOCK OUTPUT FAILURE
RIGHT UNLOCK OUTPUT FAILURE

Module.
Set Condition: When the BCM senses a short condition on the right side door unlock
circuits for over 125 milliseconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - RIGHT DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT FRONT DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT FRONT DOOR LOCK MOTOR - SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR - SHORT TO GROUND

Cycle the ignition ON to OFF.
Operate the door locks several times from the Right Door Lock Switch while
Does the DRBIIIt display RIGHT UNLOCK OUTPUT FAILURE?
Yes Go To 2


Measure the resistance between ground and the Right Front Door Unlock Driver
circuit and then the Right Sliding Door Unlock Driver circuit.
Right Front Door Unlock under 1000.0 ohm

Go To 3
Right Sliding Door Unlk under 1000.0 ohm
Go To 4
Neither circuit under 1000.0 ohms.

791
RIGHT UNLOCK OUTPUT FAILURE Continued

Disconnect the Right Front Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Right Front Door Unlock Driver
circuit.
Yes Repair the Right Front Door Unlock Driver circuit for a short to
ground.


Disconnect the Right Sliding Door Lock Motor connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Right Sliding Door Unlock Driver
circuit.
Yes Repair the Right Sliding Door Unlock Driver circuit for a short to
ground.
No Replace the Sliding Door Lock Motor (latch assembly).
792
Symptom:
RKE PROGRAM LINE OUTPUT OPEN
RKE PROGRAM LINE OUTPUT OPEN

When Monitored: With ignition in the RUN position.
Set Condition: When the BCM senses an open or short to ground signal on the RKE
Module Program Enable circuit for longer than 0.125 msec.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - RKE MODULE PROGRAM ENABLE CIRCUIT OPEN OR SHORT TO
GROUND
RKE MODULE PROGRAM ENABLE WIRE OPEN
RKE MODULE PROGRAM ENABLE WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
RKE MODULE - PROGRAM ENABLE CIRCUIT OPEN

Operate the RKE transmitter while monitoring the DRBIII.
Does the DRBIIIt display RKE PROGRAM LINE OUTPUT OPEN?
Yes Go To 2

Measure the voltage of the RKE Module Program Enable circuit between ground and
the BCM C4 connector.
Yes Disconnect the BCM harness connector(s). Check connectors -

Module.
No Go To 3
793
RKE PROGRAM LINE OUTPUT OPEN Continued

Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry Module connector.
Measure the resistance of the RKE Module Program Enable circuit between the RKE
Module connector and the BCM C4 connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the RKE Module Program Enable wire for an open


Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry Module connector.
Measure the resistance of the RKE Module Program Enable circuit to ground.
Yes Repair the RKE Module Program Enable wire for a short to
ground.
No Go To 5

Repair
Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module.
794
Symptom:
RKE PROGRAM LINE OUTPUT SHORT
RKE PROGRAM LINE OUTPUT SHORT

When Monitored: With ignition in the RUN position.
Set Condition: When the BCM senses an over current on the RKE Module Program
Enable circuit and the RKE is in PROGRAM or DIAGNOSTIC mode.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE - RKE MODULE PROGRAM ENABLE CIRCUIT SHORT TO
VOLTAGE
RKE MODULE PROGRAM ENABLE WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
BODY CONTROL MODULE - SHORT TO VOLTAGE

With the DRBIIIt, enter PROGRAM RKE.
Does the DRBIIIt display RKE PROGRAM LINE OUTPUT SHORT?
Yes Go To 2

2 Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry Module connector. All

Cycle the ignition key and wait 30 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display RKE PROGRAM LINE OUTPUT OPEN?
No Go To 3
Yes Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module.

3 Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry Module connector. All

Measure the voltage between RKE Module Program Enable circuit and ground.
Yes Repair the RKE Module Program Enable wire for a short to
voltage.

795
Symptom:
*REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY PROBLEM
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
SUBSTITUTE TRANSMITTER
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY INTERFACE WIRE OPEN
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY INTERFACE WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - INTERFACE OPEN
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE - OPEN

1 With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs. All
Does the DRBIIIt display any RKE related trouble codes?
Yes Refer to symptom list for problems related to POWER DOOR
LOCKS/RKE.
No Go To 2
2 NOTE: Before proceeding, ensure the original transmitter battery or bat- All
teries are approximately 3.2 volts each. If not, replace the battery or
batteries as necessary.
Secure a known good ZB or RS transmitter.
With the DRBIIIt, enter BODY, BODY COMPUTER, MISCELLANEOUS then
PROGRAM RKE and follow the instructions on the DRBIIIt.
Press the Lock or Unlock button on the transmitter.
Did the RKE respond correctly?
Yes Replace the original transmitter and reprogram all transmitters
used with this vehicle.
No Go To 3
3 Gain access to the RKE module. All

Turn the ignition off and disconnect the RKE module connector.
Measure the voltage between Fused B(+) circuit and ground.
Yes Go To 4

796
*REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY PROBLEM Continued

Yes Go To 5


NOTE: Ensure the transmission is in park position before proceeding.
Measure the voltage between Remote Keyless Entry Interface circuit and ground.
Yes Go To 6
No Go To 7

Repair
Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module.

Measure the resistance of the Remote Keyless Entry Interface wire between the BCM
C4 connector and the RKE module connector.
Yes Go To 8
No Repair the Remote Keyless Entry Interface wire for an open.


Measure the resistance between ground and the Remote Keyless Entry Interface
circuit.
Yes Repair the Remote Keyless Entry Interface wire for a short to
ground.
No Go To 9
Repair
797
Symptom:
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored: Whenever the Power Liftgate Module is awake.
Set Condition: If the module senses a resistance above 382K ohms on the Liftgate
Temperature Sensor Signal circuit, this code will set. The normal range for the sensor is
1.2K to 382K ohms. At room temperature (68 F) the resistance will be between 11.2 K and
13.5K ohms.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - TEMPERATURE SENSE OPEN
LIFTGATE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
GROUND WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Operate the liftgate several times.
Does the DRBIIIt display AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 2
2 Remove the power liftgate motor trim panel. All

Disconnect the Power Liftgate Module C2 connector.
Measure the resistance of the liftgate Temperature Sensor Signal circuit to the
Ground circuit (cavity 20) in the PLG C2 connector.
Is the resistance between 1.2k and 382K ohms?
Yes Replace the Power Liftgate Module.
No Go To 3
798
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN Continued

Disconnect the License Lamp (light bar) connector.
Measure the resistance of the liftgate Temperature Sensor Signal circuit between the
License Lamp connector and the PLG C2 connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Liftgate Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for an

open.

Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit between the PLG C2 connector (cavity
20) and the License Lamp connector (cavity 8).
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Liftgate Temperature Sensor Ground wire for an open.


Repair
Replace the Liftgate Temperature Sensor (light bar).
799
Symptom:
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored: Whenever the Power Liftgate Module is awake.
Set Condition: If the module senses a resistance below 1000 ohms on the Liftgate
Temperature Sensor Signal circuit, this code will set. The normal range for the sensor is
1.2K to 382K ohms. At room temperature (68 F) the resistance will be between 11.2 K and
13.5K ohms.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
LIFTGATE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND.
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - TEMP SENSE SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND WIRE
LIFTGATE TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Does the DRBIIIt display AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT
TO GROUND?
Yes Go To 2


Measure the resistance between ground and the liftgate Temperature Sensor Signal
circuit.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short
to ground.
No Go To 3
800

Continued
Yes Go To 4
No Replace the Power Liftgate Module.


Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms
Yes Repair the Liftgate Temperature Sensor Signal wire for a short to
the Ground wire.
No Replace the Liftgate Temperature Sensor (light bar).

801
Symptom:
CONTROL MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL FAILURE

When Monitored: Anytime the module is awake.
Set Condition: Whenever the module senses an internal failure (EEPROM, ROM, ADC)
this code will set. The module must be replaced.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - INTERNAL FAILURE

1 View repair. All
Repair
Replace the Power Liftgate Module.
802
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - NO PAWL TRANSITION

When Monitored: Whenever the power liftgate in performing a cinching operation.
Set Condition: The pawl switch was not detected as returning to ground during the
transition between secondary and primary cinch operation. NOTE: The liftgate may not be
fully cinched during this condition. The liftgate may cinch to primary but not be fully
seated and may pop off back to secondary.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING LIFTGATE
GROUND WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE PAWL SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE PAWL SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
PAWL SWITCH

1 NOTE: This DTC will only set after the cinching operation. This may make All
it difficult to reproduce.
Operate the power liftgate several times if possible.
With the DRBIIIt, read ACTIVE DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - NO PAWL TRANSI-
TION?
Yes Go To 2

wiring and connectors for an intermittent condition. Operate the
door several times and check for any binding or other obstruc-
tions.
2 Examine the liftgate for proper fit and alignment, lose/hard or torn seals, misaligned All
latch striker or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation.
Manually operate the liftgate of a known good vehicle and notice the effort needed to
open and close.
Compare the effort needed on the disabled liftgate.
Does it take more effort to operate the liftgate than it should?
Yes Refer to Service information for the related symptom(s).

No Go To 3
803
INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - NO PAWL TRANSITION Continued

3 Disconnect the Power Liftgate C2 connector. All
Disconnect the Liftgate Cinch/Release Motor connector.
Measure the resistance of the Ground wire between the PLG C2 connector (cavity 20)
and the Liftgate Cinch/Release Motor connector (cavity 1).
Wiggle the harness while observing the ohmmeter.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Ground wire for an open.

4 Disconnect the Power Liftgate Module C2 connector. All

Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Pawl Switch Sense wire between the PLG C2
connector and the Liftgate Cinch/Release Motor connector.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Liftgate Pawl Switch Sense wire for an open.


Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Pawl Switch Sense circuit.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Pawl Switch Sense wire for a short to ground.
No Go To 6

Repair
Replace the Pawl Switch (latch assembly).
804
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - OVERCURRENT

When Monitored: Whenever the power liftgate is performing a cinching operation.
Set Condition: The latch motor stall current of 6.2 amps has been detected, with no pawl
or ratchet failure. This code is set during the first stage of the power cinching operation.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
LIFTGATE LATCH CINCH DRIVER WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE LATCH RELEASE DRIVER OPEN
LIFTGATE LATCH CINCH DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE LATCH CINCH DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO HARNESS GROUND
LIFTGATE LATCH RELEASE DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE LATCH RELEASE DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO HARNESS GROUND
LATCH ASSEMBLY

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - OVERCURRENT?
Yes Go To 2

liftgate several times and check for any binding or other obstruc-
tions.
2 Examine the liftgate for proper alignment, worn or binding hinges, weak liftgate prop All
assembly, loose/ hard weatherstrip, and gear teeth on the power liftgate motor
assembly for wear or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation.
If necessary manually operate the power liftgate on a known good vehicle and notice
the effort needed to open and close for comparison.
Especially notice the effort needed to unlatch and close the liftgate.
Were there any mechanical problems found?

No Go To 3
805
INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - OVERCURRENT Continued

Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Latch Cinch Driver circuit between the Power
Liftgate Module C2 connector and the Liftgate Cinch/Release Motor connector.
Wiggle the harness and check for an intermittent open condition.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Liftgate Latch Cinch Driver wire for an open.


Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Latch Release Driver circuit between the
Power Liftgate Module C2 connector and the Liftgate Cinch/Release Motor connector.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Liftgate Latch Release Driver wire for an open.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Latch Cinch Driver circuit.
Wiggle the harness and check for an intermittent short condition.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Liftgate Latch Cinch Driver wire for a short to ground.

Measure the resistance between the Ground circuit (cavity 20) and the Liftgate Latch
Cinch Driver circuit.
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the Liftgate Latch Cinch Driver wire for a short to the
Ground circuit.
806

Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Latch Release Driver
circuit.
Yes Go To 8
No Repair the Liftgate Latch Release Driver wire for a short to

ground.

Release Driver circuit.
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the Liftgate Latch Release Driver wire for a short to the
Ground circuit.
Repair
Replace the Latch Assembly.
807
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - RATCHET SWITCH FAILURE

When Monitored: Whenever the power liftgate is performing a release operation.
Set Condition: The pawl switch was grounded but the ratchet switch remained open. This
code will set only in the release operation.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - RATCHET CIRCUIT
GROUND WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
RATCHET SWITCH

1 NOTE: This DTC will only set during the releasing operation after the 4 All
second time out. This may make it difficult to reproduce.
Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - RATCHET SWITCH
FAILURE?
Yes Go To 2

tions.
2 Examine the liftgate for proper fit and alignment, loose/ hard or torn seals, worn All
teeth on the gears or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation.
open and close.
No Go To 3
808

Continued
3 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the RATCHET state. All
Open the liftgate to full open position.
Using a screwdriver, click the latch to the second detent while observing the
DRBIIIt.
Unlatch the latch by pressing the handle switch or using the key and observe the
DRBIIIt for a state change.
Repeat this step several times while moving the liftgate in different positions and
wiggling the wiring harness to check for an intermittent short.
Did the DRB111t show the switch state changes correctly every time?

No Go To 4

Yes Go To 5

Disconnect the Liftgate Cinch/Release Motor connector (latch assembly).
Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Ajar Switch Sense wire between the PLG C2
connector and the Liftgate Cinch/Release Motor connector.
Wiggle the harness and move the liftgate in different positions while observing the
ohmmeter.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Liftgate Ajar Switch Sense wire for an open.


Repair
Replace the Ratchet Switch (latch assembly).
809
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- PAWL SWITCH FAILURE

When Monitored: Whenever the power liftgate is operating in an opening direction.
Set Condition: The release operation was not completed due to the non-transition of the
pawl switch during the power release operation. The ratchet switch was detected as
grounded but the pawl remained open. This code is set during the power releasing
operation from a fully closed liftgate.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - PAWL CIRCUIT
GROUND WIRE OPEN
PAWL SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
PAWL SWITCH

1 NOTE: This DTC will only set during the cinching operation after the 4 All
Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - PAWL SWITCH
FAILURE?
Yes Go To 2

tions.
2 Examine the liftgate for proper fit and alignment, loose/ hard or torn seals, worn All
teeth on the gears or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation.
open and close.
No Go To 3
810
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- PAWL SWITCH FAILURE Continued

3 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the PAWL state. All
Open the liftgate to full open position.
Using a screwdriver, click the latch to the first detent while observing the DRB111t.
Unlatch the latch by pressing the handle switch or using the key and observe the
DRB111t for a state change.
Repeat this step several times while moving the liftgate in different positions and
wiggling the wiring harness to check for an intermittent open..

No Go To 4

Yes Go To 5
5 Disconnect the Liftgate Control Module C2 connector. All

Disconnect the Liftgate Cinch/Release Motor connector (latch assembly).
Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Pawl Switch Sense circuit between the PLG
C2 connector and the Liftgate Cinch/Release Motor connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Liftgate Pawl Switch Sense wire for an open.

Repair
Replace the Liftgate Pawl Switch (latch assembly).
811
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- SECTOR GEAR RETURN FAIL-
URE
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- SECTOR GEAR RETURN FAILURE

When Monitored: Whenever the power liftgate is operating.
Set Condition: If the cinch release motor takes longer than 700 ms to perform a release
operation this code will set. The main causes of this code setting is some type of sticking
situation preventing the sector gear in the cinch release motor assembly to return to its
neutral position.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING LIFTGATE
LIFTGATE CINCH RELEASE MOTOR ASSEMBLY

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - SECTOR GEAR
RETURN FAILURE?
Yes Go To 2

tions.
2 Examine the liftgate for proper fit and alignment, loose/hard or torn seals, struts or All
anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation.
open and close.
No Replace the Liftgate Cinch Release Motor Assembly..
812
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE/
NON ENGAGEMENT
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE/NON ENGAGE-

MENT
When Monitored: Whenever the power liftgate is closing.
Set Condition: The Full Open Switch was detected as closed before 200 hall effect pulses
were counted since the start of the close operation. May be triggered by an intermittent full
open switch failure, or non gear engagement
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
OBSTRUCTION OR STICKING FULL OPEN SWITCH
FULL OPEN SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR ASSEMBLY - FULL OPEN SWITCH

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - FULL OPEN SWITCH
FAILURE?
Yes Go To 2
liftgate several times and check for any binding cables or other
obstructions.
2 Examine the liftgate for proper fit and alignment, foreign material in the drive unit All
or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation of the Full Open
Switch.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the FULL OPEN SWITCH state.
Manually operate the liftgate while monitoring the DRBIIIt.
Does the switch status change smoothly as the liftgate is pulled down from the full
open position.
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Full Open Switch in accordance with the Service

Information.
813
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE/NON

ENGAGEMENT Continued
3 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the FULL OPEN SWITCH state. All
Open the liftgate to mid position.
While monitoring the DRBIIIt, wiggle the wiring harness from the Power Liftgate
Module to the Full Open Switch on the Power Liftgate Motor assembly.
Did the switch status ever change?
Yes Repair the Liftgate Full Open Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
No Go To 4
Repair
Replace the Power Liftgate Motor assembly.
814
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - EXCESSIVE H.E. COUNTS/NON
ENGAGEMENT
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - EXCESSIVE H.E. COUNTS/NON ENGAGEMENT

When Monitored: During Power Liftgate closing cycle.
Set Condition: If the PLG Module detects that the Power Liftgate Motor has generated
more than 700 hall effect pulses during a full power cycle, this code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - HALL EFFECT OPEN
BINDING LIFTGATE
LIFTGATE GEAR ENGAGE DRIVER WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE GEAR ENGAGE DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE GEAR ENGAGE DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO THE LIFTGATE GEAR DISENGAGE WIRE.
LIFTGATE GEAR DISENGAGE DRIVER WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE GEAR DISENGAGE DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - GEAR ENGAGE CIRCUIT OPEN
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR - GEAR ENGAGE OPEN
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR - GEAR ENGAGE SHORT TO GROUND
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR - GEAR ENGAGE SHORTED

Operate the Power Liftgate several times from stop to stop if possible.
Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - EXCESSIVE H.E.
COUNTS/NON ENGAGEMENT?
Yes Go To 2

liftgate several times and check for any binding conditions.
815
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - EXCESSIVE H.E. COUNTS/NON EN-

GAGEMENT Continued
assembly, loose/ hard weatherstrip, and gear teeth on the Power Liftgate Motor

No Go To 3
3 Operate the liftgate from the full closed position and put an obstacle in its path to All
make it reverse.
Did the door reverse back to the closed position?
Yes Go To 4

Measure the resistance between the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver circuit and the
Liftgate Gear Disengage Driver circuit in the PLG Module connector.
Select the resistance found.
Below 5.0 ohms.
Go To 5
Between 5.1 and 8.0 ohms.
Go To 7
Above 8.1 ohms
Go To 12
5 Disconnect the Power Liftgate Motor connector. All

Disconnect the Power Liftgate Control Module C2 connector.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver wire for a short to the
Liftgate Gear Disengage Driver wire.
No Go To 6
Repair
Replace the Power Liftgate Motor Assembly.

Measure the resistance between Ground and the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver circuit.
Yes Go To 8
No Go To 11
816

GAGEMENT Continued
Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver circuit.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver wire for a short to
ground.
No Go To 9

Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Gear Disengage Driver
circuit.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Gear Disengage Driver wire for a short to
ground.
No Go To 10
Repair
11 NOTE: Ensure all connectors are connected before proceeding. All

While back probing, measure the Voltage between the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver
circuit and the Liftgate Gear Disengage Driver circuit at the PLG Module connector..
Operate the Power liftgate and observe the voltmeter
Did the voltmeter read above 11.0 volts for at least 1 second while the liftgate was
operating?
Yes Test Complete.


Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver circuit between the Power
Liftgate Motor connector and the Power Liftgate Module C2 connector.
Yes Go To 13
No Repair the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver wire for an open.


Measure the resistance of Liftgate Gear Disengage Driver circuit from the Motor
connector to the PLG Module connector.
Yes Go To 14
No Repair the Liftgate Gear Disengage Driver wire for an open.

817

GAGEMENT Continued
Repair
818
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - HALL EFFECT SIGNAL MISSING

When Monitored: Whenever the power liftgate is performing a power close operation.
Set Condition: The PLG Module detects that the motor is rotating (monitors hall effect
pulses) but no hall effect pulses are being detected. This code is set during the power close
(2 second chime period, prior to liftgate movement) operation.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING LIFTGATE
HALL EFFECT GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SUPPLY WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SUPPLY WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SUPPLY WIRE SHORT TO HARNESS GROUND
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO HARNESS GROUND
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR ASSEMBLY

Operate the power liftgate several times from stop to stop if possible.
Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - HALL EFFECT
SIGNAL MISSING?
Yes Go To 2

819

Continued
assembly, loose/ hard weatherstrip, and gear teeth on the power liftgate motor

No Go To 3
3 Operate the liftgate from the full open position and put an obstacle in its path to All
make it reverse.
Did the liftgate reverse back to the open position?
Yes Go To 4

Yes Go To 5
No Repair the hall effect ground circuit for an open.


Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Hall Effect Supply circuit between the Power
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Liftgate Hall Effect Supply wire for an open.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Hall Effect Supply circuit.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Hall Effect Supply wire for a short to ground.
No Go To 7

Measure the resistance between the Ground circuit (cavity 20) and the Liftgate Hall
Effect Supply circuit.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Hall Effect Supply wire for a short to the
Ground circuit.
No Go To 8
820

Continued
Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Hall Effect Signal circuit between the Power
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the Liftgate Hall Effect Signal wire for an open.


Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Hall Effect Signal circuit.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Hall Effect Signal wire for a short to ground.
No Go To 10

Effect Signal circuit.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Hall Effect Signal wire for a short to the
Ground circuit.
No Go To 11

Repair
Replace the Power Liftgate Motor Assembly (hall effect switch).
821
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - OVER CURRENT
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - OVER CURRENT

When Monitored: Anytime the liftgate is in a closing operation.
Set Condition: The drive motor stall current of over 24 amps has been detected for over
500 ms. or during the initial gear engagement the drive transistor is shorted, during a
power close operation.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING LIFTGATE
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LIFTGATE CLOSE DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE LATCH RELEASE DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE LATCH RELEASE DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO HARNESS GROUND
LIFTGATE GEAR ENGAGE DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE GEAR ENGAGE DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO HARNESS GROUND
LIFTGATE MODULE

Operate the power liftgate several times (if possible).
Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE- OVERCURRENT?
Yes Go To 2
822
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - OVER CURRENT Continued

2 Examine the liftgate for proper alignment, worn or binding hinges, weak or binding All
liftgate prop rods, loose/ hard weatherstrip, and gear teeth on the power liftgate
motor assembly for wear or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper
operation.
Compare the effort needed on the disabled vehicle.

No Go To 3

Yes Go To 4


Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Close Driver circuit.
Wiggle the harness and check for an intermittent short circuit condition.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Close Driver circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Latch Release Driver
circuit.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Latch Release Driver circuit for a short to
ground.
No Go To 6

Release Driver circuit.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Latch Release Driver circuit for a short to the
Ground circuit.
No Go To 7
823
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - OVER CURRENT Continued

Yes Repair the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver circuit for a short to
ground.
No Go To 8

Measure the resistance between the Ground circuit (cavity 20) and the Liftgate Gear
Engage Driver circuit.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver circuit for a short to the
Ground circuit.
No Go To 9
9 Ensure all module and motor connectors are connected at this time. All
Try to operate the liftgate in the close position.
Did the motor start to close the liftgate but was very slow and labored extensively?
Yes Replace the Power Liftgate Motor assembly.
No Replace the Power Liftgate Module
824
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - TRANSISTOR SHORTED
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - TRANSISTOR SHORTED

Set Condition: The Power Liftgate Module detects that the motor is rotating (monitors
hall effect pulses) even though the controlled PWM rate is 0 percent. This DTC is set
during the power close (2 second chime period, prior to movement of the liftgate) operation.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - TRANSISTOR
SHORTED?
825
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM
LEVEL
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM LEVEL

Set Condition: The PLG Module detects that the voltage is below 9.5 volts during the
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
MODULE VOLTAGE LOW
BINDING LIFTGATE
DRB OPERATING VOLTAGE LOW
PLG MODULE - HIGH RESISTANCE

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - VOLTAGE BELOW
MINIMUM LEVEL?
Yes Go To 2
door several times and check for any binding conditions.
2 Examine the liftgate for proper fit and alignment, or anything that would cause an All
obstruction to proper operation.
Check the prop rods to ensure liftgate will fall closed from the approximately 3/4
closed position.

No Go To 3
826
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM LEVEL

Continued
3 NOTE: Test the battery to ensure it is fully charged and in good condition All
before proceeding.
Turn all lights and accessories off.
With the DRBIIIt in 9Power Liftgate9 9Monitor Display9 9PCI Bus Info9 read the
9Battery Voltage9 and compare it to the 9PLG Bat Volts Input9.
NOTE: If the difference is greater than 0.5 volts, backprobe the Fused B(+)
at the module to verify.
Does the voltage vary more than 0.5 volts?

wiring and connectors. Locate and repair the reason for the
voltage drop.
No Go To 4

Operate the power liftgate and observe the voltage difference.
Does the voltage vary more than 1.6 volts when the liftgate is operating??

voltage drop.
No Go To 5

Open the Liftgate.
Remove the left rear trim panel to gain access to the Power Liftgate Module.
Remove the PLG module but leave it connected.
Backprobe voltmeter leads between the Fused B(+) and the Liftgate Close Driver
circuits in the PLG C1 connector.
Operate the power liftgate in the CLOSED position and observe the voltage
difference.

No Go To 6
Repair
Check the wiring and connections from the module to the motor
for high resistance. If the wiring is okay, replace the Power
Liftgate Motor assembly.
827
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE/
NON ENGAGEMENT
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE/NON ENGAGE-

MENT
When Monitored: During the Power Liftgate open cycle.
were counted since the start of the open operation. May be triggered by an intermittent full
open switch failure or a non gear engagement.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
OBSTRUCTION OR STICKING FULL OPEN SWITCH
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR ASSEMBLY - FULL OPEN SWITCH

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - FULL OPEN SWITCH
FAILURE?
Yes Go To 2
liftgate several times and check for any binding or obstructions.
2 Examine the liftgate for proper fit and alignment, foreign material in the drive unit All
or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation of the Full Open
Switch.
Manually operate the liftgate while monitoring the DRBIIIt.
Does the switch status change smoothly as the liftgate is pulled down from the full
open position.
Yes Go To 3
No Refer to Service information for the related symptom(S).

828
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE/NON

ENGAGEMENT Continued
Open the liftgate to mid position.
While monitoring the DRBIIIt, wiggle the wiring harness from the Power Liftgate
Module to the Full Open Switch on the Power Liftgate Motor assembly.
Yes Repair the Full Open Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 4
Repair
Replace the Power Liftgate Motor assembly.
829
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - EXCESSIVE H.E. COUNTS/NON
ENGAGEMENT
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - EXCESSIVE H.E. COUNTS/NON ENGAGEMENT

When Monitored: During Power Liftgate opening cycle.
Set Condition: If the PLG Module detects that the Power Liftgate Motor has generated
more than 700 hall effect pulses during a full power cycle, this code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING LIFTGATE
LIFTGATE GEAR ENGAGE DRIVER WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE GEAR ENGAGE DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE GEAR ENGAGE DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO THE LIFTGATE GEAR DISENGAGE WIRE.
LIFTGATE GEAR DISENGAGE DRIVER WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE GEAR DISENGAGE DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - GEAR ENGAGE CIRCUIT OPEN
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR - GEAR ENGAGE OPEN
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR - GEAR ENGAGE SHORT TO GROUND
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR - GEAR ENGAGE SHORTED

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - EXCESSIVE H.E.
COUNTS/NON ENGAGEMENT?
Yes Go To 2

830
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - EXCESSIVE H.E. COUNTS/NON ENGAGE-

MENT Continued

No Go To 3
make it reverse.
Yes Go To 4

Select the resistance found.
Below 5.0 ohms.
Go To 5
Between 5.1 and 8.0 ohms.
Go To 7
Above 8.1 ohms
Go To 12

Yes Repair the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver wire for a short to the
Liftgate Gear Disengage Driver wire.
No Go To 6
Repair

Measure the resistance between Ground and the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver circuit.
Yes Go To 8
No Go To 11
831

MENT Continued
Yes Repair the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver wire for a short to
ground.
No Go To 9

Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Gear Disengage Driver
circuit.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Gear Disengage Driver wire for a short to
ground.
No Go To 10
Repair
11 NOTE: Ensure all connectors are connected before proceeding. All

While back probing, measure the Voltage between the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver
circuit and the Liftgate Gear Disengage Driver circuit at the PLG Module connector..
Operate the Power liftgate and observe the voltmeter
Did the voltmeter read above 11.0 volts for at least 1 second while the liftgate was
operating?

Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver circuit between the Power
Yes Go To 13
No Repair the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver wire for an open.


Measure the resistance of Liftgate Gear Disengage Driver circuit from the Motor
connector to the PLG Module connector.
Yes Go To 14
No Repair the Liftgate Gear Disengage Driver wire for an open.

832

MENT Continued
Repair
833
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - HALL EFFECT SIGNAL MISSING

When Monitored: Whenever the power liftgate is performing a power open operation.
Set Condition: The PLG Module detects that the motor is rotating (monitors hall effect
pulses) but no hall effect pulses are being detected. This code is set during the power open
(2 second chime period, prior to liftgate movement) operation.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING LIFTGATE
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SUPPLY WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SUPPLY WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SUPPLY WIRE SHORT TO HARNESS GROUND
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO HARNESS GROUND

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - HALL EFFECT SIGNAL
MISSING?
Yes Go To 2

834

Continued

No Go To 3
make it reverse.
Yes Go To 4

Yes Go To 5


Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Hall Effect Supply circuit between the Power
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Liftgate Hall Effect Supply wire for an open.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Hall Effect Supply circuit.
Yes Repair the Door Motor Hall Effect Supply wire for a short to
ground.
No Go To 7
835

Continued
Effect Supply circuit.
Yes Repair the Door Motor Hall Effect Supply wire for a short to the
Ground circuit.
No Go To 8

Measure the resistance of the Power Liftgate Hall Effect Signal circuit between the
Power Liftgate Motor connector and the Power Liftgate Module C2 connector.
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the Liftgate Hall Effect Signal wire for an open.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Hall Effect Signal circuit.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Hall Effect Signal wire for a short to ground.
No Go To 10

Effect Signal circuit.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Hall Effect Signal wire for a short to the
Ground circuit.
No Go To 11
Repair
Replace the Power Liftgate Motor assembly (hall effect sensor).
836
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - OVERCURRENT

When Monitored: Anytime the Power Liftgate is in a power open operation.
500 ms. or during the initial gear engagement the drive transistor is shorted, during a
power opening operation.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING LIFTGATE
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LIFTGATE LATCH CINCH DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE LATCH CINCH DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO HARNESS GROUND
LIFTGATE GEAR ENGAGE DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE OPEN DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE GEAR ENGAGE DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO HARNESS GROUND
LIFTGATE MODULE

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - OVERCURRENT?
Yes Go To 2
837
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - OVERCURRENT Continued

If necessary manually operate the liftgate of a known good vehicle and notice the
effort needed.

No Go To 3

Yes Go To 4


Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Latch Cinch Driver circuit.
Wiggle the harness and check for an intermittent shorted condition.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Latch Cinch Driver circuit for a short to
ground.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance between the Ground circuit and the Liftgate Latch Cinch
Driver circuit.
Wiggle the harness and check for an intermittent shorted condition.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Latch Cinch Driver circuit for a short to the
Ground circuit.
No Go To 6

Wiggle the harness and check for an intermittent short to ground condition.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver circuit for a short to
ground.
No Go To 7
838

Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Open Driver circuit.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Open Driver circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 8

Measure the resistance between the Ground circuit and the Liftgate Gear Engage
Driver circuit.
Wiggle the harness and check for an intermittent short to ground condition.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver circuit for a short to the
Ground circuit.
No Go To 9
9 Ensure all connections to the module and liftgate motor are connected at this time. All
Operate the Power Liftgate in both directions if possible.
Does the motor start to lift the liftgate but is very slow and labors extensively?
No Replace the Power Liftgate Module
839
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - TRANSISTOR SHORTED
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - TRANSISTOR SHORTED

Set Condition: The Power Liftgate Module detects that the motor is rotating (monitors
hall effect pulses) even though the controlled PWM rate is 0 percent. This DTC is set
during the power open (2 second chime period, prior to movement of the liftgate) operation.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - TRANSISTOR
SHORTED?
840
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM
LEVEL
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM LEVEL

Set Condition: The PLG Module detects that the voltage is below 9.5 volts during the
power open operation.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
MODULE VOLTAGE LOW
BINDING LIFTGATE
PLG MODULE - HIGH RESISTANCE

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - VOLTAGE BELOW
MINIMUM LEVEL?
Yes Go To 2
2 Examine the liftgate for proper fit and alignment, or anything that would cause an All
obstruction to proper operation.
Check the prop rods to ensure liftgate will self rise from approximately 1/4 open
position.

No Go To 3
841

Continued
before proceeding.

voltage drop.
No Go To 4

BATTERY VOLTAGE and compare it to the MODULE VOLTAGE.
Operate the power liftgate and observe the voltage difference.

voltage drop.
No Go To 5

Open the Liftgate.
Remove the left rear trim panel to gain access to the Power Liftgate Module.
Remove the PLG module but leave it connected.
Backprobe voltmeter leads between the Fused B(+) and the Liftgate Open Driver
circuits in the PLG C1 connector.
Close the Liftgate.
Operate the power liftgate in the OPEN position and observe the voltage difference.

No Go To 6
Repair
for high resistance. If the wiring is okay, replace the Power
Liftgate Motor assembly.
842
Symptom:
IOD WAKE UP OPEN - PLG
IOD WAKE UP OPEN - PLG

Set Condition: If the BCM does not sense a signal circuit from the Liftgate Module this
code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - IOD WAKE UP OPEN
LIFTGATE MODULE WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE OPEN

Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display IOD WAKE UP OPEN?
Yes Go To 2

2 Disconnect the BCM C2 connector. All

Measure the voltage between the Liftgate Module Wake Up Signal circuit and
ground.
No Go To 3

Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Module Wake Up Signal circuit between the
BCM C2 connector and the Power Liftgate Module C2 connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Liftgate Module Wake Up Signal wire for an open.

843
IOD WAKE UP OPEN - PLG Continued

Measure the resistance between the Liftgate Module Wake Up Signal circuit and
ground.
ground.
No Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Power Liftgate Module.
844
Symptom:
LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE

When Monitored: Anytime the Power Liftgate Module is awake.
Set Condition: The Power Liftgate Module did not receive its own transmitted message
on the PCI bus back (loopback) for longer than 1 second.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT

Operate the power liftgate several times from stop to stop if possible.
Does the DRBIIIt display LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE?

845
Symptom:
LOSS OF BCM MESSAGES

When Monitored: Whenever the ignition is on.
Set Condition: If the PLG Module losses communication with the BCM for over 5 seconds,
this code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BODY CONTROL MODULE
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - LOSS OF BCM MESSAGES

With the DRBIIIt, enter Body then Body Computer.
Was the DRBIIIt able to I/D or communicate with the BCM?
Yes Go To 2

Did this DTC reset?
No Test Complete.
846
Symptom:
LOSS OF EATX MESSAGES

When Monitored: Whenever the ignition is in the UNLOCK or RUN position.
Set Condition: If the PLG Module does not receive a PRNDL message for over 5 seconds,
this code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - LOSS OF EATX MESSAGES

With the DRBIIIt select Transmission.
Was the DRBIIIt able to I/D or communicate with the Transmission?
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to the Communication category for the related symptom(S).

Did this DTC reset?
No Test Complete.
847
Symptom:
LOSS OF SBEC MESSAGES

When Monitored: Whenever the ignition is in the RUN position.
Set Condition: If the PLG Module does not receive a speed message from the Powertrain
Control Module for over 5 seconds, this code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - LOSS OF SBEC MESSAGES

With the DRBIIIt, select Engine.
Was the DRBIIIt able to I/D or communicate with the Powertrain Control Module?
Yes Go To 2

Did this DTC reset?
No Test Complete.
848
Symptom:
OUTSIDE LIFTGATE HANDLE INPUT SHORT
OUTSIDE LIFTGATE HANDLE INPUT SHORT

When Monitored: Whenever the Body Control Module is awake.
Set Condition: When the BCM senses a voltage of less than 1.0 volts on the Liftgate
Handle Switch Sense circuit for longer than 10 seconds this code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LIFTGATE HANDLE SWITCH SHORTED
LIFTGATE HANDLE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LIFTGATE HANDLE SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND

1 Disconnect the License Lamp connector (light bar). All
Does the DRBIIIt display Outside Liftgate Handle Input Short?
Yes Go To 2
No Replace the Liftgate Handle Switch.

2 Disconnect the License Lamp connector. All

Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Handle Switch Sense
circuit.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Handle Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
No Go To 3

Repair
849
Symptom:
OUTSIDE LIFTGATE HANDLE INPUT STUCK
OUTSIDE LIFTGATE HANDLE INPUT STUCK

When Monitored: Whenever the Body Control Module is awake.
Set Condition: When the BCM senses a liftgate handle input on the Liftgate Handle
Switch Sense circuit for longer than 10 seconds this code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LIFTGATE HANDLE SWITCH STUCK
LIFTGATE HANDLE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LIFTGATE HANDLE SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND

1 Disconnect the License Lamp connector (light bar). All
Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display Outside Liftgate Handle Input Stuck?
Yes Go To 2
No Replace the Liftgate Handle Switch.

2 Disconnect the License Lamp connector. All

Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Handle Switch Sense
circuit.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Handle Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
No Go To 3

Repair
850
Symptom:
OVERHEAD LIFTGATE SWITCH INPUT STUCK
OVERHEAD LIFTGATE SWITCH INPUT STUCK

When Monitored: Whenever the BCM is awake.
Set Condition: When the BCM senses a overhead liftgate switch input for over 10
seconds, this code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
OVERHEAD LIFTGATE SWITCH SHORTED
LIFTGATE SWITCH MUX WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - OVERHEAD LIFTGATE SWITCH MUX SHORTED

Operate the Liftgate from the Overhead Console Switch.
Does the DRBIIIt display OVERHEAD LIFTGATE SWITCH INPUT STUCK?
Yes Go To 2

Disconnect the Overhead Console Switch connector.
Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display OVERHEAD LIFTGATE SWITCH INPUT STUCK?
No Replace the Power Sliding Door Button Module.
Yes Go To 3

Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Switch Mux circuit to ground.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Switch Mux wire for a short to ground.
851
Symptom:
OVERHEAD LIFTGATE/LOCKOUT SWITCHES OPEN OR SHT TO
VOLTAGE
OVERHEAD LIFTGATE/LOCKOUT SWITCHES OPEN OR SHT TO VOLTAGE

Set Condition: When the BCM senses a overhead liftgate switch input that is greater
than 4.8 volts for over 10 seconds, this code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
SLIDING DOORS OVERHEAD SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
LIFTGATE SWITCH MUX WIRE OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - OVERHEAD SWITCH OPEN
OVERHEAD SWITCH OPEN
LIFTGATE SWITCH MUX SHORT TO VOLTAGE
POWER SLIDING DOOR BUTTON MODULE - SHORT TO VOLTAGE

Operate the power sliding door from the Overhead Console Switch.
Does the DRBIIIt display OVERHEAD LIFTGATE/LOCKOUT SWITCHES OPEN
OR SHT TO VOLTAGE?
Yes Go To 2


Measure the voltage of the Sliding Doors Overhead Switch Mux circuit to ground.
Yes Repair the Sliding Doors Overhead Switch Mux circuit for a short
to voltage.
No Go To 3
852
OVERHEAD LIFTGATE/LOCKOUT SWITCHES OPEN OR SHT TO VOLT-

AGE Continued
Measure the voltage between ground and the Liftgate Switch Mux circuit.
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5
4 Disconnect the Overhead Console connector. All

Measure the voltage between Liftgate Switch Mux circuit and ground.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Switch Mux circuit for a short to voltage.


Measure the resistance between ground and the Liftgate Switch Mux circuit.
Yes Go To 6
No Go To 7

Repair

Disconnect the Overhead Console connector.
Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Switch Mux circuit between the BCM
connector and the Overhead Console connector.
Yes Replace the Power Sliding Door Button Module.

No Repair the Liftgate Switch Mux circuit for an open.
853
Symptom:
OVERHEAD LIFTGATE/LOCKOUT SWITCHES SHORT
OVERHEAD LIFTGATE/LOCKOUT SWITCHES SHORT

Set Condition: When the BCM senses a overhead liftgate switch input that drops to below
0.24 volts for over 10 seconds, this code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
OVERHEAD LIFTGATE SWITCH SHORTED
LIFTGATE SWITCH MUX WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - OVERHEAD LIFTGATE SWITCH MUX SHORTED

Operate the Liftgate from the Overhead Console Switch.
Does the DRBIIIt display OVERHEAD SWITCH #1 SHORT?
Yes Go To 2

Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display OVERHEAD SWITCH #1 SHORT?
Yes Go To 3

Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Switch Mux circuit to ground.
Yes Repair the Liftgate Switch Mux wire for a short to ground.
854
Symptom:
PINCH SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN
PINCH SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored: Whenever the Power Liftgate is operating.
Set Condition: The power liftgate module has detected the pinch sensor circuit voltage is
above 4.6 volts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - PINCH SENSOR OPEN
RIGHT PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
PINCH SENSOR GROUND OPEN
RIGHT PINCH SENSOR OPEN
LEFT PINCH SENSOR OPEN
RIGHT PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE OPEN

Does the DRBIIIt display PINCH SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 2

Measure the resistance of the Pinch Sensor Signal circuit between the Pinch Sensor
Signal and the Ground circuit (cavity 20) in the C2 connector.
No Go To 3

855
PINCH SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN Continued

3 Remove the Liftgate trim panel. All
Disconnect the Liftgate Right Pinch Sensor connector.
Disconnect the Liftgate Left Pinch Sensor connector.
Measure the resistance of the Right Pinch Sensor Signal circuit between the Liftgate
Left Pinch Sensor connector and the Liftgate Right Pinch Sensor connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Right Pinch Sensor Signal wire for an open.

4 Remove the Power Liftgate Motor trim panel. All

Remove the Liftgate trim panel.
Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit between the Liftgate Right Pinch
Sensor connector and the PLG C2 connector.
Yes Go To 5


Connect a jumper wire between the Right Pinch Sensor Signal circuit and the
Ground circuit in the Liftgate Right Pinch Sensor connector.
Signal and the Ground circuit (cav 20) in the C2 connector.
Yes Replace the Right Pinch Sensor.
No Go To 6

Remove the liftgate trim panel.
Connect a jumper wire between the Pinch Sensor Signal circuit and the Right Pinch
Sensor Signal circuit in the Liftgate Left Pinch Sensor connector.
Signal and the Ground circuit (cav 20) in the C2 connector.
Yes Replace the Left Pinch Sensor.
No Go To 7
856
PINCH SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN Continued

Measure the resistance of the Pinch Sensor Signal circuit between the PLG C2
connector and the Liftgate Left Pinch Sensor connector.
Yes Test Complete.
No Repair the Pinch Sensor Signal wire for an open.

857
Symptom:
PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored: Whenever the Power Liftgate is operating.
Set Condition: The power liftgate module has detected the pinch sensor circuit voltage is
shorted to ground.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND CIRCUIT
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT PINCH SENSOR - SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE - SHORT TO GROUND
LEFT PINCH SENSOR - SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND

Does the DRBIIIt display PINCH SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND?
Yes Go To 2

Signal and the Ground circuits in the C2 connector.
Yes Repair the Pinch Sensor Signal circuit for a short to the Ground
circuit.
No Go To 3

Measure the resistance between ground and the Pinch Sensor Signal circuit.
Yes Go To 4

858
PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND Continued

Disconnect the Right Pinch Sensor connector
Yes Go To 5
No Replace the Right Pinch Sensor.

5 Remove the Liftgate trim panel. All

Disconnect the Right Pinch Sensor connector.
Disconnect the Left Pinch Sensor connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Right Pinch Sensor Signal circuit.
Yes Repair the Right Pinch Sensor Signal wire for a short to ground.
No Go To 6

Disconnect the Left Pinch Sensor connector
Yes Go To 7
No Replace the Left Pinch Sensor.

Repair
Repair the Pinch Sensor Signal wire for a short to ground.
859
Symptom:
*POWER LIFTGATE INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTCS PRESENT
MODULE RESPONSE
SYSTEM TESTS

1 With the DRBIIIt check for response from the Body Computer and the Power All
Liftgate Modules
Is there response from both modules?
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to symptom list for problems related to COMMUNICA-

TION.
2 With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs in POWER LIFTGATE and BODY COMPUTER. All
Are any Power Liftgate related codes present?
Yes Refer to symptom list for problems related to POWER LIFT-
GATE.
No Go To 3
3 This test will determine what inhibited the Power Liftgate from operating properly. All
With the DRBIIIt, select POWER LIFTGATE, MISCELLANEOUS, LAST INHIBIT
MONITOR.
Does the DRBIIIt display any INHIBIT REASONS?
Yes Check for any binding conditions or other restrictions that may
prevent proper operation. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as
a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
No Go To 4
4 Ensure Liftgate is fully closed before proceeding. All

With the DRBIIIt select SYSTEM TEST.
Perform the Open, Close, Latch Cinch, Latch Release and Relay tests.
Did any test fail?
No Test Complete.
860
Symptom:

When Monitored: Anytime the Power Sliding Door Module is awake.
Set Condition: If the Power Sliding Door Modules internal thermistor becomes open, this
code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE

Operate the power sliding door several times from stop to stop if possible.
Does the DRBIIIt display AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Replace the Power Sliding Door Module.

861
Symptom:

Set Condition: If the Power Sliding Door Modules internal thermistor is shorted, this
code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT

Does the DRBIIIt display AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW?

862
Symptom:

When Monitored: Anytime the module is awake.
Set Condition: Whenever the module senses an internal failure (EEPROM, ROM, ADC)
this code will set. The module must be replaced.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE - INTERNAL FAILURE

1 View repair. All
Repair
Replace the Sliding Control Module.
863
Symptom:

When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door in operating.
Set Condition: The pawl switch was not detected as returning to ground during the
transition between secondary and primary cinch operation. NOTE: The door may not be
fully cinched during this condition. The door may cinch to primary but not be fully seated
and may pop off back to secondary.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
GROUND WIRE OPEN
PAWL SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
PAWL SWITCH

Operate the power sliding door several times if possible.
Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - NO PAWL TRANSI-
TION?
Yes Go To 2

tions.
2 Examine the door for proper fit and alignment, loose/ hard or torn seals, worn teeth All
on the rack and gear (lower drive unit) or anything that would cause an obstruction
to proper operation.
Manually operate the other sliding door or of a known good vehicle and notice the
effort needed to open and close.
Compare the effort needed on the disabled door.
Does it take more effort to operate the door than it should?
No Go To 3
864
INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - NO PAWL TRANSITION Continued

3 Disconnect the Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector. All
Disconnect the Sliding Door Latch Sensing Switch connector (latch assembly).
Measure the resistance of the Ground wires (both) between the PSD C2 connector
(cavity 20) and the Sliding Door Latch Sensing Switch connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms on both ground wires?
Yes Go To 4


Measure the resistance of the Pawl Switch Sense wire between the PSD C2 connector
and the Sliding Door Latch Sensing Switch connector.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Pawl Switch Sense wire for an open.


Measure the resistance between ground and the Pawl Switch Sense circuit.
Yes Repair the Pawl Switch Sense wire for a short to ground.
No Go To 6

Repair
865
Symptom:

When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door is operating in the closing direction.
Set Condition: The latch motor stall current of 6.2 amps has been detected, with no pawl
or ratchet failure. This code is set during the first stage of the power cinching operation.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR LATCH DRIVER WIRE OPEN
CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR UNLATCH DRIVER WIRE OPEN
CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR LATCH DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR UNLATCH DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LATCH ASSEMBLY

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH-OVERCURRENT?
Yes Go To 2
tions.

No Go To 3
866

Disconnect the Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector.
Disconnect the Cinch/Release Motor connector.
Measure the resistance of the Cinch/Release Motor Latch Driver circuit between the
Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector and the Cinch/Release Motor connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Cinch/Release Motor Latch Driver wire for an open.


Measure the resistance of the Cinch/Release Motor Unlatch Driver circuit between
the Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector and the Cinch/Release Motor connec-
tor.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Cinch/Release Motor Unlatch Driver wire for an open.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Cinch/Release Motor Latch Driver
circuit.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Cinch/Release Motor Latch Driver wire for a short to

ground.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Cinch/Release Motor Unlatch Driver
circuit.
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the Cinch/Release Motor Unlatch Driver wire for a short to

ground.

Repair
867
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE

Set Condition: The release operation had stalled or the current was exceeded before the
full open switch had changed state during the release. This code will set only in power
closing operation.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
FULL OPEN SWITCH GROUND OPEN
STICKING CABLES OR LATCH
FULL OPEN SWITCH WIRE OPEN
FULL OPEN SWITCH WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LATCH ASSEMBLY - HOLD OPEN RELEASE
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - FULL OPEN SWITCH
FULL OPEN SW ITCH

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- FULL OPEN
SWITCH FAILURE?
Yes Go To 2

door several times and check for any binding cables or other
obstructions.
868

Continued
2 Examine the door for proper fit and alignment, foreign material in the lower drive All
unit or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation of the Full Open
Switch.
Open the sliding door to the full open position.
Hold the door in the full open position and observe the hold open latch in the lower
drive unit.
Manually operate the door handle (pull and release) while observing the hold open
latch.
Repeat this step several times while observing the latch.
Does the latch work smoothly as the handle is pulled and released?
Yes Go To 3
No Determine if the problem is a sticking cable or hold open latch

(lower drive unit). Refer to Service information for the related
symptom(s).
3 Hold the door in the full open position and observe the hold open latch in the lower All
drive unit.
With the DRBIIIt in SYSTEM TEST, perform the SLIDING DOOR LATCH RE-
LEASE TEST.
Repeat this step several times while observing the latch.
Does the latch work smoothly as the latch is activated?
Yes Go To 4
No Replace the Latch Assembly (hold open release actuator).
While observing the FULL OPEN switch state, manually move the door from full
open to part open. The switch should toggle from CLOSED to OPEN.
Did the switch status change as the door was moved from full open to part open?
No Go To 5
5 Disconnect the Full Open Switch connector. All

Yes Go To 6
No Repair the ground wire for an open.

6 Disconnect the Power Sliding Door C2 connector. All

Disconnect the Full Open Switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Full Open Switch circuit from the Power Sliding Door
Module C2 connector to the Full Open Switch connector on the lower drive unit.
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the Full Open Switch Sense wire for an open.

869

Continued
7 Disconnect the Power Sliding Door C2 connector. All
Disconnect the Full Open Switch connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Full Open Switch circuit.
Yes Repair the Full Open Switch Sense wire for a short to ground.
No Go To 8
Repair
Replace the Full Open Switch (Lower Drive Unit).
870
Symptom:

When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door is operating in an opening direction.
Set Condition: The pawl switch was grounded but the ratchet switch remained open. This
code will set only in the release operation.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - RATCHET CIRCUIT
GROUND WIRE OPEN
SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
RATCHET SWITCH

second time out. This may make it difficult to reproduce
Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - RATCHET SWITCH
FAILURE?
Yes Go To 2

tions.
Especially notice the effort needed to unlatch and close the door.

No Go To 3
871

Continued
3 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the RATCHET state. All
Open the sliding door to full open position.
Using a screwdriver, click the latch to the second detent while observing the
DRB111t.
Unlatch the latch by pulling the handle switch and observe the DRB111t for a state
change.
Repeat this step several times while moving the door in different positions and
wiggling the wiring harness to check for an intermittent short.

No Go To 4

Yes Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense wire between the PSD
C2 connector and the Sliding Door Latch Sensing Switch connector.
Wiggle the harness and move the door in different positions while observing the
ohmmeter.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense wire for an open.

Repair
872
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- NO REVERSE TO UNLOAD
CLUTCH
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- NO REVERSE TO UNLOAD CLUTCH

When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door is operating.
neutral position.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING LATCH
CINCH RELEASE MOTOR ASSEMBLY

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - NO REVERSE TO
UNLOAD CLUTCH?
Yes Go To 2
No Operate the door several times and check for any binding or other
obstructions. To test the reverse action, open the sliding door part
way and continue holding the handle for 4 seconds. The motor
should run for approximately 100ms.
2 Examine the sliding door for proper fit and alignment, loose/hard or torn seals or All
Manually operate the sliding door of a known good vehicle and notice the effort
needed to open and close.
Compare the effort needed on the disabled sliding door.
Especially notice the effort needed to unlatch and latch the door.
No Replace the Cinch Release Motor Assembly..
873
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- OVERCURRENT
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- OVERCURRENT

Set Condition: The latch motor stall current of 6.2 amps was detected during a
non-redundant release. The main causes of this code setting is some type of blockage
during the release. This code is set during the power closing operation.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
FULL OPEN SWITCH STUCK
LATCH ASSEMBLY

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - OVER CURRENT?
Yes Go To 2

tions.
2 Examine the door for proper fit and alignment, lose/ hard or torn seals, worn teeth on All
the rack and gear (lower drive unit) or anything that would cause an obstruction to
proper operation.
Yes Refer to Service information for the related symptom(S).

No Go To 3
874
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- OVERCURRENT Continued

Open and close the door manually and observe the Full Open Switch.
Did the switch toggle from open to close?
Yes Replace the Latch Assembly.

No Replace the Full Open Switch.

875
Symptom:

When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door is operating in an opening direction.
Set Condition: The release operation was not completed due to non-transition of the pawl
switch during the power release operation. The ratchet switch was detected as grounded
but the pawl remained open. This code is set during the power releasing operation from a
fully closed door.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - PAWL CIRCUIT
GROUND WIRE OPEN
PAWL SWITCH

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - PAWL SWITCH
FAILURE?
Yes Go To 2

tions.
876
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- PAWL SWITCH FAILURE Continued


No Go To 3
3 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the PAWL state. All

Open the sliding door to full open position.
Using a screwdriver, click the latch to the first detent while observing the DRB111t.
Unlatch the latch by pulling the handle switch and observe the DRB111t for a state
change.
Repeat this step several times while moving the door in different positions and
wiggling the wiring harness to check for an intermittent open.
No Go To 4

Yes Go To 5


Measure the resistance of the Pawl Switch Sense circuit between the PSD C2
connector and the Sliding Door Latch Sensing Switch connector.
Yes Go To 6

Repair
877
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- SECTOR GEAR RETURN FAIL-
URE
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- SECTOR GEAR RETURN FAILURE

When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door is operating.
neutral position.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING SLIDING DOOR
CINCH RELEASE MOTOR ASSEMBLY

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - SECTOR GEAR
RETURN FAILURE?
Yes Go To 2

tions.
2 Examine the sliding door for proper fit and alignment, loose/hard or torn seals or All
needed to open and close.
Compare the effort needed on the disabled sliding door.
No Replace the Cinch Release Motor Assembly..
878
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE

were counted since the start of the close operation.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
STICKING CABLES OR SWITCH
FULL OPEN SWITCH

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - FULL OPEN SWITCH
FAILURE?
Yes Go To 2

obstructions.
Switch.
Manually operate the door handle while monitoring the DRBIIIt.
Does the switch status change smoothly as the handle is pulled and released?
Yes Go To 3

879

Continued
Open the Sliding Door to mid position.
While monitoring the DRBIIIt, wiggle the wiring harness from the Power Sliding
Door Module to the Full Open Switch on the lower drive unit.
No Go To 4
Repair
Replace the Full Open Switch (lower drive unit).
880
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - EXCESSIVE HALL EFFECT SIG-
NAL
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - EXCESSIVE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL

When Monitored: Anytime the power sliding door is in the closing cycle.
Set Condition: If during a closing operation the PSD module detects an excessive hall
effect signal time period, this code will set. Code will also set if obstacle detection becomes
inoperative due to a hall effect sensor failure or high effort on door during power up.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - HALL EFFECT OPEN
LOWER DRIVE UNIT
BINDING DOOR
DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SUPPLY WIRE OPEN
DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SUPPLY WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
DOOR MOTOR ASSEMBLY

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - EXCESSIVE HALL
EFFECT SIGNAL?
Yes Go To 2

881

Continued
on the track and gear (lower drive unit) or anything that would cause an obstruction
Manually operate the sliding door on the other side or of a known good vehicle and
notice the effort needed to open and close.

No Go To 3
3 Examine the Lower Drive Unit for alignment and gear condition. All
Manually operate the sliding door and observe the gear and track.
Is the Lower Drive Unit and Track in good condition?
Yes Go To 4
No Replace the Lower Drive Unit or Track as necessary..
4 Operate the door from the full open position and put an obstacle in its path to make All
it reverse.
Did the door reverse back to the open position?
Yes Go To 5
No Replace the Power Sliding Door Module.

5 Disconnect the Sliding Door Motor connector. All

Yes Go To 6

Measure the resistance of the Door Motor Hall Effect Supply circuit between the
Sliding Door Motor connector and the PSD Module C2 connector.
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the Door Motor Hall Effect Supply wire for an open.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Door Motor Hall Effect Supply
circuit.
ground.
No Go To 8
882

Continued
Measure the resistance of the Door Motor Hall Effect Signal circuit between the
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the Door Motor Hall Effect Signal wire for an open.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Door Motor Hall Effect Signal
circuit.
Yes Repair the Door Motor Hall Effect Signal wire for a short to
ground.
No Go To 10
Repair
Replace the Power Sliding Door Motor Assembly (hall effect
sensor).
883
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - LATCH FAILURE
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - LATCH FAILURE

Set Condition: The power close operation was not completed due to latch failure. This
DTC is set during a power close cycle.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR LATCH DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - FULL OPEN CIRCUIT OPEN
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - PAWL CIRCUIT OPEN
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - RATCHET CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND WIRE OPEN - FULL OPEN SWITCH
GROUND WIRE OPEN - PAWL SWITCH
GROUND WIRE OPEN - RATCHET SWITCH
FULL OPEN SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
FULL OPEN SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
FULL OPEN SWITCH
LATCH ASSEMBLY
LATCH ASSEMBLY
PAWL SWITCH
RATCHET SWITCH
884
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - LATCH FAILURE Continued

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - LATCH FAILURE?
Yes Go To 2

tions.
2 Examine the door for proper fit and alignment, lose/ hard or torn seals, worn teeth on All
the rack and gear (lower drive unit) or anything that would cause an obstruction to
proper operation.

No Go To 3
3 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the PAWL, RATCHET and FULL OPEN All
switch state.
Move the door to the full open position. While observing the PAWL switch state, click
the latch with a screwdriver to the first detent. The PAWL should toggle from
CLOSED to OPEN.
Move the door to the full open position. While observing the RATCHET switch state,
click the latch with a screwdriver to the second detent. The RATCHET should toggle
from CLOSED to OPEN.
Repeat the above steps several times.
Select which switch failed:
FULL OPEN Switch
Go To 4
PAWL Switch
Go To 9
RATCHET Switch
Go To 13
All switches operated properly.

Go To 17
885

Measure the resistance between the Ground circuit (cavity 20) and the Full Open
Switch Sense circuit in the Sliding Door Module connector.
Open the sliding door completely then partially close it. Repeat this step while
observing the ohmmeter.
Did the resistance change from below 15 ohms to above 1000.0 ohms when the door
was moved.

No Go To 5

Disconnect the Full open Switch Sense wire at the lower drive unit.
Measure the resistance of the Ground wires between the PSD C2 connector (cavity
20) and the Full Open Switch connector.
Yes Go To 6


Measure the resistance of the Full Open Switch Sense wire between the PSD C2
connector and the Full Open Switch connector.
Yes Go To 7

Measure the resistance between ground and the Full Open Switch Sense circuit.
No Go To 8

Repair
886

Open the sliding door completely.
Using a screwdriver, close the latch to the first detent while observing the ohmmeter.
Release the latch with the handle. Repeat this step while observing the ohmmeter.
Did the resistance change from below 15 ohms to above 1000.0 ohms when the latch
was closed.

No Go To 10

Disconnect the Sliding Door Latch Sensing Switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the both Ground wires between the PSD C2 connector
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms in both ground wires at the switch connector?
Yes Go To 11


Yes Go To 12
Repair

NOTE: The Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit is also the Ratchet
Switch Sense circuit on power doors.
Measure the resistance between the Ground circuit (cavity 20) and the Sliding Door
Ajar Switch Sense circuit.
Using a screwdriver, close the latch to the second detent while observing the
ohmmeter.
was closed.

No Go To 14
887

Measure the resistance of the both Ground wires between the PSD C2 connector
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms in both ground wires at the switch connector?
Yes Go To 15


Yes Go To 16
Repair

Measure the resistance between the Cinch/Release Motor Latch Driver circuit and
the Cinch/Release Motor Unlatch Driver circuit in the Sliding Door Module connec-
tor.
Yes Go To 18
No Go To 19

circuit.
Yes Repair the Cinch/Release Motor Latch Driver circuit for a short to
ground. This could be the Cinch/Release Motor Latch Driver or
Unlatch Driver or the motor itself.
No Test Complete.
888

Yes Go To 20


tor.
Yes Go To 21

Repair
889
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - OVERCURRENT
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - OVERCURRENT

When Monitored: Anytime the Power Sliding Door is operating in the closing direction.
500 ms. during a close operation.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
SLIDING DOOR CLOSE DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR UNLATCH DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
DOOR MOTOR CLUTCH DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
POWER SLIDING DOOR MOTOR/CLUTCH

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - OVERCURRENT?
Yes Go To 2
Manually operate the other sliding door or one of a known good vehicle and notice the
effort needed.

No Go To 3
890
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - OVERCURRENT Continued

Yes Go To 4


Measure the resistance between ground and the Sliding Door Close Driver circuit.
Yes Repair the Sliding Door Close Driver circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance between ground and the Cinch/Release Motor Unlatch Driver
circuit.
Yes Repair the Cinch/Release Motor Unlatch Driver circuit for a short
to ground.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance between ground and the Door Motor Clutch Driver circuit.
Yes Repair the Door Motor Clutch Driver circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 7

Repair
Replace the Power Sliding Door Motor/Clutch assembly.
891
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - TIME OUT
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - TIME OUT

When Monitored: Anytime the Power Sliding Door is operating in the closing direction.
Set Condition: The power close operation was not completed within 20 seconds. This may
be caused by very high opening effort. A weak hall effect signal, low motor output or
defective clutch could also set this code.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
MOTOR/CLUTCH ASSEMBLY

Operate the power sliding door several times from stop to stop - if possible.
Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - TIME-OUT?
Yes Go To 2
tions.
Manually operate the sliding door of a known good vehicle or the other sliding door
and notice the effort needed.

No Replace the Motor/Clutch Assembly.
892
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE- VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM
LEVEL
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE- VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM LEVEL

When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door is performing a power close opera-
tion.
Set Condition: The PSD Module detects that the voltage is below 9.5 volts during the
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
MODULE VOLTAGE LOW
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - HIGH RESISTANCE
POWER SLIDING DOOR MOTOR

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - VOLTAGE BELOW
MINIMUM LEVEL?
Yes Go To 2

Does it take more effort to operate the sliding door than it should?

No Go To 3
893
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE- VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM LEVEL

Continued
before proceeding.
With the DRBIIIt in 9Sliding Door9 9Monitor Display9 9PCI Bus Info9 read the
9Battery Voltage9 and compare it to the 9PSD Bat Volts Input9.

voltage drop.
No Go To 4

Operate the power sliding door and observe the voltage difference.

voltage drop.
No Go To 5

Remove the sliding door trim panel to gain access to the Power Sliding Door Module.
Backprobe voltmeter leads between the Fused B(+) and the Sliding Door Close Driver
circuits in the PSD C1 connector.
Open the sliding door.
Operate the power sliding door in the CLOSE position and observe the voltage
difference.
Does the voltage vary more than 0.2 volts when the sliding door is closing?

No Go To 6

Repair
for high resistance. If the wiring is okay, replace the Power Sliding
Door Motor assembly.
894
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE

When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door is operating in the opening direction.
were counted since the start of the open operation.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
STICKING CABLES OR SWITCH
FULL OPEN SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
FULL OPEN SWITCH

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - FULL OPEN SWITCH
FAILURE?
Yes Go To 2

obstructions.
Switch.
Manually operate the door handle while monitoring the DRBIIIt.
Does the switch status change smoothly as the handle is pulled and released?
Yes Go To 3

895

Continued
Open the Sliding Door to mid position.
While monitoring the DRBIIIt, wiggle the wiring harness from the Power Sliding
Door Module to the Full Open Switch on the lower drive unit.
No Go To 4
Repair
896
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - EXCESSIVE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL

When Monitored: Anytime the power sliding door is in the opening cycle.
Set Condition: If during an opening operation the PSD module detects an excessive hall
effect signal time period, this code will set. Code will also set if obstacle detection becomes
inoperative due to a hall effect sensor failure or high effort on door during power up.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - HALL EFFECT OPEN
LOWER DRIVE UNIT
BINDING DOOR
DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SUPPLY WIRE OPEN
DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SUPPLY WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
DOOR MOTOR ASSEMBLY

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - EXCESSIVE HALL
EFFECT SIGNAL?
Yes Go To 2

897

Continued
Manually operate the sliding door on the other side or of a known good vehicle and
notice the effort needed to open and close.

No Go To 3
3 Examine the Lower Drive Unit for alignment and gear condition. All
Manually operate the sliding door and observe the gear and track.
Is the Lower Drive Unit and Track in good condition?
Yes Go To 4
No Replace the Lower Drive Unit and Track as necessary.
4 Operate the door from the full closed position and put an obstacle in its path to make All
it reverse.
Yes Go To 5
No Replace the Power Sliding Door Module.


Yes Go To 6

Measure the resistance of the Door Motor Hall Effect Supply circuit between the
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the Door Motor Hall Effect Supply wire for an open.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Door Motor Hall Effect Supply
circuit.
ground.
No Go To 8
898

Continued
Measure the resistance of the Door Motor Hall Effect Signal circuit between the
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the Door Motor Hall Effect Signal wire for an open.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Door Motor Hall Effect Signal
circuit.
Yes Repair the Door Motor Hall Effect Signal wire for a short to
ground.
No Go To 10
Repair
Replace the Power Sliding Door Motor Assembly (hall effect
sensor).
899
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - LATCH FAILURE
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - LATCH FAILURE

When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door is operating in the opening direction.
Set Condition: The power open operation was not completed due to latch failure. This
DTC is set during a power open cycle.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - FULL OPEN CIRCUIT OPEN
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - PAWL CIRCUIT OPEN
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - RATCHET CIRCUIT OPEN
FULL OPEN SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
FULL OPEN SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
FULL OPEN SWITCH
LATCH ASSEMBLY
LATCH ASSEMBLY
PAWL SWITCH
RATCHET SWITCH

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - LATCH FAILURE?
Yes Go To 2
tions.
900
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - LATCH FAILURE Continued


No Go To 3
3 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the PAWL, RATCHET and FULL OPEN All
switch state.
Move the door to the full open position. While observing the PAWL switch state, click
the latch with a screwdriver to the first detent. The PAWL should toggle from
CLOSED to OPEN.
Move the door to the full open position. While observing the RATCHET switch state,
click the latch with a screwdriver to the second detent. The RATCHET should toggle
from CLOSED to OPEN.
Repeat the above steps several times.
Select which switch failed:
FULL OPEN Switch

Go To 4
PAWL Switch
Go To 8
RATCHET Switch
Go To 11
All switches operated properly.

Go To 14

Open the sliding door completely then partially close it. Repeat this step while
observing the ohmmeter.
Did the resistance change from below 15 ohms to above 1000.0 ohms while moving
the door?

No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the Full Open Switch Sense wire between the PSD C2
connector and the Full Open Switch connector.
Yes Go To 6
901

No Go To 7
Repair

Using a screwdriver, close the latch to the first detent while observing the ohmmeter.
Did the resistance change from below 15 ohms to above 1000.0 ohms while moving
the door?

No Go To 9

Yes Go To 10
Repair

NOTE: The Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit is also the Ratchet
Switch Sense circuit on power doors.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense
circuit.
Using a screwdriver, close the latch to the second detent while observing the
ohmmeter.
changed states?
No Go To 12
902

Yes Go To 13
Repair

the Cinch/Release Motor Unlatch Driver circuit.
Yes Go To 15
No Go To 16

circuit.
ground. This could be the Cinch/Release Motor Latch Driver or
Unlatch Driver or the motor itself.
No Replace the Latch Assembly.


Yes Go To 17
903

tor.
Yes Go To 18
Repair
904
Symptom:

When Monitored: Anytime the Power Sliding Door is in a power open operation.
500 ms. during an open operation.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
SLIDING DOOR OPEN DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR LATCH DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
DOOR MOTOR CLUTCH DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
POWER SLIDING DOOR MOTOR/CLUTCH

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - OVERCURRENT?
Yes Go To 2
needed.

No Go To 3
905

Yes Go To 4


Measure the resistance between ground and the Sliding Door Open Driver circuit.
Yes Repair the Sliding Door Open Driver circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 5

the Cinch/Release Motor Unlatch Driver circuit.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Cinch/Release Motor Latch Driver circuit for an open.

circuit.
ground.
No Go To 7

Measure the resistance between ground and the Door Motor Clutch Driver circuit.
Yes Repair the Door Motor Clutch Driver circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 8
Repair
Replace the Power Sliding Door Motor/Clutch assembly.
906
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - TIME OUT
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - TIME OUT

When Monitored: Anytime the Power Sliding Door is operating in an opening operation.
Set Condition: The power open operation was not completed within 20 seconds. This may
be caused by very high opening effort. A weak hall effect signal, low motor output or
defective clutch could also set this code.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
MOTOR/CLUTCH ASSEMBLY

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - TIME-OUT?
Yes Go To 2
needed.

No Replace the Motor/Clutch Assembly.
907
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM
LEVEL

When Monitored: Whenever the power sliding door is performing a power open operation.
Set Condition: The PSD Module detects that the voltage is below 9.5 volts during the
power open operation.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
MODULE VOLTAGE LOW
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - HIGH RESISTANCE
POWER SLIDING DOOR MOTOR

Does the DRBIIIt display INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - VOLTAGE BELOW
MINIMUM LEVEL?
Yes Go To 2
Does it take more effort to operate the sliding door than it should?
No Go To 3
908

Continued
before proceeding.

voltage drop.
No Go To 4

Operate the power sliding door and observe the voltage difference.

voltage drop.
No Go To 5

Remove the sliding door trim panel to gain access to the Power Sliding Door Module.
Backprobe voltmeter leads between the Fused B(+) and the Sliding Door Open Driver
circuits in the PSD C1 connector.
Close the sliding door.
Operate the power sliding door in the OPEN position and observe the voltage
difference.
Does the voltage vary more than 0.2 volts when the sliding door is opening?

No Go To 6

Repair
for high resistance. If the wiring is okay, replace the Power Sliding
Door Motor assembly.
909
Symptom:
IOD WAKE UP OPEN - PSD
IOD WAKE UP OPEN - PSD

Set Condition: If the BCM does not sense a signal circuit from the Sliding Door Module
this code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - IOD WAKE UP OPEN
SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
SLIDING DOOR MODULE - IOD WAKE UP OPEN

Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display IOD WAKE UP OPEN?
Yes Go To 2

2 Disconnect the BCM C3 connector. All

Measure the voltage between the appropriate Sliding Door Wake Up Signal circuit
and ground.
No Go To 3
910
IOD WAKE UP OPEN - PSD Continued

Disconnect the appropriate Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector.
Measure the resistance of the appropriate Sliding Door Wake Up Signal circuit
between the BCM C3 connector and the Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the appropriate Sliding Door Wake Up Signal wire for an

open.

Measure the resistance between the Liftgate Module Wake Up Signal circuit and
ground.
ground.
No Go To 5
5 NOTE: If this vehicle is equipped with 2 power sliding doors, this test must All
be repeated for each door.
Disconnect the appropriate Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector.
Measure the resistance between the appropriate Sliding Door Wake Up Signal circuit
and ground.
Yes Repair the appropriate Sliding Door Wake Up Signal wire for a
short to ground.
No Go To 6
Repair
Replace the Sliding Door Module.
911
Symptom:
IOD WAKE UP PSD & PLG SHORT
IOD WAKE UP PSD & PLG SHORT

Set Condition: If the BCM senses an over current signal on any of the Wake Up Signal
circuits this code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - IOD WAKE UP SHORT
LEFT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
LIFTGATE MODULE WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
LEFT SLIDING DOOR MODULE - IOD WAKE UP SHORT TO VOLTAGE
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - IOD WAKE UP SHORT TO VOLTAGE
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR MODULE - IOD WAKE UP SHORT TO VOLTAGE

Turn the ignition off, wait 1 minute then turn the ignition on.
Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display IOD WAKE UP SHORT?
Yes Go To 2
2 Disconnect the BCM C2 and C3 connectors. All

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check each Wake Up Signal circuit.
On which circuit did the test light illuminate?
Left Sliding Door Wake Up Signal.

Go To 3
Right Sliding Door Wake Up Signal.
Go To 4
Liftgate Module Wake Up Signal.

Go To 5
Did not illuminate.

912
IOD WAKE UP PSD & PLG SHORT Continued

Disconnect the Left Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector.
Measure the voltage between the Left Sliding Door Wake Up Signal circuit and
ground.
voltage.
No Replace the Sliding Door Module.


Disconnect the Right Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector.
Measure the voltage between the Right Sliding Door Wake Up Signal circuit and
ground.
voltage.
No Replace the Sliding Door Module.

Measure the voltage between the Liftgate Module Wake Up Signal circuit and
ground.
voltage.
913
Symptom:
LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE

When Monitored: Continuously when the BCM is awake.
Set Condition: When the BCM senses an input greater than 4.8 volts for over 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
LEFT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LEFT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX WIRE OPEN
LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LEFT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH OPEN

Operate the left power sliding door from the Left B-Pillar Switch.
Does the DRBIIIt display LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO
VOLTAGE?
Yes Go To 2


Measure the voltage between Left Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux circuit and ground.
Yes Repair the Left Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux circuit for a short
to voltage.
No Go To 3

Measure the resistance between Left Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux circuit and
ground.

No Go To 4
914

Continued
4 Disconnect the B-Pillar Switch connector. All
B-Pillar Switch connector.
Yes Go To 5


Disconnect the Left B-Pillar Switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Left Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux circuit between
the BCM C3 connector and the Left B-Pillar Switch connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Left Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux wire for an open.

Repair
Replace the B-Pillar Switch.
915
Symptom:
LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT SHORT
LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT SHORT

Set Condition: When the BCM senses a B-pillar switch input less than .24 volts for over
10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH SHORTED
LEFT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LEFT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH CIRCUIT SHORTED

Does the DRBIIIt display LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT SHORT?
Yes Go To 2
2 Disconnect the Left B-Pillar Switch connector. All

Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT OPEN?
Yes Replace the B-Pillar Switch.
No Go To 3

Measure the resistance of the Left Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux circuit to ground.
Yes Repair the Left Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux wire for a short to
ground.
916
Symptom:
LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT STUCK
LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT STUCK

Set Condition: When the BCM senses an active B-pillar switch input for over 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH SHORTED
LEFT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LEFT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH CIRCUIT SHORTED

Does the DRBIIIt display LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT STUCK?
Yes Go To 2
2 Disconnect the Left B-Pillar Switch connector. All

Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT OPEN?
No Go To 3

Measure the resistance of the Left Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux circuit to ground.
Yes Repair the Left Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux wire for a short to
ground.
917
Symptom:

Set Condition: The Power Sliding Door Module did not receive its own transmitted
message on the PCI bus back (loopback) for longer than 1 second.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT

Does the DRBIIIt display LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE?

918
Symptom:

Set Condition: If the PSD Module losses communication with the BCM for over 5 seconds,
this code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BODY CONTROL MODULE
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - LOSS OF BCM MESSAGES

With the DRBIIIt, enter Body then Body Computer.
Was the DRBIIIt able to I/D or communicate with the BCM?
Yes Go To 2

Did this DTC reset?
No Test Complete.
919
Symptom:

Set Condition: If the PSD Module does not receive a PRNDL message for over 5 seconds,
this code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - LOSS OF EATX MESSAGES

With the DRBIIIt, select Transmission.
Yes Go To 2

Did this DTC reset?
No Test Complete.
920
Symptom:
LOSS OF FCM MESSAGES
LOSS OF FCM MESSAGES

When Monitored: Whenever the ignition is in the RUN position and the PRNDL is not in
PARK position.
Set Condition: If the PSD Module does not receive a temperature message from the Front
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE FRONT CONTROL MODULE
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - LOSS OF FCM MESSAGES

With the DRBIIIt, enter Body then Front Control Module.
Was the DRBIIIt able to I/D or communicate with the FCM?
Yes Go To 2

Did this DTC reset?

No Test Complete.
921
Symptom:

When Monitored: Whenever the ignition is in RUN position and the PRNDL is not in
PARK position.
Set Condition: If the PSD Module does not receive a speed message from the Powertrain
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - LOSS OF SBEC MESSAGES

With the DRBIIIt, select Engine.
Yes Go To 2

Cycle the ignition switch from OFF to RUN and wait approximately 1 minute.
Did this DTC reset?

No Test Complete.
922
Symptom:
OVERHEAD LEFT SWITCH INPUT STUCK
OVERHEAD LEFT SWITCH INPUT STUCK

Set Condition: When the BCM senses an active switch input for over 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
OVERHEAD LEFT SWITCH SHORTED
SLIDING DOORS OVERHEAD SWITCH MUX WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - SLIDING DOORS OVERHEAD SWITCH CIRCUIT SHORTED

Operate the left power sliding door from the Overhead Console Switch.
Does the DRBIIIt display OVERHEAD LEFT SWITCH INPUT STUCK?
Yes Go To 2
2 Disconnect the Overhead Console connector. All

Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display OVERHEAD LEFT SWITCH INPUT STUCK?
Yes Go To 3


Measure the resistance of the Sliding Doors Overhead Switch Mux circuit to ground.
Yes Repair the Sliding Doors Overhead Switch Mux wire for a short to
ground.
923
Symptom:
OVERHEAD RIGHT SWITCH INPUT STUCK
OVERHEAD RIGHT SWITCH INPUT STUCK

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
OVERHEAD RIGHT SWITCH SHORTED
BODY CONTROL MODULE - SLIDING DOORS OVERHEAD SWITCH CIRCUIT SHORTED

Operate the right power sliding door from the Overhead Console Switch.
Does the DRBIIIt display OVERHEAD RIGHT SWITCH INPUT STUCK?
Yes Go To 2
2 Disconnect the Overhead Console Switch connector. All

Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display OVERHEAD RIGHT SWITCH INPUT STUCK?
Yes Go To 3

ground.
924
Symptom:
OVERHEAD RIGHT/LEFT SWITCHES SHORT
OVERHEAD RIGHT/LEFT SWITCHES SHORT

Set Condition: When the BCM senses less than 1.0 volts on the Sliding Doors Overhead
Switch Mux circuit for over 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
OVERHEAD SWITCH SHORTED
BODY CONTROL MODULE - SLIDING DOORS OVERHEAD SWITCH INPUT SHORTED

Operate the power sliding door from the Overhead Console Switch.
Does the DRBIIIt display OVERHEAD RIGHT/LEFT SWITCHES SHORT?
Yes Go To 2
2 Disconnect the Overhead Console Switch connector. All

Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display OVERHEAD SWITCH #2 INPUT SHORT?
Yes Go To 3

ground.
925
Symptom:
RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE

Set Condition: When the BCM senses an input greater than 4.8 volts for over 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX WIRE OPEN
RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - RIGHT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH OPEN

Operate the right power sliding door from the Right B-Pillar Switch.
Does the DRBIIIt display RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT OPEN?
Yes Go To 2

Measure the voltage between Right Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux circuit and
ground.
Yes Repair the Right Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux circuit for a
short to voltage.
No Go To 3
3 Disconnect the B-Pillar Switch connector. All

B-Pillar Switch connector.
Yes Go To 4

926

Continued
Disconnect the Right B-Pillar Switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Right Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux circuit between
the BCM C3 connector and the Right B-Pillar Switch connector.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Right Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux wire for an open.

Measure the resistance between Right Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux circuit and
ground.

No Go To 6

Repair
Replace the B-Pillar Switch.
927
Symptom:
RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT SHORT
RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT SHORT

Set Condition: When the BCM senses a switch input less than .24 volts for over 10
seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH SHORTED
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - RIGHT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH CIRCUIT SHORTED

Does the DRBIIIt display RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT SHORT?
Yes Go To 2
2 Disconnect the Right B-Pillar Switch connector. All

Wait 10 seconds.
No Go To 3

Measure the resistance of the Right Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux circuit to ground.
Yes Repair the Right Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux wire for a short
to ground.
928
Symptom:
RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT STUCK
RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT STUCK

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH SHORTED
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - RIGHT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH CIRCUIT SHORTED

Does the DRBIIIt display RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT STUCK?
Yes Go To 2
2 Disconnect the Right B-Pillar Switch connector. All


No Go To 3

Measure the resistance of the Right Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux circuit to ground.
Yes Repair the Right Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux wire for a short
to ground.
929
Symptom:
*POWER SLIDING DOOR INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTCS PRESENT
MODULE RESPONSE
SYSTEM TESTS

1 With the DRBIIIt check for response from the Body Computer and the Power Sliding All
Door Modules
Is there response from both modules?
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to symptom list for problems related to COMMUNICA-

TION.
2 With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs in POWER SLIDING DOOR and BODY COMPUTER. All
Are any Power Sliding Door related codes present?
Yes Refer to symptom list for problems related to POWER SLIDING
DOORS.
No Go To 3
3 This test will determine what inhibited the Power Sliding Door from operating All
properly.
With the DRBIIIt, select POWER SLIDING DOOR, MISCELLANEOUS, LAST
INHIBIT MONITOR.
Does the DRBIIIt display any INHIBIT REASONS?
Yes Check for any binding conditions or other restrictions that may
prevent proper operation. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as
a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
No Go To 4
4 Ensure the sliding door is fully closed before proceeding. All

With the DRBIIIt select SYSTEM TEST.
Perform the Open, Close, Latch Cinch, Latch Release and Relay tests.
Did any test fail?

No Test Complete.
930
POWER MIRROR
Symptom:
FOLD MIRROR OUTPUT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LEFT POWER MIRROR
RIGHT POWER MIRROR
LEFT FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER SHORT TO VOLTAGE
RIGHT FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER SHORT TO VOLTAGE
LEFT FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE

NOTE: Doors must be closed to allow the mirrors to fold with the power folding
mirror switch.
Attempt to operate the power folding mirror system with the power folding mirror
switch and by opening and closing both front doors with mirrors folded.
Does the same DTC reset?
Yes Go To 2
2 Disconnect the Left Power Mirror connector. All

Operate the Power Folding Mirror switch.
Yes Go To 3
No Replace the Left Power Mirror.

3 Disconnect the Right Power Mirror connector. All

Yes Go To 4
No Replace the Right Power Mirror.

931
POWER MIRROR
FOLD MIRROR OUTPUT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) Continued

4 Disconnect the Left and Right Power Mirror connectors. All
Measure for unwanted voltage on the Left Folding Mirror Unfold Driver circuit in the
BCM C2 connector.
Yes Repair the Left Folding Mirror Unfold Driver circuit for a short to
voltage.
No Go To 5

Measure for unwanted voltage on the Right Folding Mirror Unfold Driver circuit in
the relay connector.
Yes Repair the Right Folding Mirror Unfold Driver circuit for a short
to voltage.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance between ground and the Left Folding Mirror Unfold Driver
circuit in the BCM C2 connector.
Yes Repair the Left Folding Mirror Unfold Driver circuit for a short to
ground.
No Go To 7

Measure the resistance between ground and the Right Folding Mirror Unfold Driver
circuit in the relay connector.
Yes Repair the Right Folding Mirror Unfold Driver circuit for a short
to ground.
932
POWER MIRROR
Symptom:
PASSENGER MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT OPEN (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

mirror switch.
Yes Go To 2
2 Disconnect the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay connector. All

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused B+ circuit in the relay
connector.
The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to that of a direct
connection to the battery.
Yes Go To 3

3 Remove the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay. All

Install a substitute relay in place of the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay.
mirror switch.
Yes Go To 4
No Replace the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay.
933
POWER MIRROR
PASSENGER MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT OPEN (EXPORT ONLY)

Continued
Measure the resistance between ground and the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay
Control circuit in the relay connector.
Yes Repair the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay Control circuit for a
short to ground.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay Control circuit
between the relay connector and the BCM C4 connector.
No Repair the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay Control circuit for an
open.
934
POWER MIRROR
Symptom:
PASSENGER MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT SHORT (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BODY CONTROL MODULE

mirror switch.
Yes Go To 2
2 Remove the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay. All

Install a substitute relay in place of the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay.
mirror switch.
Yes Go To 3


Measure the voltage of the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay Control circuit in the
relay connector.
Yes Repair the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay Control circuit for a
short to voltage.
935
POWER MIRROR
Symptom:
UNFOLD MIRROR OUTPUT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LEFT POWER MIRROR
RIGHT POWER MIRROR
DRIVER FOLDING MIRROR FOLD DRIVER SHORT TO VOLTAGE
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY INPUT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
DRIVER FOLDING MIRROR FOLD DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY INPUT SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE

mirror switch.
Yes Go To 2
2 Install a substitute relay in place of the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay. All
mirror switch.
Yes Go To 3

936
POWER MIRROR
UNFOLD MIRROR OUTPUT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) Continued

3 Disconnect the Left Power Mirror connector. All
Yes Go To 4
No Replace the Left Power Mirror.

4 Disconnect the Right Power Mirror connector. All

Yes Go To 5
No Replace the Right Power Mirror.


Measure for unwanted voltage on the Driver Folding Mirror Fold Driver circuit in the
BCM C2 connector.
Yes Repair the Driver Folding Mirror Fold Driver circuit for a short to
voltage.
No Go To 6

Disconnect the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay.
Measure for unwanted voltage on the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay Output circuit
in the relay connector.
Yes Repair the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay Output circuit for a
short to voltage.
No Go To 7

Measure for unwanted voltage on the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay Input circuit
in the relay connector.
Yes Repair the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay Input circuit for a
short to voltage.
No Go To 8
937
POWER MIRROR
UNFOLD MIRROR OUTPUT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) Continued

Measure the resistance between ground and the Driver Folding Mirror Fold Driver
circuit in the BCM C2 connector.
Yes Repair the Driver Folding Mirror Fold Driver circuit for a short to
ground.
No Go To 9

Output circuit in the relay connector.
Yes Repair the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay Output circuit for a
short to ground.
No Go To 10

Input circuit in the relay connector.
Yes Repair the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay Input circuit for a
short to ground.

938
POWER MIRROR
Symptom:
*BOTH MIRRORS DO NOT UNFOLD EXCEPT WITH EITHER
FRONT DOOR (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
POWER FOLDING MIRROR SWITCH
FOLDING MIRROR SWITCH SIGNAL SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Does the DRBIIIt display any related DTCs?
Yes Refer to symptom list for problems related to Power Folding
Mirrors.
No Go To 2
2 Disconnect the Power Folding Mirror Switch connector. All

Did the mirrors unfold?
Yes Replace the Power Folding Mirror Switch.

No Go To 3

Measure the resistance of the Folding Mirror Switch Signal circuit at the Power
Folding Mirror Switch connector to ground.
Yes Repair the Folding Mirror Switch Signal circuit for a short to
ground.
939
POWER MIRROR
Symptom:
*BOTH POWER FOLDING MIRRORS DO NOT FOLD (EXPORT
ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
POWER FOLDING MIRROR SWITCH
FOLDING MIRROR SWITCH SIGNAL OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Mirrors.
No Go To 2
2 Disconnect the Power Folding Mirror switch connector All

Measure the resistance of the ground circuit.
Yes Go To 3


With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the Foldaway Switch state.
Connect a jumper wire between the Folding Mirror Switch Signal circuit and ground.
Does the DRBIIIt display change?
Yes Replace the Power Folding Mirror Switch.
No Go To 4

Measure the resistance of the Folding Mirror Switch Signal circuit between the BCM
C4 connector and the Power Folding Mirror Switch connector.
No Repair the Folding Mirror Switch Signal circuit for an open.
940
POWER MIRROR
Symptom:
*DRIVER FOLDING MIRROR DOES NOT FOLD (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
POWER MIRROR
FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
DRIVER FOLDING MIRROR FOLD DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Mirrors.
No Go To 2
2 Disconnect the inoperative Power Mirror connector. All

Connect one lead of a test light to the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay Output circuit
and the other lead to the appropriate Folding Mirror Unfold Driver in the power
mirror harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Folding Mirrors.
Yes Replace the appropriate Power Mirror.
No Go To 3

Measure the appropriate Folding Mirror Unfold Driver circuit from the BCM C2
connector to the power mirror harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the appropriate Folding Mirror Unfold Driver circuit for

an open.
941
POWER MIRROR
*DRIVER FOLDING MIRROR DOES NOT FOLD (EXPORT ONLY)

Continued
Measure the Driver Folding Mirror Fold Driver circuit from the BCM C2 connector
to the mirror harness connector.
No Repair the Driver Folding Mirror Fold Driver circuit for an open.
942
POWER MIRROR
Symptom:
*PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR DOES NOT FOLD (EXPORT
ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
POWER MIRROR
FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Mirrors.
No Go To 2
2 Disconnect the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay. All

Connect a substitute relay in place of the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay.
mirror switch.
Does the system now operate properly?
Yes Replace the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay.
No Go To 3
3 Connect Passenger Folding Mirror Relay if disconnected in previous step. All

Disconnect the inoperative Power Mirror connector.
Connect one lead of a test light to the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay Output circuit
and the other lead to the appropriate Folding Mirror Unfold Driver in the power
mirror harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Folding Mirrors.
Yes Replace the appropriate Power Mirror.

No Go To 4
943
POWER MIRROR
*PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR DOES NOT FOLD (EXPORT ONLY)

Continued
Measure the appropriate Folding Mirror Unfold Driver circuit from the BCM C2
connector to the power mirror harness connector.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the appropriate Folding Mirror Unfold Driver circuit for

an open.

Measure the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay Output circuit from the relay connector
to the mirror harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay Output circuit for an

open.

Measure the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay Input circuit from the relay connector
to the BCM C2 connector.
No Repair the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay Input circuit for an
open.
944
Symptom List:
LF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY LOW
LF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE
LR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY LOW
LR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE
RF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY LOW
RF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE
RR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY LOW
RR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE
The title for the tests will be LF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR
BATTERY LOW.
LF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY LOW

When Monitored: Key ON.
Set Condition: When the EVICT detects a low battery condition from the LF Sensor/
Transmitter.
LF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE

Set Condition: When the EVIC detects a no-transmit condition from the LF Sensor/
Transmitter.
LR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY LOW

Set Condition: When the EVIC detects a low battery condition from the LR Sensor/
Transmitter.
LR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE

Set Condition: When the EVIC detects a no transmit condition from the LR Sensor/
Transmitter.
RF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY LOW

Set Condition: When the EVIC detects a low battery condition from the RF Sensor/
Transmitter.
945
LF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY LOW Continued
RF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE

Set Condition: When the EVIC detects a no transmit condition from the RF Sensor/
Transmitter.
RR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY LOW

Set Condition: When the EVIC detects a low battery condition from the RR Sensor/
Transmitter.
RR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE

Set Condition: When the EVIC detects a no transmit condition from the RR Sensor/
Transmitter.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EVIC INTERNAL FAULT
SENSOR/TRANSMITTER INTERNAL FAULT

Drive the vehicle for 10 minutes at 32 km/h (20 mph).
Does the DRBIIIt display a Sensor Failure or Sensor Low Battery message?
Yes Replace the indicated Tire Pressure Sensor/Transmitter.
Perform TIRE PRESSURE VERIFICATION TEST.
No Go To 2
2 Observe the EVIC display. All

Does the EVIC display SERVICE TIRE PRESS. SYSTEM?
Yes Replace the EVIC in accordance with the Service Information.

Perform TIRE PRESSURE VERIFICATION TEST.
No Test Complete.
946
Symptom:
BCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY)
BCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY)

Set Condition: The RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module does not receive any messages from
the BCM for at least 5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE
RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - INTERNAL MALFUNCTION

Was the DRBIIIt able to communicate with the BCM?
Yes Go To 2

ate symptom.
Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module.
Was the DRBIIIt able to communicate with the RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module?
condition.
No Go To 3

Disconnect the Thatcham Alarm Module 16-way harness connector.
Disconnect the DRBIIIt from the data link connector.
Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit between the data link connector and
the Thatcham Alarm Module connector.
Yes Replace the RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module.

947
Symptom:
INTERNAL EEPROM WRITE ERROR (EXPORT ONLY)
INTERNAL EEPROM WRITE ERROR (EXPORT ONLY)

When Monitored: During a EEPROM write event.
Set Condition: If the EEPROM write time exceeds 16ms.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

With the DRBIIIt, erase the current RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module DTCs.
With the DRBIIIt, read the current RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display: INTERNAL EEPROM WRITE ERROR?

948
Symptom:
INTERNAL TRANSMIT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY)
INTERNAL TRANSMIT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY)

When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on during a message transmission.
Set Condition: After 8 internal attempts to transmit the RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module
Bus messages.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

Does the DRBIIIt display: INTERNAL TRANSMIT FAILURE?

condition.
949
Symptom:
INTERNAL ULTRASONIC FAULT (EXPORT ONLY)
INTERNAL ULTRASONIC FAULT (EXPORT ONLY)

When Monitored: During the initial 6 seconds of an ignition on cycle.
Set Condition: After 5 consecutive ignition cycles without detecting any ultrasonic
movement.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT INTRUSION SENSOR
FRONT INTRUSION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
FRONT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
INTRUSION SENSOR DETECTION
REAR INTRUSION SENSOR
REAR INTRUSION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - FRONT SENSOR GROUND
RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - FRONT SENSOR SIGNAL
RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - INTERNAL
RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - REAR SENSOR GROUND
RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - REAR SENSOR SIGNAL

Perform the following step 5 times.
Does the DRBIIIt display: INTERNAL ULTRASONIC FAULT?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 2
950
INTERNAL ULTRASONIC FAULT (EXPORT ONLY) Continued

NOTE: The Intrusion Sensors will only detect movement during initial
ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, select Intrusion Sensor Test.
Turn the ignition on then wave arm inside the vehicle to simulate an intrusion.
Does the DRBIIIt show INTRUSION DETECTED when the ignition is initially
turned on?
condition.
No Go To 3

Disconnect the Front Intrusion Sensor connector.
Connect a voltmeter to the Front Intrusion Sensor Signal circuit at the Intrusion
Sensor connector.
Turn the ignition on while observing the voltmeter.
NOTE: Voltage will only be present during the first 6 seconds when the
ignition is turned on.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts when the ignition is initially turned on?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 12

Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit at the Front Intrusion Sensor
connector.
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 11
5 Replace the Front Intrusion Sensor with a known good sensor. All
Does the DRBIIIt show INTRUSION DETECTED?
Yes Replace the Front Intrusion Sensor.
No Go To 6

Disconnect the Rear Intrusion Sensor connector.
Connect a voltmeter to the Rear Intrusion Sensor Signal circuit at the Intrusion
Sensor connector.
Yes Go To 7
No Go To 10
951

Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit at the Rear Intrusion Sensor
connector.
Yes Go To 8
No Go To 9
8 Replace the Rear Intrusion Sensor with a known good sensor. All
Does the DRBIIIt show INTRUSION DETECTED?
Yes Replace the Rear Intrusion Sensor.

No Replace the RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module.

9 Gain access to the RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module. All

Disconnect the Thatcham Alarm Module 16-way connector.
Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit between the Thatcham Alarm
Module connector and the Intrusion Sensor connector.
No Repair the Rear Sensor Ground circuit for an open.

Gain access to the RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module 16-way connector.
While back probing, measure the voltage of the Rear Intrusion Sensor Signal circuit
at the Thatchem Alarm Module 16-way connector.
Yes Repair the Rear Intrusion Sensor Signal circuit for an open.


Disconnect the Thatcham Alarm Module 16-way connector.
Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit between the Thatcham Alarm
Module connector and the Front Intrusion Sensor connector.

No Repair the Front Sensor Ground circuit for an open.
952

Gain access to the RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module 16-way connector.
While back probing, measure the voltage of the Front Intrusion Sensor Signal circuit
at the Thatcham Alarm Module 16-way connector.
Yes Repair the Front Intrusion Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
953
Symptom:
LOOPBACK ERROR (EXPORT ONLY)
LOOPBACK ERROR (EXPORT ONLY)

When Monitored: During power up, following detection of any other Bus errors.
Set Condition: Internally transmitted message on the PCI Bus is not received correctly.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

Does the DRBIIIt display: LOOPBACK ERROR?

954
Symptom:
NO VALID MESSAGES RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY)
NO VALID MESSAGES RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY)

Set Condition: The RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module does not receive any valid messages on
the PCI Bus for a minimum of 5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

Does the DRBIIIt display: NO VALID MESSAGES RECEIVED?

condition.
955
Symptom:
PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY (EXPORT ONLY)
PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY (EXPORT ONLY)

Set Condition: The RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module has detected a short to battery voltage
on the PCI Bus.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCI BUS MALFUNCTION

1 NOTE: If this code is set and active it will be necessary to perform the PCI All
Bus Communication Failure symptom.

broken wires.
956
Symptom:
PCI BUS SHORTED TO GROUND (EXPORT ONLY)
PCI BUS SHORTED TO GROUND (EXPORT ONLY)

Set Condition: The RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module has detected a short to ground on the
PCI Bus.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCI BUS MALFUNCTION

1 NOTE: If this code is set and active it will be necessary to perform the PCI All
Bus Communication Failure symptom.

broken wires.
957
Symptom:
PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY)
PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY)

Set Condition: The RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module does not receive any messages from
the PCM for at least 5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE

Yes Go To 2

ate symptom.

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module.
Was the DRBIIIt able to communicate with the RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module?
condition.
No Go To 3

Disconnect the RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module 16-way harness connector.
Disconnect the DRBIIIt from the data link connector.
Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit between the data link connector and
the Thatcham Alarm Module connector.

958
Symptom:
*ALARM TRIPS ON ITS OWN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LAST VTSS CAUSE
ATTEMPT TO TRIP ALARM

1 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the Last VTSS Cause state. All
Were there any causes displayed?
Yes Check for a possible intermittent condition with the circuit
indicated by the DRBIIIt.
No Go To 2
2 Is this an export vehicle equipped with a hood ajar switch? All

Yes Go To 3
No Go To 4
3 Remove the ignition key (but keep in hand). All

Lock the vehicle and close all the doors, liftgate and hood.
Allow the VTSS to arm.
Lightly tap on hood near ajar switch to simulate wind and noise vibration.
Did the VTSS trip to the alarming state?
Yes Replace the hood ajar switch.
No Go To 4
4 NOTE: The condition that caused the alarm is not present at this time. The All
following list may help in indentifying the intermittent condition.
Visually inspect related wiring harnesses. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or
Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for loose connections,

No Test Complete.
959
Symptom:
*HOOD DOES NOT TRIP VTSS (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DRBIIIt FOR HOOD AJAR SWITCH RESPONSE
BODY CONTROL MODULE

1 NOTE: For the results of this test to be valid, the security system must arm All
and flash the VTSS indicator properly.
With the DRBIIIt, read the HOOD AJAR SW status.
Open the hood.
No Refer to symptom HOOD AJAR CKT OPEN in the DOOR AJAR

category.
960
Symptom:
*LEFT FRONT DOOR DOES NOT TRIP VTSS
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BODY CONTROL MODULE
CHECK DRBIIIt FOR DRIVER DOOR AJAR RESPONSE

With the DRBIIIt, read the DRVR DOOR AJAR SW status.
Open the driver door.
No Refer to symptom DRIVER DOOR AJAR CKT OPEN in the

DOOR AJAR category.
961
Symptom:
*LEFT SLIDING DOOR DOES NOT TRIP VTSS
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MONITOR DRBIIIt FOR LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR STATUS
BODY CONTROL MODULE

With the DRBIIIt, read the LSLIDE DR AJAR SW status.
Open the left sliding door.
Does the DRBIIIt display the switch state as CLOSED?
No Refer to symptom LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR CKT OPEN in

the DOOR AJAR category.
962
Symptom:
*LIFTGATE DOES NOT TRIP VTSS (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DRBIIIt FOR LIFTGATE SW RESPONSE
BODY CONTROL MODULE

With the DRBIIIt, read the LIFTGATE AJAR SW status.
Open the liftgate.
No Refer to symptom LIFTGATE AJAR CKT OPEN in the DOOR

AJAR category.
963
Symptom:
*REPEATER LAMPS INOPERATIVE WITH ALARM (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HAZARD SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
REPEATER LAMPS INOPERATIVE
HAZARD SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN

1 With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Hazard Lamps. All
Do the Hazard Lamps light while actuating?
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to the appropriate Service Information to repair the Hazard
Lamps.
2 Turn the hazard lamp switch on. All

Do the Hazard Lamps operate?
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the Hazard Switch Sense circuit for an open between the
BCM and the splice.

Disconnect the Thatcham Alarm Module 16-way harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the Hazard Switch Sense of the Thatcham Alarm
Module connector and ground.
Do the hazard lamps light with the jumper wire connected?
No Repair the Hazard Switch Sense circuit for an open between the
RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module and the splice.
964
Symptom:
*RIGHT FRONT DOOR DOES NOT TRIP VTSS
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DRBIIIt FOR PASSENGER DOOR AJAR RESPONSE
BODY CONTROL MODULE

With the DRBIIIt, read the PASS DOOR AJAR SW status.
Open the passenger door.
No Refer to symptom PASSENGER DOOR AJAR CKT OPEN in the

DOOR AJAR category.
965
Symptom:
*RIGHT SLIDING DOOR DOES NOT TRIP VTSS
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DRBIIIt FOR RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR RESPONSE
BODY CONTROL MODULE

With the DRBIIIt, read the RSLIDE DR AJAR SW status.
Open the right sliding door.
No Refer to symptom RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR CKT OPEN in

the DOOR AJAR category.
966
Symptom:
*VTSS SIREN INOP (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SIREN SIGNAL CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
SIREN SIGNAL RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
SIREN SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
VTSS SIREN
RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - INTERNAL MALFUNCTON
VTSS SIREN - INTERNAL MALFUNCTION

1 With the DRBIIIt, actuate the VTSS Siren. All
Does the Siren sound while actuating?
broken wires.
No Go To 2
2 Gain access to the VTSS Siren. All

Disconnect the VTSS Siren connector.
Measure the voltage of the Siren Supply circuit (cavity 3) in the VTSS Siren
connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 9
3 With the VTSS Siren connector disconnected. All

Measure the resistance of the Siren Signal Return circuit to ground.
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 7
967
*VTSS SIREN INOP (EXPORT ONLY) Continued

4 With the VTSS Siren connector disconnected. All
Measure the voltage of the Siren Signal Control circuit (cavity 2) in the VTSS Siren
connector.
Is the voltage approximately 5.0 volts +/- 1.0 volt?
Yes Replace the VTSS Siren.
No Go To 5
5 Gain access to the Thatcham Alarm Module 16-way harness connector. All
While back probing, measure the voltage of the Siren Signal Control circuit.
Yes Go To 6

6 Disconnect the Thatcham Alarm Module 16-way harness connector. All

Measure the resistance of the Siren Signal Control circuit between the Thatcham
Alarm Module and the VTSS Siren connectors.
No Repair the Siren Signal Control circuit for an open.

While back probing, measure the resistance of the Siren Signal Return circuit in the
Thatcham Alarm Module 16-way connector.
Yes Go To 8


Measure the resistance of the Siren Signal Return circuit between the Thatcham
Alarm Module and the VTSS Siren connector.

No Repair the Siren Signal Return circuit for an open.


While back probing, measure the voltage of the Siren Supply circuit in the Thatcham
Alarm Module 16-way connector.
Yes Go To 10

968
*VTSS SIREN INOP (EXPORT ONLY) Continued

Measure the resistance of the Siren Supply circuit between the Thatcham Alarm
Module and the VTSS Siren connector.

No Repair the Siren Supply circuit for an open.

969
Symptom:
*VTSS WILL NOT ARM
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE VTSS STATUS
CHECK FOR BCM DTCS AND VTSS ARMING INHIBITORS
CHECK FOR PCI BUS COMMUNICATION OF INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND SKIM
BODY CONTROL MODULE

1 With the DRBIIIt in BCM, select Miscellaneous Function and check that the Theft All
Alarm is enabled.
Was the Theft Alarm enabled?
Yes Go To 2
No With the DRBIIIt, enable the Vehicle Theft Security System

(VTSS).
2 With the DRBIIIt, attempt to read the Module Display of the Instrument Cluster and All
also the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module.
Was the DRBIIIt able to display the module information of the MIC and SKIM?
Yes Go To 3
No Refer to the Symptom List and diagnose the appropriate symptom
in the Communication category.
3 Ensure all doors and hood (export only) are closed. All
With the DRBIIIt, read the active DTCs and the ajar switch states.
Does the DRBIIIt display any closed switches or VTSS related DTCs?
Yes Refer to the Symptom List and diagnose the appropriate symptom
in the DOOR AJAR or VTSS category.
970
Symptom:
FR WIPER HI-LO RELAY OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT
COMMON CIRCUIT OPEN
WIPER HI/LOW RELAY
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY
WIPER HI/LOW RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
FCM-ON/OFF RELAY DRIVER OPEN

Remove the Wiper On/Off Relay from the PDC.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe both Fused B(+) circuits in the
PDC.
Does the test light illuminate brightly at each terminal?
Yes Go To 2
No Repair the Fused B(+) circuit(s) for an open.
2 Install a substitute relay in place of the Wiper On/Off Relay. All

Turn the wipers on.
Does the system operate correctly?
Yes Replace the Wiper On/Off Relay.
No Go To 3

Remove the wiper High/Low Relay from the PDC.
Remove the wiper On/Off Relay from the PDC.
Measure the resistance of the Common circuit between the High/Low Relay and the
On/Off relay in the PDC.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Common circuit for an open.

4 Install a substitute relay in place of the Wiper Hi/Low Relay. All

Turn the wipers on.
Yes Replace the Wiper Hi/Low Relay.

No Go To 5
971
FR WIPER HI-LO RELAY OPEN Continued

Remove the Wiper Hi/Low Relay from the PDC.
Connect a jumper wire between the Wiper Hi/Low Relay Control circuit at the IPM
Measure the resistance between ground and the Wiper Hi/Low Relay Control circuit
in the PDC.

No Repair the Wiper Hi/Low Relay Control circuit for an open.
972
Symptom:
FR WIPER HI-LO RELAY SHORT TO BATT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
WIPER HI/LOW RELAY
WIPER HI/LOW RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
FCM

Remove the Wiper Hi/Low Relay from the PDC.
Measure the voltage of the Wiper Hi/Low Relay Control circuit at the PDC connector.
Yes Repair the Wiper Hi/Low Relay Control circuit for a short to
voltage.
No Go To 2
2 Install a substitute relay in place of the Wiper Hi/Low Relay. All

Turn the wipers on.
Yes Replace the Wiper Hi/Low Relay.

973
Symptom:
FRONT WASH SWITCH INPUT STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HIGH BEAM/FRONT WASHER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH
FCM

With the DRB, select Body, Front Control Module and read the F Washer Switch
state.
Does the DRB display switch state as Closed?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 4

Disconnect the Multi-Function Switch harness connector.
With the DRB, select Body, Front Control Module and read the F Washer Switch
state.
Does the DRB display switch state as Open?
Yes Replace the Multi-Function Switch.

No Go To 3

Measure the resistance between ground and the High Beam/Front Washer Switch
MUX circuit.
Yes Repair the High Beam/Front Washer Switch MUX circuit for a
short to ground.

974
FRONT WASH SWITCH INPUT STUCK Continued

With the DRBIIIt, erase all BCM and FCM DTCs.

No Test Complete.
975
Symptom:
FRONT WASHER OUTPUT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT WASHER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
FRONT WASHER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
FRONT WASHER PUMP MOTOR

1 Ignition on, engine off. All
Press the Front Washer Switch.
Does the Front Washer Motor Function?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3

The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time.
circuit.
No Test Complete.

Disconnect the Front Washer Pump Motor harness connector.
Ignition on, engine off.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused Accessory Relay
Output circuit in the Front Washer Pump Motor harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Fused Accessory Relay Output circuit for an open.

976
FRONT WASHER OUTPUT OPEN Continued

Ignition on, engine off.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12 Volts, check the Front Washer Pump Motor
Control circuit in the Front Washer Pump Motor harness connector while pressing
the Front Washer Switch.
Yes Replace the Front Washer Pump Motor in accordance with the
No Go To 5

Disconnect the Front Control Module harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Rear Washer Pump Motor Control Circuit from the
Front Control Module connector to the Rear Washer Pump Motor harness connector.
Yes Repair the Front Washer Pump Motor Control Circuit for an open.
No Go To 6

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Front Washer Pump Motor
Control circuit.
Yes Repair the Front Washer Pump Motor Control Circuit for a short
to voltage.
Information.
977
Symptom:
FRONT WIPER NOT PARKED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT WIPER MODULE
MECHANICAL PROBLEM
FRONT WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN

With the DRB, select Body, Front Control Module, Inputs/Outputs and read the
Wiper Park Sw state.
Does the DRB display Closed?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3

No Test Complete.

Inspect all of the moving components associated with the Front Wiper system. Look
for broken or damaged components which may prevent the wipers from parking
properly.
Are the any mechanical problems?

No Go To 4
978
FRONT WIPER NOT PARKED Continued

Disconnect the Front Wiper Module harness connector.
With the DRB, select Body, Body Computer then Inputs/Outputs and read the Wiper
Park Sw state.
Connect one end of a jumper wire to the Front Wiper Park Switch Sense circuit at the
Front Wiper Module harness connector.
Momentarily connect the other end of the jumper wire to ground. Repeat this several
times.
Did the Switch state change between Open and Closed when connecting and
disconnecting the jumper?
Yes Replace the Front Wiper Module.

No Go To 5

Measure the resistance of the Front Wiper Park Switch Sense circuit.
No Repair the Front Wiper Park Switch Sense circuit for an open.
979
Symptom:
FRONT WIPER ON RELAY OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
FCM-ON/OFF RELAY DRIVER OPEN

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe both Fused B(+) circuits in the
PDC.
Does the test light illuminate brightly at each terminal?
Yes Go To 2
No Repair the Fused B(+) circuit(s) for an open.

Turn the wipers on.
No Go To 3

Connect a jumper wire between the Wiper On/Off Relay Control circuit at the IPM
Measure the resistance between ground and the Wiper On/Off Relay Control circuit
in the PDC.

No Repair the Wiper On/Off Relay Control circuit for an open.

980
Symptom:
FRONT WIPER ON RELAY SHORT TO BATT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
FCM

Measure the voltage of the Wiper On/Off Relay Control circuit at the PDC connector.
Yes Repair the Wiper On/Off Relay Control circuit for a short to
voltage.
No Go To 2

Turn the wipers on.

981
Symptom:
FRONT WIPER PARK SWITCH SHORT TO GND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT WIPER MODULE
FRONT WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

Turn the Wipers on one of the intermittent settings.
With the DRB, select Body, Front Control Module, Inputs/Outputs and read the
Wiper Park Sw state.
Does the switch state change from Open to Closed during wiper operation?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3

No Test Complete.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Front Wiper Park Switch Sense
circuit.
Yes Repair the Front Wiper Park Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
No Go To 4
982
FRONT WIPER PARK SWITCH SHORT TO GND Continued

Turn the front wipers to an intermittent setting.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, back probe the Front Wiper Park
Switch Sense circuit at the Front Wiper Module harness connector.
NOTE: The test light should illuminate when the wipers are parked, then
turn off when the wipers move off of the parked position.
Does the test light turn on and off properly?

No Replace the Front Wiper Module.
983
Symptom:
FRONT WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN
WIPER MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BCM

With the DRB, select Body, Body Controller and read the Front Wiper Sw volts.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance of the Front Wiper Switch MUX circuit between the BCM C5
harness connector and the Multi-Function Switch harness connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the Front Wiper Switch MUX circuit for an open.

Measure the resistance of the Multi-Function Switch MUX Return circuit between
the BCM C4 harness connector and the Multi-Function Switch harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Multi-Function Switch MUX Return circuit for an

open.

Measure the voltage of the Front Wiper MUX Switch Signal circuit.
Yes Repair the Front Wiper Switch MUX circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 5
984
FRONT WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT OPEN Continued

Connect a jumper wire between the Front Wiper Switch MUX circuit and the
Mulit-Function Switch MUX Return circuit.
With the DRB, read the Front Wiper Sw volts?



No Test Complete.
985
Symptom:
FRONT WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BCM
FRONT WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
FRONT WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO M/F MUX RETURN CIRCUIT

With the DRB, select Body, Body Controller and read the Front Wiper Sw volts?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3


No Test Complete.

Measure the resistance of the Front Wiper Switch MUX circuit between the BCM C5
harness connector and ground.
Yes Repair the Front Wiper Switch MUX circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 4
986
FRONT WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT SHORT TO GROUND Continued

Measure the between the Front Wiper Switch MUX circuit and the Multi-Function
Switch MUX Return circuit.
Yes Repair the Front Wiper Switch MUX circuit for a short to the
Multi-Function Switch MUX Return circuit.
No Go To 5

With the DRB, read the Front Wiper Sw volts?

987
Symptom:
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
HEADLAMP WASHER PUMP MOTOR
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY

Disconnect the Washer Pump connector.
Measure the resistance of the Washer Pump ground circuit.
Yes Go To 2
No Repair the open Washer Pump ground circuit.

Disconnect the Headlamp Washer Relay.
Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ Circuit.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the Fused B+ Circuit for an open condition.


Disconnect the FCM harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Headlamp Washer Relay Control Circuit.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Headlamp Washer Relay Control Circuit for an open.

4 Disconnect the Headlamp Washer Relay. All

Disconnect the Headlamp Washer Pump Motor.
Measure the resistance of the Headlamp Washer Relay Output Circuit.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Headlamp Washer Relay Output Circuit for an open.

988
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY OPEN Continued

Disconnect the Headlamp Washer Pump Motor connector.
Actuate the washers.
Measure the voltage of the Washer Pump Output Circuit.
Yes Replace the Headlamp Washer Pump Motor.
No Go To 6

Install a known good relay in place of the Headlamp Washer Relay.
Turn the Washers on.
Do the Headlamp Washers operate normally?
Yes Replace the Headlamp Washer Relay.

989
Symptom:
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY SHORT TO BATT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
HEADLAMP WASHER PUMP MOTOR
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY

Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ Circuit.
Yes Go To 2
No Repair the Fused B+ Circuit for an open condition.

Disconnect the FCM harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Headlamp Washer Relay Control Circuit.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the Headlamp Washer Relay Control Circuit for an open.


Disconnect the Headlamp Washer Pump Motor connector.
Actuate the washers.
Measure the voltage of the Washer Pump Output Circuit.
Yes Replace the Headlamp Washer Pump Motor.
No Go To 4

Install a known good relay in place of the Headlamp Washer Relay.
Turn the Washers on.
Do the Headlamp Washers operate normally?
Yes Replace the Headlamp Washer Relay.

990
Symptom:
REAR WASH SWITCH INPUT STUCK
REAR WASH SWITCH INPUT STUCK

Set Condition: Switch is applied for more than 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR WASHER SWITCH STUCK

With the DRB, select Body, Body Control Module and read the R Washer Switch
state.
Does the DRB display switch state as Closed?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3

Disconnect the Rear Washer Switch harness connector.
With the DRB, select Body, Body Control Module and read the R Washer Switch
state.
Does the DRB display switch state as Open?
Yes Replace the Rear Washer Switch in accordance with the Service
Information.
No Go To 3

circuit.

No Test Complete.
991
Symptom:
REAR WASHER OUTPUT OPEN
REAR WASHER OUTPUT OPEN

Set Condition:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
REAR WASHER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR WASHER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
REAR WASHER PUMP MOTOR

Press the Rear Washer Switch.
Does the Rear Washer Motor Function?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3

circuit.
No Test Complete.
992
REAR WASHER OUTPUT OPEN Continued

Disconnect the Rear Washer Pump Motor harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused Accessory Relay
Output circuit in the Rear Washer Pump Motor harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Fused Accessory Relay Output circuit for an open.

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12 Volts, check the Rear Washer Pump Motor
Control circuit in the Rear Washer Pump Motor harness connector while pressing the
Rear Washer Switch.
Yes Replace the Rear Washer Pump Motor in accordance with the
No Go To 5

Disconnect the Front Control Module harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Rear Washer Pump Motor Control Circuit from the
Front Control Module connector to the Rear Washer Pump Motor harness connector.
Yes Repair the Rear Washer Pump Motor Control Circuit for an open.
No Go To 6

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Rear Washer Pump Motor
Control circuit.
Yes Repair the Rear Washer Pump Motor Control Circuit for a short
to voltage.

Information.
993
Symptom:
REAR WIPER OUTPUT OPEN
REAR WIPER OUTPUT OPEN

Set Condition: The Output is ON, the Output Driver Status is LOW and there is no Park
signal.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR WIPER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR WIPER MOTOR GROUND OPEN
REAR WIPER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
REAR WIPER MOTOR
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Turn on the Rear Wiper.
Does the Rear Wiper Function?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3

circuit.
No Test Complete.
994
REAR WIPER OUTPUT OPEN Continued

Disconnect the Rear Wiper Motor harness connector.
Turn the ignition and Rear Wiper Switch on.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Rear Wiper Motor Control
circuit in the Rear Wiper Motor harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12 Volts, check the Rear Wiper Motor ground
circuit in the Rear Wiper Motor harness connector.
Yes Replace the Rear Wiper Motor in accordance with the Service
Information.
No Repair the Rear Wiper Motor ground circuit for an open.

Measure the resistance of the Rear Wiper Motor Control Circuit from the Body
Control Module harness connector to the Rear Wiper Motor harness connector.
Yes Repair the Rear Wiper Motor Control Circuit for an open.
No Go To 6

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Rear Wiper Motor Control
circuit.
Is the test light on?
Yes Repair the Rear Wiper Motor Control Circuit for a short to
voltage.

Information.
995
Symptom:
REAR WIPER OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND
REAR WIPER OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND

Set Condition:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR WIPER MOTOR FUNCTION
REAR WIPER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE

Turn on the Rear Wiper.
Does the Rear Wiper Function?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3

circuit.

No Test Complete.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Rear Wiper Motor Control circuit.
Yes Repair the Rear Wiper Motor Control Circuit for a short to
ground.
No Go To 4
996
REAR WIPER OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND Continued

Connect a 20A Fused jumper wire between B+ and the Rear Wiper Motor Signal
circuit in the Body Control Module connector harness.
NOTE: An internal short in the Wiper Motor may cause the fuse to open.
Does the Wiper Motor function?
Information.
No Replace the Rear Wiper Motor in accordance with the Service
Information.
997
Symptom:
REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT OPEN
REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT OPEN

Set Condition: A Sensor voltage is over 4.76 volts for more than .125 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR WIPER SWITCH OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

With the DRB, select Body, Body Control Module and read the R Wiper Switch Sensor
voltage.
Does the DRB display a Switch voltage greater than 4.5 volts?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 5

Disconnect the Rear Wiper Switch harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the Rear Wiper Switch MUX circuit and the Rear
Wiper Switch MUX Return circuit in the Rear Wiper Switch harness connector.
With the DRB, select Body, Body Controller and read the Rear Wiper SW volts.
Does the DRB R Wiper Switch Sensor voltage read less than 0.3 Volts?
Yes Replace the Rear Wiper Switch in accordance with the Service
Information.
No Go To 3

Measure the resistance of the Rear Wiper Switch MUX circuit from the Body Control
Module connector to the Rear Wiper Switch harness connector.
Yes Repair the Rear Wiper Switch MUX circuit for an open.
No Go To 4
998
REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT OPEN Continued

Measure the resistance of the Rear Wiper Switch MUX Return circuit from the Body
Control Module connector to the Rear Wiper Switch harness connector.
Yes Repair the Rear Wiper Switch MUX Return circuit for an open.
Information.

circuit.

No Test Complete.
999
Symptom:
REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT SHORT TO GROUND
REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT SHORT TO GROUND

Set Condition: A Sensor voltage is below 0.24 volts for more than 0.125 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR WIPER SWITCH SHORTED
REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX RETURN CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO MUX RETURN CIRCUIT
BODY CONTROL MODULE

voltage.
Does the DRB display a Switch voltage less than 0.4 volts?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 6

voltage..
Does the DRB display more than 4.8 volts?
Yes Replace the Rear Wiper Switch in accordance with the Service
Information.
No Go To 3

Measure the resistance between ground and the Rear Wiper Switch MUX circuit.
Yes Repair the Rear Wiper Switch MUX Circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 4
1000
REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT SHORT TO GROUND Continued

Measure the resistance between the Rear Wiper Switch MUX Return circuit and the
Rear Wiper Switch MUX circuit.
Yes Repair the Rear Wiper Switch MUX Circuit for a short to the Rear
Wiper Switch MUX Return circuit.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance between ground and the Rear Wiper Switch MUX Return
circuit.
Yes Repair the Rear Wiper Switch MUX Return Circuit for a short to
ground.
Information.

circuit.

No Test Complete.
1001
VERIFICATION TESTS
Verification Tests
41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY
1. NOTE: After completion of the Transmission Verification Test, the Powertrain All
Verification Test must be performed. Refer to the Powertrain Category.
2. Connect the DRBIIIt to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
5. Perform *PRNDL FAULT CLEARING PROCEDURE after completion of repairs for P0706
CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL.
6. With the DRBIIIt, display Transmission Temperature. Start and run the engine until the
Transmission Temperature is HOT, above 43 C or 110 F.
7. Check the transmission fluid and adjust if necessary. Refer to the Service Information for the
8. NOTE: If the Transmission Control Module or Torque Converter has been replaced
or if the Transmission has been repaired or replaced it is necessary to perform the
10. Below 25 MPH, make 5 to 8 wide open throttle kickdowns to 1st gear. Allow at least 5
seconds each in 2nd and 3rd gear between each kickdown.
11. For a specific DTC, drive the vehicle to the Symptoms When Monitored/When Set
conditions to verify the DTC is repaired.
12. If equipped with AutoStickt, upshift and downshift several times using the AutoStickt
feature during the road test.
13. NOTE: Use the EATX OBDII task manager to run Good Trip time in each gear, this
will confirm the repair and to ensure that the DTC has not re-matured.
road test , return to the Symptom list and perform the appropriate symptom.
transmission repairs.
Were there any Diagnostic Trouble Codes set during the road test?

1002
VERIFICATION TESTS
41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY

5. NOTE: Erase DTC P0700 in the PCM to turn the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
off after making Transmission repairs.
Transmission Temperature is HOT - above 43 C or 110 F.
7. Check the Transmission Fluid and adjust if necessary. Refer to the Service information for
the Fluid Fill procedure.
8. NOTE: If the Transmission Control Module or the Transmission has been repaired
or replaced it is necessary to perform the DRBIIIt Quick Learn Procedure and reset
the (Pinion Factor(
conditions to verify the DTC repair.
12. If equipped with AutoStickt, up-shift and down-shift several times using the AutoStickt
13. NOTE: Use the EATX OBDII Task Manager to run Good Trip time in each gear, this
road test , return to the Symptom list and perform the appropriate Symptom.
Were there any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) set during the road test?
Yes Refer to the Symptom List for appropriate Symptom(s).

ABS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY

1. Turn the ignition off. All
2. Connect all previously disconnected components and connectors.
3. Ensure all accessories are turned off and the battery is fully charged.
4. Ensure that the Ignition is on, and with the DRBIII, erase all Diagnostic Trouble Codes from
ALL modules. Start the engine and allow it to run for 2 minutes and fully operate the system
that was malfunctioning.
5. Turn the ignition off and wait 5 seconds. Turn the ignition on and using the DRBIII, read
6. If any Diagnostic Trouble Codes are present, return to Symptom list and troubleshoot new
or recurring symptom.
7. NOTE: For Sensor Signal and Pump Motor faults, the CAB must sense all 4 wheels
at 25 km/h (15 mph) before it will extinguish the ABS Indicator.
8. If there are no DTCs present after turning ignition on, road test the vehicle for at least 5
minutes. Perform several antilock braking stops.
9. Caution: Ensure braking capability is available before road testing.
10. Again, with the DRBIIIt read DTCs. If any DTCs are present, return to Symptom list.
11. If there are no Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) present, and the customers concern can no
longer be duplicated, the repair is complete.
Are any DTCs present or is the original concern still present?
1003
VERIFICATION TESTS
AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY

1. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected All
components - except the Battery.
2. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
3. Connect the DRBIIIt to the Data Link Connector - use the most current software available.
4. Use the DRBIIIt and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules.
5. Turn the ignition off, and wait 15 seconds, then turn the ignition on.
6. Wait one minute, and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes.
7. Note: If equipped with Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTCs in all switch positions.
8. Note: Read the DTCs in all airbag system related modules.
9. If the DRBIIIt shows any active or stored codes, return to the Symptom list and follow path
specified for that trouble code. If no active or stored codes are present, the repair is complete.
YES
Repair is not complete, refer to appropriate symptom list.
NO
Repair is complete.
BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY

1. Disconnect all jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components and All
connectors.
2. NOTE: If the SKIM, PCM/ECM or FCM was replaced, refer to the service informa-
tion for proper programming procedures.
3. If the Body Control Module (BCM) was replaced, turn the ignition on for 15 seconds (to allow
the new BCM to learn VIN) or engine may not start (if VTSS equipped). If the vehicle is
equipped with VTSS, use the DRBIIIt and enable VTSS.
4. Program all RKE transmitters and other options as necessary.
5. If any HVAC door actuator circuits were repaired, with the DRBIIIt in HVAC, System Tests,
select Actuator Circuit Test. (Manual Temp Control only).
6. If any actuators were replaced in the HVAC System, with the DRBIIIt in HVAC, select
System Tests then select HVAC Door Recalibration (Manual Temp Control only).
7. If any actuators were replaced in the ATC System, with the DRBIIIt in Automatic Temp
Control, select Miscellaneous then select Reset ATC Head.
8. For Three-Zone HVAC Systems, if HVAC Control/Rear Blower Rear Control was replaced/
Rear Blend Pot Circuit Open/Short DTC was set/any rear blend pot circuit was repaired,
proceed to Number 9 & 10.
9. With DRBIIIt in HVAC, select System Tests then select HVAC Door Recalibration. Door
Recalibration must pass before proceeding to next step.
10. With DRBIIIt in HVAC, select System Tests then select Reset Rear Blend Switch Span.
Rotate Rear Blend/Mode control on Rear Blower Rear Control to full cold. Wait five seconds,
then rotate control to full hot.
11. If any repairs were made to the power sliding door or power liftgate, use the DRBIIIt and
perform the open and close system tests. Observe the instructions on the DRBIIIt screen.
12. Ensure that all accessories are turned off and the battery is fully charged.
13. With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTCs from ALL modules. Start and run the engine
for 2 minutes. Operate all functions of the system that caused the original concern.
14. Turn the ignition off and wait 5 seconds. Turn the ignition on and using the DRBIIIt, read
1004
VERIFICATION TESTS
CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY

1. WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A All
GARAGE THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST VENTILATION FACILITIES. ALWAYS VENT
THE DCHAs EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING THE DCHA. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE
INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
2. WARNING: ALLOW THE DCHA ASSEMBLY TO COOL BEFORE PERFORMING A
COMPONENT INSPECTION/REPAIR/REPLACEMENT. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE
INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY.
3. NOTE: The DCHA Control will store up to three DTCs in its memory.
4. NOTE: If the DCHA Control detects a new fault in the DCHA system, one that is not
already stored in its memory, the DCHA Control will clear the oldest of the three stored
DTCs, and it will store the new faults DTC.
5. NOTE: If the DCHA control detects a reoccurrence of a stored fault, the DCHA control
will overwrite that faults DTC with the most recent occurrence.
6. Verify that the vehicles battery is fully charged.
7. Verify that there is more than 1/8 of a tank of fuel in the vehicles fuel tank. Add fuel, if necessary.
8. Verify that all DCHA coolant hoses and fuel lines are securely fastened to their respective
components.
9. Disconnect all jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components and connectors.
10. If a heater installation/cooling system service was performed, purge the coolant circuit of air in
11. Turn the ignition on.
12. On MTC, set the Blend control to the max cool position.
13. On ATC, set the Driver temperature control to LO (max cool).
14. Turn the ATCs or MTCs Power switch off.
15. Ensure that all accessories are turned off.
16. If a fuel system service requiring fuel to drain out of the DCHA fuel line was performed, prime
the DCHA Dosing Pump in accordance with the Service Information.
17. With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTCs from the Diesel Cabin Heater Assist (DCHA)
Control and the Front Control Module (FCM). Cycle the ignition off then on.
18. Start the engine.
19. Allow the engine to idle.
20. Turn the ATCs or MTCs Power switch on.
21. Turn the Blower control to the high speed position.
22. NOTE: Do not disconnect the vehicles battery or the DCHAs main power supply while
the DCHA is in operation or in run-down mode. Failure to follow these instructions may
result in excess emissions from the DCHA during heater operation.
23. For MTC, perform Steps 24 through 29 and Steps 33 through 36 of this procedure. For ATC,
perform Steps 30 through 36 of this procedure.
24. CAUTION: For MTC, do not activate the Diesel Cabin Heater Test with the engine off.
Failure to follow these instructions may result in internal damage to the DCHA Heater
Module.
25. NOTE: For MTC, while performing the Diesel Cabin Heater Test, inspect the coolant
and fuel connections for leakage.
26. For MTC, with the DRBIIIt in HVAC, Systems Tests, select Diesel Cabin Heater Test and press
#1.
27. For MTC, set the Blend control to the max heat position. Allow the Diesel Cabin Heater Test to
run for five minutes. Upon completion of the test, proceed as follows:
28. For MTC, set the Blend control to the max cool position.
29. For MTC, press #2 on the DRBIIIt keyboard.
30. NOTE: For ATC, before actuating the AC Cooldown Test, verify that the A/C Compres-
sor is not running. If the compressor is running, turn the A/C off and allow the evaporator
to warm up before proceeding with the test.
31. NOTE: For ATC, while performing the AC Cooldown Test, inspect the coolant and fuel
connections for leakage.
32. For ATC, with the DRBIIIt in ATC, Systems Tests, perform the A/C Cooldown Test. The DCHA
will operate for approximately 7 minutes. 3 minutes to run and 4 minutes to purge.
33. Turn the Blower control off.
34. Turn the ATCs or MTCs Power switch off.
35. Turn the ignition off, wait 5 seconds, then turn the ignition on.
36. Using the DRBIIIt, read the Cabin Heater and Active FCM DTCs.
1005
VERIFICATION TESTS
MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY

2. If any Memory Seat Memory Module Trouble Codes are present, erase at this time.
3. With the Memory Switch on the Drivers Door, program the Drivers Seat #1 Button to a
desired position and Driver #2 Button to a different position.
4. Remove the Ignition Key and close all Doors to allow the Body Control Module to time out,
about 30 seconds.
5. Verify that both Memory positions can be recalled from the RKE transmitter and the Memory
Switch on the Drivers Door.
6. Turn the ignition on, and with the DRBIII, erase all Diagnostic Trouble Codes from ALL
modules. Start the engine and allow it to run for 2 minutes and fully operate the system that
was malfunctioning.
Are any DTCs present or is the original complaint still present?
POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1 APPLICABILITY

SKIM.
testing as necessary. refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

1006
VERIFICATION TESTS

SKIM.
testing as necessary. refer to and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.
ROAD TEST VERIFICATION - VER-2 APPLICABILITY

1. Inspect the vehicle to ensure that all engine components are properly installed and All
2. If this verification procedure is being performed after a non-DTC test, perform steps 3 and
4.
3. Check to see if the initial symptom still exists. If there are no trouble codes and the symptom
no longer exists, the repair was successful and testing is now complete.
4. If the initial or another symptom exists, the repair is not complete. Check all pertinent
Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) and return to the Symptom List if necessary.
5. For previously read DTCs that have not been dealt with, return to the Symptom List and
follow the diagnostic path for that DTC; otherwise, continue.
6. If the Engine Control Module (ECM) has not been changed, perform steps 7 and 8, otherwise,
continue with step 9.
7. With the DRB IIIt, erase all diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), then disconnect the DRB IIIt.
8. Turn the ignition off for at least 10 seconds.
9. If equipped with a Transfer Case Position Switch, perform step 10, otherwise, continue with
step 11.
10. With the ignition switch on, place the Transfer Case Shift Lever in each gear position,
stopping for 15 seconds in each position.
11. Ensure no DTCs remain by performing steps 12 through 15.
12. Road test the vehicle. For some of the road test, go at least 64 km/h (40 MPH). If this test
is for an A/C Relay Control Circuit, drive the vehicle for at least 5 minutes with the A/C on.
13. At some point, stop the vehicle and turn the engine off for at least 10 seconds, then restart
the engine and continue.
14. Upon completion of the road test, turn the engine off and check for DTCs with the DRB IIIt.
15. If the repaired DTC has set again, the repair is not complete. Check for any pertinent
Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) and return to the Symptom List. If there are no DTCs, the
repair was successful and is now complete.
Are any DTCs or symptoms remaining?

1007
VERIFICATION TESTS

(1-800-992-1997).
allow 3 consecutive attempts to enter the correct PIN. If 3 consecutive incorrect
PINs are entered the SKIM will Lock Out the DRB III for 1 hour.
5. With the DRB III, select Theft Alarm, SKIM and Miscellaneous. Then select desired
new SKIM.
7. NOTE: Prior to returning vehicle to the costumer, perform a module scan to be sure
8. With the DRB III erase all DTCs. Perform 5 ignition key cycles leaving the key on for at least
90 seconds per cycle.
9. With the DRB III, read the SKIM DTCs.
TIRE PRESSURE VERIFICATION TEST APPLICABILITY

1. Perform the EVIC training as instructed in the System Description. All
2. Using the DRBIIIt or RESET and STEP buttons, set the EVIC to Diagnostics mode.
3. NOTE: The RESET and STEP buttons must be applied and held simultaneously.
4. Set the EVIC to display BUCKET COUNTERS.
5. Drive the vehicle at 32 km/h (20 mph) for at least 2 minutes.
6. Observe that the counters increment at least 3 sensor/transmitter receptions for each wheel.
Can the EVIC be trained and do the counters show Sensor/Transmitter receptions?

No Refer to Diagnosing System Faults in the Description and Operation for
this system.
VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A APPLICABILITY

1. Ensure all doors, hood, and liftgate are closed. All
2. Open the drivers door.
3. Remove the ignition key (but keep in hand).
4. Lower the driver door window and lock the doors with the RKE transmitter.
5. Close the drivers door.
6. Observe the VTSS Indicator.
7. The VTSS Indicator will flash rapidly for approximately 15 seconds and then begin to flash
slowly. If the VTSS Indicator is not performing as described, this indicates a system fault. Refer
to symptom list for problems related to THEFT ALARM WILL NOT ARM.
8. Perform a system test on the VTSS by duplicating the original complaint.
9. Disarm the system and with the DRBIIIt, read DTCs.
10. If the original complaint is corrected and there are no DTCs the repair is complete.
Are any DTCs present or is the original complaint still present?
1008
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
M
8.1 AIRBAG SYSTEM P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
1009
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O 8.2 BODY CONTROL MODULE
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.3 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE - NGC
8.4 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE - DIESEL
1010
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
8.5 HEATING & A/C O
M
8.5.1 ACTUATORS FRONT, LHD P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.5.2 ACTUATOR FRONT, LHD
1011
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O 8.5 HEATING & A/C (Continued)
M
8.5.3 ACTUATORS FRONT, RHD
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
1012
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
8.5.4 ACTUATOR FRONT, RHD O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.5.5 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, LHD
1013
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
M
8.5.6 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, RHD
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.5.7 C202 CONNECTOR
1014
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
8.5.8 ACTUATORS REAR O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.5.9 REAR A/C HEATER UNIT CONNECTOR
1015
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
M
P 8.5.10 DIESEL CABIN HEATER ASSIST (DCHA) ASSEMBLY
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.5.11 C330 HARNESS CONNECTOR (DCHA)
1016
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
8.5.12 C331 HARNESS CONNECTOR (DCHA) O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.6 INTEGRATED POWER MODULE & FRONT CONTROL MODULE TYPICAL
1017
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O 8.7 MEMORY SYSTEM
M
P 8.7.1 MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE/SEAT MOTORS
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.7.2 MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE CIRCUIT BREAKER
8.8 OVERHEAD CONSOLE
1018
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
8.9 POWER FOLDING MIRRORS O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.10 POWER LIFTGATE SYSTEM
8.10.1 MODULE
1019
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O 8.10 POWER LIFTGATE SYSTEM (Continued)
M
8.10.2 PINCH SENSORS (TAPE SWITCH)
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.10.3 LATCH ASSEMBLY
8.11 POWER DOOR LOCK/RKE SYSTEM

8.11.1 DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH
1020
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
8.11.2 CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.11.3 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE
8.12 POWER SLIDING DOOR

8.12.1 MODULE
1021
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O 8.12 POWER SLIDING DOOR (Continued)
M
8.12.2 LOWER DRIVE UNIT
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.12.3 LATCH ASSEMBLY
8.13 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM

8.13.1 RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE (EXPORT ONLY)
1022
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
8.13.2 RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE CONNECTORS (EXPORT ONLY) O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.13.3 VTSS SIREN (EXPORT ONLY)
1023
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O 8.13 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM (Continued)
M
8.13.4 FRONT INTRUSION SENSOR (EXPORT ONLY)
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.13.5 REAR INTRUSION SENSOR (EXPORT ONLY)
1024
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
A/C-HEATER CONTROL C1 (MTC)
2 C121 20DB/DG (LHD) SENSOR GROUND
2 C121 22DB/DG (RHD) SENSOR GROUND
3 C22 20LB/WT (3 ZONE) REAR TEMPERATURE FEEDBACK SIGNAL
4 - -
5 F850 20LB/PK (3 ZONE) 5 VOLT SUPPLY
6 - -
7 C32 22DB/TN RECIRCULATION DOOR DRIVER (A)
8 C54 22LB/YL (3 ZONE) REAR BLEND DOOR DRIVER
9 C34 22DB/LB COMMON DOOR DRIVER (B)
11 - -
12 C121 20DB/DG (3 ZONE) REAR TEMPERATURE RETURN
13 F504 20GY/PK IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
14 E12 20OR/GY PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
15 C21 22LB EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
16 C33 22LB/BR PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A)
17 C61 22DB/LG (EXCEPT DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A)
BASE)
18 C35 22LB/LG MODE DOOR DRIVER (A) C
19 C53 22LB (3 ZONE) REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER O
20 C154 20LB/OR (3 ZONE) REAR COMMON DOOR DRIVER N
N
A/C-HEATER CONTROL C2 (MTC) E
1 - - T
2 C75 12DB/GY BLOWER MOTOR HIGH DRIVER
O
3 C74 12DB/WT BLOWER MOTOR M3 DRIVER
R
4 Z134 12BK/OR (LHD EX- GROUND
PORT)
4 Z134 12BK/LG (EXCEPT GROUND P
LHD EXPORT) I
5 C71 16DB/BR BLOWER MOTOR LOW DRIVER
N
6 - -
O
7 - -
8 - -
U
9 C73 14DB/VT BLOWER MOTOR M2 DRIVER
T
10 C72 16DB/OR BLOWER MOTOR M1 DRIVER S
1025
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE (ORC)
1 R54 18LB/YL PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2
2 R56 18LB/DG PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1
3 R62 18LB/VT (EXCEPT PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2
LHD EXPORT)
3 R62 18LG/DB (LHD EX- PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2
PORT)
4 R64 18LB/WT PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1
5 R42 18LB/BR PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2
6 R44 18LB/OR PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1
7 R53 18LG/YL DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2
8 R55 18LG/DG DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1
9 R61 18LG/DB DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1
10 R63 18LG/WT DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2
11 R43 18LG/BR DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1
12 R45 18LG/OR DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2
13 - -
15 F100 18PK/VT ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER
17 R59 18LG/TN DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH LINE 1
18 R57 18LG/GY DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH LINE 2
19 - -
C 20 - -
O 21 D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS
N 22 - -
N 23 - -
E
C
T
O
R AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (EXCEPT BASE)
P 2.4L)
I 1 G31 18VT/LG (2.4L) AAT SIGNAL
N 2 K900 18DB/DG (2.4L) SENSOR GROUND
O 2 G931 18VT/BR (EXCEPT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR RETURN
2.4L)
U
T
S
ATC REMOTE SENSOR (ATC)

1 F600 20LB/PK PROTECTED IGNITION
2 D40 20WT/LB KDB NO. 2 CLOCK
3 C905 20BR/LB SENSOR RETURN
4 D18 20WT/YL KDB NO. 2 DATA
1026
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
AUTO TEMP CONTROL C1
1 C161 22LB/WT DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (B)
2 C61 22DB/LG DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A)
3 C133 22DB/WT PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (B)
5 C132 22DB/YL RECIRCULATION DOOR DRIVER (B)
7 C135 22DB/WT MODE DOOR DRIVER (B)
8 C35 22LB/LG MODE DOOR DRIVER (A)
9 C53 22LB REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER (A)
10 C154 22LB/OR REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER (B)
11 C54 22LB/YL REAR BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A)
12 C169 22DB/OR REAR BLEND DOOR DRIVER (B)
13 - -
AUTO TEMP CONTROL C2

1 C21 22LB (LHD) EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
1 C21 22LB (RHD) EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
2 C121 22DB/DG (RHD) SENSOR GROUND
2 C121 20DB/DG (LHD) SENSOR GROUND
3 E12 20OR/GY PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
4 A114 18GY/RD FUSED B(+) (I.O.D.) C
5 F504 20GY/PK FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) O
6 D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS N
7 C56 22DB/VT (LHD) BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL N
7 C56 22DB/LB (RHD) BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL E
8 C59 22DB/LB REAR BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL C
9 D22 20WT/TN (3 ZONE) KDB CLOCK T
10 D17 22WT/DG KDB DATA
O
R
12 - -
13 - -
P
I
AUTO TEMP CONTROL C3 N
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION O
1 F600 20LB/PK PROTECTED IGNITION U
2 D40 20WT/LB KDB NO. 2 CLOCK T
3 C905 20BR/LB SENSOR RETURN S
4 D18 20WT/YL KDB NO. 2 DATA
BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR C1 (MTC)

1 C75 12DB/GY BLOWER MOTOR HIGH DRIVER
2 C74 12DB/WT BLOWER MOTOR M3 DRIVER
3 C73 14DB/VT BLOWER MOTOR M2 DRIVER
5 C72 16DB/OR BLOWER MOTOR M1 DRIVER
6 C71 16DB/BR BLOWER MOTOR LOW DRIVER
1027
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR C2 (MTC)

1 C70 12DG REAR BLOWER HIGH SPEED
2 C7 12BK HIGH SPEED BLOWER MOTOR

4 - -
5 A101 12VT/RD FUSED B(+)
6 - -
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
1028
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1 L61 20WT/LB LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER
2 L63 18WT/DG LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER
3 L60 18WT/TN RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER
4 L62 18WT/BR RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER
6 G25 22VT/TN (HIGHLINE) LIFTGATE SWITCH MUX
8 - -
9 L1 18WT/LG BACK-UP LAMP DRIVER
10 P3 20TN/WT LEFT FRONT DOOR LOCK DRIVER
11 P2 20TN/GY RIGHT FRONT DOOR LOCK DRIVER
12 P38 20TN/DB RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK DRIVER
13 - -
14 - -
16 G920 22VT/YL (MEMORY) MEMORY SELECT SWITCH RETURN
17 G153 22VT/DG (POWER LIFTGATE MODULE WAKE UP SIGNAL
LIFTGATE)
18 P32 20TN/VT LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK DRIVER
20 P5 20TN/OR LEFT SLIDING DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER
21 P164 18LG/DB (EXPORT) PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY INPUT
C
22 P30 20TN/DG LIFTGATE HANDLE SWITCH SENSE
O
23 - -
24 G200 22VT/BR (MEMORY) MEMORY SELECT SWITCH MUX
N
25 M22 20YL/OR COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER
N
26 P4 20TN/BR RIGHT FRONT DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER E
27 P34 20TN/LB RIGHT SLIDING DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER C
28 P1 20TN/LG LEFT FRONT DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER T
29 P159 20TN/DG (EXPORT) DRIVER FOLDING MIRROR FOLD DRIVER O
30 P174 20TN/LB (EXPORT) RIGHT FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER R
31 P171 20TN/YL (EXPORT) LEFT FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER
32 W13 18BR/LG REAR WIPER MOTOR CONTROL P
33 - -
I
34 L38 20WT/YL (EXPORT) REAR FOG LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
N
O
U
T
S
1029
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1 G23 22VT/DB (POWER SLIDING DOORS OVERHEAD SWITCH MUX
SLIDING DOOR)
3 G152 22VT/GY (POWER RIGHT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL
SLIDING DOOR)
4 G151 22VT/BR (POWER LEFT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL
SLIDING DOOR)
5 G76 20VT/YL RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
6 G75 22VT (LHD) LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
6 G74 22VT/WT (RHD) RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
7 G75 22VT (RHD) LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
7 G74 22VT/WT (LHD) RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
8 G77 22VT/GY LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
9 E10 20OR/DG (3 ZONE PANEL LAMPS DRIVER (REAR BLOWER SWITCH)
ATC/MTC)
10 - -
11 L162 20WT/VT (EXPORT) RIGHT SIDE REPEATER LAMP FEED
12 G42 22VT/WT (POWER RIGHT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX
SLIDING DOOR)
13 G165 20VT/GY (EXPORT) LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX
15 G162 22VT/WT (EXCEPT RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX
EXPORT)
C 15 G162 22VT/TN (EXPORT) RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX
O 16 - -
N 17 F503 20WT/PK FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
N 18 G41 22VT/DG (POWER LEFT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX
SLIDING DOOR)
E
19 L163 20WT/BR (EXPORT) LEFT SIDE REPEATER LAMP FEED
C
T 21 G161 22VT/DG (LHD) LEFT DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX
O 21 G160 22VT/LG (RHD) RIGHT DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX
R 22 G161 22VT/DG (RHD) LEFT DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX
22 G160 22VT/LG (LHD) RIGHT DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX
P 23 D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS
I 24 - -
N 25 M11 20YL/VT COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER
O 26 P31 20TN/YL (POWER RE- LIFTGATE RELEASE DRIVER
LEASE)
U 27 - -
T 28 - -
S 29 G78 20VT/OR LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE
30 G70 22VT/LB (EXPORT) HOOD AJAR SWITCH SENSE
32 - -
33 M21 20YL/BR COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER
1030
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1 - -
2 E12 20OR/GY PANEL LAMPS DRIVER (HVAC)
3 E19 20OR/BR PANEL LAMPS DRIVER (HEADLAMP SWITCH)
4 D9 22WT/GY (RKE) RKE MODULE PROGRAM ENABLE
5 G150 22VT/BR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE
6 - -
7 P162 20LG/DG (EXPORT) PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY CONTROL
8 - -
9 L161 20WT/LG LEFT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER
10 F504 20GY/PK FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
11 E14 20OR/TN PANEL LAMPS DRIVER (RADIO)
12 E13 20OR/WT PANEL LAMPS DRIVER (INSTRUMENT CLUSTER)
13 X920 22GY/OR RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN
14 G900 20VT/DB IGNITION SWITCH SENSE RETURN
15 - -
16 - -
17 L160 20WT/TN RIGHT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER
18 - -
19 - -
20 - -
21 - -
22 G902 22VT/LB MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH MUX RETURN C
23 - - O
24 - - N
25 - -
N
26 - -
E
27 - -
28 - -
C
29 - -
T
30 - - O
31 G96 22VT/DG (RKE) REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY INTERFACE R
32 B27 20DG/WT (TRACTION TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH SENSE
CONTROL) P
33 P136 20TN/YL (EXPORT) FOLDING MIRROR SWITCH SENSE
I
34 G26 22VT/OR CHIME DRIVER
N
O
U
T
S
1031
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1 L91 22WT/DB HAZARD SWITCH SENSE
2 - -
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -
8 - -
9 - -
10 G20 20VT/BR IGNITION SWITCH SENSE
11 - -
12 - -
13 - -
14 - -
15 - -
16 G926 22VT/WT REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX RETURN
17 L900 22WT/YL HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX RETURN
18 L307 22WT/BR (RHD) HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX
18 L307 20WT/BR (LHD) HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX
19 - -
20 - -
C 21 - -
O 22 - -
N 23 - -
24 - -
N
25 L36 20WT/DB (EXPORT) REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR DRIVER
E
26 X20 22GY/WT RADIO CONTROL MUX
C 27 G194 22VT/LG HIGH BEAM/FRONT WASHER SWITCH MUX
T 28 W26 22BR/DB REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX
O 29 W52 22BR/YL FRONT WIPER SWITCH MUX
R 30 E2 22OR/BR PANEL LAMPS DIMMER SIGNAL
31 L305 20WT/LB TURN SIGNAL SWITCH MUX
P 32 - -
I 33 - -
N 34 L39 22WT/OR FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR DRIVER
O
U
T
S
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
A B20 20DG/OR BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE
B Z420 20BK/OR GROUND
1032
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C200 - (BODY SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 C151 18LB/DG (3 ZONE MTC EXCEPT EXPORT)
2 A106 20LB/RD
3 A108 20LG/RD
4 C59 20DB/LB (3 ZONE ATC)
4 C152 16LB/LG (3 ZONE MTC)
5 A128 18RD/OR (EXCEPT EXPORT)
5 P159 20TN/DG (EXPORT)
6 K32 18DB/YL
7 C53 22LB (3 ZONE ATC/MTC)
8 C16 20DB/GY (HEATED MIRRORS)
9 C22 22LB/WT (3 ZONE MTC)
9 D17 20WT/DG (3 ZONE ATC)
10 L13 20WT/YL (EXPORT)
10 C50 12DB/OR (3 ZONE MTC)
11 C7 12DB
12 D22 20WT/TN (3 ZONE ATC EXPORT)
12 Z135 12BK/LB (3 ZONE ATC EXCEPT EXPORT)
12 C153 12DB/BR (3 ZONE MTC)
13 Z849 12BK/OR (MEMORY)
14 A105 18DB/RD
15 A114 16GY/RD
16 F306 16DB/PK
17 C169 20DB/OR (3 ZONE ATC)
17 C154 20LB/OR (3 ZONE MTC)
18 C121 20DB/DG (3 ZONE MTC)
18 D22 20WT/TN (3 ZONE ATC EXCEPT EXPORT)
18 P171 20TN/YL (3 ZONE ATC EXPORT)
19 P160 18TN/LG (EXPORT)
20 F302 18GY/PK (ELECTRIC WIPER DE-ICER)
21 F2 18PK/YL
22 L78 18WT/OR (EXPORT)
22 Q102 18OR/LB (EXCEPT EXPORT)
23 Q103 18OR/LG (EXCEPT EXPORT)
23 P174 20TN/LB (EXPORT)
24 D25 20WT/VT C
25 -
26 -
O
27
28
-
-
N
29 F20 22PK/WT N
30 F100 18PK/VT
31 F201 18PK/OR E
32 F504 20GY/PK (3 ZONE ATC)
32 F850 22LB/PK (3 ZONE MTC)
C
33 P7 20LG/DG (HEATED SEATS) T
34 P8 20LG/WT (HEATED SEATS)
35 P64 22TN (MEMORY) O
36 P65 22TN/VT (MEMORY)
37 P66 22TN/LG (MEMORY) R
38 P67 22TN/OR (MEMORY)
39 P68 22TN/YL (MEMORY)
40 P69 22TN/WT (MEMORY) P
41 P70 20TN/LB (MEMORY EXCEPT EXPORT)
41 P70 20TN/WT (MEMORY EXPORT) I
42 P71 20TN/DG (MEMORY)
43 P72 20TN/GY (MEMORY)
N
44 P73 20TN/YL (MEMORY) O
46 P75 20TN/LG (MEMORY) U
47 P112 22TN/OR (AUTOMATIC DAY/NIGHT MIRROR)
47 D123 20WT/BR (RHD) T
48
48
B25 20DG/WT (EXPORT)
P114 22TN/WT (AUTOMATIC DAY/NIGHT MIRROR)
S
49 C154 20LB/OR (3 ZONE ATC/MTC)
50 Z104 18BK/LG (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER)
51 X156 20GY/LB (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER)
52 X154 20GY/YL (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER)
53 R57 18LG/GY
54 -
55 R59 18LG/TN
56 -
57 P162 18LG/DG (EXPORT)
57 T55 20YL/VT (AUTOSTICK)
58 T751 20YL
59 X15 16GY/DG (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER)
60 A701 18BR/RD
61 X3 20DG/VT
62 C54 22LB/YL (3 ZONE MTC EXCEPT LHD EXPORT)
62 X53 22DG (LHD EXPORT)
63 X54 22GY (LHD EXPORT)
63 A701 16BR/RD (EXCEPT LHD EXPORT)
64 X51 20DG/DB (EXCEPT LHD EXPORT)
64 X55 22DG/BR (LHD EXPORT)
65 X56 22GY/BR (LHD EXPORT)
65 X52 20GY/DB (EXCEPT LHD EXPORT)
66 X53 20DG (EXCEPT LHD EXPORT)
66 C54 22LB/YL (LHD EXPORT)
67 V37 20VT
68 X51 20DG/DB (LHD EXPORT)
68 X55 20DG/BR (EXCEPT LHD EXPORT)
69 X56 20GY/BR (EXCEPT LHD EXPORT)
69 X52 20GY/DB (LHD EXPORT)
70 X57 22DG/OR
71 X58 22GY/OR
72 X153 20DG/YL (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER)
73 K900 20DB/DG
74 X155 20DG/LB (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER)
1033
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C200 - (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 C151 18LB/DG (3 ZONE MTC)
2 A106 20LB/RD
3 A108 20LG/RD
4 C59 22DB/LB (3 ZONE ATC)
4 C152 16 LB/LG (3 ZONE MTC)
5 A128 18RD/OR (EXCEPT EXPORT)
5 P159 20TN/DG (EXPORT)
6 K32 18DB/YL
7 C53 22LB (3 ZONE ATC/MTC)
8 C16 20DB/GY (HEATED MIRRORS)
9 D17 22WT/DG (3 ZONE ATC)
9 C22 20LB/WT (3 ZONE MTC)
10 C50 12DB/OR (3 ZONE MTC)
10 L13 20WT/YL (EXPORT)
11 C7 12DB
12 D22 20WT/TN (3 ZONE ATC EXPORT)
12 Z135 12BK/LB (3 ZONE ATC EXCEPT EXPORT)
12 C153 12DB/BR (3 ZONE MTC)
13 Z849 12BK/OR (MEMORY)
14 A105 16DB/RD
15 A114 16GY/RD
16 F306 18DB/PK
17 C169 22DB/OR (3 ZONE ATC)
18 C121 20DB/DG (3 ZONE MTC)
18 D22 20WT/TN (3 ZONE ATC EXCEPT EXPORT)
18 P171 20TN/YL (3 ZONE ATC EXPORT)
19 P160 18TN/LG (EXPORT)
20 -
21 F2 18PK/YL
22 L78 20WT/OR (EXPORT)
22 Q102 18OR/LB (EXCEPT EXPORT)
23 Q103 18OR/LG (EXCEPT EXPORT)
C 23 P174 20TN/LB (EXPORT)
O 24 D25 20WT/VT
25 -
N 26 -
N 27
28
-
-
E 29 F20 20PK/WT
30 F100 18PK/VT
C 31 F201 18PK/OR
T 32
32
F504 20GY/PK (3 ZONE ATC)
F850 20LB/PK (3 ZONE MTC)
O 33 P7 20LG/DG (HEATED SEATS)
34 P8 22LG/WT (HEATED SEATS)
R 35 P64 20TN (MEMORY)
37 P66 20TN/LG (MEMORY)
P 38 P67 20TN/OR (MEMORY)
I 40 P69 20TN/WT (MEMORY)
N 41 P70 20TN/LB (MEMORY)
42 P71 20TN/DG (MEMORY)
O 43 P72 20TN/GY (MEMORY)
U 45 P74 20TN/DB (MEMORY)
T 46 P75 20TN/LG (MEMORY)
47 P112 22TN/OR (AUTOMATIC DAY/NIGHT MIRROR)
S 48 P114 22TN/WT (AUTOMATIC DAY/NIGHT MIRROR)
48 B25 20DG/WT (EXPORT)
49 C154 22LB/OR (3 ZONE ATC)
50 Z104 18BK/LG
51 X156 20GY/LB (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER)
52 X154 20GY/YL (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER)
53 R57 18LG/GY
54 -
55 R59 18LG/TN
56 -
57 -
58 T751 20YL
59 X15 16GY/DG (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER)
60 A701 18BR/RD
61 X3 22 DG/VT
62 X53 20DG
63 X54 20GY
64 X55 20DG/BR
65 X56 20GY/BR
66 C54 22LB/YL (3 ZONE ATC RHD EXPORT)
66 C54 20LB/YL (3 ZONE ATC/ EXCEPT RHD EXPORT)
67 V37 22VT
68 X51 22DG/DB
69 X52 22GY/DB
70 X57 22DG/OR (EXCEPT LHD EXPORT)
70 X57 20DG/OR (LHD EXPORT)
71 X58 20GY/OR (LHD EXPORT)
71 X58 22GY/OR (EXCEPT LHD EXPORT)
72 X153 22DG/YL (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER EXCEPT LHD EXPORT)
72 X153 20DG/YL (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER LHD EXPORT)
73 K900 20DB/DG
74 X155 20DG/LB (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER LHD EXPORT)
74 X155 22DG/LB (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER EXCEPT LHD EXPORT)
1034
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C201 - (BODY SIDE)

CAV CIRCUIT
1 R53 18LG/YL
2 R55 18LG/DG
3 R54 18LB/YL
4 R56 18LB/DG
C201 - (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE)

CAV CIRCUIT
1 R53 18LG/YL
2 R55 18LG/DG
3 R54 18LB/YL
4 R56 18LB/DG
C202 - (COMPONENT SIDE)

CAV CIRCUIT
1 Z134 12BK/OR (ATC)
C
2 C56 20DB/LB (ATC)
O
2 C34 20DB/LB (MTC)
N
3 C32 20DB/TN
4 C33 20LB/BR
N
5 C61 20DB/LG (ATC) E
5 C61 20LB/WT (MTC) C
6 C35 20LB/OR T
7 C7 12DB (ATC) O
8 C132 20DB/YL (ATC) R
9 C133 20DB/WT (ATC)
10 C161 20LB/WT (ATC) P
11 C135 20DB/GY (ATC)
I
12 C21 20DB/LG
N
13 C121 20DB/DG
O
U
C202 - (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE) T
CAV CIRCUIT
S
1 Z134 12BK/OR (ATC LHD)
1 Z134 12BK/LG (ATC RHD)
2 C34 22DB/LB (MTC LHD
EXPORT)
2 C56 22DB/LB (ATC EXCEPT
LHD EXPORT)
2 C34 22DB/LB (MTC EXCEPT
LHD EXPORT)
2 C56 22DB/VT (ATC LHD
EXPORT)
3 C32 22DB/TN
4 C33 22LB/BR
5 C61 22DB/LG
6 C35 22LB/LG
7 C7 12DB (ATC)
8 C132 22DB/YL (ATC)
9 C133 22DB/WT (ATC)
10 C161 22LB/WT (ATC)
11 C135 22DB/GY (ATC)
12 C21 22LB
13 C121 22DB/DG (RHD)
13 C121 20DB/DG (LHD)
1035
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C304 - (BODY SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 R53 18LG/YL (LHD)
1 R54 18LB/YL (RHD)
2 R56 18LB/DG (RHD)
2 R55 18LG/DG (LHD)
3 R31 18LG/OR
4 R33 18LG/WT
C304 - (SEAT SIDE)

CAV CIRCUIT
1 R53 18LG/YL (LHD)
1 R54 18LB/YL (RHD)
2 R56 18LB/DG (RHD)
2 R55 18LG/DG (LHD)
3 R31 18LG/OR
4 R33 18LG/WT
C305 - (BODY SIDE)

CAV CIRCUIT
1 Z849 12BK/OR
C 2 R57 18LG/GY
O 3 R59 18LG/TN
N 4 P7 20LG/DG (HEATED
SEATS)
N
5 A210 14OR/RD (HEATED
E SEATS)
C 6 F503 20WT/PK (HEATED
T SEATS)
O 7 A110 12OR/RD
8 -
R
9 -
10 -
P
11 -
I 12 -
N 13 -
O
U
C305 - (SEAT SIDE)
T CAV CIRCUIT
S 1 Z849 14BK/OR (POWER
SEAT)
1 Z849 12BK/OR (HEATED
SEAT)
2 R57 18LG/GY
3 R59 18LG/TN
4 P7 20LG/DG (HEATED
SEAT)
5 A210 14OR/RD (POWER/
HEATED SEAT)
6 F503 20WT/PK (HEATED
SEAT)
7 A110 12OR/RD (POWER/
HEATED SEAT)
8 -
9 -
10 -
11 -
12 -
13 -
1036
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C306 - (BODY SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 R54 18LB/YL (LHD)
1 R53 18LG/YL (RHD)
2 R55 18LG/DG (RHD)
2 R56 18LB/DG (LHD)
3 R32 18LB/OR
4 R34 18LB/WT
C306 - (SEAT SIDE)

CAV CIRCUIT
1 R54 18LB/YL (LHD)
1 R53 18LG/YL (RHD)
2 R55 18LG/DG (RHD)
2 R56 18LB/DG (LHD)
3 R32 18LB/OR
4 R34 18LB/WT
C307 (HEATED SEATS) - (BODY SIDE)

CAV CIRCUIT
1 Z848 12BK/OR (POWER
SEAT) C
2 - O
3 - N
4 P8 20LG/WT
N
5 A210 14OR/RD (POWER
SEAT) E
6 F503 20WT/PK C
7 - T
8 - O
9 - R
10 -
11 - P
12 -
I
N
C307 (HEATED SEATS) - (SEAT SIDE) O
CAV CIRCUIT U
1 Z848 18BK/OR (POWER
SEAT)
T
2 - S
3 -
4 P8 20LG/WT
5 A210 14OR/RD (POWER
SEAT)
6 F503 20WT/PK
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 -
11 -
12 -
1037
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C311 - (BODY SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 C153 12DB/BR (3 ZONE
MTC)
2 F504 20GY/PK (3 ZONE
ATC)
2 F850 22LB/PK (3 ZONE
MTC)
3 C121 22DB/DG (3 ZONE
MTC)
3 D22 20WT/TN (3 ZONE
ATC)
4 D17 20WT/DG (3 ZONE
ATC)
4 C22 20LB/WT (3 ZONE
MTC)
5 C151 18LB/DG (3 ZONE
MTC)
6 -
7 C152 16LB/LG (3 ZONE
MTC)
8 E10 20OR/DG (3 ZONE ATC/
MTC)
9 Z409 20BK/OR (3 ZONE
MTC)
9 Z27 18BK/DG (3 ZONE ATC)
C 10 C50 12DB/OR (3 ZONE
MTC)
O
N
N C311 - (REAR A/C JUMPER SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
E
1 C153 12 DB/BR (3 ZONE
C MTC)
T 2 F504 20GY/PK (3 ZONE
O ATC)
R 2 F850 20LB/PK (3 ZONE

MTC)
3 C121 20DB/DG (3 ZONE
P MTC)
I 3 D22 20WT/TN (3 ZONE ATC
SWB)
N
3 D22 22WT/TN (3 ZONE ATC
O LWB)
U 4 D17 20WT/DG (3 ZONE ATC
T SWB)
4 D17 22WT/DG (3 ZONE ATC
S LWB)
4 C22 20LB/DB (3 ZONE
MTC)
5 C151 18LB/DG (3 ZONE
MTC)
6 -
7 C152 16LB/LG (3 ZONE
MTC)
8 E10 20OR/DG (3 ZONE ATC/
MTC)
9 Z409 20BK/OR (3 ZONE
MTC)
9 Z27 18BK/DG (3 ZONE ATC)
10 C50 12DB/OR (3 ZONE
MTC)
1038
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C316 (POWER SLIDING DOOR) - (LEFT DOOR WIRE TRACK ASSEMBLY SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 P5 20BK/DB
2 P32 20BK/TN
3 G77 20BK/DG
4 Z825 14BK
5 -
6 -
7 G151 20BK/GY
8 D25 20BK/VT
9 -
10 A113 14BK/RD
C316 (POWER SLIDING DOOR) - (LEFT SLIDING DOOR SIDE)

CAV CIRCUIT
1 P5 20TN/OR
2 P32 20TN/VT
3 G77 20TN/OR
4 Z825 14BK/WT
5 -
6 -
7 G151 20VT/BR
8 D25 20WT/VT
9 - C
10 A113 14WT/RD O
N
N
C317 (POWER SLIDING DOOR) - (RIGHT DOOR WIRE TRACK ASSEMBLY SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT E
1 P38 20BK/DB C
2 P34 20BK/TN T
3 G76 20BK/DG O
4 Z824 14BK R
5 -
6 - P
7 G152 20BK/GY
I
8 D25 20BK/VT
N
9 -
O
10 A113 14BK/RD
U
T
C317 (POWER SLIDING DOOR) - (RIGHT SLIDING DOOR SIDE) S
CAV CIRCUIT
1 P38 20TN/DB
2 P34 20TN/LB
3 G76 20TN/OR
4 Z824 14BK/WT
5 -
6 -
7 G152 20VT/GY
8 D25 20WT/VT
9 -
10 A113 14WT/RD
1039
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C319 (LOWLINE) - (BODY SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 C15 12DB/WT
2 L77 18WT/BR
3 L50 18WT/TN
4 P30 20TN/DG
5 P31 20TN/YL
6 G78 20VT/OR
7 M11 20YL/VT
8 W13 18BR/LG
9 F302 18GY/PK
10 Z800 12BK
C319 (LOWLINE) - (LIFTGATE SIDE)

CAV CIRCUIT
1 C15 12DB/WT
2 L77 18WT/BR
3 L50 18WT/TN
4 P30 20TN/DG
5 P31 20TN/YL
6 G78 20VT/OR
7 M11 20YL/VT
8 W13 18BR/LG
C 9 F302 18GY/PK
O 10 Z800 12BK
N
N
E
C C324 (MANUAL SLIDING DOOR) - (LEFT DOOR WIRE TRACK ASSEMBLY SIDE)
T CAV CIRCUIT
O 1 P38 20BK/DB
R 2 P34 20BK/TN
3 G77 20BK/DG
P 4 Z76 20BK
I
N
O
U
T
S C324 (MANUAL SLIDING DOOR) - (LEFT MANUAL SLIDING DOOR SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 P5 20BK/DB
2 P32 20BK/TN
3 G77 20BK/DG
4 Z77 20BK
C325 (MANUAL SLIDING DOOR) - (RIGHT DOOR WIRE TRACK ASSEMBLY SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 P38 20BK/DB
2 P34 20BK/TN
3 G76 20BK/DG
4 Z76 20BK
1040
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C325 (MANUAL SLIDING DOOR) - (RIGHT MANUAL SLIDING DOOR SIDE)

CAV CIRCUIT
1 P38 20BK/DB
2 P34 20BK/TN
3 G76 20BK/DG
4 Z76 20BK
C326 - (SAFETY SEAT SIDE)

CAV CIRCUIT
1 -
2 -
3 R33 18LG/WT (EXCEPT EX-
PORT)
3 R33 18WT/BK (EXPORT)
4 R31 18DG/WT (EXPORT)
4 R31 18LG/OR (EXCEPT EX-
PORT)
C
C326 - (SEAT SIDE) O
CAV CIRCUIT
N
1 -
2 -
N
3 R33 18LG/WT
E
4 R31 18LG/OR C
T
O
R
C327 - (SAFETY SEAT SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 -
P
2 -
I
3 R34 18WT/BK (EXPORT) N
3 R34 18LB/WT (EXCEPT EX- O
PORT) U
4 R32 18LB/OR (EXCEPT EX- T
PORT)
4 R32 18DG/WT (EXPORT)
S
C327 - (SEAT SIDE)

CAV CIRCUIT
1 -
2 -
3 R34 18LB/WT
4 R32 18LB/OR
1041
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C330 (DIESEL) - (CABIN HEATER JUMPER SIDE)

CAV CIRCUIT
1 A119 16RD/OR
2 C41 20LB/DG
3 D21 20WT/BR
4 Z149 16BK/DB
C330 (DIESEL) - (POWERTRAIN SIDE)

CAV CIRCUIT
1 A119 16RD/OR
2 C41 20LB/DG
3 D21 20WT/BR
4 Z149 16BK/DB
C
O
N C331 (DIESEL) - (CABIN HEATER COMPONENT SIDE)
N CAV CIRCUIT
1 A119 14RD/OR
E
2 C41 20DB/OR
C
3 D21 20WT/DB
T
4 Z149 14BK/DB
O
R
P
I
N
C331 (DIESEL) - (CABIN HEATER JUMPER SIDE)
O CAV CIRCUIT
U 1 A119 16RD/OR
T 2 C41 20LB/DG
S 3 D21 20WT/BR
4 Z149 16BK/DB
C332 (3 ZONE ATC) - (BODY SIDE)

CAV CIRCUIT
1 C53 20LB
2 C169 20DB/OR
3 C51 12LB/BR
4 C59 20DB/LB
5 -
6 Z135 12BK/LB
7 C54 20LB/YL
8 C154 20LB/OR
9 -
10 -
1042
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C332 (3 ZONE ATC) - (COMPONENT SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 C53 18LB
2 C169 18LB/TN
3 C51 12DB/BR
4 C59 18DB/LB
5 -
6 Z135 12BK/LB
7 C54 18LB/YL
8 C154 18LB/GY
9 -
10 -
CABIN HEATER ASSIST C1 (DIESEL)

1 - -
2 D21 20WT/DB SCI TRANSMIT
3 - -
4 - -
5 C41 20DB/OR CABIN HEATER ASSIST CONTROL
6 18RD DOSING PUMP CONTROL
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
CABIN HEATER ASSIST C2 (DIESEL) O
1 A119 14RD/OR FUSED B(+)
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
CD CHANGER S
1 X40 24GY/WT AUDIO OUT RIGHT
2 E14 18OR/TN PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
3 D25 20WT/VT (EXCEPT PCI BUS
EXPORT)
3 D25 20VT/YL (EXPORT) PCI BUS
4 X112 20RD IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT
5 X41 20DG/WT AUDIO OUT LEFT
8 X160 20GY/YL B(+)
1043
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
CLOCKSPRING C1
1 X920 22GY/OR RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN
2 X20 22GY/WT RADIO CONTROL MUX
3 X3 22DG/VT HORN SWITCH SENSE
5 K900 20DB/DG SPEED CONTROL SWITCH GROUND
6 - -
CLOCKSPRING C2
1 R61 18LG/DB DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1
2 R63 18LG/WT DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2
3 R43 18LG/BR DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1
4 R45 18LG/OR DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2
CLOCKSPRING C3
C 1 - -
O 2 Z23 20BK/VT LEFT SPEED CONTROL SWITCH GROUND
N 2 Z23 20BK/VT RIGHT SPEED CONTROL SWITCH GROUND
N 3 V37 20VT (EXCEPT 2.4L) SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL
E 3 V37 20VT (2.4L) S/C SWITCH SIGNAL

3 V37 20VT (2.4L) S/C SWITCH SIGNAL
C
3 V37 20VT (EXCEPT 2.4L) SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL
T
O
R
P
I
N CLOCKSPRING C4
O
1 X20 20RD/BK RADIO CONTROL MUX
U
2 X920 20RD/DB RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN
T
S
1044
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
2 B1 18DG/OR RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
3 B2 18DG/LB RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY
4 - -
6 B6 18DG/WT RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
7 B7 18DG/VT RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY
8 - -
9 A111 12DG/RD FUSED B(+)
11 - -
12 - -
13 - -
14 - -
15 - -
17 - -
19 B3 18DG/YL LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
20 B4 18DG/GY LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY
21 - -
22 B8 18DG/TN LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL C
23 B9 18DG/LG (EXCEPT LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY O
3.3L/3.8L)
23 B9 18DG/WT (3.3L/3.8L) LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY
N
24 A107 12TN/RD FUSED B(+)
N
E
C
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
T
1 - -
O
2 D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS R
3 - -
4 Z11 18BK/LG GROUND P
5 Z111 18BK/WT GROUND I
6 - - N
7 D21 20WT/DG (GAS) SCI TRANSMIT (PCM) O
7 D21 20WT/DG (DIESEL) SCI TRANSMIT (ECM) U
8 - -
T
S
10 - -
11 - -
12 D20 20WT/LG (GAS) SCI RECEIVE (PCM)
13 - -
14 -
15 D15 20DG/YL (GAS) SCI TRANSMIT (TCM)
DOSING PUMP (DIESEL)

1 18RD DOSING PUMP CONTROL
1045
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1

1 R43 20OR/LB DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1
2 R45 20TN/LB DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2

1 R61 20BK/LB DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1
2 R63 20OR/LB DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
DRIVER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR (ATC)
P CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
I 1 C61 20DB/LG DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A)
N 2 C161 20LB/WT DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (B)
O
U
T
S
DRIVER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR (MTC)

1 C34 20DB/LB (RHD) COMMON DOOR DRIVER (B)
1 C61 20LB/WT (LHD) DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A)
2 C34 20DB/LB (LHD) COMMON DOOR DRIVER (B)
2 C61 20LB/WT (RHD) DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A)
1046
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH
1 F304 16WT/PK (POWER FUSED WINDOW CIRCUIT BREAKER OUTPUT
WINDOWS)
1 F304 16WT/PK (EXCEPT FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
POWER WINDOWS)
2 G161 20VT/DG (LHD) LEFT DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX
2 G160 20VT/LG (RHD) RIGHT DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX
3 Z461 20BK/DG (LHD) GROUND
3 Z460 20BK/LG (RHD) GROUND
DRIVER POWER SEAT FRONT RISER MOTOR

1 P19 14LG/LB DRIVER FRONT UP SWITCH SENSE
1 P119 14LG/DG (MEMORY) SEAT FRONT UP DRIVER
2 P121 14LG/DB (MEMORY) SEAT FRONT DOWN DRIVER
2 P21 14LG/TN DRIVER FRONT DOWN SWITCH SENSE
C
O
N
DRIVER POWER SEAT FRONT RISER POSITION SENSOR N
E
A P28 20LG/BR SEAT POSITION SENSOR GROUND
B P26 20LG FRONT RISER POSITION SIGNAL
C
C P29 20LG/WT SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY T
O
R
P
I
DRIVER POWER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOTOR
N
1 P17 14LG/DG DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD SWITCH SENSE
O
1 P115 14LG (RHD) (MEMO- SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD DRIVER U
RY) T
1 P117 14LG/LB (RHD) SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD DRIVER S
(MEMORY)
2 P15 14LG/WT DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD SWITCH SENSE
2 P117 14LG/LB (RHD) SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD DRIVER
(MEMORY)
2 P115 14LG (RHD) (MEMO- SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD DRIVER
RY)
DRIVER POWER SEAT HORIZONTAL POSITION SENSOR

A P29 20LG/WT SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY
B P25 20LG/VT SEAT HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL
C P28 20LG/BR SEAT POSITION SENSOR GROUND
1047
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
DRIVER POWER SEAT REAR RISER MOTOR

1 P11 14LG/YL DRIVER SEAT REAR UP SWITCH SENSE
1 P111 14LG/YL (MEMORY) SEAT REAR UP DRIVER
2 P113 14LG/WT (MEMORY) SEAT REAR DOWN DRIVER
2 P13 14LG/OR DRIVER SEAT REAR DOWN SWITCH SENSE
DRIVER POWER SEAT REAR RISER POSITION SENSOR

A P28 20LG/BR SEAT POSITION SENSOR GROUND
B P27 20LG/LB REAR RISER POSITION SIGNAL
C P29 20LG/WT SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY
C
O DRIVER POWER SEAT RECLINER MOTOR
N
1 P41 14LG/GY (EXCEPT DRIVER SEAT RECLINER DOWN SWITCH SENSE
N MEMORY)
E 1 P141 14LG/BR (MEMORY SEAT RECLINER DOWN DRIVER
EXPORT)
C
1 P41 14LG/GY (MEMORY SEAT RECLINER DOWN DRIVER
T EXCEPT EXPORT)
O 2 P43 14LG/GY (MEMORY SEAT RECLINER UP DRIVER
R EXCEPT EXPORT)
2 P143 14LG/GY (MEMORY SEAT RECLINER UP DRIVER
EXPORT)
P 2 P43 14LG/VT (EXCEPT DRIVER SEAT RECLINER UP SWITCH SENSE
I MEMORY)
N
O
U
T
S DRIVER POWER SEAT RECLINER POSITION SENSOR
A P29 20LG/WT SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY
B P47 20LG/LB RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL
C P28 20LG/BR SEAT POSITION SENSOR GROUND
1048
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1 Z849 14BK/OR (EXCEPT GROUND
MEMORY)
1 Z849 20BK/OR (MEMORY) GROUND
2 P43 14LG/VT (RHD MEM- RECLINER UP SWITCH SENSE
ORY)
2 P43 14LG/VT (EXCEPT DRIVER SEAT RECLINER UP SWITCH SENSE
MEMORY)
2 P40 20LG/DG (LHD MEM- RECLINER UP SWITCH SENSE
ORY)
3 P17 14LG/DG (EXCEPT DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD SWITCH SENSE
MEMORY)
3 P17 20LG/DG (MEMORY) SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD SWITCH SENSE
4 P41 14LG/GY (RHD MEM- RECLINER DOWN SWITCH SENSE
ORY)
4 P41 14LG/GY (EXCEPT DRIVER SEAT RECLINER DOWN SWITCH SENSE
MEMORY)
4 P48 20LG/DB (LHD MEM- RECLINER DOWN SWITCH SENSE
ORY)
5 A210 14OR/RD (EXCEPT FUSED SEAT SWITCH DRIVER
MEMORY)
5 P9 20LG/OR (MEMORY) SEAT SWITCH B(+) SUPPLY
6 P15 20LG/WT (MEMORY) SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD SWITCH SENSE
6 P15 14LG/WT (EXCEPT DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD SWITCH SENSE
MEMORY)
7 P19 14LG/LB (EXCEPT DRIVER FRONT UP SWITCH SENSE C
MEMORY) O
7 P19 20LG/LB (MEMORY) SEAT FRONT UP SWITCH SENSE N
8 P11 20LG/YL (MEMORY) SEAT REAR UP SWITCH SENSE
N
8 P11 14LG/YL (EXCEPT DRIVER SEAT REAR UP SWITCH SENSE
MEMORY) E
9 P13 14LG/OR (EXCEPT DRIVER SEAT REAR DOWN SWITCH SENSE C
MEMORY) T
9 P13 20LG/OR (MEMORY) SEAT REAR DOWN SWITCH SENSE O
10 P21 20LG/TN (MEMORY) SEAT FRONT DOWN SWITCH SENSE
R
10 P21 14LG/TN (EXCEPT DRIVER FRONT DOWN SWITCH SENSE
MEMORY)
P
I
N
O
U
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH T
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION S
1 R59 18LG/TN DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH LINE 1
2 R57 18LG/GY DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH LINE 2
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER

1 R53 18LG/YL DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2
2 R55 18LG/DG DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1
1049
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE C1 (DIESEL)
4 K342 14BR/WT ECM/PCM RELAY OUTPUT
6 - -
8 K944 20BK/GY CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SHIELD GROUND
9 K44 20DB/GY CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
10 - -
11 K37 20DB/YL BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
12 K55 20DB/OR MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL
13 K78 20GY FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
14 - -
15 K22 20OR/DB ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
16 K80 20DB/TN FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND
17 - -
18 - -
23 F851 20LB/PK SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE B
24 K3 20BR/OR CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL NO. 1
25 - -
26 - -
27 - -
28 - -
C 29 - -
30 G6 20VT/GY ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
O 31 F853 20LG/PK WATER IN FUEL SENSOR SIGNAL
N 32 K25 20BR/TN BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
N 33 - -
34 K4 20BK/LB LOW IDLE POSITION SWITCH GROUND
E 35 K853 20DB/BR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY
C 36 C18 20LB/BR A/C PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
37 - -
T 38 V37 20VT/TN SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL
O 39 - -
40 K2 20TN/BK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
R 41 K21 20DB/LG INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
42 Z122 18WT GROUND (DRAIN)
43 K24 20BR/LB CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL NO. 2
P
44 - -
I 45 - -
N 46 - -
47 L50 20WT/TN PRIMARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL
O 48 B29 20DG/WT SECONDARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL
U 49 T751 20YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
50 F855 20PK/YL SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE A
T 51 - -
S 52 K121 20DB BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND
53 - -
54 K957 20BK/OR MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND
56 C918 20BK/LB A/C PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND
57 - -
58 - -
59 - -
60 K9 20LB FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY
61 K51 20BR/WT ECM/PCM RELAY CONTROL
62 - -
63 D21 20WT/BR SCI TRANSMIT (ECM)
64 K151 20WT LOW IDLE POSITION SWITCH SENSE
65 - -
66 K936 20BR/YL ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND
67 - -
68 - -
69 C13 20LB/OR A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL
70 N210 20DB/DG LOW SPEED RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL
71 - -
72 N21 20DB/TN LIFT PUMP RELAY CONTROL
73 - -
74 T752 20DG/OR STARTER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL
75 - -
76 - -
77 K152 20DB/WT GLOW PLUG RELAY CONTROL
78 N122 20DB/YL HIGH SPEED RADIATOR FAN DUAL RELAY CONTROL
79 - -
80 K87 20BR FUEL PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL
81 K87 20BR FUEL PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL
1050
CONNECTOR PINOUTS

1 C21 20DB/LG EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
2 C121 20DB/DG SENSOR GROUND
FRONT BLOWER MODULE C1 (ATC)

1 - -
3 C56 20DB/LB BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL
C
O
N
N
FRONT BLOWER MODULE C2 (ATC)
E
1 C7 12DG (EXPORT) HIGH SPEED BLOWER MOTOR C
1 C7 12DB (EXCEPT EX- HIGH SPEED BLOWER MOTOR T
PORT) O
2 C70 12DB/YL (EXCEPT REAR BLOWER HIGH SPEED R
EXPORT)
2 C70 12BK (EXPORT) REAR BLOWER HIGH SPEED
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
1051
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1 A1 B(+)
2 A1 B(+)
3 L43 LEFT LOW BEAM DRIVER
4 L34 RIGHT HIGH BEAM DRIVER
5 L33 LEFT HIGH BEAM DRIVER
6 L44 RIGHT LOW BEAM DRIVER
7 - NOT USED
8 Z117, Z118, Z343, Z344 GROUND
9 A1 B(+)
10 FCM 10 HORN RELAY CONTROL
11 FCM 11 NAME BRAND SPEAKER RELAY CONTROL
12 P201 (EXCEPT EXPORT) ADJUSTABLE PEDALS RELAY CONTROL
13 FCM 13 PARK LAMP RELAY CONTROL
14 FCM 14 FRONT WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL
15 C41 (DIESEL) CABIN HEATER ASSIST CONTROL
16 W7 FRONT WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE
17 X3 HORN SWITCH SENSE
18 W1 WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE
19 FCM 19 (GAS) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
20 A114 FUSED B(+) (I.O.D.)
21 L78 FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (RIGHT)
C 22 D25 PCI BUS
O 23 G931 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR RETURN
N 24 - SPARE
25 G31 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
N
26 L13 (EXPORT) HEADLAMP ADJUST SIGNAL
E
27 F1, F2 FCM OUTPUT (UNLOCK-RUN-START)
C 28 F214 SIACM RUN-START DRIVER
T 29 F100 ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER
O 30 FCM 30 FRONT/REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL
R 31 FCM 31 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY CONTROL
32 FCM 32 (EXPORT) HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY CONTROL
P 33 FCM 33 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL
I 34 FCM 34 FRONT WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY CONTROL
N 35 FCM 35 ACCESSORY RELAY CONTROL (RUN-ACC)
O 36 B20 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE

37 F20 FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
U
38 A1 B(+) (WHEN IPM C-5 CPA IS NOT ENGAGED)
T
39 T2 TRS REVERSE SENSE
S 40 - NOT USED
41 L77 FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (LEFT)
42 D23 FLASH PROGRAM ENABLE
43 Z116 GROUND
44 L50 PRIMARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL
45 W10 FRONT WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL
46 W20 REAR WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL
47 K32 BRAKE TRANSMISSION SHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID CONTROL
48 F201 ORC RUN-START DRIVER
49 - NOT USED
FRONT INTRUSION SENSOR (UNITED KINGDOM)

1 G460 20DG/VT FRONT INTRUSION SENSOR SIGNAL
2 - -
3 G946 20LG/VT SENSOR GROUND
1052
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
FRONT READING LAMPS/SWITCH
1 E15 20OR/DB (EXCEPT ASH/RECEIVER LAMP FEED
BASE)
2 Z137 20BK/LB GROUND
3 - -
5 M24 20YL/WT COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER
6 - -
FRONT WASHER PUMP MOTOR

1 W10 18BR FRONT WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL
C
O
FUEL PUMP MODULE
N
1 Z201 18BK/OR (GAS) GROUND N
2 Z201 20BK/DB (LHD/ GROUND E
DIESEL/GAS) C
2 Z201 18BK/OR (RHD/ GROUND T
DIESEL)
O
4 N1 18DB/OR (GAS) FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT R
P
I
HEADLAMP SWITCH N
O
1 Z403 20BK/YL (EXPORT) GROUND
2 L78 20WT/OR (EXPORT) FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
U
3 - -
T
4 Z407 22BK/OR GROUND S
5 L36 20WT/DB (EXPORT) REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR DRIVER
6 L900 22WT/YL HEADLAMP SWITCH RETURN
8 E19 20OR/BR PANEL LAMPS DRIVER (HEADLAMP SWITCH)
9 - -
10 L39 22WT/OR FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR DRIVER
11 L307 22WT/BR (RHD) HEADLAMP SWITCH SENSE
11 L307 20WT/BR (LHD) HEADLAMP SWITCH SENSE
12 E2 22OR/BR PANEL LAMPS DIMMER SIGNAL
13 - -
1053
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
HEADLAMP WASHER PUMP MOTOR (EXPORT)

1 V53 12BR/OR HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY OUTPUT
HIGH NOTE HORN

2 X2 18DG/OR HORN RELAY OUTPUT
C
O
N
N
E
HOOD AJAR SWITCH (EXPORT)
C CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
T 1 G70 22VT/LB HOOD AJAR SWITCH SENSE
O 2 Z470 22BK/LB GROUND
R
P
I
N
O IGNITION SWITCH
U CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
T 1 G900 20VT/DB IGNITION SWITCH SENSE RETURN
S 2 G20 20VT/BR IGNITION SWITCH SENSE
3 F20 20PK/WT (LHD) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
1054
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
1 E13 20OR/WT PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
2 L160 20WT/TN (LOWLINE) RIGHT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER
3 G7 20VT/GY (LHD EX- LOW OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR DRIVER
PORT)
4 G3 20VT/LB (LHD EX- MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP DRIVER
PORT)
5 L134 20WT/GY (HIGHLINE) HIGH BEAM INDICATOR DRIVER
8 L161 20WT/LG (LOWLINE) LEFT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER
10 B25 20DG/WT (RHD) PARK BRAKE SWITCH SENSE
10 B25 18DG/WT (LHD EX- PARK BRAKE SWITCH SENSE
PORT)
10 B25 16DG/WT (LHD EX- PARK BRAKE SWITCH SENSE
CEPT EXPORT)
11 G26 20VT/OR CHIME DRIVER
12 G150 20VT/BR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
1055
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
1056
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
FUSES (IPM)
NO.
19 40A A101 12VT/RD FUSED B(+)
20 40A A102 12WT/RD FUSED B(+)
C
21 25A A111 12DG/RD FUSED B(+)
O
22 40A A110 12OR/RD FUSED B(+)
23 10A A106 20LB/RD FUSED B(+)
N
24 20A A701 16BR/RD FUSED B(+) (HAZARD)
N
26 20A A103 18GY/RD FUSED B(+) E
27 40A A112 12OR/RD FUSED B(+) C
28 40A F30 12PK/YL FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT T
30 40A INTERNAL (EXPORT) FUSED B(+) O
31 40A A113 12WT/RD FUSED B(+) R
32 40A A115 12YL/RD FUSED B(+)
33 15A INTERNAL FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT P
I
ACCESSORY RELAY N
30 INTERNAL B(+) U
85 FCM 35 ACCESSORY RELAY CONTROL (RUN-ACC)
T
86 INTERNAL B(+)
S
87 INTERNAL FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
87A - -
DEFOGGER RELAY
30 INTERNAL B(+)
85 FCM 31 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY CONTROL
86 INTERNAL B(+)
87 INTERNAL FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT
87A - -

30 INTERNAL B(+)
85 FCM 30 FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL
86 INTERNAL B(+)
87A - -
1057
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY
85 FCM 33 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL
87 INTERNAL FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
87A - -
FRONT WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY

30 INTERNAL FRONT WIPER ON/OFF RELAY OUTPUT
85 FCM 34 FRONT WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY CONTROL
87A W3 12BR/WT FRONT WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY LOW SPEED OUTPUT
FRONT WIPER ON/OFF RELAY

86 FCM 14 FRONT WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL
87A INTERNAL GROUND
C
O
N HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY (EXPORT)
N CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
E
85 FCM 32 HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY CONTROL
C
T 87 V53 12BR/OR HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY OUTPUT
O 87A - -
R
NAME BRAND SPEAKER RELAY
I 30 INTERNAL FUSED B(+) (I.O.D.)
N 85 FCM 11 NAME BRAND SPEAKER (NBS) RELAY CONTROL
O 86 INTERNAL FUSED B(+) (I.O.D.)
U 87 X1 16DG/BR NAME BRAND SPEAKER (NBS) RELAY OUTPUT
T 87A - -
S
PARK LAMP RELAY
30 INTERNAL B(+)
85 FCM 13 PARK LAMP RELAY CONTROL
86 INTERNAL B(+)
87 INTERNAL PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
87A - -
REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY (3 ZONE)

30 INTERNAL B(+)
85 FCM 30 REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL
86 INTERNAL B(+)
87 C51 12LB/BR FUSED REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
87A - -
1058
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
2 - -
3 - -
2.4L/BASE)
12 - -
14 - -
17 - -
2.4L/BASE)
19 W20 18BR/YL REAR WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL
20 W10 18BR FRONT WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL
C
O
N
N
1 N173 16DB/VT (GAS) RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL
E
2 V53 12BR/OR (EXPORT) HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY OUTPUT C
3 L60 16WT/TN (EXPORT) RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER T
3 L60 16WT/TN (EXCEPT RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER O
EXPORT) R
P
6 L90 18WT/OR (FOG FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
LAMPS) I
7 L61 16WT/LG LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER N
8 - - O
9 A112 12OR/RD FUSED B(+) U
10 L89 18WT/YL (FOG FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT T
LAMPS)
S
1059
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
EATX)
MTX)
10 A104 18YL/RD (3.3L/3.8L FUSED B(+)
EATX)
C 11 C41 20LB/DG (DIESEL) CABIN HEATER ASSIST CONTROL
O 12 - -
N 13 D25 18WT/VT (GAS) PCI BUS
N 13 D25 20WT/VT (DIESEL) PCI BUS
E 14 T752 18DG/OR (2.4L) STARTER RELAY CONTROL

14 T752 18DG/OR (3.3L/3.8L) STARTER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL
C
14 T752 20DG/OR (DIESEL) STARTER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL
T
O 16 K51 18BR/WT (GAS) AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY CONTROL
R 16 K51 20BR/WT (DIESEL) ECM/PCM RELAY CONTROL
P 17 F202 20PK/GY (GAS) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
I 18 K173 18BR/VT (3.3L/3.8L) RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL
N 18 K173 18BR/WT (2.4L) RAD FAN RELAY CONTROL
U 19 K342 16BR/WT (DIESEL) ECM/PCM RELAY OUTPUT
T 20 A109 18OR/RD (GAS) FUSED B(+)
S
5 - -
BRAKES)
6 D25 18WT/VT (3.3L/3.8L) PCI BUS
BRAKES)
BRAKES)
10 - -
1060
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1 A101 12VT/RD FUSED B(+)
3 Z118 16BK/YL GROUND
4 A110 12OR/RD (POWER FUSED B(+)
SEAT)
5 - -
6 - -
POSITION)
RY RELAY POSITION)
SLIDING DOOR)
10 - -

4 L13 20WT/YL (EXPORT) HEADLAMP ADJUST SIGNAL C
5 K32 18DB/YL (GAS) BRAKE TRANSMISSION SHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID CONTROL O
6 - - N
7 W7 20BR/GY FRONT WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE N
8 B20 20DG/OR BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE E
9 F201 18PK/OR ORC RUN-START DRIVER C
T
O
12 - -
R
14 - -
15 A114 16GY/RD FUSED B(+) (I.O.D.) P
16 D123 20WT/BR FLASH PROGRAM ENABLE I
17 L50 18WT/TN BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT N
18 X13 16DG/GY (PREMIUM NAME BRAND SPEAKER RELAY OUTPUT O
8 SPEAKER)
U
T
20 F100 18PK/VT ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER
S

ATC/MTC)
8 - -
10 L60 18WT/TN RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER
1061
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH (POWER SLIDING DOOR)

3 G41 22VT/DG LEFT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX
LEFT CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR (POWER SLIDING DOOR)

1 Q49 18TN/WT LEFT CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR UNLATCH DRIVER
3 Q45 18OR/GY LEFT CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR CLUTCH DRIVER
4 Q47 18TN/GY LEFT CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR LATCH DRIVER
C
O
N
N
E
C
T LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH
O CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
R 1 Z463 20BK/LB GROUND
P
I
N
O
U
T
S LEFT DOOR SPEAKER (LOWLINE)
1 X55 20DG/BR LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
2 - -
3 X53 20DG LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
1062
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
LEFT DOOR SPEAKER (MIDLINE/HIGHLINE)

1 X153 20DG/YL (HIGHLINE) LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+)
2 X15 16GY/DG (HIGHLINE) AMPLIFIED SPEAKER GROUND
3 X155 20DG/LB (HIGHLINE) LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-)
4 X53 20DG LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
5 X13 16DG/GY (HIGHLINE) NAME BRAND SPEAKER RELAY OUTPUT
6 X55 20DG/BR LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
LEFT FOG LAMP (EXCEPT EXPORT)

A L89 18WT/YL FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
B Z349 18BK/YL GROUND
C
O
N
N
E
C
LEFT FOG LAMP (EXPORT)
T
1 L89 18WT/YL FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
O
2 Z349 18BK/YL GROUND R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH (BASE)

1 G75 20VT LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
1063
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
LEFT FRONT DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (EXCEPT BASE)

1 G75 20VT LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
3 P1 20TN/LG LEFT FRONT DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER
4 P3 20TN/WT LEFT FRONT DOOR LOCK DRIVER
LEFT FRONT PARK/TURN SIGNAL LAMP (EXCEPT EXPORT)

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I LEFT FULL OPEN SWITCH (POWER SLIDING DOOR)
N CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
O 1 Q53 20OR LEFT FULL OPEN SWITCH SENSE
U
T
S
LEFT HEADLAMP (EXCEPT EXPORT)

1064
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
LEFT HIGH BEAM LAMP (EXPORT)

1 Z343 16BR GROUND
1 Z343 16BR GROUND
2 L33 16GY LEFT HIGH BEAM DRIVER
LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER

1 X153 20DG/YL LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+)
1 X53 20DG (LOWLINE) LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
2 X55 20DG/BR (LOWLINE) LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
2 X155 20DG/LB LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-)
LEFT POWER MIRROR

1 P171 20TN/YL (EXPORT) LEFT FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER
C
2 P112 22TN/OR (EXCEPT MIRROR B(+) O
EXPORT/MEMORY) N
3 P114 22TN/WT (EXCEPT MIRROR B(-) N
EXPORT/MEMORY)
4 P65 20TN/VT (MEMORY) LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL
E
5 P69 20TN/WT (MEMORY) LEFT MIRROR SENSOR GROUND
C
6 P64 20TN (MEMORY EX- LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL T
PORT) O
7 P160 20TN/LG (RHD) PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT R
7 P159 20TN/DG (LHD EX- DRIVER FOLDING MIRROR FOLD DRIVER
PORT)
P
9 C16 20DB/GY (HEATED FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT I
MIRRORS) N
10 P73 20TNYL LEFT MIRROR COMMON DRIVER (RIGHT/DOWN) O
11 P71 20TN/DG LEFT MIRROR UP DRIVER U
12 P75 20TN/LG LEFT MIRROR LEFT DRIVER
T
S
LEFT REAR PILLAR SPEAKER

1 X157 20DG LEFT REAR PILLAR SPEAKER (-)
2 X151 20DG/WT LEFT REAR PILLAR SPEAKER (+)
1065
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
LEFT REAR SPEAKER (LOWLINE)

1 X57 22DG/OR LEFT REAR SPEAKER (-)
2 - -
3 X51 20DG/DB LEFT REAR SPEAKER (+)
LEFT REAR SPEAKER (MIDLINE/HIGHLINE)

1 X151 20DG/WT LEFT REAR PILLAR SPEAKER (+)
(HIGHLINE)
3 X157 20DG (HIGHLINE) LEFT REAR PILLAR SPEAKER (-)
4 X51 20DG/DB LEFT REAR SPEAKER (+)
6 X57 22DG/OR LEFT REAR SPEAKER (-)
C
O
N
N
E
C
T LEFT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH
R
P
I
N
O
U
T LEFT SEAT AIRBAG
S CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 R33 18WT/BK (EXPORT) LEFT SEAT SQUIB LINE 2
1 R31 18LG/OR (EXCEPT LEFT SEAT SQUIB LINE 1
EXPORT)
2 R33 18LG/WT (EXCEPT LEFT SEAT SQUIB LINE 2
EXPORT)
2 R31 18DG/WT (EXPORT) LEFT SEAT SQUIB LINE 1
1066
CONNECTOR PINOUTS

1 R31 18LG/OR LEFT SEAT SQUIB LINE 1
2 R33 18LG/WT LEFT SEAT SQUIB LINE 2
3 - -
5 F214 18PK/LG SIACM RUN-START DRIVER
LEFT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE C1 (POWER SLIDING DOOR)

1 Q45 18OR/GY LEFT CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR CLUTCH DRIVER
2 Q67 16TN/BR LEFT SLIDING DOOR OPEN DRIVER
3 Q69 16TN/OR LEFT SLIDING DOOR CLOSE DRIVER
4 - -
6 - -
7 - -
8 Z123 14BK/WT GROUND C
O
N
N
LEFT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE C2 (POWER SLIDING DOOR)
E
1 Q71 20TN/VT LEFT DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SUPPLY C
2 - - T
3 Q35 20OR/GY LEFT DOOR LOCK SENSE O
4 Q55 20OR/BR LEFT DOOR IN/OUT HANDLE SWITCH SENSE R
5 - -
6 - - P
7 Q63 18OR/TN LEFT DOOR MOTOR CLUTCH DRIVER I
8 Q47 18TN/GY LEFT CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR LATCH DRIVER
N
9 Q49 18TN/WT LEFT CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR UNLATCH DRIVER
O
10 - -
U
12 G77 20TN/OR LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
T
13 Q59 20OR/YL LEFT PAWL SWITCH SENSE S
14 Q53 20OR LEFT FULL OPEN SWITCH SENSE
15 Z25 20BK/TN GROUND-DRIVER SIDE IDENTIFIER (LHD/RHD)
16 - -
17 Q73 20TN/YL LEFT DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SIGNAL
18 - -
19 G151 20VT/BR LEFT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL
1067
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
LEFT SLIDING DOOR LATCH SENSING SWITCH (POWER SLIDING DOOR)

2 Q59 20OR/YL LEFT PAWL SWITCH SENSE
3 G77 20TN/OR LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
5 Q55 20OR/BR LEFT DOOR IN/OUT HANDLE SWITCH SENSE
6 - -
LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR (POWER SLIDING DOOR)

1 P5 20TN/OR LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK UNLOCK DRIVER
2 P32 20TN/VT LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK DRIVER
3 Q35 20OR/GY LEFT DOOR LOCK SENSE
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (MANUAL SLIDING DOOR)
1 P5 20BK/DB LEFT SLIDING DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER
P 2 P32 20BK/TN LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK DRIVER
I 3 G77 20BK/DG LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
N 4 Z77 20BK GROUND
O
U
T
S
LEFT SLIDING DOOR MOTOR (POWER SLIDING DOOR)
1 - -
2 Q71 20TN/VT LEFT DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SUPPLY
3 Q69 16TN/OR LEFT SLIDING DOOR CLOSE DRIVER
5 Q63 18OR/TN LEFT DOOR MOTOR CLUTCH DRIVER
6 Q67 16TN/BR LEFT SLIDING DOOR OPEN DRIVER
8 Q73 20TN/YL LEFT DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SIGNAL
1068
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
LICENSE LAMP (POWER LIFTGATE)
5 Q94 20TN/LG LIFTGATE CHIME DRIVER
7 G32 20VT/LB LIFTGATE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
LICENSE LAMP (POWER RELEASE)

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH (MANUAL RELEASE) O
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION R
2 G78 20VT/OR LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE P
I
N
O
U
T
S
LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH (POWER RELEASE)

3 P31 20TN/YL LIFTGATE RELEASE DRIVER
1069
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
LIFTGATE CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR (POWER LIFTGATE)

3 Q60 20OR/YL LIFTGATE PAWL SWITCH SENSE
5 Q85 18TN/WT LIFTGATE LATCH RELEASE DRIVER
6 Q84 18TN/GY LIFTGATE LATCH CINCH DRIVER
7 Q83 18OR/GY LIFTGATE LATCH CLUTCH DRIVER
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH (EXPORT)

2 G165 20VT/GY LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O LIFTGATE LEFT PINCH SENSOR (POWER LIFTGATE)
R CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Q77 20OR/DB RIGHT PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL
2 Q76 20OR/LB PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
LIFTGATE RIGHT PINCH SENSOR (POWER LIFTGATE)

1 Q77 20OR/DB RIGHT PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL
1070
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
LOW NOTE HORN

MEMORY SEAT/MIRROR MODULE C1

1 P69 20TN/WT LEFT MIRROR SENSOR GROUND
2 P25 20LG/VT SEAT HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL
3 P27 20LG/LB REAR RISER POSITION SIGNAL
4 - -
5 - -
6 P67 20OR RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL
7 P64 20TN/OR LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL
8 P21 20LG/TN SEAT FRONT DOWN SWITCH SENSE C
9 P13 20LG/OR SEAT REAR DOWN SWITCH SENSE O
10 P15 20LG/WT SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD SWITCH SENSE N
11 P43 14LG/VT RECLINER UP SWITCH SENSE
N
12 - -
E
13 - -
14 P66 20WT RIGHT MIRROR SENSOR GROUND
C
15 P26 20LG FRONT RISER POSITION SIGNAL
T
16 P47 20LG/LB RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL O
17 - - R
18 - -
19 P68 20YL RIGHT MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL P
20 P65 20TN/YL LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL I
21 P19 20LG/LB SEAT FRONT UP SWITCH SENSE N
22 P11 20LG/YL SEAT REAR UP SWITCH SENSE O
23 P17 20LG/DG SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD SWITCH SENSE
U
24 P41 14LG/GY RECLINER DOWN SWITCH SENSE
T
25 - -
S

1 - -
2 - -
3 P73 18TN/LB LEFT MIRROR COMMON DRIVER (RIGHT/DOWN)
4 P75 18DB LEFT MIRROR LEFT DRIVER
5 P71 18TN/GY LEFT MIRROR UP DRIVER
6 P29 20LG/WT SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY
7 - -
8 - -
9 - -
10 - -
11 P70 18LB RIGHT MIRROR COMMON DRIVER (RIGHT/DOWN)
12 P74 18TN/DB RIGHT MIRROR LEFT DRIVER
13 P72 18GY RIGHT MIRROR UP DRIVER
14 - -
15 - -
16 P28 20LG/BR SEAT POSITION SENSOR GROUND
1071
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1 P111 14LG/YL SEAT REAR UP DRIVER
2 P115 14LG SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD DRIVER
3 P119 14LG/DG SEAT FRONT UP DRIVER
4 P113 14LG/WT SEAT REAR DOWN DRIVER
5 P121 14LG/DB SEAT FRONT DOWN DRIVER
6 - -
7 P143 14LG/GY (EXPORT) SEAT RECLINER UP DRIVER
7 P43 14LG/VT (EXCEPT SEAT RECLINER UP DRIVER
EXPORT)
8 P9 20LG/OR SEAT SWITCH B(+) SUPPLY
9 - -
10 P141 14LG/BR (EXPORT) SEAT RECLINER DOWN DRIVER
10 P41 14LG/GY (EXCEPT SEAT RECLINER DOWN DRIVER
EXPORT)
11 P117 14LG/LB SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD DRIVER
12 - -

C 1 Z849 14BK/OR GROUND
O 2 A210 14OR/RD FUSED B(+)
N
N
E
C
T
O
R MEMORY SET SWITCH
P 1 G200 20VT/BR MEMORY SELECT SWITCH MUX
I 2 G920 20VT/YL MEMORY SELECT SWITCH RETURN
N
O
U
T
S
1072
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
MESSAGE CENTER (HIGHLINE)

1 L160 20WT/TN (LHD) RIGHT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER
2 G3 20VT/LB (LHD EX- MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP DRIVER
PORT)
3 L134 20WT/GY (RHD) HIGH BEAM INDICATOR DRIVER
4 L160 20WT/TN (RHD) RIGHT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER
5 - -
6 G7 20VT/GY (LHD EX- LOW OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR DRIVER
PORT)
7 A701 18BR/RD (LHD) FUSED B(+) (HAZARD)
8 A701 18BR/RD (RHD) FUSED B(+) (HAZARD)
9 G7 20VT/GY (RHD) LOW OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR DRIVER
10 - -
11 L161 20WT/LG (LHD) LEFT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER
12 L134 20WT/GY (LHD) HIGH BEAM INDICATOR DRIVER
13 G3 20VT/LB (RHD) MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP DRIVER
14 L161 20WT/LG (RHD) LEFT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
MODE DOOR ACTUATOR (ATC) O
1 C135 20DB/GY MODE DOOR DRIVER (B)
R
2 C35 20LB/OR MODE DOOR DRIVER (A)
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
MODE DOOR ACTUATOR (MTC)

1 C34 20DB/LB COMMON DOOR DRIVER (B)
2 C35 20LB/OR MODE DOOR DRIVER (A)
1073
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
OVERHEAD CONSOLE (EXCEPT BASE)
1 G23 20VT/DB (EXCEPT SLIDING DOORS OVERHEAD SWITCH MUX
SUNROOF)
1 G23 22VT/DB (SUNROOF) SLIDING DOORS OVERHEAD SWITCH MUX
2 G25 20VT/TN (EXCEPT LIFTGATE SWITCH MUX
SUNROOF)
2 G25 22VT/TN (SUNROOF) LIFTGATE SWITCH MUX
6 F503 20WT/PK FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
8 E15 20OR/DB ASH/RECEIVER LAMP FEED
9 - -
10 - -
11 L24 20BK/GY (EXCEPT AUTOMATIC HEADLAMP SWITCH SENSOR
EXPORT/PREMIUM/
LUXURY)
12 L1 20BK/WT (PREMIUM/ BACK-UP LAMP FEED
LUXURY)
PASSENGER AIRBAG
C 1 R42 18LB/BR PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2
O 2 R44 18LB/OR PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1
N 3 R62 18LB/VT (EXCEPT PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2
LHD EXPORT)
N
3 R62 18LG/DB (LHD EX- PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2
E PORT)
C 4 R64 18LB/WT PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1
T
O
R
P
I
N PASSENGER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR (ATC)
O
1 C133 20DB/WT PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (B)
U
T
S
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR (MTC)

1 C33 20LB/BR (RHD) PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A)
2 C33 20LB/BR (LHD) PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A)
1074
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH
1 F304 16WT/PK (POWER FUSED WINDOW CIRCUIT BREAKER OUTPUT
WINDOWS)
1 F304 16WT/PK (EXCEPT FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
POWER WINDOWS)
2 G160 20VT/LG (LHD) RIGHT DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX
2 G161 20VT/DG (RHD) LEFT DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX
3 Z460 20BK/LG (LHD) GROUND
3 Z461 20BK/DG (RHD) GROUND
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY (EXPORT)

1 - -
2 - -
3 - -
5 P164 18LG/DB PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY INPUT
6 P162 18LG/DG PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY CONTROL
7 - -
8 P160 18TN/LG PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT C
9 - - O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH
1 R60 18LB/TN PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH LINE 1
P
2 R58 18LB/GY PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH LINE 2
I
N
O
U
T
S
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER

1 R54 18LB/YL PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2
2 R56 18LB/DG PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1
1075
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE C1
1 Q83 18OR/GY LIFTGATE LATCH CLUTCH DRIVER
2 Q88 14TN/BR (EXPORT) LIFTGATE OPEN DRIVER
2 Q88 16TN/BR (EXCEPT LIFTGATE OPEN DRIVER
EXPORT)
3 Q89 16TN/OR (EXCEPT LIFTGATE CLOSE DRIVER
EXPORT)
3 Q89 14TN/OR (EXPORT) LIFTGATE CLOSE DRIVER
4 - -
5 A115 12YL/RD FUSED B(+)
6 - -
7 - -
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE C2

1 Q90 20TN/VT LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SUPPLY
2 - -
3 Q151 22TN/DB LIFTGATE ENGAGE/DISENGAGE SWITCH SENSE
4 - -
5 Q76 22OR/LB PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL
6 - -
C 7 Q86 18OR/DB LIFTGATE GEAR ENGAGE DRIVER

8 Q84 18TN/GY LIFTGATE LATCH CINCH DRIVER
O
9 Q85 18TN/WT LIFTGATE LATCH RELEASE DRIVER
N
10 Q87 18OR/LG LIFTGATE GEAR DISENGAGE DRIVER
N 11 D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS
E 12 G78 20VT/OR LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE
C 13 Q60 22OR/YL LIFTGATE PAWL SWITCH SENSE
T 14 Q51 22OR LIFTGATE FULL OPEN SWITCH SENSE
O 15 - -
R 16 G32 20VT/LB LIFTGATE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
17 Q91 20TN/YL LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL
P 18 Q94 22TN/LG LIFTGATE CHIME DRIVER
I 19 G153 22VT/DG LIFTGATE MODULE WAKE UP SIGNAL

N
O
U POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR
T CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
S
2 Q51 22OR LIFTGATE FULL OPEN SWITCH SENSE
3 Q151 20TN/DB (EXPORT) LIFTGATE ENGAGE/DISENGAGE SWITCH SENSE
3 Q151 22TN/DB (EXCEPT LIFTGATE ENGAGE/DISENGAGE SWITCH SENSE
EXPORT)
4 Q87 18OR/LG LIFTGATE GEAR DISENGAGE DRIVER
5 Q86 18OR/DB LIFTGATE GEAR ENGAGE DRIVER
6 Q88 14TN/BR (EXPORT) LIFTGATE OPEN DRIVER
6 Q88 16TN/BR (EXCEPT LIFTGATE OPEN DRIVER
EXPORT)
7 Q90 20TN/VT LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SUPPLY
8 Q91 20TN/YL LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL
10 Q89 14TN/OR (EXPORT) LIFTGATE CLOSE DRIVER
10 Q89 16TN/OR (EXCEPT LIFTGATE CLOSE DRIVER
EXPORT)
1076
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWER SEAT CIRCUIT BREAKER (30A)

2 A210 14OR/RD FUSED SEAT SWITCH DRIVER
2 A210 14OR/RD FUSED SEAT SWITCH DRIVER

1 - -
2 - -
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
7 - - C
8 - - O
9 Z130 18BK/BR GROUND N
10 - - N
11 F202 20PK/GY FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) E
12 F1 18PK/WT (EXCEPT EX- FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) C
PORT)
T
14 - - O
15 - - R
16 - -
17 - - P
18 Z131 18BK/DG GROUND I
19 - - N
20 G6 16VT/GY OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL O
21 - -
U
22 G31 18VT/LG AAT SIGNAL
T
23 - -
S
24 - -
27 - -
28 - -
31 K141 18DB/YL O2 1/2 SIGNAL
32 K904 18DB/DG O2 RETURN (DOWN)
33 - -
34 - -
35 - -
36 D21 20WT/BR SCI TRANSMIT (PCM)
1077
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
45 - -
47 - -
48 - -
52 - -
53 - -
54 - -
55 - -
58 - -
60 - -
61 F855 18PK/YL (EXPORT) 5 VOLT SUPPLY
C 61 F855 20PK/YL (EXCEPT 5 VOLT SUPPLY
EXPORT)
O
N 63 T10 18DG/LG TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE
N 64 C13 18LB/OR A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL
E 65 D21 18WT/BR (EXPORT) SCI TRANSMIT (PCM)
C 65 D21 20WT/BR (EXCEPT SCI TRANSMIT (PCM)
T EXPORT)
O 66 N7 18DB/OR VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL

R
68 K52 18DB/WT EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SOLENOID CONTROL
69 - -
P 70 K70 18DB/BR EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SOLENOID SENSE
I 71 - -
N 72 K107 20VT/WT (EXCEPT LEAK DETECTION PUMP SWITCH SENSE
O EXPORT)
U 73 K173 18BR/VT RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL
T 74 K31 18BR FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL

S
EXPORT)
78 - -
79 - -
1078
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
RADIO C1
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
7 X54 20GY (HIGHLINE) RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
7 X154 20GY/YL (LOWLINE) RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+)
8 X156 20GY/LB (LOWLINE) RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-)
8 X56 20GY/BR (HIGHLINE) RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
9 X55 20DG/BR (HIGHLINE) LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
9 X155 20DG/LB (LOWLINE) LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-)
10 X153 20DG/YL (LOWLINE) LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+)
10 X53 20DG (HIGHLINE) LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
13 X60 20GY/YL RADIO 12 VOLT OUTPUT
15 - -
16 - -
17 - -
18 X51 22DG/DB LEFT REAR SPEAKER (+) C
19 X57 22DG/OR LEFT REAR SPEAKER (-) O
20 X58 22GY/OR RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (-) N
21 X52 22GY/DB RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (+)
N
22 Z515 16BK GROUND
E
C
RADIO C2 (CD CHANGER) T
O
1 X40 20GY/WT AUDIO OUT RIGHT
R
3 D25 20WT/VT (EXCEPT PCI BUS
EXPORT) P
3 D25 20VT/YL (EXPORT) PCI BUS I
4 X112 20RD IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT N
5 X41 20DG/WT AUDIO OUT LEFT O
6 Z140 18BK/OR GROUND U
T
8 X160 20GY/YL B(+)
S
REAR A/C-HEATER UNIT (3 ZONE MTC)

1 C53 22LB REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER
2 C154 20LB/OR REAR COMMON DOOR DRIVER
3 C51 12LB/BR FUSED REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
4 C152 16LB/LG REAR BLOWER MOTOR MED
5 C151 18LB/DG REAR BLOWER MOTOR LOW
6 Z135 12BK/LB REAR BLOWER MOTOR HIGH
7 C54 22LB/YL REAR BLEND DOOR DRIVER
8 C154 20LB/OR REAR COMMON DOOR DRIVER
9 - -
10 - -
1079
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
REAR AUTO TEMP CONTROL SWITCH (3 ZONE ATC)
1 F504 20GY/PK FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
3 D22 20WT/TN (SWB) KDB CLOCK
3 D22 22WT/TN (LWB) KDB CLOCK
4 D17 20WT/DG (SWB) KDB DATA
4 D17 22WT/DG (LWB) KDB DATA
5 E10 20OR/DG PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
6 - -
7 - -
8 - -
9 - -
10 - -
11 - -
12 - -
13 - -
REAR BLOWER FRONT CONTROL SWITCH (3 ZONE MTC)

1 - -
C 3 - -
4 C153 12DB/BR REAR BLOWER MOTOR HIGH
O
5 - -
N
N 7 C151 18LB/DG REAR BLOWER MOTOR LOW
E 8 C50 12DB/OR REAR BLOWER FRONT CONTROL FEED
C
T
O
R
P REAR BLOWER MOTOR POWER MODULE C1 (3 ZONE ATC)

N 1 C51 12DB/BR FUSED REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
O 1 C51 18DB/BR FUSED REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
2 C59 18DB/LB BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL
U
T
4 - -
S
REAR BLOWER MOTOR POWER MODULE C2 (3 ZONE ATC)

1 12BK GROUND
2 12DG POWER FEED
1080
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
REAR BLOWER REAR CONTROL SWITCH C1 (3 ZONE MTC)

1 C153 12DB/BR REAR BLOWER MOTOR HIGH
3 C151 18LB/DG REAR BLOWER MOTOR LOW
4 C50 12DB/OR REAR BLOWER FRONT CONTROL FEED
REAR BLOWER REAR CONTROL SWITCH C2 (3 ZONE MTC)

1 - -
2 C22 20LB/DB REAR TEMPERATURE FEEDBACK SIGNAL
3 E10 20OR/DG PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
4 F850 20LB/PK 5 VOLT SUPPLY
5 C121 20DB/DG REAR TEMPERATURE RETURN
6 Z409 20BK/OR GROUND C
O
N
N
E
C
T
REAR INTRUSION SENSOR (UNITED KINGDOM) O
R
1 B100 20TN REAR INTRUSION SENSOR SIGNAL
2 B200 20BK SENSOR GROUND
3 - -
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
REAR MODE MOTOR (3 ZONE ATC)

1 C154 18LB/GY REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER (B)
2 C53 18LB REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER (A)
1081
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
REAR TEMPERATURE MOTOR (3 ZONE ATC)

1 C54 18LB/YL REAR BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A)
2 C169 18LB/TN REAR BLEND DOOR DRIVER (B)
REAR WASHER PUMP MOTOR

1 W20 18BR/YL REAR WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R REAR WIPER MOTOR
P 1 Z213 18BK/LG GROUND
I
3 W13 18BR/LG REAR WIPER MOTOR CONTROL
N
O
U
T
S
RECIRCULATION DOOR ACTUATOR (ATC)

1 C132 20DB/YL RECIRCULATION DOOR DRIVER (B)
1082
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
RECIRCULATION DOOR ACTUATOR (MTC)

1 C32 20DB/TN (RHD) RECIRCULATION DOOR DRIVER (A)
2 C32 20DB/TN (LHD) RECIRCULATION DOOR DRIVER (A)
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE

1 G96 22VT/DG REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY INTERFACE
2 D9 22WT/GY REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY PROGRAM ENABLE
4 D10 18WT (JAPAN) REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY ANTENNA (+)
5 D10 18WT/LB (JAPAN) REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY ANTENNA (-)
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH (POWER SLIDING DOOR) O
R
3 G42 22VT/YL RIGHT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX P
I
N
O
U
T
S
RIGHT CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR (POWER SLIDING DOOR)

1 Q46 18TN/GY RIGHT CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR LATCH DRIVER
3 Q44 18OR/GY RIGHT CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR CLUTCH DRIVER
4 Q48 18TN/WT RIGHT CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR UNLATCH DRIVER
1083
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH (EXPORT)

2 G162 20VT/WT RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX
RIGHT DOOR SPEAKER (LOWLINE)

1 X56 20GY/BR RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
2 - -
3 X54 20GY RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
C
O
N
N
E RIGHT DOOR SPEAKER (MIDLINE/HIGHLINE)
C CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
T 1 X154 20GY/YL (HIGHLINE) RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+)

O
3 X156 20GY/LB (HIGHLINE) RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-)
R
4 X54 20GY RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
P 6 X56 20GY/BR RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
I
N
O
U
T
S
RIGHT FOG LAMP (EXCEPT EXPORT)
A L90 18WT/OR FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
B Z348 18BK/OR GROUND
1084
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
RIGHT FOG LAMP (EXPORT)

1 L90 18WT/OR FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH (BASE)

1 G74 20VT/WT RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
RIGHT FRONT DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (EXCEPT BASE) R
1 G74 20VT/WT RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE P
3 P4 20TN/BR RIGHT FRONT DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER
N
4 P2 20TN/GY RIGHT FRONT DOOR LOCK DRIVER
O
U
T
S
RIGHT FULL OPEN SWITCH (POWER SLIDING DOOR)

1 Q52 20OR RIGHT FULL OPEN SWITCH SENSE
1085
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER

1 X154 20GY/YL RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+)
1 X54 20GY (LOWLINE) RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
2 X56 20GY/BR (LOWLINE) RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
2 X156 20GY/LB RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-)
RIGHT POWER MIRROR

1 P174 20TN/LB (EXPORT) RIGHT FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER
2 - -
3 - -
4 P68 20TN/YL (MEMORY) RIGHT MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL
5 P66 20TN/LG (MEMORY) RIGHT MIRROR SENSOR GROUND
6 P67 20TN/OR (MEMORY) RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL
7 P160 20TN/LG (LHD EX- PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT
PORT)
7 P159 20TN/DG (RHD) DRIVER FOLDING MIRROR FOLD DRIVER
C 8 Z216 20BK/DB (HEATED GROUND
MIRRORS)
O 9 C16 20DB/GY (HEATED FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT
N MIRRORS)
N 10 P70 20TN/LB RIGHT MIRROR COMMON DRIVER (RIGHT/DOWN)
E 11 P72 20TN/GY RIGHT MIRROR UP DRIVER
C 12 P74 20TN/DB RIGHT MIRROR LEFT DRIVER
T
O
R
RIGHT REAR PILLAR SPEAKER
I 1 X158 20GY/YL RIGHT REAR PILLAR SPEAKER (-)
N 2 X152 20GY/WT RIGHT REAR PILLAR SPEAKER (+)
O
U
T
S
RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (LOWLINE)

1 X58 22GY/OR RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (-)
2 - -
1086
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (MIDLINE/HIGHLINE)

1 X152 20GY/WT RIGHT REAR PILLAR SPEAKER (+)
(HIGHLINE)
3 X158 20GY/YL (HIGHLINE) RIGHT REAR PILLAR SPEAKER (-)
6 X58 22GY/OR RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (-)
RIGHT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH

C
O
N
N
E
RIGHT SEAT AIRBAG C
T
1 R34 18WT/BK (EXPORT) RIGHT SEAT SQUIB LINE 2
O
1 R32 18LB/OR (EXCEPT RIGHT SEAT SQUIB LINE 1
EXPORT) R
2 R34 18LB/WT (EXCEPT RIGHT SEAT SQUIB LINE 2
EXPORT) P
2 R32 18DG/WT (EXPORT) RIGHT SEAT SQUIB LINE 1
I
N
O
U
T
S
1 R32 18LB/OR RIGHT SEAT SQUIB LINE 1
2 R34 18LB/WT RIGHT SEAT SQUIB LINE 2
3 - -
5 F214 18PK/LG SIACM RUN-START DRIVER
6 - -
1087
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE C1 (POWER SLIDING DOOR)

1 Q44 18OR/GY RIGHT CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR CLUTCH DRIVER
2 Q68 16TN/BR RIGHT SLIDING DOOR OPEN DRIVER
3 Q70 16TN/OR RIGHT SLIDING DOOR CLOSE DRIVER
4 - -
6 - -
7 - -
8 Z124 14BK GROUND
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE C2 (POWER SLIDING DOOR)

1 Q72 20TN/VT RIGHT DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SUPPLY
2 - -
3 Q34 20OR/GY RIGHT DOOR LOCK SENSE
4 Q54 20OR/BR RIGHT DOOR IN/OUT HANDLE SWITCH SENSE
5 - -
6 - -
7 Q64 18OR/TN RIGHT DOOR MOTOR CLUTCH DRIVER
C 8 Q46 18TN/GY RIGHT CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR LATCH DRIVER
9 Q48 18TN/WT RIGHT CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR UNLATCH DRIVER
O
10 - -
N
N
12 G76 20TN/OR RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
E 13 Q58 20OR/YL RIGHT PAWL SWITCH SENSE
C 14 Q52 20OR RIGHT FULL OPEN SWITCH SENSE
T 15 - GROUND-DRIVER SIDE IDENTIFIER (LHD/RHD)
O 16 - -
R 17 Q74 20TN/YL RIGHT DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SIGNAL
18 - -
P 19 G152 20VT/GY RIGHT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL
I 20 Z26 20BK/TN GROUND
N
O
U
T RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LATCH SENSING SWITCH (POWER SLIDING DOOR)
S CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
2 Q58 20OR/YL RIGHT PAWL SWITCH SENSE
3 G76 20TN/OR RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
5 Q54 20OR/BR RIGHT DOOR IN/OUT HANDLE SWITCH SENSE
6 - -
1088
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR (POWER SLIDING DOOR)

1 P38 20TN/DB RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK DRIVER
2 P34 20TN/LB RIGHT SLIDING DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER
3 Q34 20OR/GY RIGHT DOOR LOCK SENSE
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (MANUAL SLIDING DOOR)

1 P38 20BK/DB RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK DRIVER
2 P34 20BK/TN RIGHT SLIDING DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER
3 G76 20BK/DG RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
4 Z76 20BK GROUND
C
O
N
N
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR MOTOR (POWER SLIDING DOOR)
E
1 - - T
2 Q72 20TN/VT RIGHT DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SUPPLY O
3 Q68 16TN/BR RIGHT SLIDING DOOR OPEN DRIVER R
5 Q64 18OR/TN RIGHT DOOR MOTOR CLUTCH DRIVER P
6 Q70 16TN/OR RIGHT SLIDING DOOR CLOSE DRIVER
I
N
8 Q74 20TN/YL RIGHT DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SIGNAL
O
U
T
SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE S
1 - -
3 - -
6 A114 20GY/RD (LHD) FUSED B(+) (I.O.D.)
6 A114 18GY/RD (RHD) FUSED B(+) (I.O.D.)
SIREN (UNITED KINGDOM)

1 D97 18WT/OR SIREN SIGNAL OUTPUT
2 D96 18WT/LB SIREN SIGNAL CONTROL
3 A600 18RD/LB SIREN SUPPLY
4 G944 18LB/BR SIREN SIGNAL RETURN
1089
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
THATCHAM ALARM MODULE (UNITED KINGDOM)
1 A645 20RD/VT REAR INTRUSION SENSOR SIGNAL
2 G640 20DG/VT FRONT INTRUSION SENSOR SIGNAL
3 G22 20YL VTSS INDICATOR SUPPLY
4 - -
5 D97 20WT/OR SIREN SIGNAL OUTPUT
6 D96 20WT/LB SIREN SIGNAL CONTROL
8 G944 20LB/BR SIREN SIGNAL RETURN
9 G945 20VT/DG SENSOR GROUND
10 G946 20LG/VT SENSOR GROUND
11 G922 20GY VTSS INDICATOR DRIVER
12 - -
14 - -
15 L91 22WT/DB HAZARD SWITCH SENSE
16 A600 20RD/LB SIREN SUPPLY
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
1090
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (3.3L/3.8L)
2 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 K24 18BR/LB CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
9 T9 18DG/TN OVERDRIVE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
10 T10 18DG/LG TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE
11 F1 18PK/WT FCM OUTPUT (UNLOCK-RUN-START)
12 K22 18BR/OR THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
14 T14 18DG/BR OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
18 - -
21 - -
22 - - C
23 - - O
24 - - N
25 - -
N
26 - -
E
27 - -
28 - -
C
29 - -
T
30 - - O
31 - - R
32 - -
33 - - P
34 - - I
35 - - N
36 - - O
37 - -
U
38 - -
T
39 - -
40 - -
S
41 T41 18YL/DB TRS T41 SENSE
44 - -
45 - -
46 D123 20WT/OR FLASH PROGRAM ENABLE
47 T47 18YL/DG 2-4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
48 - -
49 - -
52 T52 18DG/WT INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
55 T55 18YL/VT (AUTOSTICK) AUTOSTICK/OVERDRIVE OFF MUX INPUT
58 N7 18DB/OG VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
1091
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH

1 Z401 20BK/TN (EXPORT) GROUND
1 Z401 18BK/TN (EXCEPT GROUND
EXPORT)
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
1092
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.1 AIRBAG SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1093
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.2 AUDIO SYSTEM
10.2.1 PREMIUM AUDIO SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1094
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.2.2 BASE AUDIO SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1095
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.2 AUDIO SYSTEM (Continued)
10.2.3 CD CHANGER
10.2.4 REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1096
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.3 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM
10.3.1 FRONT ATC - LHD, EXCEPT EXPORT
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1097
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.3 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (Continued)
10.3.2 FRONT ATC - LHD, EXPORT
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1098
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.3.3 FRONT ATC - RHD
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1099
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.3 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (Continued)
10.3.4 REAR ATC - THREE ZONE
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1100
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.4 COMMUNICATION
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1101
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.4 COMMUNICATION (Continued)
10.4.1 PCM COMMUNICATION SBEC
10.4.2 PCM COMMUNICATION - NGC
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1102
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.4.3 ECM & CABIN HEATER ASSIST COMMUNICATION - DIESEL ONLY
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1103
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.5 DOOR AJAR SYSTEM
10.5.1 DOOR AJAR SYSTEM WITH POWER SLIDING DOORS
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1104
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.5.2 DOOR AJAR WITHOUT POWER SLIDING DOORS
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1105
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.6 EXTERIOR LIGHTING
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1106
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.7 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
10.7.1 HORN SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1107
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.7 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY (Continued)
10.7.2 IGNITION SWITCH
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1108
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.7.3 INTEGRATED POWER MODULE/BODY CONTROL MODULE POWER AND GROUNDS
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1109
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.8 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
10.8.1 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BASE
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1110
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.8.2 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER & MESSAGE CENTER
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1111
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.9 INTERIOR LIGHTING
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1112
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.10 MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
10.10.1 BASE MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM, LHD
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1113
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.10 MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLS (Continued)
10.10.2 BASE MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM, RHD
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1114
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.10.3 DUAL-ZONE & THREE-ZONE (FRONT) MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL
SYSTEM, LHD
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1115
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.10.4 DUAL-ZONE (FRONT) MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM, RHD
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1116
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.10.5 THREE ZONE REAR MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1117
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.10.6 FRONT BLOWER MOTOR
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1118
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.10.7 REAR BLOWER MOTOR
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1119
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.10.8 DIESEL CABIN HEATER ASSIT (DCHA)
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1120
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.11 MEMORY SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1121
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.12 OVERHEAD CONSOLE
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1122
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.13 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1123
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.14 POWER FOLDING MIRROR LHD (EXPORT ONLY)
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1124
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.15 POWER FOLDING MIRROR RHD (EXPORT ONLY)
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1125
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.16 POWER LIFTGATE SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1126
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.17 POWER SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM
10.17.1 LEFT POWER SLIDING DOOR
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1127
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.17 POWER SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM (Continued)
10.17.2 RIGHT POWER SLIDING DOOR
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1128
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.18 POWER SLIDING DOOR AND LIFTGATE SWITCHES
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1129
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.19 REAR DEFOG/HEATED MIRROR/FRONT WIPER DE-ICE
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1130
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.20 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1131
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.20 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM (Continued)
10.20.1 THATCHAM ALARM SYSTEM (EXPORT ONLY)
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1132
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.21 WIPERS - FRONT AND REAR
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1133
NOTES
1134
CHARTS AND GRAPHS
H
A
11.1 KDB LAB SCOPE PATTERN R
T
S
A
N
D
G
R
A
P
H
S
1135
CHARTS AND GRAPHS
C 11.2 PCI BUS LAB SCOPE PATTERN
H
A
R
T
S
A
N
D
G
R
A
P
H
S
1136
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
1.1 SYSTEM COVERAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

3.1 TEVES MARK 20e SYSTEM DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

3.2 TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS) DESCRIPTION (IF EQUIPPED) . . . . . . .1
3.3 SYSTEM COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
3.3.1 ABS AND BRAKE WARNING INDICATORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
3.3.2 CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE (CAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
3.3.3 HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
3.3.4 ABS SWITCHES/SENSORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.3.5 ABS INITIALIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.3.6 ABS DIAGNOSTIC MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.3.7 TRACTION CONTROL OPERATION (IF EQUIPPED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
3.5 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
3.6 FREEZE FRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
3.7 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
3.7.1 TRAINING THE EVIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
3.7.2 PRESSURE THRESHOLDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3.7.2.1 CRITICAL AND NON-CRITICAL SYSTEM ALERTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3.7.3 SYSTEM FAULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3.7.4 SPARE WHEEL AUTO-DETECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3.7.5 DIAGNOSING AND CLEARING SYSTEM FAULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
3.7.6 SYSTEM TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
3.8 DRBIIIT ERROR MESSAGES AND BLANK SCREEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
3.8.1 DRBIIIT DOES NOT POWER UP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
3.8.2 DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
4.0 DISCLAIMERS, SAFETY, WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
4.1 DISCLAIMERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
4.2 SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
4.2.1 TECHNICIAN SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
4.2.2 VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR TESTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
4.2.3 SERVICING SUB-ASSEMBLIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
4.2.4 DRBIIIT SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
4.3 WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
4.3.1 VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
4.3.2 ROAD TESTING A COMPLAINT VEHICLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
4.4 DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
5.0 REQUIRED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
6.0 GLOSSARY OF TERMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
BRAKES (CAB)
BUS SYSTEM COMMUNICATION FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
i
CAB INTERNAL FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
CLUSTER LAMP FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
INCORRECT TONE WHEEL FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
LEFT FRONT SENSOR CIRCUIT FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
LEFT REAR SENSOR CIRCUIT FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
RIGHT FRONT SENSOR CIRCUIT FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
RIGHT REAR SENSOR CIRCUIT FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
PUMP CIRCUIT FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
SYSTEM OVER VOLTAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
SYSTEM UNDER VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
VALVE POWER FEED FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
*BRAKE LAMP SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
*TRAC OFF INDICATOR NEVER/ALWAYS ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
*TRAC ON INDICATOR NEVER/ALWAYS ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
VERIFICATION TESTS
VERIFICATION TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
8.0 COMPONENT LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
8.1 CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE (CAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

8.2 DATA LINK CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
8.3 FUSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
8.4 TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
8.4.1 TRACTION CONTROL INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
8.5 WHEEL SPEED SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
8.5.1 FRONT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
8.5.2 REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
8.5A WHEEL SPEED SENSOR CONNECTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
8.5A.1 FRONT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
8.5A.2 REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
8.6 BRAKE LAMP SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
9.0 CONNECTOR PINOUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
ABS PUMP MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

BRAKE LAMP SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
10.0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
10.1 TEVES MARK 20E ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
ii
GENERAL INFORMATION
1.0 INTRODUCTION verification of complaint
verification of any related symptoms
The procedures contained in this manual include symptom analysis
all the specifications, instructions, and graphics
problem isolation
needed to diagnose the 2003 Chrysler Town &
Country, Dodge Caravan, and Chrysler Voyager repair of isolated problem
Mark 20e Antilock Braking System (ABS), and verification of proper operation
Mark 20e Antilocke Braking System with Traction
Control. The diagnostics in this manual are based
on the failure condition or symptom being present 2.0 IDENTIFICATION OF
at time of diagnosis. SYSTEM
Please follow the recommendations below when
choosing your diagnostic path. Vehicles equipped with the Teves Mark 20e an-
1. First make sure the DRBIIIt is communicating tilock brake system can be identified by the pres-
with the CAB. If the DRBIIIt displays a No ence of the controller antilock brake module located
Response condition, you must diagnose that beneath the master cylinder.
first. The presence of the Traction Control system is
indicated by the TRAC OFF switch on top of the
2. Read DTCs (diagnostic trouble codes) with the
steering column shroud.
DRBIIIt.
3. If no DTCs are present, identify the customer
complaint. 3.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND
4. Once the DTC or customer complaint is identi- FUNCTIONAL OPERATION
fied, locate the matching test in the Table of
All component location views are in Section 8.0. 3.1 TEVES MARK 20e SYSTEM
All connector pinouts are in Section 9.0. All sche- DESCRIPTION
matics are in Section 10.0.
An asterisk (*) placed before the symptom de- The controller antilock brake module is used to
scription indicates a concern with no associated monitor wheel speeds and to modulate (control)
DTC. hydraulic pressure in each brake channel. The
When repairs are required, refer to the appropri- modulated hydraulic pressure is used to prevent
ate service manual for the proper removal and wheel lock-up during braking.
repair procedure. The Teves Mark 20e system uses a diagonal split
Diagnostic procedures change every year. New hydraulic brake system. In the standard brake
diagnostic systems may be added; carry over sys- mode the master cylinder primary circuit supplies
tems may be enhanced. READ THIS MANUAL pressure to the right front and left rear wheel
BEFORE TRYING TO DIAGNOSE A VEHICLE brakes, and the secondary master cylinder circuit
CODE. It is recommended that you review the supplies pressure to the left front and right rear
entire manual to become familiar with all new and wheel brakes.
changed diagnostic procedures. All vehicles equipped with ABS use Electronic
After using this book, if you have any comments Variable Brake Proportioning (EVPB) to balance
or recommendations, please fill out the form at the front-to-rear braking when brakes are applied in
back of the book and mail it back to us. the partial braking range.
1.1 SYSTEM COVERAGE 3.2 TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS)

DESCRIPTION (IF EQUIPPED)
This diagnostic procedure manual covers the an-
tilock braking system (ABS), and the traction con- The main purpose of traction control is to reduce
trol system found on: Chrysler Town and Country, wheel slip and maintain traction at the driven
Dodge Caravan, and Chrysler Voyager. wheels when road surfaces are slippery. The trac-
tion control system reduces wheel slip by braking
1.2 SIX-STEP TROUBLESHOOTING the wheel that is losing traction. The system is
PROCEDURE designed to operate at speeds below 56 km/h (35
mph).
Diagnosis of the controller antilock brake module
is done in six basic steps:
1
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.3 SYSTEM COMPONENTS process the information. The results are then com-
pared to make sure that they agree. Otherwise, the
ABS CAB will turn off the antilock and turn on the ABS
controller antilock brake (CAB)
amber warning indicator.
The primary functions of the CAB are to:
vacuum booster
detect wheel locking tendencies
master cylinder
control fluid pressure modulation to the brakes
ABS integrated electronic control module/
during antilock stop
hydraulic control unit (HCU), valve block assem-
monitor the system for proper operation
bly: 8 valve solenoids (4 inlet valves, 4 outlet
valves, 2 accumulators) 1 pump. manage traction control functions
4 wheel speed sensor/tone wheel assemblies provide communication to the DRBIIIt while in
ABS warning indicator diagnostic mode
store diagnostic information in non-volatile mem-
fuses and wiring harness
ory
fluid reservoir
The CAB continuously monitors the speed of each
ABS With Traction Control wheel. When a wheel locking tendency is detected,
the CAB will command the appropriate valve to
CAB with Traction Control programming
modulate brake fluid pressure in its hydraulic unit.
HCU with two additional control valves. Brake pedal position is maintained during an an-
TRAC ON/OFF Switch tilock stop by being a closed system. The CAB
TRAC/TRAC OFF indicators continues to control pressure in individual hydrau-
lic circuits until a wheel locking tendency is no
3.3.1 ABS AND BRAKE WARNING longer present. The CAB turns on the pump motor
during an antilock stop.
INDICATORS The antilock brake system is constantly moni-
The amber ABS warning indicator is located in tored by the CAB for proper operation. If the CAB
the instrument cluster. It is used to inform the detects a system malfunction, it can disable the
driver that the antilock function has been turned antilock system and turn on the ABS warning
off. The ABS warning indicator is controlled by the indicator. If the antilock function is disabled, the
CAB. The CAB controls the lamp with a command system will revert to standard base brake system
over the PCI bus. operation.
The ABS Warning Indicator will remain lit during The CAB inputs include the following:
every key cycle until a circuit or component fault is diagnostic communication
repaired and the CAB no longer detects the fault. four wheel speed sensors
After repair of a sensor signal fault or a pump motor
three power feeds: valve, pump, and microproces-
fault, the CAB must sense all four wheels at 25
km/h (15 mph) before it will extinguish the ABS and sor
TRAC OFF Indicators. brake switch
The Instrument Cluster will illuminate the ABS traction control switch
Warning Indicator if it loses communication with The CAB outputs include the following:
the CAB. ABS warning indicator actuation
The red BRAKE warning indicator is also located
12 volts power to wheel speed sensors
in the instrument cluster. It can be activated in
several ways. Application of the parking brake or a eight valves
low fluid signal from the fluid level switch located in ten valves with traction control
the master cylinder reservoir will cause the indica- diagnostic communication
tor to come on.
PCI bus communication
3.3.2 CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE traction control lamp illumination
(CAB) 3.3.3 HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT

The Controller Antilock Brake (CAB) is a The hydraulic control unit (HCU) contains the
microprocessor-based device that monitors wheel valve block assembly, and pump/motor assembly.
speeds and controls the antilock functions. The The HCU is attached to the CAB.
CAB contains two microprocessors that receive Valve Block Assembly: The valve block assem-
identical sensor signals and then independently bly contains valves with four inlet valves and four
2
GENERAL INFORMATION
outlet valves. The inlet valves are spring-loaded in The front wheel speed sensor is attached to a boss
the open position and the outlet valves are spring in the steering knuckle. The tone wheel is an
loaded in the closed position. During an antilock integral part of the front axle shaft. The rear speed
stop, these valves are cycled to maintain the proper sensor is mounted though the bearing cover and the
slip ratio for each wheel. If a wheel detects slip, the rear tone wheel is an integral part of the rear
inlet valve is closed to prevent and further pressure bearing hub. The wheel speed sensor air gap is not
increase. Then the outlet valve is opened to release adjustable. Refer to the service manual for wheel
the pressure to the accumulators until the wheel is speed sensor air gap and resistance specifications.
no longer slipping. Once the wheel is no longer The four wheel speed sensors are serviced indi-
slipping, the outlet valve is closed and the inlet vidually. The front tone wheels are serviced as an
valve is opened to reapply pressure. If the wheel is assembly with the outer constant velocity (C.V.)
decelerating within its predetermined limits (prop- joint housing. The rear tone wheels are serviced as
er slip ratio), the inlet valve will close to hold the an assembly.
pressure constant. On vehicles which are equipped Correct antilock system operation is dependent
with a traction control system, there are two addi- on tone wheel speed signals from the wheel speed
tional valves that isolate the master cylinder and sensors. The vehicles wheels and tires should all be
rear wheels. During a traction control event the the same size and type to generate accurate signals.
brakes are applied to reduce wheel slippage. In addition, the tires should be inflated to the
Pump Motor Assembly: The pump motor as- recommended pressure for optimum system opera-
sembly provides the extra amount of fluid needed tion. Variation in wheel and tire size or significant
during antilock braking. The pump is supplied fluid variations in inflation pressure can produce inaccu-
that is released to the accumulators when the outlet rate wheel speed signals; however, the system will
valve is opened during an antilock stop. The pump continue to function when using the correct factory
is also used to drain the accumulator circuits after mini-spare.
the antilock stop is complete. The pump is operated
by an integral electric motor. This motor is con- 3.3.5 ABS INITIALIZATION
trolled by the CAB. The CAB may turn on the pump System initialization starts when the key is
motor when an antilock stop is detected. The pump turned to run. At this point, the CAB performs a
continues to run during the antilock stop and is complete self-check of all electrical components in
turned off after the stop is complete. Under some the antilock systems.
conditions, the pump motor will run to drain the Between 8-17 km/h (5-10 mph), a dynamic test is
accumulators during the next drive off. The CAB performed. This will momentarily cycle the inlet
monitors the pump motor operation internally. and outlet valves, check wheel speed sensor cir-
cuitry, and run the pump motor at 25 km/h (15
3.3.4 ABS SWITCHES/SENSORS mph). The CAB will try to test the pump motor. If
Master Cylinder: The master cylinder is a stan- the brake pedal is applied the test will be run at 40
dard tandem compensating port design for ABS and km/h (24 mph) regardless of brake switch state. If,
non ABS systems. Traction control vehicles use a during the dynamic test, the brake pedal is applied,
dual center port master cylinder. For proper trac- the driver may feel the test through brake pedal
tion control operation the standard master cylinder pulsations. This is a normal condition.
must not be used. If any component exhibits a trouble condition
A fluid level switch is located in the master during system initialization or dynamic check, the
cylinder fluid reservoir. The switch closes when a CAB will illuminate the ABS warning indicator and
low fluid level is detected. The fluid level switch TRAC OFF lamp if equipped.
turns on the brake warning indicator by grounding
the indicator circuit. This switch does not disable 3.3.6 ABS DIAGNOSTIC MODE
the ABS system. To enter diagnostic mode, a vehicle speed must be
Wheel Speed Sensors and Tone Wheels: One below 10 km/h (6 mph) and no ABS condition
active wheel speed sensor (WSS) is located at each present. If vehicle speed is not below 10 km/h
wheel and sends a small DC signal to the control (6 mph), a No Response message could be dis-
module (CAB). This signal is generated when a played by the DRBIIIt. The following are charac-
toothed sensor ring (tone wheel) passes by a station- teristics of diagnostic mode:
ary wheel speed sensor. The CAB converts the
The amber ABS warning indicator will blink
signals for each wheel.
rapidly. If a hard trouble code, such as Valve
Because of internal circuitry, correct wheel speed
Power Feed Failure code is present, the indi-
sensor function cannot be determined by a continu-
cator will be illuminated without blinking un-
ity or resistance check through the sensor.
til the trouble condition is cleared.
3
GENERAL INFORMATION
Antilock operation is disabled. 3.6 FREEZE FRAME
The HCU valves cannot be actuated when the
vehicle speed is above 8 km/h (5 mph). If valve Freeze Frame takes a snapshot of specific vehi-
actuation is attempted above 8 km/h (5 mph), a cle information the instant an ABS failure is recog-
No Response message will be displayed on nized and stores this information into the CAB
the DRBIIIt. memory. This information can be accessed using the
DRBIIIt to help diagnose the fault. Freeze Frame
3.3.7 TRACTION CONTROL OPERATION will capture the first time failure or only a new
failure that occurs during the current ignition cycle.
(IF EQUIPPED)
The Controller Antilock Brake (CAB) monitors 3.7 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
wheel speeds. If, during acceleration, the module SYSTEM
detects front (drive) wheel slip and the brakes are
not applied, the CAB will enter traction control If equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring
mode. Traction control works in the following order System, each of the vehicles four wheels will have a
when drive wheel slip is detected. valve stem with a pressure sensor and radio trans-
1. Close the (normally open) isolation valves. mitter built in. Signals from the tire pressure
2. Start pump/motor and supply volume/pressure Sensor/Transmitters are received and interpreted
to front hydraulic circuits (pump runs continu- by the Electronic Vehicle Information Center
ously during traction control). (EVIC).
A Sensor/Transmitter in a mounted wheel will
3. Open and close build and decay valves to main- broadcast its detected pressure once per minute when
tain minimum wheel slip and maximum trac- the vehicle is moving faster than 32 km/h (20 mph).
tion. Each Sensor/Transmitters broadcast is uniquely
The cycling of the build and decay valves is coded so that the EVIC can determine location.
similar to the ABS except that they work to control
wheel spin by applying brakes. ABS function is to
3.7.1 TRAINING THE EVIC
control wheel skid by releasing brakes.
Two pressure relief valves allow excess fluid vol- The EVIC can be trained to recognize the source
ume to return to the reservoir when not used by the locations of Sensor/Transmitter signals. The train-
build/decay cycles. These are required because the ing procedure is given below:
pump supplies more volume than the traction con- 1. From the Programmable Features List select
trol system requires. RETRAIN TIRE SENSORS Y/N using the
If at any time the brake pedal is applied during a EVIC MENU button.
traction control cycle, the brake lamp switch will Use the STEP button to select and the MENU
trigger the CAB to switch off the traction control. button to confirm YES. The EVIC will initiate
The traction control system will be enabled at the following procedure.
each ignition cycle. It may be turned off by depress- 2. A display will prompt the user to: TRAIN
ing the Traction Control Switch. The traction con- DRIVER FRONT SENSOR. At this point the
trol system function lamp will illuminate TRAC user must set the left front tire Sensor/
OFF immediately upon depressing the traction Transmitter to learn mode by positioning a mag-
control switch button. Only the TRAC portion of net (Relearn Magnet special tool 8821) over the
the TRAC OFF indicator will illuminate during a valve stem for at least 5 seconds. The Sensor/
traction control event. Transmitter in the front left tire will transmit a
If the CAB calculates that the brake tempera- message indicating to the EVIC that it is in learn
tures are high, the traction control system will mode. When the EVIC has received this message
become inoperative until a time-out period has and is assured that it has learned an ID, the
elapsed. When in this thermal protection mode, the EVIC will request a horn chirp via a bus mes-
traction control TRAC OFF lamp will illuminate; sage and then display the next train request.
however, a fault will not be registered. Note: The EVIC will allow 60 seconds from
the first train request display to the receipt
3.5 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES of a unique learn ID message from the first
Sensor/Transmitter and 30 seconds for
The Controller Antilock Brake may report any of each succeeding wheel. If either of these
several Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)s. For a list timers expires, the EVIC will abort the
of the DTCs diagnosed in this manual, refer to the training procedure and revert to previous
Table of Contents. settings. The EVIC will not store one ID for
multiple locations.
4
GENERAL INFORMATION
3. The EVIC will request the initiation of a training 3.7.2.1 CRITICAL AND NON-CRITICAL
sequence for each tire, one-by-one in a clockwise
direction around the vehicle (Left Front, Right SYSTEM ALERTS
Front, Right Rear and Left Rear). Critical:
NOTE: A critical alert will be triggered when a tire
1. If one or all Sensor/Transmitters cannot be pressure has gone below or above a set threshold
trained move vehicle to avoid radio fre- pressure. The EVIC will request a chime and then
quency interference. display X TIRE(S) LOW PRESSURE or X TIRES
2. If one Sensor/Transmitter still cannot be HIGH PRESSURE. X will be the number of tires
trained, replace it and retry. reporting low or high pressure.
3. If all Sensor/Transmitters still fail to train, The message will display for the duration of the
replace the EVIC. current ignition cycle or until the an EVIC button is
4. Once all tires are successfully learned, the pre- pressed. If the display is removed without correct-
vious set of stored IDs will be replaced by the ing the condition, it will reappear without a chime
new IDs, and the EVIC will display, TRAINING after 300 seconds to warn the driver of the low or
COMPLETE until a button is pressed. high pressure condition.
If the vehicle is equipped with the Homelink Non-Critical:
feature and a Homelink button is pressed at any A non-critical alert with no chime will be trig-
time during the training procedure, the EVIC mod- gered when no signal is received from a Sensor/
ule will immediately exit the training procedure, Transmitter or when a Sensor/Transmitter low bat-
discard any IDs learned in the current session and tery condition is detected. The EVIC will display
perform the Homelink function. After the button is SERVICE TIRE PRESS. SYSTEM.
released, the module will display RETRAIN TIRE
SENSORS? NO. 3.7.3 SYSTEM FAULTS
The training procedure can be stopped at any There are two conditions which will cause a Tire
time by pressing the C/T, STEP, RESET or MENU Pressure Monitoring System fault to be set. All fault
button. When any of these buttons are pressed the codes are associated with a specific wheel location.
EVIC will display TRAINING ABORTED until 1. If the EVIC detects a non-transmitting Sensor/
another button is pressed and then display RE- Transmitter condition, it will:
TRAIN TIRE SENSORS? NO. a. Store an active fault code.
Sensor/transmitter replacement or tire rotation b. Request a chime
will require retraining of the EVIC. c. Display SERVICE TIRE PRESS. SYSTEM
2. When the EVIC receives a Low Sensor/
3.7.2 PRESSURE THRESHOLDS Transmitter battery report from a Sensor/
The EVIC will monitor the tire pressure signals Transmitter, it will
from the tire Sensor/Transmitters and determine if a. Store an active fault code.
any tire has gone below the low pressure threshold b. Request a chime.
or exceeded the high pressure threshold. Refer to c. Display SERVICE TIRE PRESS. SYS-
the table below. TEM.
LOW TIRE PRESSURE THRESHOLDS Use the DRBIIIt Inputs/Outputs function to fur-
ther isolate the specific concern. The DRBIIIt can
SYSTEM STATUS TIRE PRESSURE be queried to determine the status and battery
INDICATOR condition for each Sensor/Transmitter.
On 179 kPa
(26 PSI) 3.7.4 SPARE WHEEL AUTO-DETECT
Off 214 kPa If the spare tire is mounted on the vehicle, the
(31 PSI) EVIC will:
1. detect the change after 15 minutes at or above 32
km/h (20 mph)
HIGH TIRE PRESSURE THRESHOLDS
2. query driver: SPARE TIRE IN USE?
SYSTEM STATUS TIRE PRESSURE Use MENU button for YES and STEP button for
INDICATOR NO. For YES the EVIC will revert to previous
On 310 kPa display and wait five hours. After five hours the
(45 PSI) EVIC will proceed as in the NO response below.
3. for a NO response, after 15 minutes, display:
Off 276 kPa
ALL 5 TIRES W/ VEHICLE? Y Use the STEP
(40 PSI)
5
GENERAL INFORMATION
button to select YES or NO and MENU button to 8. The test will continue until any EVIC button is
confirm. pressed or until the ignition is cycled to OFF.
For a YES response the EVIC will display
SERVICE TIRE PRESS. SYSTEM. 3.8 DRBIIIT ERROR MESSAGES AND
For a NO response, the EVIC will revert to BLANK SCREEN
previous display and display ALL 5 TIRES W/
VEHICLE? Y every time the ignition is cycled to Under normal operation, the DRBIIIt will dis-
RUN and the missing tire ID is not received. play one of only two error messages:
User-Requested WARM Boot or User-
3.7.5 DIAGNOSING AND CLEARING Requested COLD Boot.
SYSTEM FAULTS If the DRBIIIt should display any other error
All Tire Pressure Monitoring System Faults are message, record the entire display and call the
specific to one location. If a no-transmit, LOW STAR Center. This is a sample of such an error
BATTERY, LOW or HIGH PRESSURE fault is message display:
detected, the location can be determined by the ver: 2.14
DRBIIIt. The appropriate Sensor/Transmitter can date: 26 Jul93
then be replaced or the out-of-spec pressure condi- file: key_itf.cc
tion can be corrected. date: Jul 26 1993
line: 548
If a single Sensor/Transmitter cannot be detected err. 0x1
by the EVIC, replace that Sensor/Transmitter. User-Requested COLD boot Press MORE to
If none of the Sensor/Transmitters can be de- switch between this display
tected, refer to symptoms in the EVIC section. and the application screen.
Press F4 when done noting information.
If a BUCKET COUNTER test fails, and one or
more Sensor/Transmitters does not transmit, re-
place the affected Sensor/Transmitter. 3.8.1 DRBIIIT DOES NOT POWER UP
If none of the Sensor/Transmitter causes the If the LEDs do not light or no sound is emitted at
BUCKET COUNTER to advance, replace the start up, check for loose cable connections or a bad
EVIC. cable. Check the vehicle battery voltage (data link
connector cavity 16). A minimum of 11 volts is
If the EVIC displays SERVICE TIRE PRESS.
required to adequately power the DRBIIIt.
SYSTEM and the DRBIIIt sees no Sensor/
If all connections are proper and the vehicle
Transmitter fault or pressure out of specification,
battery is fully charged, an inoperative DRBIIIt
1. attempt the Retrain procedure. If the display may be the result of faulty cable or vehicle wiring.
reoccurs,
2. replace the EVIC. 3.8.2 DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE
Low temperatures will affect the visibility of the
3.7.6 SYSTEM TEST display. Adjust the contrast to compensate for this
A test of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System can condition.
be initiated in the EVIC. The test sequence is as
follows:
1. Perform the RETRAIN TIRE SENSORS proce-
dure.
2. Press and hold the RESET and STEP buttons for
five seconds.
3. The EVIC will display BUCKET COUNTERS.
4. Drive the vehicle at 32 km/h (20 mph) for at least
2 minutes.
5. The counters will increase by one each time a
Sensor/Transmitter signal is received by the
EVIC.
6. Observe that the COUNTERS register at least 3
receptions for each Sensor/Transmitter.
7. Replace any Sensor/Transmitter that does not
meet specification.
6
GENERAL INFORMATION
4.0 DISCLAIMERS, SAFETY, 4.2.4 DRBIIIT SAFETY INFORMATION
WARNINGS
4.1 DISCLAIMERS CAN EXPOSE YOU TO SERIOUS OR
POSSIBLY FATAL INJURY. CAREFULLY
All information, illustrations, and specifications READ AND UNDERSTAND THE CAUTIONS
contained in this manual are based on the latest
information available at the time of publication.
The right is reserved to make changes at any time Follow the vehicle manufacturers service speci-
without notice. fications at all times.
Do not use the DRBIIIt if it has been damaged.
4.2 SAFETY Do not use the test leads if the insulation is
damaged or if metal is exposed.
4.2.1 TECHNICIAN SAFETY INFORMATION To avoid electrical shock, do not touch the test
leads, tips, or the circuit being tested.
WARNING: ENGINES PRODUCE CARBON Choose the proper range and functions for the
MONOXIDE THAT IS ODORLESS, CAUSES measurement. Do not try voltage or current mea-
SLOWER REACTION TIME, AND CAN LEAD surements that may exceed the rated capacity.
TO SERIOUS INJURY. WHEN THE ENGINE IS Do not exceed the limits shown in the table below:
OPERATING, KEEP SERVICE AREAS WELL FUNCTION INPUT LIMIT
Volts 0 - 500 peak volts AC
EXHAUST SYSTEM TO THE SHOP EXHAUST
0 - 500 volts DC
REMOVAL SYSTEM.
Set the parking brake and block the wheels before Ohms (resistance)* 0 -1.12 megohms
testing or repairing the vehicle. It is especially Frequency Measured 0 - 10 kHz
important to block the wheels on front-wheel drive Frequency Generated
vehicles; the parking brake does not hold the drive
wheels. Temperature -58 - 1100F
When servicing a vehicle, always wear eye pro- -50 - 600C
tection, and remove any metal jewelry such as * Ohms cannot be measured if voltage is present.
rings, watchbands or bracelets that might make an Ohms can be measured only in a non-powered
inadvertent electrical contact. circuit.
When diagnosing a chassis problem, it is impor-
Voltage between any terminal and ground must
tant to follow approved procedures where applica-
not exceed 500v DC or 500v peak AC.
ble. These procedures can be found in the service
manual. Following these procedures is very impor- Use caution when measuring voltage above 25v
tant to the safety of individuals performing diag- DC or 25v AC.
nostic tests. Use the low current shunt to measure circuits up
4.2.2 VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR circuits exceeding 10A.
TESTING When testing for the presence of voltage or cur-
rent, make sure the meter is functioning cor-
Make sure the vehicle being tested has a fully
rectly. Take a reading of a known voltage or
charged battery. If is does not, false diagnostic codes
current before accepting a zero reading.
or error messages may occur.
When measuring current, connect the meter in
4.2.3 SERVICING SUB-ASSEMBLIES series with the load.
Disconnect the live test lead before disconnecting
Some components of the chassis system are in-
tended to be serviced as an assembly only. Attempt- the common test lead.
ing to remove or repair certain system sub- When using the meter function, keep the
components may result in personal injury and/or DRBIIIt away from spark plug or coil wires to
improper system operation. Only those components avoid measuring error from outside interference.
with approved repair and installation procedures in
the service manual should be serviced.
7
GENERAL INFORMATION
4.3 WARNINGS test by locating the matching test in the Table of
5. For ABS if there are no diagnostic trouble codes
4.3.1 VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGS present, identify the customer complaint. Select
Before disconnecting any control module, make Inputs/Outputs and read the brake switch in-
sure the ignition is off . Failure to do so could put as you press and release the brake pedal. If
damage the module. the display does not match the state of the pedal,
When testing voltage or continuity at any control perform the proper test by locating the matching
module, use the terminal side (not the wire end) of test in the Table of Contents and begin to diag-
the connector. Do not probe a wire through the nose the symptom. If a problem exists with the
insulation, this will damage it and eventually cause yellow ABS warning indicator or the red
it to fail because of corrosion. Brake indicator exists, refer to the proper tests
Be careful when performing electrical tests so as by locating the matching test in the Table of
to prevent accidental shorting of terminals. Such Contents and begin to diagnose the symptom.
mistakes can damage fuses or components. Also, a Read the traction control switch input as you
second code could be set, making diagnosis of the press and release the switch. If the display does
original problem more difficult. not match the state of the indicator perform the
proper test by locating the matching test in the
4.3.2 ROAD TESTING A COMPLAINT Table of Contents and begin to diagnose the
symptom.
VEHICLE
6. If no other problems are found, it will be neces-
Some complaints will require a test drive as part sary to road test the vehicle. Perform several
of the repair verification procedure. The purpose of antilock stops from above 50 Km/h (30 mph) and
the test drive is to try to duplicate the diagnostic then repeat step 4. If any diagnostic trouble
code or symptom condition. codes are present, proceed to the appropriate
test.
WARNING: BEFORE ROAD TESTING A
VEHICLE, BE SURE THAT ALL 7. The following conditions should be considered
NORMAL operation, and no repairs should be
COMPONENTS ARE REASSEMBLED.
attempted to correct them.
DURING THE TEST DRIVE, DO NOT TRY TO
READ THE DRB SCREEN WHILE IN MOTION. Brake pedal feedback during an ABS stop
(clicking, vibrating).
DO NOT HANG THE DRBIIIT FROM THE
REAR VIEW MIRROR OR OPERATE IT Clicking, groaning or buzzing at 25 Km/h (15
YOURSELF. HAVE AN ASSISTANT mph) or 40 Km/h (24 mph) (drive off self test).
AVAILABLE TO OPERATE THE DRBIIIT. Groaning noise during an ABS stop.
Slight brake pedal drop and pop noise when
4.4 DIAGNOSIS ignition is initially turned on.
Brake pedal ratcheting down at the end of an
1. Your diagnostic test procedure must begin with a ABS stop.
thorough visual inspection of the system in ques- 8. If the complaint is ABS cycling at the end of a
tion for damaged components or disconnected stop at low speeds, it may be caused by a
connectors. For ABS the brake lamps must be marginal wheel speed sensor signal. The sensor
operational prior to continuing. air gap, tone wheel condition, and/or brakes
2. Connect the DRBIIIt to the data link connector, hanging up are possible causes of this condition.
which is located under the dash to the left of the 9. After a road test in which no problems were
steering column. If the DRBIIIt does not power found, refer to any Technical Service Bulletins
up, check the power and ground supplies to the that may apply.
connector.
3. Turn the ignition on. Select the system in ques-
tion. If the DRBIIIt displays No Response 5.0 REQUIRED TOOLS AND
condition you must diagnose that first. EQUIPMENT
4. Read and record all diagnostic trouble codes. For
ABS if the CAB Power Feed Circuit diagnostic DRBIIIt (diagnostic read-out box)
trouble code is present, it must be repaired prior jumper wires
to addressing any other DTCs. If any additional ohmmeter
DTCs are present, proceed to the appropriate voltmeter
test light
8
GENERAL INFORMATION
ABS antilock brake system
CAB controller antilock brake
DC direct current
DLC data link connector
DRB diagnostic read-out box
DTC diagnostic test code
EVBP electronic variable brake proportion-
ing
HCU hydraulic control unit
ICU integrated control unit
IPM integrated power module
JBLK junction block
PCI programmable communication inter-
face
P/M pump motor
WSS wheel speed sensor
9
NOTES
10
7.0
PROCEDURES
11
BRAKES (CAB)
Symptom:
BUS SYSTEM COMMUNICATION FAILURE
BUS SYSTEM COMMUNICATION FAILURE

When Monitored: Ignition ON, continuously.
Set Condition: When the CAB does not receive a message from the instrument cluster for
10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ELECTRO-MECHANICAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DTC PRESENT
BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
CAB - INTERNAL FAILURE

With the DRBIIIt, read Freeze Frame information.
Does the DRBIIIt display BUS SYSTEM COMMUNICATION FAILURE?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 4

With the DRBIIIt, read EMIC DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display NO ABS MESSAGE RECEIVED?
Yes Refer to symptom NO ABS MESSAGE RECEIVED in the BODY/

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER category.
No Go To 3
12
BRAKES (CAB)
BUS SYSTEM COMMUNICATION FAILURE Continued

Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable.
NOTE: check connector - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Bus circuit between the CAB connector and the Data
Link Connector (DLC).
Yes Replace the Controller Antilock Brake in accordance with the

No Repair the Bus circuit for an open.


No Test Complete.
13
BRAKES (CAB)
Symptom:
CAB INTERNAL FAILURE
CAB INTERNAL FAILURE

When Monitored: Ignition on. The CAB monitors its internal microprocessors for correct
operation.
Set Condition: If the CAB detects an internal fault, the DTC is set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT DTC
DAMAGED CAB/CAB HARNESS CONNECTOR
CAB - GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
ABS VALVE FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
ABS PUMP FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
CAB - INTERNAL FAULT

Does the DRBIIIt display CAB INTERNAL FAILURE?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 6

Inspect the CAB/CAB harness connector for damage.
Is ther any broken, bent, pushed out, corroded or spread terminals?
No Go To 3

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the CAB harness connector
ground circuits.
Did the test light illuminate?
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the CAB Ground circuit for an open.

14
BRAKES (CAB)
CAB INTERNAL FAILURE Continued

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the ABS Valve Fused B(+) circuit
at the CAB harness connector.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the ABS Valve Fused B(+) circuit for an open.


Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the ABS Pump Fused B(+)
circuit at the CAB harness connector.

No Repair the ABS Pump Fused B(+) circuit for an open.

Refer to any Hotline letters or Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.

No Test Complete.
15
BRAKES (CAB)
Symptom:
CLUSTER LAMP FAILURE
CLUSTER LAMP FAILURE

When Monitored: Key ON. After Key-ON bulb check.
Set Condition: When the instrument cluster informs the CAB that the cluster cannot
turn on the ABS Lamp.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OR ABS DTC PRESENT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
CAB--NO DTC SIGNAL TO THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
CAB -- PERMANENT FAULT SIGNAL
CAB--NO KEY-ON BULB CHECK SIGNAL

Are there any Instrument Cluster or ABS DTCs present?
Yes Refer to the appropriate category for the related symptom(s).
No Go To 2

Perform the Key-on Bulb Check.
Does the ABS Warning Indicator light and then go out after a few seconds?
Yes Go To 3
No. Light remains after bulb check.

No. Indicator never comes on.

Go To 4
16
BRAKES (CAB)
CLUSTER LAMP FAILURE Continued

3 NOTE: The DRBIIIt communication with the CAB must be operational for All
the result of this test to be valid.
Remove ABS Valve fuse.
Perform the Key-on Bulb Check.
Does the ABS Indicator remain on after the bulb check?
Yes Test Complete.
No Replace the Controller Antilock Brake in accordance with the

4 NOTE: The following steps will initiate the Instrument Cluster self test. All
Press and hold the odometer reset button.
Turn the ignition to RUN.
Observe the Instrument Cluster indicators.
Release the odometer reset button.
Did the ABS Indicator illuminate during the Instrument Cluster self test?

Information.
17
BRAKES (CAB)
Symptom:
INCORRECT TONE WHEEL FAILURE
INCORRECT TONE WHEEL FAILURE

When Monitored: Ignition ON. Vehicle speed above 40 km/h (25 mph) for 2 minutes.
Set Condition: When the CAB detects an unexpected wheel speed condition caused by a
tire size that does not meet vehicle specification.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INCORRECT TIRES ON VEHICLE
INCORRECT TONE WHEEL ON VEHICLE

1 Inspect the tire sizes on the vehicle. All
Is a smaller than production tire, mini spare, or two mini spares installed on both
front wheels?
Yes Replace the incorrect tire(s) size with production size tire(s).
No Go To 2
2 Count the number of tone wheel teeth on both of the front driveshafts. All
Does one or both tone wheel(s) have (56 or 40) teeth?
Yes Replace the front driveshaft(s) with the incorrect number of tone
wheel teeth.
No Test Complete.
18
BRAKES (CAB)
Symptom List:
LEFT FRONT SENSOR CIRCUIT FAILURE
LEFT REAR SENSOR CIRCUIT FAILURE
RIGHT FRONT SENSOR CIRCUIT FAILURE
RIGHT REAR SENSOR CIRCUIT FAILURE
The title for the tests will be LEFT FRONT SENSOR CIRCUIT
FAILURE.
LEFT FRONT SENSOR CIRCUIT FAILURE

When Monitored: Ignition on. The CAB monitors the wheel speed circuit continuously.
Set Condition: If the CAB detects an open or shorted wheel speed sensor circuit, the
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) will set.
LEFT REAR SENSOR CIRCUIT FAILURE

RIGHT FRONT SENSOR CIRCUIT FAILURE

RIGHT REAR SENSOR CIRCUIT FAILURE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR OR CONNECTOR DAMAGE
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FAULT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
19
BRAKES (CAB)
LEFT FRONT SENSOR CIRCUIT FAILURE Continued
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CAB - 12 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT FAULT
CAB - SIGNAL CIRCUIT FAULT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY SHORT TO GROUND
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT INOPERATIVE

With the DRBIIIt, read the Freeze Frame information.
NOTE: The CAB must sense all four wheels at 25km/h (15 mph) before it will
extinguish the ABS indicators.
Does the DRBIIIt display SENSOR CIRCUIT FAILURE?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 13

Inspect the CAB connector, affected Wheel Speed Sensor, and affected Wheel Speed
Sensor connector.
Is the affected Wheel Speed Sensor or any of the connectors damaged?
No Go To 3

Disconnect the affected Wheel Speed Sensor connector.
Note: Check connector - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the voltage between affected Wheel Speed Sensor 12 Volt Supply circuit and
ground.
Yes Go To 6
No Go To 4

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the affected Wheel Speed
Sensor 12 Volt Supply circuit.
Yes Repair the affected Wheel Speed Sensor 12 Volt Supply circuit for
a short to ground.
No Go To 5
20
BRAKES (CAB)

Connect a jumper wire between affected Wheel Speed Sensor 12 Volt Supply circuit
and ground.
Sensor 12 Volt Supply circuit.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the affected Wheel Speed Sensor 12 Volt Supply circuit for
an open.

NOTE: Check connector - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the voltage between affected Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit and ground.
Is the voltage above 1 volt?
Yes Repair the affected Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short
to voltage.
No Go To 7

Yes Repair the affected Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short
to ground.
No Go To 8

Connect a jumper wire between affected Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit and
ground.
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the affected Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
21
BRAKES (CAB)

Remove the CAB harness strain relief to access wires.
Reconnect the CAB harness connector.
ground.
Yes Go To 10


Remove the CAB harness strain relief to access wires.
affected Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit.
Yes Go To 11

Reconnect ALL affected Wheel Speed Sensor circuit connectors.
Measure the voltage of the affected Wheel Speed Sensor 12 Volt Supply circuit in the
affected Wheel Speed Sensor connector while reconnecting the sensor connector.
Did the affected Wheel Speed Sensor 12 Volt Supply circuit drop voltage to 0 DC
volts?
Yes Replace the affected Wheel Speed Sensor in accordance with the
No Go To 12

Reconnect ALL affected Wheel Speed Sensor circuit connectors.
Measure the DC voltage of the Wheel Speed Sensor Signal circuit in the affected
Wheel Speed Sensor connector.
Slowly rotate the wheel.
Does the DC voltage toggle between 1.6 volts to .8 volts?
Yes Go To 13
No Replace the affected Wheel Speed Sensor in accordance with the

22
BRAKES (CAB)


No Test Complete.
23
BRAKES (CAB)
Symptom List:
LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL FAILURE
LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL FAILURE
RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL FAILURE
RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL FAILURE
The title for the tests will be LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED
SIGNAL FAILURE.
LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL FAILURE

When Monitored: Wheel speed are checked and verified at drive off and continuously
thereafter.
Set Condition: If, during an ABS stop, the CAB commands any valve solenoid on for an
extended length of time, and does not see a corresponding wheel speed change, the
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) is set. The DTC can also set if the signal is missing or
erratic.
LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL FAILURE

thereafter.
erratic.
RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL FAILURE

thereafter.
erratic.
RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL FAILURE

thereafter.
erratic.
24
BRAKES (CAB)
LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL FAILURE Continued
POSSIBLE CAUSES
WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL FAILURE DTC PRESENT
AFFECTED WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL INOPERATIVE
AFFECTED WHEEL SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR DAMAGED
AFFECTED WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TONE WHEEL DAMAGED
AFFECTED WHEEL SPEED SENSOR AIR GAP FAULT
WHEEL BEARING FAULT
BRAKE LINING FAULT
AFFECTED WHEEL SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL FAULT

With the DRBIIIt, read Freeze Frame information.
NOTE: The CAB must sense ALL 4 wheels at 25 km/h (15 mph) before it will
Does the DRBIIIt display WHEEL SPEED/SIGNAL FAILURE and SENSOR CIR-
CUIT FAILURE?
Yes Refer to the affected Wheel Speed SENSOR CIRCUIT FAILURE
for the related symptom(s).
No Go To 2

With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, monitor ALL the Wheel Speed Sensor Signals while an
assistant drives the vehicle.
Slowly accelerate as straight as possible from a stop to 24 km/h (15 mph).
Is the affected Wheel Speed Signal showing 0 km/h (0 mph)?
Yes Go To 3
parameters while wiggling the related wiring harness. Refer to
any Technical Service Bulletins(TSB) that may apply. Visually
inspect the related wiring harness and connector terminals.

Inspect the CAB connector, affected Wheel Speed Sensor, and affected Wheel Speed
Sensor connector.
Is the Wheel Speed Sensor or any connector damaged?
No Go To 4
25
BRAKES (CAB)
LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL FAILURE Continued

Inspect the affected Tone Wheel for damaged, missing teeth, cracks, or looseness.
NOTE: The Tone Wheel teeth should be perfectly square, not bent, or nicked.
Is the affected Tone Wheel OK?
Yes Go To 5
No Replace the Tone Wheel in accordance with the Service Informa-

tion.

Using a Feeler Gauge, measure the affected Wheel Speed Sensor Air Gap.
NOTE: Refer to the appropriate service information, if necessary, for
procedures or specifications.
Is the Air Gap OK?
Yes Go To 6

Inspect the wheel bearings for excessive runout or clearance.
NOTE: Refer to the appropriate service information, if necessary, for
procedures or specifications.
Is the bearing clearance OK ?
Yes Go To 7

Visually inspect brakes for locking up due to lining contamination or overheating.
Inspect all Components for defects which may cause a Signal DTC to set.
Is any Component Damaged?

No Refer to symptom SENSOR CIRCUIT FAILURE for further
diagnostics.
26
BRAKES (CAB)
Symptom:
PUMP CIRCUIT FAILURE
PUMP CIRCUIT FAILURE

When Monitored: Ignition on. The CAB commands the pump on at 20 km/h (12 mph) to
check its operation, if the brake switch is not applied. If the brake is applied, the test will
run at 40 km/h (25 mph).
Set Condition: The DTC is stored when the CAB detects: 1) Improper voltage decay after
the pump was turned off. 2) Pump not energized by the CAB, but voltage is present for 3.5
seconds. 3) Pump is turned on by the CAB, but without sufficient voltage to operate it.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CAB - PUMP MOTOR RUNNING CONTINUOUSLY
ABS PUMP FUSE
ABS PUMP MOTOR INTERMITTENT DTC
ABS PUMP FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND
ABS PUMP FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
ABS PUMP MOTOR INOPERATIVE
ABS PUMP MOTOR OPEN
ABS PUMP MOTOR B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
ABS PUMP MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN

Monitor the ABS Pump Motor for continuous operation.
NOTE: The CAB must sense ALL wheels at 25 km/h (15 mph) before it will
Is the ABS Pump Motor running continuously?
No Go To 2
27
BRAKES (CAB)
PUMP CIRCUIT FAILURE Continued

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the ABS Pump Motor.
Did the ABS Pump Motor operate?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 4

Make sure the Pump Motor connecter is secure.

No Test Complete.

Remove and inspect the ABS Pump fuse.
Is the ABS Pump fuse open?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 8

Visually inspect the ABS Pump Fused B(+) circuit in the wiring harness.
Look for any sign of an intermittent short to ground.
Is the wiring harness OK?
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the ABS Pump Fused B(+) circuit for a short to ground.

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the ABS Pump Fused B(+)
circuit fuse terminal.
Yes Repair the ABS Pump Fused B(+) circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 7
28
BRAKES (CAB)

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the ABS Pump Fused B(+)
circuit fuse terminal.
No Replace the ABS Pump fuse. If the fuse is open make sure to check
for a short to ground.

Inspect the CAB and CAB harness connector for damage.
Is there any broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, or spread terminals?
No Go To 9

Reinstall the ABS Pump fuse.
Disconnect the ABS Pump Motor connector.
Connect a 10 gauge 40 amp fused jumper wire between the ABS Pump Fused B(+)
terminal in the CAB harness connector to the ABS Pump Motor connector RED wired
terminal.
Connect a 10 gauge jumper wire between the Ground circuit terminal in the CAB
harness connector to the ABS Pump Motor connector BLACK wired terminal.
No Go To 10

Connect a 10 gauge 40 amp fused jumper wire between the ABS Pump Motor
connector RED wired terminal and an alternate 40 amp capable B(+) source.
Connect a 10 gauge jumper wire between the ABS Pump Motor connector BLACK
wired terminal and ground
Yes Go To 11
No Replace the Hydraulic Control Unit in accordance with the
29
BRAKES (CAB)

Connect a 10 gauge 40 amp fused jumper wire between the ABS Pump Fused B(+)
terminal in the CAB harness connector to the ABS Pump Motor connector RED wired
terminal.
Connect a 10 gauge jumper wire between the ABS Pump Motor connector BLACK
wired terminal and ground.
Yes Repair the ABS Pump Motor Fused B(+) circuit for an open.
No Repair the ABS Pump Motor Ground circuit for an open.

30
BRAKES (CAB)
Symptom:
SYSTEM OVER VOLTAGE
SYSTEM OVER VOLTAGE

When Monitored: Ignition on. The CAB monitors the Fused B(+) circuit at all times for
proper system voltage.
Set Condition: If the voltage is above 16.5 volts, the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) is set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT DTC
BATTERY CHARGER CONNECTED
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) CIRCUIT HIGH

Start the engine.
Does the DRBIIIt display SYSTEM OVER VOLTAGE?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 7
2 Is a battery charger connected to the vehicle? All
Yes Ensure the battery is fully charged.

No Go To 3
31
BRAKES (CAB)
SYSTEM OVER VOLTAGE Continued

Disconnect the CAB connector.
Start the engine.
Raise engine speed above 1,800 RPMs
Measure the voltage between Fused Ignition Switch Output (RUN) circuit and
ground.
Is the voltage above 16.5 volts ?
Yes Refer to appropriate service information for Charging System

testing and repair.
No Go To 4


No Go To 5

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the Ground circuits.
Yes Go To 6

With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the ignition voltage.
Does the DRBIIIt display ignition voltage above 16 volts?

No Go To 7
32
BRAKES (CAB)
SYSTEM OVER VOLTAGE Continued

Inspect the vehicle for aftermarket accessories that may exceed the Generator
System output.

No Test Complete.
33
BRAKES (CAB)
Symptom:
SYSTEM UNDER VOLTAGE
SYSTEM UNDER VOLTAGE

When Monitored: Ignition on. The CAB monitors the Fused Ignition Switch Output
circuit voltage above 10 km/h (6 mph) for proper system voltage.
Set Condition: If the voltage is below 9.5 volts, the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) is set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT DTC
RUNNING BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) CIRCUIT OPEN

Start the engine.
Drive the vehicle above 16 km/h (10 mph) for at least 20 seconds.
Stop the vehicle
Does the DRBIIIt display SYSTEM UNDER VOLTAGE ?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 6
2 Engine Running. All

Measure the battery voltage.
Is the battery voltage below 10 volts?
Yes Refer to appropriate service information for charging system

testing and repair.
No Go To 3
34
BRAKES (CAB)
SYSTEM UNDER VOLTAGE Continued


No Go To 4

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the Ground circuits.
Yes Go To 5


Output (RUN) circuit.

No Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output (RUN) circuit for an
open.

Inspect the vehicle for aftermarket accessories that may exceed the Generator
System output.

No Test Complete.
35
BRAKES (CAB)
Symptom:
VALVE POWER FEED FAILURE
VALVE POWER FEED FAILURE

When Monitored: Ignition ON. ABS Power Relay closed. Valve command for a particular
solenoid not present.
Set Condition: Low feedback voltage from the low side of all the solenoids.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT DTC
ABS VALVE FUSE
ABS VALVE FUSED B(+) SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
ABS VALVE FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
ABS VALVE FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND
ABS VALVE FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND

Does the DRBIIIt display VALVE POWER FEED FAILURE?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 10

Remove and Inspect the ABS Valve fuse.
Is the ABS Valve fuse open?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 6
36
BRAKES (CAB)
VALVE POWER FEED FAILURE Continued

Visually inspect the ABS Valve Fused B(+) circuit in the wiring harness. Look for any
sign of an intermittent short to ground.
Is the wiring harness OK?
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the ABS Valve Fused B(+) circuit for a short to ground.

Using a test light connected to 12 volts, probe the ABS Valve Fused B(+) circuit fuse
terminal.
Yes Repair the ABS Valve Fused B(+) circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 5

NOTE: The CAB harness connector must be reconnected for the results of
this test to be valid.
Using a test light connected to 12 volts, probe the ABS Valve Fused B(+) circuit fuse
terminal.

No Replace the ABS Valve Fused B(+) fuse. If the fuse is open make
sure to check for a short to ground.

Is there any broken, bent, pushed out, corroded or spread terminals?

No Go To 7

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the B(+) supply at the ABS Valve
fuse terminal.
Yes Go To 8
No Repair the ABS Valve Fused B(+) supply circuit for an open.
37
BRAKES (CAB)
VALVE POWER FEED FAILURE Continued

8 Reinstall the ABS Valve fuse. All
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the ABS Valve Fused B(+) circuit
at the CAB harness connector.
Yes Go To 9
No Repair the ABS Valve Fused B(+) circuit for an open.


Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the ground circuits at the CAB
harness connector.

No Repair the CAB Ground circuit for an open.

No Test Complete.
38
BRAKES (CAB)
Symptom:
*BRAKE LAMP SWITCH INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
BRAKE LAMP SWITCH B+ OPEN
BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OPEN
BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT OR OPEN
CAB -- INTERNAL OPEN

1 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the Brake Lamp Switch state. All
Press and release the brake pedal.
Does the DRBIIIt display PRESSED and RELEASED?
Yes The Brake Lamp Switch is OK.
No Go To 2

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Brake Lamp Switch Fused
B+ circuit.
Does the test light illuminate brightly ?
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the Brake Lamp Switch Fused B+ circuit for an open.

Connect a jumper wire between the Brake Lamp Switch B+ and Brake Lamp Switch
Output circuits.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the Brake Lamp Switch state.
Does the DRBIIIt display PRESSED?
Yes Replace the Brake Lamp Switch in accordance with the Service
Information.
No Go To 4
4 Disconnect the CAB harness connector. All

Check the Brake Lamp Switch Output circuit for a short to voltage and for an open.
Is the Brake Lamp Switch Output circuit shorted or open?
Yes Repair the Brake Lamp Switch Output circuit for a short to
voltage or an open.

39
BRAKES (CAB)
Symptom:
*TRAC OFF INDICATOR NEVER/ALWAYS ON
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRAC OFF SW GROUND OPEN
TRAC OFF SWITCH OPEN
TRAC OFF SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO B+ OR OPEN
BCM -- NO TRAC OFF MESSAGE
CLUSTER INTERNAL FAULT-- TRAC OFF INDICATOR INOPERATIVE
CLUSTER-PERMANENT TRAC OFF INDICATOR
TRAC OFF SWITCH INTERNAL SHORT
TRAC OFF SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
BCM -- PERMANENT TRAC OFF MESSAGE

1 Note: If any DTCs are present, they must be repaired prior to performing All
this test.
Observe the TRAC OFF indicator.
Did the TRAC OFF indicator come on for several seconds then go out?
Yes Go To 2
No. TRAC OFF Indicator does not come on.

Go To 5
No. TRAC OFF Indicator does not go out.

Go To 6
2 Disconnect the TRAC OFF Switch harness connector. All

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the TRAC OFF Switch Ground
circuit.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the TRAC OFF Switch Ground circuit for an open.

Disconnect the TRAC OFF Switch harness connector.
Connect and disconnect a jumper wire between TRAC OFF Switch Ground and
TRAC OFF Switch Sense circuits.
Does the TRAC OFF Indicator light and then go out?
Yes Replace the TRAC OFF switch.
No Go To 4
40
BRAKES (CAB)
*TRAC OFF INDICATOR NEVER/ALWAYS ON Continued

Check the TRAC OFF Switch Sense circuit for short to B+ and for an open.
Is the Sense circuit shorted or open?
Yes Repair the TRAC OFF Switch Sense circuit for a short to battery
or for an open.
Information.

NOTE: The purpose of this test is to perform the Instrument Cluster self
test.
Depress and hold the Odometer Reset Button.
Turn the Key from OFF to ON and then back to OFF.
Release the Odometer Reset Button.
Do the Instrument Cluster Indicators and Gauges activate and deactivate?
Information.
Information.
6 NOTE: The purpose of this test is to perform the Instrument Cluster self All
test.
Yes Go To 7
Information.

Does the TRAC OFF Indicator light and then go out?
Yes Replace the TRAC OFF switch.

No Go To 8
41
BRAKES (CAB)
*TRAC OFF INDICATOR NEVER/ALWAYS ON Continued

Check the TRAC OFF Switch Sense circuit for short to ground.
Is the Sense circuit shorted to ground?
Yes Repair the TRAC OFF Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.

Information.
42
BRAKES (CAB)
Symptom:
*TRAC ON INDICATOR NEVER/ALWAYS ON
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CAB -- INTERNAL FAULT
CHECK TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM
CLUSTER FAILS SELF TEST
CAB - NO TRAC MESSAGE

1 NOTE: The DRBIIIt must be able to communicate with the CAB prior to All
performing this test.
NOTE: Note: If any CAB DTCs are present, they must be repaired prior to
performing this test.
Perform the KEY-ON bulb test.
Did the TRAC Indicator illuminate and then go out?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3
2 Make sure the Traction Control system has not been deactivated with the TRAC OFF All
switch.
NOTE: The purpose of this test is to determine if the Traction Control
system is operating.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the ABS Pump Motor voltage state.
Accelerate sufficient to cause drive wheel slip.
Does the TRAC Indicator illuminate and the DRBIIIt display approximately 9 volts?
Yes The traction control system is functioning normally.

3 NOTE: The purpose of this test is to perform the Instrument Cluster self All
test.


Information.
43
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE FROM CAB
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT

the question.
Yes Go To 2


Yes Go To 3
No Repair the ground circuit(s) for an open.

Output circuit.
Yes Go To 4
44
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE Continued

black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
circuit in the CAB connector.
Yes Go To 5
Repair
45
VERIFICATION TESTS
Verification Tests
ABS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY
1. Turn the ignition off. All
2. Connect all previously disconnected components and connectors.
3. Ensure all accessories are turned off and the battery is fully charged.
4. Ensure that the Ignition is on, and with the DRBIII, erase all Diagnostic Trouble Codes from
ALL modules. Start the engine and allow it to run for 2 minutes and fully operate the system
that was malfunctioning.
6. If any Diagnostic Trouble Codes are present, return to Symptom list and troubleshoot new
or recurring symptom.
7. NOTE: For Sensor Signal and Pump Motor faults, the CAB must sense all 4 wheels
at 25 km/h (15 mph) before it will extinguish the ABS Indicator.
8. If there are no DTCs present after turning ignition on, road test the vehicle for at least 5
minutes. Perform several antilock braking stops.
9. Caution: Ensure braking capability is available before road testing.
10. Again, with the DRBIIIt read DTCs. If any DTCs are present, return to Symptom list.
11. If there are no Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) present, and the customers concern can no
longer be duplicated, the repair is complete.
Are any DTCs present or is the original concern still present?
46
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
M
8.1 CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE (CAB) P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.2 DATA LINK CONNECTOR
8.3 FUSES
47
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O 8.4 TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.4.1 TRACTION CONTROL INDICATORS
8.5 WHEEL SPEED SENSORS

8.5.1 FRONT
48
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
8.5.2 REAR O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.5A WHEEL SPEED SENSOR CONNECTORS

8.5A.1 FRONT
8.5A.2 REAR
49
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O 8.6 BRAKE LAMP SWITCH
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
50
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
ABS PUMP MOTOR

1 TN GROUND
2 RD PUMP/MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
BRAKE LAMP SWITCH

1 A103 18GY/RD FUSED B(+) C
2 L50 18WT/TN (GAS) BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT O
2 L50 18WT/TN (DIESEL) PRIMARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL N
3 V30 20VT/WT (GAS) SPEED CONTROL BRAKE SWITCH OUTPUT N
4 V32 20VT/YL (GAS) SPEED CONTROL ON/OFF SWITCH SENSE E
5 Z429 20BK/OR GROUND C
6 B29 20DG/WT SECONDARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
51
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
4 - -
8 - -
9 A111 12DG/RD FUSED B(+)
11 - -
12 - -
13 - -
14 - -
15 - -
17 - -
C 20 B4 18DG/GY LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY
O 21 - -
N 22 B8 18DG/TN LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
N 23 B9 18DG/LG (EXCEPT LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY

3.3L/3.8L)
E 23 B9 18DG/WT (3.3L/3.8L) LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY
C 24 A107 12TN/RD FUSED B(+)
T
O
R
P LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

N 1 B9 18DG/LG (EXCEPT LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY
O 3.3L/3.8L)
U 1 B9 18DG/WT (3.3L/3.8L) LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY
T 2 B8 18DG/TN LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

1 B4 18DG/GY LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY
52
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH R
1 B27 20DG/WT TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH SENSE P
N
O
U
T
S
53
NOTES
54
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.1 TEVES MARK 20E ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM ABS
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
55
NOTES
56
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
1.1 SYSTEM COVERAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

1.2 SIX -STEP TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
3.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

3.2 FUNCTIONAL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
3.2.1 AUTOSTICK FEATURE (IF EQUIPPED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
3.2.2 TRANSMISSION OPERATION AND SHIFT SCHEDULING AT
VARIOUS OIL TEMPERATURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
3.3 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
3.3.1 HARD CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.3.2 ONE TRIP FAILURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.3.3 INTERMITTENT CODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.3.4 STARTS SINCE SET COUNTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.3.5 TROUBLE CODE ERASURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.3.6 QUICK LEARN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.3.7 CLUTCH VOLUMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
3.3.8 EATX DTC EVENT DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
3.3.9 ELECTRONIC PINION FACTOR (IF APPLICABLE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
3.4 USING THE DRBIIIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3.5 DRBIIIT ERROR MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3.5.1 DRBIIIT DOES NOT POWER UP (BLANK SCREEN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3.5.2 DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3.5.3 SOME DISPLAY ITEMS READ --- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3.6 TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR (MILLER TOOL # 8333) AND FWD ADAPTER
(MILLER TOOL #8333-1A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
4.0 DISCLAIMERS, SAFETY, AND WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
4.1 DISCLAIMERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
4.2 SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
4.2.1 TECHNICIAN SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
4.2.2 VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
4.2.3 SERVICING SUB-ASSEMBLIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
4.2.4 DRBIIIT SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
4.3 WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
4.3.1 VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
4.3.2 ROAD TESTING A COMPLAINT VEHICLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
4.3.3 ELECTRONIC PINION FACTOR WARNINGS (IF APPLICABLE) . . . . .8
4.4.4 BULLETINS AND RECALLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
5.0 REQUIRED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
6.0 GLOSSARY OF TERMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
6.1 ACRONYMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
6.2 DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
i
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - EATX . . . . . . . . . . .12
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - NGC . . . . . . . . . . .15
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0122-TPS/APPS LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
P0123-TPS/APPS HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
P0124-TPS/APPS INTERMITTENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
P0218-HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
P0562-LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
P0604-INTERNAL TCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
P0605-INTERNAL TCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
P0613-INTERNAL TCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
P0711-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
P0712-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
P0713-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
P0714-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERMITTENT . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
P0715-INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
P0720-OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
P0725-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
P0731-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 1ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
P0732-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2ND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
P0733-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 3RD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
P0734-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 4TH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
P0736-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
P0740-TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
P0750-LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
P0755-2/4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
P0760-OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
P0765-UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
P0841-LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
P0845-2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
P0846-2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
P0870-OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
P0871-OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
P0884-POWER UP AT SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
P0888-RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
P0890-SWITCHED BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
P0891-TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS ON. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
P0897-WORN OUT/BURNT TRANSAXLE FLUID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
P0944-LOSS OF PRIME. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
P0952-AUTOSTICK INPUT CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
P0953-AUTOSTICK INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
P0992- 2-4/OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
P1652-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK MALFUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
P1684-BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
P1687-NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE MIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
P1694-BUS COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MODULE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
P1775-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
P1776-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
P1790-FAULT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146
P1793-TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
ii
P1794-SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
P1797-MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
*CHECKING PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
*INCORRECT TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
*NO SPEEDOMETER OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
*PRNDL FAULT CLEARING PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
*TRANSMISSION NOISY WITH NO DTCS PRESENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
*TRANSMISSION SHIFTS EARLY WITH NO DTCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
*TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR 8333 WILL NOT POWER UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
TRANSMISSION - NGC
P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/APPS LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/APPS HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
P0124-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/APPS INTERMITTENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166
P0218-HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
P0562-LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170
P0604-INTERNAL TCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
P0605-INTERNAL TCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
P0613-INTERNAL TCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
P0711-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . .183
P0712-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
P0713-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
P0714-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERMITTENT . . . . . . . . . . . .193
P0715-INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195
P0720-OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
P0725-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
P0731-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 1ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205
P0732-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2ND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
P0733-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 3RD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210
P0734-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 4TH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
P0736-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216
P0740-TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
P0750-LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220
P0755-2/4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224
P0760-OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
P0765-UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232
P0841-LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235
P0845-2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239
P0846-2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244
P0870-OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
P0871-OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253
P0884-POWER UP AT SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257
P0888-RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
P0890-SWITCHED BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264
P0891-TRANSMISSION RLY ALWAYS ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267
P0897-WORN OUT/BURNT TRANSAXLE FLUID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270
P0944-LOSS OF PRIME. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272
P0952-AUTOSTICK INPUT CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275
P0953-AUTOSTICK INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277
P0992-2-4/OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280
P1652-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK MALFUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282
P1684-BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284
iii
P1687-NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE MIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287
P1694-BUS COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MODULE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289
P1775-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290
P1776-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294
P1790-FAULT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298
P1793-TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299
P1794-SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300
P1797-MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302
*CHECKING PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304
*NO MANUAL AUTOSTICK OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306
*PRNDL FAULT CLEARING PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308
*TRANSMISSION NOISY WITH NO DTCS PRESENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309
*TRANSMISSION SHIFTS EARLY WITH NO DTCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310
*TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR 8333 WILL NOT POWER UP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
VERIFICATION TESTS
VERIFICATION TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312
8.0 COMPONENT LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
8.1 CONTROL MODULE LOCATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315

8.2 PRESSURE PORT LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
8.3 TRANSMISSION COMPONENT LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
9.0 CONNECTOR PINOUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
AUTOSTICK SWITCH (EXCEPT EXPORT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (DIESEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (GAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
DATA LINK CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
INPUT SPEED SENSOR (EATX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318
FUSES (IPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY (EATX). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320
LEFT REAR LAMP ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR (EATX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C4 (NGC) (EATX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331
RIGHT REAR LAMP ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331
SOLENOID/PRESSURE SWITCH ASSY (EATX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR (GAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332
iv
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (3.3L/3.8L). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR (EATX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334
10.0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335
10.1 EATX3.3/3.8L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335

10.2 NGC2.4L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336
11.0 CHARTS AND GRAPHS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337
11.1 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR STATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337

11.2 PRESSURE SWITCH STATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
11.3 SOLENOID APPLICATION CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338
11.4 SHIFT LEVER ERROR CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338
11.5 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338
v
NOTES
vi
GENERAL INFORMATION
1.0 INTRODUCTION have any comments or recommendations, please fill
out the form at the back of the book and mail it back
to us.
IMPORTANT
The 2003 RS model year vehicles, will use both 1.1 SYSTEM COVERAGE
the standard EATX controlled transmission with
3.3/3.8L engines and the new NGC controlled trans- The diagnostic procedure manual covers all 2003
mission with 2.4L engine. RS vehicles equipped with a 41TE transaxle.
NGC CONTROLLER 1.2 SIX -STEP TROUBLESHOOTING

New for 2003 model year, RS vehicles will inte- PROCEDURE
grate the Transmission Control Module and Power-
train Control Module into a single control module. Diagnosis of the 41TE Electronic transaxle is
This new module is the Next Generation Controller done in six basic steps:
for DaimlerChrysler and will be referred to as the verification of complaint
Powertrain Control Module (PCM). verification of any related symptoms
Some of the changes you will see are several new symptom analysis
Diagnostics Trouble Codes and supporting diagnos- problem isolation
tic procedures which reflect the new combined mod- repair of isolated problem
ule technology. The PCM will have four color coded verification of proper operation
connectors, C1 through C4, (C1-BLK, C2-GRAY,
C3-WHITE, C4-GREEN), each PCM connector will
have 38 pins. Two new tools are used for probing 2.0 IDENTIFICATION OF
and repairing the new PCM connectors. Miller tool SYSTEM
#3638, and Miller tool #8815. Miller tool #3638 is
designed to release the pins from the PCM harness The 41TE Transmission family can be identified
connectors. You must use the Miller tool #3638 to through a visual inspection. Confirm the presense
release the harness connector terminals or harness of a Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly, Transmis-
connector or terminal damage will occur. Miller tool sion Range Sensor, Input Speed Sensor and Output
#8815 was designed for probing the PCM harness Speed Sensor all located on the same side of the
connectors. You must use Miller tool #8815 for transmission case. Refer to the Service Information
probing the PCM terminals or damage to the ter- for transmission ID tag descriptions.
minal will occur resulting in a poor terminal to pin
connection. There are also new Verification tests
and module replacement procedures for the new
3.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND
PCM. FUNCTIONAL OPERATION
The procedures contained in this manual include
all of the specifications, instructions, and graphics
needed to diagnose, 3.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
*41TE (EATX) Electronic Automatic Transmission
The 41TE electronic transaxle is a conventional
problems
transaxle in that it uses hydraulically applied
*41TE (NGC) Electronic Automatic Transmission
clutches to shift a planetary gear train. However,
problems
the electronic control system replaces many of the
The diagnostics in this manual are based on the
mechanical and hydraulic components used in con-
failure condition or symptom being present at the
ventional transmission valve bodies.
time of diagnosis.
When repairs are required, refer to the appropri-
ate volume of the service manual for the proper 3.2 FUNCTIONAL OPERATION
removal and repair procedure.
The 41TE electronic transaxle has a fully adap-
Diagnostic procedures change every year. New
tive control system. The system performs its func-
diagnostic systems may be added and/or carryover
tions based on continuous real-time sensor feedback
systems may be enhanced. READ THIS MANUAL
information. The control system automatically
BEFORE TRYING TO DIAGNOSE A VEHICLE
adapts to changes in engine performance and fric-
TROUBLE CODE. It is recommended that you
tion element variations to provide consistent shift
review the entire manual to become familiar with
quality. The control system ensures that clutch
all new and changed diagnostic procedures.
operation during upshifting and downshifting is
This book reflects many suggested changes from
more responsive without increased harshness.
readers of past issues. After using this book, if you
1
GENERAL INFORMATION
The control module continuously checks for elec- perature, are reasonably accurate, during normal
trical problems, mechanical problems, and some operation. However, if a transmission is overfilled, a
hydraulic problems. When a problem is sensed, the transmission oil cooler becomes restricted, or if a
control module stores a diagnostic trouble code. customer drives aggressively in low gear, the calcu-
Some of these codes cause the transaxle to go into lated oil temperature will be inaccurate. Conse-
Limp-in or?default mode. While in this mode, elec- quently the shift schedule selected may be inappro-
trical power is removed from the transaxle, de- priate for the current conditions.
energizing the transmission control relay, and sole-
noid pack. When this happens, the only transaxle 3.3 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
mechanical functions are:
Park and Neutral Diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) are codes stored
Reverse by the PCM (NGC) or TCM (EATX) depending on
Second Gear application and help diagnose Transmission prob-
No upshifts or downshifts are possible. The posi- lems. They are viewed using the DRBIIIt scan tool.
tion of the manual valve alone allows the three Always begin by performing a visual inspection of
ranges that are available. Although vehicle perfor- the wiring, connectors, cooler lines and the trans-
mance is seriously degraded while in this mode, it mission. Any obvious wiring problems or leaks
allows the owner to drive the vehicle in for service. should be repaired prior to performing any diagnos-
Once the DRBIIIt is in the Transmission portion tic test procedures. Some engine driveability prob-
of the diagnostic program, it constantly monitors lems can be misinterpreted as a transmission prob-
the control module to see if the system is in Limp-in lem. Ensure that the engine is running properly
mode. If the transaxle is in Limp-in mode, the and no engine DTCs are present that could cause a
DRBIIIt will flash the red LED. transmission complaint.
If there is a bus communication problem, trouble
3.2.1 AUTOSTICK FEATURE (IF codes will not be accessible until the bus problem is
fixed. The DRBIIIt will display an appropriate
EQUIPPED) message.
This feature allows the driver to manually shift Each diagnostic trouble code is diagnosed by
the transaxle when the shift lever is moved to the following a specific testing sequence. The diagnostic
AutoStick position. When in AutoStick mode, the test procedures contain step-by-step instructions
instrument cluster displays the current gear. for determining the cause of a transmission diag-
nostic trouble code. Possible sources of the code are
3.2.2 TRANSMISSION OPERATION AND checked and eliminated one by one. It is not neces-
sary to perform all of the tests in this book to
SHIFT SCHEDULING AT VARIOUS
diagnose an individual code. These tests are based
OIL TEMPERATURES. on the problem being present at the time that the
The transmission covered in this manual has test is run.
unique shift schedules depending on the tempera-
All testing should be done with a fully charged
ture of the transmission oil. The shift schedule is
battery.
modified to extend the life of the transmission while
If the control module records a DTC that will
operating under extreme conditions.
adversely affect vehicle emissions, it will request
The oil temperature is measured with a Temper-
(via the communication bus) that the PCM illumi-
ature Sensor on the 41TE transmission. The Tem-
nate the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL). Al-
perature Sensor is an integral component of the
though these DTCs will be stored immediately as a
Transmission Range Sensor (TRS). If the Tempera-
1 trip failure, it may take up to five minutes of
ture Sensor is faulty, the transmission will default
accumulated trouble confirmation set the DTC and
to a calculated oil temperature. Oil temperature
illuminate the MIL. Three consecutive successful
will then be calculated through a complex heat
OBDII (EURO STAGE III OBD) trips or clearing
transfer equation using engine coolant tempera-
the DTCs with a diagnostic tool (DRBIIIt or equiv-
ture, battery/ambient temperature, and engine off
alent) is required to extinguish the MIL. When the
time. These inputs are received from the PCI bus
Transmission Control system requests that the
periodically and used to initialize the oil tempera-
PCM illuminate the MIL, the PCM sets a DTC
ture at start up. Once the engine is started, the
P0700 ($89) to alert the technician that there are
control module updates the transmission oil tem-
DTCs in the Transmission Control System. You
perature based on torque converter slip speed, ve-
must also erase the DTC P0700 in the PCM, in
hicle speed, gear, and engine coolant temperature to
order to extinguish the MIL.
determine an estimated oil temperature during
vehicle operation. Vehicles using calculated oil tem-
2
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.3.1 HARD CODE risen by at least 22C (40 F) from engine starting
and reaches a minimum temperature of 71C
Any Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) that is set
(160 F).
whenever the system or component is monitored is
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will turn
a HARD code. This means that the problem is there
off after 3 good trips or when the DTCs are cleared
every time the Transmission Control System checks
from the control module.
that system or component. Some codes will set
immediately at start up and others will require a
road test under specific conditions. It must be
3.3.6 QUICK LEARN
determined if a code is repeatable (Hard) or inter- The Quick Learn function customizes adaptive
mittent before attempting diagnosis. parameters of the control module to the transmis-
sion characteristics of a vehicle. This gives the
3.3.2 ONE TRIP FAILURES customer improved as received shift quality com-
pared to the initial parameters stored in the control
A One Trip Failure, when read from the Trans-
module.
mission Control System, is a hard OBDII (EURO
Notes about Quick Learn Features
STAGE III OBD) code that has not matured for the
The nature of the Quick Learn function requires
full 5 minutes to a hard fault. This applies to codes
that certain features must be taken into consider-
that will only set after 5 minutes of substituted gear
ation.
operation.
> Quick Learn should generally not be used as a
3.3.3 INTERMITTENT CODE repair procedure unless directed by a repair or
diagnostic procedure. If the transmission sys-
A diagnostic trouble code that is not there every
tem is exhibiting a problem that you think is
time the Transmission Control System checks the
caused by an invalid CVI, you should try to
circuit or function is an a intermittent code. Some
relearn the value by performing the appropri-
intermittent codes are caused by wiring or connec-
ate driving maneuvers. In most cases, if Quick
tor problems. However intermittent gear ratio
Learn makes a vehicle shift better, the vehicle
codes are usually caused by intermittent hydraulic
will return with the same problem.
seal leakage in the clutch and/or accumulator cir-
cuits. Problems that come and go like this are the > Before performing Quick Learn, it is impera-
most difficult to diagnose, they must be looked for tive that the vehicle be shifted into OD with
under the specific conditions that cause them. the engine running and the oil level set to the
correct level. This step will purge air from the
3.3.4 STARTS SINCE SET COUNTER clutch circuits to prevent erroneous clutch
volume values, which could cause poor initial
For the most recent code, the Starts Since Set shift quality.
counter counts the number of times the vehicle has
started since it was last set. The counter will count > If a new control module is installed on a
up to 255 starts. Note that this code only applies to vehicle with a HOT engine, Quick Learn will
the last or most recent code set. cause the control module to report a cold
When there are no diagnostic trouble codes stored calculated oil temperature. This requires
in memory, the DRBIIIt will display NO DTCS monitoring the calculated oil temperature us-
PRESENT and the reset counter will show ing the DRBIIIt. If the temperature is below
STARTS SINCE CLEAR = XXX 15 C (60 F) , the transmission must be run at
The number of starts helps determine if the idle or driven in gear until the temperature
diagnostic trouble code is hard or intermittent. goes above 15 C (60 F). If the temperature is
above 93C (200 F), the transmission must
If the count is less than 3, the code is usually a cool to below 93 C (200 F).
hard code.
> First gear is engaged in overdrive after Quick
If the count is greater than 3, it is considered Learn is completed. Place the vehicle in park
an intermittent code. This means that the after performing Quick Learn.
engine has been started most of the time The Quick Learn function should be performed:
without the code recurring.
Upon installation of a new service control
module
3.3.5 TROUBLE CODE ERASURE
After replacement or rebuild of internal trans-
A Diagnostic trouble code will be cleared from
mission components or the torque converter
control module memory if it has not reset for 40
warm-up cycles. If one or more of the clutch volumes indexes
A warm-up cycle is defined as sufficient vehicle (CVIs) contain skewed readings because of
operation such that the coolant temperature has abnormal conditions.
3
GENERAL INFORMATION
To perform the Quick Learn procedure, the fol- Transmission Effects: These CVIs that are out of
lowing conditions must be met. range are usually set with other DTCs, which
It is imperative that the vehicle be shifted into indicates an internal transmission problem.
OD with the engine running and the oil level
Possible Causes:
set to the correct level. This step will purge the
air in the clutch circuits to prevent erroneous > Clutch pack clearance out of spec
clutch volume values, which could cause poor > Snap ring out of position or broken
initial shift quality. > Broken return spring
Place the selector lever in neutral. > Hydraulic leak into clutch circuit with near-zero
The brakes must be applied. volume
The engine must be idling.
The throttle angle (TP sensor) must be less
3.3.8 EATX DTC EVENT DATA
than 3 degrees. EATX DTC EVENT DATA can be used as a
diagnostic aid when experiencing Electronic Trans-
The shift lever position must stay in neutral
missions with intermittent problems. When a Diag-
until prompted to shift into OD.
nostic Trouble Code (DTC) is set, the vehicles trans-
The shift lever must stay in OD after the Shift mission inputs are stored in the controller memory
to Overdrive prompt until the DRBIIIt indi- and are retrievable with the DRBIIIt. This infor-
cates the procedure is complete. mation can be helpful when a DTC can not be
The oil temperature must be between 15 C duplicated.
(60) and 93 C (200 F). The EATX DTC EVENT DATA is located in the
DRBIIIt, under the Transmission system menu, in
NOTE: The above conditions must be the sub-screen Miscellaneous. It is a good practice
maintained during the procedure to keep the to document the EATX DTC EVENT DATA before
procedure from being aborted. beginning any diagnostic or service procedure.
The Quick Learn procedure is performed with the A thorough understanding of how the transmis-
DRBIIIt by selecting Transmission system then sion works is beneficial in order to interpret the
Miscellaneous functions, then Quick Learn. Fol- data correctly. These skills are necessary in order to
low the procedure instructions displayed on the avoid an incorrect diagnosis.
DRBIIIt. A MASTERTECH video and reference book was
produced in January 2002 that explains many of
3.3.7 CLUTCH VOLUMES the features of the EATX DTC EVENT DATA with
several examples on how to interpret the informa-
Theory of Operation: The volumes of the trans- tion and suggested training material to help under-
mission fluid needed to apply the friction elements stand all the specifics.
are continuously monitored and learned for adap- EATX DTC EVENT DATA can only be erased by:
tive controls. As the clutch friction material wears, 1. Disconnecting the battery.
the volume of fluid needed to apply the clutch
2. Performing a DRBIIIt QUICK LEARN proce-
increases. The following are typical clutch volumes,
dure.
the clutches may be damaged if the volumes are
greater or less than the specified below: 3. Reprogramming the NGC/EATX controller.
The LR clutch volume is updated when doing a 2-1 Erasing Transmission DTCs does not clear
or 3-1 coast down shift. The transmission tempera- the EATX DTC EVENT DATA.
ture must be between 21-49 C (70-120 F). The
clutch volume should be between 35 and 83. 3.3.9 ELECTRONIC PINION FACTOR (IF
The 2/4 clutch volume is updated when doing a 1-2 APPLICABLE)
shift. The transmission temperature must be above
The transmission output speed signal supplies
43 C (110 F). The clutch volume should be between
distance pulses to the control module, which are
20 and 77.
used to calculate speed and mileage. A pinion factor
The OD clutch volume is updated when doing a 2-3
is stored in the control module in order to provide
shift. The transmission temperature must be above
the appropriate distance pulses for other vehicle
43 C (110 F). The clutch volume should be between
systems. The pinion factor is programmed into the
40 and 150.
control module at the assembly plant.
The UD clutch volume is updated when doing a 4-3
Using the following steps, the pinion factor can be
or 4-2 shift. The transmission temperature must be
checked and/or reset using the DRBIIIt:
above 43 C (110 F). The clutch volume should be
between 24 and 70.
4
GENERAL INFORMATION
1. Select Transmission system, then Miscellaneous 3.5.1 DRBIIIT DOES NOT POWER UP
functions, then Pinion Factor. The DRBIIIt will
display the current tire size. (BLANK SCREEN)
2. If the tire size is incorrect, press the Enter key If the LEDs do not light or no sound is emitted at
and then select the correct size. start up, check for loose cable connections or a bad
cable. Check the vehicle battery voltage. A mini-
3. Press the Page Back key to exit the reset proce-
mum of 11 volts is required to adequately power the
dure.
DRBIIIt.
Notes About Electronic Pinion Factor Features
If all connections are proper between the
The nature of the electronic pinion factor requires
DRBIIIt and the vehicle or other devices, and the
that certain features must be taken into consider-
vehicle battery is fully charged, an inoperative
ation.
DRBIIIt may be the result of faulty cable or vehicle
> If no pinion factor is stored in an installed control wiring. For a blank screen, refer to the appropriate
module, the vehicle speedometer will not operate, Body Diagnostic manual.
engine speed will be limited to 2300 RPM, and
catalyst damage may occur. 3.5.2 DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE
> Selecting a wrong tire size will cause the speed- Low temperatures will affect the visibility of the
ometer to be inaccurate and will also cause any display. Adjust the contrast to compensate for this
speed related features to operate improperly. condition.
Note: After replacing the PCM, you must
3.5.3 SOME DISPLAY ITEMS READ ---
reprogram pinion factor
This is caused by the scrolling the DRBIIIt dis-
3.4 USING THE DRBIIIT play a single line up or down. The line which was
scrolled onto the screen might read ---. Use the
Refer to the DRBIIIt users guide for instructions page down or page up function to display the
and assistance with reading trouble codes, erasing information.
trouble codes, and other DRBIIIt functions.
3.6 TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR (MILLER
TOOL # 8333) AND FWD ADAPTER
(MILLER TOOL #8333-1A)
Note: Remove the starter Relay when using

the transmission simulator
*Failure to remove the Starter Relay can
cause a PCM - No Response condition.
*The removal of the Starter Relay will also
prevent the engine from starting in gear.
*The Transmission Simulator will not
accurately diagnose intermittent faults.
The transmission simulator, simply put, is an
electronic device that simulates the electronic func-
tions of any EATX or NGC controlled transmission
(41TE, 41TE, 45RFE, and 545RFE). The basic func-
tion of the simulator is to aid the technician in
3.5 DRBIIIT ERROR MESSAGES determining if an internal transmission problem
Under normal operation, the DRBIIIt will dis- exists or if the problem resides in the vehicle wiring
play one of only two error messages: or control module. It is only useful for electrical
problems. It will not aid in the diagnosis of a failed
User-Requested WARM Boot mechanical component, but it can tell you if the
User-Requested COLD Boot control module and wiring are working properly
If the DRBIIIt should display any other error and that the problem is internal to the transmis-
message, record the entire display and call the sion.
S.T.A.R. Center. The ignition switch should be in the lock position
before attempting to install the simulator. Follow
all instructions included with the simulator. If the
5
GENERAL INFORMATION
feedback from the simulator is in doubt, you can Before disconnecting any hydraulic tubes, hoses,
verify the simulators operation by installing it on a and fittings, be sure that the system is fully depres-
known good vehicle. A known good vehicle would surized. When servicing a vehicle, always wear eye
be defined as a vehicle that does not set any DTCs protection, and remove any metal jewelry such as
and drives and shifts as expected. watchbands or bracelets that might make an inad-
One important point to remember is that the vertent electrical contact.
Simulator receives power from the Trans Relay When diagnosing a Transmission system prob-
Output circuit. If the transmission system is in lem, it is important to follow approved procedures
Limp-in (Relay open), the simulator will not oper- where applicable. These procedures can be found in
ate. This is not really an indication of a problem, the service information. Following these procedures
but an additional symptom. If the simulator does is very important to the safety of individuals per-
not power up (P led lit), this is an indication that forming diagnostic tests.
the problem is still present with the simulator
hooked up. This indicates that the problem is in the 4.2.2 VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR
wiring or control module and not the transmission.
Miller Tool # 8333-1A consists of the adapter
TESTING
cables and overlay necessary to adapt the simulator Make sure the vehicle being tested has a fully
to TE/AE/RLE/LE transmissions. charged battery. If it does not, false diagnostic
DTCs or error messages may occur. It is extremely
important that accurate shift lever position data is
4.0 DISCLAIMERS, SAFETY, available to the control module. The accuracy of any
AND WARNINGS DTC found in memory is doubtful unless the Shift
Lever Test, performed on the DRBIIIt Scan Tool,
passes without failure.
4.1 DISCLAIMERS
4.2.3 SERVICING SUB-ASSEMBLIES
All information, illustrations, and specifications Some components of the Transmission system are
contained in this manual are based on the latest to be serviced as an assembly only. Attempting to
information available at the time of publication. remove or repair certain system sub-components
The right is reserved to make changes at any time may result in personal injury and/or improper sys-
without notice. tem operation. Only those components with ap-
proved repair and installation procedures in the
4.2 SAFETY service information should be serviced.
4.2.1 TECHNICIAN SAFETY INFORMATION 4.2.4 DRBIIIT SAFETY INFORMATION

WARNING: ENGINES PRODUCE CARBON
MONOXIDE THAT IS ODORLESS, CAUSES
CAN EXPOSE YOU TO SERIOUS OR
SLOWER REACTION TIME, AND CAN LEAD
POSSIBLY FATAL INJURY. CAREFULLY
TO SERIOUS INJURY. WHEN THE ENGINE IS
READ AND UNDERSTAND THE CAUTIONS
OPERATING KEEP SERVICE AREAS WELL
EXHAUST SYSTEM TO THE SHOP EXHAUST Follow the vehicle manufacturers service speci-
REMOVAL SYSTEM. fications at all times.
Set the parking brake and block the wheels before Do not use the DRBIIIt if it has been damaged.
testing or repairing the vehicle. If is especially Do not use the test leads if the insulation is
important to block the wheels on front-wheel drive damaged or if metal is exposed.
vehicles: the parking brake does not hold the drive To avoid electrical shock, do not touch the test
wheels. leads, tips or the circuit being tested.
Some operations in this manual require that
Choose the proper range and function for the
hydraulic tubes, hoses, and fittings, disconnected
measurement. Do not try voltage or current mea-
for inspection or testing purposes. These systems,
surements that may exceed the rated capacity.
when fully charged, contain fluid at high pressure.
6
GENERAL INFORMATION
Do not exceed the limits shown in the table. The use of a fuse with a rating other than indicated
may result in a dangerous electrical system over-
FUNCTION INPUT LIMIT load. If a properly rated fuse continues to blow, it
Volts 0-500 volts peak AC indicates a problem in the circuit that must be
0-500 volts DC corrected.
Ohms (resistance)* 0-1.12 megohms 4.3.2 ROAD TESTING A COMPLAINT

Frequency measured 0-10 khz VEHICLE
Frequency generated
Some complaints will require a test drive as part
Temperature -58-1100F of the repair verification procedure. The purpose of
-50-600C the test drive is to try to duplicate the diagnostic
*Ohms cannot be measured if voltage is present. DTC or symptom condition.
Ohms can be measured only in a non-powered
circuit.
CAUTION: Before road testing a vehicle, be
sure that all components are reassembled.
Voltage between any terminal and ground must during the test drive, do not try to read
not exceed 500v DC or 500v peak AC.
DRBIIIT screen while in motion. do not hang
Use caution when measured voltage above 25v the DRBIIIT from the rear view mirror or
DC or 25v AC. operate it yourself. Have an assistant
The circuit being tested must be protected by a available to operate the DRBIIIT.
10A fuse or circuit breaker. Road testing is an essential step in the diagnostic
Use the low current shunt to measure circuits up process that must not be overlooked. Along with the
to 10A. Use the high current clamp to measure diagnostic information obtained from the DRBIIIt
circuits exceeding 10A. Scan Tool and the original customer concern, the
When testing for the presence of voltage or cur- road test helps verify the problem was current and
rent, make sure the meter is functioning cor- any repairs performed, fixed the vehicle correctly.
rectly. Take a reading of a known voltage or Always operate and observe the vehicle under ac-
current before accepting a zero reading. tual driving conditions.
Just as important as the road test is, there are
When measuring current, connect the meter in
preliminary inspections that should be performed
series with the load.
prior to the road test. Always check the fluid level
Disconnect the live test lead before disconnecting and condition before taking the vehicle on a road
the common test lead. test. Determine if an incorrect fluid type is being
When using the meter function, keep the used, improper fluid will result in erratic transmis-
DRBIIIt away from spark plug or coil wires to sion operation.
avoid measuring error from outside interference. Some of the conditions of incorrect fluid level are
as follows:
4.3 WARNINGS Delayed engagement
Poor shifting or erratic shifting
4.3.1 VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGS Excessive noise
Before disconnecting any control module, make Overheating

sure the ignition is lock position. Failure to do so The next step is to verify that the shift linkage is
could damage the module. correctly adjusted. If the shifter is incorrectly ad-
When testing voltage or continuity at any control justed, a number of complaints can result.
module, use the terminal side (not the wire end) of The control module monitors the Shift Lever
the connector. Do not probe a wire through the Position (SLP) Sensor continuously. If the shifter is
insulation: this will damage the wire and eventu- incorrectly adjusted, the control module will sense a
ally cause the wire to fail because of corrosion. shift lever position that is not correct for the gear
Be careful when performing electrical tests so as chosen by the driver. This may cause a DTC to be
to prevent accidental shorting of terminals. Such set.
mistakes can damage fuses or components. Also, a The following complaints may also be the result
second DTC could be set, making diagnosis of the of an incorrectly adjusted shifter:
original problem more difficult. Delayed clutch engagement
When replacing a blown fuse, it is important to Erratic shifts
use only a fuse having the correct amperage rating.
Vehicle will drive in neutral
7
GENERAL INFORMATION
Engine will not crank in park or neutral > Pressure gauge 0-2068 kPa (0-300 PSI)
Shifter will be able to be moved without the key > Diagnostic pin out box (Miller # 8815)
in the ignition > Terminal remover (Miller # 3638)
Not able to remove the ignition key in park
Parking pawl will not engage properly
The shifter should also be adjusted when replac-
ing the Transmission, repairing the valve body, or
when repairing any component between the shift 6.1 ACRONYMS
lever and the Transmission.
Some questions to ask yourself when performing
BCM Body Control Module
the road test are as follows:
Is the complaint or concern what you think the CKT Circuit
problem is, based on the customers description? CVI Clutch Volume Index
Is the Transmission operating normally, or is
there a real problem? DLC Data Link Connector
When does the problem occur? DRBIIIt Diagnostic Readout Box
Is the problem only in one gear range? DTC Diagnostic Trouble Code
What temperature does the problem occur?
EATX Electronic Automatic Transaxle
Does the vehicle have to sit over night for the
problem to occur? EMCC Electronically Modulated Converter
Does the transmission go into Limp-in mode? Clutch
FCM Front Control Module (part of the
4.3.3 ELECTRONIC PINION FACTOR IPM system)
WARNINGS (IF APPLICABLE) FEMCC Full Electronically Modulated Con-
The pinion factor must be set when replacing the verter Clutch
control module. Note: The pinion factor is a
fixed number and cannot be changed or up- IOD Ignition off-draw
dated in some vehicle applications. If the pin- IPM Integrated Power Module
ion factor is not set or incorrectly set, any speed
related functions will not operate correctly i.e. IRT Intelligent Recovery Timer
speedometer, speed control, rolling door locks, other
ISS Input Speed Sensor
control modules will be affected that depend on
speed information. LED Light Emitting Diode
4.4.4 BULLETINS AND RECALLS LR Low/reverse Clutch or Pressure

Switch
Always perform all Safety Recalls and Technical
Service Bulletins that are applicable to the prob- LU Lockup
lem.
MIC Mechanical Instrument Cluster
MIL Malfunction Indicator Lamp
5.0 REQUIRED TOOLS AND
EQUIPMENT NGC Next Generation Controller
OBDII On Board Diagnostics
> DRBIIIt (diagnostic read-out box) - Must be at
latest release level. OD Overdrive Clutch or Pressure
Switch
> Transmission Simulator (Miller # 8333)
> Adapter harness/ panel overlay kit for Transmis- OSS Output Speed Sensor
sion Simulator (Miller # 8333-1A) for FWD vehi- PCM Powertrain Control Module
cles.
> Jumper wires PEMCC Partial Electronically Modulated
Converter Clutch
> Test Light (minimum of 25 ohms of resistance)
> Ohmmeter PLU Partial Lockup
> Voltmeter
8
GENERAL INFORMATION
REV Reverse Clutch 6.2 DEFINITIONS
SLPK Solenoid Pack
OBDII (EURO STAGE III OBD) Trip - A vehicle
SSV Solenoid Switch Valve
start and drive cycle such that all once per trip
SW Switch diagnostic monitors have run.
TCC Torque Converter Clutch Key Start - A vehicle start and run cycle of at least
20 seconds.
PCM Combined PCM and Transmission
Control Module Warm-up Cycle - A vehicle start and run cycle
TP Throttle Position such that the engine coolant must rise to at least
71 C (160 F) and must rise by at least 4.4 C (40 F)
TRD Torque Reduction from initial start up. To count as a warm-up cycle,
no DTC may occur during the cycle.
TRS Transmission Range Sensor
UD Underdrive Clutch
2/4 2nd and 4th gear Clutch or Pres-
sure Switch
9
NOTES
10
7.0
PROCEDURES
11
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE -
EATX
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FCM OUTPUT (RUN/ST) CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) CIRCUIT SHORT

the question.
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to the Body Communication category and perform the

symptom PCI Bus Communication Failure.

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the FCM Output (Run/St)
circuit.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the FCM Output (Run/St) circuit for an open. Refer to the
wiring diagrams location in the Service Information.
12
COMMUNICATION

Continued
Output (Start) circuit.
Observe the test light while momentarily turning the ignition switch to the Start
position.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Start) circuit for an

open. Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the Service Infor-
mation.

With a voltmeter in the millivolt scale, measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition
Switch Output (Start) circuit.
NOTE: A no response condition can exist if voltage is present on this circuit
with the ignition switch in any position except for the Start position.
NOTE: Voltage up to .080 millivolts can cause this condition.
NOTE: Check for after market components that could cause this condition.
Perform this step with the Ignition Switch in every position except for the Start
position.
Is any voltage present?
Yes Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Start) circuit for a
short to voltage. Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the
No Go To 5

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused B(+) circuit.
Yes Go To 6
13
COMMUNICATION

Continued
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check each ground circuit in the TCM
harness connector.
Does the test light illuminate brightly at all the ground circuits?
Yes Go To 7
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
circuit in the TCM connector.
Yes Go To 8
Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module in accordance with the
service information. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK
14
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
POSSIBLE CAUSES

the question.
Was the DRB able to I/D or establish communications with both of the modules?
Yes Go To 2
No Refer to the Communications category and perform the appropri-

ate symptom.
VER 1.

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe both Fused Ignition Switch
Output circuits (cavs 11 and 12) in the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Is the test light illuminated for both circuits?
Yes Go To 3

VER 1.
15
COMMUNICATION

Continued
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B(+) circuit in the
Yes Go To 4
VER 1.

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe each ground circuit in the
Is the light illuminated at all ground circuits?
Yes Go To 5
VER 1.
16
COMMUNICATION

Continued
black test probes.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Press F2 for Scope.
Yes Go To 6

VER 1.
Repair
dance with the service information. WITH THE DRBIIIt PER-
FORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
VER 1.
17
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0122-TPS/APPS LOW
P0122-TPS/APPS LOW
When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on and engine running.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the monitored TPS voltage drops below .078 volts for
the period of 0.48 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ENGINE TPS DTCS PRESENT
TPS SIGNAL CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTCs. Check and repair all engine DTCs prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTCs. Record all DTCs and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTCs, check and record all CVIs.
Most DTCs set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSBs related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.
Continue
Go To 2
2 With the DRBIIIt, check Engine DTCs. All

Are there any Engine TPS related DTCs present?
Yes Refer to the Powertrain category and perform the appropriate

symptom.
No Go To 3
18
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0122-TPS/APPS LOW Continued

3 With the DRBIIIt in Transmission Sensors, read the TPS voltage. All
Is the TPS voltage below 0.5 volts?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 6

With the DRBIIIt in Transmission Sensors, record the TPS voltage.
While back probing the TCM harness connector, measure the voltage of the TPS
Signal circuit.
Compare the voltage readings between the DRBIIIt and the reading from the digital
multi meter.
Are the voltages within 0.1 volt of each other?
Yes Repair the TPS signal circuit between the TCM harness connector
and the splice for high resistance.
No Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
Pay particular attention to the point where the TPS signal and sensor ground circuits
splice off from the engine circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.

No Test Complete.
19
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0123-TPS/APPS HIGH
P0123-TPS/APPS HIGH
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the monitored TPS voltage rises above 4.94 volts for
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN TO TCM
TPS SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN TO TCM

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2

Are there any Engine TPS related DTCs present?
symptom.
No Go To 3
20
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0123-TPS/APPS HIGH Continued

3 With the DRBIIIt in Transmission Sensors, read the TPS voltage. All
Is the TPS voltage above 4.5 volts?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 7

Disconnect the TPS harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the TPS Signal Circuit from the TCM harness connector to
the TPS harness connector.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the TPS Signal circuit between the TCM harness connec-
tor and the splice for an open.

Disconnect the TPS harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit between the TPS harness
connector and the Transmission Control Module harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Sensor Ground circuit between the TCM harness
connector and the splice for an open.
Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
circuit.
Pay particular attention to the point where the TPS signal and sensor ground circuits
splice off from the engine circuits.

No Test Complete.
21
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0124-TPS/APPS INTERMITTENT
P0124-TPS/APPS INTERMITTENT
Set Condition: This DTC will set with a throttle angle between 6 and 120.6 with a 5 or
higher change under 7.0 milliseconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2

Are any Engine TPS related DTCs present?
symptom.
No Go To 3
22
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0124-TPS/APPS INTERMITTENT Continued

3 Ignition On, Engine Not Running. All
With the DRBIIIt, under Transmission Sensors, monitor the TPS voltage in the
following step.
Slowly open and close the throttle while checking for erratic voltage changes.
Did the TPS voltage change smooth and consistent?
Yes Go To 4
No Replace the Throttle Position Sensor per the Service Information.

Repair
23
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0218-HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED

When Monitored: Whenever the engine is running.
Set Condition: Immediately when the Overheat shift schedule is activated when the
Transmission Oil Temperature reaches 116 C or 240 F.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER PLUGGED
HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATIONS ACTIVATED

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
24
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0218-HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED Continued

2 This DTC is an informational DTC designed to aid the Technician in diagnosing shift All
quality complaints.
This DTC indicates that the Transmission has been operating in the 9Overheat9 shift
schedule which may generate a customer complaint.
The customer driving patterns may indicate the need for an additional Transmission
Oil Cooler.
Yes Repair the cause of the Transmission Overheating per the Service
Information. If indicated install an additional Transmission Oil
Cooler.
No Go To 3
3 Perform Engine Cooling System diagnostics per the Service Information All
Is the Engine Cooling System functioning properly?
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the cause of the Engine Overheating. Refer to the Service

Information for additional repair information.

Repair
Flush or replace the Transmission Oil cooler as necessary per the
25
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0562-LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE

When Monitored: With the engine running and the TCM has closed the Transmission
Control Relay.
Set Condition: If battery voltage at TCM Transmission Control Relay Output Sense
circuit is less than 10.0 volts for 15 seconds. *This DTC generally indicates a gradually
falling battery voltage or resistive connections to the TCM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED CHARGING SYSTEM DTCS
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT TO TCM OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
26
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0562-LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE Continued

2 With the DRBIIIt, read the PCM DTCs. All
Are there any Charging System related DTCs stored in the PCM?
Yes Refer to the Charging System category and repair any PCM
Charging System DTCs first. NOTE: After repairing the PCM
charging system DTCs, perform the Transmission Verification
test to verify the transmission was not damaged.
No Go To 3
3 NOTE: Generator, battery, and charging system must be fully functional All
before performing this test.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTCs.
With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0562.
Note: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the Starts Since Set counter for P0562 set at 0?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 9

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the ground circuits in the TCM
harness connector.
Does the test light illuminate brightly for all the ground circuits?
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Ground circuit(s) for an open or high resistance.

Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused B+ circuit in the TCM
harness connector.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open or high resistance. If the

fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground.
27
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check both Transmission Control
Relay Output circuits in the TCM harness connector.
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open

or high resistance.

Install a substitute Relay in place of the Transmission Control Relay.
Start the engine.
Using a voltmeter, measure the battery voltage.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Transmission Switched Battery Voltage.
Compare the DRBIIIt Transmission Switched Battery voltage to the actual battery
voltage.
Is the DRBIIIt voltage within 2.0 volts of the battery voltage?
Yes Replace the Transmission Control Relay.

No Go To 8
Repair
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.

No Test Complete.
28
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0604-INTERNAL TCM
P0604-INTERNAL TCM
When Monitored:
Set Condition: The TCM is reporting internal errors and must be replaced.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TCM - INTERNAL ERROR

Repair
29
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0605-INTERNAL TCM
P0605-INTERNAL TCM
When Monitored:
Set Condition: The TCM is reporting internal errors and must be replaced.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

Repair
30
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0613-INTERNAL TCM
P0613-INTERNAL TCM
When Monitored: After the ignition is turned to the RUN position or after cranking the
engine.
Set Condition: The controller runs a self diagnostic test that checks the integrity of the
controllers RAM, ROM, and microprocessor. If the self diagnostic test fails in any one of
series of different categories, the DTC will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

Repair
31
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL

When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition key on.
Set Condition: 3 occurrences in one key start of an invalid PRNDL code which lasts for
more than 0.1 second.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CONDITION P0706 PRESENT
TRS T1 SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
TRS T1 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRS T1 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
32
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL Continued

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
2 Using the DRBIIIt, perform the Shift Lever Position Test. All
Select the test outcome from the following:
Test passes
Go To 3
Test fails with DTC

Go To 4
Test fails without DTC

Adjust the shift linkage per the Service Information.
circuit.
Check the Shift Linkage and cable for proper operation per the Service Information.
Perform *PRNDL FAULT CLEARING PROCEDURE after completion of any repairs.

No Test Complete.
33
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit, Miller tool #8333-1.
With the DRBIIIt, perform the Shift Lever Position Test.
When the DRBIII t instructs you to put the Gear Selector in a particular position,
you must do so using the Transmission Simulator. The LED for the gear position in
question must be illuminated prior to hitting 9enter9 on the DRBIIIt.
Did the test pass?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6
NOTE: Disconnect the Transmission Simulator and reconnect all the har-
ness connectors.
Repair
Replace the Transmission Range Sensor per the Service Informa-
tion.

With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the TRS Sense circuits C1 thru C4.
Move the shift lever thru all gear positions, pausing momentarily in each gear
position. Watch for one of the circuits to not change state.
Pick the one that did not change state.
TRS T1 sense (C4)
Go To 7
TRS T3 sense (C3)
Go To 10
TRS T41 sense (C1)
Go To 13
TRS T42 sense (C2)
Go To 16

Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the TRS T1 Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector
to the TRS harness connector.
Yes Repair the TRS T1 Sense circuit for an open.

No Go To 8
34
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T1 circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Yes Repair the TRS T1 Sense circuit for a short to ground.

No Go To 9

Measure the voltage of the TRS T1 Sense circuit.
Yes Repair the TRS T1 Sense circuit for a short to voltage.

No Go To 19

Measure the resistance of the TRS T3 Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector
to the TRS harness connector.
No Go To 11

Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T3 Sense circuit.

No Go To 12
35
TRANSMISSION - EATX

No Go To 19

Measure the resistance of the TRS T41 Sense circuit from the TCM connector to the
TRS connector.

No Go To 14

Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T41 Sense circuit in the TCM
harness connector.
No Go To 15

No Go To 19
36
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Measure the resistance of the TRS T42 Sense circuit from the TCM harness
connector to the TRS harness connector.

No Go To 17

Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T42 Sense circuit in the TCM
harness connector.
No Go To 18

No Go To 19
Repair
37
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0711-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE

Set Condition: This DTC will set when the desired transmission temperature does not
reach a normal operating temperature within a given time frame. Time is variable due to
ambient temperature. Approximate times are starting temperature to warm up time: (-40
F / -40 C - 35 min) (-20 F / -28 C - 25 min) (20 F / -6.6 C - 20 min) (60 F / 15.5 C - 10
min)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTCS PRESENT
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
38
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Continued
2 With the DRBIIIt, check Transmission DTCs. All
Are there any other Transmission Temperature Sensor related DTCs present?
Yes Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
No Go To 3
3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0711. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 7

sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
With the Transmission Simulator, turn the Input/Output switch to OFF.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the TRANS TEMP VOLTS while turning the Thermistor
Voltage switch to all three positions on the Transmission Simulator.
Compare the DRBIIIt readings with the numbers listed on the Transmission
Simulator.
Do the readings on the Transmission Simulator match the DRBIIIt readings 0.2
volts?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6

Repair
Replace Transmission Solenoid/TRS Assembly per the Service
Information.
Repair
39
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Continued
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits.

No Test Complete.
40
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0712-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW

Set Condition: The DTC will set when the monitored Temperature Sensor voltage drops
below 0.078 volts for the period of 0.45 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2

Are there any Speed Sensor DTCs present?
symptom.
No Go To 3
41
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0712-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW Continued

Yes Go To 4
No Go To 8

Simulator.
volts?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6
Repair
Replace the Transmission Solenoid/TRS Assembly per the Service
Information.

Disconnect the TCM harness connector..
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/TRS Assembly harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Temperature Sensor
Signal circuit.
Yes Repair the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a

short to ground.
No Go To 7
Repair
42
TRANSMISSION - EATX

circuit.

No Test Complete.
43
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0713-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH

Set Condition: The DTC will set when the monitored Temperature Sensor voltage rises
above 4.94 volts for the period of 0.45 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 8
44
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0713-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH Continued

Simulator.
volts?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5
Repair
Information.

Disconnect the TCM harness connector..
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid /TRS Assembly harness connector
Measure the resistance of the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit from
the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid/TRS Assembly harness
connector.
Yes Repair the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for

an open.
No Go To 6

Measure the voltage of the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit in the
TCM harness connector.
short to voltage.
No Go To 7
45
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service infor-
circuit.
No Test Complete.
46
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0714-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERMITTENT

Set Condition: The DTC will set when the monitored Temperature Sensor voltage
fluctuates or changes abruptly within a predetermined period of time.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2

Are there any Speed Sensor and/or other Temperature Sensor DTCs present?

symptom.
No Go To 3
47
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Continued
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 7

sion Adapter kit, Miller tool #8333-1A.
Simulator.
Do the readings on the Transmission Simulator match a steady DRBIIIt reading
0.2 volts?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6
Repair
Information.
Repair
circuit.

No Test Complete.
48
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0715-INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR

When Monitored: The transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the
transmission is in gear.
Set Condition: If there is an excessive change in input RPM in any gear.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
49
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0715-INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR Continued

2 Start the engine in park. All
With the DRBIIIt, read the Input RPM.
Is the Input RPM reading below 400 RPM?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 11

With the Transmission Simulator, set the 9Input/Output Speed9 switch to 9ON9 and
the rotary switch to the 93000/12509 position.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Input and Output RPM.
Does the Input RPM read 3000 RPM and the Output RPM read 1250 RPM +/- 50
RPM?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5
NOTE: Disconnect the Transmission Simulator and reconnect all harness
connectors.

Repair
Replace the Input Speed Sensor per the Service Information.

Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit from the TCM
harness connector to the Input Speed Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance between ground and the Input Speed Sensor signal circuit.
Is the resistance Below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to
ground.
No Go To 7
50
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Measure the voltage of the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
voltage.
No Go To 8

Measure the resistance of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit from the TCM harness
connector to the Input Speed Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for an open.

No Go To 9

Measure the voltage of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Yes Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 10
Repair
51
TRANSMISSION - EATX

circuit.

No Test Complete.
52
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0720-OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR

Set Condition: If there is an excessive change in output RPM in any gear.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
53
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0720-OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR Continued

Raise the drive wheels off of the ground.
WARNING: PROPERLY SUPPORT THE VEHICLE.
Place transmission in drive, release foot from brake.
WHEELS.
Note: The drive wheels must be turning at this point.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Output RPM
Is the Output RPM below 100 RPM?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 11

With the DRBIIIt, read the Input RPM and Output RPM.
Does the Input RPM read 3000 and the Output RPM read 1250 50 RPM?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Output Speed Sensor per the Service Information.

Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit from the TCM
harness connector to the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance between ground and the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit.
Yes Repair the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to
ground.
No Go To 7
54
TRANSMISSION - EATX

7 Turn ignition off to the lock position. All
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Measure the voltage of the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit.
Yes Repair Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit short to voltage.
No Go To 8

Measure the resistance of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit from the TCM harness
connector to the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.

No Go To 9

Measure the voltage of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit.
No Go To 10
Repair
55
TRANSMISSION - EATX

circuit.

No Test Complete.
56
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0725-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT

Set Condition: Engine RPM less than 390 or greater than 8000 for more than 2 seconds
while the engine is running.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EATX RPM SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
EATX RPM SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
EATX RPM SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
57
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0725-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT Continued

2 NOTE: This code is not a Transmission Input Speed Sensor DTC All
With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter set at 0?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 8

Measure the resistance of the EATX RPM Signal circuit between the TCM harness
Yes Repair the EATX RPM Signal circuit for an open.

No Go To 4

Measure the resistance between ground the EATX RPM Signal circuit.
Yes Repair the EATX RPM Signal circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 5

Measure the voltage of the EATX RPM Signal circuit.
Yes Repair the EATX RPM Signal circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 6

Measure the voltage of the EATX RPM Signal circuit
Yes Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per the
No Go To 7
58
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Repair
8 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. Using the All
schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
Check the vehicles battery condition.
Check the power and ground circuits of the Transmission Control Module.
No Test Complete.
59
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0731-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 1ST

When Monitored: The Transmission Gear Ratio is monitored continuously while the
Transmission is in gear.
Set Condition: If the ratio of the input RPM to the output RPM does not match the
current Gear Ratio.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTCs All

If any of these DTCs are present, perform their respective tests first.
Are there any Loss of Prime, Line Pressure Sensor and/or Speed Sensor DTCs
present?

symptom. If any of these DTCs are present, they will cause a gear
ratio error. Perform the test for Loss of Prime first if it is present.
No Go To 3
60
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0731-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 1ST Continued

3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the 1st Gear Clutch Test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Increase the throttle angle, TPS Degree, to 30 for no more than a few seconds.
CAUTION: Do not overheat the transmission.
Did the Clutch Test pass, Input Speed remain at 0?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5
4 The conditions to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Check the gearshift linkage adjustment.
Gear ratio DTCs can be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor
circuits. If the vehicle passes the clutch test and still sets gear ratio DTC(s), check
the Speed Sensors for proper operation.
Check the Speed Sensor wiring and connectors for good connection, then perform a
wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic
Transmission Adapter kit 8333-1A.
This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions, this is usually
caused by an internal problem. Verify if the problem is only experienced under
extreme hot or cold conditions.
No Test Complete.

Repair
Repair internal transmission per the Service Information. Check
all components related to the Underdrive and L/R clutches.
Inspect the Oil Pump per the Service Information and repair or
replace as necessary.
61
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0732-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2ND

Transmission is in Gear.
current Gear Ratio.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED PRESSURE SWITCH DTCS PRESENT
TRANSMISSION - INTERNAL

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
62
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0732-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2ND Continued

present?

No Go To 3
3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the 2nd Gear Clutch Test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Increase the Throttle Angle, TPS Degree, to 30 for no more than a few seconds.
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5
circuits. If the vehicle passes the clutch test and still sets Gear Ratio DTC(s), check
No Test Complete.
5 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTCs. All

Is the DTC P0845 and/or P0846 present also?
Yes Replace the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service

Information.
No Go To 6
Repair
Repair internal transmission problem. Check all of the compo-
nents related to the Underdrive and 2/4 clutches. Inspect the Oil
Pump per the Service Information and repair or replace as
necessary.
63
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0733-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 3RD

current Gear Ratio.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID PRESSURE SWITCH ASSEMBLY

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
64
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0733-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 3RD Continued

present?

No Go To 3
3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the 3rd gear clutch test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5
Check the gearshift adjustment.
circuits. If the vehicle passes the clutch test and still sets Rear Ratio DTC(s), check
Check the speed sensor wiring and connectors for good connection, then perform a
No Test Complete.

Yes Replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per

No Go To 6
Repair
all of the components related to the Underdrive and Overdrive
clutches. Inspect the Oil Pump per the Service Information and
repair or replace as necessary.
65
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0734-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 4TH

current Gear Ratio.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED PRESSURE SWITCH DTCS PRESENT

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
66
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0734-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 4TH Continued

2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission Control Module DTCs All
present?

No Go To 3
3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the 4th gear clutch test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5
Gear Ratio DTCs can be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor
No Test Complete.


Information.
No Go To 6
Repair
nents related to the Overdrive and 2/4 clutches. Inspect the Oil
necessary.
67
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0736-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE

current Gear Ratio.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2

present?

No Go To 3
68
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0736-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE Continued

3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the Reverse gear clutch test. Follow the instructions on All
the DRBIIIt.
CAUTION: Do not overheat the Transmission.
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5
Check the gearshift adjustment.
Gear Ratio DTCs can be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor
No Test Complete.

Repair
nents related to the Reverse and L/R clutches. Inspect the Oil
necessary.
69
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0740-TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT

When Monitored: During Electronically Modulated Converter Clutch (EMCC) Operation.
Set Condition: Transmission must be in EMCC, with input speed greater than 1750
RPM. TCC/L-R Solenoid achieves the maximum duty cycle and can not pull engine RPM
within 60 RPM of input speed. Or the Transmissions is in FEMCC and engine slips, TCC
greater than 100 RPM for 10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2

With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTCs
symptom.
No Go To 3
70
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0740-TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT Continued

With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Transmission DTCs.
Drive the vehicle until it is fully warmed up to at least 43 C or 110 F.
Perform the following steps 3 times.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor TPS degree.
Drive the vehicle to the speed of 83 Km/h or 50 MPH and allow 4th gear to engage for
at least 10 seconds.
Close the throttle, then tip back in until the throttle angle, TPS degrees, is between
25 and 29 degrees.
NOTE: If you go over 30 TPS degrees, you must back off of the throttle and
retry.
Did the TCC engage during any of the attempts?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5
4 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
circuit.
Check for any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply.
No Test Complete.

Repair
Perform the Hydraulic Pressure test in the Service Information.
Repair the internal transmission components and torque conver-
tor per the Service Information.
71
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0750-LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored: Initially at power-up, then every 10 seconds thereafter. The solenoids
will also be tested immediately after a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error is detected.
Set Condition: Three consecutive solenoid continuity test failures, or one failure if a test
is run in response to a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED RELAY DTCS PRESENT
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
L/R SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
L/R SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
L/R SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
L/R SOLENOID

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
72
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0750-LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued

With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission Control Module DTCs
Are there any Transmission Control Relay DTCs present also?
Yes Refer to symptom list and perform the appropriate symptom for
Transmission Control Relay related DTCs.
No Go To 3
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0750 set at 0?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 11

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the L/R Solenoid.
With the Transmission Simulator, monitor the L/R Solenoid LED.
Did the L/R Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off during
actuation?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6
Repair
Replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per

Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit.
Yes Go To 7

or high resistance.
73
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Measure the resistance of the L/R Solenoid Control circuit from the TCM harness
connector to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connec-
tor.
Yes Repair the L/R Solenoid Control circuit for an open.

No Go To 8

Measure the resistance between ground and the L/R Solenoid Control circuit.
Yes Repair the L/R Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 9

Measure the voltage of the L/R Solenoid Control circuit.
Yes Repair the L/R Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 10
Repair
circuit.

No Test Complete.
74
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0755-2/4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored: Initially at power-up, then every 10 seconds thereafter. They will also
be tested immediately after a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error is detected.
Set Condition: Three consecutive Solenoid continuity test failures, or one failure if test is
run in response to a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
2/4 SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
2/4 SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
2/4 SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
2/4 SOLENOID

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
75
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0755-2/4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued

Are there any Transmission Control Relay DTCs present?
symptom.
No Go To 3
3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter. All
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 11

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the 2/4 Solenoid.
With the Transmission Simulator, monitor the 2/4 Solenoid LED.
Did the 2/4 Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off during
actuation?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6

Repair

Output circuit.
Yes Go To 7

or high resistance.
76
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Measure the resistance of the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit from the TCM harness
tor.
Yes Repair the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit for an open.

No Go To 8

Measure the resistance between ground and the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit.
Yes Repair the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 9

Measure the voltage of the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit.
Yes Repair the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 10
Repair
77
TRANSMISSION - EATX

circuit.

No Test Complete.
78
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0760-OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT

Set Condition: Three consecutive solenoid continuity test failures, or one failure if test is
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
OD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
OD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
OD SOLENOID

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
79
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0760-OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued

symptom.
No Go To 3
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 11

With the Transmission Simulator, monitor the OD Solenoid LED.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the OD Solenoid.
Did the OD Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off during
actuation?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6

Repair

Output circuit.
Yes Go To 7

or high resistance.
80
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Measure the resistance of the OD Solenoid Control circuit from the TCM harness
tor.
Yes Repair the OD Solenoid Control circuit for an open.

No Go To 8

Measure the resistance between ground and the OD Solenoid Control circuit.
Yes Repair the OD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground.

No Go To 9

Measure the voltage of the OD Solenoid Control circuit.
Yes Repair the OD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 10
Repair
81
TRANSMISSION - EATX

circuit.

No Test Complete.
82
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0765-UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT

Set Condition: Three consecutive Solenoid continuity test failures, or one failure if test is
POSSIBLE CAUSES
UD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
UD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
UD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
UD SOLENOID

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
83
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0765-UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT Continued

symptom.
No Go To 3
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 11

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the UD Solenoid.
With the Transmission Simulator, monitor the UD Solenoid LED.
Did the UD Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6
Repair
Replace Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per the

Output circuit.
Yes Go To 7

or high resistance.
84
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Measure the resistance of the UD Solenoid Control circuit from the TCM harness
tor.
Yes Repair the UD Solenoid Control circuit for an open.

No Go To 8

Measure the resistance between ground and the UD Solenoid Control circuit.
Yes Repair the UD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground.

No Go To 9

Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuits and Transmission Control
Measure the voltage of the UD Solenoid Control circuit.
Yes Repair the UD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 10
Repair
85
TRANSMISSION - EATX

circuit.

No Test Complete.
86
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0841-LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT

Set Condition: The appropriate DTC is set if one of the Pressure Switches are open or
closed at the wrong time in a given gear .
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOSS OF PRIME DTC P0944 PRESENT
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY DTCS PRESENT
TCM AND WIRING
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
87
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0841-LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued

2 With the DRBIIIt, check for other Transmission DTCs. All
Is the DTC P0944 present also?
symptom.
No Go To 3

Are there any Transmission Control Relay related DTCs P0888, P0890, or P0891
present?

symptom.
No Go To 4
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 11

On the Transmission Simulator select L/R on the Pressure Switch selector switch.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the L/R Pressure Switch state while pressing the
Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator.
Did the Pressure Switch state change from OPEN to CLOSED when the test button
was pressed?

No Go To 6
88
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Output circuit in the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Yes Go To 7

or high resistance. If the fuse is open make sure to check for a
short to ground.

Measure the resistance of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM
harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
Yes Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
No Go To 8

Measure the resistance between ground and the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Yes Repair the L/R Pressure Switch circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 9

Measure the voltage of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Yes Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
No Go To 10
89
TRANSMISSION - EATX

If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair
Repair
circuit.
No Test Complete.
90
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0845-2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE

When Monitored: In any forward gear with engine speed above 1000 RPM, shortly after
a shift, and every minute thereafter.
Set Condition: After a shift into a forward gear, with engine speed greater than 1000
RPM, the TCM momentarily turns on element pressure to the clutch circuits that do not
have pressure to identify the correct pressure switch closes. If the pressure switch does not
close 2 times the DTC sets.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOSS OF PRIME P0944 PRESENT
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
91
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0845-2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2

symptom.
No Go To 3

Is the DTC P0732, P0734 and/or P0846 present also?
Yes Repair internal transmission as necessary. Refer to the Service

Information for the proper repair procedure for components
related to the OD clutch.
No Go To 4
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 12
92
TRANSMISSION - EATX

With the Transmission Simulator, select 92/49 on the Pressure Switch rotary switch.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the 2/4 Pressure Switch state while pressing the Pressure
Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator.
Wiggle the wiring leading to the TCM while pressing the button.
Did the 2/4 Pressure Switch state change to closed and remain closed while wiggling
the wires?
Yes Go To 6
No Go To 7
Repair
Disassemble and inspect the Valve Body per the Service Informa-
tion and repair or replace as necessary. If there are no problems
found in the Valve Body, replace the Transmission Solenoid/
Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service Information.

Measure the resistance of the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM
connector.
Yes Repair the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
No Go To 8

Measure the resistance between ground and the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Yes Repair the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 9
93
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Measure the voltage of the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Yes Repair the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 10

Output circuit.
Yes Go To 11
short to ground.
Repair
circuit.
No Test Complete.
94
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0846-2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT

closed at the wrong time in a given gear .
POSSIBLE CAUSES
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
95
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0846-2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued

Are there any Transmission Control Relay related DTCs present?
symptom.
No Go To 3
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less for P0846?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 11

With the Transmission Simulator, select 2/4 on the Pressure Switch selector switch.
was pressed?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6

Repair

Measure the resistance of the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM
connector.
No Go To 7
96
TRANSMISSION - EATX

No Go To 8

No Go To 9

Output circuit.
Yes Go To 10
No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an
open.
Repair
97
TRANSMISSION - EATX

circuit.

No Test Complete.
98
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0870-OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE

When Monitored: In any forward gear with engine speed above 1000 RPM shortly after
a shift and every minute thereafter.
Set Condition: After a shift into a forward gear, with engine speed > 1000 RPM, the TCM
momentarily turns on element pressure to the clutch ckts that dont have pressure to
identify the correct pressure sw closes. If the pressure sw does not close 2 times the code
sets
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOSS OF PRIME DTC P0944 PRESENT
OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
99
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0870-OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2

symptom.
No Go To 3

Yes Replace the Transmission or Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly

per the Service Information.
No Go To 4
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 12
100
TRANSMISSION - EATX

With the Transmission Simulator, select 9OD9 on the Pressure Switch rotary switch.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the OD Pressure Switch state while pressing the
Wiggle the wires leading to the TCM while pressing the test button.
Did the O/D Pressure Switch state change to closed and remain closed while wiggling
the wires?
Yes Go To 6
No Go To 7

Repair
tion and repair or replace as necessary. If no problems are found in
the Valve Body, replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure
Switch Assembly per the Service Information.

Measure the resistance of the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the Transmis-
sion Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector to the TCM harness
connector.
Yes Repair the O/D Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
No Go To 8

Measure the resistance between ground and the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Yes Repair the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to

ground.
No Go To 9
101
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Measure the voltage of the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Yes Repair OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
No Go To 10

Output circuit.
Yes Go To 11

short to ground.
Repair
circuit.

No Test Complete.
102
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0871-OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT

closed at the wrong time in a given gear.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
O/D PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
O/D PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
O/D PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
O/D PRESSURE SWITCH

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
103
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0871-OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT Continued

Are there any Transmission Control Relay related DTCs present?
symptom.
No Go To 3
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less for P0871?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 11

On the Transmission Simulator, select OD on the Pressure Switch selector switch.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the OD Pressure Switch state while pressing the
was pressed?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6

Repair

Measure the resistance of the O/D Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM
connector.
Yes Repair the O/D Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
No Go To 7
104
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Measure the resistance between ground and the O/D Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Yes Repair the O/D Pressure Switch circuit for a short to ground.
No Go To 8

Measure the voltage of the O/D Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Yes Repair the O/D Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
No Go To 9

Output circuit.
Yes Go To 10

open.
Repair
105
TRANSMISSION - EATX

circuit.

No Test Complete.
106
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0884-POWER UP AT SPEED
When Monitored: When Transmission Control Module powers up.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the TCM powers up and senses the vehicle in a valid
forward gear (no PRNDL DTCs) with a output speed above 800 RPM (approximately
32Km/h or 20 MPH).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
POWER UP AT SPEED

1 This DTC is set when the TCM is initialized while the vehicle is moving down the All
road in a valid forward gear.
Check all of the Fused B+, Fused Ignition Switch Output, and Ground circuits to the
TCM for an intermittent open or short to ground.
Yes Repair wiring and/or connectors as necessary.

No Go To 2
false symptoms.
Continue
Test Complete.
107
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0888-RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF

Set Condition: This code is set when less than 3 volts are present at the transmission
control relay output circuits at the Transmission Control Module when the TCM is
energizing the relay.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY STUCK OPEN

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
108
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0888-RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF Continued

Yes Go To 3
No Go To 11

Transmission Control Relay connector.
Yes Go To 4

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Transmission Control Relay
Ground circuit.
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Transmission Control Relay Ground circuit for an open

or high resistance.

Measure the resistance of the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit between
the Transmission Control Relay connector and the TCM harness connector.
Yes Repair the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit for an

open.
No Go To 6
109
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Control Relay Control
circuit.
Yes Repair the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit for a short
to ground.
No Go To 7

Relay Output circuit.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the three Transmission Control
Relay Output circuits.
NOTE: There are three Transmission Relay Output circuits. Two are located
in the TCM harness connector and one located in the Transmission
Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector
Does the test light illuminate brightly on all three Transmission Control Relay
Output circuits?
Yes Go To 8
or high resistance.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Control Relay Output
circuit.
Yes Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for a short
to ground.
No Go To 9
110
TRANSMISSION - EATX

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Transmission Control Relay.
Output circuit in the Transmission Solenoid /Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
Does the test light blink on and off?
No Go To 10
Repair
circuit.

No Test Complete.
111
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0890-SWITCHED BATTERY
When Monitored: Ignition key is turned from the OFF position to RUN position and/or
ignition key is turned from the CRANK position to RUN position.
Set Condition: This DTC is set if the Transmission Control Module senses voltage on any
of the Pressure Switch Inputs prior to the TCM energizing the Transmission Control Relay.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 7
112
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0890-SWITCHED BATTERY Continued

No Go To 4

voltage.
No Go To 5


voltage.
No Go To 6
Repair
113
TRANSMISSION - EATX

circuit.

No Test Complete.
114
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0891-TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS ON
P0891-TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS ON

When Monitored: When the ignition is turned from the OFF position to the RUN position
and/or the ignition is turned from the CRANK position to RUN position.
Set Condition: This DTC is set if the Transmission Control Module senses greater than
3.0 volts at the Transmission Control Relay Output terminal of the TCM prior to the TCM
energizing the Transmission Control Relay.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY STUCK CLOSED
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
115
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0891-TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS ON Continued

2 With the DRBIIIt, check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0891. All
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter set to 0?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 7

Measure the resistance between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output Circuit in the Transmission Control Relay.
Yes Go To 4
No Replace the Transmission Control Relay.


Disconnect the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the
Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
to voltage
No Go To 5

Measure the voltage of the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit.
Yes Repair Transmission Relay Control Circuit for a short to voltage.

No Go To 6
Repair
116
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0891-TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS ON Continued

circuit.

No Test Complete.
117
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0897-WORN OUT/BURNT TRANSAXLE FLUID

When Monitored: With each transition from full Torque Convertor to partial Torque
Convertor engagement for A/C bump prevention.
Set Condition: When vehicle shudder is detected during partial engagement (PEMCC).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
WORN OUT/ BURNT TRANSMISSION FLUID

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
118
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0897-WORN OUT/BURNT TRANSAXLE FLUID Continued

Remove the Transmission Oil Pan and Oil Filter per the Service Information.
Install a new Transmission Oil Filter per Service Information.
Reinstall Transmission Oil Pan, and refill with new Transmission Fluid per the
Note: The Transmission Cooler must be flushed before prodceeding.
Start the engine, check and adjust the Transmission Fluid Level per Service
Information.
Allow the engine to idle for 10 minutes, in Park.
Flush the Transmission Oil Cooler per the Service Information.
Drain and refill the Transmission Fluid.
Flush the Transmission Oil Cooler again.
Start the engine, check and adjust the Transmission Fluid Level per Service
Information.
With the DRBIIIt, perform a Battery Disconnect.
Note: This must be done to re enable EMCC during an A/C Clutch engage-
ment.
The vehicle may exhibit intermittent shudder during the first few hundred miles.
Note: The oil will gradually penetrate the TCC friction material and the
shudder should disappear.
Erase the DTC and return the vehicle to the customer.
Did the Code reset or does the vehicle still shudder after a few thousand miles?
Yes Replace the Torque Convertor per the Service Information. Note:
After replacing the Torque Convertor, use the DRBIII to perform
the TCC Break In procedure. This will prevent a possible shudder
condition.
No Test Complete.
119
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0944-LOSS OF PRIME
P0944-LOSS OF PRIME
When Monitored: If the transmission is slipping in any forward gear and the pressure
switches are not indicating pressure, a loss of prime test is run.
Set Condition: If the Trans. begins to slip in a forward gear & the press. switch(s) that
should be closed are open a loss of prime test begins. Available elements are turned on by
the TCM to see if pump prime exists.The code sets if no pressure switches respond.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SHIFT LEVER POSITION
PLUGGED TRANSMISSION OIL FILTER
TRANSMISSION OIL PUMP

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
120
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0944-LOSS OF PRIME Continued

2 Place the gear selector in park. All
Start the engine.
NOTE: The TRANS TEMP DEG must be at least 43 C or 110 F before
performing the following steps.
The Transmission must be at operating temperature prior to checking pressure. A
cold Transmission will give higher readings.
Place the Transmission in Reverse.
With the DRBIIIt, observe the Transmission Pressure Switch states.
Are any of the Pressure Switches closed?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 5
Test drive the vehicle. Allow the Transmission to shift through all gears and ranges.
Did you experience a delayed engagement and/or a no drive condition?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 4
circuit.

No Test Complete.
5 With the DRBIIIt, perform a Shift Lever Position test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Did the Shift Lever Position Test pass?
Yes Go To 6
No Refer to symptom list and perform test for DTC P0706.
6 Remove and inspect the Transmission Oil Pan and Transmission Oil Filter per the All
Does the Transmission Oil Pan contain excessive debris and/or is the Oil Filter
plugged?
Yes Repair the cause of the plugged Transmission Oil Filter. Refer to
the Service Information for the proper repair procedure.
No Go To 7

Repair
Replace the Transmission Oil Pump per the Service Information.
121
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0952-AUTOSTICK INPUT CIRCUIT LOW

When Monitored: The AutoStick circuit is checked every .007 seconds, with the ignition
on, and in both AutoStick and non-AutoStick modes.
Set Condition: If either the monitored upshift or downshift switch voltages are reported
closed in a non AutoStick mode or the monitored voltage drops below 0.3 volts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AUTOSTICK/OD OFF MUX INPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
AUTOSTICK SWITCH

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
Is the Starts Since Set counter set at 0?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 6
122
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0952-AUTOSTICK INPUT CIRCUIT LOW Continued

Disconnect the AutoStick/OD Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the AutoStick/OD Off MUX Input
circuit.
Yes Repair the AutoStick/OD Off MUX Input circuit for a short to
ground.
No Go To 4

Replace the AutoStick Switch per the Service Information.
With the DRBIIIt, erase Transmission DTCs.
In AutoStick mode, perform multiple AutoStick upshifts and downshifts.
Does the DTC return?
Yes Go To 5
No Test Complete.
Repair
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for shorted and open circuits.
No Test Complete.
123
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0953-AUTOSTICK INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH

Set Condition: When the monitored circuit voltage rises above 4.8 volts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AUTOSTICK/OD OFF MUX INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
AUTOSTICK/OD OFF SWITCH ASSEMBLY GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
AUTOSTICK/OD OFF MUX INPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
AUTOSTICK SWITCH

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 8
124
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0953-AUTOSTICK INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH Continued

Measure the resistance of the AutoStick/OD Off MUX Input circuit between the
AutoStick/OD Switch harness connector and the TCM harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the AutoStick/OD Off MUX Input circuit for an open.

VER 1.

Measure the resistance of the ground circuit between the AutoStick/OD Switch
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the AutoStick/OD OFF Switch ground circuit for an open.
VER 1.

Disconnect the Autostick/OD switch harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the AutoStick/OD Off MUX Input circuit.
voltage.
VER 1.
No Go To 6

Yes Go To 7
No Test Complete.
VER 1.
125
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Repair
VER 1.
circuit.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
126
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P0992- 2-4/OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE
P0992- 2-4/OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE

Set Condition: After a shift into a forward gear, with engine speed > 1000 RPM, the TCM
momentarily turns on element pressure to the clutch ckts that dont have pressure to
identify the correct pressure sw closes. If the pressure sw does not close 2 times the code
sets.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
127
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0992- 2-4/OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued

2 NOTE: The vehicle must be driven to set this DTC, the transmission must be All
warm or hot with the Engine RPM above 1000 RPM.
This DTC is an indicator of a 2/4 and/or O/D Hydraulic Pressure Switch DTCs
present. Perform the tests for P0870 and/or P0845 to determine which switch is
failing.
Repair
Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom for P0870 and/or P0845.
128
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P1652-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK MALFUNCTION

When Monitored: Continuously with engine running.
Set Condition: The DTC sets in approximately 20 seconds if no BUS messages are
received by the TCM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO COMMUNICATION WITH MIC
NO COMMUNICATION WITH PCM

1 With the DRBIIIt, erase TCM DTCs. All
Note: Erase P0700 DTC in the PCM to turn the MIL light off after making
Start the engine in park.
Did the DTC reset after the engine was started?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 5

With the DRBIIIt, attempt communication with the MIC
Can you communicate with the MIC?
Yes Go To 3

With the DRBIIIt, select the following screens in order: 9BODY9 9MIC9 9MONITOR
DISPLAY9 9PCI BUS ENGINE INFO9.
Does the DRBIIIt, read 9NO RESPONSE9 from any of the listed PCM monitors?
Yes Refer to Communication Category for the related symptom(s).

No Go To 4
129
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P1652-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK MALFUNCTION Continued

Repair
circuit.
No Test Complete.
130
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P1684-BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED

When Monitored: Whenever the key is in the Run/Start position.
Set Condition: This code is set whenever Transmission Control Module (TCM) is
disconnected from battery power B+ or ground. It will also be set during the DRBIIIt
Quick Battery Disconnect procedure.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
QUICK LEARN WAS PERFORMED
RECENT BATTERY DISCONNECTION
TCM WAS REPLACED OR DISCONNECTED
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT TO TCM OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
131
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P1684-BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED Continued

Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ circuit in the TCM harness connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 5

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused B+ circuit in the TCM
harness connector.
Yes Go To 4


Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check all the ground circuits in the
TCM harness connector.
Does the light illuminate brightly at all the ground circuits?
Yes Test Complete.
No Repair the Ground circuit(s) as necessary.

5 Has the battery been disconnected, lost its charge, or been replaced recently? All
Yes This is the cause of the DTC. Erase the DTC and return the
vehicle to the customer.
No Go To 6
6 Has the Quick Learn procedure been performed? All
Yes This is the cause of the DTC. Erase the DTC and return the
vehicle to the customer.
No Go To 7
7 Has the TCM been replaced or disconnected? All
Yes Replacing or disconnecting the TCM will set this DTC. Erase the
DTC and return the vehicle to the customer.
No Go To 8
132
TRANSMISSION - EATX

circuit.
No Test Complete.
133
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P1687-NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE MIC

received form the MIC.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OTHER BUS PROBLEMS PRESENT
MIC - NO COMMUNICATION

Yes Go To 2
No Go To 5
2 With the DRBIIIt, check all of the other modules on the vehicle for evidence of a All
vehicle bus problem.
Bus related DTCs in other modules point to an overall vehicle bus problem. Other
symptoms such as a customer complaint of intermittent operation of bus controlled
features also indicate a bus problem.
Does the PRNDL display indicate 9No Bus9 or is there any evidence of an overall
vehicle bus problem?
Yes Refer to the Communications category and perform the appropri-
ate symptom.
No Go To 3

With the DRBIIIt, clear all DTCs.
With the DRBIIIt, read the MIC DTCs.
NOTE: It may take up to 30 seconds of a consistent fault to set this DTC.
Can the DRBIIIt communicate with the MIC?
Yes Go To 4

ate symptom related to No Response to MIC.
134
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P1687-NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE MIC Continued

Is the DTC, P1687- No Communication with the MIC, present?
Yes Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
No Test Complete.
circuit.

No Test Complete.
135
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P1694-BUS COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MODULE

When Monitored: Continuously with ignition key on.
Set Condition: If no bus messages are received from the Powertrain Control Module for
10 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO COMMUNICATION WITH PCM

Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P1694 set to 0?
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 5
Yes Refer to the Communication category and perform the appropri-
ate symptom.
No Go To 3

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the Powertrain Control Module
(PCM).
Can the DRBIIIt communicate with the PCM?
Yes Go To 4

ate symptom.
136
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P1694-BUS COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MODULE Continued

Did the DTC, P1694, return?
No Go To 5
circuit.

No Test Complete.
137
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P1775-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION

When Monitored: During an attempted shift into 1st gear.
Set Condition: This DTC is set if three unsuccessful attempts are made to shift into 1st
gear in one given ignition start.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC P0841 PRESENT
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
138
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Continued
2 With the DRBIIIt, check for other Transmission DTCs All
symptom.
No Go To 3
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 10

With the Transmission Simulator, select the L/R on the Pressure Switch selector.
While observing the LR pressure switch state with the DRBIIIt, depress the
Pressure Switch Test button.
Did the L/R Pressure Switch state change from OPEN to CLOSED when the test
button was pressed?
Yes Inspect the Solenoid Switch Valve in the Valve Body per the
Service Information and repair or replace as necessary. If no
problems are found in Valve Body, replace the Transmission
Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service Information.
No Go To 5

connector.
No Go To 6
139
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Continued
ground.
No Go To 7

voltage.
No Go To 8

Connect a jumper wire between Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit.
Yes Go To 9

or high resistance.
Repair
140
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Continued
circuit.
Test drive the vehicle.
Did you experience any 2nd gear launches or no TCC engagement?
Yes Inspect the Valve Body for signs of a stuck valve or other problem
in the SSV area. If no problems are found, replace the Solenoid/
Pressure Switch Assembly. If excessive debris is present in the
Pan or Valve Body, repair cause of the debris as necessary.
No Test Complete.
141
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P1776-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION

When Monitored: Continuously when doing partial or full EMCC (PEMCC or FEMCC).
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the TCM senses the L/R Pressure Switch closing while
performing PEMCC or FEMCC or after two unsuccessful attempts to perform PEMCC or
FEMCC.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
142
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Continued
symptom.
No Go To 3
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 10

Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the FWD Adapter Cable
kit, Miller tool #8333-1A.
On the Transmission Simulator select L/R on the Pressure Switch selector switch.
was pressed?
Yes Inspect the Solenoid Switch Valve in the Valve Body per the
Service Information and repair or replace as necessary. If no
problems are found in Valve Body, replace the Transmission
Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service Information.
No Go To 5

connector.
No Go To 6
143
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Continued
ground.
No Go To 7

voltage.
No Go To 8

Output circuit.
Yes Go To 9

or high resistance.
Repair
144
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Continued
circuit.
Test drive the vehicle.
Did you experience any 2nd gear launches or no TCC engagement?
Yes Inspect the Valve Body for signs of a stuck valve or other problem
in the SSV area. If no problems are found, replace the Solenoid/
Pressure Switch Assembly. If excessive debris is present in the
Pan or Valve Body, repair the cause of debris as necessary.
No Test Complete.
145
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P1790-FAULT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHIFT

When Monitored: After a speed ratio error is stored.
Set Condition: This code is set if the associated speed ratio code is stored within 1.3
seconds after a shift.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
2 This DTC is set along with a gear ratio DTC. Perform the appropriate test for the All
Gear Ratio DTC stored.
NOTE: Check 1 trip failures if there are no Gear Ratio DTCs current.
Repair
symptom.
146
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P1793-TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR

When Monitored: The transmission controller pulses the 12 volt TRD signal from the
PCM to ground, during torque managed shifts with the throttle angle above 54 degrees.
The TRD system is also tested whenever the vehicle is stopped and the engine speed is at
idle.
Set Condition: This code is set when the Transmission Control Module (TCM) sends two
subsequent torque reduction messages to the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) via the
TRD link circuit and does not receive a confirmation from the PCM over the communica-
tion bus.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE SHORT TO GROUND
TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
147
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P1793-TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR Continued

Are any of the following DTCs P1694, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0736 present
also?
Yes If any of these codes are present, disregard the P1793 DTC and
refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
No Go To 3
Is the STARTS SINCE SET equal to 0?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 9

Measure the resistance of the Torque Management Request Sense circuit from the
TCM harness connector to the PCM harness connector.
Yes Repair the Torque Management Request Sense circuit for an
open.
No Go To 5

Measure the resistance between ground and the Torque Management Request Sense
circuit.
Yes Repair Torque Management Request Sense circuit for a short to

ground.
No Go To 6

Measure the voltage of the Torque Management Request Sense circuit.
Yes Repair Torque Management Request Sense circuit for a short to

voltage.
No Go To 7
148
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P1793-TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR Continued

Measure the voltage of the Torque Management Request Sense circuit in the TCM
harness connector.
No Go To 8
Repair
Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per the
circuit.

No Test Complete.
149
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P1794-SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR

Set Condition: After a TCM reset in neutral and Input/Output equals a ratio of input to
output of 2.5 to 1.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
150
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P1794-SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR Continued

Using the Transmission Simulator, set the selector switch to the 3000/1250 position.
Turn the Input/Output switch to ON.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Input and Output Speed Sensor RPM.
Does the Input Speed read 3000 RPM and the Output Speed read 1250 RPM within
50 RPM?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 4
circuit.
No Test Complete.

Measure the resistance of the Input Speed Sensor Ground circuit from the TCM
harness connector to the Speed Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for an open or high
resistance.
No Go To 5
Repair
151
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
P1797-MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT

When Monitored: Whenever engine is running and transmission is in the AutoStick
mode.
Set Condition: If the engine temperature exceeds 124 C or 255 F or the transmission
temperature exceeds 135 C or 275 F while in AutoStick mode. Note: Aggressive driving
or driving in low for extended periods of time in AutoStickt mode will set this DTC.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
152
TRANSMISSION - EATX
P1797-MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT Continued

2 This is an informational DTC only. All
Check the Engine and Transmission Cooling Systems for proper operation.
Check the Radiator Cooling Fan operation.
Check the Transmission Cooling Fan operation if equipped.
Check the Transmission Fluid Level. Make sure it is not overfilled.
NOTE: Aggressive driving or driving in low for extended periods of time in
Autostickt mode will set this DTC.
No Test Complete.
153
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
*CHECKING PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH OPERATION
POSSIBLE CAUSES
P/N POSITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
P/N POSITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

With the DRBIIIt, read the Park/Neutral Position Switch input state.
While moving the gear selector through all gear positions, Park to 1 and back to Park,
watch the DRBIIIt display.
Yes Test Complete.
No Go To 2

Measure the resistance of the P/N Position Switch Sense circuit.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the P/N Position Switch Sense circuit for an open.

Measure the resistance between ground and the P/N Position Switch Sense circuit.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the P/N Position Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.

ground and the P/N Position Switch Sense circuit.
Yes Go To 5
No Replace the Transmission Range Sensor per the Service Informa-

tion.
154
TRANSMISSION - EATX
*CHECKING PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH OPERATION Continued

Repair
155
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
*INCORRECT TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INCORRECT FLUID LEVEL

1 The transmission must be above 70 degree F. prior to checking fluid level. Adjusting All
fluid level on a cold transmission will result in an overfilled transmission.
Check the transmission fluid level per the service information.
Is the fluid level OK?
Yes Test Complete.

No Adjust fluid level and inspect the Transmission and cooler lines
for any leaks and repair as necessary.
156
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
*NO SPEEDOMETER OPERATION
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO SPEEDOMETER OPERATION

1 With the DRBIIIt, under Transmission, check the pinion factor setting. All
Is the pinion factor missing or set incorrectly?
Yes One possible cause is the pinion factor is not set or is set
incorrectly in the TCM.
No Test Complete.
157
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
*PRNDL FAULT CLEARING PROCEDURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PRNDL FAULT CLEARING PROCEDURE
.

1 With the DRBIIIt, erase Transmission DTCs. All
Cycle the ignition off, then start the vehicle.
Firmly apply the brakes and shift into Overdrive.
NOTE: Vehicle must remain in Overdrive for at least 3.0 seconds.
With the brakes firmly applied, shift slowly through all gears (PRNDL) as least three
times, pausing momentarily in each gear.
NOTE: If all the PRNDL lights box individually then the error was cleared.
Shift into park and turn the ignition off to the lock position.
Does the DTC P0706 reset, or do all the PRNDL indicators remain boxed in park or
neutral?
Yes Return to the symptom list and perform diagnostics for P0706
No Test Complete.
158
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
*TRANSMISSION NOISY WITH NO DTCS PRESENT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INCORRECT FLUID LEVEL
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM - NOISY
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM - NOISY WHILE STANDING STILL

1 Check the Transmission Fluid Level per the Service Information. All
Is the fluid level OK?
Yes Go To 2
No Adjust fluid level and repair cause of incorrect fluid level.
2 Place vehicle on hoist. All

WHEELS.
Run vehicle on hoist under conditions necessary to duplicate the noise.
NOTE: It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle to duplicate the noise.
Using Chassis Ears or other suitable listening device, verify the source of the noise.
Is the noise coming from the transmission?
Yes Go To 3
No Test Complete.
3 With the shift lever in neutral, raise the engine speed and listen to the noise. All
NOTE: THE RADIO MUST BE TURNED OFF. Alternator noise can come
through the speakers and be misinterpreted as Transmission Pump Whine.
This can happen even with the volume turned down.
Does the noise get louder or change pitch while the engine speed is changing?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5
Repair
Repair internal transmission problem as necessary. Inspect all of
the transmission components for signs of wear. If no problems
found, replace the Transmission oil pump..

Repair
the transmission components for signs of wear. Pay particular
attention to bearings, pinion gears, etc. Repair or replace as
necessary.
159
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
*TRANSMISSION SHIFTS EARLY WITH NO DTCS
POSSIBLE CAUSES

Repair
necessary.
160
TRANSMISSION - EATX
Symptom:
*TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR 8333 WILL NOT POWER UP

1 NOTE: If the Transmission Simulator Miller tool #8333 will not power up, All
this is a symptom of the Transmission Relay being open, such as Limp-in,
and/or this also could be a indication of the Transmission Simulator not
installed correctly on the vehicle.
NOTE: Check the Simulator ground cable connection.
NOTE: Check all Transmission Simulator harness connections.
Repair these symptoms before having the Transmission Simulator Miller Tool #8333
repaired.
Continue
Test Complete.
161
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:
P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/APPS LOW
P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/APPS LOW

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the monitored TPS voltage drops below .078 volts for
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED TPS ENGINE DTCS PRESENT

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTCs. Check and repair all Engine DTCs prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSBs related to the problem.
Continue
Go To 2
2 With the DRBIIIt, check Engine DTCs, this includes all one trip failures. All
Are there any Engine TPS DTCs present?
symptom.
VER 1.
No Go To 3
162
TRANSMISSION - NGC
P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/APPS LOW Continued

3 With the DRBIIIt, record the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in All
NOTE: To erase EATX EVENT DATA information, a BATTERY DISCONNECT
must be performed. Performing a BATTERY DISCONNECT will reset all
learned Transmission values to controller defaults which may lead to
erratic shift schedules.
Drive the vehicle and try to duplicate the conditions in which the DTC was reported
by the EATX EVENT DATA.
Did the DTC P0122 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR LOW, reset?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5
4 NOTE: Due to the integration of the Powertrain and Transmission Control All
Modules, bus communication between the modules is internal.
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as
Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN.
VER 1.
circuit.
Pay particular attention to the TPS signal and sensor ground circuits.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
163
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:
P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/APPS HIGH
P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/APPS HIGH

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the monitored TPS voltage rises above 4.94 volts for
POSSIBLE CAUSES

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
symptom.
VER 1.
No Go To 3
164
TRANSMISSION - NGC
P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/APPS HIGH Continued

Did the DTC P0123 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR HIGH, reset?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5
Modules, communication between the modules is internal.
Repair
VER 1.
circuit.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
165
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:
P0124-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/APPS INTERMITTENT

Set Condition: This DTC will set if the monitored TPS throttle angle between the angles
of 6 and 120 and the degree change is greater than 5 within a period of less than 7.0 ms.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2

symptom.
VER 1.
No Go To 3
166
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Continued
Did the DTC P0124 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT, reset?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 6
4 Ignition On, Engine Not Running. All

With the DRBIIIt, under Transmission Sensors, monitor the TPS voltage in the
following step.
Slowly open and close the throttle while checking for erratic voltage changes.
Did the TPS voltage change smooth and consistent?
Yes Go To 5
No Replace the Throttle Position Sensor per the Service Information.
VER 1.
Modules, communication between the modules is internal.
Repair
VER 1.
circuit.

VER 1.
No Test Complete.
167
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

When Monitored: Whenever the engine is running. NOTE: This is an informational DTC
designed to aid the technician in diagnosing shift quality complaints.
Set Condition: Immediately when a Overheat shift schedule is activated when the
Transmission Oil Temperature reaches 155 C or 240 F.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER PLUGGED
HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATIONS ACTIVATED

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
2 Perform Engine Cooling System diagnostics per the Service Information. All
Is the Engine Cooling System functioning properly?
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the cause of the engine overheating. Refer to the Service

Information for the related symptoms or repair procedures.
VER 1.
168
TRANSMISSION - NGC
P0218-HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED Continued

3 Perform Transmission Cooler Flow Check per the Service Information. All
Did the Transmission Cooler Flow Check test pass?
Yes Go To 4
No Repair or replace the plugged Transmission Oil Cooler per the

Service Information. Repair the cause of the plugged Transmis-
sion Oil Cooler as necessary.
VER 1.
4 This DTC is an informational DTC designed to aid the Technician in diagnosing shift All
quality complaints.
This DTC indicates that the transmission has been operating in the 9Overheat9 shift
schedule which may generate a customer complaint.
The customer driving patterns may indicate the need for an additional transmission
oil cooler.
View repair options.
Repair
Repair the cause of transmission overheating per the Service
Information.
VER 1.
169
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

When Monitored: With the engine running and the PCM has closed the Transmission
Control Relay.
Set Condition: If the battery voltage of the Transmission Control Relay Output Sense
circuit(s) to the PCM is less than 10.0 volts for the period of 15 seconds. Note: P0562
generally indicates a gradually falling battery voltage or a resistive connection(s) to the
PCM. The DTC will also set if the battery voltage sensed at the PCM is less than 6.5v for
200ms or where Transmission Control Relay Output circuits is less than 7.2v for 200ms.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED CHARGING SYSTEM DTCS
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT TO PCM HIGH RESISTANCE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT TO TCM OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
170
TRANSMISSION - NGC

2 With the DRBIIIt, read the Engine DTCs. All
Are there any Charging System related DTCs present also?
Yes Refer to the Charging System category and repair any PCM
Charging System DTCs, before testing DTC P0562. NOTE: After
repairing the PCM Charging System DTCs, perform the Trans-
mission Verification test to verify the transmission was not
damaged.
VER 1.
No Go To 3
3 NOTE: Generator, battery, and charging system must be fully functional All
before performing this test.
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 9

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Ground circuits in the
Does the test light illuminate brightly for all the Ground circuits?
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the Ground circuit and/or circuits for an open or high

resistance.
VER 1.
171
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Connect a jumper wire between Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Relay connector.
NOTE: The Test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Fused B+ Circuit circuit for an open or high resistance.

VER 1.

Connect a jumper wire between Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check both Transmission Control
Relay Output circuits in the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Yes Go To 7

or high resistance.
VER 1.
172
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Start the engine.
Using a voltmeter, measure the battery voltage.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Transmission Switched Battery Voltage.
Compare the DRBIIIt Transmission Switched Battery voltage to the actual battery
voltage.
Is the DRBIIIt voltage within 2.0 volts of the battery voltage?

VER 1.
No Go To 8
Repair
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
VER 1.
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for shorts and open circuits.

VER 1.
No Test Complete.
173
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom List:
P0604-INTERNAL TCM
P0605-INTERNAL TCM
P0613-INTERNAL TCM
The title for the tests will be P0604-INTERNAL TCM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM - INTERNAL ERROR

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
VER 1.
174
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

Set Condition: After 3 occurrences in one ignition cycle of an invalid PRNDL DTC which
lasts for more than 0.1 second. Note: All indicator lights on the instrument cluster will
illuminate boxed when the vehicle engine is not running, ignition on or engine running in
park or neutral if a problem exists.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SHIFTER OUT OF ADJUSTMENT
175
TRANSMISSION - NGC

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2

neutral?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 21
3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the Shift Lever Position Test. All
Select the test outcome from the following:
Test passes
Go To 21
Test fails with DTC

Go To 4
Test fails without DTC
Go To 20
176
TRANSMISSION - NGC

With the DRBIIIt, perform the Shift Lever Position Test.
When the DRBIII t instructs you to put the Gear Selector in a particular position,
you must do so using the Transmission Simulator.
The LED for the gear position in question must be illuminated on the Transmission
Simulator, prior to pressing the ENTER key on the DRBIIIt.
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6
NOTE: After completion of this procedure, make sure to disconnect the

Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and FWD adaptor cable kit, Miller
tool #8333-1 and reconnect all connectors.

Repair
Replace the Transmission Range Sensor per the Service Informa-
tion.
VER 1.

With the DRBIIIt, monitor the TRS Sense circuits on the Input/Output screen - C1
thru C4.
Move the shift lever through all gear positions, pausing momentarily in each gear
position and watch for one of the circuits to not change state.
Pick the one that did not change state.
TRS T1 sense (C4)
Go To 7
TRS T3 sense (C3)
Go To 10
TRS T41 sense (C1)
Go To 13
TRS T42 sense (C2)

Go To 16
177
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Measure the resistance of the TRS T1 Sense circuit from the appropriate terminal of
special tool #8815 to the TRS harness connector.

VER 1.
No Go To 8

VER 1.
No Go To 9

Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC.
Measure the voltage of the TRS T1 Sense circuit at the appropriate terminal of
special tool #8815.

VER 1.
No Go To 19
178
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Measure the resistance of the TRS T3 Sense circuit from the appropriate terminal of
special tool #8815 to the TRS harness connector.

VER 1.
No Go To 11

VER 1.
No Go To 12

VER 1.
No Go To 19
179
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Measure the resistance of the TRS T41 Sense circuit from the appropriate terminal
of special tool #8815 to the TRS harness connector.

VER 1.
No Go To 14

Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T41 Sense circuit
VER 1.
No Go To 15

VER 1.
No Go To 19
180
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Measure the resistance of the TRS T42 Sense circuit from the appropriate terminal
of special tool #8815 to the TRS harness connector.

VER 1.
No Go To 17

VER 1.
No Go To 18

VER 1.
No Go To 19
181
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Repair
VER 1.

Repair
Adjust the Shift Linkage and/or cable per the Service Information.
VER 1.
circuit.
Check the Shift Linkage and cable for proper operation per the Service Information.
Perform *PRNDL FAULT CLEARING PROCEDURE after completion of any repairs.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
182
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

Set Condition: This DTC will set when the desired transmission temperature does not
reach a normal operating temperature within a given time frame. Time is variable due to
ambient temperature. Approximate times are starting temperature to warm up time: (-40
F / -40 C - 35 min) (-20 F / -28 C - 25 min) (20 F / -6.6 C - 20 min) (60 F / 15.5 C - 10
min)
POSSIBLE CAUSES

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
183
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Continued
Are there any other Transmission Temperature Sensor related DTCs present?
symptom.
VER 1.
No Go To 3
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 7

Simulator.
volts?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6
Repair
Replace Transmission Solenoid/TRS assembly per the Service
Information.
VER 1.
Repair
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN
VER 1.
184
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Continued
circuit.

VER 1.
No Test Complete.
185
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

Set Condition: The DTC will set when the monitored Temperature Sensor voltage drops
below 0.078 volts for the period of 0.45 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2

symptom.
VER 1.
No Go To 3
186
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Yes Go To 4
No Go To 8

Simulator.
volts?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6
Repair
Information.
VER 1.

Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/TRS Assembly harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Temperature Sensor
Signal circuit.

short to ground.
VER 1.
No Go To 7
187
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Repair
VER 1.
circuit.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
188
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

Set Condition: The DTC will set when the monitored Temperature Sensor voltage rises
above 4.94 volts for the period of 0.45 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
189
TRANSMISSION - NGC

symptom.
VER 1.
No Go To 3
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 9

Simulator.
volts?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6
Repair
Information.
VER 1.
190
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Disconnect the PCM C4 harness connector..
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid /TRS Assembly harness connector
Measure the resistance of the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit from
the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815 to the Transmission Solenoid/TRS
Assembly harness connector.
Yes Repair the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for

an open.
VER 1.
No Go To 7

Measure the voltage of the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit in the

short to voltage.
VER 1.
No Go To 8
Repair
VER 1.
191
TRANSMISSION - NGC

circuit.

VER 1.
No Test Complete.
192
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

Set Condition: The DTC will set when the monitored Temperature Sensor voltage
fluctuates or changes abruptly within a predetermined period of time.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2

Are there any Speed Sensor and/or other Temperature Sensor DTCs present?

symptom.
VER 1.
No Go To 3
193
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Continued
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 7

Simulator.
Do the readings on the Transmission Simulator match a non-fluctuating DRBIIIt
reading 0.2 volts?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6
Repair
Information.
VER 1.
Repair
VER 1.
circuit.

VER 1.
No Test Complete.
194
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

Set Condition: If there is an excessive change in the Input RPM in any gear.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
INPUT SPEED SENSOR

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
195
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Place the shifter in park.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Input Speed Sensor RPM.
Is the Input Speed Sensor reading below 400 RPM?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 11

With the DRBIIIt, read the Input and Output RPM.
Does the Input speed read 3000 RPM and the Output speed read 1250 RPM 50
RPM?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5

Repair
Replace the Input Speed Sensor per the Service Information.
VER 1.

Measure the resistance of the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit from the appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 to the Input Speed Sensor connector.
Yes Repair the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
VER 1.
No Go To 6
196
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Measure the resistance of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit from the Pinout Box to
the Input Speed Sensor harness connector.

VER 1.
No Go To 7

Measure the resistance between ground and the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit.
ground.
VER 1.
No Go To 8

Measure the voltage of the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit.
voltage.
VER 1.
No Go To 9
197
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ and the Transmission Control Relay
Measure the voltage of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit in the Pinout Box.
VER 1.
No Go To 10
Repair
VER 1.
circuit.

VER 1.
No Test Complete.
198
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

Set Condition: If there is an excessive change in the Output RPM in any gear.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
199
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Raise the drive wheels off of the ground.
WARNING: PROPERLY SUPPORT THE VEHICLE.
Firmly apply the brakes and place the transmission selector in drive.
WHEELS.
Release the brakes and allow the drive wheels to spin freely.
Note: The drive wheels must be turning at this point.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Output RPM
Is the Output RPM below 100?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 11

With the DRBIIIt, read the Input and Output RPM.
Does the Input RPM read 3000 and the Output RPM read 1250 (within 50 RPM)?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5

Repair
Replace the Output Speed Sensor per the Service Information.
VER 1.

Measure the resistance of the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit from appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 to the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
Yes Repair the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
VER 1.
No Go To 6
200
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Measure the resistance of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit from the appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 to the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.

VER 1.
No Go To 7

Measure the resistance between ground and the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit.
ground.
VER 1.
No Go To 8

Measure the voltage of the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit.
voltage.
VER 1.
No Go To 9
201
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuits in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Measure the voltage of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit.
VER 1.
No Go To 10
Repair
VER 1.
circuit.

VER 1.
No Test Complete.
202
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

Set Condition: The Engine RPM is less than 390 or greater than 8000 for more than 2
seconds while the engine is running.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ENGINE DTCS PRESENT

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2

NOTE: This DTC is not a Transmission Input Speed Sensor DTC.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 5
203
TRANSMISSION - NGC

3 With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTCs. All
Are there any Engine DTCs present?
symptom.
VER 1.
No Go To 4
Repair
VER 1.
circuit.

VER 1.
No Test Complete.
204
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

When Monitored: The Transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the
Set Condition: If the ratio of the Input RPM to the Output RPM does not match the
current gear ratio.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
205
TRANSMISSION - NGC
P0731-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 1ST Continued

present?
Yes Refer to appropriate symptom in the Transmission category. If

any of these DTCs are present, they will cause a gear ratio error.
Perform the test for Loss of Prime first if it is present.
VER 1.
No Go To 3
3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the 1st gear clutch test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Increase the throttle angle or TPS Degree to 30 for no more than a few seconds.
Did the Clutch Test pass, Input Speed remain at zero?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5
4 The conditions to set this DTC are not current at this time. All
circuits. If the vehicle passes the Clutch Test and still sets Gear Ratio DTC, check the
Speed Sensors for proper operation.
Check the wiring and connectors for the Speed Sensors for a good connection, then
perform a wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the
Electronic Transmission Adapter kit 8333-1A.

VER 1.
No Test Complete.
Repair
Repair internal Transmission per the Service Information. Check
all of the components related to the UD and LR clutches. Inspect
the Oil Pump and repair or replace per the Service Information.
VER 1.
206
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

current gear ratio.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID/PRESSURE SWITCH ASSEMBLY

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
207
TRANSMISSION - NGC

present?

VER 1.
No Go To 3
3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the 2nd gear clutch test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Did the Clutch Test pass - Input Speed remain at zero?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5
Check the Gearshift Linkage adjustment.
circuits. If the vehicle passes the Clutch Test and still sets Gear Ratio DTCs, check
Check for any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply.

VER 1.
No Test Complete.

Are the DTCs P0845 and/or P0846 present also?

VER 1.
No Go To 6
208
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Repair
all of the components related to the UD and 2/4 clutches. Inspect
VER 1.
209
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

current gear ratio.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
210
TRANSMISSION - NGC

present?
Yes Refer to appropriate symptom in the Transmission category. If

any of these DTCs are present, they will cause a gear ratio error.
Perform the test for Loss of Prime DTC first if it is present.
VER 1.
No Go To 3
3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the 3rd Gear Clutch test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Did the clutch test pass, Input Speed remain at zero?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5
Gear ratio DTCs can be set by problems in the input and output speed sensor
circuits. If the vehicle passes the clutch test and still sets gear ratio DTCs, check the

VER 1.
No Test Complete.

VER 1.
No Go To 6
211
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Repair
all of the components related to the UD and OD clutches. Inspect
VER 1.
212
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

current gear ratio.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
213
TRANSMISSION - NGC

present?

VER 1.
No Go To 3
3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the 4th gear clutch test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Did the clutch test pass - Input Speed remain at zero?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5

VER 1.
No Test Complete.

Information.
VER 1.
No Go To 6
214
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Repair
all of the components related to the OD and 2/4 clutches. Inspect
VER 1.
215
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

current gear ratio.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
216
TRANSMISSION - NGC
P0736-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE Continued

present?

VER 1.
No Go To 3
3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the Reverse Gear Clutch test. Follow the instructions on All
the DRBIIIt.
Did the clutch test pass - Input Speed remain at zero?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5
wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and Electronic
Transmission Adapter kit, Miller tool #8333-1.

VER 1.
No Test Complete.
Repair
all of the components related to the Reverse and LR clutches.
Inspect the Oil Pump and repair or replace per the Service
Information.
VER 1.
217
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

When Monitored: The Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) is in FEMCC or PEMCC, Trans-
mission temperature is hot, Engine temperature is greater than 38 C or 100 F,
Transmission Input Speed greater than 1750 RPM, TPS less than 30.
Set Condition: The TCC is modulated by controlling the duty cycle of the L/R Solenoid
until the difference between the Engine and the Transmission Input Speed RPM or duty
cycle is within a desired range. The DTC is set after the period of 10 seconds and 3
occurrences of either: FEMCC - with slip greater than 100 RPM or PEMCC - duty cycle
greater than 85%.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
218
TRANSMISSION - NGC
P0740-TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT Continued

symptom.
VER 1.
No Go To 3

Drive the vehicle until it is fully warmed up. At least 110 degrees.
Perform the following step 3 times.
Drive the vehicle at 50 MPH and allow 4th gear to engage for at least 10 seconds.
Close the throttle, then tip back in until the throttle angle is between 25 and 29
degrees. Note that if you go over 30 degrees, you must back off of the throttle and
retry.
Did the TCC engage during any of the attempts?
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 5
circuit.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
Repair
Perform the Hydraulic Pressure test per the Service Information
and repair the internal transmission components and Torque
convertor as necessary.
VER 1.
219
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

When Monitored: Initially at power-up, then every 10 seconds thereafter. The solenoids
will also be tested immediately after a gear ratio or pressure switch error is detected.
run in response to a gear ratio or pressure switch error.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
LR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
LR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
LR SOLENOID/PRESSURE SWITCH ASSEMBLY

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
220
TRANSMISSION - NGC

symptom.
VER 1.
No Go To 3
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 11

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the L/R Solenoid.
Monitor the L/R Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator.
Did the L/R Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off during
actuation?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6
Repair
VER 1.

Measure the resistance of the LR Solenoid Control circuit from the appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 to the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
Yes Repair the LR Solenoid Control circuit for an open.

VER 1.
No Go To 7
221
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Measure the resistance between ground and the LR Solenoid Control circuit.
Yes Repair the LR Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground.

VER 1.
No Go To 8

Measure the voltage of the LR Solenoid Control circuit.
Yes Repair the LR Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage.
VER 1.
No Go To 9

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Relay Output
circuit in the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch harness connector.
Yes Go To 10
open. If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground.
VER 1.
222
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Repair
VER 1.
circuit.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
223
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

be tested immediately after a gear ratio or pressure switch error is detected.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
2/4 SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
2/4 SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
2/4 SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
2/4 SOLENOID

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
224
TRANSMISSION - NGC

symptom.
VER 1.
No Go To 3
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 11

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the 2/4 Solenoid.
With the Transmission Simulator, monitor the 2/4 Solenoid LED.
Did the 2/4 Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off during
actuation?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6
Repair
VER 1.

Measure the resistance of the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit from the appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 to the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
Yes Repair the 2-4 Solenoid Control circuit for an open.

VER 1.
No Go To 7
225
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Measure the resistance between ground and the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit.
Yes Repair the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground.
VER 1.
No Go To 8

Measure the voltage of the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit.
Yes Repair the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage.
VER 1.
No Go To 9

Yes Go To 10

VER 1.
226
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Repair
VER 1.
circuit.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
227
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

When Monitored: Initially at power-up, then every 10 seconds thereafter. Also tested
immediately after a gear ratio or pressure switch error is detected.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
OD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
OD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
OD SOLENOID

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
228
TRANSMISSION - NGC

symptom.
VER 1.
No Go To 3
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 11

With the Transmission Simulator, monitor the OD Solenoid LED.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the OD Solenoid.
Did the OD Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off during
actuation?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6
Repair
VER 1.

Measure the resistance of the OD Solenoid Control circuit from the appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assem-
bly harness connector.
Yes Repair the OD Solenoid Control circuit for an open.

VER 1.
No Go To 7
229
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Measure the resistance between ground and the OD Solenoid Control circuit.
Yes Repair the OD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground.
VER 1.
No Go To 8

Measure the voltage of the OD Solenoid Control circuit.
Yes Repair the OD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage.
VER 1.
No Go To 9

Yes Go To 10

VER 1.
230
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Repair
VER 1.
circuit.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
231
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

be tested immediately after a gear ratio or pressure switch error is detected.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
UD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
UD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
UD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
UD SOLENOID

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
232
TRANSMISSION - NGC

symptom.
VER 1.
No Go To 3
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 9

Monitor the UD Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the UD Solenoid.
Did the UD Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6

Repair
VER 1.

Measure the resistance of the UD Solenoid Control circuit from the appropriate
Yes Repair the UD Solenoid Control circuit for an open.

VER 1.
No Go To 7
233
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Measure the resistance between ground and the UD Solenoid Control circuit.
Yes Repair the UD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground.
VER 1.
No Go To 8

Measure the voltage of the UD Solenoid Control circuit.
Yes Repair the UD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
circuit.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
234
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

Set Condition: The DTC is set if one of the pressure switches are open or closed at the
wrong time in a given gear.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
235
TRANSMISSION - NGC

symptom.
VER 1.
No Go To 3


symptom.
VER 1.
No Go To 4
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 12

With the Transmission Simulator, turn the Pressure Switch selector to L/R.
Did the L/R Pressure Switch state change?
Yes Go To 6
No Go To 7
Repair
VER 1.
236
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Measure the resistance of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the appropriate
VER 1.
No Go To 8

ground.
VER 1.
No Go To 9

Output circuit.
voltage.
VER 1.
No Go To 10
237
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Output circuit in the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
Yes Go To 11

VER 1.
Repair
VER 1.
circuit.

VER 1.
No Test Complete.
238
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

When Monitored: In any forward gear with engine speed above 1000 RPM, shortly after
RPM, the PCM momentarily turns on element pressure to the clutch circuits that dont
close 2 times the DTC sets.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID/TRS ASSEMBLY
239
TRANSMISSION - NGC

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2

symptom.
VER 1.
No Go To 3

Are any of the DTCs P0732, P0734 and/or P0846 present also?
VER 1.
No Go To 4
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 12
240
TRANSMISSION - NGC

With the Transmission Simulator, turn the Pressure Switch selector switch to 2/4.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the UD Pressure Switch state while pressing the
Wiggle the wires leading to the PCM while pressing and holding the Pressure Switch
Test button.
Did the 2/4 Pressure Switch state change to closed and remain closed while wiggling
the wires?
Yes Go To 6
No Go To 7
Repair
Switch Assembly.
VER 1.

Measure the resistance of the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the appropriate
Yes Repair the 2-4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
VER 1.
No Go To 8
241
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Yes Repair the 2-4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.
VER 1.
No Go To 9

Yes Repair the 2-4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
VER 1.
No Go To 10

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check Transmission Control Relay
connector.
Yes Go To 11
VER 1.
242
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Repair
VER 1.
circuit.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
243
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

wrong time in a given gear .
POSSIBLE CAUSES
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
244
TRANSMISSION - NGC

symptom.
VER 1.
No Go To 3
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 11

With the Transmission Simulator turn the Pressure Switch selector to 2/4.
Did the state of the 2/4 Pressure Switch change while pressing the Pressure Switch
Test button?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6
Repair
VER 1.

Measure the resistance of the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the appropriate
VER 1.
No Go To 7
245
TRANSMISSION - NGC

VER 1.
No Go To 8

Disconnect the PCM harness connector
VER 1.
No Go To 9

connector.
Yes Go To 10

VER 1.
246
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Repair
VER 1.
circuit.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
247
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

RPM, the TCM momentarily turns on element pressure to the clutch circuits that dont
close 2 times the DTC sets
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOSS OF PRIME - P0944 PRESENT
248
TRANSMISSION - NGC

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2

symptom.
VER 1.
No Go To 3

VER 1.
No Go To 4
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 12
249
TRANSMISSION - NGC

With the Transmission Simulator select the OD Pressure Switch.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the OD Pressure Switch state in the following step:
Wiggle the wiring and connectors pertaining to this circuit while pressing the
Did the OD Pressure Switch state change to closed and remain closed while wiggling
the wires?
Yes Go To 6
No Go To 7

Repair
Switch Assembly per the Service Information.
VER 1.

Measure the resistance of the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the appropriate
Yes Repair the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
VER 1.
No Go To 8
250
TRANSMISSION - NGC

ground.
VER 1.
No Go To 9

Output circuit.
voltage.
VER 1.
No Go To 10

that of a direct connection to the battery..
Yes Go To 11

VER 1.
251
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Repair
VER 1.
circuit.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
252
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

wrong time in a given gear.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANSMISSION RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
OD PRESSURE SWITCH

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
253
TRANSMISSION - NGC

symptom.
VER 1.
No Go To 3
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 11

With the Transmission Simulator turn the Pressure Switch selector to OD.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the OD Pressure Switch state while pressing Pressure
Switch test button.
Did the OD Pressure Switch state change while pressing the Pressure Switch test
button?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6
Repair
Replace the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service
Information.
VER 1.

Measure the resistance of the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 and the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch
Assembly harness connector.
Yes Repair the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.

VER 1.
No Go To 7
254
TRANSMISSION - NGC

ground.
VER 1.
No Go To 8

Output circuit.
voltage.
VER 1.
No Go To 9

Output circuit.
Output circuit.
Yes Go To 10

VER 1.
255
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Repair
VER 1.
circuit.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
256
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:
When Monitored: When the Transmission Control Module initially powers up. Note: the
Transmission Control Module is integrated with Powertrain Control Module. The Trans-
mission Control Module has separate powers and grounds specifically to its portion of the
PCM.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the TCM powers up and senses the vehicle in a valid
forward gear (no PRNDL DTCs) with a output speed above 800 RPM (approximately
32Km/h or 20 MPH).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
P0884 POWER UP AT SPEED

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
257
TRANSMISSION - NGC
P0884-POWER UP AT SPEED Continued

2 This DTC is set when the PCM is initialized while the vehicle is moving down the All
road in a valid forward gear. This is usually a momentarily loss of power to the
Transmission portion of the PCM.
NOTE: Due to the integration of the Powertrain and Transmission Control
Modules, the transmission part of the PCM has its own specific power and
ground circuits.
Check all of the Fused B+, Fused Ignition Switch Output, and Ground circuits
related to the PCM for an intermittent open or short to ground.
Perform a wiggle test on all wiring and connectors pertaining to the PCM while
looking for shorts and open circuits.
Repair
VER 1.
258
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

Set Condition: This DTC is set when less than 3 volts are present at the Transmission
Control Relay output circuits at the Transmission Control Module (TCM) when the TCM
is energizing the relay. Note: Due to the integration of the Powertrain and Transmission
Control Modules, the transmission part of the PCM has its own specific power and ground
circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY STUCK OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
259
TRANSMISSION - NGC

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter equal to 0?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 11

Yes Go To 4
No Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open. If the fuse is open make
VER 1.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Control Relay ground
circuit.
Yes Repair the Transmission Control Relay Ground circuit for an
open.
VER 1.
No Go To 5
260
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Measure the resistance of all the Transmission Control Relay Output circuits
between the Transmission Control Relay connector and the appropriate terminals of
special tool #8815.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms on either circuit?
Yes Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an

open.
VER 1.
No Go To 6

Measure the resistance of the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit between
the Transmission Control Relay connector and the appropriate terminal of special
tool #8815.
Yes Repair the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit for an
open.
VER 1.
No Go To 7

Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Control Relay Output
circuit.
to ground.
VER 1.
No Go To 8
261
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Control Relay Control
circuit.
to ground.
VER 1.
No Go To 9

Output circuit in the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Yes Go To 10
VER 1.
Repair
VER 1.
262
TRANSMISSION - NGC

circuit.

VER 1.
No Test Complete.
263
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:
When Monitored: When the ignition is turned from the 9off9 position to the 9run9 position
and/or the ignition is turned from the 9crank9 position to the 9run9 position.
Set Condition: This DTC is set if the Transmission Control Module (TCM) senses voltage
on any of the pressure switch inputs prior to the TCM energizing the relay. Note: Due to
the integration of the Powertrain and Transmission Control Modules, the transmission
part of the PCM has its own specific power and ground circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
264
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Is the 9STARTS SINCE SET9 counter set at 0?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 7

Disconnect the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.

voltage.
VER 1.
No Go To 4

VER 1.
No Go To 5
265
TRANSMISSION - NGC

voltage.
VER 1.
No Go To 6
Repair
VER 1.
circuit.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
266
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:
P0891-TRANSMISSION RLY ALWAYS ON
P0891-TRANSMISSION RLY ALWAYS ON

When Monitored: When the ignition is turned from the 9off9 position to the 9run9 position
and/or the ignition is turned from the 9crank9 position to the 9run9 position.
Set Condition: This DTC set if the Transmission Control Module (TCM) senses greater
than 3 volts at the Transmission Control Relay Output circuits at the TCM prior to the
TCM energizing the relay. Note: Due to the integration of the Powertrain and Transmis-
sion Control Modules, the transmission part of the PCM has its own specific power and
ground circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY STUCK CLOSED
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
267
TRANSMISSION - NGC
P0891-TRANSMISSION RLY ALWAYS ON Continued

Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter equal to 0?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 7

Measure the resistance between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output Circuit in the Transmission Control Relay.
Yes Go To 4

VER 1.

Measure the voltage at the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the
to voltage.
VER 1.
No Go To 5

Measure the voltage at the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit.
to voltage.
VER 1.
No Go To 6
268
TRANSMISSION - NGC
P0891-TRANSMISSION RLY ALWAYS ON Continued

Repair
VER 1.
circuit.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
269
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

When Monitored: With each transition from full Torque Convertor to partial Torque
Convertor engagement for A/C bump prevention.
Set Condition: When vehicle shudder is detected during partial engagement (PEMCC).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
WORN OUT/ BURNT TRANSAXLE FLUID

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
270
TRANSMISSION - NGC
P0897-WORN OUT/BURNT TRANSAXLE FLUID Continued

Flush the Transmission Oil Cooler and lines, replace the Transmission Oil Filter,
refill with new Transmission Fluid, start the engine, and adjust the fluid per the
Note: The Transmission Cooler must be flushed before prodceeding.
Allow the engine to idle for 10 minutes, in Park.
Again, flush the Transmission Oil Cooler and lines, replace the Transmission Oil
Filter, refill with new Transmission Fluid, start the engine, and adjust the fluid per
With the DRBIIIt, perform a Battery Disconnect.
NOTE: The Battery Disconnect must be done to re-enable EMCC during an
A/C Clutch engagement.
NOTE: The vehicle may exhibit intermittent shudder during the first few
hundred miles. The new Transmission Fluid will gradually penetrate the
Torque Convertor Clutch friction material and the shudder should disap-
pear.
Erase the DTC and return the vehicle to the customer.
Did the DTC reset and/or does the vehicle still shudder after a few thousand miles?
Yes Replace the Torque Converter per the Service Information.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
271
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:
P0944-LOSS OF PRIME
P0944-LOSS OF PRIME
When Monitored: If the transmission is slipping in any forward gear and the pressure
switches are not indicating pressure, a loss of prime test is run.
Set Condition: If the Transmission begins to slip in a forward gear and the pressure
switch(s) that should be closed are open, a loss of prime test begins. Available elements are
turned on by the PCM to see if pump prime exists. The DTC sets if no pressure switches
respond.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SHIFT LEVER POSITION
PLUGGED TRANSMISSION OIL FILTER
TRANSMISSION OIL PUMP

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
272
TRANSMISSION - NGC

2 Place the gear selector in park. All
Start the engine.
NOTE: The TRANS TEMP DEG must be at least 43 C or 110 F before
performing the following steps.
The Transmission must be at operating temperature prior to checking pressure. A
cold Transmission will give higher readings.
Place the Transmission in Reverse.
With the DRBIIIt, observe the Transmission Pressure Switch states.
Are any of the Pressure Switches closed?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 5
Test drive the vehicle. Allow the Transmission to shift through all gears and ranges.
Did you experience a delayed engagement and/or a no drive condition?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 4
circuit.

VER 1.
No Test Complete.
5 With the DRBIIIt, perform a Shift Lever Position test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Yes Go To 6
No Refer to symptom list and perform test for DTC P0706.
VER 1.
6 Remove and inspect the Transmission Oil Pan and Transmission Oil Filter per the All
Does the Transmission Oil Pan contain excessive debris and/or is the Oil Filter
plugged?
Yes Repair the cause of the plugged Transmission Oil Filter. Refer to
the Service Information for the proper repair procedure.
VER 1.
No Go To 7
273
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Repair
Replace the Transmission Oil Pump per the Service Information.
VER 1.
274
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

Set Condition: If either the monitored upshift or downshift switch voltages are reported
closed in a non AutoStick mode or the monitored voltage drops below 0.3 volts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AUTOSTICK/OD OFF MUX INPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
AUTOSTICK SWITCH

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 6
275
TRANSMISSION - NGC
P0952-AUTOSTICK INPUT CIRCUIT LOW Continued

Measure the resistance between ground and the AutoStick/OD Off MUX Input
circuit.
ground.
VER 1.
No Go To 4

Yes Go To 5
No Test Complete.
VER 1.
Repair
VER 1.
circuit.

VER 1.
No Test Complete.
276
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

Set Condition: When the monitored circuit voltage rises above 4.8 volts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AUTOSTICK SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
AUTOSTICK/OD OFF MUX INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
AUTOSTICK/OD OFF MUX INPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
AUTOSTICK SWITCH

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 8
277
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Measure the resistance of the AutoStick/OD Off MUX Input circuit between the
AutoStick/OD Switch harness connector and the PCM harness connector.
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the AutoStick/OD Off MUX Input circuit for an open.

VER 1.

Measure the resistance of the ground circuit between the AutoStick/OD Switch
Yes Go To 5
No Repair the AutoStick Switch Ground circuit for an open.
VER 1.

Disconnect the Autostick/OD switch harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the AutoStick/OD Off MUX Input circuit.
voltage.
VER 1.
No Go To 6
278
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Yes Go To 7
No Test Complete.
VER 1.
Repair
VER 1.
circuit.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
279
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:
P0992-2-4/OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE
P0992-2-4/OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE

Set Condition: After a shift into a forward gear, with engine speed >1000 RPM, the PCM
momentarily turns on element pressure to the clutch circuits that dont have pressure to
identify the correct pressure switch closes. If the pressure switch does not close 2 times, the
DTC sets.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
280
TRANSMISSION - NGC
P0992-2-4/OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE Continued

2 NOTE: The vehicle must be driven to set this DTC. The transmission must be All
warm or hot with the Engine RPM above 1000 RPM.
This DTC is an indication of both the 2/4 and the O/D Hydraulic Pressure Switch
DTCs present.
Perform diagnostics for both P0870 and P0845 to determine which switch is failing.
Repair
Refer to the Transmission category and perform the symptoms for
P0845 and P0870.
VER 1.
281
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

received by the TCM. Note: Due to the integration of the Powertrain and Transmission
Control Modules, bus communication between the modules is internal.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ENGINE COMMUNICATION DTCS PRESENT

With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTCs.
Are there any Engine Communication DTCs present?

symptom.
VER 1.
No Go To 2

Start the Engine in Park.
NOTE: The Engine must run for at least 20 seconds to reset this DTC.
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 4
Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
TOR.
VER 1.
282
TRANSMISSION - NGC
P1652-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK MALFUNCTION Continued

Make sure to check for any Communication DTCs or customer concerns of possible
bus problems. This includes any other controllers on the bus on this vehicle. If there
is a bus problem refer to the Communication Category for diagnosis.

VER 1.
No Test Complete.
283
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

When Monitored: Whenever the ignition is in the Run/Start position.
Set Condition: This DTC is set whenever the Transmission Control Module (TCM) is
disconnected from battery power (B+) or ground. It will also be set during the DRBIIIt
Quick Battery Disconnect procedure. Note: Due to the integration of the Powertrain and
Transmission Control Modules, the transmission part of the PCM has its own specific
power and ground circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED
PCM WAS REPLACED OR DISCONNECTED
QUICK LEARN WAS PERFORMED
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT TO TCM OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
284
TRANSMISSION - NGC

2 Has the battery been disconnected, lost its charge, or been replaced recently? All
Yes Disconnecting or replacing the battery will set this DTC. Erase
the DTC.
VER 1.
No Go To 3
3 Has a Quick Learn procedure been performed? All

Yes Performing Quick Learn will set this DTC. Erase the DTC.
VER 1.
No Go To 4
4 Has the PCM been replaced or disconnected? All

Yes Replacing or disconnecting the PCM will set this DTC. Erase the
DTC.
VER 1.
No Go To 5

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused B+ circuit.
Yes Go To 6
No Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open. If the fuse is open make
VER 1.
285
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Ground circuits in the
Does the test light illuminate brightly for all the ground circuits?
Yes Go To 7
No Repair the Ground circuits for an open.

VER 1.
circuit.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
286
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

received form the MIC.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MIC - NO COMMUNICATION

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter set to zero?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 6
287
TRANSMISSION - NGC
P1687-NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE MIC Continued

Yes Refer to the Communications category and perform the appropri-

ate symptom.
VER 1.
No Go To 4

With the DRBIIIt, clear all DTCs.
NOTE: May take up to 30 seconds of a consistent fault to set this DTC.
Does the Body Control Module have a 9MIC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED9 DTC?
Yes Refer to the Communications category and perform test for 9MIC
MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED9.
VER 1.
No Go To 5

Is the DTC 9P1687 NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE MIC9 present?
Yes Replace the Powertrain Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
TOR.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for shorts and open circuits.

VER 1.
No Test Complete.
288
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

When Monitored: Continuously with ignition key on.
Set Condition: If no bus messages are received from the Powertrain Control Module
(PCM) for 10 seconds. Note: Due to the integration of the Powertrain and Transmission
Control Modules, bus communication between the modules is internal.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

Start the Engine in Park.
NOTE: The Engine must run for at least 20 seconds to reset this DTC.
Yes Go To 2
No Go To 3
Repair
VER 1.
Make sure to check for any Communication DTCs or customer concerns of possible
bus problems. This includes any other controllers on the bus on this vehicle. If there
is a bus problem refer to the Communication Category for diagnosis.

VER 1.
No Test Complete.
289
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

When Monitored: During an attempted shift into 1st gear.
Set Condition: This DTC is set if three unsuccessful attempts are made to get into 1st
gear in one given ignition start.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
290
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Continued
symptom.
VER 1.
No Go To 3
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 11

With the Transmission Simulator, turn the Pressure Switch selector switch to L/R.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the L/R Pressure Switch State while pressing the
Pressure Switch Test button.
Did the Pressure Switch state change from open to closed when the test button was
pressed?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6

Repair
Repair internal transmission as necessary per the Service Infor-
mation. Inspect the Solenoid Switch Valve per the Service Infor-
mation and repair or replace as necessary. If no problems are
found, replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assem-
bly.
VER 1.
291
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Continued
Measure the resistance of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the appropriate
VER 1.
No Go To 7

ground.
VER 1.
No Go To 8

voltage.
VER 1.
No Go To 9
292
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Continued
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check all three Transmission Control
Relay Output circuits in the appropriate terminals of special tool #8815.
Does the test light illuminate brightly on all three output circuits?
Yes Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an

open.
VER 1.
No Go To 10
Repair
VER 1.
Test drive and verify if the transmission is launching in 2nd gear and/or no TCC
engagement.
Are there 2nd gear launches and/or no TCC engagement?
Yes Disassemble and inspect the Valve Body per the Service Informa-
tion and repair or replace as necessary. If no problems are found
in the Valve Body, replace the Transmission Solenoid Pressure
Switch Assembly.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
293
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

When Monitored: Continuously when doing partial or full EMCC (PEMCC or FEMCC).
Set Condition: If the PCM senses the L/R Pressure Switch closing while performing
PEMCC or FEMCC. This DTC will be set after two unsuccessful attempts to perform
PEMCC or FEMCC.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
294
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Continued
2 With the DRBIIIt, check for other transmission DTCs All
symptom.
VER 1.
No Go To 3
Yes Go To 4
No Go To 11

With the Transmission Simulator, turn the Pressure Switch selector switch to L/R.
With the DRBIIIt monitor the L/R Pressure Switch State while pressing the
Did the Pressure Switch state change from open to closed when test button was
pressed?
Yes Go To 5
No Go To 6

Repair
Repair Internal Transmission as necessary. Inspect the Solenoid
Switch Valve per the Service Information and repair or replace as
necessary. If no problems are found, replace the Transmission
Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly.
VER 1.
295
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Continued
Yes Go To 7

VER 1.

Measure the resistance of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the Pinout Box
to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
VER 1.
No Go To 8

ground.
VER 1.
No Go To 9
296
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Continued
Output circuit.
voltage.
VER 1.
No Go To 10
Repair
VER 1.
Test Drive and verify if the transmission is launching in 2nd gear and/or no TCC
engagement.
Are there 2nd gear launches and/or no TCC engagement?
Yes Disassemble and inspect the Valve Body per the Service Informa-
tion and repair or replace as necessary. If no problems are found
in the Valve Body, replace the Transmission Solenoid Pressure
Switch Assembly.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
297
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

When Monitored: After a speed ratio error is stored.
Set Condition: This DTC is set if the associated speed ratio DTC is stored within 1.3
seconds after a shift.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FAULT AFTER SHIFT

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
2 This test is set along with a gear ratio DTC. Perform the appropriate test for the Gear All
Ratio DTC stored.
NOTE: Check 1 trip failures if there are no gear ratio DTCs current.
Repair
symptom.
VER 1.
298
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

When Monitored: The Transmission Control Module (TCM) pulses the 12 volt TRD signal
from the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) to ground, during torque managed shifts with
the throttle angle above 54 degrees. The TRD system is also tested whenever the vehicle
is stopped and the engine speed is at idle.
Set Condition: This DTC is set when the Transmission Control Module (TCM) sends two
subsequent torque reduction messages to the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and does
not receive a confirmation from the PCM. Note: Due to the integration of the Powertrain
and Transmission Control Modules, bus communication between the modules is internal.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

1 NOTE: Due to the integration of the Engine and Transmission controllers All
into one module, the TRD bus messages are sent over a internal bus circuit.
View repair.
Repair
VER 1.
299
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

Set Condition: After a PCM reset in neutral and Input/Output Ratio equals a ratio of 2.50
to 1.0 50.0 RPM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
300
TRANSMISSION - NGC
P1794-SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR Continued

With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Input and Output Speed Sensor readings.
Does the Input Speed read 3000 RPM and the Output Speed read 1250 RPM, 50
RPM?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 4
circuit.
VER 1.
No Test Complete.

Disconnect the Input and Output Speed Sensor harness connectors.
Measure the resistance of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit from the appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 to the Input and Output Speed Sensor harness
connectors.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms on either circuit?

VER 1.
No Go To 5
Repair
Service Information. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK
VER 1.
301
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:

When Monitored: Whenever the engine is running and transmission is in the AutoStickt
mode.
Set Condition: If the Engine Temperature exceeds 123 C or 255 F, or the Transmission
Temperature exceeds 135 C or 275 F while in AutoStickt mode. Note: Aggressive driving
or driving in low for extended periods of time in AutoStickt mode will set this DTC.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT

false symptoms.
Continue
Go To 2
302
TRANSMISSION - NGC
P1797-MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT Continued

2 This is an informational DTC only. All
Check the engine and transmission cooling system for proper operation.
Check the Radiator Cooling Fan operation.
Check the Transmission Cooling Fan operation if equipped.
Check the Transmission Fluid Level per the Service Information. Make sure it is not
overfilled.
NOTE: Aggressive driving or driving in low for extended periods of time in
AutoStick mode will set this DTC.
Repair
If the Transmission Fluid is low, repair any Transmission Fluid
leak as necessary and adjust the Transmission Fluid Level per the
Service Information. Refer to Service Information for the related
symptoms and repair as necessary.
VER 1.
303
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:
*CHECKING PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH OPERATION
POSSIBLE CAUSES
P/N POSITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
P/N POSITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND

With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Park/Neutral Position Switch input state.
Move the gear selector through all gear positions, Park to 1 and back to Park.
Yes Test Complete.

No Go To 2

Measure the resistance of the P/N Position Switch Sense circuit from the appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 to the Transmission Range Sensor harness connector.
Yes Go To 3
No Repair the P/N Position Switch Sense circuit for an open.

Measure the resistance between ground and the P/N Position Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance above 100 kohms?
Yes Go To 4
No Repair the P/N Position Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.
304
TRANSMISSION - NGC
*CHECKING PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH OPERATION Continued

ground and the P/N Position Switch Sense circuit in the appropriate terminal of
special tool #8815.
Yes Go To 5
No Replace the Transmission Range Sensor per the Service Informa-

tion.
Repair
tion.
305
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:
*NO MANUAL AUTOSTICK OPERATION
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AUTOSTICKt DOWNSHIFT SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
AUTOSTICKt GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
AUTOSTICKt UPSHIFT SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM - AUTOSTICKt

Disconnect the AutoStickt Switch harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit in the AutoStickt
Yes Go To 2

Measure the resistance between ground and the AutoStickt Ground circuit at the
AutoStickt harness connector.
Yes Repair the AutoStickt Ground circuit for an open.
No Go To 3

Measure the resistance of the Upshift Sense circuit between the Pinout Box and the
AutoStickt Switch harness connector.
Yes Repair the AutoStickt Upshift Sense circuit for an open.
No Go To 4
306
TRANSMISSION - NGC
*NO MANUAL AUTOSTICK OPERATION Continued

Measure the resistance of the Downshift Sense circuit between the Pinout Box and
the AutoStickt Switch harness connector.
Yes Repair the AutoStickt Downshift Sense circuit for an open.
No Go To 5

With the DRBIIIt monitor the AutoStickt Switch status.
Firmly apply the brake and shift into AutoStickt.
Push the shift lever to the right several times to actuate the AutoStickt Upshift
Switch and then to the left several times to actuate the AutoStickt Downshift Switch.
Do both AutoStickt Upshift and Downshift Switch states toggle?
Yes Test Complete.
No Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
307
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:
*PRNDL FAULT CLEARING PROCEDURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PRNDL FAULT CLEARING PROCEDURE
.

neutral?
Yes Return to the symptom list and perform diagnostics for P0706
VER 1.
No Test Complete.
VER 1.
308
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:
*TRANSMISSION NOISY WITH NO DTCS PRESENT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM - NOISY WHILE STANDING STILL

1 Check and adjust the oil level per the Service Information before continuing. All
Place vehicle on hoist.
Run vehicle on hoist under conditions necessary to duplicate the noise.
CAUTION: BE SURE TO KEEP HANDS AND FEET CLEAR OF ROTATING
WHEELS.
Using Chassis Ears or other suitable device, verify that the noise is coming from the
transmission.
Is the noise coming from the transmission?
Yes Go To 2
No Test Complete.
2 With the shift lever in neutral, raise the engine speed and listen to the noise. All
NOTE: THE RADIO MUST BE TURNED OFF. Alternator noise can come
through the speakers and be misinterpreted as Transmission Pump Whine.
This can happen even with the volume turned down.
Does the noise get louder or change pitch while the engine speed is changing?
Yes Go To 3
No Go To 4
Repair
the transmission components for signs of wear. If no problems
found, replace the Transmission Oil pump.
Repair
necessary.
309
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:
*TRANSMISSION SHIFTS EARLY WITH NO DTCS
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VEHICLE BUS PROBLEMS
CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT WIRING & CONNECTORS
COLD TRANSMISSION

1 Using the DRBIIIt, check all other Modules for signs of a PCI bus problem such as All
bus related DTCs and/or communication problems.
Check and diagnose all 1 trip failures as a hard code.
Although it takes two occurences of a missed TRD link message to set the DTC
P1793, one missed message will cause the transmission to short shift until the next
start up. If the vehicle has any indications of a bus problem, the bus must be repaired
first
Do any of the other modules show signs of a bus problem?
Yes Refer to the Communication category and perform the appropri-

ate diagnostics.
No Go To 2
2 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. Using the All
schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Although it takes two occurences of a missed TRD link message to set the DTC
P1793, one missed message will cause the transmission to short shift until the next
start up. If the vehicle has any indications of a bus problem, the bus must be repaired
first
No Go To 3
3 If the transmission shifts too early when the transmission is cold, this is a normal All
condition. The software is designed to protect the transmission from high torque
and/or high RPM shifts during cold operation.
Did the problem occur when the transmission temperature was cold?
Yes This is a normal condition. The software is designed to protect the

transmission from high torque and/or high RPM shifts during
cold operation.
No Test Complete.
310
TRANSMISSION - NGC
Symptom:
*TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR 8333 WILL NOT POWER UP
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR WILL NOT POWER UP

1 NOTE: Make sure to check for any Transmission Control Relay DTCs. or All
conditions. A stuck open Transmission Control Relay can cause the Trans-
mission Simulator to not Power up.
NOTE: If the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic
Transmission Adapter kit 8333-1A will not power up make sure to check all
connectors and the ground cable for proper installation.
Repair
Check and repair these symptoms before having the Transmission
Simulator repaired.
311
VERIFICATION TESTS
Verification Tests
41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY
1. NOTE: After completion of the Transmission Verification Test, the Powertrain All
Verification Test must be performed. Refer to the Powertrain Category.
2. Connect the DRBIIIt to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
Transmission Temperature is HOT, above 43 C or 110 F.
7. Check the transmission fluid and adjust if necessary. Refer to the Service Information for the
8. NOTE: If the Transmission Control Module or Torque Converter has been replaced
or if the Transmission has been repaired or replaced it is necessary to perform the
conditions to verify the DTC is repaired.
12. If equipped with AutoStickt, upshift and downshift several times using the AutoStickt
13. NOTE: Use the EATX OBDII task manager to run Good Trip time in each gear, this
road test , return to the Symptom list and perform the appropriate symptom.
Were there any Diagnostic Trouble Codes set during the road test?

312
VERIFICATION TESTS
41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY

5. NOTE: Erase DTC P0700 in the PCM to turn the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
off after making Transmission repairs.
Transmission Temperature is HOT - above 43 C or 110 F.
7. Check the Transmission Fluid and adjust if necessary. Refer to the Service information for
the Fluid Fill procedure.
8. NOTE: If the Transmission Control Module or the Transmission has been repaired
or replaced it is necessary to perform the DRBIIIt Quick Learn Procedure and reset
the (Pinion Factor(
conditions to verify the DTC repair.
12. If equipped with AutoStickt, up-shift and down-shift several times using the AutoStickt
13. NOTE: Use the EATX OBDII Task Manager to run Good Trip time in each gear, this
road test , return to the Symptom list and perform the appropriate Symptom.
Were there any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) set during the road test?
Yes Refer to the Symptom List for appropriate Symptom(s).

313
VERIFICATION TESTS
POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 2 APPLICABILITY

SKIM.
present.
complete.

314
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
M
8.1 CONTROL MODULE LOCATIONS P
O
EATX NGC N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.2 PRESSURE PORT LOCATIONS
8.3 TRANSMISSION COMPONENT LOCATIONS
315
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O
M
P
NOTES
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
316
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
AUTOSTICK SWITCH (EXCEPT EXPORT)

1 T55 20YL/VT AUTOSTICK/OVERDRIVE OFF MUX INPUT
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (DIESEL)

1 Z122 18WT GROUND (DRAIN)
2 K3 20BR/OR CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL NO. 1
3 K24 20BR/LB CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL NO. 2
C
O
N
N
E
C
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (GAS) T
1 F888 18BR/PK (3.3L/3.8L) 8 VOLT SUPPLY R
2 K900 18DB/DG (3.3L/3.8L) SENSOR GROUND P
2 K900 20DB/DG (2.4L) SENSOR GROUND I
3 K24 18BR/LB (2.4L) CKP SIGNAL N
3 K24 18BR/LB (3.3L/3.8L) CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL O
U
T
S
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
1 - -
3 - -
6 - -
7 D21 20WT/DG (GAS) SCI TRANSMIT (PCM)
7 D21 20WT/DG (DIESEL) SCI TRANSMIT (ECM)
8 - -
10 - -
11 - -
12 D20 20WT/LG (GAS) SCI RECEIVE (PCM)
13 - -
14 -
15 D15 20DG/YL (GAS) SCI TRANSMIT (TCM)
317
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
INPUT SPEED SENSOR (EATX)

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
318
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
319
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
FUSES (IPM)
NO.
C 19 40A A101 12VT/RD FUSED B(+)
O 20 40A A102 12WT/RD FUSED B(+)
N 21 25A A111 12DG/RD FUSED B(+)
N 22 40A A110 12OR/RD FUSED B(+)
E 23 10A A106 20LB/RD FUSED B(+)
C 24 20A A701 16BR/RD FUSED B(+) (HAZARD)
T 26 20A A103 18GY/RD FUSED B(+)
O 27 40A A112 12OR/RD FUSED B(+)
R 28 40A F30 12PK/YL FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
30 40A INTERNAL (EXPORT) FUSED B(+)
P 31 40A A113 12WT/RD FUSED B(+)
I 32 40A A115 12YL/RD FUSED B(+)
N 33 15A INTERNAL FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
O
U
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY (EATX)
T
S
85 Z115 18BK/OR (2.4L) GROUND
85 Z115 20BK/OR (3.3L/3.8L) GROUND
87A - -
320
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
2 - -
3 - -
2.4L/BASE)
12 - -
14 - -
17 - -
2.4L/BASE) C
19 W20 18BR/YL REAR WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL O
20 W10 18BR FRONT WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL N
N
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C2 E
1 N173 16DB/VT (GAS) RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL T
2 V53 12BR/OR (EXPORT) HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY OUTPUT O
3 L60 16WT/TN (EXPORT) RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER R
3 L60 16WT/TN (EXCEPT RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER
EXPORT) P
4 L13 18WT/YL (EXPORT) HEADLAMP ADJUST SIGNAL I
5 X2 18DG/OR HORN RELAY OUTPUT N
6 L90 18WT/OR (FOG FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT O
LAMPS)
U
T
8 - -
S
10 L89 18WT/YL (FOG FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
LAMPS)
321
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
EATX)
MTX)
C 10 A104 18YL/RD (3.3L/3.8L FUSED B(+)
O EATX)
N 11 C41 20LB/DG (DIESEL) CABIN HEATER ASSIST CONTROL
N 12 - -
E 13 D25 18WT/VT (GAS) PCI BUS
C 13 D25 20WT/VT (DIESEL) PCI BUS
T 14 T752 18DG/OR (2.4L) STARTER RELAY CONTROL
O 14 T752 18DG/OR (3.3L/3.8L) STARTER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL
R 14 T752 20DG/OR (DIESEL) STARTER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL

P 16 K51 18BR/WT (GAS) AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY CONTROL
I 16 K51 20BR/WT (DIESEL) ECM/PCM RELAY CONTROL
N 17 F202 18PK/GY (DIESEL) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
U 18 K173 18BR/VT (3.3L/3.8L) RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL
T 18 K173 18BR/WT (2.4L) RAD FAN RELAY CONTROL
S 19 F202 20PK/GY (GAS) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)

20 A109 18OR/RD (GAS) FUSED B(+)
322
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
5 - -
BRAKES)
6 D25 18WT/VT (3.3L/3.8L) PCI BUS
BRAKES)
BRAKES)
10 - -
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C5 C

O
1 A1 4RD B(+)
N
2 - -
N
3 - -
E
4 - -
C
T
O
R
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C6 P

1 A101 12VT/RD FUSED B(+) N
2 Z117 16BK/WT GROUND O
3 Z118 16BK/YL GROUND U
4 A110 12OR/RD (POWER FUSED B(+) T
SEAT)
S
5 - -
6 - -
POSITION)
RY RELAY POSITION)
SLIDING DOOR)
10 - -
323
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
5 K32 18DB/YL (GAS) BRAKE TRANSMISSION SHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID CONTROL
6 - -
7 W7 20BR/GY FRONT WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE
8 B20 20DG/OR BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE
12 - -
14 - -
18 X13 16DG/GY (PREMIUM NAME BRAND SPEAKER RELAY OUTPUT
8 SPEAKER)
C 19 X3 20DG/VT HORN SWITCH SENSE
O 20 F100 18PK/VT ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O ATC/MTC)
U 8 - -
T 9 L78 18WT/OR FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (RIGHT)
S 10 L60 18WT/TN RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER

3 C15 12DB/WT FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT
5 L61 20WT/LB LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DIVER
8 F30 12PK/YL (POWER FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
WINDOWS)
DRIVER SEAT)
LIFTGATE/EXCEPT POWER
DRIVER SEAT)
324
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
LEFT REAR LAMP ASSEMBLY
1 Z363 18BK/DG (EXPORT) GROUND
1 L63 18WT/DG (EXCEPT LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER
EXPORT)
2 L63 18WT/DG (EXPORT) LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER
3 L50 18WT/TN (EXPORT) BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
3 L77 18WT/BR (EXCEPT FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (LEFT)
EXPORT)
5 Z363 18BK/DG (EXCEPT GROUND
EXPORT)
6 L50 18WT/TN (EXCEPT PRIMARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL
EXPORT)
6 L77 18WT/BR (EXPORT) FUSED PARK RELAY OUTPUT (LEFT)
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR (EATX)

1 T13 18DG/VT SPEED SENSOR GROUND C
2 T14 18DG/BR OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
325
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1 - -
2 - -
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -
8 - -
10 - -
12 F1 18PK/WT (EXCEPT EX- FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
PORT)
14 - -
15 - -
16 - -
17 - -
19 - -
C 20 G6 16VT/GY OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL
O 21 - -
N 22 G31 18VT/LG AAT SIGNAL
N 23 - -
E 24 - -
C 25 D20 20WT/LG SCI RECEIVE (PCM)
T 26 D123 20WT/BR SCI RECEIVE (TCM)
O 27 - -
R 28 - -
P 30 T751 18YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
I 31 K141 18DB/YL O2 1/2 SIGNAL
N 32 K904 18DB/DG O2 RETURN (DOWN)
O 33 - -
U 34 - -
T 35 - -
S 36 D21 20WT/BR SCI TRANSMIT (PCM)
326
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1 - -
4 - -
5 V32 18VT/YL SPEED CONTROL ON/OFF SWITCH SENSE
7 K13 16BR/LB FUEL INJECTOR NO. 3 DRIVER
9 - -
12 G6 16VT/GY ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
13 K11 16BR/YL FUEL INJECTOR NO. 1 DRIVER
14 K58 16BR/VT FUEL INJECTOR NO. 6 DRIVER
16 K14 16BR/TN FUEL INJECTOR NO. 4 DRIVER
17 K12 16BR/DB FUEL INJECTOR NO. 2 DRIVER
18 K99 18BR/LG OXYGEN SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CONTROL
19 - -
20 F202 18PK/GY FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) C
21 - - O
22 - - N
23 - - N
24 - - E
25 K42 18DB/YL (ABS EX- KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL C
CEPT EXPORT)
26 K2 18VT/OR ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
T
27 K902 18BR/DG OXYGEN SENSOR GROUND
O
28 - -
R
29 - -
30 K41 18DB/LB OXYGEN SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL
P
31 T752 18DG/OR STARTER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL
I
N
33 K44 18DB/GY CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
O
34 - -
U
T
36 K1 18VT/BR MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
S
37 K21 18DB/LG INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
39 - -
40 K35 18DB/VT EGR SOLENOID CONTROL
327
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1 - -
2 - -
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -
8 - -
11 K14 16 BR/TN INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 4
12 K13 16BR/LB INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 3
13 K12 16BR/DB INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 2
14 K11 16BR/YL INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 1
15 - -
16 - -
17 - -
18 K99 18BR/LG O2 1/1 HEATER CONTROL
19 K20 18BR/GY GEN FIELD CONTROL
C 20 K2 18VT/OR ECT SIGNAL
O 21 K22 18BR/OR TP SIGNAL
N 22 - -
N 23 K1 18VT/BR MAP SIGNAL
E 24 K942 18BR/LG KS RETURN
C 25 K42 18DB/YL KS SIGNAL
T 26 - -
O 27 K900 18DB/DG SENSOR GROUND
R 28 K961 18BR/VT IAC RETURN

P 30 K21 18DB/LG IAT SIGNAL
I 31 K41 18DB/LB O2 1/1 SIGNAL
N 32 K902 18BR/DG O2 RETURN (UP)
O 33 - -
U 34 K44 18DB/GY CMP SIGNAL
T 35 K24 18BR/LB CKP SIGNAL
S 36 - -
37 - -
38 K61 18VT/GY IAC MOTOR CONTROL
328
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
45 - -
47 - -
48 - -
52 - -
53 - -
54 - -
55 - -
58 - -
60 - - C
61 F855 18PK/YL (EXPORT) 5 VOLT SUPPLY O
61 F855 20PK/YL (EXCEPT 5 VOLT SUPPLY N
EXPORT)
N
E
64 C13 18LB/OR A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL
C
65 D21 18WT/BR (EXPORT) SCI TRANSMIT (PCM)
T
65 D21 20WT/BR (EXCEPT SCI TRANSMIT (PCM)
O
EXPORT) R
67 K51 18BR/WT AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY CONTROL P
68 K52 18DB/WT EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SOLENOID CONTROL I
69 - - N
70 K70 18DB/BR EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SOLENOID SENSE O
71 - - U
72 K107 20VT/WT (EXCEPT LEAK DETECTION PUMP SWITCH SENSE T
EXPORT) S
73 K173 18BR/VT RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL
EXPORT)
78 - -
79 - -
329
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1 - -
2 - -
4 - -
5 V35 18VT/OR S/C VENT CONTROL
6 K173 18BR/VT RAD FAN RELAY CONTROL
7 V32 18VT/YL S/C SUPPLY
8 - -
9 K299 18BR/WT O2 1/2 HEATER CONTROL
10 - -
11 C13 18LB/OR A/C CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL
12 V36 18VT/YL S/C VACUUM CONTROL
13 - -
14 - -
15 - -
16 - -
17 - -
18 - -
C 20 K52 18DB/WT EVAP PURGE CONTROL
O 21 T141 18YL (MTX) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
N 22 - -
N 23 B29 18DG/WT BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL
E 24 - -
C 25 - -
T 26 - -
O 27 - -
R 28 K342 16BR/WT AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT

29 K70 18DB/BR EVAP PURGE SIGNAL
P 30 - -
I 31 C18 18LB/BR A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL
N 32 K91 18DB/YL BATTERY TEMP SIGNAL
O 33 - -
U 34 V37 18VT S/C SWITCH SIGNAL
T 35 K107 20VT/WT NVLD SWITCH SIGNAL
S 36 - -
38 T752 18DG/OR STARTER RELAY CONTROL
330
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C4 (NGC) (EATX)
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
7 - -
8 - -
9 - -
11 - -
14 - -
17 - -
20 - - C
21 - - O
22 T9 18DG/TN OVERDRIVE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE N
23 - - N
24 - - E
25 - - C
26 - - T
27 T41 18DG/GY TRS T41 SENSE O
28 T16 18YL/OR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT R
30 T47 18YL/DG 2-4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE P
31 - - I
32 T14 18DG/BR OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL N
33 T52 18DG/WT INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL O
34 T13 18DG/VT SPEED SENSOR GROUND U
35 T54 18DG/OR TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL T
36 - - S
RIGHT REAR LAMP ASSEMBLY

1 Z362 18BK/BR (EXPORT) GROUND
1 L62 18WT/BR (EXCEPT RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER
EXPORT)
2 L62 18WT/BR (EXPORT) RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER
3 L50 18WT/TN (EXPORT) BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
3 L78 18WT/OR (EXCEPT FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (RIGHT)
EXPORT)
5 Z362 18BK/BR (EXCEPT GROUND
EXPORT)
6 L50 18WT/TN (EXCEPT PRIMARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL
EXPORT)
6 L78 18WT/OR (EXPORT) FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (RIGHT)
331
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
SOLENOID/PRESSURE SWITCH ASSY (EATX)

C
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR (GAS)
N 1 K900 18DB/DG SENSOR GROUND
N 2 K22 18BR/OR (3.3L/3.8L) THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
E 2 K22 18BR/OR (2.4L) TP SIGNAL
C 3 F855 18PK/YL (3.3L/3.8L) 5 VOLT SUPPLY
T 3 F855 20PK/YL (2.4L) 5 VOLT SUPPLY
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
332
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (3.3L/3.8L)
2 - -
4 - -
5 - -
11 F1 18PK/WT FCM OUTPUT (UNLOCK-RUN-START)
14 T14 18DG/BR OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
18 - -
21 - -
22 - - C
23 - - O
24 - - N
25 - -
N
26 - -
E
27 - -
28 - -
C
29 - -
T
30 - - O
31 - - R
32 - -
33 - - P
34 - - I
35 - - N
36 - - O
37 - -
U
38 - -
T
39 - -
40 - -
S
41 T41 18YL/DB TRS T41 SENSE
44 - -
45 - -
46 D123 20WT/OR FLASH PROGRAM ENABLE
48 - -
49 - -
55 T55 18YL/VT (AUTOSTICK) AUTOSTICK/OVERDRIVE OFF MUX INPUT
58 N7 18DB/OG VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
333
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR (EATX)
1 - -
2 - -
5 T41 18DG/GY (3.3L/3.8L) TRS T41 SENSE
6 - -
10 T41 18YL/DB (3.3L/3.8L) PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH SENSE (TRS T41)
10 T41 18DG/GY (2.4L) TRS T41 SENSE
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
334
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.1 EATX3.3/3.8L
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
335
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.2 NGC2.4L
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
336
CHARTS AND GRAPHS
H
11.1 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR STATES A
R
T
S
A
N
D
G
R
A
P
H
S
11.2 PRESSURE SWITCH STATES
337
CHARTS AND GRAPHS
C 11.3 SOLENOID APPLICATION CHART
H
A
R
T
S
A
N
D
G
R
A
P
H
S
11.4 SHIFT LEVER ERROR CODES
11.5 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR
338

Troubleshooting Guide for Automotive Fuel and Emissions Systems

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Troubleshooting Guide for Automotive Fuel and Emissions Systems

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.1 SYSTEM COVERAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

2.0 IDENTIFICATION OF SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

3.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTIONAL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

3.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

4.0 DISCLAIMERS, SAFETY, WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

4.1 DISCLAIMERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

5.0 REQUIRED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

6.0 GLOSSARY OF TERMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

7.0 DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER

8.0 COMPONENT LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .509

8.1 CONTROL MODULES AND FUSE & RELAY CENTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .509

A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .517

10.0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .541

10.1 2003 RS 2.4L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .541

11.0 CHARTS AND GRAPHS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .545

The procedures contained in this manual include symptom analysis

3.2.2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS

OBD II/EURO STAGE III OBD MONITOR INFORMATION

Comprehensive Major Monitors Major Monitors

Run constantly Run Once Per Trip Run Constantly

Priority 3 Priority 1 or 3 Priority 2 or 4

All Checked For Continuity Done Stop Testing = Yes

Requires 3 Consecutive Requires 3 Consecutive Requires 3 Consecutive

*40 Warm Up Cycles are required to erase **Type A misfire is a two

LDP AT REST (NOT POWERED)

NOTE: If battery voltage drops below 10 volts

3. Program all ignition keys. chafed, pierced, or partially broken wire.

3.3 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES 3.3.3 STARTS SINCE SET COUNTER

3.4 USING THE DRBIIIT

3.5 DRBIIIT ERROR MESSAGES AND

4.2.4 DRBIIIT SAFETY INFORMATION 4.3 WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS

WARNING: EXCEEDING THE LIMITS OF THE 4.3.1 ROAD TEST WARNINGS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

No Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - SBEC Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

No Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 Turn the ignition off. All

3 Turn the ignition off. All

*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) - NGC Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 Turn the ignition off. All

6 Turn the ignition off. All

7 Turn the ignition off. All

*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) - NGC Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

No Repair the PCM SCI Transmit circuit for an open.

9 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 Turn the ignition off. All

3 Turn the ignition off. All

*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - SBEC Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 Turn the ignition off. All

6 Turn the ignition off. All

7 Turn the ignition off. All

8 Turn the ignition off. All

*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - SBEC Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY